Issue

  Geographical Integration

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
Improvement of improper area delimitations by co-operative groups
 
Improvement of improper area delimitations by co-operative Groups
Study of Transboundary Sources in the Former-Avon Area
West Midlands (UK) Regional co-operation
Cooperation with other authorities
Regional/Transboundary PM10 Assessment for Local Authorities in Norfolk
Development of AQ Related Planning Guidance in the UK
Ways which cities deal with the problem of transboundary pollution
 
Regional/Transboundary PM10 Assessment for Local Authorities in Norfolk
Air Quality Zoning in the Veneto Region
Development of AQ Related Planning Guidance in the UK

Overview of Issue

 

The outward expansion of urban growth across the administrative borders began in the 1960’s in most European cities. Sub urbanisation has strengthened the functional relations between central cities and their suburban hinterlands. However the administrative borders and/or arrangements often do not ease the co-operation, but in the contrary slow it down or encourage competition and the realisation of unsustainable development trends.

Cities are often perceived as areas that are tightly defined by their administrative boundaries, rather than being identified as part of a wider city-region with multidimensional links with their hinterland and particularly with the surrounding rural areas. This perception is reflected in the way cities are managed. Potential reciprocal benefits do not always materialize due to political and administrative obstacles and the fragmentation of competencies.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Improvement of improper area delimitations by co-operative groups

2. Introduction

   

Air pollution is not limited to political boundaries. Polluters may not always be the recipients of their own pollution and similary, some non-polluting areas may suffer from their neighbours.

3. Discussion

   

The responsibility of controlling certain types pollution in many European countries is given to the local municipalities. Often, the air quality problem is not confined to within their borders. Major road networks connect cities and regions within a country or between countries producing corridors of poor air quality. Major industrial areas send their emissions high into the atmosphere which can travel very long distances, eg. pollution from the UK and central Europe used to fall as acid rain in Scandinavia.

Just as international organisations are set up to help control cross border pollution so local and national organisations can aid in controlling more local pollution.

Co-operation is needed both between neighbouring municipalities and between municipalities of a similar size to enable a common approach to the problem of air pollution. This may take place at different levels and with varying complexity. National organisations are often best at organising conferences and seminars to disseminate information to a large part of a country or for instance to large cities.

At the more local level, a single municipality may wish to organise similar events in its region or sub region.

While monitoring and assessing pollution in a region it is often necessary to share information with neighbours in order to determine the proportion of pollution which is created locally and that which is imported from the neighbouring areas. It is sometimes necessary to organise formal agreements between neighbouring authorities to enable this exchange of information to happen.

It may also be that case that information on transport is collected at a regional level but is required by the cities for air quality assessment. Unless there is a formal agreement or statutory requirement to provide this information to the local authorities or cities, this information is often difficult to obtain.

Co-operation between municipalities in a region should be led from the top. Politicians and senior managers may prevent this at a high level to benefit some other political purpose. In this case it is often necessary for informal co-operation to occur at a lower level between the officers directly involved in the air quality assessment process. This unofficial co-operation may sometimes be more successful than any higher formal agreement.

The advantage of larger co-operative groups of air quality proffessionals means that they can have a louder voice and greater power when communicating with the national government.

Sharing information and experiences can save time and money as lessons can be learnt from each other to avoid making the same mistake twice.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Set up a group of air quality officers in the immediate neighbouring authorities. Agree to share information freely within the group to benefit everyone.

Explore the possibility of setting up a national organisation or regional organisation together with allies to create more ‘clout’

Explore the possibility of purchasing monitoring equipment or specialist modelling software in bulk. This can often make servicing contract cheaper as the servicing contractor can combine several monitoring sites in one trip which will reduce the cost of travelling.

Allow direct communication at a low level between the air quality officers directly involved with the air quality modelling and monitoring process.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Cooperation with other authorities
Improvement of improper area delimitations by co-operative Groups
Study of Transboundary Sources in the Former-Avon Area
Development of AQ Related Planning Guidance in the UK

Further Examples:

West Midlands (UK) Regional co-operation
Regional/Transboundary PM10 Assessment for Local Authorities in Norfolk

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Webpage providing examples of co-operative working by a group of Local Authorities in the UK's ex-Avon Area http://www.uwe.ac.uk/aqm/centre/region/cuba/mindex.html

· Webpage providing examples of co-operative working by a group of Local Authorities in Sussex, UK: http://www.sussex-air.net/

· Website co-ordinated by a number of Local Authorities in the north-east of the UK: http://enviweb.sunderland.ac.uk/

Last Updated


 

21st January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Improvement of improper area delimitations by co-operative Groups

Example

   

Bristol is a unitary authority with historic boundaries that do not include the whole of the urban area. Bristol is also the largest city in the south west of England and is a transport and distribution hub to a huge area of over 300 kilometres across. It would be impossible to deal with local issues without local co-operation and on a regional level wider co-operation is necessary to ensure cohesion and uniformity.

I am therefore going to consider local co-operation in the form of a group called CUBA, and a much wider group covering most of this area called Bristol, Gloucestershire and Somerset, Environmental protection committee. Neither of these groups are statutory bodies but both are co-operative forums which allow work to progress across boundaries. Area delimitations in the UK are based on historic estates and geographical features and bear no resemblance to either watersheds nor airsheds.

Regional Development Agencies have been set up in the UK mirroring the likely future shape of Regional Government. These statutory agencies are guided by boards consisting of local politicians but have no impact on regional pollution generation or control.

In order to properly model and monitor the city as a whole and nearby commuter towns and villages we have set up a small group of air quality experts advised by the Air Quality Management Group at UWE. Experts from each unitary authority meet every six weeks to review progress and coordinate actions. This group hass ‘subcontracted’ most of the monitoring, modelling and emission database construction to Bristol City Council on a contract basis. The group has also commissioned several cross border reports from UWE covering cross border pollution and cross border actions that would be needed to control these issues. Although we have not arrived at new more sensible area delimitations we have worked around them by developing a common model, databases and monitoring to the same standards and calibration gases. Joint bids for national resources to aid in these cross border operations have been secured for pollution forecasting modelling and to help resource local site operations and calibrations. On the wider scale we co-operate on a regional basis with the Bristol, Gloucestershire and Somerset, Environmental protection committee or BGS for short . This group of pollution control experts from all authorities in the region organises monitoring campaigns such as indoor NOx in air quality management areas, heavy metals in air including Cadmium and catalytic metals, and lead in roadside dust. The group also produces many guidance documents across the region to ensure uniformity of approach by each council and a common agreed response to developers and polluting companies. The Government based Pollution Agency is also represented on this committee and acts as a liaison between the Pollution Agency and the local government enforcers. The BGS also commissions regional wide training in those specialist areas often ignored by commercial training companies. On a regional basis it can mobilise from 50 to 100 experts to undertake training that we collectively decide is beneficial. The two key words here are ‘negotiation’ and ‘co-operation’ to ensure adequate protection is afforded to both urban areas and to the rural and countryside authorities.

Where area delimitation doesn’t make sense, co-operate with your neighbours in developing skills and carrying out area wide assessments that do make sense. Regional groupings give you a wider voice and collective muscle to secure agreements, carry out meaningful monitoring campaigns, set standards and to organise training way beyond that within the scope of a single authority.


Sharing and co-operating with other authorities can improve economies of scale and help share the burden of finding the way through new legislation and ways of working. They do not lead to loss of power but help reinforce the rules over the whole region selected. They enable sharing of experience and hence raising of skill capacity across the region.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Study of Transboundary Sources in the Former-Avon Area

Example

   

Introduction

Avon was formed from the City and County of Bristol and parts of Gloucestershire and Somerset by the Local Government Act 1972, and came into being on April 1, 1974. It had six districts: Bristol, Bath, Northavon, Kingswood, Woodspring and Wansdyke. The County of Avon no longer exists; it was dissolved into four unitary authorities as a result of the Local Government Act 1992 and the Avon (Structural Change) Order 1995 on April 1, 1996. These four authorities are The City and County of Bristol, South Gloucestershire (formerly Kingswood, and Northavon), North Somerset (formerly Woodspring) and Bath and North East Somerset (formerly Bath and Wansdyke).

Whilst the majority of the Bristol City Council area is urban or suburban, two the other three authorities (South Glos. And BANES) both contain parts of the Greater Bristol Urban Area and North Somerset comes right up to the periphery of the urban area. As the four authorities are all unitary authorities they maintain responsibilities for both air quality and transport planning. There is a Joint Structure Plan which drawn up by the Joint Strategic Planning and Transportation Unit (JSPTU), a joint committee composed of officers from all four councils. However this group has no direct responsibility for air quality.

Environmental Health Professionals with responsibility for air quality from the four authorities regularly meet and co-ordinate air quality work between them. Among the work they have carried out (frequently with the assistance of the Air Quality Management Resource Centre at UWE, Bristol) are co-ordinated Local Air Quality Strategies for each authority, an Area-based Air Quality Strategy covering the former-Avon area set within the wider context of the whole South-west region and a local air quality forecasting service (http://www.cerc.co.uk/avon/). Some recent work carried out for the former-Avon authorities by AQMRC, Bristol has looked in particular at cross-boundary sources of pollution in the area – particularly examining the effects of commuter traffic in relation to different developments within the authorities. Joint Strategic Planning and Transportation Unit (JSPTU) prepares the Joint Replacement Structure Plan on

Discussion

Many of the schemes considered within this project are to have a positive impact on air quality across the former-Avon area. This is due to many of the projects and proposals being part of wider objectives to reduce traffic congestion provide more choice to the traveler and improve travel and transport facilities across the area more generally.

As with all urban areas and their surrounding areas, increases in traffic volumes and resulting congestion poses one of the greatest threats to the urban environment and human health. The former-Avon area is by no means an exception to this, with AQMAs declared in the urban areas of Bristol and Bath’s city centres. AQMAs have also previously been declared along the motorway corridors in the region and along some more rural, though congested, roads in the area.

Whilst not setting out to consider all the proposed schemes and developments that may impact on air quality on both a regional and local scheme, some of those considered would have huge trans-boundary significance if implemented. The Light Rapid Transit between Bristol and South Gloucestershire, though currently on hold, would lead to major changes in traffic patterns across the north fringe area of Bristol and within the city centre if implemented effectively. Similarly, initiatives to improve traffic flow and reduce (particularly seasonal) congestion on the region’s motorway network will afford trans-boundary improvements to air quality across the region.

In the short-term, efforts to increase, encourage and co-ordinate the development of Travel Plans by larger employers across the former-Avon area and could prove significant in reducing the overall impact of traffic in terms of emissions, as an example. Perhaps more important is the need for large-scale development underway at, for example, the Filton North Field development in South Gloucestershire or the Westernside Development in Bath, to embrace the need to consider air quality implications, as part of the commitment to sustainable development, at the earliest opportunity, particularly with regard to employment, consumption and travel demand requirements Across the wider area. This has been the case with respect to these developments, although any development of this scale is likely to impact on the surrounding road network and adds to congestion at specific locations in the network.

No individual scheme is anticipated to bring widespread positive benefits to the air quality experienced over the region. However, the implementation of the Light Rapid Transit (LRT) offers the greatest opportunity to reduce significantly the growth in vehicular traffic volume into the centre of Bristol. The effectiveness of this scheme would be further enhanced through the provision of a Park and Ride scheme located in the northern fringe, and the de-trunking of the M32 with associated initiatives. In light of the LRT no longer being proposed, air quality improvements in the north-south corridors between South Gloucestershire and Bristol City Council are unlikely to be achieved. At a regional level, the proposed expansion of the regional airport, located within North Somerset poses the greatest regional threat to efforts to reduce overall transport emissions, with a potential for undesirable impacts across all four former-Avon local authorities.

Whilst the threat of new development and expansion across the region poses a potential threat to local and regional air quality, the very need to solve the transport-related problems provides a real opportunity for innovation and community involvement. New technologies, in the form of telematics, smartcards, alternative fuel systems and transit systems, as examples, offer future solutions to alternatives to conventional cars and a potential reduction in vehicle kilometres traveled. Reduced vehicle emissions through a reduction in traffic volume will result in a decrease in levels of nitrogen dioxide (NO2), particulates and carbon dioxide (CO2) collectively.

This project has highlighted the importance and the increasing need for more collaboration between the local authorities of the former-Avon area. For some of the proposals outlined in this project, further data will be required in order to assess the degree to which air quality is likely to be affected across local authority boundaries and across the region as a whole. On a positive note, it is clear from the Local Transport Plans and Action Planning work being implemented or developed across the former-Avon area that there is a dearth of activity underway to reduce the congestion being experienced across the network. This will help address the local air quality hot spots experienced across the region and the spatial movement of traffic emissions across the local authorities within the former-Avon area.

Recommendation

Whilst regional groupings of LA officers working on air pollution are becoming reasonably common across Europe due to a common need to share experiences with people in similar circumstances, these often take the form of helping each authority develop its own policies. However, where transport and land-use developments are a major issue on the fringes of a local authority area it is vital that measures to resolve issues are not drawn up in isolation by a single authority as this may simply leave the other areas dealing with a problem that has been relocated into their area.

Further Reading

Potential links to:

Air Quality Strategies

http://www.bathnes.gov.uk/air/LAQS.htm

http://www.bristol-city.gov.uk/traffic/pdf/tt_airquaity_strategy.pdf

Area-based AQ Strategy for the former-Avon Area

Avon Forecast Website

http://www.cerc.co.uk/avon/

Transboundary Report

Not yet published


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  West Midlands (UK) Regional co-operation

Example

   

The West Midlands Region

The West Midlands region is located roughly centrally within England and contains the cities of Birmingham, Coventry and Wolverhampton. The region is divided into 7 municipal areas of administration; Birmingham, Coventry, Wolverhampton, Walsall, Dudley, Solihull and Sandwell. The population of the region is approximately 2.5 million, with 1 million of these living in Birmingham.

The West Midlands consists of one continuous conurbation across most of the region. This means that traffic and transportation issues are most effectively managed for the region as a whole. The Local Transport Plan sets out the transportation strategy for this region and is produced jointly by all 7 authorities.

Air pollution travels across the municipal boundaries of this region and the solution of problems in one municipal area are likely to require the co-operation of adjacent municipalities. For this reason the West Midlands Pollution Group (WMPG) was formed in 1998.

How Co-operation is achieved

Each municipal authority carries out its own air pollution monitoring and reports to the UK national government on air quality standards in its area. However, the results of this monitoring are shared between authorities on a regular basis.

In 1998 a Technical Group was formed through the WMPG to enable the air quality professionals from all of the municipalities to meet regularly. This is an extremely valuable process as most of the authorities employ only one or two specialist air pollution professionals. The WMPG enables these small groups to come together to share best practice and discuss technical issues.

Air quality modelling is a highly specialist area of work that requires expensive computing facilities and software. For this reason air quality modelling is carried out on behalf of all 7 municipal authorities by the WMPG. In practice each authority makes an annual contribution, dependent upon its population, to a fund held by Birmingham City Council. Birmingham City Council then employs a full time member of staff and provides the necessary computing facilities and software to support air pollution modelling for all of the municipalities. This arrangement ensures that there is enough air pollution modelling work to fully occupy a full-time specialist, and minimises software and computing costs. This approach also maintains consistency across the region and ensures that trans-boundary issues are identified. The contracts for this joint working are agreed every three years for the three years ahead.

Modelling is carried out using Air-Viro software. Municipalities request the model runs that they require, and supply any necessary data. The action planning process to deal with specific pollution problems is then carried out by each individual authority.

In addition to the Technical Group a Planning Group was established in 2003. This group was formed because a number of the municipalities had declared air quality management areas and were in the process of producing action plans. The planning group allows the sharing of experiences of action planning and the co-ordination of action at a regional level. This group has been working together to develop targets for air quality and mechanisms to improve air quality that will be included in Local Transport Plan for the region.

The co-operation between the municipalities in the West Midlands Region has been extremely successful. It has allowed all of the municipalities to maximise upon their collective expertise and to minimise their costs in respect of air quality modelling. It has also been very important for air quality specialists to work together at a regional level because transportation is the largest source of air pollution, and transportation planning occurs at a regional level. The group has recently signed agreements to continue in this joint working for a further three years.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Cooperation with other authorities

Example

   

Environmental quality standards were introduced when The Environmental Code (Miljöbalken) came in force in 1999. For ambient air there are standards for levels of nitrogen dioxide, sulphur dioxide, lead, particles and benzene. The standard for nitrogen dioxide and particles are difficult to achieve in certain street areas in Göteborg. For this reason the government has enjoined Västra Götaland County Administration Board, together with key players in the county, to produce proposals for dealing with the problem.

The standard for nitrogen dioxide is based on an EC Directive. Sweden has on its own initiative set requirements on the highest permissible 24-hour mean value, as well as a requirement that the standards must be met by 2006 instead of 2010 as stimulated by the Directive.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Ways which cities deal with the problem of transboundary pollution

2. Introduction

   

Transboundary pollution in its technical sense covers pollution that moves between the different layers of the atmosphere. A good example here is ozone, where it is a very useful molecule in the stratosphere blocking high energy UV from affecting us in the troposphere but a serious polluter affecting human health at high concentrations in the troposphere. The protective stratospheric ozone layer is being damaged by transboundary movement of CFC’s from the troposphere which then react to convert ozone back to oxygen.

A commoner use of the term transboundary is to describe pollution that travels great distances in the troposphere, carried by strong winds and thermal currents. We will cover examples of both.

The main issues of transboundary pollution affecting cities are ozone episodes and PM10 episodes often involving particulate sulphate.

Ozone episodes occur where large regions are affected by precursors from outside, locally generated precursors and transboundary stratospheric ozone which together with stable conditions and bright sunlight stimulate the production of tropospheric ozone giving rise to a high ozone episode and global warming.

Acid rain is another transboundary pollutant formerly dispersed by high chimneys affecting far distant regions. Sulphuric and sulphurous acids are oxidised to the sulphate form and can be transported as fine particulates across 1000’s of kilometres within the troposphere.

Particulates from forest fires, volcanic eruptions and large industrial sources may also be transported many hundreds of kilometres from their source and add a high background to locally produced pollution. Volcanoes can ‘push’ material out of the troposphere i.e. HCl gas, but particulates are normally too heavy.

The main atmospheric transboundary pollutants affecting cities are global warming molecules such as CO2, hydrocarbons, CFC’s etc. Many cities have grown up where rivers meet or flow into deltas or estuaries and are, therefore, threatened by global warming sea level rises. Cities need to include global warming molecules in their air quality strategies and need to work together to reduce emissions on a regional basis.

Many cities have now joined climate protection alliances and are developing their own climate protection strategies on the basis that everyone doing a little will add up to a great deal.

3. Discussion

   

Although climate protection issues are often seen as intergovernmental issues, there is a great deal that can be done at local level. Emission inventories already in place for toxic pollutants can be extended to include global warming emissions. Large emissions can then be targeted on a local basis for energy efficiency measures or for substitution with lesser warmers. Cities being close to residents can run education and action campaigns selling the need to reduce excess global warming.

Cities work well in co-operation with other cities and can learn from the way each tackles the problem. A regional approach is also necessary to control and prevent ozone episodes. Co-operation, sharing and the promotion of alternative non fossil fuel generation together with realistic fuel and heat conservation measures are all ways of helping control transboundary pollution.

Although little can be done to tackle pollution from natural sources, such as volcanoes and strong wind, forest fires can be controlled by regional and national action and alliances. Deliberate deforestation must be fought by richer counties by banning timber form non sustainable sources.

The networks of the old Sustainable Cities and Towns Campaign and Integaire are all alliances between cities designed to reduce pollution.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· Air Quality and Global warming strategies need to be brought together in dealing with transboundary issues.

· Economic measures are necessary to tackle deforestation and non sustainable logging of timber.

· Cities are closer to citizens and can best target campaigns locally even when part of a national or international initiative.

· Co-operative groups, both within and between cities and countries, can help develop best practice across all areas of concern and by publicising best practise can help spread the message and encourage more cities to take part.

5. Examples / Further Reading

    Regional/Transboundary PM10 Assessment for Local Authorities in Norfolk
Development of AQ Related Planning Guidance in the UK
Air Quality Zoning in the Veneto Region

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Webpage providing examples of co-operative working by a group of Local Authorities in the UK's ex-Avon Area: http://www.uwe.ac.uk/aqm/centre/region/cuba/mindex.html

· Webpage providing examples of co-operative working by a group of Local Authorities in Sussex, UK: http://www.sussex-air.net/

· Website co-ordinated by a number of Local Authorities in the north-east of the UK: http://enviweb.sunderland.ac.uk/

· Baseline scenario and integrating assessment modelling: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/cafe/activities/basescenario.htm

Last Updated


 

21st January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Regional/Transboundary PM10 Assessment for Local Authorities in Norfolk

Example

   

Introduction

Under the initial air quality objectives laid out under the UK National Air Quality Strategy in 1997, the target objective for PM10 was 50mg/m3 as the 99th percentile of daily maximum running 24-hour means. This allowed for 4 days every year when the 50mg/m3 concentration could be exceeded (in contrast to the 35 days allowed in the EU limit Value and the, later, loosened UK objective). This put many of the local authorities in East Anglia in danger of breaching the objective, whether they covered urban areas or rural, due to the high contribution of secondary particles in this part of the country associated with its proximity to the European mainland.

Norwich City Council was already funding a PhD studentship to help them take a wider perspective on their work under the UK Local Air Quality Management regime. Part of the work carried out was to help assess the contribution of urban sources of pollution within the boundaries of Norwich in contrast to regional sources, from the rest of Norfolk, the UK and mainland Europe. As all the Las in Norfolk appeared unlikely to achieve the PM10 objective, including the predominantly rural authorities that had little air quality management capacity, the regional grouping of Air Quality Officers raised sufficient funds to undertake a detailed study of particles in the region.

Discussion

The problems caused by transboundary pollution are almost always an issue to more than one local authority by their very nature. It is often more of a problem for heavily populated urban areas which also have a significant quantity of domestically generated pollution in addition to the ‘imported’ element.

In order to properly assess the magnitude of regional scale pollution it is necessary to carry out a detailed study consisting of a mixture of monitoring, modelling and potentially chemical analysis (at least when dealing with particles).

Ideally automatic/continuous monitoring stations need to be identified or set-up both within an urban area and the surrounding rural locations. In conjunction with meteorological data (primarily wind direction) this can be used to identify the differences in concentration between the city centre and upwind and downwind locations. This in itself should identify the difference contributions from the transboundary and domestic contributions. With particles, monitoring data for sulphate and nitrate concentrations can also be very helpful in identifying the secondary particle component which is almost always transboundary due to the length of time that it takes these particles to form.

Modelling can be used in a variety of ways to help identify transboundary components:

Local modelling at a city scale can identify local contributions to total pollution concentrations. However, especially with particles, it is very hard to set-up models to be sure that the model is correctly predicting the local contribution as some idea of what this is is needed in order to tune the model. One potential strategy is to set the model up and verify and adjust it on a non-transboundary pollutant such as nitrogen dioxide, and then simply change the emission inputs to model primary particles. There is a reasonable amount of evidence to show that this is not ideal as the magnitude of the errors in multiple pollutant models frequently vary from pollutant to pollutant.

Regional modelling can be carried out in two different ways. The simplest is to carry out trajectory modeling where the path of air parcels arriving at the city is traced backwards in order to identify the geographical source of the pollutants that they bring with them. When this is correlated with monitoring data it can produce a crude but still useful indication of the variations in pollution levels depending on the source airsheds, and therefore an indication of the magnitude of increase in concentrations when the incoming air comes from polluted areas.

More complex regional-scale modeling can be carried out using Eulerian or Lagrangian models (the latter was used in the Norfolk study). These allow the input of very large emissions inventories – even at a European scale. Then using detailed meteorological information they basically combine a trajectory model with the emissions inputs to calculate how much pollution is being picked up by air parcels as they travel across the region. Some of these models contain chemistry modules which allow them to calculate the formation of secondary pollutants such as ozone, and sulphate and nitrate particles. These models are generally very complex and specialized and may be beyond the general reach of most local authorities, however, as shown by the Norfolk example, this type of work has a large degree of research interest and links can often be made with academic institutions to help examine the problems.

Finally, chemical analysis of particles will help to some extent in separating locally sourced pollution from transboundary. The basic split being that the transboundary component is predominantly secondary particles. However, there is some evidence that there may be a significant element of primary (combustion-related) particles within the transboundary component. In addition to this, ‘coarse’ or natural particles such as wind blown dust can travel significant distances. Saharan dust events have been known to cause pollution episodes in the United Kingdom, and dust from storms in China have recently been found to be crossing the pacific and being measured in the United States.

Recommendation

In dealing with transboundary pollution the initial step has to be to identify the magnitude of the problem so that costs of any research can be weighed against the potential benefits. This is best done by examining monitoring data from as many different types of site within a region as possible, and where pollution patterns at sites follow each other closely, using meteorological information to try and identify whether these are regional pollution episodes or whether it is just regionally similar whether affecting local pollution emissions.

Further Reading

Chatterton, T., 2001, "Regional and Urban Scale Modelling of Particulate Matter: Can PM10 be Managed at a Local Level?", Ph.D. Thesis, School of Environmental Sciences, University of East Anglia http://www.uwe.ac.uk/aqm/research/tc/

Chatterton, T., 2000, "The Relative Contribution of Local and Distant Sources of Particulates to Eastern England", Report on regional-scale modelling of PM10 commissioned by a consortium of district councils in Norfolk.

Trying to locate a copy of document to put on website

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Air Quality Zoning in the Veneto Region

Example

   

Introduction

In compliance with the Directive 96/62/CE, during the year 2003 Veneto Region Administration has classified its territory on the basis of its air quality.

Three classes of quality (or zones) have been identified:

- A type: endangered zones where there is the need to implement Action Plans to improve air quality;

- B type: zones where there is the need to implement Air Quality Restoration Plans;

- C type: zones where there is the need to implement Air Quality Maintenance Plans.

Besides providing this first zoning of air quality in the regional territory, the Regional Air Quality Plan presents some suggestions on the possible ways to abate and control atmospheric pollution in the different zones, but also to manage this problem when different decisional levels are involved.

Cities that are bordering or are interconnected by common production and transport systems, need to manage air quality problems (especially those deriving from road traffic), according to a “trans-boundary pollution” logic, to adopt efficient and harmonized abatement criteria in every urban area.

Firstly, an answer to this needs to come from the Agreement between the Councillors of the seven Veneto provincial capital cities, the so-called Padua Charter (see Example Traffic restrictions in Veneto Region Urban Areas), that is a common measures system for vehicle circulation limitations which allow coordinating the containment actions operating on a wider and more homogeneous area in case of PM10 limit value exceedence.

Atmospheric pollution management at local and regional levels

The Regional Air Quality Plan, whose final approval is currently underway, settles the implementation and application competencies on air quality Action Plans and Programmes, to control such exceedances. Competencies are defined on three decisional levels.

At the first level the Surveillance Committee (CIS), consisting of the Veneto Region and the seven Veneto Provinces, gives guide lines on measures to be implemented according to different criteria (Action Plans, Restoration Plans and Maintenance Plans) and to check their correct execution. CIS is directed by the Regional Council President and consists of seven Presidents of the Provincial Councils. The Environmental Regional Direction (Unity Protection of the Atmosphere), the Regional Health Prevention Direction and ARPAV have only a consultative role.

At second level two types of measures are located, implemented under the approval and surveillance of each Provincial Authority:

- the measures to be activated by all the Municipalities included into zones or agglomerations classified like A or B that need Air Quality Restoration Plans;

- the measures to be activated by all the Municipalities included into zones or agglomerations classified like A or B or C that need Air Quality Maintenance Plans.

Both classes of measures are in charge of every Municipality, according to different criteria due to the pollutants classification.

According to art. 39 of DM 60/2002, the Mayors of Municipalities included into agglomerates and zones where there is the exceedence or the risk of exceeding limit values or alarm thresholds, on the plan base or programs, must adopt restriction measures for traffic circulation.

At the third level there are seven Technical Boards (TTZ), consisting of the seven Veneto provincial capital cities and all the smaller municipalities falling in the zones or agglomerations classified as A and B. Each TTZ has to delineate and implement in its territory the Action Plans needed to lessen limit values and alarm thresholds exceedances.

Every TTZ is coordinated by the capital city Major and collect all the municipalities included in A or B zones; the Regional Agency for the protection of the environment (ARPAV) and the Health Local Service (AULSS) have only consultative roles.

According to the National Decree 60/2002, ARPAV must inform each TTZ in case of exceeding of alarm thresholds and limit values.

The communication includes also information on the weather forecast, useful to evaluate the atmospheric tendency to reduce or to worsen air pollution.

Following ARPAV communication, each TTZ provides:

- to invite the population adopting correct behaviours;

- to implement the measures defined in the Action Plans,

- to inform immediately all the interested municipalities on the measures and restrictions that have been adopted.

Interested Municipality must respect all the measures settled by the Technical Boards, as requested by to Action Plans or related measures.

Acknowledgments

This text has been kindly made available from the Veneto Region Authority (Regional Air Quality Plan).

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Participation of Stakeholders

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
Informing the public
 
Air Quality Index Board at Leipzig
Informing the public in Göteborg
Dosing traffic in Utrecht
Consultation and Participation
 
Consultation and Participation in Bristol
Consultation and participation in Seville
Active public involvement in relation to LA21
 
Public involvement in Seville
ZOOM-Kids on the move to Kyoto
EcoTeams programme

Overview of Issue

 

Governments are more and more concerned to provide clean air for all and the improvement of air quality clearly is a cooperative process, requiring concerted action of all stakeholders.

A wide range of techniques can be used to facilitate public participation throughout the decision-making or development planning process. As a means to involve the citizens and other stakeholders in air quality management, some countries have established coordination points such as regional and/or local air pollution control districts.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Informing the public

2. Introduction

   

The majority of urban air quality monitoring in European Cities is carried out by local, regional or/and national government. In some cases other organisations supplement this by taking part in their own studies or in conjunction with local authorities. These organisations range from universities/institutes down to community groups and schools using the data from air quality monitoring and using it in a wide variety of applications, such as health studies, development planning, transport planning, environmental impact assessments, etc. Most of the studies have been carried out by experts in their particular field, and often the complex and technical monitoring data they produce is not accessible directly to the public. The new challenge for those involved in air quality management is to make this data available and understandable by the general public, so that it may form the basis of correct decisions which benefit air quality.

3. Discussion

   

The question of how to disseminate air quality information to the public is currently being carried out or considered in almost all member states.

  • How to inform the public about air quality?
  • It is important to define who, what, when, how, and why the information is to be used:
  • Who needs to be involved?
  • Media (press, radio, television), central and local organisations, government as well as non-government administration and other information sources.
  • What is the information being used for?
  • Experts for air quality improvements?
  • Current air pollution state?
  • Report on air quality and contribution of individual sources and pollution during recent period, e.g., last year?
  • Plan for smog and control systems?
  • When is the data needed?
  • Regular information about activities in the region and about current air quality state. Immediately at emergency situation.
  • Irregularly - in case of need and possibility.
  • How will the data be issued?
  • By the spoken word: in radio, telephone information line, Fax, e-mail, picture information - TV, during weather forecast, Internet services.
  • Printed information - newspapers, advertisements, bill/boards, annual reports.
  • By signs: sirens and other acoustic signals.
  • Where will the data be available?
  • Public places: road borders (VMS), parking lots, enterprises, workplaces, schools, hospitals, airports, railway and bus station halls, sport grounds, department stores, Cultural facilities, squares etc.
  • What are the objectives!
  • Information about current air pollution, specific health problems, raising environmental awareness among population, mobilising general public for taking actions for air quality improvement etc?

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Many organisations monitor air quality. Data obtained from this monitoring is available in various forms, and with varying degrees of accessibility. Those involved in air quality management should utilise this data and package it so that it becomes information on which organisations, communities and individuals can make decisions regarding their actions. National strategies and European Directives are aiding the provision of air quality information by placing mandatory minimum requirements on types and amounts of information issued by governments of member states, and local authorities.

There is a need for increased resources to instigate and research the effectiveness of air quality information strategies. In particular small local authorities cannot achieve the demands of rapid information dissemination, and realised that national governments must carry out this aspect of air quality management.

Perceptions of air pollution in the minds of the public, commercial and trade organisations and local politicians and in the writings of the local press are a major obstacle to overcome. Methods of changing perceptions can include:

  • Establishing a working relationship with the media so that they are aware of air quality management issues, not simply of air pollution episodes.
  • Examining which organisation should provide air quality information, as the public are in general more likely to trust health processionals than local or national government "experts".
  • Promoting involvement in air quality initiatives so that it is considered as a positive attribute when trying to attract new investment to the city/town.

Air quality information is the important first step in any public awareness and education campaigns. The next stage for the local authority is to involve communities in examining why air pollution exists and crucially what is being done to relieve it.

5. Examples / Further Reading

    Air Quality Index Board at Leipzig
Informing the public in Göteborg
Dosing traffic in Utrecht

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· http://www.umwelt.sachsen.de/lfug

· Member States and air quality contacts: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/links.htm

· Targeted Summary of the European Sustainable Cities Report for Local Authorities: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/urban/locsm-en.htm#domaines

· Commission frequently asked questions on Air quality: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/faq.htm

· Commission Fact sheets on air quality: http://europa.eu.int/scadplus/leg/en/s15004.htm

· http://europa.eu.int/scadplus/leg/en/lvb/l28031a.htm

· EU Directives : EU Ambient Air web

· page :http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/ambient.htm

· (UK Ambient Air web page) : http://www.airquality.co.uk/archive/index.php

· California Office of Environmental Health Hazard Assessment web page: http://www.oehha.org/public_info.html

Last Updated


 

21st January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Air Quality Index Board at Leipzig

Example

   

The City of Leipzig has only limited resources for air quality issues. Yet, as the state authority (Sächsisches Landesamt für Umwelt und Geologie) is responsible for the measurements, the data derived from the measurement facilities at Leipzig is available online (daily updates) and is analysed yearly (report available to the public).

In co-operation with the local energy provider Stadtwerke Leipzig, the municipality created an electronic board in April 1998 to display the measurement results of two stations at Leipzig (updates daily at 10, 13, 16 and 19 o’clock). The board is located in Leipzig’s busiest shopping street (pedestrian area, Petersstraße).

The board is located on one side of a double-sided advertisement display administered by JC Decaux. The investment costs for the electronic equipment and the graphic design were 40.000 DEM (about 20.500 EUR) and were shared between the Stadtwerke Leipzig (local energy provider) and the City of Leipzig. The board itself is provided free of charge by JC Decaux as it uses the reverse side for advertisements. Stadtwerke Leipzig uses a running text line at the bottom of the board to provide customer information.

The information given includes half-hour average values of NO2, SO2, benzene, ozone and PM taken from two measurement stations belonging to the state authority and that are located in Leipzig. Both measurements are taken at a height of 3,5 m. One station is located at a very busy intersection close to the Main Station while the second one is located in a residential area to the west of the city.

The data is presented both in numbers and on a scale. The scale includes limit values that are highlighted in green (low exposure), yellow (medium exposure) and red (high exposure). The City of Leipzig plans to adjust those values in the near future with the EU limit values.

The state authority that is responsible for the measurements makes the data available by internet. A small computer operated with MS Windows 98 that is located invisibly under the board connects with the website through its modem to retrieve the data from the website. A specially programmed chip (“eprom”) is used to make the data displayable with liquid crystals.

Security glass protects the board from the outside. So far, no vandalism has occurred.

The board makes it possible to inform the local public in real time about air quality and thus helps to promote transparency and access to environmental information as part of the public relations carried out by the City of Leipzig’s Environmental Protection Office. Observation of the board suggests an ongoing interest by the public.

In addition, AQ information is also available by internet and videotext.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Informing the public in Göteborg

Example

   

More interest has been shown regarding air quality and health in Göteborg as a result of the increasing information people have been given regarding air quality. There is now a demand from the general public for real time air quality information. Especially for asthmatic and older people, it is important to provide daily air quality information and forecasts. Such information is supplied in terms of a local air quality index for the city centre in Göteborg.

Information is supplied on the Internet http://www.miljo.goteborg.se/luftnet/index-eng.htm. The data is updated every hour throughout the year and a forecast is given by the arrows behind the status value (figure). All data is from Göteborgs urban background monitoring station. For the people that don’t have access to the Internet a message to an answer machine is read. The message is updated three times a day, morning, noon and afternoon at weekdays and twice on the weekends. The public can also get the information on their cell phone through the wap services (figure), http://www.miljo.goteborg.se/luftnet/wap. This data is also updated every hour. The local traffic radio uses the website every day and report in the morning and afternoon about the pollution levels in central Göteborg. One person is on-call duty and answers the questions from the public.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Consultation and Participation

2. Introduction

   

The extent to which consultation and participation takes place in cities across Europe varies considerably. The variation occurs across a number of different axes:

· From information provision to full-blown participation

· Whether issues are consulted on due to statutory responsibilities or as good practice

· From consultation with other Council departments, NGOs and the general public

· The range of issues; from planning and transportation to environmental

· The degree to which consultation is formalised through strategies or groupings

These issues will be discussed below.

What is apparent is that few councils have a great understanding of how the public perceive their consultation\participation methods. There is a pattern that the general public do not appear to want to attend regular, bureaucratic meetings and are rarely prepared to do so, but they often feel under-consulted with regard to big developments. Participation rates quoted by councils ranged from 0.2% to 35% (the latter roughly equivalent to the rate for participation in local elections).

3. Discussion

   

The degree to which councils undertake consultation and participation can range from provision of information regarding policies or action already undertaken or about to be undertaken, through consultation on a selection of pre-determined options, right up to visioning exercises where the public get to decide on the aims of underlying policy itself rather than just the implementation.

The extent to which consultation goes on is often determined by two factors. Whether consultation is a statutory requirement (as is often the case in land-use planning instances) or if the activities are potentially controversial (as is often the case with any policies or actions restricting the use of cars). Although in many cases the public does not hold a role in the final decision, local politicians were, in many cases, unlikely to go against very strong public views where these had been expressed through formal council procedures.

The range of consultees extends from other council departments (although in some cases problems occur due to lack of consultation within departments!), to other councils, other layers of governance (e.g. regional or national), government agencies, NGOs and organisations representing certain members of the general public, and finally individual members of the public. In many cases consultation with other departments and councils occurs within general working practices by way of joint committees or regular meetings (this has particularly developed in the UK in relation to the Local Air Quality Management Process). Where communication with regional and national occurs, this is often much less interactive. In terms of consultation with the public, the first approach is often through communication with NGOs and other bodies such as residents associations. This often finds ‘activists’ in the community, those people who have strong opinions on matters and are consequently part of groups. Finding the opinion of the normal, everyday, uncommitted person is a far more complex task. There are various ways to approach this including extensive surveys, the creation of public panels (this is discussed below) and the creation of public exhibitions to both inform people and give them an opportunity to submit their opinion.

Land-use planning has the best general record for consultation procedures. This stems from the direct localised effect of many planning applications on neighbourhoods. In many countries consultation over land-use, at both the level of an individual application and at a more strategic level is usually compulsory (although in the UK the government is currently trying to limit requirements for consultation on certain types of projects). Public consultation becomes increasingly less frequent for transport and environmental issues. Where transport schemes could have a large effect on specific neighbourhoods, some form of consultation tends to occur but there is rarely the opportunity for the public to do more than prioritise options (the final choice of which is often pre-determined for other reasons). With environmental matters, consultation is even less frequent, often because issues become scientific or technical fact and therefore are suitable for dissemination for transparency and information purposes, but there is very little room for discussion. General environmental themes are often approached through Local Agenda 21 programmes, and actions to improve environmental conditions put forward as action plans tend to involve issues where there is no need for general consultation (such as changing licensing conditions on industrial processes) or cross-over in to the land-use and transport planning spheres.

The most prominent example of good practice found amongst sample cities is the development of consultation panels consisting of a broad (and representative range) members of the public. These come by a range of titles (Citizen’s Panel in Bristol, People’s Panel in Birmingham, Consulta in Venice) but amount to much the same thing, a group of members of the public who commit themselves to being consulted on a wide range of topics. This avoids the issues of the general public feeling “over-consulted” (something that seems to occur often, especially combined with a parallel feeling that their views aren’t acted upon). It also avoids the tendency for consultees to only express views on matters that they have specific interests in.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

5. Examples / Further Reading

    Consultation and Participation in Bristol
Consultation and participation in Seville

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Examples of consultation initiatives carried out by UK local authorities: http://www.uwe.ac.uk/aqm/review/initiatives.html

· http://www.klimabuendnis.org/start.htm

· Member States and air quality contacts: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/links.htm

Further readings:

· IEMA, 2002, "Perspectives: Guidelines on participation in environmental decision-making"

· Web links: (UK Environment Agency): http://www.environment-agency.gov.uk/aboutus/512398/830672/831980/832074/?lang=_e

Last Updated


 

21st January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Consultation and Participation in Bristol

Example

   

UK air quality management legislation requires local authorities to ‘consult’ at every stage of the process. Our experience in Bristol is that ‘consultation’ is probably sufficient whilst dealing with the technical processes of Review and Assessment but that genuine public participation through focus groups and questionnaire surveys are essential in establishing acceptable actions for inclusion in the action plan.

Following our adoption of sustainable development in the early 1990’s we have adopted the practise of producing draft documents which are then widely circulated to an ‘expert’ database of interested persons and other outlets for comments prior to our final ‘glossy’ document production. Every published document also contains feedback information so we can learn to do better in future. Every consultation exercise genuinely allows the respondent to affect the final outcome, ie influence the final shape of policy or action.

After some 10 years of experience the City of Bristol is able to judge whether consultation or participation is the most appropriate course of action, but occasionally we still get it wrong! Generally the more technical the document and the more closely it is controlled by government guidelines, the more appropriate it is for consultation methods. Conversely the more ‘blue sky’ and for issues directly affecting residents then participation methods are adopted at an early stage. Unfortunately participative methods are time consuming and resource intensive and do not always ‘fit’ into statutory timescales. Some legislation also prescribes the consultation to be followed.

We use a citizen jury of 2000 citizens for both techniques, tested from time to time by a 5% household survey. We use our interested party database again for both techniques and again this is tested by a 5% household survey. We also draw on the interested party list for producing focus groups to discuss issues in much more detail.

Consultation/Participation panels are also set up for major development. Here we can discuss amelioration and mitigation after Planning Permission is granted. We try to focus on those areas where resident’s views can make a genuine positive difference to outcomes.

So the answer to ‘Consultation and Participation –where and How?‘ is: wherever possible and when resources allow.

It is possible to make major developers responsible for funding this through the planning agreement or section 106 agreement.

There are sometimes statutory limitations of time but statutory consultees are often listed making our jobs easier.

Setting up citizens panels, focus groups and organising random surveys are well worthwhile even where this work is subcontracted to consultants or in house marketing specialists.

Locally based facilitators are often cheaper and more committed to the local community when organising focus groups to consider complex local issues.

Consultation and Participation add another layer of complexity and expense to air quality issues but invaluable for identifying what is and is not acceptable to the public, and enable red herrings to be chopped off at an early stage!

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Consultation and participation in Seville

Example

   

Public participation is a process that enables individuals and organisations to be continuously or repeatedly involved in the development of decisions that affect them. Participation means that people take part in issues regarding economic and social progress, etc. It must be considered as an essential element of the City’s action plan. At the same time it should be considered as a means to promote social cohesion and integration, as well as to promote a change towards the sustainability.

From the City of Seville’s point of view, participation of citizens in the decision-making process is essential and is key to legitimize, advocate and ensure the implementation of policy and public actions. Environmental matters should be integrated throughout the whole action plan and decisions in this particular field should be approved by the community because these decisions often have a direct impact on the day-to-day life of citizens.

The Public Administration has taken concrete steps in order to increase citizens’ participation in the decision making process, for example, through the creation of associations, or by means of municipal councils.

In Seville there are several tools that are being used in order to facilitate the participation of the citizens in the decision making process:

  • The adoption of a ‘Rule’ to promote the participation of the citizens in the decision-making process.
  • The creation of the Local Sectorial Council for the Environment and Sustainability (CSLMAS) on 22nd January, 2001, to act as a “consultative and consensus-driven body whose aim is to channel and promote the participation of the general public, public associations and other interested bodies in the conception, planning and management of all those matters which, being related to the Municipality, pertain to the defence of Nature, the protection of the environment, the improvement of the quality of life and the increase in habitability and sustainability of the municipality of Seville”. For the moment, this body for public participation consists of 74 members, amongst whom are representatives of Neighbourhood Associations, Professional Bodies, Ecological Associations, the Public Administration, Consumers' and Users' Associations, Political Parties, Trade Unions, Universities, Housewives' Associations, etc. Each of these bodies contributes by providing its own vision on a particular issue. The debates generated in the CSLMAS make it possible to tackle issues from multiple points of view and the adoption of consensual decisions makes it possible to seek alternative solutions in a more effective way.
  • The creation of Working Groups as an innovated initiative within the European context. These working groups as well as the Environmental Council give the opportunity to a wide range of stakeholders to give their opinion on environmental issues in a permanent way and from the first phase of the environmental diagnosis.
  • The creation of a website (www.agenda21local.com), which provides citizens with all relevant information and documentation about the local agenda 21 process, and where stakeholders can include their own suggestions.
  • Finally, Seville is also organising informational sessions in the different districts of the City. These are made possible thanks to an agreement reached between the Seville City Council and the Neighbourhood Associations.

The chosen tools to promote the participation of the citizens, should take into account all relevant local agents in order to achieve the aims of the local agenda 21. However, actions have to be taken in order for these participation mechanisms not to become a protest platform. Finally, citizens and other stakeholders should not feel obliged to use or participate in these workshops or fora.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Active public involvement in relation to LA21

2. Introduction

   

An essential element of any Local Agenda 21 process is the consultation and involvement of the wider community and general public. Any Local Agenda 21 Strategy should be a joint effort between the different sectors in society and local residents. The involvement of the public is of key importance in this process as it creates a sense of responsibility amongst the citizens for improving their local environment and it helps the local authority to advocate the implementation of actions for achieving the goals of sustainability.

All over Europe, existing community development techniques are being adapted for Local Agenda 21 and new ones are being tried. There are no fixed ways of involving the wider community but two main strands have been identified as essential in the process. First of all ‘Awareness raising and education tools’ and second of all, ‘Consultation and participation tools’.

3. Discussion

   

Awareness Raising and Education

Environmental Education is a key component of the local agenda process because if the local people are to be part in local sustainable development actions, they need to understand the issues and why actions are needed. Public awareness raising campaigns about the issues are one way of approaching this. Other ideas include: competitions, special offers to buy for example less polluting cars and using local newspapers and radio to cover relevant topics. But another obvious area of activity is using schools and other educational establishments to get the sustainability message across. Schools are seen as a driving force to educate and involve other sectors of the community, and in particular children, in awareness raising.

Consult and involve the wider community and the general public

#As mechanisms to consult and involve the citizens and other stakeholders, we can find:

· Visioning Conferences to encourage participants to imagine what sort of community they would like to live in;

· Focus groups; and

· Citizen’s juries, which bring together local people to deliberate on a particular local topic and come up with options to suggest the way forward.

But one of the key organisational elements of the public participation process within Local Agenda 21 is the Local Agenda 21 Forum, which brings together representatives of the stakeholder groups to give opinions on certain issues and steer the public participation process.

There are at least three different approaches for structuring participation in the development of Local Agenda 21 process: a) the “priority problem” approach; b) the sectoral or municipal services approach; and c) the stakeholder or thematic approach.

The most commonly used means of structuring public involvement in Local Agenda 21 is to involve stakeholders in determining Priority Urban Environmental Problems and then structure participation around key problem areas.

The process is as follows:

· Background information on the city’s urban environment is prepared (e.g. environmental data and a "State of the Environment" report);

· A stakeholder workshop is held to discuss the background information and prioritise urban environmental problems;

· Stakeholder working groups are created around the 2 to 6 highest priority problems;

· The working groups identify and prioritise options for solving the problems; and

· A panel gathering representatives from each working group as well as experts, develops an integrated strategy and individual action plans for each priority problem.

The Priority Problem approach requires:

· A consensus on which problems are the most important; a consensus within each problem area as to priority options; and the participation of relevant stakeholders, especially decision-makers.

· Its advantages are that it focuses the LA21 process on addressing the most important issues and promotes an integrated approach to strategy development. Its disadvantages are that real-life problems may be different from identified priorities if the process takes too long and it might be difficult to achieve consensus on priority problems and options.

The Sectoral or Municipal Service Approach is based on the environmental dimensions of a city’s existing sectors or municipal services. The process is as follows:

· Issues are analysed sector-by-sector or service-by-service, either during a stakeholder workshop or by experts;

· Stakeholder working groups are established for each key sector or municipal service;

· Working groups prioritise issues, identify options and prioritise options for each sector or service; and

· An integrated working group develops an inter-sectoral or cross-service strategy and sector- or service-specific action plans.

The sector- or service- specific approach requires the active participation of key sectoral actors (e.g. industries and neighbourhoods affected by industrial pollution) or key services (e.g. the water and sanitation company directors as well as representatives of their industrial, commercial and residential customers) and a willingness to evaluate real problems in each sector or service. The advantages of this approach are that it focuses on operational problems in each sector or service and that it results in practical, institution-specific recommendations. The disadvantages are that it may not identify and address the most important environmental issues in a city and it tends to reinforce the existing sectoral structure or service delivery system.

In the Stakeholder or Thematic Approach, public participation is organised around groups of key stakeholders or pre-identified urban themes.

The process involves:

· The identification of relevant stakeholders or themes;

· The establishment of stakeholder or thematic working groups;

· The optional preparation of background environmental documents (e.g. environmental data and a “State of the Environment” report to be used by the working groups);

· The identification and prioritisation of stakeholder- or theme-specific strategies and action plans; and

· Integration of working group outputs into a city-wide action program by a stakeholder workshop or a group of experts.

This approach requires the active involvement of all key stakeholders and/or consensus on central themes. The advantages are that it is easy to establish and understand, and that it can address cross-sectoral and inter-jurisdictional problems. The disadvantages are that: a) the resulting strategies and action plans may not address a city’s most important environmental problems; b) the recommendations may be too general to guide action at the level of individual institutions; and c) separating stakeholders may create an "us against them" mentality that could lead to divisiveness.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· The Stakeholder Groups participating in a LA21 Forum should bear in mind, from the beginning, the long-term perspective of the entire planning and development processes of a Local Agenda 21. Involving groups with various viewpoints and vested interests often means that building consensus takes some time. However, over the long term, such a “bottom-up” approach has better results (as it involves the commitment of many more people as compared to “top down” process models) and also prepares the ground for the visioning process and development of local action plans.

· As outlined above, there are two basic types of public participation process tools: “Community consultation tools” and “Awareness raising tools”.

o “Community consultation tools” are methods for involving as many actors as possible in the planning process (such as: regular interviews and phone surveys; questionnaires; involvement of schools, universities and colleges; open public meetings). Their use will depend mainly on the particular circumstances of each municipality and the available personnel and financial resources.

o “Awareness raising tools” are not only useful for engaging citizens at the start of a public participation process, but also are very important to continue to involve the public and keep them informed. Awareness raising tools include: environmental education (educational campaigns, information buses and other public environmental education programmes); environmental calendars giving advice and year-round tips for more environmentally conscious lifestyles; recruiting active participants and providing opportunities for further training as facilitators; actively involving local people e.g. by publishing a newsletter. Furthermore, the use of local and regional media should be fostered as much as possible to make the process as widespread as possible. Each municipality has locally distinctive special assets in the local culture, which can be used to support public participation, like for instance special art exhibitions. Social and cultural assets should be integrated and used as much as possible within the process. It is by fostering those particular assets that the identification of the citizens with their environment is increased, which is one of the goals of a sustainable community.

5. Examples / Further Reading

    ZOOM-Kids on the move to Kyoto
EcoTeams programme
Public involvement in Seville

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Examples of consultation initiatives carried out by UK local authorities http://www.uwe.ac.uk/aqm/review/initiatives.html

· http://www.le-agenda.de/

· AGENDA 21 - THE FIRST 5 YEARS: Implementation of Agenda 21 in the European Community: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/agend21/implem.htm

· Member States and air quality contacts: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/links.htm

· http://www.sustainable-cities.org/docroot/sustainablecities/library.html

· Italian A21 Network: http://www.a21italy.net/

· Italian Department for Public Administration Education: http://ambiente.formez.it/agenda_21_locale.html

· Sustainable Cities Information System: http://www.sustainable-cities.org/home.html

· Baltic 21: http://www.baltic21.org/

· Network of Mediterranean coastal cities: http://www.medcities.org/

· Barents Local Agenda 21 Network: http://barents-la21.net/

· United Nation Sustainable Development: http://www.un.org/esa/sustdev/documents/agenda21/english/agenda21toc.htm

Last Updated


 

21st January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Public involvement in Seville

Example

   

The participation of citizens has been active since the moment the city council of Seville decided to sign the Aalborg letter in 1996. (One of its main rules was that the local authorities in each city encouraged its citizens to take part in the decision making process)

At a local level, in Seville, this participation has been led to several synergies that are providing a solution to several problems simultaneously. At the same time, citizens are informing the local Administration of the needs and interests of the population. Furthermore, it has provided a greater sense of local identity amongst the population and has also created more trust of and better relations with the municipality.


This collaboration has been possible on the one hand due to the will of the Local Administration to provide citizens with the ability to take part in the decision making process in relation to environmental concerns. For that reason the Environmental and Local Council for Sustainability was created. On the other hand, there are several mediums through which information is provided to citizens,that contributes to making the information more reliable. Finally ,it is important to point out the creation of different organs, activities and informational mediums intended to simplify the participation of the citizens such as the Environmental and Local Council, but also, the AL21 website, questionnaires that support the AL21 process, informational sessions held in the city district, the Working Group, and more.

Since the beginning, there has been in the city of Seville the awareness of how to carry out the implementation of the AL21 process. For that challenge it is important to involve all the local agents of the city because the City Council has defended the participation of the different collectives in the Participation Forum. Its aim is to make people take an active role in defining and diagnosing the city environment, formulating an action plan and participating in the decision making process.

www.conama.es

www.agenda21local.com


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  ZOOM-Kids on the move to Kyoto

Example

   

ZOOM-Kids on the move to Kyoto: Campaign launched by Climate Alliance in June 2003. This campaign is for children all over Europe and aims to raise awareness of the effects their transport choices for journeys to and from school have on the environment. All participating children are encouraged to walk or cycle to school during the project. It is about giving children a voice by identifying areas of concern in their surroundings, by working out new solutions and by handling them over to local decision-makers. The overall aim is to achieve concrete improvements in local transport, organization and planning. For further information, please contact Ulrike Janssen, u.janssen@klimabuendnis.org

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  EcoTeams programme

Example

   

EcoTeams program: This project is an activity of the Global Action Plan (GAP). It enables a large number of ordinary people to have a significant contribution to the solution of environmental problems by consciously modifying their way of life. The Ecoteams ae small groups of neighbours or friends that will meet once a month to exchange experience, ideas and achievements on environmental issues. They concentrate on each of the following five themes: waste, household energy, personal travel, water and buying habits. Households and teams report their results to local, national and international collection points which create a friendly competition that urge people to do always better. Further information, contact ecoteam@empnet.com.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Resources for Air Quality Management

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
Managing air quality on limited resources
 
Air Quality Index Board at Leipzig
Managing Air Quality on Limited Resources in Leipzig
Managing air quality on limited resources in Utrecht
Raising the profile of air quality issues in Utrecht to attract resources
Ways of increasing resources for AQ in Utrecht by working jointly with other city sectors
Managing Air Quality on limited Resources In Bristol
Air Quality Management and Available Economic Resources
Funding for Air Quality in the UK Using Supplementary Credit Approval and Planning Legislation
Raising Revenue by Ring-Fencing
 
Congestion charging in London and directing money to transport

Overview of Issue

 

One of the main factors that controls the ability of a municipal authority to implement successful measures aimed at improving air quality for their citizens is the amount of resources available to do it. Although not all measures need be heavily resourced financially to be effective the political will for dealing with Air Quality can itself be treated as a resource.

Air quality management covers a very broad range of activities which can be seen as covering a number of different types of action: personnel dependent to equipment dependent; analysis and assessment to implementation of measures; ‘soft’ measures to ‘hard’ measures.

There is, therefore, a very wide range of resources which are desirable for Air Quality Management and they will vary depending on what aspects are being carried out. The key resource which is essential for any successful Air Quality Management programme can be considered to be knowledge. Ultimately the level of available financial resources for Air Quality Management within a municipality is reliant on the support for it. Financial resources are probably the hardest to acquire due to the inevitable competition for them.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Managing air quality on limited resources

2. Introduction

   

Most cities do not have a dedicated income stream to provide funds to monitor air pollution in their cities. Ideally a pollution tax imposed on major polluters would provide an income stream to develop and maintain monitoring networks and to maintain the dedicated teams of skilled personnel to manage and carry out the process. In the absence of such funding it is necessary to convince local people and politicians to make core funding available and to support bids for partnership working with whoever is prepared to partner the authority. The attached example from Bristol gives methods we have used successfully.

3. Discussion

   

Government Sources

The individual governments within the EU have been given the task of setting up national networks for air pollution to comply with the Framework and subsequent daughter directives. Approaches can be made to government for joint training, provision of equipment and on site operation of their equipment. Everyone is looking to trim budgets and this approach can work where government agencies are prepared to work with cities.

Government Contracts

Cities should not be prevented from bidding to take part in government monitoring activities. Being ‘on the spot’ the cities can provide local eyes and ears for monitoring exercises run on the governments behalf by consultancies or other agencies. Joint City / Government partnerships are to be promoted as a forward step.

Local Government Contracts

Neighbouring local authorities can club together to jointly fund monitoring campaigns across their region and can appoint the skilled resources jointly that cannot be justified by individual authorities. Savings can be made by joint purchases attracting discounts and similarly joint servicing contracts again attracting savings and a single regional standard.

Private Contracts

The same local site operator service can also offered to private concerns that are required to monitor or model in terms of their planning consents. This may or may not include the provision and or operation of the monitoring equipment. There may be a slight conflict of interest here depending whether this is within or outside the city boundary and local rules may apply.

Development Agreements

Where planning is not appropriate or as a contingency to pay for mitigation measures it may be possible to enter agreements with the developer on major plans to cover monitoring and mitigation measures over 5 to 10 years into the future. Large sums are usually involved with mitigation being triggered by monitoring paid for by the developer.

European Projects

Although in general only items triggered by the project can be charged there is usually a management fee or overhead that helps contribute to general running costs. This element usually is settled at the outset of the project and may be in the range of 5 to 15%. Some external training projects pay almost the full cost of providing trainers including their hourly rate.

Funding can however tie in more closely with locally needed projects so that external funding pays a high proportion of your project costs.

Commercial Sponsorship

In a few limited cases commercial sponsorship may be sought for particular items of equipment. This is particularly appropriate where you have a major supplier in your city where you are willing to ‘showcase’ the equipment supplied. In some cases ‘associations’ of polluters may be prepared to sponsor or provide equipment or resources.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Recommendations

· Look for all possible funding sources. Sources can be difficult to acquire but once acquired may last for a number of years without too much additional effort.

· It can take several years for new sources to come on stream so you must look and plan ahead. Occasionally funding is only paid out at the end of a project and not when expenditure is actually being made.

· Think originally, never mind it has not been done before!

Conclusion

Look for and use whatever funding sources come your way provided they aid the work you do rather than hinder it.

5. Examples / Further Reading

    Air Quality Index Board at Leipzig
Managing Air Quality on Limited Resources in Leipzig
Managing Air Quality on limited Resources In Bristol
Funding for Air Quality in the UK Using Supplementary Credit Approval and Planning Legislation
Managing air quality on limited resources in Utrecht
Raising the profile of air quality issues in Utrecht to attract resources
Ways of increasing resources for AQ in Utrecht by working jointly with other city sectors
Air Quality Management and Available Economic Resources

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Webpage providing examples of co-operative working by a group of Local Authorities in Sussex, UK http://www.sussex-air.net/

· Environmental economics studies made for the economic unit of Environment DG: Commission published studies on economics: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/enveco/studies2.htm#air

http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/enveco/studies2.htm

Last Updated


 

21st January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Managing Air Quality on Limited Resources in Leipzig

Example

   

As a result of a shortage of resources, the City of Leipzig has been unable since 1998 to carry out proper air quality management. While the state authority (Sächsisches Landesamt für Umwelt und Geologie) is responsible for measurements at three sites within the city, the Environmental Protection Office is unable to develop measures on the base of its results. Many actions developed in the frame of the Climate Protection Program are at the moment frozen as adequate financing is not available.

However, the impact of some pollutants (current situation) were investigated in a study in 2001 (compatibleness of major roads; part of environmental monitoring). Site-specific emission prognosis are sometimes carried out by external consultants to accompany city and traffic planning activities (by City Planning Office or Traffic Planning Office).

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Managing air quality on limited resources in Utrecht

Example

   

In 1987 the first Decree on Air Quality was put into operation in The Netherlands. All cities with more than 40,000 inhabitants had to report about air quality every year. There was no money to do this In Utrecht. Only old traffic data, no street data and a model with growing pains were available.

The environmental policy in Utrecht was about preventing problems which they thought was a better and cheaper solution rather than solving them afterwards. Advising in other city sector plans with the help of a model can do this. This doesn't take much time and mostly traffic data are needed for other purposes (noise, traffic measures). Utrecht made the model more suitable for advising in plans.

After every project the street data set, the experience and the arguments for better traffic data were investigated. When advising projects for the prevention of problems it is also possible to solve problems in the existing situation related to the project. Of course it will take a long time before all the problems are solved this way.

In 13 years all problems, except one, were solved. Regarding the new legislation (report over 2002) there are two real problems (one small situation was overlooked before), some cases with small exceedances and many streets just below the LV+MOT (limit values and margins of tolerance).

Because the city is growing and traffic on the motorways increases, it will be very difficult to prevent problems in 2010. The awareness that only substantial measures on city level will help, is growing by the information in projects.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Raising the profile of air quality issues in Utrecht to attract resources

Example

   

There are no consequences for not observing the rules in the air quality legislation. The air quality officer has to inform other people (colleagues and aldermen) about the relation with health problems and the risks of not observing the rules. These risks are: no approval by other authorities, no subsidies from other authorities, juridical procedures by citizens and a bad image.

Because the responsibility for PM10 and the priority related to exposure are not mentioned in the Dutch law articles and are not clearly explained in the explanatory memorandum, some juridical procedures ended in blocking plans. Of course that is not a good example. It causes a lot of uncertainty and it is an obstacle for focusing on the real problems in the larger cities. On the other hand in smaller cities with no exceedances of the standards, air quality is coming on the agenda this way.

In Utrecht it is accepted to start from environmental limiting conditions in planning. Sometimes it is necessary to point out the risks of neglecting the rules.

The goal of environmental officers is not blocking plans, but to prevent mistakes.

Environmental officers notice problems in an early stage and are helping other city sectors in solving them.

Large infrastructure and building projects are related to big budgets. So there is also money for measures to prevent and to solve air quality problems.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Ways of increasing resources for AQ in Utrecht by working jointly with other city sectors

Example

   

Colleagues in other city sectors and project leaders want to make plans without forgetting important issues. When the plan is finished they don’t want their plan to be destroyed by somebody (a colleague, alderman, councillor or citizen) saying it is impossible or important parts are missing.

In Utrecht in the past a few plans were blocked by other authorities after warning the responsible people by municipal environmental officers. Nothing works better than burning your fingers.

In case nobody notices the gap in the plan and it is realised then it will be very expensive to repair the situation in the future. So forgetting an important issue has always unwanted effects.

In all notes environmental officers write that air pollution calculations are needed in plans for streets with more traffic than 4500 motor vehicles per 24 hours. Sixteen years ago Utrecht determined this number. This number could have been changed every year, but it is more effective to use one recognisable number. A lot of officers have seen this number several times. To new colleagues and other parties they will confirm that this is usual.

In the starting note or the approach plan the relation with air quality has to be clear. In consultation with the air quality officer the capacity (and budget) for advising about air quality should be determined. It is important to have some idea if a broad or a more detailed advice is needed.

Because of their knowledge of the city the advice by environmental officers are related to other developments, they are cheaper than advising companies and their service is better.

You can make an official rule for this procedure, specific for air pollution, for the environment or in general (integral advising). Still it must be more than a rule: the advice must give a surplus value to the plan.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Managing Air Quality on limited Resources In Bristol

Example

   

Introduction

Bristol is fairly well funded in managing our core network of continuous and sampling sites. Over the years this has been just enough to operate the sites without allowing for replacement equipment or regular and routine maintenance. The budget runs only therefore to about 70% of the full operating costs. We therefore have to raise income to cover these additional costs and to raise money for investment in new equipment.

This short paper describes briefly several of the funding streams we use to boost our budget. Not all methods will be appropriate to all cities and I am sure other cities will also have additional methods available to them.

Discussion

Government Grants The UK has adopted supplementary credit approvals and now sce’s as the means by which local government pays for local air quality management(LAQM). We place a bid every year for new equipment, which after a couple of years specific use in LAQM is then available to replace ageing monitors in the core network. Grants have also been awarded to resource pollution forecasting and cross border strategy and action plan development.

Government Contracts In the UK most local site operation of government sites is by competetive tender. We have the advantage of operating our own sites and being right here in the locality for bidding for local contracts. We set an hourly charge based on total income divided by total available hours which makes a significant contribution over the salary cost but is cheaper than private consultancies. We therefore win and operate the government sites for Bristol.

Local Government Contracts We operate many more sites than neighbouring authorities and offer them the service of Local site operators operating to AURN status(Government Site) and using the same gases to traceable standards over the whole network. By having dedicated personnel we are able to provide this service at just over cost with our overheads covered.

Private Contracts The same service but on government contract terms is also offered to private concerns that are required to monitor or model in terms of their planning consents. There may be a slight conflict of interest here but we have not so far encountered any real problems whether this is within or outside our boundaries.

Sec 106 Agreements Where planning is not appropriate or as a contingency to pay for mitigation measures we enter into agreements on major plans to cover monitoring and mitigation measures over 5 to 10 years. Large sums £500,000 are usually involved with mitigation being triggered by monitoring paid for by the developer.

European Projects Although in general only items triggered by the project can be charged there is usually a management fee or overhead that helps contribute to general running costs. This element usually is settled at the outset of the project and may be in the range of 5 to 15%. Some external training projects pay almost the full cost of providing trainers including their hourly rate.

Commercial Sponsorship In a few limited cases we have sought commercial sponsorship for particular items of equipment like our first mobile laboratory etc.

Recommendations

Look for all possible funding sources. Sources can be difficult to acquire but once acquired may last for a number of years without too much additional effort.

It can take several years for new sources to come on stream so you must look and plan ahead. Occasionally funding is only paid out at the end of a project and not when expenditure is actually being made.

Think originality, never mind it hasn’t been done before!

Conclusion

Look for and use whatever funding sources come your way provided they aid the work you do rather than hinder it.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Air Quality Management and Available Economic Resources

Example

   

Introduction

In planning its activites the Municipality, through its competent offices, draws up and implements a series of documents, among them:

- Programmatic and Provisional Relation (RPP), three-year programmation of objectives/potential resources coherence check;

- Financial and Economic Programmation Document (DPEF), to support the RPP;

- Annual and three-year public works plan lists;

- Special Law for Venice-linked interventions planning;

- Investment and compatible resources plan;

- Objective Detailed Plan (PDO), strategic goals planning report;

- Management Executive Plan (PEG), annual competence management planning document;

- Links between PDO and PEG.

Among these the Management Executive Plan (PEG) has a particular importance, having to be seen in the system constituted chiefly by preventive budget and therefore linked to pluriennial budget and planning previsional report: in this system it represents the plan of operations, that is the budget as a whole embracing the entire Board activity.

Actually, the Management Executive Plan represents the natural completion of local authorities planning report system because it allows to support strategic planning instruments (planning and prevision report and pluriennial budget) a “budgeting” valid tool where, for each responsibility centre, aims, resources and management responsibility are explained.

This allows to preventively determine the action lines to follow in order to achieve the goals, to decide the rquired time to achieve them, to define the necessary resources, to value wether or not goals are realised and planning action has to be reviewed.

PEG sections regarding air quality management

The air quality is one of the annual prevision budget sections and quantifies the monitoring ordinary costs amount, transferred by means of annual agreement by ARPAV, Regional Agency for Environmental Protection and Prevention and, if considered necessary from a political point of view, of additional resources (i.e. specific studies on air quality by means of bulk deposition collectors networks; modelling simulations on road traffic; additional measurements campaigns, additional PAH and Heavy Metals analyses, etc.

Beside this additional funds are allocated for events like Ecological Sundays, sustainable mobility and since November 2003 to traffic limitation during winter time (s.c. Padua Charter, see Example Traffic restrictions in Veneto Region Urban Areas).

The amount of these funding does not allow big infrastructural implementation (that is rarely due to the Municipal Authority) but it guarantees a sufficient cover to the air quality ordinary management: the territory monitoring by means of the stationary and mobile stations network, public awareness campaigns addressed to specific cathegories of users and specific studies on urban atmospheric subject implementation (either in terms of monitoring, emissions estimations or modelling tools evaluations).

Other financial sources

Since the early 90s, Environment Ministry has promoted economic support for urban environment improvement by means of three-year financial plan for the environment protection that allowed Venice to provide the town with the first continuous benzene monitoring network as well as, with successive funding, to replace a part of the public bus park with methane vehicles and also to implement the Car Sharing, Mobility Management and ICBI initiative (low impact fuels).

After the Triennial Plans of Ministry, the Veneto Region now finances interventions for the reduction of traffic pollution levels in the Veneto urban area (DGR 4143/2003). The assigned funds for Venice have been defined on an inhabitants number base and following the air quality critic zones identification according to D. LGS. 351/99 (96/62/CE Directive implementation), within the actions that Regions must implement for reclamation of air quality.

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Funding for Air Quality in the UK Using Supplementary Credit Approval and Planning Legislation

Example

   

Municipal authorities in the UK have invested a considerable amount of money in air quality monitoring networks in recent years. They have achieved this by using two main sources of money as well as their own budgets;

Supplementary Credit Approval

In the UK municipal authorities have restrictions upon their ability to borrow money. This is due to legislation to prevent high levels of debt amongst municipal authorities.

However, Central Government does allow municipal authorities to borrow money to fund certain specified activities. In recent years one of these activities has been air quality monitoring. This permitted borrowing from Central Government is through a scheme called Supplementary Credit Approval (SCA).

The mechanism of SCA is complex, and rather unusual. Under the scheme municipal authorities make bids to Central Government to fund capital projects, for example the installation of a new air quality monitoring station. Central Government then makes a ‘loan’ to the municipal authority, typically over 25 years, and provides the municipal authority with additional money in its annual budget in order to repay the loan. For this reason SCA money is more like a grant than a loan, as it has no cost to municipal authorities.

SCA money has allowed municipal authorities to increase their monitoring networks each year, resulting in the comprehensive network seen across the UK. The importance of this mechanism is that it provides the municipal authority with money that must be spent on the specific area of air quality, and Central Government requires proof that the money was spend in the way described in the bid for funding. This overcomes the problem of air quality budgets competing directly with other social priorities dealt with by municipal authorities.

Planning Legislation

In the UK it is necessary to seek Planning permission from the municipal authority for new developments. Planning legislation allows the municipal authority to apply planning conditions that the developer must comply with. Under this legislation (section 106 of The Town and Country Planning Act 1990) the municipal authority can require the developer to enter into a planning agreement. These agreements can be to make a financial contribution to improve the community infrastructure to meet the needs of residents in new developments, or to reduce the impact of the new development upon existing community facilities. Financial contributions towards community infrastructure are used, for example, to build or improve community halls and play areas, for the maintenance of open space, and for the enhancement of transport infrastructure.

One typical example of this would be for a fast food restaurant to be asked to contribute to improvements to a local road that would have increased traffic travelling on it once the fast food restaurant opened.

However, in recent years municipal authorities have been entering into section 106 agreements for a wider range of projects, including funding air quality projects. Developers building schemes such as supermarkets that result in large increases in traffic flows have entered into agreements to fund long-term air quality monitoring nearby.

The process of using these agreements to fund air quality is still controversial in the UK, with just a few municipal authorities taking this approach. However, these local authorities have found that in cases of large development projects developers are quite willing to enter into these agreements, and the funding obtained can be sufficient to set up and run a single monitoring station for several years. Money paid by the developer is held in an account that allows the equipment to be purchased, and provides an annual budget to fund the station for the specified number of years.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Raising Revenue by Ring-Fencing

2. Introduction

   

Ring-fencing is simply the principle by which revenue collected through actions in one area of activity can only be spent by authorities on related actions. Thus any fiscal revenue derived from taxation on transport, for example, should be kept in a separate pot to that from other revenue, and only be used to fund transport related activities.

The concept of ring-fencing is generally held to be a very sound one, as long as a reasonably broad view is taken over the breadth of the ring. Views also sometimes differ depending on the order in which the ‘carrot’ and ‘stick’ are applied. Are financial levies being put in place to finance other transport plans, or are the other plans merely a sweetener to make the levies more acceptable. Hopefully neither of these is the case and both play a role in the overall holistic integrated transport plan.

In general the principle encourages a strong view of economic sustainability with balances being made between revenue and spending within related areas of activity. There are, however, limits on how universally within local authority budgets ring-fencing should be employed as it could possibly restrict financing of areas of action which do not have a suitable, related, revenue stream. One other possible danger of this system is that public transport options may become dependent on revenue from car-drivers (or other non-sustainable transport methods).

3. Discussion

   

There are a number of justifications for ring-fencing to be employed. Firstly, in modern ‘free’ markets it is often claimed that taxpayers frequently object to paying taxes for the public good, but instead demand that they see some direct return for their money. In the UK this has been a frequently raised issue with regard to the comparatively high vehicle license tax and poor state of public highways. However, this argument is a very narrow view of how, ideally, ring-fencing should work. When viewed from the wider ‘polluter pays’ perspective, the car driver should not expect his road tax to be spent solely on improving conditions for him. The costs should be shared much more widely to compensate for the wider effects of his (and others) transport choice. These include contributing towards the costs of road accidents, helping cover the costs of people who suffer ill-health through pollution or stress related to noise, and building safe routes for pedestrians and cyclists away from roads. It can even be argued that car drivers should directly subsidise certain bus routes that are not financially viable due to under-use.

The highest profile use of ring fencing is where fiscal measures are used as a direct disincentive for people to drive (as in cases such as the congestion charge, the fuel-duty escalator, or parking place charges). In these cases it is necessary to provide a ‘carrot’ in addition to the ‘stick’ of financial penalties. For example, where access to a city centre is restricted using congestion/road-user charging, this is only justifiable if there are adequate good-quality public transport options available. Although a charge itself will bring about some possible improvement in bus operation due to less congested roads, if the revenue obtained from those people still opting to drive is used to further improve the public transport options than a much greater modal shift can be achieved.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· The concept of ring-fencing is generally held to be a very sound one, as long as a reasonably broad view is taken over the breadth of the ring. Views also sometimes differ depending on the order in which the ‘carrot’ and ‘stick’ are applied. Are financial levies being put in place to finance other transport plans, or are the other plans merely a sweetener to make the levies more acceptable. Hopefully neither of these is the case and both play a role in the overall holistic integrated transport plan.

· In general the principle encourages a strong view of economic sustainability with balances being made between revenue and spending within related areas of activity. There are, however, limits on how universally within local authority budgets ring-fencing should be employed as it could possibly restrict financing of areas of action which do not have a suitable, related, revenue stream. One other possible danger of this system is that public transport options may become dependent on revenue from car-drivers (or other non-sustainable transport methods).

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Road-user Charging (UK)

Workplace Transport Levy (UK)

Congestion Charging (London, UK)

Further Examples:

Congestion charging in London and directing money to transport

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Example of proposed congestion charge in Edinburgh: http://www.edinburgh.gov.uk/CETM/index.html?/NTI/FAQ.html

Last Updated


 

21st January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Congestion charging in London and directing money to transport

Example

   

Background

The London congestion charging scheme was opened in February 2003 and is the largest scheme of its kind in the world. It covers an area of 22Km2 and in its first year of operation it has resulted in a reduction in traffic of approximately 20%.

Approximately 100 000 vehicles pay to enter the congestion charging area per day, resulting in an income of £130m per year. This income is all used to improve public transport in the city.

Public reaction to the introduction of this scheme has been surprisingly positive.

How London’s congestion charging scheme works

The perimeter of the congestion charging area is marked with traffic signs that tell drivers that they need to pay before entering the area. The area is only operated from Monday to Friday from 07.00 hours to 18.30 hours.

Drivers wishing to take a vehicle into the congestion charging area must pay a daily fee. This fee can be paid at shops, petrol filling stations, car parks, by post, by telephone, by SMS text message or over the internet. Drivers can pay for just one day, or for any number of days, weeks or months. When payment is made a computer system records the vehicle registration number, and the dates for which payment has been received. Payment can be made at any time up to midnight on the day that the vehicle enters the area.

The charge is £5 per day. People who live inside the area pay only £0.5 per day, and do not have to pay anything for days during which they do not move their car.

Enforcement is needed to make sure that drivers have paid to enter the area. Cameras are used for this. These cameras read the registration numbers of vehicles entering the area and check against computer records that the vehicle has paid the daily fee. If the fee has not been paid then a penalty fine of £80 is automatically sent to the registered owner of the vehicle via the national agency that registers vehicle ownership (the DVLA). This fine is reduced to £40 if it is paid within 2 weeks, but increased to £120 if it is not paid within 4 weeks.

In addition to cameras enforcement teams operate inside the area. These teams identify and wheel-clamp vehicles with more than three unpaid fines. If necessary, vehicles are towed away until fines have been paid.

Effects upon Pollution

The congestion charging scheme in London is predicted to have little impact upon air quality. The Greater London Authority estimates that there will be a reduction in pollutant levels of approximately 1-2%. This small level of reduction is due to the following factors;

  • The charging scheme mainly reduces the number of cars, which produce less pollution than heavier vehicles.
  • The scheme only operates for one third of the hours per year.
  • The relationship between NOx and NO2 means that reducing NOx does not lead to an equal reduction in NO2.
  • PM10 levels are greatly affected by migration of PM10 from outside the area.

It has been difficult to evaluate the changes in pollutant levels from the first year of operation of the scheme. This is because the variability in climate between different years results in bigger changes in pollutant levels that those predicted from the congestion charging scheme.

It is unlikely to be possible to quantify the effect of the congestion charging scheme upon pollutant levels in future years. This is because the effects of the scheme are likely to be small in comparison with other factors occurring at the same time, for example improvements in vehicle engines.

However, the congestion charging scheme is used as a mechanism to improve air quality in other ways. For example, the very cleanest alternatively fuelled vehicles are exempt from the scheme. The congestion charging scheme forms only part of the Mayor’s Air Quality Strategy (for London).

Future Developments in London’s Congestion Charging

The Greater London Authority is currently carrying out a feasibility study into building upon the congestion charging scheme with the introduction of a Low Emission Zone. This zone could be used to require vehicles to meet Euro II, III, and IV standards by 2005, 2007 and 2010. It could also be used to require vehicles to have particulate traps fitted.

The scheme could be targeted only at buses, heavy goods vehicles and taxis, or could include cars. However, initial findings have been that even this scheme would not allow the NO2 and PM10 standards to be met.

In addition there are proposals to increase the area covered by the scheme.

www.london-lez.org

www.london.gov.uk

www.london.gov.uk/mayor/strategies/air_quality/index.jsp

www.tfl.gov.uk/tfl/pdfdocs/congestion_charging/monitoring/first-annual-report-environment.pdf

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Collaboration Between City Departments

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
Integrating land use, mobility and air quality
 
Regional/Transboundary PM10 Assessment for Local Authorities in Norfolk
Role of air quality adviser
Development of AQ Related Planning Guidance in the UK
Microclimate and large developments and car parks underneath high-rise building
Integrating Land Use Mobility and Air Quality in Bristol
Venice Municipality Strategic Plan
Relocation of business activities
Traffic, infrastructure, land use and buildings Planning Activities
Traffic policy plans
Major tunnel in Utrecht
Energy use and its impact on air quality
 
BANS
District heating in Utrecht
AQ Management and land use planning
 
Air Quality and Land Use Planning in Birmingham
Definition of Residential Areas in the Netherlands

Overview of Issue

 

As sustainable development is about simultaneous pursuit of economic competitiveness, social cohesion and environmental sustainability, it can only be achieved through an integrated approach to policy development in a way that different policy sectors are harmonised and follow a common goal.

A typical problem caused by the lack of collaboration between cities concerns land use, mobility and air quality planning. In order to reach significant improvements in terms of spatial quality, freedom to move and air quality, deep-seated co-operation among the departments/persons in charge of the different sectors is required.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Integrating land use, mobility and air quality

2. Introduction

   

At all stages, planning and development decisions have a crucial role in providing a choice of transport modes and managing travel demand. Planning can open up or reduce opportunities to use viable alternatives to the private car, to lessen the need to travel and shorten trips. Land use planning practice should result in urban development and change that moderate car reliance so that other measures to reduce car use and the environmental impact of transport will be effective and affordable. Planning and development must consider all relevant transport modes. In particular, improving access by walking, cycling and public transport must receive equivalent, if not greater, consideration than private car access. The aim of integrating land use and transport is to ensure that urban structures, building forms, land use locations, development designs, subdivision and street layouts achieve the following planning objectives:

· Improving access to housing, jobs and services by walking, cycling and public transport;

· Increasing the choice of available transport and reducing dependence on cars;

· Reducing travel demand including the number of trips generated by development and the distances travelled, especially by car;

· Supporting the efficient and viable operation of public transport services and

· Providing for the efficient movement of freight.

3. Discussion

   

While transportation is essential to make urban areas function, it has also contributed to an array of problems. Particularly in car-dependent cities, traffic jams have translated into loss of productivity as well as into the deterioration of air quality. Transportation planning which was initially aimed to address the increasing mobility of goods and people through investments in transportation infrastructure, i.e., expansion of the network of roads and highways, now needs to identify new solutions and adapt to the changed conditions. With growing awareness of environmental concerns (i.e., congestion and urban air pollution), planners and policymakers are seeking innovative solutions to reverse this trend. A key concern is to develop policies and programs aimed to reduce vehicle miles travelled and to develop alternative technologies such as green vehicles, light rail transit, and cleaner fuels. Transportation planners are also beginning to understand the impact of land use decisions and programs on transportation and likewise on air quality. A growing number of communities are attempting to fundamentally change the planning process so that land use and transportation are more closely linked, bringing the concepts of mobility and liveable communities into a single focus. From efforts to promote smart growth initiatives, redevelop old shopping malls into mixed-use walkable town centres, encourage in-fill residential development, and create pedestrian- and transit-friendly streets, communities of all sizes are beginning to consider transportation and land use as part of an interrelated system in which mobility and liveability are in proper balance. Thinking more strategically about land use-transportation relationships can lead to reduced vehicle miles of travel; improvements in air quality; increased levels of walking, bicycling and transit use; economic and community revitalisation; and the preservation of neighbourhood character and a more visually appealing landscape. Transportation’s role in creating liveable communities requires balancing mobility, the movement between places, and accessibility, the ease with which desired activities can be reached from any particular location. The density, diversity, and design of an urban area influence the travel mode choices of people and consequently this affects the air quality. Densely populated urban centres provide greater access to activities without increasing the movement of goods and services. Accessibility is an index of density. It is a factor that influences travel choice. Likewise an increasing tendency is for mixed-use neighbourhoods to encourage more live/work options and bring jobs and services closer to people. These pedestrian-friendly neighbourhoods, with retail and recreational activities, residential and employment growth occurring within centres and corridors, are accessible by walking or biking and other alternative modes, consequently decreasing automobile use. The third dimension, “design”, allows planners to design neighbourhoods that promote alternative means of conveyance, like walking and cycling by designing grid street patterns, planting street trees, constructing rear alley parking, and other features. Dispersed urban development differs in its low-density residential populations. New transportation road and highway networks allow for decentralised neighbourhoods and the controversial automobile-dependent, suburban sprawl. Developers are starting to appreciate the relationship between land use and travel patterns and conversely that transportation investments influence land use and development patterns. Planners see the need for less emphasis on new roads and more on transportation and compact development options: public transit, including buses and light rail; revitalised neighbourhoods with existing access to transit; and new development designed for pedestrians, bicyclists, and transit users.

Integrating land use, mobility and air quality are widely discussed in other Traffic issues; in particular:

Moreover the following topics of Land Use and Planning issues and their examples concern integrating land use themes:


4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

To improve the integration between land use, mobility and air quality it is necessary that local communities adopt a sustainable development strategy, by creating inter-disciplinary working groups in local planning (experts coming from land use planning, transport planning and the environment office) and by promoting public participation to engage the wide spectrum of stakeholders in the decision making process. Participation must grow from the needs and aspirations of a community, and must be planned and designed with the full participation of all stakeholders. Public consultations and meetings serve as effective mechanisms to open communication lines for citizens to redress their concerns about projects. In addition to conventional models of public participation, community involvement can also mean capturing new opportunities for public-private partnerships particularly as businesses recognise the need to address transportation needs in a comprehensive manner. The basic land use strategies to reduce the vehicle miles travelled can be: to concentrate densities of neighbourhoods and cities; to boost mixed land use through urban structure and land use policies, zoning ordinances; to preserve ecological and historically sensitive sites; to integrate transport modes, to provide more efficient movement for passengers or goods; to invest in efficient public transport services and in less polluting and low impact alternative transportation systems, such as clean fuels.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Role of air quality adviser

Further Examples:

Microclimate and large developments and car parks underneath high-rise building
Integrating Land Use Mobility and Air Quality in Bristol
Venice Municipality Strategic Plan
Relocation of business activities
Traffic, infrastructure, land use and buildings Planning Activities
Traffic policy plans
Regional/Transboundary PM10 Assessment for Local Authorities in Norfolk
Development of AQ Related Planning Guidance in the UK
Major tunnel in Utrecht

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Examples on Research and Development Projects:

· DANTE (Designs to avoid the need to travel in Europe): http://europa.eu.int/comm/transport/extra/danteia.html

· LEDA (Legal/regulatory measures to influence the use of the transport system): http://www.cordis.lu/transport/src/leda.htm

· LURA (Land Use and Transportation: Policies for the City of Tomorrow): http://www.ess.co.at/LUTR/

· OPTIMA (Optimisation of Policies for Transport Integration in Metropolitan Areas): http://www.its.leeds.ac.uk/projects/optima/

· SESAME (Derivation of the relationship between land use, behaviour patterns and travel demand for political and investment decisions): http://europa.eu.int/comm/transport/extra/sesameia.html

· SPECTRA (Sustainability, Development and Spatial Planning): http://www.uwe.ac.uk/fbe/spectra/start.htm

· TRANSLAND (Integration of transport and land-use planning): http://www.inro.tno.nl/transland/

· COST (European Co-operation in the field of Scientific and Technical Research) projects: http://cost.cordis.lu/src/home.cfm (332: Innovative methods of coordination between transport actions and regional and local planning; 342: Parking policy measures and their effects on mobility and the economy

· POLIS (European Cities and Regions Networking for New Transport Solutions)

· ELTIS (The European Local Transport Information Service): http://www.eltis.org/

· The ECMT-OECD Project on Sustainable Urban Travel: http://193.51.65.78/cem/UrbTrav/index.htm

· Bremen Initiative: http://www.bremen-initiative.de/index2.html

Further readings:

· “Environment for Europe” process, Environmental programme for Europe, Urban Transport Patterns and Land Use Planning: http://www.unece.org/env/europe/utlu.htm

· The Sustainable Cities Project: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/urban/home_en.htm

· Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection “A Handbook on Assessing the Land Use & Air Quality Impacts of Alternative Transportation Systems”: http://www.dep.state.pa.us/dep/deputate/pollprev/techservices/Evtec/EvtecPDF's/PA%20Handbook%20FINAL.pdf

· Commission webpage on land use: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/land_use/index_en.htm

· Information on Land-use planning issues and how they relate to AQM in the UK http://www.uwe.ac.uk/aqm/review/planning.html

· Thematic Strategy on the Urban Environment: http://europa.eu.int/eur-lex/en/com/cnc/2004/com2004_0060en01.pdf

· Commission webpage on land use: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/land_use/index_en.htm

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Role of air quality adviser

Example

   

Air quality advisers do not have instruments to solve air quality problems. They are dependent on the activities of others such as traffic advisers. So there have to be integral agreements (rules and assignments by the administration and management) and mutual understanding. Beside the attitude and way of working of the advisers is quite different from a person responsible for monitoring.

From 1987 environmental advisers in Utrecht have tried to prevent air quality problems and to use other sector plans to solve them. There is a lot of experience now and all advisers are trained in advising. Below you find the most important recommendations for air quality advisers.

1. Know your own role/ place in the power game.

What is your role on different levels (city, region, nation and international) and in different periods (now, in the governmental period, long term)?

Don't try to do the impossible at once and find companions.

2. Implement a filter function for better understanding of the problems.

Give clear messages and aim at a workable policy.

Listen to the problems of others (obstacles for plans) and start discussions. Find strong arguments for meeting the rules.

3. Help principals to solve their problems on air pollution.

It takes time and efforts to convince people there is a problem and it is their problem. As an adviser you can help them to solve the problem and to discover the profits.

4. Put the responsibility where it belongs.

You are not alone: inform and engage other people. At the end the politicians are responsible for decision making, you only can advise them. So always inform your superiors and the politicians and explain risks.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Development of AQ Related Planning Guidance in the UK

Example

   

Introduction

Planning guidance related to air quality issues has been a contentious issue in the UK since the introduction of the Local Air Quality Management process in the mid-1990s. The UK government issued Planning Policy Guidance Note 23 (PPG23) in February 1997. However despite this occurring in the same year as the LAQM process was set out in the UK National Air Quality Strategy, the Guidance didn’t make any reference to the LAQM work of LAs in the UK (although it did deal with the Local Authority Air Pollution Control (LAAPC powers/responsibilities). This has led to planning decisions pertaining to developments with an air quality impact, especially those in or near an Air Quality Management Area, being carried out in an ad-hoc manner across the country – often depending on either the political profile of air quality or the dedication of air quality officers within the respective LA.

For a number of years there was considerable pressure on the government to update the guidance to incorporate advice on both strategic and development control planning in relation to AQMAs and other relevant issues. In 2002 the government finally issued a consultation draft of a new PPG23. Despite many concerns that this still did not provide enough advice, in an effort to reduce bureaucratic ‘red-tape’, the government has scrapped the policy of issuing this document as an extensive guidance note and is now planning to release it as a “Planning Policy Statement”.

In the light of both the historic and likely future dearth of useful governmental guidance on how air quality issues should be incorporated into planning decisions, there is a continuing trend of non-statutory guidance being drawn up by individual local authorities, regional groups of authorities and other relevant bodies (such as the Air Quality Management Resource Centre at UWE, Bristol, and the National Society for Clean Air). Historically, there is a strong tendency for planners and transport planners in UK local authorities to refuse to deal with air quality issues as these have always been dealt with by Environmental Health departments (or their equivalent). This can be seen to stem from similar sectoral splits all the way up the governmental hierarchy which see Environment, Transport and Land-use Planning all being dealt with by separate departments.

Discussion

There are a number of levels at which non-statutory planning guidance is being or has been drawn up in the UK.

  • UK government guidance providing assistance with integration of planning system and LAQM regime. This is a very limited section of the general Policy Guidance for Local Air Quality Management. It has no statutory status and, because it is part of the guidance documents produced by the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra) it does not necessarily hold much weight with land-use planners who currently answer only to the Office of the Deputy Prime-Minister (ODPM).

  • Regional level assistance – guidance on strategic planning and LAQM; provided to support local authorities across the South West of UK in integrating air quality considerations into local planning frameworks. There are a number of regional groups of local authorities who have drawn up Planning Protocols to ensure that air quality is treated equitably within planning decisions across their areas. These include: Bristol, Somerset and Gloucestershire Pollution Group; and The Association of London Government. Some individual authorities have also established protocols to help inform their planning teams about air quality, including the London Borough of Hillingdon and Sheffield City Council. All four of these documents are available from the UWE website below.

  • Development of guidance on Development Control and Air Quality. This is being drawn up by a wide-ranging committee co-ordinated by the AQMRC, UWE and the National Society for Clean Air (NSCA). This is being developed for planners, air quality professionals, developers and consultants alike. The guidance is expected to be finalised soon – draft copies are expected to be available in June 2004 with final copies in October 2004. These should be available from the UWE website below. The aim of the guidance is to guide judgements within local authorities in a more consistent way. The guidance is expected to deal with: planning application procedures; air quality assessments; evaluation of ‘significance’ in terms of impacts; ‘particular concerns’ such as cumulative impacts, low polluting developments etc.; and mitigation measures

Recommendation

It is strongly recommended that, in the absence of satisfactory guidelines for dealing with air quality issues within planning decisions, that air quality officers within an authority work with their colleagues from the planning department to establish, at the very least, a basic framework and protocol from which to work from.

Further Reading

PPG23 (1997) http://www.odpm.gov.uk/stellent/groups/odpm_planning/documents/page/odpm_plan_606911.pdf

PPG23 (2003) Draft Consultation version

http://www.odpm.gov.uk/stellent/groups/odpm_planning/documents/pdf/odpm_plan_pdf_605905.pdf

Local Air Quality Management Policy Guidance, LAQM.PG(03)

http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/airquality/laqm/guidance/pdf/laqm-pg03.pdf

Examples of Supplementary Planning Guidance and Planning Protocols and other information related to Air Quality and Planning

http://www.uwe.ac.uk/aqm/review/planning.html


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Microclimate and large developments and car parks underneath high-rise building

Example

   

The urban development of the European cities has changed in the last decade. Investors now want to build prestigious high-rise building complexes. The horizontal and vertical reach is much greater than the older buildings. At the same time, these buildings cause traffic air pollutant. Cars also need space for parking. Because of lack of space garages are built underground

The described development causes a change in the urban climate and the wind comfort is affected. So can throw turbulence relevant derogation’s appear, which can restrict the use of the buildings and the road spaces in the extremely cases.

The high-rise building changes the wind field in the city area and the urban canopy layer growth. This has a worse effect on the atmospheric transport in the city, as it can accumulate the urban/traffic pollutant. This effect is intensified by the traffic.

Underground garages are an additional problem, especially the ventilation of the garages. If the ventilation is in the near of the ground, we have a relevant air pollution. Sometimes we have exceeded the limit values.

For building complexes with a horizontal range from more than 50 meters or a height from more than 60 meters a wind comfort study should be made. This studies whether the turbulence in the nearness is dangerous or not, and whether the people can use the street and places. On the other hand in the ideal case the effect of the building of the urban climate will be investigated.

The air pollution of additional traffic, including the underground garages, must also be investigated. This investigation is necessary for underground garages with more than 100 places, if the ventilation near the ground. Ventilation over the housetop implies no problems.

For the investigation numerical and physical models can be used.

The numbers in this paper are only experience values. In other local or regional areas or special cases (sensitivity of area, back ground values etc.) this values can be higher or lower.

Examples and further reading

Oke, T. R. (2001): Boundary layer climates. - 2. ed., repr.

VDI 2053 Bl. 1 (1995): Air Treatment Systems for Garages and Tunnels Garages, VDI Düsseldorf

Zenger A. (2000): Modell zur Prognose der Emission und mittleren Luftqualität in Tiefgaragen sowie Verifizierung anhand von Messungen


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Integrating Land Use Mobility and Air Quality in Bristol

Example

   

Introduction

To succeed with true integration you require genuine trust established between both the transportation engineers and the air quality specialists. Both parties need to understand the contribution made to air pollution by traffic, and how congestion, weather and the road layout and topography affect emissions and dispersion. When trust has been established, air quality and more importantly an air quality strategy will be incorporated into the transport plan and the plan will seek to minimise air pollution. It is important to set out clear goals with prioritisation in the strategy against which progress can be met. If zones of high pollution are identified then an action plan will be necessary to bring about improvements in air quality for safeguarding public health within the zone. Traffic can separate and isolate communities by providing an unsurpassable barrier, similarly individual households can be isolated if they do not have the means of mobility shared by the rest of society. It is a sad fact that many of the inner city dwellers most affected by congestion, traffic fumes and isolation do not themselves possess cars but do suffer their adverse effects.

Discussion

Transportation and air pollution are intrinsically linked in most societies. The freedom both to travel and to ship goods over vast distances has never been cheaper and appears to be an ever growing fact of modern society. The means of mobility has not been planned but has evolved with a need to provide philosophy that has continued to support this growth. It is only now that roads in our cities are at capacity with little or no room for additional growth that we have grasped the nettle and recognised the limited resource and sought to manage both congestion and the air pollution it causes. Constructing infrastructure either for public or for private transport systems is neither cheap nor quick and changes are usually planned over many years to avoid both disruption and to make schemes affordable. The most important first step is for air quality specialists to open discussion with those responsible for transport planning to include the importance of air pollution in long term planning and in assessing impacts of smaller schemes over the short time. AQ specialists need to assess the polluting effects of changes using a mixture of monitoring and modelling and to promote those schemes with a net positive effect. The importance of getting schemes to incorporate diffusion tube monitoring before and after implementation cannot be stressed too highly. Feeding back this information to the transport planners is even more important because it includes them in the process and gives them a tool by which improvements can be monitored. Predict and Provide is no longer seen as a viable policy, especially where high land values and already overdeveloped towns and cities occupy the land. Proper facility management is seen as part of the answer. Management techniques, i.e. congestion charging is used to ration space during periods of peak demand. Those that pay get faster (earlier) travel. Those unwilling to pay travel outside of peak demand helping spread road use over a wider period. Proponents of flexible working practises often quote the ability to broaden the travel period enables those taking part to spend much less time travelling. Information must be public and in the public realm and be actively promoted particularly to stakeholders in each scheme.

Recommendation

Transport Plans must include air quality assessments and strategies, especially where vehicle emissions form the key pollutants affecting health and the environment. Air quality assessments must quantify the sources of key pollutants and identify the contribution from vehicle emissions. The key role of stationary traffic in contributing to urban peak pollution needs to be recognised in controlling congestion and reducing pollution. The professionals involved in these roles must work together in a spirit of trust and share information particularly where modelling is required to predict future changes. All parties must recognise the inadequacies of predictive models both in the traffic and pollution prediction fields.

Professionals in the different disciplines must build up trust to ensure a common understanding of the problem before it is possible to identify and rank possible solutions.

Further Reading

Bristol Transport Plan

Bristol Air Quality Strategy

Bristol Air Quality Action Plan


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Venice Municipality Strategic Plan

Example

   

Introduction

The Venice Municipality Strategic Plan has been presented by the local administration in March 2003.

The Plan general goal is to build, in the next future, a city characterized by its inhabitants high quality life, in his relational, working and cultural aspects and by its environmental and physical structures high quality.

It differs from urban planning because it is oriented to integral socio-economic actions, rather than territory planning and it differs from the classic medium and long term planning because it is not limited to expectations adaptation to normal trends but it is directed to new opportunities and new aims.

Venice Municipality Strategic Plan characteristics

The Plan is the product of the work carried out by a municipal working group, that has worked comparing besides with other municipal structures and with Strategic Plan promoters (the venetian universities, Industrial Associations, Commerce Chamber, Trade Unions), with a big number of public and private subjects.

Venice Municipality Strategic Plan consists of:

- Medium/long period plan, for a city of 300.000 residents (about 430.000 “daily” inhabitants), whose reference context is a metropolitan system of about 640.000 inhabitants (25 Municipalities). The present resident population is of 270.758 inhabitants (2002 Registry Office). It is clear that the aim of reaching 300.000 residents can be obtained only with the implementation of effective policies that would be able to consider as fixed points the present house/work balance, the necessity of social, economic and cultural increase of the system and the necessity of occupational increase and that could suggest actions for new residential patterns in order to slow down the migratory trend and to attract new population, and intervention for the consolidation of the present student population;

- plan promoted by municipal administration but related to a metropolitan context. It has, consequentely, a significant relevance in the plan choices the territorial ambit definition where transformation and development phenomena take place;

- complex and articulated strategy of local system development to read not only like summation and classification of already decided and/or in course of realization projects;

- instrument that suggest the guide lines that should be suitable for the city’s subject development demand;

- action tool aiming to redefine the relationship with the city:

- with the occupation/housing system to guarantee a everyday life high quality and to facilitate social, economic and infrastructural management that conditions local system development, and with a wide metropolitan area (so-called PATREVE – the Padua-Treviso-Venice urban area), to enhance a system characterisation of such dimension as to be able to compete with other urban systems of Northern Italy and Northern Europe;

- with Veneto, to rebuild a virtuous relations system that maximize mutual advantages: for the Region, to be able to have an emblematic capital of high international impact; for the town, to value its resources within a wide and complex territory and to develop already present human and economic resources;

- with the rest of the world, to allow to local actors to economically and culturally talk and interact at an international level;

- document where the contents are the product of a continuous dialogue with public and private subject in order to define local system;

- document that considered possible politics and relative interventions considering the short/average/long period realisation and in reason of daily population different components on which the effects are perceived;

- document that assume like fundamental reference sustainable, plurality and participation principles as than defined within the European Community (Agenda 21, European Chart of Human Rights, Governance White Book,...)

It has finally to be remembered that Venice Municipality Strategic Plan assumes as reference the Venetian area infrastructural system as it is developing in reason of actions that different government levels (Europe, State, Region, Province) and different network manager (Railway station, Motorway, Anas, ...) are planning or carrying out (Mestre ring road, Romea commercial road, subsidiary actions to one or the other, the so-called High speed railroad, Regional Underground System – SFMR...) considering, as much as possible, the scheduled finishing times.

At the same time, the Plan considers scenarios envisaged by the Venice Municipality Territory Development and Mobility Central Office for the drafting of a Urban Mobility Plan (s.c. PUM).

In this context for the possible impact that could follow, it has emerged the need that Venice Municipality Strategic Plan considers with attention the processes put into action (underway or at an early stage politicies and actions) by the Administration, within its competence, or by other subjects in the Venetian area, that deal with important matters leading to longer period development strategies. Among them, for importance and impact, important are for example not only those regarding mobility and accessibility system actions (Mestre ring road), the historical centre protection actions against high tides and for the lagoon morphology reclamation (Mose) and the decisions taken for the environmental and industrial reclamation of Porto Marghera but also those underway aimed to increase the value of Mestre aske a urban unitary system within a metropolitan dimension and actions for residence and urban welfare politicies.

Vision outlined by the Strategic Plan and its specific components

Like plans of other Italian and Foreign cities, the Venice Municipality Plan is organized in structural conditions and strategic lines and provides for the specific aims achieving by means of the strategic development and the implementation of intervention policies that consider a multiplicity of single actions.

The Structural conditions are the elements through which city and territory can be read and interpreted. In the plan context they consider: services, urban welfare and environment and territory management in its physical and institutional aspects. They represent at the same time essential development factors, necessary to suggest strategies and politicies aimed to the existent structural system improvement (new services, evolution of territorial structures, etc.) and reference politicies conditions to which relate admissibility and sustainability evaluations of intervention suggestions drafted in plan guide lines. It means that the plan choices can be put into action only if their realisation does not imply negative impacts in terms of sustainability.

The Strategic Lines are the strong points of Venetian system, that are linked to competitive and development factors of the Venetian area, recognised like elements able to address strategies, politicies and actions to which, in a medium and long period, the city will have to aim to carry out the vision suggested by the Venice Metropolitan City – quality, work, culture Strategic Plan.

With these, the plan has selected and arranged the main factors of economic productive and social world of the Venetian territory suggesting a strategic reading that helps the urban system to evolve towards more acquainted and safer forms of self-regeneration and development.

The Strategies organize and thematize the aims each time enunciated. Each strategy is structured in politicies and actions.

The Politicies, as a whole of actions, plans, programs through which every strategy derives its structure, express with a certain degree of precision, programmatic objectives that the Strategic Plan has selected for the implementation of the vision and its lines.

The Actions are single actions, plans and programs promoted by municipal administration and/or bodies, institutions, public or private associations, etc. through which politicies and selected strategies are put into action. The Plan collects and organizes then either underway or planned ex-novo actions.

The Venice Municipality Strategic Plan building process

To close a stage that has privileged the thematic ambits of relevant interest analytic investigation and the dialogue with privileged interlocutors, Venice Strategic Plan drafting will be discussed by municipal administration so that it could be modified and integrated with the contents necessary for its following approval.

The Plan version is subscribed by the Plan process Promoters that have supported, with continuity, the drafting; it follows the results of an intense phase of coherence and effectiveness verification of the suggested scenario developed by the Plan Office in accordance with an effective comparison with privileged interlocutors and researchers of Venice 2000 Foundation, whose contents have been presented at a public meeting held in Venice in March 2003.

In next stage the Municipal Council licensed plan version will be presented to the political interlocutors of the City Council and to the technicians either inside or outside the municipal administrative structure. Inside, to the managers, to allow them to evaluate the suggested actions feasibility and the possible answers to give to the impact on work routine that could derive from its implementation; outside the administration, to the subjects that constitute and paricipate to the local system, in order to share decisions on the suggested scenario and to accept possible modifications or integrations relative to politicies and actions to be carried out.

Successively, the Plan Office will harmonize the development plan contents in accordance with the new indications and will draft a final version on the ground of these demands to organize the subscritpion of a new agreement for the city development, both generally (to share and be committed into the suggested general strategy) and more specifically (to share and be committed into specific objectives implementation).

Networking process

The Plan Office has identified the whole of the local subjects, both public and private, interested in the Venetian area strategic planning process and it has collected informations regarding action power, planning, interests mobilization and representativity, funds raising and results achieving.

At a following stage it has selected, among them, the Plan Process Promoters: a small number of privileged interlocutorsin a content number of privileged interlocutors bearers of general interests and specific and peculiar objectives, considering them as constant reference points in the trategic Plan building process development.

With all these subjects, the Plan Office has promoted and carried out, in a continuous and interesting way, comparison moments and collaboration relationships, enhancing thus the creation of some elements of a process stretched to agreement acquisition to share the Plan objectives.

The choice to progressively attain to the partnership processes building and governance that are a necessary condition for the achievement of strategic planning experience is consequent to the awareness of a number of different factors but in particular it is consequent to the will to have, during the entire document drafting, a strong and qualified contradictory, with organized actors, able to have a city development planning vision, interested from the beginning to strategic planning processes and provided with their own long period strategies and politicies regarding the Plan possible choices.

To these interlocutors, a lot of them already involved in important territory actions and provided with experience in cooperation and concerted actions with the public sector, it has been requested firstly to share the strategic approach to development topics promoted by the Administration and then to share the ambitious and imaginative idea of Venice possible future in relation to its reference local system like something able to generate resources and development.

A first involvement in the Plan process of other actors of the “city system” has instead been realized by means of direct contacts and through their cathegories organizations involvement, and in active participation, by means of specific deepening seminars on possible Plan sectors actions.

See full text document (in Italian language): Piano Strategico di Venezia


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Energy use and its impact on air quality

2. Introduction

   

Energy is one of the most important factors for the well-being of our society. But the consumption of non-renewable fuels, coal, oil derivatives and natural gas, diminishes reserves that took millions of years to form. The combustion products worsen local air quality and greenhouse gas emissions contribute to global climate change.

Impacts from using energy include: burning fossil fuels releases carbon dioxide, associated with global climate change; mining coal and extracting oil can damage ecosystems and water supplies; nuclear power generates waste disposal problems; hydroelectric power can damage ecosystems along waterways; burning biomass (wood) still emits some pollutants, particularly nitrogen oxides (NOx). NOx can have a powerful effect on the environment: aids formation of ground level ozone; contributes to acid rain and respiratory problems; reacts with other particles to form toxic products, some of which might cause biological mutations; blocks transmission of light, reducing visibility; increases nitrogen loading in water, leading to algae growth.

3. Discussion

   

Energy is central to our economies, our lifestyles, and our health. It powers industrial production, transportation, and increasingly, agricultural production. It provides services such as heating, refrigeration, and lighting, which raise the quality of life and provide tangible health benefits such as unspoiled food and relief from the stresses of heat or cold. Energy production and consumption have serious negative impacts on our local, regional and global environment. For example, almost all the CO2 emissions we generate are attributable to the energy sector, and this is having a serious impact on the planet’s climate. Using energy more efficiently offers the best way to reduce these environmental problems. Purchasing renewable energy also reduces pollution.

Global energy use has climbed steadily over the years as industrial economies have expanded; this rapid rise is expected to continue over the next several decades. It has been estimated a 20-fold growth over the past century and is expected to increase by 2% annually until 2020. This means a doubling of energy consumption by 2035 relative to 1998 and a tripling by 2055.

The greatest increase is from transport, where 95% of energy comes from petrol. Energy consumption in this sector is expected to increase at a rate of 1.5% a year in developed countries and 3.6% in developing countries, reflecting rapid economic expansion, high population growth, and the substitution of fossil fuels for traditional biomass fuels.

The most direct impact of higher fossil fuel use could be an increase in air pollution levels, especially in urban areas. Greater coal use and a rapidly expanding fleet of cars and trucks worldwide are the two most serious threats to air quality as fossil fuel consumption rises. Energy and Transport policies are at the centre of environment concerns, jointly contributing with more than 90% to Europe’s CO2 emissions balance and causing other negative environmental impacts. Monitoring energy and transport markets reveals that, while some progress is being made, major problems remain and some developments give rise to major concerns. The more critical trends can be envisaged in Europe’s increasing energy import dependency and its implications for energy security, the return of growth in European fossil fuel consumption and the corresponding increase in CO2 emissions and finally the continuous growth of road and aviation transport demand, which is creating traffic congestion of a size and a frequency that will further escalate its current negative impacts on European industry’s competitiveness.

Looking beyond immediate impacts on air quality, rising fossil fuel use will produce higher greenhouse gas emissions, increasing the threat of global warming. Without a major global effort to curtail carbon dioxide emissions, they are expected to double from pre-industrial levels before 2100. In response, the Earth's average surface temperature is expected to warm by 1.0° C to 3.5° C over the coming century a more rapid change in climate than has occurred for the last 10,000 years. Although health impacts are uncertain, most are likely to be negative, according to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC).

Several Land Use issues deal with the relationship between energy use and air quality; in particular:

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Local Authorities can give an important contribution to save energy and prevent its negative impacts on air quality, by promoting Energy Plans and Programmes on their territories. City Energy Plans are based on the analysis of local energy supply and demand trends, in relation to social and economic conditions. Related greenhouse gas emissions are also considered. This analysis can be used to develop scenarios for future energy supply and demand, to help identifying key actions that can change current trends. A series of guidelines can then be prepared, describing ways to encourage the adoption of best available energy techniques and technologies, support the integration of energy sustainability into City Government plans and regulations, inform consumers and retailers about energy efficient products, develop agreements with key energy sector stakeholders, reduce the amount of energy use in residential and public buildings and by the vehicle fleet, promote more sustainable ways of transportation, take initiatives on cogeneration and district heating based on biomass, wind turbines and other forms of renewable energy.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

BANS: http://www.ambiente.venezia.it/

Further Examples:

District heating in Utrecht

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Examples on Research and Development Projects:

· The JOULE III Program (within European Union's Fourth Framework Programme for Research and Technological Development): see http://www.cordis.lu/joule/home.html

· The “managEnergy” Case Studies Data Base (see the web site, http://www.managenergy.net/), an initiative of the European Commission DG Energy and Transport (it helps identifying expertise and success obtained to date through projects and other relevant activities carried out in various regions and localities throughout Europe)

Further readings:

· “Green Paper: Towards a European strategy for the security of energy supply”: see http://europa.eu.int/comm/energy_transport/en/lpi_lv_en1.html

· Conference on Good Practice in Integration of Environment into Transport Policy (10-11/10/2002): see http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/gpc/

· Integrating Environment and Sustainable Development into energy and transport policies Brussels, 21.3.2001, SEC(2001) 502: see http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/energy_transport/library/integr_report_en.pdf

· Documents on Integration of Environment and sustainable development in Transport and Energy Policies: see http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/energy_transport/en/envir_integr_3_en.html

· Energy Use, Air Pollution, and Environmental Policy in Krakow. Can Economic Incentives Really Help: see http://ideas.repec.org/p/fth/wobate/308.html

· Guide to the Approximation of European Union Environmental Legislation:http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/guide/part2f.htm

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  BANS

Example

   

In the Hague, we have a big programme called BANS which is made up of great number of climate change actions

the following actions do have both air as climate change impacts

they are planned but not jet implemented

- EPC norm 20% sharper for new buildings city administration

- Cool driving

- inventory bottlenecks traffic in relation to environment

- use of alternative fuels when tendering busroutes

- building denser building (more buildings per square meter) next to public transport axes

- a great number of energy saving meaures (less fossil fuel ussage in energy plants)

Contact person: Alfons Finkers in the Hague (A.Finkers@DSB.DENHAAG.NL)

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  AQ Management and land use planning

2. Introduction

   

It is important to establish the public health principle that clean air is healthy and that polluted air is unhealthy. Following on from this we need to ensure that clean air is provided and maintained for the population especially in residential and leisure areas.

Local plans need to include air pollution aspects and provide barriers and technology to reduce the risk of pollution causing harm.

Where pollution is high, i.e. close to industry or traffic, we need to impose controls to reduce pollution to acceptable limits. (for our purposes, the EU sets minimum standards but national governments may improve on these.) Basically we have two types of land use case studies to consider. The first where a polluting source is introduced, e.g. a chemical factory. The second where a pollution sensitive use is introduced, i.e. a nursery school. In each case, depending on the prevailing pollution environment, the use might be acceptable, unacceptable or acceptable providing certain conditions are met.

AQ professionals need to establish firm protocols with their land use planning colleagues for the first two cases and establish a consultative decision making process to agree firm conditions for the third.

These protocols should affect new economic activity as well as other developments such as houses, airports etc.

3. Discussion

   

Without firm guidance it is not easy to see what effect minor development is likely to have on the air we breathe. Air knows neither frontiers nor barriers and flows with the wind and weather as ‘fronts’ of broadly similar composition. For many generations man has relied on wind and tall chimneys to disperse pollution through dilution so that air at ground level remains clean enough and healthy enough to sustain us through everyday life. We now live longer, enjoy more leisure time and understand the respiratory illnesses caused by polluted air from asthma to bronchitis via leukaemia and rhinitis. The importance of clean air has long been recognised in establishing sanatoriums and clinics in clean mountain air.

Local air quality management enables us to set local rules to reduce pollution in industrial areas and in our choked and congested cities whilst at the same time by setting tighter standards safeguarding good air quality in residential and leisure areas. The EU standards set a pollution ceiling through which we should not break. Unfortunately for a number of industrial pollutants these limits have already been exceeded. In these cases no further development can be permitted until the existing emissions have been reduced. In the UK, companies in zones with high pollution (called Air Quality Management Areas) must come forward with annual upgrade plans (controlling emissions due to economic activity) showing how they will reach government objectives by the due dates. These plans must be agreed with the national Environment Agency and are then included in the Local Authority action plan.

Following assessment of the whole of the UK, most problems in Air Quality Management Areas are due to traffic generated particles and nitrogen dioxide. In these cases developments that generate more traffic are discouraged and traffic reducing development encouraged within and adjacent to the management area. Action plans to control and reduce pollution must be put into effect along with development that reduces the need to travel. Upswings in economic activity generally encourage greater car use, but cars are replaced more frequently with higher technological controls creating a cleaner ‘park’. More fuel is consumed increasing greenhouse emissions. Conversely, less fuel is consumed in an older ‘park’ when in an economic downturn giving high polluting emissions.

It is usually fairly simple to agree on a list of developments that would be permitted as having little impact, together with a list with developments with adverse impact. Unfortunately there is a large grey area between where some development might be permitted given certain conditions i.e. of tight emission abatement; or for residential of providing clean air away from sources of pollution and provided pressurised air. This grey list will depend on the local weather, topography and traffic measures and the levels of background concentrations.

We must also consider those land uses that may require very clean air. These include the micro-electronics industry, some types of food production, schools, nurseries and hospitals. In general these should not be established in areas of high pollution without mitigation measures that would guarantee clean air, such as air conditioning with intakes sited to take in clean air e.g. from roof tops or facades away from the pollution source.

Several alternatives or complementary measures based on changes in land use for reducing air pollution are described in the Land Use Measures: Land Use Change section of the database. They deal with residential areas, regeneration, pedestrianised areas, activity relocation, energy efficient buildings, renewable energy applications, district heating and industrial plants.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Recommendations

· Cities could adopt a procedure similar to City Plan in the UK, in which the local plan must contain references to good air quality and establish minimum standards if not already codified in national or EU law. The strategy must also protect good air quality and set up procedures to prevent bad air quality from getting worse. Where objectives are already exceeded it is essential to prepare an action plan of measures that will reduce pollution over the short, medium and longer terms.

· The land use policy must collaborate with pollution control permitting authorities to protect air quality by setting suitable emission rates and ceilings within the operating capacity of the local environment; this effectively prevents increases in economic activity producing ever higher polluting emissions.

· These procedures must be open and transparent and allow public participation in the decision-making processes. These processes promote ‘clean’ economic activity and a reducing cap on total emissions requiring all industrial emitters to reduce pollution over the economic cycle.

Conclusion

· Local plans must recognise the importance of air quality.

· Air quality considerations must be a relevant matter in considering planning applications.

· A joint memorandum of understanding or decision making rules must be agreed with ‘grey’ areas being referred to for more detailed advice.

· The pollution permitting authorities must work together with planning authorities to ensure adequate protection of local air quality.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Bristol works with EA over Avonmouth.

Planners and EQ have memo of understanding to control development.

Further Examples:

Air Quality and Land Use Planning in Birmingham
Definition of Residential Areas in the Netherlands

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Information on Land-use planning issues and how they relate to AQM in the UK: http://www.uwe.ac.uk/aqm/review/planning.html

· Commission webpage on land use: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/land_use/index_en.htm

· California Air Resources Board, 10th May 2004 "Draft Air Quality and Land Use Handbook: A Community Health Perspective", downloadable from: http://www.arb.ca.gov/ch/aqhandbook.htm

· California Air Resources Board CARB: http://www.arb.ca.gov/ch/aqhandbook.htm

Last Updated


 

21st January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Air Quality and Land Use Planning in Birmingham

Example

   

The Birmingham Plan

What is the Birmingham Plan?

Birmingham City Council must, by law, prepare and keep up-to-date a "Unitary Development Plan" (UDP). Birmingham’s first UDP was published in 1993, after extensive public participation and a major public enquiry. It is known as the Birmingham Plan. This is a land use plan covering the whole city. It contains policies and proposals that guide development and the use of land up to the year 2001.

This Plan is now under review and draft Alterations to the Plan have now been published to set policies and strategies for development up to the year 2011.

What does The Birmingham Plan contain?

A book which includes:

  • Topic chapters (such as Housing and Shopping), which set out the objectives and direction of planning policies across the city.
  • Area statements, which set out policies and proposals for different parts of the city, including the City Centre.
  • A list of more detailed planning policies, which the Planning Committee must also take into account when they make decisions on planning applications. These are known as "Supplementary Planning Guidance".
  • A map which provides a guide to the Plan's proposals and policies.

Strategy

Birmingham is home to almost a million people of diverse cultures, ethnic origins, skills and incomes. The Birmingham Plan aims to:

  • Create a City which provides better facilities and opportunities for all residents;
  • Provide an attractive environment which will improve the quality of life for the City's residents, as well as stimulating investment

City-wide policies

As discussed earlier the Birmingham Plan contains planning policies on a wide range of issues, the one that is relevant to Air Quality is:

The Environment Section

The draft UDP now includes a section on air quality and states:

“3.77. The City Council is committed to improving air quality within Birmingham and will require development which minimises or reduces air pollution. This will be addressed in various ways: -

  • An increase in tree cover throughout the City
  • Modes of transport which reduce the impact of travel on air pollution
  • The use of alternative clean fuels

3.78. When assess planning applications, the implications of new development for air quality will be taken into account.

3.79. The City Council is aiming to minimise energy consumption and carbon dioxide emissions within Birmingham and encourages the use of renewable energy resources. The City Council recognises that one of the best ways to reduce energy use and therefore carbon emissions is by designing buildings to be energy efficient. The City Council will therefore will require development which minimises or reduces energy consumption and carbon dioxide emissions, thereby help to reduce the Cities impacts on the global warning, resource depletion and pollution.

3.79A. The City Council is committed towards carbon dioxide reduction and renewable energy targets, in line with the government’s current target for renewable energy generation, i.e. that 10% of UK electricity requirements should be met from renewable energy sources by 2010. The City Councils current target is to acquire 15% of its own energy use from renewable energy sources and to reduce CO2 emissions by 30% from 1990 levels by 2010.

3.79B. The City Council is aware of the potential for renewable energy sources within Birmingham, in particular, solar energy (photovoltaic and solar heat). The City Council will also support combined heat and power installations where appropriate, as they are a sustainable form of the energy by using the heating and electricity generation potential of energy usage. As far as possible, the layout of new developments should take account of the potential for the future of Combined Heat and Power schemes. The City Council will give favourable considerations to proposals for the application of combined heat and power in developments with significant energy demand, e.g. major mixed use developments, subject to full consideration of any adverse effects on local amenity that might arise as a result of the development

3.79D. In addition, the achievement of minimising energy consumption and carbon dioxide emissions will be addressed in a number of ways, including: -

  • Locating the most intensive forms of development within the City Centre or other centres and along public transport corridors.
  • Mixed use developments
  • Modes of transport which reduce the impact of travel on energy resources
  • The layout and design which reduces the need for travel “

(Source - The Birmingham Plan, Birmingham Unitary Development Plan, Alterations and Environmental Appraisal Deposit 2001 and Second Deposit Changes 2002, Birmingham City Council 2001/2002)

Conclusion

The revision of the Birmingham Plan to include Air Quality ensures that all Local Government Officers, Applicants and Agents consider Air Quality issues with all planning applications and developments. Once the final Birmingham Plan has been issued, this will provide a legal backup for any local Air Quality improvement measures attached to planning approval conditions.

Last Updated


 

27th September 2004

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Tools for Air Quality Management

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
Improvement of data availability, tools and practices
 
Upgrading of new post-war areas in the Netherlands
European Common Indicators
Cumulative Impact Assessment and Territorial Impact Assessment
 
Territorial Impact Assessment and Cumulative Impact Assessment
AQ Tools Used in Planning
 
Dispersal modelling in physical planning

Overview of Issue

 

An important problem is the lack of harmonized data, tools and practices in order to guide urban planning teams, politicians and managers to the desired direction. Urban planning is managed by experts, usually assigned by politicians, who apply individual practices according to their experience and the local circumstances.

Lack of reliable and detailed enough data is a major problem touching the problem analysis, planning and monitoring phases. The use of many new tools such as models and various evaluation techniques requires high-quality data on inter-linked urban phenomena and flow of interactions. The lack of comparable data also makes benchmarking and the use of other comparative methods and tools very difficult.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Improvement of data availability, tools and practices

2. Introduction

   

Improvement of data availability, tools and practise must be an issue for the European commission to coordinate. To standardize/harmonised the data/tools, the air quality management work can be done much easier and powerful.

3. Discussion

   

To fulfil the data availability and the tools you must first set up the objectives. The objectives of air quality data form a basis of AQ policy. The definition of the main objectives is as follows:

To monitor/modelling and the compliance with the limit values and national air quality limit value. To monitor/modelling the trends in air quality. To provide adequate information on air quality to the public. To evaluate the effects of the emissions from traffic and energy production (and other sources) on air quality to provide air quality data for evaluating exposure/costs to different pollutants and their effects on health and environment. To provide air quality data to be used in city/land and traffic planning. The quality system should be based on the literal regulations and working instructions and documentation of all procedures and activities. A set of quality objectives for the measurement results and follow up their realization. The quality of the measurements/calculations must be based on regular maintenance and traceable calibration/validation of the equipment/model and participation in intercalibrations/validation when possible.

Issues dedicated to modelling and measurements (section Models for Planning: Land Use and Transport Modelling of the database) give further elements on this topic, in particular about pollution sources, emissions and air quality models, and traffic data monitoring.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Several key points can be followed to aid the often difficult process of improvement of data availability:

  • Convince those involved in economic regeneration that working for health and the environment is not a luxury. In the long term there can be no economic prosperity without equitable solutions to air quality management;
  • Build on Local Agenda 21 structures;
  • Ensure equity and fair representation from communities;
  • Utilise publicity which is geared to particular target audiences;
  • Involve communities in small scale local air quality projects;
  • Meet the community or their representatives face to face and
  • Provide accessible data to communities.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Upgrading of new post-war areas in the Netherlands; European Common Indicators

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Upgrading of new post-war areas in the Netherlands

Example

   

A new plan has been made for the sustainable regeneration of a certain area in the Randstad. The water management systems and transport infrastructure were redesigned according to sustainability principles. This leads, among others, to the introduction of more surface water in places where former roadways then have to be closed (which fits in a traffic calming design scheme). The rainwater is proposed to drain away naturally; this leaves an overcapacity of the sewage system. New buildings have been proposed, bringing multifunctional activities in the former monofunctional housing area. New infrastructures for these buildings can be cheap: public transport, due to densification; efficient energy systems through cogeneration plants and use of existing sewer capacities because of the newly created “overcapacity”. The municipality must invest in this. The environmental and social benefits will come later: safer public spaces, less traffic incidents, less air pollution, better water quality, lower costs for maintenance of ecological greenery, and so on. But investments are large, and others (for instance housing corporations) will profit because of lower costs, for instance for water and energy. Conventional cost-benefit calculations do not deal with such intersectoral approaches, and with different time horizons in public investment and maintenance schemes. There is no system in place to cope with this. The designed sustainability scheme is now endangered. Urban environmental plans (energy management plans, waste management plans, air protection plans, water plans, etc), land use plans and socio-economic plans in some countries reflect the above-mentioned fragmented organisation of activities at regional/national level. Therefore local ability to produce strategic, integrated, negotiated, action-oriented plans and programmes is weak.

When it comes to the regeneration of post-war urban areas, the responsible housing organisations will in many cases immediately jump to CONCLUSIONS such as tearing buildings down and building new, more expensive, houses. They expect that this will lead to more income spent in these areas and thus to reduction of neglect, unsafety and pollution. A more balanced strategy, based on an appropriate analysis of the strengths and opportunities of these areas, will take more time. Profits will not be gained immediately, but over a longer time. Such strategies have been developed in Europe, but the transfer of relevant know-how is extremely limited. Often the responsible organisations are not well equipped, not informed enough and have too little professionally educated experts for the task.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  European Common Indicators

Example

   

European Common Indicators (ECI)

Added value:

-awareness raising

-comparability

-trend analysis

Obstacles:

Time and resources, methodological problems, lack of data, broadness of indicators

Recommendations:

-co-ordination & aggregation with other EU Initiatives (e.g. Urban Audit)

-promotional campaign

-networking

-involvement of national institutions

-ECI common data standards (in line with recommendations from INSPIRE)

-regular publishing of data

Extract from the European Common Indicators Final Report

To view the final report please see:

http://euronet.uwe.ac.uk/www.sustainable-cities.org/indicators/ECI%20Final%20Report.pdf

The ECI initiative: 1999 preparatory process

The ECI initiative was started off in May 1999 with the setting up of a Working Group

on Sustainable Indicators (for initiative of and under the supervision of the Expert

Group on the Urban Environment and led by the French Environmental Ministry) with

the task to develop common (harmonised) indicators for local sustainability, in close

collaboration with a wider Group of Local Authorities. Since the beginning, the aim of the initiative has been to develop and test indicators reflecting local actions towards sustainability in as much an integrated way as possible.

The outcome of the initial phase was a proposal, suggesting a set of indicators on a limited number of themes, in order to allow the strengthening of some core methodologies through effective implementation. The set is however intended to remain flexible and open to include other relevant topics.

Further, ECI is characterised by a good level of complementarity with respect to

existing local, national and sectoral indicators’ sets, since it was not defined to displace or compete with any local/national priority therein reflected. In fact, the ECIs aim at representing local action towards sustainability in as much an integrated way as possible.

Indicators have been developed according to a bottom up approach since the very

beginning of the project, involving local authorities as main actors in the process and

improving synergies with existing indicators sets. This shows, on the one hand, to what extent its ethos is actually based upon understanding the real needs of municipalities,and on the other, the possibilities of achievement of policy objectives from actions that bridge more than one level of governance. If, on the one hand, the ECIs scope is to fulfil the requirements of indicators envisaged in the current EU policy perspective - in as much as they intend to promote an integrated and harmonised approach across community policies - on the other, they aim to ensure local appropriateness, valuing local and lay knowledge and the principle of subsidiarity. Both aspects can be traced back to the six Sustainability Principles permeating the indicators (see below). To qualify into the set, an indicator had to address at least three of them (= integration requirement). Over 1,000 indicators were analysed both against this requirement and against a list of general criteria. The most important, well-established indicators systems have served as a source of inspiration, as building blocks for the creation of a new system.

The outcome of the numerous and extensive consultation rounds with towns and cities,was the agreement on a list of 10 common issues/indicators Sustainable Indicators and submitted to various rounds of discussion

Sustainability Concerns forming the basis for the indicators’ selection (extract

from “Checklist”):

1. equality and social inclusion (access for all to adequate and affordable basic

services, e.g. education, employment, energy, health, housing, training,transport);

2. local governance/empowerment/democracy (participation of all sectors of the localcommunity in local planning and decision making processes);

3. local/global relationship (meeting local needs locally, from production to consumption and disposal, meeting needs that cannot be met locally in a more sustainable way);

4. local economy (matching local skills and needs with employment availability and other facilities, in a way that poses minimum threat to natural resources and the environment);

5. environmental protection (adopting an eco-systems approach, minimising use of natural resources and land, generation of waste and emission of pollutants,

enhancing bio-diversity);

6. cultural heritage/quality of the built environment (protection, preservation and

rehabilitation of historic, cultural and architectural values, including buildings,

monuments, events, enhancing and safeguarding attractiveness and functionality of spaces and buildings).

The ECI initiative: 2000 launching process

Environment Commissioner Margot Wallström launched the initiative at the 3°

European Conference on Sustainable Cities (9-12 February 2000, Hanover, Germany),inviting local and regional authorities from across Europe to participate. Participation is based on signing the voluntary adoption agreement.

The following activities have been carried out since the launch (up to January 2001):

· a survey was carried out by Eurocities in the summer of year 2000, to get a first idea of if and how participating local authorities were implementing the European Common Indicators;

· a first technical workshop for the mutual exchange of experiences took place in October 2000 in Seville (promoted by the Municipality, IPTS, Eurocities), to discuss in particular the initiative needs, in terms of methods for data collection and calculation;

· following the Seville workshop, 10 indicator-based working groups (IBGs) were set up, one group per indicator, with the responsibility of defining the methodologies.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Cumulative Impact Assessment and Territorial Impact Assessment

2. Introduction

   

Cumulative Impact Assessment and Territorial Impact Assessment are part of the impact assessment practises in the EU Member States. Cumulative Impact Assessment (CIA) is the analysis of all effects on an area from one or more activities as they accumulate over time and space. Territorial Impact Assessment (TIA) can currently best be described as “a tool for assessing the impact of spatial development against spatial policy objectives or prospects for an area”.

3. Discussion

   

Cumulative effects can result from an accumulation of effects from numerous activities or from a combination of effects from one activity. In either case, cumulative effects can be different in nature (e.g. synergistic), larger in magnitude, greater in significance, more long-lasting, and/or greater in spatial extent than is the case with individual effects. The amount of data required to identify and predict cumulative effects is likely to be much greater than for individual effects, as is the extent and complexity of data manipulation. Increased data requirements mean increased costs (and time). The expected results must be weighed carefully against the resources required. Much uncertainty already exists with the identification and prediction of environmental effects. This is only increased with cumulative effects, particularly as manipulative and synergistic effects are considered. Methods available for environmental impact analysis are not directly applicable to cumulative impact analysis because they usually address only first-order, cause-effect relationships. Thus, methods have to be developed or adapted for use in CIA. Cumulative effects may not be restricted to the area in which the activity is taking place, and indeed may cross political (i.e. district and regional) boundaries. This poses a potential problem in that inter-district co-operation and co-ordination may be required for addressing cumulative effects, but the institutional framework for accomplishing this may not be in place.

The concept of Territorial Impact Assessment (TIA) has been proposed in the European Spatial Development Perspective (ESDP). Whilst the concept itself is not defined, it is suggested in the ESDP that it should be used as an instrument for the spatial assessment of large infrastructure projects and as the basis for integrated spatial development strategies for environmentally sensitive areas. In the ESDP, the concept is clearly related to the assessment of the impact of projects, rather than plans or programmes. As a spatial planning instrument, it is expected that TIA can be applied to any spatial scale. In most other EU member states the concept of TIA is new to planning practice, although in several it is possible to identify major planning studies, which are perhaps comparable in terms of scope and purpose. This may occur, for example, whenever national planning bodies have needed to evaluate possible new airport locations or other major infrastructure proposals. TIA is a tool or procedure for assessing the impact of proposed spatial development against spatial policy objectives or prospects for an area. In principle, TIA includes all aspects of spatial planning whether they are environmental, social, economic or cultural in their impact. Thus a TIA could consider the impact of a proposed policy on, for example, job opportunities, the housing market, the regional economy, the cultural heritage or tourist attractions.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Isolated assessment of the impact of new developments is not always the best way to support the decision process. Therefore the possibilities of more complete but more complex assessments should be considered. The added value should be weighed against the higher costs that may be involved. The methods of Cumulative Impact Assessment and Territorial Impact Assessment, referred to under Further Reading below, may be interesting options for cities.

5. Examples / Further Reading

    Territorial Impact Assessment and Cumulative Impact Assessment

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Commission site on impact assessment: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/urban/impact_assessment.htm

· Communication from the Commission on Impact Assessment: http://europa.eu.int/eur-lex/en/com/cnc/2002/com2002_0276en01.pdf

· Strategic Environmental assessment: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/eia/sea-studies-and-reports/sea-case-studies.htm

Last Updated


 

21st January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Territorial Impact Assessment and Cumulative Impact Assessment

Example

   

TERRITORIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (TIA)

Appraisal tool for assessing potential impact of strategies, plans, policies and projects against spatial development planning and management objectives using sustainability criteria.

Effect of using the TIA:

Introducing rigour and systematisation into planning and management

· Introduces systematic appraisal of potential impacts into the scenario planning phase

· Integrates economic, social and environmental issues

· Balanced analysis of both positive and negative effects of Plans/Policies

Methodology:

· Clear and unequivocal statement of spatial policy objectives underlying strategies, plans and policies

· Systematic appraisal of planned outcomes i.e. within strategies and plans and their constituent policies, against holistic sustainability indicators and targets

· Spatial (or territorial) impacts as the fundamental focus

· Thresholds of spatial development need agreement before TIA can be used effectively

· Forecasting and data techniques need reconciliation if cross-sectoral analyses are to be compatible and meaningful

Added value:

· Specifically orientated to spatial analysis - a missing appraisal tool

· Pre-plan evaluation of potential impacts and outcomes - a systematic scenario tool at the strategy evaluation and choice stage

· Cross-sectoral and integrating in its construction

· Allows the positive impacts (i.e. the declared objectives of management) to be articulated and demonstrated, as well as highlighting the negative effects or at least the cross-sectoral tensions (the latter being the usual outcome of such assessment techniques)

· Minimising, or making transparent the potential spatial conflicts or tensions between sectoral approaches and strategies e.g. the tension between an economic development strategy and an environmental strategy

· Reconciling these tensions at the earliest management stages

· Providing a rigorously assessed sustainability basis to strategies and plans, where EU or national resourcing is requested to sustain the delivery process - a test of growing significance in the distribution of structural funds - (i.e. enforcing the sustainability approach where it has most impact - monies!)

Cumulative impact Assessment

- scale and timeframe are important

- methods: Checklists, indicator-based trend analysis, overlay analysis, carrying capacity analysis

- CIA could be part of the SEA process

-

Barriers: lack of knowledge, tools, resources

Recommendations:

- CIA should be part of the national guidance on EIA/SEA

- The Commission should fund guidance and good practice studies

- EIA and SEA directives could be amended to take into account CIA

- More emphasis on scoping phase of impact assessments—spatial boundaries of impacts do not follow the administrative borders of planning jurisdiction

- Regional information systems are needed

- Follow-up studies on real impacts in order to improve prediction and assessment techniques.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  AQ Tools Used in Planning

2. Introduction

   

Air Quality Management (AQM) consists of the three basic components:

· Monitoring. Measuring air pollution and weather at representative locations.

· Mapping. Identifying all the major activities causing harmful air pollution and quantifying the emissions.

· Modelling. Using mathematical modelling tools to combine the monitoring and mapping information in order to compute a complete air pollution (concentration) map.

For any organisation working with AQM, it is extremely important to find a balance between the components, e.g. the choice of modelling tools should be based on the quality and quantity of the mapping and monitoring information. While the monitoring usually requires a substantial investment in technical equipment, the mapping activities are usually the most labour intensive and require cooperation between several departments in a city. A digital map is required. Traffic information must be found. Industrial activities and site descriptions should be collected. Emission information must be registered as well as emission factors converting activity information (such as traffic flow) into emission figures. When the mapping for the present situation has been finalised, modelling should be applied and validated against the measured air quality (AQ) data. At this stage, the modelling tools can be a useful tool for physical planning and for short and long term forecasting as well as for assessment studies. By including alternative measures that could be taken, the environmental impact of "what if" scenarios can be studied and hazardous accidents could be avoided.

3. Discussion

   

Managing urban air quality presents a huge challenge and one which will only be met if a holistic approach is taken to address all the factors which contribute to air quality, social, economic and environmental issues. Whilst thinking about air quality in isolation may cause many people no more than a small worry or concern, thinking about the causes of air pollution and their relationships to our lives in the city is more likely to lead us to more productive thinking about solutions. One of the tasks for the Environment Administration is to think of the air quality in new building areas and in the cities when new houses/roads are built. Dispersion models are an important tool for physical planning. Both for real time and for forecast. One rather cheap and trustful method is to calculate “what if” scenarios. The use of energy at home, the importance of transport to life in an urban environment, the industry and service activity which powers the city economy, all contribute to local air quality and are all entwined with the general health and well being of the city. Air Quality management must be an integral part of how we think about issues such as transport and health, and not a separate, obscure and optional part of policy and planning. Today many cities in Europe use dispersion calculation programmes to estimates the level of air quality and relate it to the directives.

If the level of the pollution is too high, action must be taken, many of the actions are connected to people’s opinion and perception and the actions can sometimes be difficult to carry out. Perhaps the greatest way to change the public’s perception on air quality, and therefore their actions, are awareness programmes. Such programmes must be carefully presented and must seek the active involvement of a wide variety of players if it is to succeed. Air quality managers should be seeking the public's opinion on: whether they want, or even need the data; what are the best descriptors; how frequently they want the data; why are the episodes happening; and what effects they will have. Awareness and education projects bring along a wide variety of issues and resources needs. Once past the stage of giving out air pollution levels, the next step for the local authority is to involve communities in examining why air pollution exists and, crucially, what is being done to relieve it. The final and most difficult stage is addressing what both the public and industry need to do, and to get these ideas into action.

Air quality Modelling is the main theme of the Modelling issues. Topics on land use, transport, industrial and residential modelling techniques describe the various elements of the modelling chains representing the effects of human activities on the environment and health. Covered aspects are emissions sources, air pollution models, population exposure models, impacts on population health and monuments.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Air quality management systems which incorporate a large element of public involvement will be more likely to have public approval and therefore be more likely to succeed. With this in mind, all those embarking on urban air quality management must seriously consider any reasons for not incorporating some sort of public involvement, and should seek to redress this.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

ISHTAR Project : building an advanced models suite for urban sustainable planning

Traffic, Emissions and AQ Models in HEAVEN integrated AQMS system in Rome

Dispersal modelling in physical planning

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Last Updated


 

21st January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Dispersal modelling in physical planning

Example

   

The infrastructure planning sees the need for a new bridge crossing Göta älv river in Göteborg. The existing two bridges and the tunnel under Göta älv can’t handle more increase of the traffic, traffic jam occurs every morning and evening. One of the most exposed spots for air pollution is at the existing tunnel, Tingstadstunneln between Ringömotet and Gullbergsmotet. Something has to be done to reduce the air pollution in that area. The Environment Administration got the task to do the dispersal calculations and forecasting for year 2010 of NO2 values for the different examples that were planned to be built. It is four places there it is possible to build a bridge, Lärje, Backadal, Nylöse and Marieholm. At one of the places it is also possible to build a tunnel under the river, Marieholm (Figure 1).

Figure 1 Map of the area for the planned bridges

The bases for the calculations are inputs from the road traffic. Traffic models and forecasting were made for each bridge and the surrounding roads including Tingstadstunneln. The forecast for Marieholm were the same for the bridge and tunnel. The traffic model showed that most reduction of the traffic at Tingstadstunneln gains if a bridge/tunnel is built at Marieholm. The further north the bridge is built the fewer cars will use the bridge.

The calculations were made by the software EnviMan Planner. Planner provides simulation of the air quality with dispersion models. The calculation shows that most benefit for the air quality is if the new connection is built at Marieholm. A tunnel is better than a bridge even if the tunnel makes higher concentrations close by the mouths. It does not make any difference if it is a tunnel or bridge for the connecting roads. If a new bridge is built at Nylöse, Backadal or Lärje the air quality in that area still would be below the directives for NO2. None of the four examples make any significant difference for the NO2 values at Tingstadstunneln. But a small improvement could discern in the air quality for all four examples (Figure 2-5).

The new crossing over Göta älv which was desired to be built was the one which had most improvement for the air quality, but I doubt it had anything with the Environment Administration and the dispersal models to do. It was the tunnel at Marieholm.

Figure 2 Figure 3

Dispersion calculation today Dispersion calculation bridge Lärje

Figure 4 Figure 5

Dispersion calculationbridge Marieholm NO2 Dispersion calculation tunnel Marieholm NO2

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Collaboration Between Regions and Cities

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
Tripartite contracts or agreements
 
Tripartite Contracts
Environmental improvement resulting from oxycombustion technology
Ministerial economic support on LPG and methane fuels use in autotraction
Management tools for the vertical integration of air quality policies in Venice
Direction and support of AQ Management by National Governments
 
Direction and Support by National Governments with AQ Management in Düsseldorf
Direction and Support by National Governments with AQ Management in Birmingham
Direction and Support by National Governments with AQ Management in Venice
Action plan to reduce the concentration of nitrogen dioxide in the county of Stockholm
Direction and Support by National Governments with AQ Management in Utrecht
Governmental interactions in Leipzig
National Reference Laboratory in Sweden
Differences in responsibilities for air pollution between levels of government across Europe
 
Differences by activity
Differences by Level

Overview of Issue

 

As a result of internal markets and increasing globalisation single government levels are the increasingly unable to deal with planning issues on their own. Increasingly interdependencies among all levels of government and targeted actions at different levels require overall aims, orientation and commitment.

In addition to defining the objectives, the difficulty remains how to translate them into policies and practice, especially at regional and local levels, taking into account diverse local conditions.

Multi-partite contracts could be a potential instrument to improve the co-ordination. But it has to be borne in mind that the tri-partite contracts proposed in the White Paper on European Governance link the EU with the national and the regional or urban level, although in the sustainable urban management context it seems rather essential to strengthen the co-ordination between towns and regions.

Many planning-related practices are considered as obstacles in the way of more sustainable urban development: traditional values still rule among a large majority of planners and decision-makers; lack of objective or consensual environmental criteria; the inflexible structure of plans makes it difficult to up-date them in a flexible way when need arises and uncertainties over the costs and risks associated with the innovation that often accompanies sustainability.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Tripartite contracts or agreements

2. Introduction

   

Local authorities are often not adequately consulted over the development of environmental directives that will impact heavily on their roles and functions. Local and regional authorities are represented through the Committee of the Regions in the EU legislative process, however this body has no legislative power and the Commission is not bound to take account of its decision and recommendations.

The EU level came to recognise the importance of the local dimension in the implementation of Community policies. While European legislative instruments allow for a certain degree of flexibility, the growing role of regional and local authorities in the design and above all the execution of Community policies must nevertheless be given fuller recognition.

The idea of tripartite contracts and agreements responds to the need to improve transparency and involvement in European policy development and the need for new, innovative and more flexible approaches to the implementation of European rules and policies. Target-based tripartite contracts and/or agreements should be concluded between the Commission, Member States and regional/local authorities in order to better achieve the implementation of certain EU policies.

3. Discussion

   

Historical Background

The idea of tripartite contracts was introduced by the Commission in its White Paper on European Governance published in July 2001 as a way of creating more flexibility in the means provided for implementation of European legislation and policies with a strong territorial impact. This White paper puts forward the idea of contractual tools between the Member States, the territorial authorities and the European Community represented by the Commission. These tools are intended to develop the arrangements for the participation of the regions in attaining targets set at European level in cooperation with the national and regional authorities.

The Commission also committed itself to launching, "from 2002 onwards, pilot 'target-based contracts' within one or more areas, as a more flexible means of ensuring implementation of EU policies". Environment was identified as an area for testing this new instrument. The White Paper publication was followed by a DG Environment Conference on “Governance – What’s in it for the Environment” on 3-4 December 2001. This event concluded with a commitment by Commissioner Wallström to try to develop and conclude (a) first pilot tri-partite contract/-s by the end of 2002.

On 11 December 2002, the Commission published its Communication on "A framework for target-based tripartite contracts and agreements between the Community, the States and regional and local authorities". Through this Communication the Commission clarifies the aim and the scope of tripartite contracts and agreements.

Inter-institutional situation

European Parliament adopted a resolution on the Communication from the Commission entitled 'A framework for target-based tripartite contracts and agreements between the Community, the States and regional and local authorities', on 4 December 2003. The European Parliament resolution welcomes the Commission's initiative to engage in testing the approach with tripartite contracts and agreements.

The Committee of the Regions announced its opinion, dated 13 March 2002, on the White Paper on European governance and the Communication on a new framework for cooperation on activities concerning the information and communication policy of the European Union. The Committee of the Regions welcomes the development of tripartite contracts and agreements as an effective instrument for involving regional and local authorities in the implementation of those Community policies, which most directly affect them.

Concrete knowledge about these contractual tools

The contractual tools can be of two kinds:

· Target-based tripartite contracts concluded between the Commission, a Member State and regional and local authorities in direct application of binding secondary Community law (regulations, directives or decisions); or

· Target-based tripartite agreements concluded between the Commission, a Member State and regional and local authorities outside a binding Community framework.

These contractual tools, which are subject to a general obligation of compatibility with the Treaties, must respect the States' constitutional systems and may not under any circumstances constitute a barrier to the sound operation of the single market. They are justified where they provide added value which may take several forms: simpler implementation, political benefits, efficiency gains resulting from the close involvement of regional and local authorities, or speedier performance.

Tri-partite agreements in the environmental field

The environmental field is viewed as one of the primary areas for the development of tripartite contracts or agreements.

In October 2003, the first three pilot project initiatives for tripartite agreements in Birmingham (UK), Lille (France) and Pescara (IT) were granted support from the European Commission. All three pilot projects are concerned with the environment. The Birmingham project is about urban mobility, the Pescara project covers urban mobility and air quality, while the Lille project focuses on the management of urban green spaces. All three envisage input on the part of local or regional, national and Community authorities.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· Tripartite contracts/agreements should be used, in specific and complex circumstances, when:

o Traditional instruments are not appropriate or do not achieve the needed output.

o The outputs to the policy objective are dependent to an important extent on the geographical or other characteristics of an area.

o The area(s) is(are) complex. Many elements of a different nature interact to determine the outcome of policy decisions, making ‘simple’ instruments less appropriate. In order to achieve the required policy output, it is important that the different spheres of governance are actively involved.

· Tripartite agreements/contracts would provide for the designated authority to carry out certain projects and policies to realise EU policy objectives. They could be seen as the next fundamental step in the application of the principle of subsidiarity and could bring EU policy closer to the citizen.

· Tripartite agreements and contracts will definitely contribute to the development of the Commission final strategies and directives by providing a working instrument for the final policy. In this way, it can build a template and test out policies in certain fields without applying policy to the whole Union.

These tools will foster cross border cooperation by allowing cities and regions in different Member States to sign up to the agreement.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

1. Example provided by the City of Seville

Since 1993, Seville has been taking part in the Tripartite Agreements. All Social Harmony Agreements signed during the 90’s had a positive effect on the economical and social development of Andalusia because they promoted several actions intended for the improvement of the competitive conditions in the economy of Andalusia. Besides, these agreements helped the Regional Government of Andalusia, and have been considered as a reference from the economical and social point of view, not only in Spain, but also in the European Union context. Furthermore, the European Commission considered these experiences as a completely success, due to their ability to face up a new economic scene.

The last Social Harmony Agreement, which was signed in Seville by the regional government of Andalusia, with the Business Confederation of Seville and the Trade Union (CCOO), took place on the 23rd of May 2001. This Social Harmony Agreement consists of five key elements:

  1. The active policies in the field of employment;
  2. The improvement of the competitive conditions and internationalisation of the Andalusian Companies;
  3. The knowledge society;
  4. The economic planning; and
  5. improvement of the labour relations.

This agreement includes new issue such as the knowledge society, in which, the environment field has been taken into account, with the idea of the sustainability, as an instrument for the future progress.

These Social Harmony Agreements content a wide range of compromises. All stakeholders involved in these agreements have promoted their dissemination, by the means of informative campaigns, or the creation of websites. Besides, these pacts are supposed to allow a permanent social dialogue that requires several actions to guarantee the efficiency of the achieved agreements. For that reason, there is the need for the creation of institutional working groups and forums, to go ahead with these pacts.

www.juntadedalucia.es is the Internet webpage of the regional government of Andalusia, in which, you can find more available information as regards this field.

2. Sustainability Pacts

Following the idea of tripartite contracts/agreements, introduced by the Commission in its White Paper on Governance, and the commitment made by Commissioner Wallström to test such tripartite contracts or agreements in a number of pilot cases, EUROCITIES and the Stockholm Region jointly coordinated an initiative, which set out to deliver a template for use in potential tri-partite agreements contributing to sustainable urban development. This initiative was realised in partnership with 42 cities and regions, which met four times in 2002 and 2003 together with the DG ENV units responsible respectively for governance and urban issues. The partnership agreed on a template, which was delivered to the Commission included in a final report on the initiative on 28 April 2003.

Three individual initiatives out of the Sustainability Pacts proposal were selected as pilot projects to assess the added value of tripartite agreements in the field of environment: Birmingham - UK, Lille - France, Pescara - Italy.

Further information on this project is available at http://www.eurocities.org/pacts/

Further Examples:

Tripartite Contracts
Environmental improvement resulting from oxycombustion technology
Ministerial economic support on LPG and methane fuels use in autotraction
Management tools for the vertical integration of air quality policies in Venice

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· A framework for target-based tripartite contracts and agreements between the Community, the States and regional and local authorities: COMMUNICATION FROM THE COMMISSION

· Communication "Towards a Thematic Strategy on the Urban Environment”

· White Paper on European Governance published in July 2001

· DG ENV Conference on “Governance – What’s in it for the Environment” on 3-4 December 2001

· European Parliament adopted a resolution on the Communication from the Commission entitled 'A framework for target-based tripartite contracts and agreements between the Community, the States and regional and local authorities' (Provisional)

· Committee of the Regions opinion on the White Paper on European governance and the Communication on a new framework for cooperation on activities concerning the information and communication policy of the European Union.

· Sustainability pacts initiative (including “Towards a tripartite contract” and the “Tripartite template”): http://www.eurocities.org/pacts/

· Multilateral environmental agreements: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/international_issues/agreements_en.htm


Last Updated


 

21st January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Tripartite Contracts

Example

   

Since 1993 Seville has been taking part in the Tripartite Agreements. All the signed Social Harmony Agreements have had a positive effect during the 90s on the economic and social development of Andalusia by promoting several actions to improve competition in the Andalusian economy. Moreover, these agreements have helped the Regional Government of Andalucia to become a reference, from an economic and social perspective, not only in Spain, but also in the European Union context. Furthermore, the European Commission has considered these experiences a complete success, due to Andalusia’s ability to face up to a new economic scene.

The last Social Harmony Agreement was signed in Seville on 23th of May, 2001 by the regional government of Andalucia and with the Business Confederation of Seville and the Trade Union (CCOO). This Social Harmony Agreement, consists of five key elements: active policies intended for employment, improvement of competition and internationalization of Andalusian Companies, establishment of a knowledge society , economic planning, and improvement of labour relations. Moreover, this agreement includes new points, not dealt with in the previous pacts, such as the establishment of a knowledge society, in which the environment has been taken into account with the idea of its sustainability being an instrument for future progress.

These Social Harmony Agreements contain a wide range of compromises which all signatories must respect. As such, all parties to these agreements have promoted their dissemination through communication campaigns or the creation of a website or some other medium or activity. It should not be forgotten that these pacts are also supposed to be a permanent social dialogue that require a range of measures and actions to guarantee the efficiency of the achieved agreements. For that reason, there is the need for the creation of institutional working groups and forums, to go ahead with these pacts.

For more information please visit the home page of the regional government of Andalusia: www.juntadedalucia.es



Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Environmental improvement resulting from oxycombustion technology

Example

   

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT RESULTING FROM OXYCOMBUSTION TECHNOLOGY USE IN THE GLASS INDUSTRY LOCATED IN SACCA SERENELLA (MURANO ISLAND, VENICE)

Introduction

One of the main environmental impacts due to this type of manufacturing activity are the emissions of pollutants in the atmosphere.

The production cycle of artistic glass is based on different operational phases; with regard to the environmental impact one of the most important steps is the blending of the vitreous solutions and by the following processing of formed glass.

Fusion of glass is responsible for about the 60% of energy consumption and 90% of solid and gaseous emissions deriving from the whole production cycle.

The aim of the project is the replacement of traditional techniques of glass fusion with techniques that lead to a lesser environmental impact and a lesser consumption of energy.

The furnaces for glass fusion are presently stoked by methane and the combustion is air/methane driven. Since a long time, experimental tests have been underway in order to evaluate the possibility of introducing different fusion techniques that could have relevant benefits also vis-à-vis energy consumption. Among them, the “oxycombustion” technique is one of the most promising.

Oxycombustion use in the glass industries located in Sacca Serenella (Murano Island, Venice) is foreseen as part of an experimental test that aims to reduce the environmental impact of the artistic glass production sector with regard to both, atmospheric emissions (i.e. carbon dioxide) and energy consumption.

The initiative has the support of the City of Venice, Artambiente (Craftsmen Association), SAPIO Spa (Private Company that produces oxygen), Confartigianato di Venezia and is to be enacted by glass craftsmen and the Glass Experimental Station (Laboratory for emissions analyses).

Environmental problems deriving from artistic glass production

Emissions in the atmosphere are caused by the raw materials themselves, the temperatures reached during the fusion phase and the combustion system.

Specifically they are made up of:

- by-products of methane combustion during the production cycle (carbon dioxide, and NOX due to air oxidisation);

- by-products of the decomposition of the raw materials used to form the vitreous mixture (NOX due to nitrates decomposition, CO2 to carbonates);

- by-products of evaporation phenomena and possible re-condensation of volatile substances present into the vitreous mixture (PM, Heavy metals, chlorides and gaseous fluorides).

Oxycombustion replaces traditional methane/air combustion with a methane/oxygen driven combustion. In this way, the calorific value of the fuel increases because the presence of nitrogen, that at high rates in regular air combustion(about 80%), is almost completely removed. The result is a flame with higher temperatures so that a better diffusion of heat to the furnace and to the glass is obtained.

There are five glass industries involved in this experimental oxycombustion test.. They have a similar production cycle and a typology of product.

SAPIO Spa is charged with the detailed designs of all structural intervention necessary to run the experimental test both inside and outside the glassworks. Artambiente has to identify the glassworks that will be involved. The City of Venice Administration finances and establishes structural installations necessary for the experimental test as part of its urbanization intervention in Sacca Serenella. Upon the completion of the structural installations, the testing will last at least two years.

It is also expected to make use of the oxygen production potential in Porto Marghera industrial area and to link Murano through an underwater pipeline. Time needed for the pipeline completion is 12-18 months (upon receipt of the requisite authorisation release). To facilitate local distribution an arrival terminal for the pipeline will be built, from where a local distribution network will originate.

Potential energy consumption reduction

A relevant reduction of combustion consumption is due to experimental tests run on furnaces for artistic glass. Their combustion scheme has been modified from the methane/air to methane/oxygen mixture system.

The following table sums up specific consumptions checked during many tests:

Air / methane

Oxygen / methane

Final consumption (MJ/kg glass)

72,7

38,71

Primary consumption2 (MJ/kg glass)

72,7

42,2

1 The value is given as the sum of energy spent for combustion and oxygen production equal to 2,3MJ/Kg of glass (2,1 mc O2/kg glass; 0,3 kWh/mc O2)

2 A conventional factor of 2200 Kcal/KWh has been used.

At the moment in the Murano Island district a methane consumption of 4,4 million cubic metre has been recorded.

In terms of primary energy, consumption corresponding to the considerable introduction of the oxycombustion technique is reported into the following scheme:

Air / methane

Oxygen / methane

Primary Consumption (TJ)

1.520

882

Primary Consumption (tep)

36.309

21.076

Saving (%)

-42

Fuels consumption (basically natural gas) for house heating is about 148.000 tep.

Potential reduction of atmospheric emissions

The following scheme sums up the change of CO2 global emissions corresponding to alternative configurations, both for unit of glass worked and as resulting from a considerable introduction of the oxycombustion technique.

Global CO2 eq. emissions

Air / methane

Oxygen / methane

Specific (kg/kg glass)

4,9

2,9

Total (kilotons)

102

66

Total reduction of equivalent CO2 results in about 45.000 tons.

Other benefits

The main benefits derived from oxycombustion, besides the lower energy consumption and the reduction in emissions of greenhouse gases can be summed up in the following points:

1. reduction of nitrogen oxide emissions (lack of nitrogen to oxidize);

2. reduction of solid and gaseous emissions during production cycle (less frequent phenomena of evaporation/re-condensation)

3. reduction of smoke volume to be shifted by fan;

4. reduction of noise emissions (no air compressor is needed).

Inclusive costs

Costs corresponding to production of the distribution system is estimated to be about €10 million. This is broken down as follows:

- €4 million to build the oxygen pipe;

- €4 million to build the network of local distribution;

- €2 million to adapt the fusion furnaces.

Current and new technology working costs are also estimated as follows:

- €8,2 million to buy methane in the current methane/air blend;

- €6,8 million to buy methane and oxygen in the new methane/oxygen blend.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Ministerial economic support on LPG and methane fuels use in autotraction

Example

   

MINISTERIAL ECONOMIC SUPPORT ON LPG AND METHANE FUELS USE IN AUTOTRACTION: TECHNICAL AND ECONOMICAL FEASIBILITY OF A METHANE SERVICE STATION FOR PUBLIC TRANSPORT

Introduction

The National Decree of 22nd December, 2000, “Support to Municipalities on methane and LPG fuels use in autotraction”, gives economic support to cities that convert their conventional public bus fleets (or those assigned to local public services) into methane gas-fuelled ones - even if registered later than 1992 - and for developing a network of methane gas service stations for public transport fleets.

In May 2001 an Agreement Protocol between the Environmental Ministry, Municipalities and Trade Associations was signed. The Municipality of Parma was nominated as the lead city in the implementation of a national project committed to the coordination and integration of the local management of low environmental impact fuels. This initiative was called the ICBI (Low Environmental Impact Fuels Initiative).

More than 100 Italian municipalities expressed an interest to the Environmental Ministry about taking part in the ICBI. Of these, 166 have already completed the agreement approval process. the Municipality of Venice is one of them.

The aims of the agreement are as follows:

- structural and permanent reduction of the impact of traffic in urban and metropolitan areas;

- promotion of fuels with low environmental impact, especially LPG and methane, through vehicle-conversion programmes;

- development of alternative-fuels service networks;

- implementation of policies and initiatives in favour of low environmental impact fuels and development of agreements at the national level with Ministries and LPG/methane Trade Associations.

After its assent to the ICBI agreement, the city of Venice asked for financial support for the implementation of a service station fuelled by methane in its territory. The project aims to improve air quality in Venetian territory, where atmospheric pollution has reached acute levels these the last years.

Methane service station in the city of Venice-Mestre

The financial support asked by the city of Venice corresponds to the cost of implementing a methane compression/distribution plant in order to supply 60 ACTV buses (ACTV - Venice Public Transport Company) in municipal territory.

The present bus fleet consists of 606 buses of varying age and characteristics. In 3 years 60 buses will be methane-fuelled, reaching a rate of renovation that is about (60/606) x 100 = 10 %. This programme will help to substitute buses with an average age of more than 15 years or buses with obsolete engines or a high number of kilometres. All these characteristics can cause high levels of polluting emissions.

It is expected that the methane-fed fleet will gradually grow over the three years as older buses are replaced. The rate at which Methane buses will enter into service will be 34 the first year, 16 the second, and 10 the third.

Overall investment for planning, technological components and links to the general methane gas network is estimated at €940.000. Other supporting works and the marketing plan are estimated in €45.000. Extra costs deriving from the purchase of 60 methane-fuelled buses is €2.100.000.

Reference data needed for planning activities has been taken from ACTV data and evaluations on methane consumption:

Average number of kilometres x bus (km/day)

250

Maximum number of kilometres x bus (km/ day)

300

Average number of kilometres x GPL-fuelled bus (km/litre)

2,2

Average number of kilometres x methane-fuelled bus (km/Sm3)

1,4

Bus average gas consumption (Sm3/day)

178

Average number of kilometres x bus (km/year)

75.000

Bus average gas consumption (Sm3/year)

53.571

Scheduled time for refuelling

22.00 – 06.00

Alternative time for refuelling

14.00 – 16.00

Time needed to refuel 60 buses (hours)

10

Consumption is influenced by the category of bus, by its speed and its loading factor. Those values have been estimated on the basis of diesel oil consumption and by studying the situation of other Italian cities. In Italian cities average gas consumption of urban buses 10/12 m long, is 1,4/1,5 km/m3 (minimum 1,2 km/m3 , maximum 1,7 km/m3). Knowing that traffic is slow especially in central zones and rush hours the reference value recommended for Venice- Mestre is 1,4 km/m3.

To estimate gas supplying capacity, the annual average number of kilometres x bus has been calculated. As a result the annual average consumption has been determined to be 53.571 Sm3 for each bus. Environmental advantages, considering the number of kilometres run by buses, are absolutely positive. In the hypothesis of replacing 60 buses, it would be possible to reduce pollutant emissions by:

- 124.000 kg of CO

- 8.600 kg of HC

- 172.000 kg of NOX

- 8.000 kg of PM10


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Management tools for the vertical integration of air quality policies in Venice

Example

   

Introduction

The adoption since the early 90s of some innovative rules relating to the local authorities code (National Law n. 142/90), the administrative proceeding, the right to have access to administrative documents (National Law n. 241/90) and the institution of Environmental Agencies (for the Veneto, Regional Law n.32/96) have helped to establish some management tools that enhance integration and coordination in action (not only in environmental matters) between different institutional levels and entities.

Services Conference

The Services Conference, introduced by National Law n. 241/90 and modified by National Law n. 340/00, is a procedural instrument useful for coordinating and contextually evaluating all public interests involved in specific proceedings, by means of the contemporaneous treatment of the same topic by a plurality of public subjects.

It represents then an administrative instrument used to simplify and concentrate the workings of different bodies so that these can operate contextually in a single institutional location and thus avoid pronouncing themselves separately.

The Services Conference is called by the pertinent authorities in order to complete the proceedings that should normally be concluded with an authorisation or an act for environmental approval.

The law has identified two different typologies of services conferences:the preliminary conference (or preparatory conference) and the decision-taking conference. The preliminary conference is called by the Administration with the aim of examining public interests in a particular procedure and directly acquiring knowledge elements. It doesn’t immediately establish constitutive bodies nor does it try to modify or annul pre-existent juridical elements. It merely represents a coordinating measure, useful to successive phases of the proceedings.

While the decision-taking conference is called in order to formulate agreements and concerted actions and obtain permissions or approvals from other public administrations.

Besides the first two typologies there is the consultation conference that refers to the possibility that a Services Conference, relating to a private instance about who will support relative burdens, is called to pronounce itself, in thirty days, on preliminary projects of particular complexity, in order to preventively check that the conditions to obtain the necessary agreements and acts are met. With the Conference on preliminary projects the various public administrations can play the role of potential “institutional advisor” for private firms.

Associative and cooperative forms and Agreement Acts

Law n.241/90 forsees the possibility for Municipalities and Provinces to carry out coordinated and specific functions and services and adopt Conventions (cooperation between Bodies) or institute Associations (association between Bodies). While the Agreement Acts are introduced for works, interventions or plans which require definition and implementation so that they can be fully enacted in an integrated and coordinated manner with and between all relevant municipalities, provinces, regions, state-wide administrations and other public subjects.

Provincial coordination Committee

As for specific environmental issues (see Regional Law 32/96, creating the Environmental Regional Agency), every province institutes a provincial coordination committee in order to ensure the coordination of the ARPAV provincial department actions with those of the municipalities and other competent provincial offices, as well as those of the Prevention Department of the local Health Authorities. The whole is then also coordinated in parallel to the effective development of planned activities in the various pertinent conventions, agreements and acts.

The Committee plays an advisory role and in particular:

- it makes suggestions to the ARPAV General Director so as to help define the annual actions;

- it checks planned activity results and trends and makes evaluations and suggestions to the General Director of ARPAV.

It is composed of:

- the provincial president or, if absent, the provincial chief advisor on environmental affairs who, entrusted by the president, presides over the committee;

- the Province Environment Office Chief Advisor;

- the Municipality Environment Office Chief Advisor (one of the provincial Municipalities), entrusted by ANCI (the National Association of Italian Municipalities);

- the ARPAV Provincial Department General manager or his delegate;

- one member of the Health Prevention Departments entrusted by the provincial Health Authorities General Managers.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Direction and support of AQ Management by National Governments

2. Introduction

   

The principle of subsidiarity requires that any action is taken at the most appropriate level of governance. Therefore, whilst major decisions on the implementation of cleaner fuels or new engine technologies are generally taken at the European level (parliament/commission), and general strategic transport and industrial policies decided at a national level, there is a considerable element of air quality management which requires undertaking at the local level, on a city-scale.

As discussed in Topic Differences in responsibilities for air pollution between levels of government across Europe, the European Framework on Ambient Air Quality places responsibilities for AQM only on the shoulders of Member States (e.g. at a national government level). In order for the Member States to be confident of achieving the Limit Values (and confident that they have achieved them) they will need to be certain that appropriate measures are being taken at the city/local level. This Topic looks at ways in which this confidence can be achieved through the establishment of a clear framework for both the national and local authorities to see their actions.

3. Discussion

   

In order for Member States to be confident that the EU Limit Values will be achieved within all areas of their country two goals must be achieved:

· They must have a clear idea of what air quality is like (at a very fine scale) across all parts of the country;

· Where the former has shown that AQ is currently unlikely to meet the Limit Values it is essential that the national government is aware of possible actions being carried out with regard to improving it.

Topic Differences in responsibilities for air pollution between levels of government across Europe looks at how responsibilities have been transferred from the national governments of Member States to lower levels of government. This Topic differs in that it looks at the frameworks and assistance that can be provided to help/ensure that local government can meet the Limit Values.

Very few countries in Europe have managed to implement a successful framework for carrying out this process. The UK is regularly cited as having one of the best examples of a framework and so the following outline will be based mainly on elements that have been implanted there.

· Statutory Responsibilities – Probably the most important driver for ensuring that Local Authorities put due priority on air quality work is by making it a statutory requirement. Environmental issues are regularly sidelined in favour of economic benefits and this is a reliable way in which local government air quality officers can have their standing within the council increased. In the UK clear responsibilities have been laid out for local government to make them carry out ‘Review and Assessments’ of their local air quality, declare ‘Air Quality Management Areas’ in any places where the UK AQ Objectives appear unlikely to be met, and then, where necessary, to devise local action plans N.B. UK Las only have a responsibility to ‘work towards’ meeting objectives – not to actually achieve them.

· Financial Resources – Many people might put this in first place – however, without statutory responsibilities or strong ring-fencing, it is unlikely that local government priorities would divert as much money as intended towards air quality work. Assistance with finances also becomes necessary one the legal requirements to do the work have been put in place.

· Guidance – Again, the imposition of a legal requirement to carry out certain air quality work requires further assistance to be put in place. In order for national governments to ensure that local government can be fairly expected to comply, there is a need for guidance to be issued to the Local Authorities clearly outlining how work should be carried out and to what standard. This is particularly important in terms of how monitoring and modelling should be carried out so that all work is of an acceptable standard and comparable. Basic guidance can be issued in the form of written manuals. However, in the UK and also in the Netherlands the national governments have set up special ‘helpdesks’ where air quality experts are employed to give targeted one-to-one advice to local authorities.

On top of basic Guidance, there is a wide range of work that National Governments can carry out to help local authorities to make adequate assessments of their air quality. These include:

Providing information on national background concentrations of pollution so that local resources can be focussed on identifying their locally generated components;

Disseminating information that is held at a national level on emissions from various sources;

Making any monitoring data collected at a national level easily available;

Ensuring that all Local Authorities and government agencies are briefed properly with regard to responsibilities to share information and generally behave in a co-operative manner (e.g. National transport/highways agencies must be briefed with regard to AQ responsibilities);

Providing training opportunities for Local Authority officers, as once statutory responsibilities are put in place for all Local Authorities there may well be a shortage of experienced staff;

· Additional powers can be granted to Local Authorities to help them improve air quality. Some of the powers set forward in the UK include: road-user charging, workplace parking levy, roadside emissions testing, and prevention of emissions from parked/idling vehicles.

· One of the final things that national governments can do is to raise air quality on their own (and the nation’s) agenda. By encouraging the use of public transport at a national level, and being seen to not have a transport policy based on building new roads, national governments can begin to create an environment where the car is not the primary form of transport and local authorities are not working in independent isolation to try and solve a problem that requires significant action at both a local AND national level.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· Due to need for action on air quality management to be undertaken at both a national and local level it is extremely desirable that a strong framework is imposed by national governments. This is in their interests as it will be they who will have to answer to the EU if Limit Values are not achieved.

· The framework should be set up so that it ensures that excessive actions are not required from authorities who may not have a serious air quality problem. At the same time though, it must ensure that all areas do pay at least the minimum attention necessary to this issue. Suitable direction should also ensure that all work is of suitable quality and in an easily comparable format. Again this is something that is in the interest of the national government.

· What is crucial in directing the process, is that the local authorities are not restricted in the extent to which they can choose to bring about air quality improvements. All direction and guidance should be on the basis of being enabling and not limiting, and should seek to ensure that all local authorities are in the position where they can, most efficiently and effectively, do the minimum required to achieve or maintain good air quality for their citizens

5. Examples / Further Reading

    Direction and Support by National Governments with AQ Management in Düsseldorf
Direction and Support by National Governments with AQ Management in Birmingham
Action plan to reduce the concentration of nitrogen dioxide in the county of Stockholm
Direction and Support by National Governments with AQ Management in Utrecht
Governmental interactions in Leipzig
National Reference Laboratory in Sweden
Direction and Support by National Governments with AQ Management in Venice

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· General Assessment: http://www.uwe.ac.uk/aqm/review/index.html

· Modelling: http://www.casellastanger.com/JointProjects/DEFRA-Home.asp?jointprojectid=7

· Monitoring and Emissions: http://www.airquality.co.uk/archive/index.php

· Action Planning: http://www.casellastanger.com/JointProjects/DEFRA-Home.asp?jointprojectid=10

· Information and guidance for local authorities to help with Local Air Quality Management process in UK. http://www.uwe.ac.uk/aqm/review/index.html

· Tools to help local authorities carry out assessments of air quality.: http://www.airquality.co.uk/archive/laqm/laqm.php

· National UK archive of air pollution data/information: http://www.airquality.co.uk/

· Dutch consultancy contracted to provide assistance to local authorities with AQM issues: http://www.infomil.nl/

· UK national government air quality division webpage: http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/airquality/index.htm

· National Government help and guidelines:

· http://www.infomil.nl/ - Dutch consultancy contracted to provide assistance to local authorities with AQM issues.

· http://www.vrom.nl/ - Issues concerning the tasks of the Ministry of Housing, Spatial Planning (land use) and the Environment

· http://www.rivm.nl/ - Technical reports on health and environment and measurements from national air quality stations

· http://www.platformschonevoertuigen.nl/ - Information about cleaner vehicles

· http://www.luchtkwaliteitsplan.nl/ - Exchanging platform (members) measures on air quality

· http:/www.bmu.bund.de/files/vo_begruendung.pdf[d1]

· Member States and air quality contacts: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/links.htm

· Italian Government Regional Affairs web site: http://www.governo.it/affariregionali/

· Italian Environment Ministry web site: http://www.minambiente.it/



Last Updated


 

21st January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Direction and Support by National Governments with AQ Management in Düsseldorf

Example

   

The World Health Organisation introduced at the second European Minister Conference for Environment and Health in Helsinki in 1994 a framework program for environmental and health protection. At the same time, in Germany, the Federal Environmental Ministry and the Federal Health Ministry developed an Action-Program for Environment and Health (APUG).

Now the state of North Rhine-Westphalia (NRW) has been the first state in Germany to publish a regional Action-Program for Environment and Health (APUG NRW).

Part of the Action-Program is the project Preventive health protection by the reduction of traffic noise and trace gases. The project will start in several cities in North Rhine-Westphalia such as in the city of Düsseldorf.

The project is a subdivided into the following parts:

  • Calculation of the effects of the limitation of motor vehicles and greater local traffic management on the overall levels of traffic noise and trace traffic gases.
  • Risk calculation on the impact of trace traffic gases and traffic noise exposure on the health of people.

The overall target of the project is the promotion of preventive health measures by reducing exposure to harmful air pollution.

The first results of the project were received at the end of 2003/beginning 2004.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Direction and Support by National Governments with AQ Management in Birmingham

Example

   

INTRODUCTION

National Governments have a key role to play in providing direction and assistance to cities in improving air quality. The UK Government has been examined in this case and provides an excellent model to demonstrate how effective direction and support from national government can can assist at a local level.

The UK Government has provided very clear direction in respect of air quality management. This has made the government’s intentions and requirements very clear to industry, local authorities, the public and other stakeholders. This direction has been provided through a national policy framework, legislation and guidance;

DISCUSSION

HOW THE UK GOVERNMENT HAS DIRECTED AQ MANAGEMENT

PROVISION OF A POLICY FRAMEWORK

The UK Government has produced a broad policy framework to address air quality issues in the form of ‘The Air Quality Strategy for England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland’. This strategy was first produced in 1997 and links air quality issues to other strategic issues such as sustainability, transport and health, and places air quality high on the political agenda.

PROVISION OF LEGISLATION

The UK Government has produced a robust framework of legislation to direct the National Air Quality Strategy.

The process began in the 1950’s with clean air legislation to address the problems of industrial smogs. More recently The Environmental Protection Act 1990 introduced a regulatory framework for industrial processes. This has lead to significant reductions in air pollution from these sources.

The Environment Act 1995 introduced the principles of the National Air Quality Strategy. This act contains the requirements for Local Authorities to carry out assessments of air quality, and to declare air quality management areas where national air quality standards are not achieved.

In addition The Air Quality (England) Regulations 2000 and The Air Quality (Amendment) Regulations 2002 were introduced which specified air quality standards for eight pollutants, and the timetable for achieving them.

PROVISION OF GUIDANCE

The UK Government also provides a wide variety of guidance to support air quality management activity. This includes detailed guidance covering technical issues relating to the review and assessment of air quality, monitoring and modelling. In addition policy guidance is provided to assist in the declaration of air quality management areas and development of action plans. The relevant Central Government Department ‘The Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA)’ has published much of this information. This information is also provided via an internet website at www.airquality.co.uk and is also supported via telephone help-lines.

In addition the UK Government provides funding to a charitable organization, ‘The National Society for Clean Air (NSCA)’. This organization obtains the remainder of its funding from Local Government sources. This organization is also extremely active in the production of guidance.

HOW THE UK GOVERNMENT HAS SUPPORTED AQ MANAGEMENT

As well as providing very clear direction, the UK Government has provided very significant support for air quality management since the commitment was made to a National Air Quality Strategy in the Environment Act 1995. This support has taken many forms;

FINANCIAL SUPPORT

A considerable amount of financial support has been provided for air quality management by the UK Government. This has included:

  • Direct funding of expert organisations such as the NSCA
  • Direct funding of extensive research programmes
  • Additional funds included in the Central Government ‘Support Grant’ paid to local authorities by National Government.
  • ‘Supplementary Credit Approval’ for air quality work. Local authorities in the UK have their ability to borrow money restricted by Central Government. This Supplementary Credit Approval allows local authorities to borrow money to fund air quality projects.
  • Funding has been provided to assist local authorities in carrying out roadside vehicle emission testing within Air Quality Management Areas.

PROVISION OF TRAINING

In order for local air quality management to be successful it has been essential for local authorities to rapidly gain experience in the field of air quality. DEFRA has provided significant amounts of training to local authority staff in all aspects of air quality management.

NATIONAL AIR QUALITY MONITORING ACTIVITY

The UK Government has funded national networks of air pollution monitoring. The UK Government provides a wide variety of information from these networks on the Internet, including air quality data going back many years. This is a valuable national resource that can be used by local authorities, other regulatory bodies, industry, other interested groups and the public. In many cases these monitoring stations are managed locally by the relevant local authority, but funded by Central Government. The networks provided at national level include:

THE AUTOMATIC URBAN NETWORK

As at December 1999, the automatic urban network consisted of 84 sites across the country. The locations include urban background locations

where the population is exposed for significant periods of time, ‘hotspots’ at urban roadsides and also around industrial sources. Each site monitors some or all of the following pollutants:

• carbon monoxide;

• ozone;

• sulphur dioxide;

• nitrogen dioxide; and

• particles (as PM10).

THE AUTOMATIC RURAL NETWORK

The automatic rural network consists of 19 sites, monitoring mainly ozone but also sulphur dioxide and particles (as PM10) at rural sites across the country.

HYDROCARBON NETWORK

The hydrocarbon network consists of 13 sites, in urban, suburban and rural locations. It monitors 25 volatile organic compounds including benzene, 1,3-butadiene and ozone precursors.

SAMPLER BASED NETWORKS

There are seven national sampler based, non-automatic, networks that measure a wide range of pollutants. These are:

• nitrogen dioxide diffusion tube network

• smoke network

• sulphur dioxide network

• multi-element and lead network

• toxic organic micropollutants (TOMPS)

network

• acid deposition network

• rural sulphur dioxide network

DEFRA operates two of these networks in cooperation with local authorities. It also carries out research based monitoring campaigns. For example, measuring PM2.5 and particle numbers at rural and urban locations across the UK.

THE NATIONAL EMISSIONS INVENTORY

The UK Government has invested considerable resource in the development of the national atmospheric emissions inventory (NAEI). This provides a standard reference for all emissions to air in the UK. It includes estimates for a wide range of pollutants, including:

• greenhouse gases;

• pollution leading to regional acid deposition and photochemical pollution;

• persistent organic pollutants; and

• other toxic pollutants, such as benzene and

heavy metals.

It is broken down to various industry and other sectors, and shows emission trends from 1970 to 1997. Some of the pollutants are mapped on to a 1km x 1km square grid. The NAEI provides valuable data that is used in local air quality management.

URBAN EMISSION INVENTORIES

The UK Government has co-funded an EC sponsored emission inventory for London. DEFRA has also carried out urban emission inventories for the following areas:

• West Midlands

• Liverpool/Manchester conurbation

• Southampton/Portsmouth conurbation

Glasgow

• Bristol/Avonmouth

• Neath/Port Talbot/Swansea conurbation

• West Yorkshire

Middlesbrough

Belfast.

These urban emission inventories are more detailed than the National Emisions Inventory. They are based on a 1 km x 1 km square grid and take account of point, background and mobile sources. Information for the inventories comes from a wide variety of sources. These include:

• Domestic and industrial fuel suppliers

• Traffic and transport models

• Local authorities

• The national Environment Agency

• Questionnaires from various industrial sectors

• Assessment of rail, air and water transport

• Other inventories.

NATIONAL ACTIVITY TO REDUCE EMISSIONS

The UK Government has also supported the process of air quality management by implementing a range of policies at national level that are designed to improve air quality.

USE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS TO REDUCE EMISSIONS

The UK Government has introduced a range of financial measures designed to improve air quality. These include;

  • Fuel duty ‘escalator’. The taxation applied to fuel is automatically increased annually in the national budget
  • Revenue from increases in fuel duty is used to improve public transport and modernise the road network
  • Differences in levels of fuel duty are used to encourage cleaner fuel use
  • A Reduction in the annual vehicle tax of 1500 Euros is available for buses and lorries meeting tightest particle emission standards
  • The amount of income tax paid by employees as a result of having a car provided by their employer is linked to the level of pollution produced by the car chosen
  • Tax reductions are available to help employers to set up transport schemes for employees

INTEGRATED PRODUCT POLICY

Homes in the UK consume 25% of national electricity production. As a consequence national government has set minimum performance standards for home electrical appliances. In addition products are required to carry labels detailing their energy use.

IMPROVING THE ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE OF THE GOVERNMENT

As part of its National Air Quality Strategy The UK Government has committed to improving the environmental performance of all government departments. This includes;

  • Reducing vehicle use
  • Using lower emission vehicles
  • Reducing energy use by buildings

RAISING AWARENESS

The government has funded a public awareness campaign using television advertising, media promotions and regional exhibitions with the theme ‘Cleaner air: are you doing your bit?’. The aims of this campaign are to;

  • Encourage people to avoid making short car journeys
  • Encourage cycling and walking
  • Encourage motorists to drive sensibly
  • Encourage motorists to maintain vehicles properly
  • Promote car sharing

This major campaign clearly assists local authorities in gaining public support for their air quality management initiatives.

REFERENCES

‘The Air Quality Strategy for England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland’. DEFRA 2000.

http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/airquality/strategy/index.htm

The Environmental Protection Act 1990. www.legislation.hmso.gov.uk/acts/acts1990/Ukpga_19900043_en_1.htm

The Environment Act 19955/Ukpga_19950025_en_1.htm

www.legislation.hmso.gov.uk/acts/acts1995/Ukpga_19950025_en_1.htm

 

The Air Quality (England) Regulations 2000

www.defra.gov.uk/environment/airquality/airqual/pdf/airqual.pdf

 

The Air Quality (Amendment) Regulations 2002

http://www.hmso.gov.uk/si/si2002/20023043.htm

Air Quality Action Plans: Interim Guidance for Local Authorities, NSCA. www.nsca.org.uk

Air Quality: Planning for Action, NSCA. www.nsca.org.uk

Air Quality Management Areas: Turning Reviews Into Action, NSCA. www.nsca.org.uk

RECOMMENDATION/CONCLUSION

The UK model demonstrates the wide variety of mechanisms that national government can employ to assist in air quality management at a local level. This co-ordinated approach has resulted in air quality management being at quite an advanced stage in the UK. However, much of the material produced in the UK is readily transferable to other countries and may be of use.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Direction and Support by National Governments with AQ Management in Venice

Example

   

Introduction

Forms of support, interaction and cooperation between the State and Municipality in the environmental domain have an ordinary nature, for example by means of the periodic State, Municipality and Local Governments Conference and extraordinary nature, as in case of the Environment Three Year Plan Funds, outline agreements and sustainable mobility actions and funds.

As for environmental matters, the national authority acts principally through the Environment and Territory Protection Ministry (MATT), which has the following functions:

- territory planning guidelines identification with reference to natural and environmental values;

- soil and water protection;

- environmental protection;

- waste management;

- environmental pollution and risks;

- promotion of sustainable development politics;

- water resources.

The Ministry has national level functions and tasks particularly in the following functional areas:

a) promotion of national and international sustainable development policies; surveillance, monitoring and control functions; limit values, standard values, quality and safety objectives identification; technical rules for the management of the above functions;

B) environmental impact evaluation, atmospheric acoustic and electromagnetic pollution and industrial risks prevention and protection; waste management; reclamation initiatives; protection and reclamation in high environmental risk areas; risk factors reduction;

c) environmental values referenced territory planning; protected natural areas identification, management and exploitation; biodiversity, fauna and flora protection; soil defence; environmental policing; environmental forestry policing; national parks and state natural reserve surveillance; protected exotic species import and commerce control; controls over fauna and flora species protected by international conventions and agreements;

d) water resources management and protection; water pollution prevention and protection; coastal pollution and sea protection.

State, Municipalities and Local Government Conference

The State maintains a relationship of cooperation with Regions and Local Governments based on dialogue and political negotiation through the creation of State Regions, State, Municipality and Local Government permanent Conferences and a Unified Conference. Regions, municipalities and provinces are the elements of the territorial division of the Italian Republic. They have a legal status and a certain degree of self-government. In particular, the Regions have a high degree of self-government in determining political guidelines and have the authority to legislate. Provinces and Municipalities have self-government administrative powers according to the principles of subsidiarity.

The State Regions Conference acts within the national territory in order to enhance cooperation between the State and Regions and between the Regions and the Autonomous Provinces, being a “privileged place” of politic negotiation between the central administrations and the system of regional government.

The State, Municipality and Local Governments Conference was created in order to answer the need for giving a stronger impulse to harmonizing the activity in the State and Local Governments relationships through a better knowledge of local requirements.

The State Regions Conference and State, Municipality and Local Governments Conference meet together to examine areas of common interest. This meeting is called the Unified Conference and it is intended to be an advisory, negotiating, data and information exchange forum whenever Regions, Provinces, Municipalities and Mountain Communities have occasion to express themselves on the same subjects.

The State, Municipality and Local Government Conference was established by the President’s Cabinet, with coordinating tasks between the State and Local Governments in relationship and study, information and comparison tasks concerning problems connected to general policy guidelines which might affect Municipalities, Regions, Provinces and Mountain Communities functions and with those delegated to the same departments by State laws.

The Conference is in particular a place for discussion and analysis:

- about problems related to local departments rules and functions, understanding aspects concerning financial and budget policies and relative human and material resources, laws and Government general acts;

- about public services management.

-

The Conference has moreover the task to enhance:

- local public services which improve levels of efficiency and information;

- outline contracts and agreements (art. 12 Law 23.12.1992, n. 498).

1994-96 Environment Protection Plan

With CIPE Decree 12.21.1993, the 1994-96 Environment Protection Plan has been developed for the following purposes:

- claim of particularly neglected and polluted areas;

- serious environmental risk removal with particular attention to industrial risks;

- natural heritage protection and exploitation, with reference to the protection of natural areas;

- environmental related public services implementation and development (depuration, recycling, urban wastes management, etc.).

The initiatives financed are placed in an analytic grid of Scheduled Areas (i.e. water basins, protected natural areas, etc.) and Action Sectors (i.e. wastes management, water resources, etc.).

The initiatives financed on sustainable mobility are placed in the Scheduled Area “Urban Area”, “Acoustic and Atmospheric Reclamation” Sector, for an amount of € 129,114,224.77.

The funds have been divided as follows:

- € 25,822,844.95 for air quality claim plans drafting

- € 103,291,379.82 for low impact means of transportation, traffic reduction and control tools acquisition, acoustic reclamation plans implementation.

Outline Agreement between the Environmental and Territory protection Ministry and ANCI for organic collaboration on environmental policies

The Environment and Territory Protection Ministry and the Italian Municipalities through their national association (ANCI) signed on 07.24.2003 an outline Agreement for more organic collaboration on environmental policies.

There are ten themes for permanent collaboration, on all forms of pollution:

- Air pollution: activity and data monitoring. Regions, Provinces and Municipalities outline laws implementation.

- Acoustic, electromagnetic and light pollution: territory data situation and law implementation (also at regional level).

- “Territory resource” protection.

- Sustainable development.

- Waste integrated cycle, energy recycling and source production reduction.

- Renewable energy sources.

- Environmental damage reclamation modalities.

- Suitable funds accessible for municipalities; forms of subsidiary collaboration in planning.

- Protected areas and parks.

The Ministry and the Municipalities collaborate furthermore in the drafting of legislation, access to private capital in environmental projects enhancing and to monitor environmental expense met by Municipalities and met and financed by regions, Ministries and Provinces in order to value their efficiency.

The Agreement, which has a financial endowment of € 100,000, also foresees the institution of an Observatory on environmental legislation which is to verify legislation and the implementation of institutional competence on the territory.

Policies in favour of sustainable mobility implemented by the Environment and Territory Protection Ministry (MATT) for urban emissions reduction

The Environment and Territory Protection Ministry has in recent years promoted projects and plans aimed at implementing structural actions for environmental impact and the permanent reduction of urban traffic energy consumption .

From 1999 to 2003 about € 220,000,000 has been transferred to local governments and regions on the sustainable mobility subject for actions regarding in particular:

- environmental low impact fuels by means of methane gas and GPL conversion of petrol cars promotion (ICBI environmental low impact fuels initiative,

- € 25,000,000);

- low consumption and emissions motorcycles incentives (ANCMA Agreement, € 25,000,000);

- methane vehicles promotion and distribution network development incentives (MATT-FIAT-Petrol Union Agreement, € 15,000,000);

- mobility request management (Mobility Management, € 15,500,000);

- the spreading of means of transportation alternative to private vehicles (Car-sharing, about € 9,000,000);

- urban area sustainable mobility projects, collective taxi services, electronic systems for traffic limitation, environmental low impact car fleets acquisition, air quality monitoring stations implementation, creation of a mobility management structure (2000 Ecological Sundays-Structural Interventions, Environment Protection Excerpt Program and Sustainable Mobility Radical Programs, € 118,000,000);

- Lombardy Region urban atmospheric pollution reduction plans (Program Agreement with Lombardy Region).

With these measures 254 urban areas sustainable mobility projects have been financed in favour of 85 local governments.

Main financial initiatives (MATT funds) are:

- Environmental protection Excerpt Program;

- Structural Intervention-2000 Ecological Sundays;

- MATT-FIAT-Petrol Union Agreement;

- ICBI environmental low impact fuels action;

- Environment Ministry, Treasure Ministry and Lombardy Region Program Agreement;

- MATT-ANCMA Program Agreement (Motorcycles and Outfits National Association);

- Sustainable mobility Radical programs;

- Mobility Management.

Environment Protection Excerpt Program

In the Environment Protection Excerpt Program, the Environment and Territory Protection Ministry has allocated about € 52,000,000 to 32 Local Governments for actions implementation on: collective taxi services, traffic limitation electronic systems, electric and gas vehicles fleets, air quality monitoring stations implementation, mobility management structure implementation.

Structural actions-2000 Ecological Sundays

With the Ecological Sundays 01.25.00 Ministerial Decree, MATT has allocated about € 30,000,000 to Municipalities and associations between Municipalities for actions implementation on:

- environmental low impact public transport implementation and integration, with particular reference to the use of : hybrid electric traction vehicles, electric motor-bicycles, GPL and methane vehicles, bi-fuel vehicles;

- urban traffic limitation electronic control systems implementation;

- environmental low impact fuels promotion;

- atmospheric pollution monitoring systems modifications implementation.

MATT allocated financial resources have been destined to 118 projects presented by 59 local governments.

MATT-FIAT-Petrol Union Agreement

In 2001 December the Environment Ministry, FIAT and Petrol Union have started a national program to enhance vehicle traction methane use in urban areas and in Municipalities at a risk of atmospheric pollution.

Within such Agreement, FIAT and Petrol Union are committed to improve vehicle traction methane distribution network, to introduce a new series of methane or methane/petrol bio-fuel vehicles and to implement scientific and development projects on methane national technology.

The Environment Ministry has allocated for the Agreement implementation resources equal to € 15,500,000 for natural gas vehicles purchase incentives and new urban methane distribution plants implementation.

Private and public companies managing public transportation or public utility services vehicles fleets, taxi services, goods urban distribution and rental vehicles services, have the use of these funds. Funds for private companies and entrepreneurs are moreover envisaged for metropolitan areas distribution plants implementation.

The envisaged activities management and coordination are entrusted to a Municipalities Convention whose leading exponent is the Turin Municipality.

In April 2004 about 65 municipalities were already part of the Convention, 34 projects have been admitted to methane distribution plants implementation funds and about € 2,000,000 have been delivered as vehicles purchase incentives.

ICBI Environmental Low Impact Carburants Action

In order to promote vehicles traction methane and GPL use, in May 2001 an Agreement Protocol between MATT, municipalities at a risk of atmospheric pollution and methane/GPL sector associations (plants builders and installers) has been signed.

In order to implement the Protocol aims, MATT has altogether allocated about € 25,000,000 and on 09.24.2001 a Municipalities Convention has been created whose leading exponent is the Parma Municipality, where the ICBI Office (Low Impact Carburant Action) has been established.

160 Municipalities at a risk of atmospheric pollution have adhered to the Convention. The financial resources allocated by MATT have been addressed to :

· incentives to privates residing in the territory of the municipalities adhering to Convention, for the GPL or methane gas transformation of petrol vehicles registered between 1988 and 1995;

· incentives to cities for distribution network implementation by means of public fleets supplying stations implementation.

Funds allocated by MATT for methane gas or GPL transformation of petrol car have been completely delivered and have allowed the installation of about 46.000 methane gas or GPL plants.

Moreover, the implementation of 17 public fleets supplying plants been possible thanks to these funds in the following Municipalities: Alessandria, Asti, Bologna, Bolzano, Catania, Ferrara, Florence, Ivrea, Naples, Novara, Padua, Palermo, Parma, Reggio Emilia, Siena, Turin, Vercelli.

Environment Ministry, Treasure Ministry and Lombardy Region Outline Agreement Program

On 02.02.2002 the Environment Ministry, Treasure Ministry and Lombardy Region Outline Agreement Program, on environment and energy matters, has been signed.

The Agreement foresees a number of actions and programs implementation for the Lombard territory reclamation and protection; among them innovative fuels experimental use, public and private transportation ecological vehicles use, hydrogen public means of transportation promotion and use and the creation of the necessary logistic infrastructures.

For the above mentioned aims the MATT, within the Agreement, has allocated about € 11,800,000.

Within this Agreement, by means of a part of allocated ministerial funds, the Lombardy Region has prepared an announcement of a competitive examination for contributes to companies on people, goods and sustainable mobility action implementation in order to improve the transportation system organization and management. The Lombardy Region has allocated for this project € 1,100,000.

MATT-ANCMA (Motor-bicycle National Association) Program Agreement

The Program Agreement MATT-ANCMA, signed on 02.12.2002, has been subscribed for the implementation of the three-year program on production and diffusion on the market of low emission motor-bicycles, in order to give impulse to urban areas CO2 emission reduction.

This Agreement has foreseen an overall allocation of € 100,000,000 subdivided in the following way:

  • € 25,000,000 as sunk capital, financially supported by MATT, for incentives for low emission and reduced consumption motor bicycle industrial production;
  • € 75,000,000 supported by ANCMA-related companies, for innovative technology research and development.

MATT has defined incentives payment modalities (envisaged by the Program Agreement) in the following way:

  • € 100 unitary incentives payment for motor-bicycles having polluting emission value limits inferior or equal to those envisaged by 97/24/CE (EURO 1 and EURO2)
  • € 250 unitary incentives payment for motor-bicycles with the above-mentioned characteristics, that in addition have attained a 2,3 litres per 100 km consumption.

All these incentives, if referred to Euro 1 vehicles, can be used for purchases within 06.30.2002.

All the Ministry allocated resources have been completely exhausted in May 2003 and have allowed the production of 141.751 low impact motor-bicycles (EURO 1 and EURO 2).

Radical programs for sustainable mobility

In 2002, within the “Sustainable Mobility Radical Programs” Decree, 25 municipalities have been admitted to financing, with IAR Direction General Manager Directorial Decree n. 1275 of 11.14.2002, for urban atmospheric pollution reduction structural actions implementation.

With this decree MATT has promoted actions aimed to urban traffic environmental impact permanent reduction through sustainable mobility models implementation: 77 projects have been admitted to co-financing, allocating in all € 35,000,000.

Action lines of this program are:

· collective taxis or innovative collective transports systems implementation;

· urban centres traffic control by means of “road and area pricing” automotive systems;

· electric or gas vehicles for public transport or public utility services systems;

· bicycles and two/three/four wheel electric vehicles fleets implementation, owned by Municipalities, Bodies and public services and utility public services public or private managers, and also to be rented in urban areas;

· atmospheric pollutants monitoring systems implementation;

· demonstrative projects implementation as:

o prototypes of electric traction vehicles with autonomous function and hydrogen electric traction vehicles used as urban areas public utility services and goods transportation;

o devices for the reduction of atmosphere emissions caused by public services, public utility services and goods transportation circulating fleet;

o correlations models between polluting atmospheric data and those coming from vehicular traffic surveying.

Car Sharing National Program

Car Sharing is a innovative mobility service that allows to its members/users to use on request a vehicles common fleet parked in different places near residence areas or important public transportation network knots.

Car sharing formula, having a tariff structure based on reduced operating costs and relatively higher variable costs linked to vehicles use, is particularly profitable for occasional drivers. The main advantage is to be able to use, in case of need, an individual vehicle with adequate characteristics and dimensions without supporting the high operating costs linked to car ownership that on short distances have a relevant incidence on the overall cost.

MATT has, altogether, allocated € 9,300,000 for Car Sharing National Program and, for its implementation, a Local Bodies Convention has been instituted, whose leading exponent is the Municipality of Modena (17 bodies take part, including Municipalities and Provinces).

In April 2004, the service was already working in Turin, Bologna, Venice, Rimini and Modena with an overall car fleet of 71 cars and 1500 members.

Mobility Management

The “Urban Areas and Sustainable Mobility” Inter-ministerial Decree of 03.27.1998 established an implementation strategy with the aim of urban pollution and traffic congestion reduction, by means of:

  • set up (by Municipalities) of a support and coordination structure between companies mobility manager that is in contact with municipal administrations and transport companies (area mobility manager).
  • set up (inside companies and public bodies with single local unities of more that 300 employees and inside companies with more than 800 employees working in different places), of a company mobility manager and the adoption of an employees’ in-house-work shift plan.

The Environment Ministry has allocated € 25,300,000 to the mobility area and their activity support: the aims of this measure have been to favour urban mobility rationalization, alternative and environmental low impact transportation and support company mobility managers, in order to involve a great part of the employees in politics on the reduction of the number of travelling vehicles.

These funds have been used by local administrations, partly to create coordinated urban mobility structures, partly to finance companies directly, TPL action incentives (public transport monthly cards discounts), inter-companies and the implementation of companies transportation services, environmental low impact company means of transportation acquisition, car pooling and tele-working services projects.

Acknowledgements

This text has been derived from the websites: www.governo.it/affariregionali/ and www.minambiente.it/

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Action plan to reduce the concentration of nitrogen dioxide in the county of Stockholm

Example

   

Environmental quality standards were introduced when The Environmental Code (Miljöbalken) came into force in 1999. For ambient air there are standards for levels of nitrogen dioxide, sulphur dioxide, lead and particles. The standard for nitrogen dioxide is difficult to achieve in Stockholm County and the present levels will be illegal in 2006. For this reason the government has enjoined Stockholm County Administrative Board, together with key players in the county, to produce proposals for dealing with the problem

The Environmental Code states that a programme of measures will be established concerning whether an environmental quality standard will be complied with or whether the requirement for this should follow on from an EC Directive. This programme will be drawn up by the government or by one or several authorities or municipalities/statutory joint-authorities appointed by the government. A programme of measures may cover all kinds of activities that affect the levels of pollution covered by the standard, and may also include activity which is not subject to permits under law.

Task of the County Administrative Board

The government has given the County Administrative Board the task of producing proposals for a programme of measures that will meet the standard for nitrogen dioxide throughout the entire county. The commission also includes the Board which formulates the proposals in consultation with the county municipalities, the County Council and Stockholm Transport Commission. The County Administrative Board shall also consult with the central and regional authorities concerned, including the Swedish National Road Administration, the Swedish National Rail Administration, the Swedish National Heritage Board, the Swedish Environmental Protection Agency and the Swedish National Board of Housing, Building and Planning. The County Administrative Board will decide on the detailed handling of the commission. An account of the commission will be submitted to the government by June 1st, 2003 at the latest. The Environmental Code (Section 5, paragraph 6) states what a programme of measures will include. In the commission given by the government, there is also the task of calculating what the proposed measures will cost, who should be responsible for ensuring the measures are implemented, and who is to pay for them. To the extent that they are applicable, the provisions in the ordinance (1998:1820) on a special environmental impact assessment of the effect of the regulations on the conditions of small businesses will be followed.

For More information on the action plan to reduce the concentration of nitrogen dioxide in the county of Stockholm go to:

http://www.ab.lst.se/upload/dokument/miljo_och_halsa/miljolagstiftning/MKN/engelska.pdf

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Direction and Support by National Governments with AQ Management in Utrecht

Example

   

The national government recognised the PM problem cannot be solved by cities, because in the Netherlands it is a large scale problem with high background concentrations. Therefore the national government will formulate an action plan for PM10. However, because neither the responsibility for PM10 nor the priority related to exposure are mentioned in the relevant Dutch law articles and are not clearly explained in the explanatory memorandum, some juridical procedures ended up blocking plans. The national government is working on a solution to this problem.

Every year the national government provides cities with an updated calculation model (CAR) with emissions, meteorological conditions and background concentrations for the previous year and 2010. That seems quite comfortable, but in practice the room for local traffic within these limits is getting tighter with ever-pessimistic national scenarios.

The cities can get financial support to formulate an action plan and to take measures. Money for taking measures is added to an integral budget for urban renewal. But there was also a reduction on that budget.

Cities and citizens can get information on air quality from a national helpdesk (Infomil), a website with measurements (RIVM) and television (teletext). The helpdesk also provides cities and provinces with stencils for reporting and it supports a discussion website for cities and provinces.

There is a national platform for implementation of the air quality legislation. In this platform cities can exchange experiences and can put in requests.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Governmental interactions in Leipzig

Example

   

Due to the federal nature of Germany, there are almost no interactions between the federal government and the municipal level with regard to air quality management. In fact, the national government is only responsible for the transformation of the respective European directives into German law. The responsibility for the implementation has been delegated to the state level, the länder.

The Saxon Ministry for Environment (SMUL) is responsible for the political frame of air quality management within the Free State of Saxony. Its Saxon State Agency for Environment and Geology (LfUG) is interpreting air quality data measured by the contracted company (Umweltbetriebsgesellschaft; UBG) and reports results to the public on state level. The LfUG furthermore is responsible for plans and programmes of air quality management, including local Air Quality Management Plans in line with the EU directives.

The municipality (City of Leipzig, Environmental Protection Office) uses the data measured within the city with regard to local land use and transport plans. The municipality furthermore contributes to the Air Quality Management Plan development and helps to identify possible measures for implementation.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  National Reference Laboratory in Sweden

Example

   

The County Administrative Board is a government body responsible for overseeing that the national goals, laid down by the Swedish parliament and government are realized. They have got the task from the government to create a Reference laboratory for monitoring ambient air. This is due to the EG directives 96/62/EG. The task to maintain the Reference laboratory has gone to The Institute of Applied Environmental Research (ITM). ITMis a multidisciplinary research institute studying anthropogenic environmental pollutants; their release into the environment, transport and fate, as well as uptake and effects on living organisms. ITM also provides external expert support to Swedish environmental authorities.

The Reference laboratory has created a web site there they give advice to the municipalities how to control and fulfil the obligations the law. At this web site, under construction, and constant development through questions and answers from the municipalities, municipalities can get a first help how to draw up a proposal to a action program and what to do if exceed occurs. All kind of help is possible to get and simple diagram for evaluate the strategy for measurements and measure.

The main reason to establish a Reference laboratory for ambient air is due to the EU directives 96/62/EU.

Unfortunately all information on the web site is in Swedish, anyhow it is possible to e-mail the Reference laboratory and get information.

For more information: www.itm.su.se/reflab

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Differences in responsibilities for air pollution between levels of government across Europe

2. Introduction

   

The EU Framework Directive on Ambient Air Quality Assessment and Management (96/62/EC) requires Member States to transpose, implement and report on the contents of the Framework Directive. Whilst it is clear that Member States have an over-riding responsibility for the whole process, it is clear that some responsibilities can be delegated to lower levels of government or other bodies within the State. This is expressed in Article 3:

For the implementation of this Directive, the Member States shall designate at the appropriate levels the competent authorities and bodies responsible for:

· Implementation of this Directive;

· Assessment of ambient air quality;

· Approval of the measuring devices (methods. equipment, networks, laboratories),

· Ensuring accuracy of measurement by measuring devices and checking the maintenance of such accuracy by those devices, in particular by internal quality controls carried out in accordance, inter alia, with the requirements of European quality assurance standards;

· Analysis of assessment methods;

· Coordination on their territory of Community-wide quality assurance programmes organized by the Commission.

The much of the scope for delegation of responsibilities is to secondary levels of government. These loosely fall in to the categories of regional, provincial and municipal (although names vary between countries).

Annex IV of the Framework Directive expressly states that the Action Plans/Programmes required in Article 8 to attain the limit values can be based on local, regional or national scales. Again the “responsible authority” must be named making it clear that Action Plans are not necessarily the remit of the Member State at a national level.

3. Discussion

   

Although the range of governmental strata mentioned in the introduction (national, regional, provincial and municipal) are not ubiquitous in all EU Member States, this general pattern of governmental hierarchy is usually recognisable in some form. All countries have there own historical pattern of responsibility for air pollution within these structures, some of it related to previous EU environmental legislation.

One of the greatest variations between States is the autonomy either granted to or taken up by different levels in the hierarchy. One example of this is Germany where the secondary ‘regional’ tier of government is comprised of the federal states who have their own legislative assemblies. This autonomous situation is reflected in the decision by some German municipalities to set their own Environmental standards and objectives independent of national or state requirements. By contrast, in the UK, regional government is in the very early stages of development (Scotland and Wales only recently having acquired elected legislatures – and these are considered to be “devolved administrations” rather than regional government) and municipal authorities are very strongly bound to follow a very prescriptive methodology for air quality management laid out by the national government(s). Two things should be noted about the arrangement in the United Kingdom:

· Despite having a duty to carry out extensive AQM work for the UK government, UK municipal authorities have not been passed the responsibility for meeting EU limit values – being required instead to attain a set of national AQ objectives.

· Although the UK government has passed duties on to UK municipal authorities regarding AQM, similar duties have not been given to provincial (e.g. County) or regional bodies, or to national state agencies (Highways Agency/Environment Agency) despite these bodies having significant interest/control with regard to certain pollution sources.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

It should be made very clear within all levels of government (and other institutional bodies with interests in air pollution) where responsibilities for improving air pollution, and the powers for controlling air pollution, lie (the two not necessarily being the same). Where statutory provisions have not been made to make controlling bodies responsible, these parties should be encouraged to strongly participate in the air quality management process. This can be done in a number of ways:

· Ensuring that provincial and regional representatives are invited (and attend) relevant municipal meetings from very early on in the process

· Making sure that regular contact is made with these bodies and taking account of their various plans and programmes within work looking at forward projections of air quality and within any action plans or programmes

· Encouraging relevant bodies with no statutory responsibilities to undertake some process of corporate adoption of a role within the AQM process

5. Examples / Further Reading

    Differences by activity
Differences by Level

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

European Framework Directive on Ambient Air Quality Assessment and Management: http://europa.eu.int/smartapi/cgi/sga_doc?smartapi!celexapi!prod!CELEXnumdoc&lg=en&numdoc=31996L0062&model=guichett

Proposed regulations transposing the EC Air Quality Framework Directive and 1st Daughter Directive Consultation paper:

· http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/consult/aqframe/index.htm

· Member States and air quality contacts: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/links.htm

· Commission portal on “What is environmental governance?” http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/governance/index_en.htm

· http://www.minambiente.it/%20(Italian%20Environment%20Ministry%20web%20site)

Last Updated


 

21st January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Differences by activity

Example

   

See Differences by activity%20Diff%20(by%20activity).xls" target="_blank">Differences by activity Diff (by activity).xls


Last Updated


 

10th November 2004

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Differences by Level

Example

   

See Differences by Level%20Diff%20(by%20level).xls" target="_blank">Differences by Level Diff (by level).xls


Last Updated


 

10th November 2004

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Legislation and Interpretation of Directives

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
Terms in the EC Air Quality Directives: What do they mean?
 
How to interpret the term “Hot spot” seen in relation to residential areas and population exposure ?
Definition of Residential Areas in the Netherlands
Short term air quality forecasting in Oslo

Overview of Issue

  Overview to appear here

Last Updated


 

30th November 1999

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Terms in the EC Air Quality Directives: What do they mean?

2. Introduction

   

Introduction

As the responsible entity/person in your local area for the air quality and its assessment and compliance with EC Directives, it is wise that you obtain a good understanding of the concepts and terms which are used connected to air quality assessment and reporting requirements.

The Air Quality Directives of the European Commission, the Directive on Air Quality Assessment and Management ("Framework") Directive of 1996 (96/62/EC) and the Daughter Directives of 1999-2002 for specific compounds (SO2, NO2, NOx, PM10 and lead (Directive 1999/30/EC); CO and benzene (second Daughter Directive (2000/69/EC)); ozone (2002/3/EC) represent a new way of dealing with and controlling the air quality problems in Europe. The Directives prescribe how they should be assessed in a way which covers the entire EU territory, in terms which are sometimes general and sometimes specific, and how the assessment should be reported to the Commission as well as to the public, and how action plans should be developed to reduce the pollutant concentrations where they are too high.

Compared to the previous directives, the concept of Limit Value (LV) is kept, but the requirements related to monitoring, assessment, reporting, compliance and controls are specified in much more detail. To this end, new concepts, elements and terms are introduced which need to be fully understood by those who should implement the Directives, in order that the resulting management of air pollution becomes effective and harmonised in the European area.

This topic description gives short descriptions of most of the central concepts, elements and terms used in the Directives, to enhance the understanding of them. The concepts and terms are described in a more complete way in the "Guidance on Assessment under the EU Air Quality Directives" report (see the reading list below).

3. Discussion

   

Terms related to limit values and assessment areas and regimes

Zones

Member States must divide their territory into zones. This is a task done at national level, and the local level is usually not involved in the definition of the zones. Zones are primarily areas restricted in size, selected/defined such that they are suitable units for air quality management. A zone should be selected such that its AQ problems can be assessed and managed as much as possible without having to deal with sources and emissions outside the zone in a very detailed manner.

There are no formal requirements as to how the Member State should specify its zones, but general principles for this, and typical tendencies in Member States based upon practical considerations are described in the “Guidance report”. The Member States are to report annually the air quality situation in the zones.[d1] Zones can be large cities (agglomerations). Other types of zones can be small (possibly as small as sections of streets), or large (region of a country).

Agglomeration: An “agglomeration” is a special type of zone, defined as an urban area with population exceeding 250,000. Each such agglomeration shall be defined as a separate zone.

Practice in most MS is to use larger administrative areas as zones, in addition to agglomerations and in a few cases smaller urban areas which are also defined as separate zones, when there is a risk that the LV/TVs are being exceeded in them.

Limit values and related terms

Limit value (LV): The limit value for a pollutant is set such that concentrations below the LV is considered to provide adequate protection against damage to those affected by it (people, vegetation, buildings). A "limit value" is a combination of a concentration value (number) and an associated averaging time (e.g. hour, day, year,...) and (for hours or days) possibly a number of allowed exceedances per year.

Target Value (TV): This value (also a combination of a numerical value and an averaging time) is set with the aim to avoid more long-term harmful effects on human heath and/or the environment.

Upper assessment threshold (UAT): A value set at about 60-70% of the LV. If the pollutant level is above UAT, certain requirements of AQ assessment must be fulfilled in the various zones.

Lower assessment threshold (LAT): A value set at about 40-50% of the LV. If the pollutant level is below the LAT, the requirements to the monitoring are relaxed; assessment solely by modelling is allowed.

Alert threshold: A value for certain pollutants which represents a level of danger to the population. If the pollutant level is above this value, the population must be alerted without delay, for instance via radio (see Informing the public).

Margin of Tolerance (MOT): This term describes the situation that the pollution level must be phased down towards the LV, as the LV is coming into force. The LV/TVs are to be met in 2005 or 2010. In the years before that, it is tolerated by the Commission that the pollutant level exceeds the LV/TV, limited to a given “margin”, without corrective actions being required. This margin is made successively smaller the closer it gets to the year of attainment (2005 or 2010). If the LV+MOT is higher than a prescribed level in a given year before the LV must be met, the Directive requires that corrective actions be planned.

Assessment regimes in zones

The term "Assessment regimes" relates to the broad types of assessment methodologies that can be used: monitoring at different levels of accuracy; different modelling methodologies. In the directives, it is the air pollution level in an area, which determines which types of assessment methodologies the Commission will accept being used for the area. This can be broadly summarised as below:

· If the air pollution level of a compound exceeds the UAT, monitoring at high quality with high temporal resolution is required;

· If the level is below the LAT, indicative measurements, modelling and objective estimation methods will be accepted

· At levels between these two thresholds, the requirements to methodologies are less strict that when levels are higher.

Appendix 1 describes this in more detail.

Where should the Limit Values apply? Definition of "residential areas"

In principle, the LVs apply everywhere, except for at work places. At the same time, a pragmatic approach to AQ management should be taken. Exceedances at places where exposure of the population (or of ecosystems, in the case of ecosystems related LVs) is not likely, should not be treated as rigorously as areas where exposure is likely. An example of this is exposure to an annual average LV in areas along a rural stretches of motorways.

The question above is met when designing monitoring networks, and locating monitoring stations. The 1st Daughter Directive specifies that monitoring stations should be located:

· Where a population group is likely to be exposed to the highest concentrations that occur, for a period which is a significant part of the averaging period of the LV;

· So that it represents the more general level of population exposure in the area.

In both cases, the location of stations is based on population exposure considerations.

Local AQ administrators may want to concentrate their monitoring in "residential areas", in view of the importance of the exposure of the population. The definition of "residential areas" in terms of AQ management is then that they include all areas where a part of the population is likely to be exposed to high and/or typical concentration levels.

Terms related to assessments

Preliminary assessment (PA)

This term refers to the assessment of air quality before the Directive enters into force in order to define zones, monitoring networks and assessment methods. If a Member State does not have sufficient information about the AQ levels in all their zones and agglomeration, it must carry out the necessary series of representative measurements, surveys or assessments so that they have data available in time for the implementation of the Directives.

The Guidance Report on Preliminary Assessment under the EU AQ Directives is an example of a source of information on how to carry out a preliminary assessment (see the reading list below).

Supplementary assessment

This is the term for methods for assessment of air pollution which are used in addition to the measurements/monitoring of concentrations. These methods are creating an emission inventory, indicative measurements and air quality modelling, (which gives additional information, such as on spatial distribution of concentrations between the monitoring stations), human exposure, contributions from various source types, etc. This gives a better basis for development of effective action plans. Supplementary assessment is not mandatory; if not carried out, a higher number of stations is prescribed. The supplementary methods, and their results, must be documented and reported in the Annual report.

Spatial concentration distribution

This term is new in connection with EU AQ Directives. The assessment of AQ should now not be limited to what is measured at the monitoring stations. The assessment should in principle cover the whole territory, and for this purpose the so-called "supplementary methods", such as modelling (see above) are encouraged by the Directives.

How to assess if a zone is in exceedance?

A zone is exceedance of an LV, when:

· A station in monitoring network with suitably located stations(stations in areas with maximum and/or typical concentration levels) measures the exceedance;

· The assessment using also supplementary methods (emissions, modelling) indicates that the LV is exceeded at locations where monitors are not located.

The assessment should also indicate the size of the population which is exposed to various levels of concentrations above the LV.

Exemption ("derogation") for natural events and for other reasons

For PM10, natural sources can at times contribute significantly to its concentration. Since natural sources cannot be controlled, the Commission allows that exceedances of LV which are caused by natural events (e.g. sand storms, suspended soil dust) shall not be taken into account when determining whether the LV is exceeded.

Also high PM10 levels caused by resuspension of dust from winter sanding of roads can be exempted. These events have to documented/justified as being caused by such events.

Terms related to reporting

Regular reporting to the Commission

The responsibility for reporting to the Commission is at the national level. The local level normally provides their data to some national database suited for further reporting to the Commission. The following types of reports are to be prepared at the national level for submission to the Commission (see also Topic LEG4):

Annual Report: The Annual reporting from each Member State to the Commission has the form of an official questionnaire, to be sent in before 1 October of the following year. The questionnaire has sections regarding zones where LV, UAT and LAT are exceeded, reasons for individual exceedances, on methods, etc.

Starting date: The first Annual report to the Commission should be submitted before 1 October 2002, and concern 2001 data and assessments. Annual reports shall be submitted for each subsequent year.

Information to the public

This term refers to the obligation of the administrators to keep the public up-to-date on information on air pollution levels, as well as on the plans and programs for management and improvement of the air quality.

The pollutant concentration information shall be updated at least once per day. High air pollution episodes, where Alert levels are likely to be exceeded, should be communicated in time that the population affected have a chance to seek protection.

Reporting on causes of exceedances and reduction plans

This term has a bearing on the air quality assessment regime and system that a local administrator needs to set up. The Commission requires that causes of LV exceedances are reported – that this represents the basis for development of the local plans and programmes to improve the situation.

The administrator needs to assure that the causes can be described, and for this he will need information about the strength of the various emission sources (an emissions inventory), probably also air quality models as well as meteorological data which together can be used to calculate/estimate source contributions at given times with high concentration levels.

If the concentrations exceed the LV+MOT, the responsible authorities must develop a ‘plan or programme’ to ensure that the levels are brought below the limit value in time and send this to the Commission.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· As the responsible entity/person in your local area for the air quality and its assessment and compliance with EC Directives, it is wise to obtain a good understanding of the concepts and terms which are used connected to assessment and reporting requirements. The above text gives a first introduction.

· Further reading includes of course the Directives themselves, and the Guidance on assessment report (see references below). It is also recommended to contact people in other administrative areas in your country, or in other countries, who have already carried out the work, partly or fully. It should be noted that for cities the transposition of the directives in national law is the most relevant legislation for cities. In some countries the Ministry of Environment provides clarification of the directives and the corresponding national legislation.

5. Examples / Further Reading

    How to interpret the term “Hot spot” seen in relation to residential areas and population exposure ?
Definition of Residential Areas in the Netherlands
Short term air quality forecasting in Oslo

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· The main Air Quality web page of the Commission (DG Environment, Air Quality: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/ambient.htm

· The Guidance to Assessment under the EU Air Quality Directives report: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/ambient.htm, click on Guidance on Assessment under the EU Air Quality Directives

· The Guidance Report on Preliminary Assessment under the EU AQ Directives: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/ambient.htm, click on Guidance report on Preliminary Assessment under EC Air Quality Directives

Appendix 1

Relationship between air pollution levels (relative to Limit Value) and the Assessment regimes prescribed in the first Daughter Directive.

Source: The "Guidance on assessment under the EU AQ Directives" report (see web link above).

Table 1 summarizes the assessment requirements for the three assessment regimes.

Table 1 Air quality assessment and pollution levels

Maximum pollution level in agglomeration or zone

Assessment Requirements1)

Regime 1: Greater than the upper assessment threshold

High quality measurement is mandatory. Data from measurement may be supplemented by information from other sources, including air quality modelling.

Regime 2: Less than the upper assessment threshold but greater than the lower assessment threshold

Measurement is mandatory, but fewer measurements may be needed, or less intensive methods may be used, provided that measurement data are supplemented by reliable information from other sources.

Regime 3: Less than the lower assessment threshold

a. In agglomerations, only for pollutants for which an alert threshold has been set2)

At least one measuring site is required per agglomeration, combined with modelling, objective estimation, indicative measurements.

b. In non-agglomeration zones for all pollutants and in all types of zone for pollutants for which no alert threshold has been set

Modelling, objective estimation, and indicative measurements3) alone are sufficient.

1) Data quality objectives are given in Annex VIII of the first Daughter Directive.

2) In the first Daughter Directive this only applies to SO2 and NO2.

3) Indicative measurements are measurements using simple methods, or carried out for a restricted time. They are less accurate than continuous high quality measurement but can be used to explore air quality as a check where pollution levels are relatively low, and to supplement high quality measurement in other areas.

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  How to interpret the term “Hot spot” seen in relation to residential areas and population exposure ?

Example

   

Monitoring

In the UK the first stage of the Review and Assessment of air quality, which all Local Authorities were required to undertake, emphasized the need to focus on public exposure and where the concentrations of pollutants were likely to be highest (sometimes called “hot spots”). It is likely to be more cost effective to start by looking at worst-case locations and then work outward if exceedences are found, rather than take an unfocussed look at a large geographical area. If there is no exceedence at the most polluted location, there should be no exceedences elsewhere. This approach should also help ensure that potential areas of exceedence are not missed.

Before any complex modelling took place in Bristol there were several years of monitoring data which could be used in assessing the areas of highest concentrations.

8-port smoke and sulphur dioxide monitors are old technology but are still used in the UK. The amount of smoke by measuring the darkness of particles on a filter does not have a direct relationship to PM10. However, it can be useful for indicating local hot spots.

Passive diffusion tubes are used extensively in Bristol for a number of purposes. Long term surveys have given good long term averages and trends across the city both at background and roadside locations. Because they are cheap and easy to use they have also been used in shorter-term surveys. Where there is a small complex area such as a major road junction, many tubes can be located and can give good results. Many dispersion models will not be able to replicate the detail that this monitoring gives.

Passive diffusion tubes are also available to measure BTX (benzene, toluene and xylene) and also 1,3 Butadiene. Bristol has used BTX tubes in a survey which covered the whole of the city which showed that we were not experiencing a problem with these pollutants.

In addition to permanent continuous analysers in Bristol there is also a mobile monitoring station in a trailer. This is used for short-term surveys up to a year in areas where the models predict hot spots. The trailer contains analysers which monitor NOx, CO and PM10 as well as wind speed , wind direction, temperature and sun light.

Mapping

Mapping of concentration data or statistics, often using Geographical Information Systems (GIS), is invaluable in assessing spatial patterns of pollution and exposure, identifying ‘hot spots’ and assisting in monitoring network design. This technique is particularly appropriate for area surveys with diffusion tube samples.

By combining air quality model output with GIS it is possible to make some assessment of exposure. The GIS procedures used to assess exposure are relatively simple, once the data has been sourced. It is important to understand the limitations of the data and how best the data can be used to gain an accurate picture of the number of people exposed to pollution. In the UK the recent national census will prove to be a useful source of data for this purpose.

This map shows the two datasets needed for an assessment of exposure in Bristol. The population data (points) is called Addresspoint and is derived from the Post Office records on addresses. It includes residential, commercial and industrial properties, so some “cleaning” of the data is needed before it can be used directly. A simple GIS query can calculate the number of addresses within the Air Quality Management Area (AQMA) polygons.

When considering exposure other factors should be taken into account such as where people spend most of their time, how people travel, where they live and work and the climate.

There is still considerable uncertainty about exposure and further work is being conducted through the DAPPLE project.

See www.daple.org.uk

www.defra.gov.uk/environment/airquality/laqm/guidance/pdf/laqm-tg03.pdf

Many assumptions have to be made about exposure such as where most people spend the majority of their time. There is also more information required about the relationship of inside and outside air quality. In the domestic environment there may be significant sources of nitrogen dioxide if natural gas ins used for cooking and heating. In the UK the majority of the population spend 80% of the time indoors.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Definition of Residential Areas in the Netherlands

Example

   

According to the EU Directives the limit values should be complied with everywhere except at work-places. From the system of articles and the regulations in the annexes it can be concluded that the priority is the protection of the health of people. After all there are separate limit values for the protection of population health and also limit values for the protection of ecosystems. This interpretation is also mentioned in the evaluation report on the first daughter directive (proposal to the EC in June 2004).

So places where the health of people is mostly affected has the highest priority. This concerns situations with:

- the probability that people will be there during a longer period of time
(corresponding to the averaging times of the Limit values),

- the presence of people sensitive to air pollution,

- the probability that people will be in physical activity more than usual.

Based on this the following types of buildings/areas are considered as being sensitive for air pollution in the Netherlands, and thus should be protected according to the requirements of the AQ Directives:

- houses or buildings used for residences;

- buildings for kinder-gardens, health care and education;

- sports grounds.

On locations with poorer air quality, less sensitive purposes are allowed, such as offices. But public authorities should make efforts to meet the limit values everywhere in the end. This target will have to be attained mainly by European and national policies for emission reduction.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Implementation of EC Air Quality Directives

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
Implementation of Air Quality Directives: overview, steps and legal questions
 
Implementation of EU Directives on air quality in Bristol.
How should the public be informed about the Air Quality situation ?
 
Information for the Public in Bristol
PM10 Real-time data information for the Veneto reregion urban areas
PM10 AND O3 Forecast bulletins for the Veneto Region (I)
Short term air quality forecasting in Oslo
What must be reported to the European Commission under the air quality directives?
 

Overview of Issue

  Overview to appear here

Last Updated


 

30th November 1999

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Implementation of Air Quality Directives: overview, steps and legal questions

2. Introduction

   

The Air Quality Legislation started in 1970. Since then, four types of measures have been adopted with numerous Directives and Regulations: measures regulating emission sources, regulating fuel qualities, monitoring/regulating air quality and protection of the stratospheric ozone layer. The full compliance, application, implementation and enforcement of these measures are basic in order to improve the quality of our air and achieve a high level of environmental protection in general.

The Sixth Environmental Action Programme http://europa.eu.int/eur-lex/pri/en/oj/dat/2002/l_242/l_24220020910en00010015.pdf states the importance of a full compliance with the Environmental Law by Member States (MS). It is equally essential to be able to monitor compliance with legislation and to keep the public informed up-to-date about the state of the environment. Also Article 228 of the Treaties (http://europa.eu.int/eur-lex/pri/en/oj/dat/2002/c_325/c_32520021224en00010184.pdf) obliges Member States to comply with the judgements given by the European Court of Justice.

EU policy on Air Quality aims to implement appropriate instruments to improve the quality of the air. The control of emissions from industrial and mobile sources, improving fuel quality and promoting and integrating environmental protection requirements into the industrial, transport and energy sectors are part of these aims.

The current status of the EU Air Quality legislation can be seen at the following web page: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/ambient.htm

3. Discussion

   

Air Quality Directives

The most relevant Directives are the Directive on ambient air quality assessment and management (96/62/EC, the so-called Framework Directive) and the four Daughter Directives. The Framework Directive provides the framework for the development of the other Directives on a range of air pollutants. The transposition date for Article 3 (re. Implementation and responsibilities) was 21 May 1998 and by this date all MS except Spain had complied with the obligations.

The Daughter directives set pollutant-specific air quality limits and alert thresholds. Basically, these directives have the objective of harmonizing monitoring strategies, measuring methods, calibration and quality assessment methods to get comparable measurements in the EU. Guide values and air quality limit values will be withdrawn once these directives have been implemented.

The first Daughter Directive 1999/30/EC on limit values for NOx, SO2, Pb and PM10 in ambient air

http://europa.eu.int/eurlex/pri/en/oj/dat/1999/l_163/l_16319990629en00410060.pdf

came into force on 19 July 1999 with transposition deadline for Member States of July 2001 to set up their monitoring strategies. The AQ limit values adopted for SO2, NOx, PM10 and Pb generally met the cost-benefit criterion that industry work with Member States shall ensure that updated information on ambient concentrations of SO2, NOx, PM and Pb is available to the public on a regular basis (link to the Topic How should the public be informed about the Air Quality situation ? on Informing the public) The deadlines for the limit values to be met are as follows:

- limit values for NOx for the protection of vegetation: 2001.

- limit values for SO2 and PM10 for health protection: 2005.

- limit values for NO2 and Pb for health protection: 2010.

Member States have to prepare attainment programmes which show how the limit values are going to be met on time for those areas where attainment by "business as usual" cannot be presumed. These programmes must be made available to the public (including local authorities), and must also be sent to the Commission. A Commission report has just been finalised (and it is being translated into different languages) on the implementation of this Directive relating to limit values for SO2 and NOx, PM and Pb. The report assesses the experiences of the MS in implementing this Directive and looks at the results of recent scientific research on the effects on human health and ecosystems of exposure to NOx, SO2, Pb and PM10. This Directive has been amended by Decision 2001/744/EC (http://europa.eu.int/eurlex/pri/en/oj/dat/2001/l_278/l_27820011023en00350036.pdf) replacing section II of Annex V of the Framework Directive.

The second Daughter Directive 2000/69/EC on limit values for benzene and carbon monoxide in ambient air
http://europa.eu.int/eur-lex/pri/en/oj/dat/2000/l_313/l_31320001213en00120021.pdf came into force on the 13th of December 2000 with a deadline for transposition of 13th December 2002. It established limit values for concentrations of benzene and CO in ambient air requiring assessing concentrations of those pollutants in ambient air and to obtain regularly information on benzene concentrations and CO and ensure that it is made available to the public. The limit value for carbon monoxide must be met by 2005. The limit value for benzene must be met by 2010 (but an extension can be granted). Member States, in the same way as in the first daughter Directive, will have to prepare attainment programmes for those areas where attainments cannot be assumed without further changes. These programmes have to be also available to the public and sent to the Commission.

The third Daughter Directive 2002/03/EC on ozone in ambient air (http://europa.eu.int/eur-lex/pri/en/oj/dat/2002/l_067/l_06720020309en00140030.pdf) replaces the ozone Directive (92/72/EC). It entered into force in March 2002 and had a deadline for transposition of September 2003. It sets long-term objectives equivalent to the World Health Organisation’s new guidelines and interim target values (which follow the targets of Directive 2001/81/EC on national emission ceilings) for ozone in ambient air to be achieved by 2010. Member States have to work out reduction plans and programmes, make them available to the public (so citizens can trace the progress towards obtaining the ozone standards) and report to the Commission.. The Directive also requires monitoring, assessment of ozone concentrations and information to citizens about the current ozone concentrations . The Directive also sets alert thresholds and requires Member States' authorities to take urgent short-term action.

Concerning the proposal for a fourth Daughter Directive (COM(2003) 423 final) on arsenic, cadmium, mercury, nickel and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in ambient air, this will cover the other pollutants listed in Annex I of 96/62/EC (cadmium, arsenic nickel and polyaromatic hydrocarbons and mercury). It will require MS to report to the Commission and inform the public in case of higher concentrations than the ones indicated in the Directive, the causes behind them and the measures taken to address the situation. As from 2008, any installation contributing to high concentrations of these substances will be required to apply Best Available Techniques for control of the emissions. This proposal is expected to be adopted in 2005. See latest press release regarding this directive: http://europa.eu.int/rapid/pressReleasesAction.do?reference=IP/03/1020&format=HTML&aged=0&language=EN&guiLanguage=en

Other air pollution related legislation

Following is a list of other related Directives, and their transposition dates:

  • Directive 97/68/EC on emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants-30 June 98;
  • Directive 98/70/EC on quality of petrol and diesel fuels-1 July 1999;
  • Directive 99/32/EC on Sulphur content-1 July 2000;
  • Directive 99/94/EC on consumer information on fuel economy and CO2 emissions-18 January 2001;
  • Decision 00/1753/EC on monitoring the emissions of CO2 from new passenger cars-28 February 2001;
  • Directive 99/13 on VOC-1 April 2001 and
  • Directive 00/71/EC on measuring methods-1 January 2001.

Infringement proceedings are open against various Member States concerning the implementation measures.

The implementation process of the Directives

Several directives on air quality have entered into force recently or will be adopted soon. Implementation of legislation by the Member States is a basic requirement for the effectiveness of EU policy in this area. Under the Commission Communication (COM(2001) 245 final) (http://europa.eu.int/eur-lex/en/com/pdf/2001/com2001_0245en01.pdf)the Clean Air for Europe (CAFE) programme established in such Communication has “to support the implementation and review the effectiveness of existing legislation, in particular the air quality daughter directives (1999/30/EC, 2000/69/EC, 2002/3/EC), the decision on exchange of information (97/101/EC),…”. The AQ framework Directive requires four key implementation tasks to be undertaken by the respective actors: i) planning and implementation; ii) monitoring; iii) plans and programmes and iv) information and reporting. A Guidance Report on Preliminary Assessment under Article 5 and another one on Assessment under Article 6 of directive 96/62/EC are available (see reading list).

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

From the Annual Survey of the Commission, it can be seen that the implementation of the Air Quality Directives is quite acceptable compared to many other environmental sectors (environmental impact, information, chemicals and biotechnology, nature, waste, water, radiation protection and others). There is a 13,3% of open infringement proceedings compared to 26,3% in the nature aspects or 20% on waste files, so it can be pointed out that, in general, Air Quality legislation is being well implemented although greater efforts still have to be made to reach a high level of protection of the air and comply with the requirements of the legislation to implement monitoring strategies, plans, programmes and limit values.

5. Examples / Further Reading

    Implementation of EU Directives on air quality in Bristol.

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Last Updated


 

21st January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Implementation of EU Directives on air quality in Bristol.

Example

   

1. Introduction.

In the UK the implementation of the EU Framework Directive and the subsequent Daughter Directives is a matter for Central Government and the devolved administrations in Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland alone. If there were formal regional assemblies in England it is possible that these would have some measure of responsibility for the achievement of the Limit Values in the European legislation but under the present system Local Authorities (such as City Councils, District Councils and Metropolitan Councils) have no such responsibilities.

This creates potential problems with the achievement of the Limit Values because, although measures implemented at national level are expected to achieve compliance in most locations, there will almost certainly be residual areas (hot-spots) where the Limit Values will not be achieved. Because many (but by no means all) of these areas are small it is almost impossible for a central government to implement measures to remedy this problem. To remedy this problem the UK Government has implemented legislation to require Local Authorities to implement a programme of Local Air Quality Management aimed at tackling these hot-spots.

2. Legislation.

The primary relevant UK legislation is Part IV of the Environment Act, 1995. This requires all Local Authorities in the UK to carry out a staged process of Review and Assessment (R & A) of air quality in their areas. As originally introduced this is illustrated in Figure 1 and involved a 3 stage process. This allowed Local Authorities to proceed directly from Stage 1 to Stage 3 if they felt this was justified. If it was predicted that one (or more) of the objectives set out in Regulations made under the Environment Act would be exceeded, then one or more Air Quality Management Areas (AQMA) should be declared and a Local Air Quality Action Plan (AQAP) developed. Objectives for the purposes of Local Air Quality Management (LAQM) were set for 1,3 butadiene, benzene, carbon monoxide, lead, nitrogen dioxide, particles as PM10 and sulphur dioxide. A further objective for ozone was included as a national target as local measures cannot influence ozone concentrations in that locality.

The Act also required the Secretary of State to develop an Air Quality Strategy for the UK with objectives to be achieved in the future. The Act also gave the Secretary of State powers to produce guidance to assist Local Authorities in the LAQM process. The original objectives for the purposes of LAQM were contained in the Air Quality Regulations, 1997. These were subsequently amended by the Air Quality (England) Regulations, 2000 which relaxed the objectives for particles, measured as PM10, but tightened other objectives, mainly by advancing the date for achievement. Further, detailed, amendments were made in the Air Quality (England) (Amendment) Regulations, 2002 to reflect Limit Values contained in the Air Quality Daughter Directives.


The objectives for LAQM in the UK are closely based upon the EU Limit Values but, in general, are to be achieved earlier than the Limit Values. One consequence of this is that in relation to emissions from industry it is possible to set more stringent requirements than BAT (best available technology) or BATNEEC (best available techniques not entailing excessive cost) in order to meet the EU Limit Values but not in order to achieve the UK objectives.

3. Implementation in Bristol.

The Stage 1 (or screening) R & A showed that there were many roads with sufficiently heavy traffic to indicate a probability of the annual average objective for nitrogen dioxide (40 µg m-3) being exceeded. There were also concerns that the original objectives for PM10 would not be achieved and emissions from industry presented a possibility that objectives for lead and sulphur dioxide might also be exceeded.

The original legislation provided for a Local Authority to progress straight from Stage 1 R & A to the very detailed Stage 3 R &A if it felt that the intermediate Stage 2 R & A was not necessary and this was the path followed by Bristol. The outcome of this was that there were predicted exceedences of the annual average objective for nitrogen dioxide in the central areas of the city, on major roads leading to the central area and round a motorway to the north of the city. There were also potential exceedences on the PM10 objectives.

As a result of this 2 AQMAs were declared in May 2001 and the process of re-examining and refining the Stage 3 R & A to confirm the need for the AQMA. In parallel to this the process of developing the AQAP was initiated. These processes involved close co-operation between the air quality team, who carried out the R & A work and the Transport Planners who developed the AQAP.

The Stage 4 R & A confirmed the need for the main (central) AQMA, with a number of minor changes to the boundary, but concluded that the motorway AQMA was not justified. This conclusion was the result of refinements in the modelling software which previously had over-predicted concentrations of nitrogen dioxide near motorways. Concerns still remained about PM10 but it was predicted that the revised objectives would probably be met. As a result of this an order was made amending the boundaries of the AQMAs to reflect the new information. A political decision was taken to retain the motorway AQMA pending further monitoring.

It should be noted that this just reflects the situation in Bristol. In other areas AQMAs have been declared on the basis of single streets, a number of individual streets or, in some cases the whole Local Authority area. The majority of AQMAs in the UK have been declared on the basis of the annual average nitrogen dioxide objective, with road traffic as the main source but some have been declared on the basis of PM10 from industry, PM10 from domestic combustion, sulphur dioxide from industry, sulphur dioxide from domestic combustion and in one case sulphur dioxide from shipping.

4. Subsequent developments.

Since the original Strategy and the associated guidance were produced both have been reviewed and updated. In the case of the Strategy additional pollutants (PAHs) have been added and new objectives proposed. In the case of the guidance the original 3 stage R & A process has been replaced by a rolling programme of Updating and Screening Assessments, Detailed Assessments (if necessary) and Progress Reports. A programme for these has been set out to 2010.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How should the public be informed about the Air Quality situation ?

2. Introduction

   

The EU Air Quality Directives state that sharing the air quality information with the public is essential, especially for people suffering from various lung and respiratory diseases. The basic level of public information on air quality, that is one of the essential requirements of the EU Daughter Directives, concerns the ambient concentrations of sulphur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, particulate matter, lead, benzene and carbon monoxide.

The Directives also state that the public shall be kept informed about plans and programmes drawn up for reduction of the air pollution levels.

The responsibility for the public information requirements is put on the shoulders of the local authorities.

Information made available to the public and to organisations must be clear, comprehensible and accessible.


3. Discussion

   

Information of plans and programmes for air pollution reduction

The EU Framework Directive 1996/62/EC asks the Member States to draw up a list of zones and agglomerations in which the levels of one or more pollutants are higher than the limit value plus the margin of tolerance. In these zones and agglomerations Member States shall take measures to ensure that programmes are prepared or implemented for attaining the limit values within the specific time limit. These programmes must be available for the public, and should incorporate, at least, the following information (see more details in Framework Directive 96/62/EC):

  • Localisation of excess pollution (region; city (map); measuring station (map, geographical coordinates);
  • General information (type of zone (city, industrial or rural area); estimate of the polluted area (km²) and of the population exposed to the pollution; useful climatic data; relevant data on topography; sufficient information on the type of targets requiring protection in the zone);
  • Responsible authorities (names and addresses of persons responsible for the development and implementation of improvement plans);
  • Nature and assessment of pollution (concentrations observed over previous years (before the implementation of the improvement measures); concentrations measured since the beginning of the project; techniques used for the assessment);
  • Origin of pollution (list of the main emission sources, etc. responsible for pollution (map); total quantity of emissions from these sources (tonnes/year); information on pollution imported from other regions);
  • Analysis of the situation (details of those factors responsible for the excess (transport, including cross-border transport, formation); details of possible measures for improvement of air quality);
  • Details of those measures or projects for improvement which existed prior to the entry into force of this Directive i.e. (local, regional, national, international measures; observed effects of these measures);
  • Details of those measures or projects adopted with a view to reducing pollution following the entry into force of this Directive (listing and description of all the measures set out in the project; timetable for implementation; estimate of the improvement of air quality planned and of the expected time required to attain these objectives);
  • Details of the measures or projects planned or being researched for the long term and
  • List of the publications, documents, work, etc., used to supplement information requested.

Information on air quality levels on a regular basis

The EU Daughter Directives regulate the need for public information on regular basis. The air quality data collected from monitoring stations, controlling the limit values and the alert thresholds, must be made available to the public on various time bases.

Information on ambient concentrations of air pollutants must routinely be made available to the public as well as to appropriate organisations such as environmental organisations, consumer organisations, organisations representing the interests of sensitive populations and other relevant health-care bodies by means, for example, of broadcast media, press, information screens or computer-network services, teletext, telephone or fax.

The first Daughter Directive 1999/30/EC

Information on ambient concentrations of sulphur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide and particulate matter should be updated on at least a daily basis, and, in the case of hourly values for sulphur dioxide and nitrogen dioxide, wherever practicable, information shall be updated on an hourly basis.

Information on ambient concentrations of lead should be updated on a three-monthly basis.

The second EU Daughter Directive 2000/69/EC

Information on ambient concentrations of benzene, as an average value over the last 12 months, should be updated on at least a three-monthly basis and wherever practicable, information should be updated on a monthly basis.

Information on ambient concentrations of carbon monoxide, as a maximum running average over eight hours, should be updated on at least a daily basis and wherever practicable, information should be updated on an hourly basis.

Public information should, at least, indicate any exceedances of the concentrations stated in the limit values over the averaging periods and also provide a short assessment in relation to limit values and appropriate information regarding effects on health.

The third EU Daughter Directive 2002/03/EC

Information on ozone levels should be updated on - at least a daily basis and, wherever appropriate and practicable, on an hourly basis.

Such information should at least indicate all exceedances of the concentrations in the long-term objective for the protection of health, the information threshold and the alert threshold for the relevant averaging period. It should also provide a short assessment in relation to effects on health.

Information requirements when Limit or Alert Values are exceeded

In the cases when the exceedance of limit value has occurred, the information of the exceedance must be available for the public as soon as possible. This information should include the time when the exceedance occurred, the concentration level compared to the limit value and the pollutant’s potential health effects.

People must be informed as immediate as possible when exceedance of the alert or information threshold for nitrogen dioxide, PM10 and sulphur dioxide values occurs. This information should at least include:

· the date, hour and place of the occurrence and the reasons for the occurrence, where known;

· any forecasts of changes in concentrations (improvement, stabilisation, or deterioration), together with the reasons for those changes;

· the geographical area concerned;

· the duration of the occurrence;

· the type of population potentially sensitive to the occurrence;

· the precautions to be taken by the sensitive population concerned.

In this case, when fast information is important, radio, television or the press or other fast means of spreading information must be used.


4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

The best way of spreading the information is to use local radios and local newspapers. Other useful tools are information screens or computer-network services located in the city centres. Internet is also a very useful tool to spread the information on air quality.


5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Information for the Public in Bristol

PM10 Real-time data information for the Veneto reregion urban areas


Further Examples:

Short term air quality forecasting in Oslo
PM10 AND O3 Forecast bulletins for the Veneto Region (I)

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Council Directive 1999/30/EC of 22 April 1999 relating to limit values for sulphur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide and oxides of nitrogen, particulate matter and lead in ambient air (Official Journal L 163, 29/06/1999 P. 0041 – 0060, http://europa.eu.int/smartapi/cgi/sga_doc?smartapi!celexapi!prod!CELEXnumdoc&lg=EN&numdoc=31999L0030&model=guichett)

· Directive 2000/69/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 November 2000 relating to limit values for benzene and carbon monoxide in ambient air (Official Journal L 313, 13/12/2000 P. 0012 – 0021, http://europa.eu.int/smartapi/cgi/sga_doc?smartapi!celexapi!prod!CELEXnumdoc&lg=EN&numdoc=32000L0069&model=guichett)

· Directive 2002/3/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 February 2002 relating to ozone in ambient air (Official Journal L 067, 09/03/2002 P. 0014 – 0030, http://europa.eu.int/smartapi/cgi/sga_doc?smartapi!celexapi!prod!CELEXnumdoc&lg=EN&numdoc=32002L0003&model=guichett


Last Updated


 

21st January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Information for the Public in Bristol

Example

   

Bristol has been monitoring air quality for many years and one of the more difficult aspects is to provide information to the public in a clear and non-technical way, but without being misleading. This has been important in the past because, before assessing air quality became a statutory requirement in the UK, Bristol was one of the few cities in the country which monitored on a regular basis. The media, especially the local papers, assumed that Bristol had an air quality problem greater than any other British city simply because there was local information available. Since the rest of the UK has had to go through the Review and Assessment processes for air quality, it can clearly be demonstrated that the air quality problem is typical for a city of its size.

Before the statutory process Bristol produced annual air quality reports. These had limited circulation and became quite technical documents designed for the more academic reader. The R & A process has resulted in more technical document written for the UK Government which has, to some extent, replaced the annual air quality reports.

A simpler description of local air quality appears in the regular Indicators of Quality of Life report which describes a variety of indicators including environmental ones such as air quality. This document has a wide circulation both to academics, researchers and members of the public. A pdf version of this document can be found at www.bristol-city.gov.uk/qualityoflife.

Internet

The availability of the internet has allowed much more information to become available to more people in the city and beyond. Bristol City Council air quality pages can be seen at www.bristol-city.gov.uk/airquality and included information on what pollutants are monitored, how and where they are monitored. There is also information on the Air Quality Management process and Although it is hoped that real time air quality information will be available on the web site from the continuous analyser network across the city, restriction from the IT department has not made this possible. For this reason graphs are produced each month for the different monitoring sites and these are posted.

Most of Bristol rarely exceeds the hourly limit of 150ppb(286 µg/m3) for nitrogen dioxide and so, using the UK Government’s banding scheme, the air quality is usually in the “LOW” category. However, monitoring and modelling has shown that the annual average of 21ppb (40µg/m3) is exceeded in a large part of the city centre and major roads. For this reason the monthly graphs for NO2 do not have the bandings of Low, Moderate, High and Very High on them, but instead have a line showing the average for that month plus a line for the annual limit. If the monthly average line is above the annual limit line and unhappy face is displayed. If the monthly average line is below the annual average line then a happy face is displayed.

In addition to the sites monitoring NO2, there are also graphs for PM10, temperature and a wind rose showing wind speed and direction for the month.

All of these graphs are automatically generated from and Excel spreadsheet when the latest data are imported from the data collection system.

Consultation

As part of the Review and Assessment process it was necessary to consult the public on the proposal for declaring an Air Quality Management Area (AQMA). At the beginning of the process a leaflet was produced which was delivered to every address in the city. It explained what the City Council was doing in the R & A process and the possible need for and AQMA. When extensive monitoring and modelling had been completed a proposed AQMA was drawn on a map. This was put in a second leaflet and distributed to every address that was within the proposed area.

Variable Message Signs

http://www.eltis.org/

In 1996 Bristol City Council was involved in a European Project called ELGAR - Environment Led Guidance And Restraint

The overall objective of the ELGAR project was to test a variety of transport strategies to encourage motorists to switch to using public transport, leading to lower, more acceptable levels of environmental pollution.

The project focused on the A4 Bath Road corridor where a variety of transport measures were introduced in three phases:

  1. Conscience measure - Variable message signs (VMS) advising drivers when air quality in Bristol is poor. Sited to encourage drivers to use a bus based Park and Ride site.
  2. Attraction measures - Systems to improve the attractiveness of public transport including bus priority at key junctions, real time information at bus stops and car journey times on VMS.
  3. Restraint measure - A trial of an environmentally sensitive Road User Charging scheme.

The ELGAR project was funded by the European Commission as a part of the CONCERT project. It involved 8 European partners.

The results of the project showed that providing air quality information and public transport promotion can play a role in encouraging modal shift during times of poor air quality. However, the main problem encountered was that the hourly concentrations of the monitored pollutants do not normally exceed the threshold which puts it into the moderate or high bandings so during the life of the project the short-term air quality was rarely bad enough for the signs to be activated and for there to be a change in driver behaviour. There was also a problem with timing. When data were polled from the continuous analysers, the hourly average was calculated at the end of each hour. There would then be a delay before the information was sent to the control system for the Variable Message Signs. If there was going to be an air quality problem in the city centre caused by morning rush hour traffic then the rush hour would be nearly over before the correct information was at the VMS control centre.

Other parts of the project were more conclusive. These included introducing bus priority improved bus journey times in the morning peak period. The ability to compare bus and car journey times was felt by participants to be the best awareness raising measure.

The Road User Charging trial showed that a reduction in daily car trips can be realised by charging for road use when good quality public transport alternatives are available.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  PM10 Real-time data information for the Veneto reregion urban areas

Example

   

Introduction

Following the Agreement Protocol signature between the Councillors of the seven Veneto provincial capital cities (Belluno, Padua, Rovigo, Treviso, Venice, Verona, Vicenza) to control PM10 daily exceedances, (the so-called “Padua Charter”, see Example Traffic restrictions in Veneto Region Urban Areas), the Regional Agency for the Protection of the Environment (ARPAV) has implemented a specific information system on PM10, structured in a series of services, usable through its web site: http://www.arpa.veneto.it/. This service answers almost completely what has been prescribed by the EU Directives in terms of public information on air quality.

PM10 information services

In the Veneto region territory, PM10 levels are constantly measured by ARPAV monitoring stations.

Their concentrations are surveyed through automatic and manual devices on a daily basis (according to the National Decree n. 60/2002 and in conformity to EC Daughter Directives). Most of PM10 monitoring devices are manual instruments; in those cases PM10 measurements are based on the gravimetric reference method. This method foresees a weighing operation of filters where the PM10 size fraction has previously accumulated. The PM10 concentration value is derived by change in mass of the exposed filter. Filters need to be maintained at controlled temperature and humidity conditions before sampling (20 ± 1°C and 50 ± 3% for 48 hours) and again immediately before the weighing operations: these operations imply that data are obtained with a delay of some days. As alternative to this manual method, automatic methods with equivalence certificate can be used.

During 2004, automatic samplers/analysers for PM10 have entered into functioning in the seven provincial capital cities of the Veneto region. They have been bought by ARPAV, thanks to EC financial support (the DOCUP Programme ”Monitoring, Information and Environmental education”). They are based on the beta attenuation method (OPSIS and Environnement instruments).

In the map below, see PM10 manual monitors (in green colour) and automatic monitors (in red colour). The activation state of automatic monitors and positioning of manual monitor is under updating; in the map the situation is referred to the beginning of the year 2004 (see Figure 1).

Figure 1 – Manual (green) and Automatic (red) PM10 monitors in the Veneto Region urban areas (update January 2004).

Real time data refer to automatic stations, for which the last data reported (24 h average) has not validated yet.

In case of Venezia – Mestre urban area, data are available not only from a daily automatic analyser, but also every 2 hours (see Figures 2 and 3).

Provincial graphs (Figure 2) show, in detail, what is the trend in the last 10 days.

Figure 2 – Venice PM10 real-time 24h data

Figure 3 – Venice PM10 real-time 2h data

The legenda (see Figure 4) include three quality assessment classes:

- Good: PM10 < 50 µg/m3

- Poor : 50 < PM10 < 100 µg/m3

- Bad: PM10 > 100 µg/m3

Figure 4 – PM10 real time data legenda

Validated data referred to automatic and manual devices can be seen in the scheme: “Air Quality- Recapitulation of PM10 exceedances” (see Figure 6), where the warning on increasing number of daily limit value exceedances is given (reference: 35 exceedances of 24h limit value 50 µg/m3).

Figure 5Venice validated air quality data

Figure 6 – Summary on PM10 24h limit value exceedances in the 7 capital cities of the Veneto region

The regional graph (see Figure 7) shows the last updating of PM10 levels in the seven capital cities.

Lacking data refer to cities where automatic stations are under testing and activation; it is possible to visualize the last validated value in “Air Quality – Validated Data”.

In cities where two PM10 monitoring stations are active, both values are reported (A and B).

Figure 7 – Regional PM10 graph

(BL = Belluno, PD = Padua, RO = Rovigo, TV = Treviso, VE = Venice, VR = Verona, VI = Vicenza)

Information provided by ARPAV, through its web site, concern also other relevant air pollutants: NO2, SO2, CO, O3, benzene, benzo(a)pyrene.

For some of them (NO2, CO, O3 and PM10, as mentioned before) a real-time information is given: see the link http://www.arpa.veneto.it/, “Aria”, “Qualità dell’aria” and “Inquinanti in Diretta”).

For all of them a summary on the information requested by EU Directives (exceedence of Limit Values) is also made available to the public (see “Aria” then “Qualità dell’aria”, then “Dati validati”).

Acknowledgments

This text has been kindly made available from ARPAV web site http://www.arpa.veneto.it/.

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  What must be reported to the European Commission under the air quality directives?

2. Introduction

   

The Air Quality Directives specify various reporting requirements. The directives address the national level, but in many Member States this responsibility is partly passed through to the region and local level. There are regular reports to be sent about the air quality and about measures to improve air quality. A purpose of the reports is that Member States learn from each other, and so it is the policy of the Commission to publish the results of the reports.

3. Discussion

   

The Framework Directive sets the most important reporting requirements (Article 11). The two most relevant reports are:

  • Annual reporting on air quality in the previous year, based on monitoring, possibly also on modelling. This report, to be sent to the Commission before 1 October, has been specified in more detail in Council Decision 2002/839/EC, which describes a detailed questionnaire to be filled in. A guideline explains this report further. Each Member State has its own internal system for collecting the data. Under the ozone directive, there are during also reporting requirements after each summer month and each summer on threshold exceedances (See example report in the web links section below). The role of cities varies between Member States: in some countries this is in practice entirely done at the national level, in other countries regions and cities have to provide air quality monitoring data and possibly modelling results to the national level, following instructions from the Ministry.
  • Reporting of “plans or programmes” to reduce air pollution. Reduction plans have to be developed within two years for all locations where the air pollution levels are so high that exceedance is to be expected by the time that the limit value has to be met (2005 or 2010, depending on the pollutant). The Commission has developed a summary format for the report to be sent to the Commission, which describes the exceedance situation and the reduction plan, and a working group has written a short guidance. In practice, cities will often have responsibility for developing such plans. It depends on the country whether cities have to draft the summary for the Commission themselves (following instructions from the Ministry) or whether the national level takes care of this.

For both reports the Commission plans to publish summary reports.

Apart from these reports, the Member States have to report annually the raw data of air quality measurements under the “Exchange of Information Decision”. These are processed by the European Environmental Agency, stored in the database AirBase, which can be accessed by anyone through the internet. Usually cities are not involved in this.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

The wealth of data reported under the EU Air Quality legislation can be useful for local authorities for comparing their own situation with that of other similar places in Europe. Such information on air quality can be found in AirBase and shortly on the Commission’s website; an overview of (local) reduction plans in Europe is to be expected around the end of 2004.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Reporting questionnaire on the First Daughter Directive: http://europa.eu.int/eur-lex/pri/en/oj/dat/2002/l_012/l_01220020115en00700089.pdf

· AirBase: http://air-climate.eionet.eu.int/databases/airbase.html

· Air quality website of the European Commission: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/index.htm

· Air pollution by ozone in Europe in summer 2003 - Overview of exceedances of EC ozone threshold values during the summer season April–August 2003 and comparisons with previous years: http://reports.eea.eu.int/topic_report_2003_3/en

Last Updated


 

21st January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Air Quality Monitoring Methods

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
How to design Urban monitoring networks, and what methods to use ?
 
Example of monitoring networks in Bristol
An Urban Monitoring Network in Birmingham, UK
The Veneto Region air quality monitoring network optimisation project
Biological monitoring of air quality: Example used in the surroundings of the Porto Marghera industrial area (Venice, I)
Monitoring locations in Turku region
Study of atmospheric depositions in the surroundings of the porto Margera industrial area (Venice, I) and in corresponence with some biomonitoring stations.
How to locate monitoring stations?
 
Example of monitoring networks in Bristol
An Urban Monitoring Network in Birmingham, UK
The Veneto Region air quality monitoring network optimisation project
Biological monitoring of air quality: Example used in the surroundings of the Porto Marghera industrial area (Venice, I)
The Influence of Sampling Height to concentration of air pollutants
Monitoring locations in Turku region
Study of atmospheric depositions in the surroundings of the porto Margera industrial area (Venice, I) and in corresponence with some biomonitoring stations.
How to measure SO2, NO2, ozone, CO and lead?
 
SO2, NO2, O3 AND LEAD (Pb) Monitoring in the Venice-Mestre Air Quality Network
How to measure PM10?
 
How to monitor heavy metals ?
 
How to measure benzene?
 
How to monitor Benzene Emissions of VOCs from petrol stations - a review; 1995 to 2003.
The MacBeth Project: Passive Samplers Measurements of Benzene Levels in the City of Padua (I)
How to measure PAH?
 
PAH Monitoring in Venice-Mestre Urban Area
How to secure the quality of the monitoring data? Quality assurance (QA) and Quality Control (QC) systems and procedures.
 
AQ Data Quality Requirements, Bristol case
The Quality Assurance in Air Quality Monitoring in the Turku Region
QA/QC procedures used by NILU

Overview of Issue

  Overview to appear here

Last Updated


 

30th November 1999

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How to design Urban monitoring networks, and what methods to use ?

2. Introduction

   

According to the Air Quality Directives of the European Commission, it is a requirement that air quality monitoring networks are established in urban areas in Europe where the pollutant concentrations are higher that certain levels (see the Topic How to do Urban AQ assessments? Overview of structure and methods, NILU/Venice). All agglomerations with more that 250,000 inhabitants have to have such a network, while for smaller cities, the national authorities decide which of them should have monitoring networks. In terms of the requirements of the Directives, the number and selection of cities to be monitored is determined by the actual partitioning of the MS area into zones (see topic, as above).

The Directives include some specific requirements on the extent of the monitoring system, such as number of monitoring stations, types of locations to be monitored and methods. These requirements are not detailed enough to serve as a sufficient guide for local authorities to design a monitoring system which gives the most value for the available resources (funds, skilled manpower, time), in terms of fulfilling the requirements of the Directives as well as additional local needs.

The topic of design of urban monitoring networks has been treated in various studies and reports, to be summarised and referenced below.

3. Discussion

   

There are no generally valid rules for network design. It is determined mainly by the overall monitoring objectives and resource availability. Although monitoring systems can have just a single, specific objective, it is more common for them to have a broad range of targeted programme functions. No network design can hope to completely address all the possible monitoring objectives listed below:

Monitoring Objectives

Determining compliance with national or EU limit values/standards

· Determining population exposure and health impact assessment;

· Informing the public about air quality and raising awareness;

· Identifying threats to natural ecosystems;

· Providing objective inputs to air quality management, traffic and land-use planning;

· Source apportionment and identification;

· Policy development and prioritization of management actions;

· Development/validation of management tools (models, Geographical Information Systems etc.);

· Assessing point or area source impacts and

· Trend qualification, to identify future problems or progress against management/control targets.

Network design

The design of the air quality monitoring network basically involves determining the number of stations and their location, and monitoring methods, with a view to the objectives, costs and available resources. (See Larssen, 1998 in the Further reading list).

There are two main basic approaches to determine the number of stations and locations: to locate stations in a regular geometric grid covering the city. The grid size thus determines the number of stations and to locate stations at sites considered to be representative for more defined local environments, exposure situations or source activities, such as urban background. While the first approach was used earlier, e.g. in Germany, the latter approach is now in more general use, and also the one prescribed by the Directives.

The typical approach to network design, appropriate over city-wide or national scale, thus involves sitting monitoring stations or sampling points at carefully selected representative locations, chosen on the basis of required data and known emission/dispersion patterns of the pollutants under study. This approach to network design requires considerably fewer sites than grid strategies and is, in consequence, cheaper to implement. However, sites must be carefully selected if measured data are to be useful. Moreover, modelling and other objective assessment techniques may need to be utilized to ‘’fill in the gaps’’ in any such monitoring strategy.

Another consideration in the basic approach to network design is the scale of the air pollution problem:

· The air pollution is of predominantly local origin. The network is then concentrated to within the urban area. Example: CO and benzene.

· There is a significant regional contribution to the problem. More emphasis then on the regional part. Example: ozone, PM.

· Large scale phenomena, such as winter smog episodes in NW Europe, or photochemical pollution episodes in the Mediterranean. Even more emphasis on the regional part of the network.

The number of sites depends of course upon the size and topography of the urban area, the complexity of the source mix and again upon the monitoring objectives. The Directives specify a minimum number of stations to be established dependent upon the population, and it also indicates what types of areas should be monitored (representing average as well as hot-spot exposure situations).

Some time should be invested into determining the number and location, to ensure that the network, which will normally be established to be operated over a long period (many years), will serve its purpose most effectively. A basic procedure of several steps should be followed:

· Start with a map showing main pollution related features such as urban central district, residential areas, areas of dense traffic, the main road network, large industrial plants and areas;

· Use a (preliminary) emissions inventory as a support to find the most polluted areas;

· Carry out preliminary dispersion modelling to identify polluted areas;

· Carry out surveys using inexpensive methods, such as passive samplers;

· Consider that different pollutants have different spatial scales of variability (e.g. CO concentrated near streets; NO2 ozone and PM more evenly distributed).

The further process of location and number is subjective. Some guidance is given e.g. in the Guidance on Assessment under the EU Air Quality Directives report, and in the UK Technical Guidance Documents (see Further reading list below).

The site classification scheme used by the Commission is a guide that should be used in the network design, so that any stations can be classed according to that scheme, and such that the network covers as many as possible of the station classes:

· Level 1: Type of station: traffic, industrial, background;

· Level 2: Type of area: urban, suburban, rural.

(See the EC Exchange of Information (EoI) Decision: Council Decision 97/101/EC, and amendment: Commision Decision 2001/752/EC ).

Some countries have developed station classification schemes of their own, following the same basic principles as above, but deviating somewhat, e.g. UK and France (see examples and links in the further reading section below).

Each station should be described in terms of meta data, which includes data such as coordinates, type, specific location area of representativeness, additional data such as traffic data, etc. (see also EoI as above, and its guidance document: Guidance report on the Annexes to Decision 97/101/EC ).

Monitoring involves assessing pollutant behaviour in both space and time. A good network design should therefore seek to optimise both spatial and temporal coverage, within available resource constraints.

The first target is to maximizing spatial coverage and obtaining representative measurements. Once priority pollutants are selected, the sampling methods must be capable of a time resolution consistent with the pollutant averaging times specified in guidelines.

The compounds to be measured and the reference methods used are prescribed by the Directives.

An air quality monitoring network must, in addition to the air pollution monitoring part, also comprise a meteorology (dispersion parameter) monitoring part.

The meteorological data are needed for at least two reasons:

· For the interpretation of the temporal and spatial variation of the data from the air quality monitoring, there is an obvious need for meteorological data: wind speed and direction; parameters describing atmospheric turbulence and stability, such as temperature profiles (measurements at two or more heights), or direct turbulence measurements; mixing height; and ground air temperature.

· The meteorological data should provide hourly spatial fields of the meteorological/dispersion parameters, either by interpolation, or using a wind-field model. The calculation of dispersion parameters from the meteorological parameter measurements to be used in the dispersion models, usually require the use of a meteorological pre-processor.

Methods

Continuously operating automatic analysers may be used to assess compliance with short- or long-term guidelines. Well-recognised semi-automatic methods such as acidimetric SO2 samplers, will be perfectly adequate for measurement against daily standards or criteria. For automatic analysers or samplers to reliably measure ambient pollutant concentrations, it is essential that these pollutants are transferred unchanged to the instrument reaction cell. The sampling manifold is a crucial and often overlooked component of any monitoring system, which strongly influences the overall accuracy and credibility of all the measurements made.

Integrating measurement methods such as passive samplers, although fundamentally limited in their time resolution, are useful for the assessment of long-term exposure, as well as being invaluable for a variety of area-screening, mapping and network design functions. Problems can arise, however, when using manual sampling methods in an intermittent, mobile or random deployment strategy. Such an approach is usually adopted for operational or instrumentation reasons, or simply because it would not be possible to analyse the sample numbers or data produced by continuous operation. Intermittent sampling is still widely used world-wide. However, this sampling strategy may be of limited utility in assessing diurnal, seasonal or annual pollutant patterns or, indeed, for a reliable assessment of population exposure patterns.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

The design of air quality monitoring networks for urban areas is a demanding task, which will benefit from drawing on experiences gathered by those who have carried out such a process. It is recommended that you prepare for the design task by going through the reading material indicated below, as well as examples provided.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Example of monitoring networks in Bristol

An Urban Monitoring Network in Birmingham, UK

The Veneto Region air quality monitoring network optimisation project

Biological monitoring of air quality: Example used in the surroundings of the Porto Marghera industrial area (Venice, I)

Further Examples:

Monitoring locations in Turku region
Study of atmospheric depositions in the surroundings of the porto Margera industrial area (Venice, I) and in corresponence with some biomonitoring stations.

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Central page on EC Directives and guidance documents: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/ambient.htm

· Larssen, 1998: Monitoring networks and Air Quality Management Systems. In: Fenger, Hertel and Palmgren (eds.): Urban Air Pollution – European Aspects. Dordrecht, 1998 (Kluwer Academic Publishers).

· Technical guidance documents: http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/airquality/laqm/guidance/pdf/laqm-tg03.pdf

· Urban air quality management strategy in Asia - guidebook (World Bank Publication) http://www-wds.worldbank.org/servlet/WDSServlet?pcont=details&eid=000009265_3980312111305

· Technical report No 11, Guidance report on preliminary assessment under EC Air Quality Directives: http://reports.eea.eu.int/TEC11a/en/tab_content_RLR

· The Monitoring Technologies and Models in Urban Air Quality Management: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/amtic/files/ambient/criteria/ref1003.pdf

· French “Classification and criteria for setting up air-quality monitoring stations”: the web site link will be provided soon.

· The UK National Air Quality Information Archive: “Definition of monitoring site classes”: http://www.airquality.co.uk/archive/siteclass.php


Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Example of monitoring networks in Bristol

Example

   

Bristol has been monitoring air quality since the 1960’s. Originally the emphasis was on monitoring the emissions from the industrial area at Avonmouth at the coast. In the last decade, there has been a change to concentrating more on the urban environment where the main source of pollution is from motorised transport. This change has led to differing types of technology and monitoring sites.

Technology

Frisbee dust collector

The simplest type of sampler used is a dust deposit sampler constructed from inverted aluminium Frisbees. The aerodynamic shape is important, as any particulate matter deposited in the Frisbee is not blown out again by the wind. Water or rain washes the dust into a tube in the centre and into a bottle. The sample is then analysed in the laboratory for heavy metals.

8 – port smoke and sulphur dioxide

This comparatively old technology is still used in some sites but is less important than continuous analysers. The apparatus consists of 8 filters and 8 Dreschel bottles containing a solution of hydrogen peroxide. A timer transfers the sampled air through each filter and then each bottle for every day of the week.

The darkness of the filter is an indicator of the amount of black smoke in the atmosphere and the solution is titrated to determine the soluble acidity in the air which can be used to calculate the concentration of sulphur dioxide.

Nitrogen dioxide diffusion tube

This is an acrylic tube approximately 7 cm long with a cap at one end that contains a small metal mesh impregnated with triethanolomine. This chemical is very good at absorbing nitrogen dioxide from the air. The tube is exposed for a two-week period and then analysed in the laboratory.

The advantage of this technique is that it is cheap enough to have many tubes across the city building up long-term trends and spatial variations.

Airborne heavy metal sampler (M-Type)

A pump draws air though a membrane filter which collects particulate matter. The filter is exposed for two weeks and then is analysed for heavy metals by atomic absorption spectroscopy.

Continuous analysers

These analysers run continuously at a number of sites monitoring oxides of nitrogen (NOx), carbon monoxide (CO), sulphur dioxide (SO2), ozone (O3) and particulate matter (PM10). Real time information is stored on a data logger. Most of the sites have a modem which enable the data to be downloaded to a central computer. These analysers are regularly calibrated using gas of a known concentration.

Meteorology

Bristol has four stationary sites with meteorological equipment. All measure wind speed and wind direction and two also measure temperature.

Survey types

Frisbee deposited dust monitoring

There is a network of twelve Frisbee collectors around the industrial area of Avonmouth extending south through Avonmouth dock and across the river Avon to Royal Portbury dock. These sites have been permanent for over thirteen years.

Diffusion tubes

There are over 200 NO2 diffusion tubes around the city in different types of location both roadside and background. Two surveys have been running for over ten years using diffusion tubes. 21 sites around the city are located at roadside locations, usually attached to street lighting columns. The other long running survey has 35 sites in background locations, one in each ward or political area of the city.

Although NO2 diffusion tubes are not as accurate as real time analysers the long-term survey has provided a good indication of the long-term trends of NO2 over the last 13 years.

Diffusion tubes are also used for short-term surveys ranging between a few weeks to a year. Because they are not expensive several can be distributed in a small area or along an individual road. It is then possible to pick up the variations in average concentrations on either side of a busy road where, for example, the nitrogen dioxide monitored is found to be higher on the side of a road where traffic is going slowly up a hill compared with the other side where traffic is going down the hill with fewer emissions. Survey like these have been done to evaluate the effect of the change in a road design.

Experiments have also been conducted to determine the variations in a canyon street where diffusion tubes were located at different heights up the side of a building.

When planning applications are made by developers, they are often required to do some air quality monitoring if there is no information about the location available. Diffusion tubes are usually used in this case for a short-term survey as these can be compared with the other permanent sites.

Continuous analysers

Currently Bristol has 8 sites with continuous analysers within the city boundary and 4 sites in neighbouring authorities for work, which has been commissioned by industrial companies.

Over the years a number of different sites have been used for locating continuous analysers. If a suitable building was available then it was often quite easy to have the analyser in the building with a sample inlet tube passed out of a window or a hole in the wall. Electricity was easy to supply and a fixed telephone line for the modem could be easily installed.

Over the past decade there has been a requirement to locate analysers at roadside locations or “hot-spots” where there is no suitable building. Bristol has used roadside cabinets made from glass reinforced plastic which can hold two or three analysers. The cabinet has it’s own air conditioning unit as the heat from the pumps within the small box needs to be reduced. Getting permission to install a cabinet by the roadside and then get an electricity supply and a telephone line installed can take a long time. It has not been unusual for it to take over a year to get a site like this operating.

More recently the introduction of GSM modems, which work over a mobile phone network, has made it easier to locate roadside cabinets.

As part of the review and assessment process for air quality which Local Authorities in the UK are required to do, sites have been found which reflect the urban background to assess exposure. These are generally located away from the road side and closer to a building front as this is more representative of where people live and work.

Bristol has had a national monitoring site controlled by the Government in Bristol for 10 years. This site is located in an urban background location in the city centre. Bristol City Council officers are the local site operators for the calibration of the analysers. There is a City Council owned roadside site, which is affiliated to the national network. The data from both of these sites are collected by Cassella-Stanger on behalf of the Government and the results can be seen on the national archive at www.airquality.co.uk.

Some continues monitoring sites are located for different reasons. Bristol has an ozone analyser located in a park land area to the north of the city as this is more representative of the surrounding countryside where ozone concentrations are likely to be higher. This is because when oxides of nitrogen and other pollutants are moving away from the urban environment the photochemistry will produce more ozone than in the city centre.

Some analysers have been located down wind of some major industrial sources. If the pollution to be monitored is coming from a point source it is unlikely that a plumb will be detected all of the time. The best that can be done is to find a site which is downwind of the prevailing wind most of the time.

Further information

www.bristol-city.gov.uk/airquality

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  An Urban Monitoring Network in Birmingham, UK

Example

   

The Current Network

Mobile Station

Birmingham centre

Birmingham East

Hodge Hill

Roadside 1 (Soho Road A41)

Roadside 2 (Stratford Rd A34)

Birmingham West

Dates

1987 - present

1992 - present

1993 - present

1994 - present

1996 - present

1996 - present

1997 - 2000

Type

Various

City Centre

Urban Background

Urban Background with heavy industry and motorway

Roadside

Roadside

Urban Background with heavy industry

NOx

(chemiluminescence)

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

CO

(Infra red)

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

SO2

(UV fluorescence)

x

x

x

x

x

PM10 (TEOM)

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

PM10 (Gravimetric)

x

PM2.5

(TEOM)

x

x

Ozone

(UV absorption)

x

x

x

x

Benzene

(absorption tube + gas chromatography)

x

Operation of the Network

Each monitoring station is equipped with a telephone connection (either landline or mobile). This enables data to be collected from the station remotely. This allows any unexpected data to be investigated quickly. The instruments at each station are calibrated once every 2 weeks in line with UK national practice.

Development of The Network

The current network was started in 1987 with a single mobile station. This was used to investigate specific problems, mostly associated with industry. In 1992, 1993 and 1994 permanent sites were added. These were placed in locations that had formerly been used for measuring SO2, black smoke, lead and CO via traditional methods for many years previously. The sites chosen were designed to give; a typical city centre level; a typical urban background; and an urban background close to heavy industry and a motorway.

Later sites focussed more upon road traffic, which has become the most significant source of pollution in the city. These were placed next to two major roads with the highest traffic flows and which also suffered from severe congestion.

All stations are placed in areas where people are living.

The aim has been to maintain continuous data from key representative sites over long periods. This means that newer developments to the network can be compared to long-term data from these sites.

Pollutants that are known to be close to limits are monitored at the greatest number of sites, for example NO2. Pollutants that are unlikely to exceed limits, such as benzene, are monitored at only on ‘worst case’ site. The monitoring network includes elements of research, such as the co-location of gravimetric and TEOM analysers for PM10 at one site, and the co-location of PM10 and PM2.5 at 2 sites. The reason for this is that particle limits are likely to be a major issue for the city in coming years. It is therefore useful to build up long-term data in advance to assist in understanding this issue.

NO2 Diffusion Tubes

In addition to the monitoring stations the network includes the use of NO2 diffusion tubes. These are used to monitor NO2 levels at 76 sites in 18 areas of the city. These are placed at busy roadside sites, with some tubes being co-located with monitoring stations to allow data to be verified. The NO2 diffusion tube sites are all operated for at least 1 year in order to obtain reliable data. The programme of sites is varied periodically to allow all busy roads to be checked. In this way the NO2 tube surveys act as a screening tool and widen the reach of the permanent monitoring stations.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  The Veneto Region air quality monitoring network optimisation project

Example

   

Introduction

The Veneto Region air quality monitoring network optimization project has been planned by the Veneto Region Environmental Protection Agency (ARPAV) and is financed by the Regional Authority. It involves the main urban areas of the regional territory equipped with a urban air quality monitoring network, including the City of Venice-Mestre.

This project is aimed at responding to new demands on urban and extra-urban monitoring stations optimization, through a macro-scale and micro-scale location revision, spatial covering and reconsideration of the list of monitored pollutants, as provided for by the EU Directives on air quality and the Exchange of Information Directive. Another methodological reference are the European Environmental Agency’s “Criteria for EUROAIRNET” guidelines (February 1999), where the implementation principles for the Air Quality Surveying European Network (EURO-AIR-NET) are enunciated.

The Veneto Region Project on air quality monitoring network optimization should furthermore allow for an amendment of the management costs, with a consequent improvement in the service quality.

The followed methodology for preliminary knowledge research for the project drafting has been characterized as follows:

- existing network situation check;

- regional territory characterization as for pressure and vulnerability;

- new network configuration proposal: determination of the deliverable services, their costs and some representativity indicators for the new network.

Regional air quality network: present situation

The present regional air quality monitoring network situation is based on the principles of the National Decree 20.05.1991 (“Air quality data collection criteria”), which has given the guidelines for the definition of an urban air quality monitoring network, by means of primary and secondary pollutants identification and classification of the number and type of stations where these measurements have to be carried out.

The stations classification, as for spatial location was the following:

- background or reference station (A type), where all primary and secondary pollutants and basic meteorological parameters are measured, as well as PM10, benzene and benzo(a)pyrene to be evaluated by means of manual analytical methodologies. Such stations have to be preferably located in areas not directly affected by urban emission sources (parks, pedestrian areas, etc.);

- high density residential areas located station (B type), where some primary and secondary pollutants are measured, with particular reference to NO2, HC, SO2, PM with Pb content and mass characterization;

- high traffic areas located station (C type), with reference to car vehicle pollutants (CO, VOC), on high exposure risk areas like high traffic and low ventilated roads. In this case, the concentration values are characterized by a representativity limited to the immediate surroundings close to the sampling point;

- suburban areas located station (D type) for the photochemical pollutant measurements (NO2, O3, PAN), especially during summer periods.

Meteorological data have to be collected too.

The number of stations of the various types indicated depends on residential density, residential settlement structures, different emission sources presence, meteorological conditions, geographic extension and inhabitants number. As a general criterion, three classes of urban centres linked to the inhabitants number, corresponding to the minimum number of monitoring stations were identified:

N. inhabitants

Type and number of AQM Stations

A

B

C

D

<500.000

1

2

2

1

>500.000 and <1.500.000

1

3

3

1

>1.500.000

2

4

4

2

In 1999 a regional air quality monitoring network study was carried out. Metadata have been collected (station type, geographic coordinates, zone type, etc.) and all regional stations micro-location verified. Main problems regarding the management of regional air quality network are:

- difficulty in sampling methods harmonization;

- excessive presence of urban centres measuring sites;

- costs to manage an huge number of stations;

- stations’ micro-location problems (limited representativity and non conformity with EU Directives);

- overall lack of coverage of the regional territory;

- sampling redundancy of some pollutants (SO2, TSP) and lack of some others (PM10, benzene, O3).

The Veneto Region air quality network is presently formed by 60 stations, 31 traffic stations and 29 background stations. Figure 1 illustrates the stations location in the region: some areas are completely “uncovered” (alpine belt, pre-alpine belt, Garda Lake and Eastern Veneto areas), while others, like Mestre, Padua, Verona and Vicenza urban areas show an excessive number of sampling sites.

The Veneto Region

Figure 1 - Veneto Region: existing Regional Air Quality Monitoring Network (RAQMN). In the circles areas not covered by monitoring stations.

Venice

Marghera

Mestre

Figure 2 - City of Venice: existing air quality monitoring stations (2004)

Venice urban area monitoring network

The monitoring network of the provincial Venetian territory presents a relevant number of stations, the majority of which are located in the City of Venice-Mestre territory (<500.000 inhabitants). During 1999 the City of Venice urban network and the Province of Venice provincial network were transferred under the Venice Provincial Department of the Veneto Region Environmental Protection and Prevention Agency (ARPAV) management. The present monitoring network structure follows the indications of DM 20.05.1991 (”Air quality data collection criteria”). In its configuration the ARPAV managed network is composed of 15 stable stations and 2 mobile laboratories (see Figure 2). The stations are classified according to the territorial range: urban stations and suburban belt stations.

Ten ARPAV stable stations used for atmospheric pollution sampling are located in Venice – Mestre – Marghera urban area; the rest of them are located in Mira, Mirano, Spinea, Chioggia, Martellago e San Donà di Piave municipalities.

The City of Venice atmospheric pollution control network stations managed by ARPAV are classified as follows:

- 2 A type stations: the Parco Bissuola station is located in a Mestre green area; the Via Bottenigo station is located in an area of Marghera not directly affected by significant emission sources and is equipped for industrial pollution sampling;

- 3 B type stations: for densely populated areas (Venice: Sacca Fisola; Mestre: viale San Marco; via A. Da Mestre);

- 3 C type stations: stations for car traffic pollution located along high traffic roads (Mestre: Corso del Popolo, via Circonvallazione; Marghera: via Fratelli Bandiera);

- 1 D type station, for photochemical and secondary pollutants sampling (Maerne di Martellago).

There is, moreover:

- 1 industrial pollution station (Malcontenta, defined as I type).

The stable network is integrated by 2 mobile laboratories, used for point sampling research decided by ARPAV, or required by Local Authorities, Associations, etc., for the local situation pollution control that do not need a fixed station installation.

All data go to the ARPAV Monitoring Network Office, equipped with an electronic management and elaboration database, formed by peripheral units managed by a central unit, with a special software able to simplify validation and check operations of data coming from air quality monitoring stations and mobile laboratories.

The evaluation of the network updating according to the requirements of the regional optimization project is presently under way.

Regional territory characterization in terms of pressures and vulnerability

To carry out the formulation of a monitoring network optimal hypothesis we have been through a serious regional territory study. In particular the territory has been characterized from the pressures and vulnerability point of view (see Figure 3).

The main receptors of bad air quality are:

- population (see Figure 4);

- protected areas, the ecosystems and agriculture (see Figure 5);

- artistic heritage.

Figure 3 - Veneto Region: main air pollution sources (industrial districts and network of roads)

Figure 4 - Veneto Region: population density (inh/km2)

Figure 5 - Veneto Region: protected natural areas and cultivar. Existing ozone monitoring sites

Figure 6 - Veneto Region: proposal for the new Regional Air Quality Monitoring Network (RAQMN) configuration

The Veneto Region is characterized by diffuse urbanization, distributed over the central part of the territory. The population living in the large urban centres with more than 200,000 inhabitants is a little more than 15%, while about 40% of the total population lives in centres with less than 10,000 inhabitants. It is really important, according to European legislation and European Environment Agency, that all monitoring stations are located so as to be representative of the entire population distribution.

In the present network configuration, on the contrary, the urban centres are over-monitored to the detriment of the population residing in other areas. The other important thing is the choice of measurement sites for protected areas and agriculture. Figure 5 shows the regional typical agriculture (vineyards, wheat and corn cultivation) together with the main protected areas description (regional and national parks, special protection areas).

To determine also these receptors’ exposure, it is necessary to have a number of background stations, besides those already existing, that are not located on representative spots. The most sensitive areas are actually devoid of monitoring stations, in spite of the elevated number of measurement sites. For example the Belluno area, rich in parks and particularly interesting mountainous areas (alpine lakes, moss and lichen vegetation) has only three stations, all located along significantly trafficked roads and therefore not right to determine secondary pollutants like ozone. Similarly the Polesine area and the Veneto Lagoon, two important ecosystems, are under-monitored.

Some kinds of cultivations (vineyards, wheat) and vegetation are ozone-sensitive a secondary and omnipresent pollutant, which is particular because it remains in the atmosphere and is propagated by winds and weather conditions also to areas very far from the polluting source. Following these considerations and the collected information, there are actually regional territory areas (pre-alps belt, Polesine, central area close to the Euganei and Berici Hills), where ozone accumulation is very likely.

These areas should be monitored with particular attention to ozone. The other receptor, continuously exposed to deterioration caused by atmospheric corrosive elements, is the architectural and artistic heritage (monuments, palaces, villas, churches, etc.).

Regional network new configuration proposal

The study has led to the drafting of a proposal on the Veneto Region air quality control network configuration, aimed to reach the described objectives (ecosystem, population and artistic heritage protection).

It has been based on the previous identification of vulnerable and background sites. Other informative elements have been derived from the Regional Air Quality Plan and from the structural funds of the EC Regulation n. 1260/1999.

Such configuration should be formed by 40 stations, where 7 are “Hot spot” stations, located on the main metropolitan areas and medium/small size representative centres, 30 are “Background” stations (18 classified as “Urban” and “Suburban” and 12 classified as “Rural near-city background"), and 3 are “Industrial” stations (classified as suburban areas). To these 40 stations, 10 mobile laboratories should anyway be added. These to be dedicated to systematic and regular monitoring all over the territory which is not covered by stable stations: the existing stations that will be kept are red , the new ones are blue, the stations belonging to the former EMEP-RIDEP network planned to be kept in the new configuration are light-blue (see Figure 6).

The suggested configuration, is the necessary and suitable stations’ network able to describe the local and regional atmospheric pollution dynamics, as provided for by National and European legislation. It should be subjected to Provincial and Municipal Authorities evaluation.

Apart from the rise in management and maintenance costs, there is nothing preventing the improvement of the number of measurement points if the Local Authorities should propose and support it.

Acknowledgements

Most of the text has been kindly made available from ARPAV - Regional Air Observatory (authors: Erika Baraldo, Alessandro Benassi, Francesca Liguori, Ketty Lorenzet, Giovanna Marson, Paulo Tieppo).

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Biological monitoring of air quality: Example used in the surroundings of the Porto Marghera industrial area (Venice, I)

Example

   

Introduction

The implementation of an experimental network of biosensors to monitor air quality in Porto Marghera has been established by two permit decrees (dated 19.1.1999 and 7.9.1999), issued by the Italian Industry Ministry, respectively for the thermoelectric plants located in this industrial area and managed by two energy production companies (Enel Production and Edison thermoelectric).

What is bio-monitoring

Biological monitoring, or bio-monitoring, uses the response(s) of sensitive species called indicators to assess changes in the environment. Natural phenomena, human activity or a combination of the two can cause these changes. Bio-monitoring is a valuable assessment tool that is receiving increased use in air quality monitoring programs.

It uses some vegetal species like air quality sensors (biosensors).

These species can be classified in function of their presence in the area to be monitored:

- passive biosensors: sensitive species present spontaneously in the interested territory;

- active biosensors: sensitive species introduced intentionally in the interested territory;

- bio-indicators: sensitive species that present specific symptoms (for example spots on leaves) or that modifies their biological community characteristics (biodiversity) depending on some air pollutant concentrations;

- bio-accumulators: sensitive species that accumulate substances transported by air (for example trace elements) within their tissues and on external surfaces.

Monitoring and results characteristics in the Venetian area

Monitoring has started in the 2000; for the year 2004 a little change in the points location within the network is foreseen.

Three types of passive biosensors have been used:

- lichens (used as bio-indicators),

- lichens (used as bio-accumulators),

- tree leaves (used as bio-accumulators),

together with two types of active biosensors:

- grass in pots (used as bio-accumulators),

- moss-bags (used as bio-accumulators).

These biosensors have been sampled and analysed to determine a number of chemical substances. Data have been used to calculate an air quality index linked to the complex of anthropogenic and natural sources of atmospheric emissions present in this territory. The network is made up of different sampling points, distributed on a regular basis, on a 400 km2 surface area, as underlined in Figure 1.

Figure 1 – Bio-monitoring network in Mestre - Marghera

Passive Biosensors

Number of monitoring stations

lichens as bio-indicators

67

lichens as bio-accumulators

32

tree leaves (limes) as bio-accumulators

65

Active Biosensors

grass in pots (Lolium sp.)

13

moss-bags

19

Table 1 - Number of monitoring stations (biosensors).

South of Mestre lichens biodiversity shows a decrease during the years, probably due to the presence of a higher concentration of nitrogen and sulphur oxides than the other interested areas. In any case, compared to 2000, south of Marghera there is an improved air quality situation.

As regards data on bioaccumulation in lime leaves, stations directly influenced by industrial and road traffic air pollution (light-duty and heavy-duty traffic) show Cr, Mn and V concentrations quite higher.

The investigation of active bio-accumulators (Lolium Sp. and moss bags) exposure cycles during the 3 year-experiment, has shown that the most interesting monitoring stations are located:

- inside and in the surroundings of Porto Marghera industrial area;

- in the sites more affected by road traffic emissions.

This situation confirms, in general, what has already been noticed through lichens. Furthermore, also these biosensors show Cr and Mn concentrations rather higher than the ones located in the industrial area.

As to biosensors, the group of stations sited in the South area do not present regular “attention situations” in time and it shows, in most cases, that trace elements concentration values are not particularly relevant.

High concentrations episodes seem referable to local emission sources, both for the distribution and the distance from industrial area.

Conclusions

The more populated areas (Porto Marghera industrial complex, the harbour and the main traffic arteries) differ much more, in terms of air quality, from the rest of the territory.

Bio-monitoring studies have been carried out in many cities in Europe and in Italy.

In the 90s, the Veneto Region has carried out on its territory a wide research on air quality, using on lichens as bio-indicators and bio-accumulators.

Anyway, data referred to 2002 underline an improvement compared to the past. That is why it is important to go on with these studies and to improve the information linking the bio-monitoring network with the atmospheric deposition one (the so-called “depobulk” system). These networks combine (but do not replace) the conventional air quality monitoring network established by the EC and national legislation.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How to locate monitoring stations?

2. Introduction

   

The location of the monitoring stations in an urban monitoring network is an important issue. There are two basic applications of urban air quality monitoring data which sets, to some extent different, requirements to the location of the stations:

· Assessment of air quality directly from the monitoring results, as a basis for evaluation of exposure and health (and other) effects and

· Use of the monitoring for evaluation of dispersion models.

In both cases, the proper locating of stations is important, following certain criteria.

Some requirements to monitoring station location are given in the EU AQ Daughter Directives. Specifications of types of monitoring stations, with some location criteria, are given as part of the EU Exchange of Information (EoI) Decision as well as in EEA EUROAIRNET Criteria report (see references and links below).

Locating monitoring stations is an integral part of the Design of urban air quality monitoring network, which is described in topic How to design Urban monitoring networks, and what methods to use ?.

3. Discussion

   

Stations used for direct assessment of urban air quality

The number and types of stations to be established in the urban area is part of the network design process (see topic: How to design Urban monitoring networks, and what methods to use ?).

It has then also been decided in which parts of the urban area the stations will be located. This part of the location process can be termed "macro-locating", a term also referred to in the Directives, with some guidance.

The actual detailed locating of the station within the given area is then termed "micro-locating".

Important considerations re. micro-locating:

· The location must be representative of a certain area around it, so its measurements won't be representing only the very small area where it is located. The EoI Guidance report as well as the Directives and the EUROAIRNET criteria report give guidance of the minimum requirements on area of representativeness.

· The location of the air intake (or probe) relative to nearly dominating sources. See EoI and the Directives for guidance and

· The intake (or probe) for air to be sampled by the instruments must be placed according to given criteria, so that the sampled air is not influenced unduly by very local effects (such as distance to walls, vegetation, etc.)

Problems with micro-locating typically arises regarding availability of space for a station cabin at the desired location, and availability of electric power, phone lines (not so important now as mobile phones can be used), security and easy access. Such problems may result in compromises between the ideal and possible locations to be chosen.

An important aspect of the representativeness of a station location, in addition to its representativeness area, is its representativeness for the exposure situations it is supposed to represent: How does the station represent similar areas of exposure in the city? A good assessment of the representativeness area would require special monitoring and modelling studies. The need for such studies must be evaluated in each case.

Stations used for evaluation of dispersion models

In addition to the above criteria and problems, the locating of stations for model testing has to fulfil the following criteria:

Its location must be representative of an area which corresponds to the spatial resolution of the dispersion model. For instance.

· For a grid model which gives a calculated value which represents the average of e.g. a 1 km2 area, the station must be located such that it also represents the average concentration of the km2 area around it, which corresponds with the actual location of the grid used in the model. The model also represents the concentration in a certain height, or rather, the average value (height wise) of a layer of air of a given height (e.g. the lowest 30 m of the atmosphere). The combination of the location and height of the air inlet for the instruments must also be chosen so as to represent a similar average value, height wise.

· For a subgrid model, e.g. a line source model which calculates the concentrations near streets/roads, the station location must reflect the situation which is represented by the model. Typically, such a model gives the concentrations for an idealised type of street/building configuration (e.g. continuous building facades of similar height, both sides, although Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) models exist which can calculate concentrations for more complex configurations) along the street section, away from influence from complicating effects near intersections. Typically, such stations should be located away from intersections in street sections with fairly homogeneous building topography.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

The detailed location of AQ monitoring stations is a process that follows the network design process (see the How to design Urban monitoring networks, and what methods to use ?). Prepare for the station location by studying the EoI guidance, the Directives and the EUROAIRNET texts. Look also at examples from other cities, which have been through the process to benefit from their experiences.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Monitoring locations in Turku region

The Influence of Sampling Height to concentration of air pollutants

The Veneto Region air quality monitoring network optimisation project

Further Examples:

Example of monitoring networks in Bristol
An Urban Monitoring Network in Birmingham, UK
Biological monitoring of air quality: Example used in the surroundings of the Porto Marghera industrial area (Venice, I)
Study of atmospheric depositions in the surroundings of the porto Margera industrial area (Venice, I) and in corresponence with some biomonitoring stations.

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· EU AQ Directives, especially Annexes related to locating of stations: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/ambient.htm

· Guidance on AQ Assessment under the AQ Directives report: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/pdf/guidanceunderairquality.pdf

· EEA EUROAIRNET Criteria Report: http://reports.eea.eu.int/search_results?SearchTitle=euroairnet

· Exchange of Information (EoI) Decision and its Guidance report: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/pdf/guidancetoannexes97101ec.pdf

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  The Influence of Sampling Height to concentration of air pollutants

Example

   

The Framework Directive 1999/30/EC (Annex VI, Art. II) prescribes a sampling height from 1.5 m to 4 m: “in general, the inlet sampling point should be between 1,5 m (the breathing zone) and 4 m above the ground. Higher positions (up to 8 m) may be necessary in some circumstances.”

The measuring height is mostly 3.5 m in the measuring network of Saxony, because of risk of lost of data due to false measuring caused by Vandalism. This height is also used with common measuring containers.

During a one year measuring campaign in a street canyon of Leipzig the variability of air pollutant concentrations were monitored in a height of 1.5 m and 3.5 m. There are 30,000 cars per day including 7% heavy duty traffic. The street canyon was 19 m wide and 21 m high.

The relations between the concentrations of 1.5m to 3.5 m (K) were calculated on the basis of daily averages. It was high for benzene (K=1.61) and NO (K = 1.46), but can be neglected for NO2 (K = 1.04). This means that in 1.5 m height the concentration of benzene is 60% higher than in 3.5 m. This finding demonstrates that the load in the breathing zone is significantly higher, than in 3.5 m height.

There has been also found significantly 20% higher relations of concentrations in summertime compared to wintertime. There was found no correlation between the relations of concentrations and wind speed, wind direction, air temperature and air humidity.

Web page/Source in German:

Löschau, G. (2000):Immissionssmessungen an Verkehrsschwerpunkten – Höhenabhängigkeit der Immission in einer Straßenschlucht, in: SÄCHSISCHES LANDESAMT FüR UMWELT UND GEOLOGIE: Jahresbericht zur Immissionssituation 1999. Materialien zur Luftreinhaltung 2000.

http://www.umwelt.sachsen.de/de/wu/umwelt/lfug/lfug-internet/veroeffentlichungen/verzeichnis/Luft-Laerm-Strahlen/Immissionsbericht2001.pdf


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Monitoring locations in Turku region

Example

   

In Turku region lives approximately 250 000 inhabitants. According to the EU air quality directive (96/62/EC) there is not a need to have several monitoring stations in the region when the concentrations of different pollutants are quite low. The ambient air quality monitoring in the Turku region is carried out in co-operation with the municipalities and the largest polluters in the region so the number of monitoring stations is six.

The basic locations of the monitoring stations were studied by using a dispersion modelling carried out by the Finnish Meteorological Institute (FMI). In this study the point sources of the pollutants were recognised and so were the trans-boundary emissions and traffic emissions. Some of the monitoring stations are situated in the prevailing wind direction from the polluting sources because of the need of the polluters to be aware of the effects of their emissions in the ambient air. Most of the monitoring stations are located in the areas where there are people e.g. in the city centre because people are exposed to the impurities in the ambient air. The reason of the several monitoring stations in the city centres is based on the legislation demand that the municipality must be aware of the state of the environment within its region.

The monitoring stations in the city centres are located according to the EU directive location demands (99/30/EC), e.g. at least 25 meters from junction area, when the concentrations of nitrogen oxides are monitored. Whether the locations represent a larger area of the city centre is difficult to estimate. The final location of the monitoring stations is of course a compromise of the electricity, telephone line and the undisturbed sampling.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How to measure SO2, NO2, ozone, CO and lead?

2. Introduction

   

SO2, NO2, lead, CO and ozone are among the “classic” air pollutants which have been shown to represent a human health risk, as well as risk to ecosystems, when occurring in high enough concentrations. These pollutants have been monitored for many decades, and abatement policies have been implemented to reduce their concentrations and associated risk. Still, concentrations of these pollutants are sufficiently high in some locations that continued monitoring and abatement efforts are needed.

The monitoring needs and methods for SO2, NO2 and lead is covered in the 1st Daughter Directive (1999/30/EC), CO (and benzene) in the 2nd Daughter Directive (2000/69/EC) and ozone in the 3rd Daughter Directive (2002/3/EC) (see links in the web section below).


3. Discussion

   

About monitoring methods

The methods for monitoring these pollutants have been developed and refined over many years. There are several well-developed methods that can be used. For the gases SO2, NO2 and ozone, the averaging times of the limit values (from an hour to one calendar year) implies that, in general, automatic methods are needed, which register the concentrations continually. The instruments have sensors that provide concentration values every few seconds, which are treated internally in the instrument to provide average values for an hour, or shorter or longer periods.

Lead is contained mainly in suspended particles, and methods deal only with the lead in particulate matter. The limit value for lead prescribes only an averaging time of one year. Methods for lead are based upon sampling of the air/particles through filters, and subsequent analysis in a laboratory.

Available methods:

The “Position Papers” worked out by EC Working Groups as a preparation for the Air Quality (AQ) Directives contain useful sections summarising measurement and monitoring methods, see the web links immediately below:

· SO2:http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/pdf/pp_so2.pdf

· NO2: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/pdf/pp_no2.pdf

· Ozone:http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/documents/pos_paper.pdf

· Lead: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/pdf/pp_pb.pdf

· CO: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/pdf/pp_co.pdf

Reference methods

· The following methods are prescribed in the AQ Directives as reference methods for SO2, NO2, ozone and lead measurements in Europe:

· SO2: CEN EN 14212:2005 Ambient air quality - Standard method for the measurement of the concentration of sulphur dioxide by ultraviolet fluorescence.

· NO2: CEN EN 14211:2005 Ambient air quality - Standard method for the determination of the concentration of nitrogen dioxide and nitrogen monoxide by chemiluminescence.

· Ozone: CEN EN 14625:2005 Ambient air quality – Standard method for the determination of ozone in ambient by means of ultraviolet photometric method.

· CO: CEN EN 14626:2005 Ambient air quality – Standard method for the determination of CO in ambient air by Non-dispersive Infra-Red method (NDIR).

· Lead: Sampling1):

o Before 2005/2010: Filter method according to Directive 82/884/EEC

o After 2005/2010: Filter method as for PM10 sampling, according to EN 12341 standard.

o Analysis: Atomic absorption spectrometry method or ICP-MS method (CEN standard Draft prEN 14902, of October 2004).

The method of Directive 82/884/EEC applies to measurements to comply with this directive carried out until 2005 (until 2010 for areas in the immediate vicinity of some specific industrial sources). After this time, the method of the EN12341 standard applies (please see Directives 82/884/EEC and 1999/30/EC for details).

Determination of equivalence of other instruments and methods

The procedure for determining whether a candidate method is equivalent to the reference method is described in http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/cafe/pdf/equivalence_report_final.pdf

Quality control of monitoring data

Annex VIII of the 1st and 3rd Daughter Directives (see web links below) specify the required accuracy of measurement data, as well as the minimum data capture (parts of the year the measurement data must be available from a monitoring station). These requirements are laid down as a guide to what quality-control and –assurance (QA/QC) programmes that monitoring network operators need to follow to comply with the quality objectives. QA/QC procedures are dealt with in the Topic How to secure the quality of the monitoring data? Quality assurance (QA) and Quality Control (QC) systems and procedures..

Minimum number and location of monitoring stations in a Member State, according to the AQ Directives

Annex VII of the 1st Daughter Directive (DD), for SO2, NO2 and lead, and the 3rd DD, for ozone (see web links below), as well as Annex V of the 2nd DD for CO, state the requirements to what type of areas (zones) should be monitored, and the minimum number of sampling stations as a function of the population in an agglomeration or zone. For NO2 and CO, in zones where the upper assessment threshold is exceeded and there should be more than 1 station, there should be at least one urban background and one traffic-oriented station.

The determination of which zones shall have monitoring stations is generally done through the activities of the “Preliminary Assessment” that the Member State shall carry out, in accordance with the Directive on ambient air quality assessment and management (the Framework Directive) (96/62/EC) (see web link below).

Location of sampling points, and exposure related monitoring

Annex VI of the 1st DD and the 3rd DD (for ozone), and Annex IV of the 2nd DD (for CO) presents considerations that shall apply regarding the selection of fixed point measurements. The annexes describe macroscale setting and microscale setting considerations, both for health- and ecosystems-protection related stations.

Stations directed at human health protection should be located such that they provide data on areas representing typical or maximum concentrations that the population in the area is likely to be exposed to, directly or indirectly. This exposure should occur for a period which is a significant part of the averaging period of the limit value. Thus, it is prescribed that the monitoring should be exposure related.

This means simply that stations directed for health protection should be located where people are living or frequenting, and that the period during which they are likely to be exposed in that area is comparable to the averaging time of the limit value. For SO2, NO2, CO and ozone, the averaging times of the limit values are either 1 hour, 8 hours (ozone and CO), 24 hours (SO2), or one calendar year (for SO2 and NO2). So, monitoring stations for SO2, NO2, CO and ozone should be positioned either in residential areas where people are potentially exposed throughout the whole year or indeed during any 1/8/24-hour period, or they should be in “hot-spot” areas where people are likely to be exposed over a significant part of any 1/8/24-hour period. For NO2 and CO, this could be residences very close to roads with high traffic, while for SO2 it could be in areas close to industrial sources with large SO2 emissions. For ozone, potential hot-spots are in residential areas downwind of large urban areas where photochemical reactions are likely to occur, while ozone concentrations are likely to be low in areas close to local emissions from traffic sources.

Areas/locations where people or ecosystems are not likely to be exposed over a significant part of a limit value averaging period should NOT be considered for monitoring.

For lead where only annual average exposure applies, only residential areas should be considered for monitoring.


4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

The proper monitoring of air pollutants like the ones considered in this topic description requires knowledge of and experience with the methods to be used, of considerations for monitoring network design, as well as of needed additional resources, such as needed laboratory support, and of quality control and assurance procedures.

This knowledge and experience must be embedded within the local or other authority or institution responsible for the monitoring.


5. Examples / Further Reading

   

SO2, NO2, O3 AND LEAD (Pb) Monitoring in the Venice-Mestre Air Quality Network


6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Third Daughter Directive 2002/3/EC on ozone: http://europa.eu.int/eur-lex/pri/en/oj/dat/2002/l_067/l_06720020309en00140030.pdf

· Demonstration of equivalence of ambient air monitoring methods - Draft version for external comments”, Report by an EC Working group on Guidance for the Demonstration of Equivalence: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/cafe/pdf/equivalence_report_final.pdf


Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  SO2, NO2, O3 AND LEAD (Pb) Monitoring in the Venice-Mestre Air Quality Network

Example

   

Introduction

The city of Venice urban air quality network is working, with the present structure, since 1999, when the two air quality networks (the Municipality’s one and the Province’s one) settled in the urban territory have been unified under the technical management of the Regional Agency for Protection of the Environment (ARPAV, Provincial Department of Venice).

Nine monitoring stations are placed in the urban area of Mestre and Marghera, that is the mainland part of the Municipality, while only one station is located in the historical centre of Venice, for a total of eleven stationary stations to monitor Venice’s air quality. Two mobile laboratories are also available to cover short-period monitoring campaigns too.

Monitoring stations are classified following the National Decree 20/05/1991 (Ministry of Environment), that distinguishes between: urban background stations (type ‘A’); urban residential areas stations (type ‘B’); stations exposed to road traffic (type ‘C’); extra-urban stations, to study photochemical pollutants (type ‘D’).

At the moment, stations have been re-classified and there are some proposals for the urban air quality network optimisation: both actions derive from Air Quality Framework Directive (and Daughter Directives) guidelines, the EUROAIRNET criteria (according to an initiative of the Veneto Region Authority), and the Decision of the Council on the Exchange of Information.

Figure 1 - City of Venice: existing air quality monitoring stations

In Figure 1 it is possible to see:

- 6 urban background monitoring stations: Parco Bissuola station, located in a green area of Mestre and via Bottenigo station, located in a Marghera area not directly influenced by relevant emission sources (both were previously classified as type ‘A’ stations); Sacca Fisola, viale San Marco and via A. Da Mestre are located in urban densely populated sites (they were previously classified as type ‘B’ stations); Maerne is needed for photochemical pollution and secondary pollutants monitoring (it was previously classified as type ‘D’ station);

- 3 urban traffic monitoring stations: Corso del Popolo, via Circonvallazione; and via Fratelli Bandiera are stations for car traffic pollution monitoring (they were previously classified as type ‘C’ stations);

- 1 suburban industrial monitoring station: Malcontenta is located in the area influenced by Porto Marghera industrial emissions (it was previously classified as type ‘B’ station).

SO2 Monitoring

Seven monitoring stations are provided with automatic analyzers of Sulphur Dioxide (SO2): Parco Bissuola; via Bottenigo; Sacca Fisola; viale S. Marco; via Antonio Da Mestre; Maerne; Malcontenta.

Instruments used for SO2 monitoring are located inside the monitoring stations and are based on the Ultraviolet Fluorescence method (in compliance with the reference method of EU Directives ISO/DIS 10498.2.ISO, 1999).

Monitoring results during 2003 have shown that the limit value for human health protection 350 µg/m3 has not been exceeded, while during 2002 at Sacca Fisola station 4 exceedances have been found. SO2 alarm threshold and the limit value for ecosystem protection have never been exceeded.

NOX monitoring

Eight monitoring stations are provided with Nitrogen Oxides (NOX) automatic analyzers: Parco Bissuola; via Bottenigo; Sacca Fisola; viale S. Marco; via Antonio Da Mestre; via Circonvallazione; Maerne; Malcontenta.

Instruments used for NOX monitoring are located inside the monitoring stations and are based on the Chemiluminescence method (in compliance with the reference method of EU Directives ISO 7996:1985).

Monitoring results during 2003 have shown that annual average concentration of NO2 has exceeded the annual limit value for human health protection (40 µg/m3) in seven monitoring stations, except via A. Da Mestre.

Pollutant has moreover presented two exceeding days of the 200 µg/m3 limit value at Parco Bissuola and via A. Da Mestre station. No alarm threshold exceedance has been recorded.

O3 monitoring

Four monitoring stations are provided with Ozone (O3) automatic analyzers: Parco Bissuola; via Bottenigo; Sacca Fisola; Maerne.

Instruments used for O3 monitoring are located inside the monitoring stations and are based on the UV Photometric method (in compliance with the reference method of EU Directives ISO FDIS 13964).

In all stations monitoring results during 2003 have shown that ozone presented a number of exceedances of the attention levels (180 µg/m3, fixed by a National Decree) greater than the one found during 2002.

During 2003 health and vegetation protection levels have been also exceeded more than in 2002, while alarm threshold (360 µg/m3) has not been overcome.

Repeated exceedances of those values happened from 14.00 to 20.00 on 7-14 June, 20-22 and 26-28 July, 4-11 and 22-23 August, 19-22 September 2003. These levels, above all in the second week of June and August, correspond to intense solar radiation and high temperatures that helped ozone concentrations increase. Acute pollution episodes happened contemporarily in Maerne and Parco Bissuola monitoring stations.

In 2003 Ozone has exceeded human health protection levels for a greater number of days, contradicting the 2001 and 2002 trends.

Lead monitoring

Lead and other Heavy Metals concentrations in atmospheric PM10 is monitored in three urban stations: Parco Bissuola; via Antonio Da Mestre; via Circonvallazione.

After PM10 collection, its Lead concentration is measured in laboratory by using the ICP-MS (Inductively Coupled Plasma – Mass Spectrometry) analytical technique. This method in compliance with the reference method of EU Directives.

In all monitoring stations results during 2003 have shown that Lead annual average value is lower than the limit value (0.5 µg/m3). There is also evidence of Lead “seasonal” behaviour, with greater concentrations in autumn and winter seasons.

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How to measure PM10?

2. Introduction

   

PM10 is the fraction of airborne (suspended) particulate matter which contains particles of diameter1 less than 10 μm. Airborne particles have a large range of diameters, from nano-particles and ultrafine particles (diameters less then 0.1 μm) to the very large particles with diameters up towards 100 μm. Such large particles are suspended in air only a short time after their release (they fall out to the ground because of their mass. Even larger particles are not considered as airborne particles at all). PM10 includes all particles, of different sizes and types, which are relevant for health effects. Thus, PM10 is the fraction which is regulated presently by the EU Air Quality (AQ) Directives. Sub-fraction of PM10 of smaller diameters, notably PM2.5 (diameter less than 2.5 μm), or even smaller size fractions (e.g. PM0.1, less than 0.1 μm) are presently considered to be more relevant for health effects than particles above 2.5 μm. PM2.5 is, to some extent, regulated by the AQ Directives already, and more attention will be given to PM2.5, and possibly even smaller fractions, in the future.

The 1st AQ Daughter Directive prescribes the extent to which Member States should measure PM10 and PM2.5, as well as the methods to be used.


3. Discussion

   

About PM mass monitoring methods

There are several methods for measuring the concentration of airborne PM mass. Methods have been developed over decades, and they have been improved in their sophistication. The basic technique is to pull a known volume of air through a filter, and weigh the filter under controlled conditions before and after the sampling. An important part of such type of PM instrument is the air/particle intake device, which separates the particles that should be measured (i.e. particles of diameter less than 10 μm, or particles less than 2.5 um) from the larger ones. Different types and makes of inlet separators have different separation performance.

This method is the basis for the Reference method for PM10 measurement described in the Directive, which actually specifies the actual instruments (products) which are accepted. The reason for the need to specify the instrument makes in the reference method is that the combination of air intake and filtering unit design defines the PM sample which is actually collected for weighing, and for various instrument designs/makes, the PM sample will differ. Thus, to accept all instrument makes of a certain type as reference method without testing, would introduce an uncontrollable variation results from reference PM instruments. The pragmatic solution was to select a certain small number of instruments as reference samplers. Other filtering type methods can also be used, but the user has to show that they are equivalent to the reference instruments, within certain prescribed level of accuracy.

Automatic instruments which are now available measure PM concentrations continuously, providing hourly values, while filtering methods generally provide 24-hour averages. These are used extensively in monitoring networks in Europe. Through experience and research is it clear that such instruments most often give significantly lower concentrations than filtering methods. Also the automatic methods are based on collection of the particles on filters, and various sensing techniques determine indirectly the mass of the PM. The filters are kept at elevated temperatures in these instruments to avoid problems related to humidity, and this elevated temperature results in loss of semi-volatile PM mass (mostly ammonium nitrate and organic compounds, of which the nitrate is most often the dominating one in terms of mass losses). Automatic monitors also have to be tested for equivalency with the reference method, to be accepted for monitoring under the AQ Directives. The most often used automatic monitoring methods are the beta attenuation method and the TEOM method. These and other methods are described in the 1st PM10 Position Paper (see web link section below).

Methods in relation to the assessment and information requirements in the 1st AQ Directive

The AQ Limit values for PM10 relates to daily (24-hour) averages and annual averages. Such statistics are also required from the PM2.5 measurements that the Member States have to set up. To assess these averages by measurements, filter methods giving 24-hour averages have sufficiently good time resolution. However, if there is a need to assess which sources give the main contributions to the measured values (This is needed when action plans for pollution reduction must be worked out), a better time resolution is generally needed, such as hourly data. Also, the Directive requires that information about PM10 concentrations shall be made available to the public “as soon as possible”, especially when limit values are exceeded. This requires the use of automatic methods, since with gravimetric filter methods data are available, at the earliest, several days after the sampling.

Reference methods

PM10

The following types of instruments, utilising a plane filter of certain specifications as the particle collection medium, can be assessed as being reference instruments for PM10 measurements in Europe:

· medium-volume filter samplers;

· high-volume filter samplers;

· very-high-volume filter samplers (called WRAC-type samplers).

They all have to be equipped with suitable air intakes that separate the PM10 fraction from the larger particles, with effectiveness according to set specifications.

This is described in CEN Standard EN 12341:1998 – “Determination of the PM10 fraction of suspended particulate matter – Reference method and field test procedure to demonstrate reference equivalence of measurement methods”.

PM 2.5

A decision on reference methods for PM2.5 determination in Europe is under development (CEN standard prEN 14907, Under approval, as of December 2004).

Determination of equivalence of other instruments and methods

The procedure for determining whether a candidate method is equivalent to the PM10 reference method is described in the CEN Standard EN 12341.

The concept is that to use another instrument or method, a correction factor (CF) must be determined, so that when the data measured by a non-reference method is corrected by the CF, the resulting value is equivalent with what the reference method would give. The accepted level of uncertainty in the measurements as compared to the Reference method is prescribed in the standard. It is necessary to show that the CF is valid for area and PM10 level and composition (city, region, country) where the monitoring in carried out.

A report on the use of Correction Factors for PM10 determinations with various instruments in Europe has been worked out by the European Topic Centre on AQ and Climate Change (ETC/ACC) http://air-climate.eionet.eu.int/ of the European Environment Agency (EEA): “Correction factors and PM10 measurements”, available as a final draft report (as of December 2004).

The similar procedures for determining equivalence of PM 2.5 methods is described in the CEN standard prEN 14907.

Quality control of monitoring data

Annex VIII of the 1st Daughter Directive (see web link below) specifies the required accuracy of measurement data, as well as the minimum data capture (parts of the year the measurement data must be available from a monitoring station). These requirements are laid down as a guide to what quality-control and –assurance (QA/QC) programmes that monitoring network operators need to follow to comply with the quality objectives.

QA/QC procedures are dealt with in the Topic How to secure the quality of the monitoring data? Quality assurance (QA) and Quality Control (QC) systems and procedures..

Minimum number and location of PM10 monitoring stations in a Member State, according to the 1st AQ Daughter Directive

Annex VII of the 1st Daughter Directive (see web link below) state the requirements to what type of areas (zones) should be monitored for PM10, and the minimum number of sampling stations as a function of the population in an agglomeration or zone. In zones where the upper assessment threshold is exceeded and there should be more than 1 station, there should be at least one urban background and one traffic-oriented station.

The determination of which zones shall have PM10 monitoring stations is generally done through the activities of the “Preliminary Assessment” that the Member State shall carry out, in accordance with the Directive on ambient air quality assessment and management (the Framework Directive) (96/62/EC) (see web link below).

For PM2.5, each EU Member State should operate a number of monitoring stations, the number to be determined by each State so that PM2.5 concentrations representative for the variation of PM 2.5 within the State can be determined.

Location of sampling points, and exposure related monitoring

Annex VI of the 1st Daughter Directive presents considerations that shall apply regarding the selection of fixed point measurements. The annex describes macroscale siting and microscale siting considerations, both for health- and ecosystems-protection related stations.

Stations directed at human health protection should be located such that they provide data on areas representing typical or maximum concentrations that the population in the area is likely to be exposed to, directly or indirectly. This exposure should occur for a period which is a significant part of the averaging period of the limit value. Thus, it is prescribed that the monitoring should be exposure related.

This means simply that health-protection directed stations should be located where people are living or frequenting, and that the period that they are likely to be exposed in the area is comparable to the averaging time of the limit value. For PM10, the averaging times of the limit values are either 24 hours, or one year. So, monitoring stations for PM10 should be positioned either in residential areas where people are potentially exposed throughout the whole year or indeed during any 24-hour period, or they should in “hot-spot” areas where people are likely to be exposed over a significant part of any 24-hour period. This could be residences very close to roads with high traffic, or in areas close to industrial sources with large PM emissions.

This also means that areas where exposure is likely only over shorter periods, such a one or a few hours, should not be considered for monitoring of PM10.

Guidance on selection of monitoring method(s)

· The selection of which method(s) to use for PM monitoring, in response to the requirements of the Directive, is influenced by, and is in practice a trade-off, between several factors: compliance with reference method prescription, need for fast availability of data, and costs (both for purchase, maintenance and system operation).

· Reference method requirements: would be easiest to just use the reference instruments.

· Need for fast information on PM levels (faster than several days): automatic method is needed. This requires that correction factor is determined for each area in question and

· Minimisation of total costs: need to check prices. Automatic instruments are not always more costly than gravimetric filter samplers. Automatic instruments require fairly costly CF determination. Operating costs should be considered: manpower costs for field and laboratory operations; calibration needs and laboratory resources, equipment maintenance.


4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

High quality PM10 and PM2.5 monitoring requires more resources and experience than monitoring of the typical gaseous pollutants such as SO2 and NO2. Reference laboratories in most countries have acquired much experience with PM10 monitoring and can give valuable advice to local authorities. It is highly recommended to seek such advice, even before purchasing instruments, if such experience is not available locally. The determination of locally valid correction factors (CF) for non-reference instruments is an important part of PM10 monitoring, if the resulting data is to be accepted by the EC. Advice should be sought with experienced institutions on CFs already determined for similar areas, and on the need to do additional CF determinations.


5. Examples / Further Reading

   

PM10 Monitoring and Intercomparison with the Reference Sampler in Helsinki

http://www.fmi.fi/kuvat/FINAL_PM_report_30_1_2004.pdf

Intercomparison between the TEOM analyser and the European reference sampler for the determination of PM10 concentrations

http://www.airquality.co.uk/archive/reports/cat13/0406301532_Intercomparison_report_FINAL.pdf


6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Air Quality Framework Directive 96/62/EC, OJ L 296, November 21, 1996 (http://europa.eu.int/smartapi/cgi/sga_doc?smartapi!celexapi!prod!CELEXnumdoc&lg=en&numdoc=31996L0062&model=guichett (choose .pdf file)

· First daughter Directive 1999/30/EC on SO2, NO2, PM10 and Lead: http://europa.eu.int/smartapi/cgi/sga_doc?smartapi!celexapi!prod!CELEXnumdoc&lg=en&numdoc=31999L0030&model=guichett (choose .pdf file)

· EU 1st Position Paper on PM10: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/pdf/pp_pm.pdf

· EU CAFÉ 2nd Position Paper on Particulate Matter (2004): this is available as a Final Draft report. Contact the CAFE Secretariat, DG Environment, Brussels.


Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How to monitor heavy metals ?

2. Introduction

   

A EU air quality directive on heavy metals in air (Arsenic, Cadmium and Nickel) is being developed. A proposal for this forthcoming 4th Daughter Directive exists (see web link section below).

The most well known heavy metal in terms of air pollution, lead, is covered in the parallel template How to measure SO2, NO2, ozone, CO and lead?.

3. Discussion

   

This discussion is focused on heavy metals in the atmosphere. However to fully assess the environmental risk from these compounds, research has also to be expanded in soil and water. There are few available data for most of heavy metals in the atmosphere.

The main sources of arsenic, cadmium and nickel are the stationary industrial combustion processes, (such as the iron and steel industry and the non-ferrous metal industry), transport and other mobile machinery.

In the northern Hemisphere, anthropogenic emissions have increased the background concentrations of mercury in air by a factor of 2-3 since before industrialisation. More than half of the anthropogenic emissions are generated during the combustion of coal in utility, industrial and residential boilers.

Atmospheric mercury exists mainly in the form of elemental mercury vapour (Hg0) (90 to 99%), particle bound mercury (< 5%) and gaseous divalent mercury (e.g. HgCl2) (<5%). There is no standard method in Europe for assessing the levels of mercury (and its compounds) in ambient air and precipitation.

The position papers which have been produced (see web link section below) as a basis for the development of an AQ directive on heavy metals, gives assessments of the HM in air situation in Europe presently, and cover sources and risk assessments, measurement methods and network considerations.

A CEN standard is being developed on the measurement of As, Cd and Ni (CEN draft standard prEN 14902.

Briefly about measurement methods

Arsenic, cadmium, nickel

Until the upcoming CEN standard will be available, the Working Group of EC experts recommends using a provisional reference method. This method would include sampling for PM10 as described in CEN standard EN 12341, complete digestion, and atomic absorption spectrometry for analysis. The Member States can use any other method, which can be demonstrated to be equivalent.

Mercury

In the atmosphere, the main three forms of Hg are: elemental Hg vapour (Hg0), Reactive Gaseous Mercury (RGM) and Total Particulate Mercury (TPM). Of these three forms, only Hg0 has been tentatively identified with spectroscopic methods while the other two are operationally defined species, i.e. their chemical and physical structure cannot be exactly identified by experimental methods but are instead characterised by their properties and capability to be collected by different sampling equipment.

Sampling and analysis of atmospheric Hg is often made as TGM (Total Gaseous Mercury), which is mainly composed of elemental Hg vapour with minor fractions of other volatile species. In the last few years, new automated and manual methods have been developed to measure TGM.

A major conclusion from researchers investigation on the available methods for Hg was that ambient levels of TGM could be measured with relatively high accuracy whereas TPM and especially RGM are more complex.

Quality control of monitoring data

Annex VIII of the 1st and 3rd Daughter Directives (see web links below) specifiy the required accuracy of measurement data, as well as the minimum data capture (parts of the year the measurement data must be available from a monitoring station). These requirements are laid down as a guide to what quality-control and –assurance (QA/QC) programmes that monitoring network operators need to follow to comply with the quality objectives. QA/QC procedures are dealt with in the Topic template How to secure the quality of the monitoring data? Quality assurance (QA) and Quality Control (QC) systems and procedures..

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

The proper monitoring of air pollutants like the ones considered in this template requires knowledge of and experience with the methods to be used, of considerations for monitoring network design, as well as of needed additional resources, such as needed laboratory support, and of quality control and assurance procedures.

This knowledge and experience must be embedded within the local or other authority or institution responsible for the monitoring.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Last Updated


 

21st January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How to measure benzene?

2. Introduction

   

The 2nd EU Air Quality Daughter Directive deals with CO and benzene (see web link section below). Benzene is a carcinogenic compound, and the major source of benzene in air in urban areas is from gasoline, which contains a certain amount of benzene. The benzene source is partly from vehicle exhaust, partly from the handling of gasoline in pumping stations. By 1 January 2000, the maximum content of benzene in gasoline fuel in Europe was limited to 1% (http://europa.eu.int/eur-lex/pri/en/oj/dat/1998/l_350/l_35019981228en00580067.pdf), as a result of the assessment of the risk posed by benzene in air.


3. Discussion

   

The Directive describes the requirements for assessment and monitoring of benzene in air.

The position paper related to benzene (see web section below) describes the assessment of benzene in air in Europe presently, sources, risks and measurement methods.

Monitoring methods are generally based on gas chromatography, with either active (pumped) or passive (diffusive) sampling and thermal or solvent desorption prior to analysis. Automated instruments with active (pumped) sampling and thermal desorption are available, which allow for quasi continuous monitoring. Advantages and disadvantages as well as typical uncertainties of the different methods are given. Pumped sampling on tubes followed by GC analysis including calibration is recommended as basis for a reference method. A detailed reference method will be worked out by CEN.

Standard measurement methods are being developed by CEN (under approval, as of December 2004):

· prEN 14662-1: Pumped sampling followed by thermal desorption and gas chromatography;

· prEN 14662-2: Pumped sampling followed by solvent desorption and gas chromatography;

· prEN14662-3: Automated pumped sampling with in situ gas chromatography;

· prEN 14662-4: Diffusive sampling followed by thermal desorption and gas chromatography;

· p2EN 14662-5: Diffusive sampling followed by solvent desorption and gas chromatography.

Brief description of methods:

On-line gas chromatographs are available either as BTX-monitors (Benzene, Toluene, Xylene), measuring benzene, toluene, ethyl benzene and xylenes or more capable of measuring C2-C10 hydrocarbons. These instruments are based on the same principle.

Canister sampling is performed in two ways either as grab sampling or as pumped sampling. The grab sampling is carried out by opening an evacuated canister, which instantaneously fills the canister with ambient air up to ambient pressure. Alternatively, air can be pumped into the canister over time in order to obtain an integrative sample. The canisters are then brought to the laboratory where they are analysed by gas chromatography (GC).

Pumped sorbent tube sampling is performed by pumping ambient air through a tube filled with a sorbing material. The trapped benzene is removed by solvent extraction or thermal desorption followed by GC analysis.

Diffusive sampling of benzene is performed by placing benzene adsorbent in a glass or metal tube. The sampler collects benzene by diffusion (following Fick's first law) due to the gradient established between ambient air and the adsorbing material. Benzene is removed from the sampler by solvent extraction or thermal desorption and in both cases benzene is analysed by GC.

DOAS (Differential Optical Absorption Spectroscopy) is an open path.

Optical measuring technique applicable for a number of gases which includes benzene. This method has so far not been through a standardization procedure.

Quality control of monitoring data

Annex VIII of the 1st and 3rd Daughter Directives (see web links below) specify the required accuracy of measurement data, as well as the minimum data capture (parts of the year the measurement data must be available from a monitoring station). These requirements are laid down as a guide to what quality-control and –assurance (QA/QC) programmes that monitoring network operators need to follow to comply with the quality objectives. QA/QC procedures are dealt with in the Topic How to secure the quality of the monitoring data? Quality assurance (QA) and Quality Control (QC) systems and procedures..


4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· The proper monitoring of air pollutants like the ones considered in this topic description requires knowledge of and experience with the methods to be used, of considerations for monitoring network design, as well as of needed additional resources, such as needed laboratory support, and of quality control and assurance procedures.

· This knowledge and experience must be embedded within the local or other authority or institution responsible for the monitoring.


5. Examples / Further Reading

   

How to monitor Benzene Emissions of VOCs from petrol stations - a review; 1995 to 2003.

The MacBeth Project: Passive Samplers Measurements of Benzene Levels in the City of Padua (I)


6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· 2nd Daughter Directive on CO and benzene: http://www.europa.eu.int/cgi-bin/eur-lex/udl.pl?COLLECTION=lif&SERVICE=eurlex&REQUEST=Seek-Deliver&GUILANGUAGE=en&LANGUAGE=en&DOCID=300L0069

· Position paper on benzene: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/pdf/pp_benzene.pdf

· Technical report No 11, Guidance report on preliminary assessment under EC air quality directives: http://reports.eea.eu.int/TEC11a/en/tab_content_RLR

· Technical guidance documents: http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/airquality/laqm/guidance/pdf/laqm-tg03.pdf and http://www.umweltbundesamt.de/index-e.htm

· Directive on quality of motor vehicle fuel, limiting the benzene contents of gasoline: http://europa.eu.int/eur-lex/pri/en/oj/dat/1998/l_350/l_35019981228en00580067.pdf


Last Updated


 

21st January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  How to monitor Benzene Emissions of VOCs from petrol stations - a review; 1995 to 2003.

Example

   

1. Introduction.

Emissions of VOCs from petrol stations are important for two reasons. The first is the direct health significance of benzene for which the UK has set objectives for the purpose of Local Air Quality management and the EU has set Limit Values. The second, and in many ways more significant in the long term, is the ozone creation potential of each component of the complex (and seasonally variable) range of VOCs in petrol. There are two main sources of petrol station emissions of VOCs. The first is displacement of vapour from the storage tanks during delivery. This has been addressed by fitting Stage 1 vapour recovery. The second is displacement of vapour from the tanks of vehicles during refuelling. Two methods of addressing this have been proposed. One is vapour recovery on the filling station (Stage 2 recovery), the other is fitting vapour traps to cars. There are also other sources including spillage and evapourative losses from storage tanks.

Since August 1995 Bristol City Council has been monitoring the concentrations of benzene, toluene and o, m and p xylenes on two supermarket petrol station forecourts. Both are fitted with Stage 1 recovery. In June 2002 further monitoring was commenced on another petrol station forecourt where Stage recovery was in operation. Initial results from this work were reported (Muir, 2002) suggesting that the use of Stage 2 recovery gave marked reductions in concentrations (and presumably emissions) of all the VOCs monitored.

The monitoring has been carried out using single Perkin Elmer passive diffusive samplers mounted on the dispenser support pillars at a height of 2 – 2.5 metres. The tubes are all mounted to the North East side of the forecourt on the outer rank of pumps. In so far as it has been possible to do so the tubes on the forecourts have been supplemented by tubes approximately 50 metres from the centre of the forecourt in both upwind and downwind directions. In so far as has been possible exposure of the tubes has been for periods of 14 days ± 1 day although in a few cases it has been necessary to accept exposure periods up to 21 days. Very few data have been lost from tubes exposed on forecourts.

This work seeks to present data from more extended monitoring to confirm this benefit and to examine some of the long term data from the other monitoring to illustrate the effects of legislative and other changes during the monitoring period.

2.1 Results and Discussion.

2.1.1 Background.

There have been a number of legislative measures taken to reduce emissions of benzene because of its potential genotoxic carcinogenic effects on the general populace. One of these was the requirement for fitting of Stage 1 recovery at petrol stations with a throughput greater than 1000 m3 per year by 31 December 1988. It should be noted that this measure also had the effect of reducing emissions of other VOCs with no identified direct health effects but with some measure of Photochemical Ozone Creation Potential (POCP), probably greater than that of benzene (Derwent et al, 1996). Stations with a throughput of 500 – 1000 m3 per year were required to install Stage 1 recovery by 31 December 2001 and smaller stations by 31 December 2004. The other measures have been a series of reductions in the maximum permitted benzene content of petrol.

Table 1 gives the POCPs for 7 VOCs present in petrol (red) and 4 either not present in petrol or present only small quantities (blue) as given in Derwent et al.

VOC

POCP

VOC

POCP

Methane

0.6

Benzene

21.8

Ethane

12.3

Toluene

63.7

Propane

17.6

o-Xylene

105.3

i-Butane

30.7

m-Xylene

110.8

n-Hexane

48.2

p-Xylene

101.0

n-Octane

46.3

Table 1 Photochemical Ozone Creation Potentials for a range of VOCs

No firm proposals have yet been made for requirements for the installation of Stage 2 vapour recovery in the UK although DEFRA issued a consultation paper on the subject in 2002 (DEFRA, 2002). This proposed a 75% installation by 2010 for stations with a throughput > 200 m3 per year. It was also proposed that installation should be combined with planned refurbishment programmes to avoid additional costs. The Consultation Paper also stated that, at the time of publication, there were 120 stations fully compliant with Stage 2 vapour recovery and an unspecified number where the underground pipework had been installed and only required the installation of the above ground equipment. The proposal to make these requirements for the larger stations was justified on the grounds that emissions from the smaller stations formed only a small percentage of total emissions of VOCs and the cost of installation would be disproportionately large in relation to the benefits.

The current configuration of the 3 petrol stations involved in this study are given in Table 2.

Station

Unleaded

Super unleaded

Lead replacement/

(4 Star)

City Diesel

1

14

4

2

8

2

12

0

12

12

3

12

8

4

12

Table 2 Configurations of petrol stations, December 2003.

These figures do not represent every stage of the monitoring programme because, as will be mentioned, one station was enlarged in 2001. Also the proportions of Unleaded:Super unleaded:Lead replacement:DERV dispensers have changed and over the years low sulphur fuels, both diesel and petrol have been introduced at the two stations in the original survey.

2.2 Results.

2.2.1 Long term data.

Figures 1 shows the annual average concentrations of all three VOCs at the two original stations. This shows that in 1995 concentrations of all three VOCs were higher at the larger station (Station 2) and continued to be higher until 1999/2000 when the maximum permitted concentration of benzene (rather than the actual benzene content) in petrol was reduced from 5% to 1%. At this point the concentrations of benzene at both stations fell. This fall is particularly apparent at the larger station. It is, however, noticeable that there is little if any effect of the concentrations of toluene or xylenes. It is also noticeable that after 2000 concentrations of all three VOCs began to rise at Station 1.

Figure 1 Annual average concentrations of benzene, toluene and xylenes on 2 petrol station forecourts in Bristol, August 1995 to December 2003.

Figures 2 to 5 illustrate the 3 monthly average concentrations of benzene and toluene at these two stations during this period. These periods equated as closely as was possible the periods January to March, April to June, July to September and October to December for each year. In the case of 1995 all the data were averaged as one period because monitoring only commenced in late August.

Figure 2 3 Monthly average concentrations of benzene at Station 1, 1995 to 2003.

Figure 3 Monthly average concentrations of benzene at Station 2, 1995 to 2003.

Figure 4 Monthly average concentrations of toluene at Station 1, 1995 to 2003.

Figure 5 Monthly average concentrations of toluene at Station 2, 1995 to 2003.

These figures show clearly that at both stations there was a reduction in concentrations of benzene coincident with the reduction in the maximum permitted content of petrol. In actual fact this reduction became noticeable during November 1999. The difference between the two stations is that at Station 2 this reduction was maintained whereas at Station 1 the increase in the number of dispensers (and, presumably, the throughput) resulted in a return to concentrations only slightly lower than before the reduction in the benzene content of petrol.

These observations are reflected in the measured concentrations of toluene. Here there are no noticeable differences in concentrations when the benzene content of petrol reduced but, whereas at Station 2 concentrations of toluene have remained broadly similar to earlier concentrations at Station 1 they have increased markedly. The same pattern is observed with data for xylenes but this is not illustrated here.

2.2.2 Stage 2 recovery.

Figures 6 and 7 shows the average concentrations of benzene, and toluene at the two stations with Stage 1 vapour recovery (stations 1 and 2) and the station fitted with Stage 2 vapour recovery (station 3) for the period June 2002 to December 2003 with corresponding data from a roadside site. These show that there is a marked and consistent reduction in the concentrations of both benzene and toluene with the fitting of Stage 2 recovery. This is also reflected in the concentrations of the xylenes (not illustrated).

Although the concentrations of benzene, toluene and xylenes are not a direct measure of the emissions of these substances from the individual petrol stations it seems reasonable to regard them as an indicator of the emissions. Reasoning by analogy, although sometimes a dubious procedure, would suggest that emissions of other constituents of petrol will be reduced by Stage 2 recovery. From the POCPs given in Table 1 it is apparent that the VOCs with the greatest POCPs are the higher aromatics in petrol rather than benzene and the aliphatic constituents of petrol so even if this analogy was shown to be inappropriate the benefits of Stage 2 recovery in relation to tropospheric ozone formation would be substantial.

Figure 6 Benzene concentrations, June 2002 to December 2003.

Figure 7 Toluene concentrations, June 2002 to December 2003.

Station 3 is close to a busy road and there is another large filling station on the opposite side of this road. A diffusive sampler has been exposed alongside this road since 1995, in part because of the presence of the petrol stations but also because of higher than expected concentrations of benzene at another nearby site on a very heavily trafficked road. Data from this site are included in Figures 6 and 7 and show that although the concentrations of benzene and toluene are much lower on the forecourt of Station 3 than on the other forecourts they are still higher than those measured by the roadside.

Conclusions.

  1. The reductions in the maximum permitted concentrations of benzene in petrol resulted in a reduction in measured concentrations on petrol station forecourts, presumably as a result of reduced emissions of benzene.
  2. These reductions in concentrations could be offset by increased emissions resulting from an increase in the number of dispensers on a station and consequent increased throughput of petrol and increased emissions.
  3. These reductions in concentrations of benzene were not accompanied by reductions in the concentrations of other VOCs.
  4. The concentrations of all 3 VOCs were much lower on the forecourt of a petrol station fitted with Stage 2 vapour recovery, although they were still higher than at a nearby roadside site.
  5. The fitting of Stage 2 vapour recovery, although not a complete answer in itself, has the potential for contributing to the reductions of emissions of VOCs in line with the Gothenberg Protocol.

The views expressed in this paper are those of the author and should not be taken to represent the views and policies of Bristol City Council.

References.

DEFRA, Petrol Vapour Recovery Stage II – Consultation, April 2002.

R G Derwent, M E Jenkin and S M Saunders. Photochemical Ozone Creation Potentials for a large number of reactive hydrocarbons under European conditions. Atmospheric Environment, 30, 181-199, 1996.

Muir D, Stage 2 Vapour Recovery on Petrol Filling Stations - Is it Worthwhile?, Clean Air, 32, 2, Autumn 2002.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  The MacBeth Project: Passive Samplers Measurements of Benzene Levels in the City of Padua (I)

Example

   

Introduction

Air quality surveillance networks regularly monitor concentrations of atmospheric pollutants. However, such measures only evaluate the concentrations of pollutants in the outside air at specific geographic locations. It is crucial to ascertain whether the values recorded actually reflect the exposure which inhabitants are really subjected to, in the course of their daily lives and at work.

The MACBETH project is of particular relevance in this respect.

MACBETH (Monitoring of Atmospheric Concentration of Benzene in European Towns and Homes) is the project LIFE 96 ENV/IT/070 co-financed by the European Commission within the Life program.

The project was comprised among the preparatory actions aimed at helping the application of common policies and laws for environmental protection, with special concern to the safeguard of human beings from atmospheric pollution. The aim was to provide the European law-makers with the correlation between benzene urban pollution level and citizen exposure, in view of the issuing of the Daughter Directive that should regulate benzene urban levels within December the 31st 1999, as foreseen by the 96/62/EC Framework Directive on air Quality.

European Commission's Directorate-General for the Environment (DG XI) asked the European Reference Laboratory for Air Pollution (ERLAP), a body managed by the Joint Research Centre's Environment Institute at Ispra (I), to undertake a major Europe-wide measurement campaign. The project was launched in six test cities across Europe from north to south: Copenhagen (DK), Antwerp (B), Rouen (F), Padua (I), Murcia (E) and Athens (GR). A number of national partners were involved in the various countries.

The project, which monitored atmospheric concentrations of benzene (C6H6 - one of the main causes of urban pollution emitted from car exhausts or as a result of incomplete combustion), was based on a new system of individual measurements. In addition to one hundred external fixed sensors, fifty volunteers carry around mobile sensors throughout the day.

Whereas the average concentration of benzene in the outside air was 4.3 µg/m3 (i.e., much lower than the 10 µg/m3 upper threshold), certain individual cases of exposure in homes or workplaces could be as high as 25 µg/m3.

The Radiello sensors

In order to measure pollution levels in urban environments, the ERLAP developed an innovative and particularly cost-efficient sampling technology. Comprehensive air quality measurements traditionally require quite sophisticated automatic devices whose recordings are automatically transmitted in real time for analysis. The high cost of these devices means that they are placed at only a limited number of locations. This limits the scope for monitoring air quality over large areas.

The Radiello is an ultra-simplified pollution sensor, known as diffusion sensor, which can be used to detect various air pollutants. No bigger than a small test tube (7 cm long, 1 cm in diameter), it contains an absorption material which is able to capture the pollutant by means of molecular diffusion. The cost of the Radiello sensor is minimal, about five euros, which means it can be installed over a very wide area. After being left for a few days, the samples are collected and the absorption levels analysed in a laboratory. Genuine pollution maps can then be drawn up.

In the street, the home and on the person

The Radiello sensors allowed the MACBETH researchers to carry out a triple analysis of benzene pollution in the six European towns. Observable atmospheric concentrations were measured at different locations in the city of Padua (like in other 5 European Cities, see Figure 3), in the home and directly on the person in order to measure the exposure of individuals (see Figures 1 and 2).

Figure 1 - Map of Padua monitoring sites (Radiello location).

Figure 2 –Benzene concentrations resulting from interpolation of measured data.

During the six observation periods, carried out during a five-day period on each occasion, fixed sensors were placed in different urban areas (100 sites per town), in the homes of non-smoking volunteers (50 inhabitants per town) and on the person of these volunteers. Two groups of people have been monitored. One group consisted of a sample of the population that would normally be subject to only average or low direct exposure to automobile traffic, as they spend a large part of their time indoors, notably students and their teachers. The other group were people whose jobs involve a high risk of exposure, such as bus and taxi drivers and highway maintenance workers.

Inequality of risk exposure

The MACBETH results were presented at the International Conference on Air Quality in Europe, held in Venice from 19 to 21 May 1999. They showed the extent to which the people of Europe are far from equal in the face of the benzene threat. Levels range from an average of 3.3 µg/m3 in Copenhagen to 24.9 µg/m3 in Athens. There is a clear increase in benzene pollution as you travel southwards across Europe (see Figure 3). A number of variables must be taken into account to explain this difference, including, no doubt, traffic density and flows, the influence of climate and weather, lifestyles and the structure of the built urban environment.

There was another clear finding: benzene concentration levels are generally, and paradoxically, higher indoors than outdoors. This is a factor which must certainly be taken into account in future. For the rest, the harmful effects of certain high-risk jobs was confirmed.

Figure 3 – Benzene levels in MACBETH cities.

These results have been used also to define the new EU Air Quality Limit Value for benzene.

After the reduction of benzene and PAH content in gasoline (1% and 40% in volume respectively, come into force since 1998 in Italy), C6H6 levels in ambient air have decreased.

Acknowledgments

This text has been kindly revised from the City of Padua. It has been derived from some texts drafted by the Fondazione Salvatore Maugeri (Padua, I) and the Commission (see the websites):

- http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/life/project/Projects/index.cfm?fuseaction=SEARCH.CREATEPAGE&s_ref=LIFE96%20ENV/IT/000070&area=2&yr=1996&n_proj_id=1114&CFID=715359&CFTOKEN=66926972

- http://www.pc4.fsm.it:81/padova/homepage.html


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How to measure PAH?

2. Introduction

   

Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH) are a large group of compounds characterized by two or more aromatic rings. The partially volatile property of some PAH makes them highly mobile throughout the different environmental matrices (air, soil and water). Though a proportion of PAH is subject to long range atmospheric transport making them a transboundary environmental problem, their impact on the urban pollution is important in terms of threats to the public health. Indeed, ambient PAH include substances which are classified by IARC as probable or possible. Carcinogens and several PAH are genotoxic as well.

As the main exposure route is via inhalation into the lungs of PAH compounds associated with airborne particles, the possibility of efficiently quantifying the impact of PAH on the health is strictly linked to the state of the measuring devices and network for the particulate matter. More in detail, benzo(a)pyrene, BaP (the widely used indicator for PAH amount) from industrial and mobile sources are associated with the PM2.5 fraction whereas BaP from domestic sources is associated with a larger range of particle size.

From the regulatory point of view, the European Commission – DG Environment has prepared a proposal for a Directive that will cover the remaining pollutants listed in the Framework Air Quality Directive 96/62/EC, also including PAH. (1)

The directive draft has been based on the best available knowledge on the subject as summarized in the position paper on the ambient air pollution by PAH. (2)

3. Discussion

   

PAH pollution - state of the art

Usually, benzo(a)pyrene is used as indicator of the total PAH concentrations and in the 1990s, typical annual mean concentrations for BaP in ambient air varied:

· Between 0.1 and 1 ng/m3 in rural background areas; between 0.5 and 3 ng/m3 in urban areas (traffic sites are included at the upper part of this range) and

· Up to 30 ng/m3 in the immediate vicinity of certain industrial installations. PAH are emitted from a number of industrial, agricultural and domestic sources, major contributors being combustion of solid fuels (best estimate: 50 % of total benzo(a)pyrene (BaP) emissions), and to a much lesser extent primary aluminium production (15 % in 1990) and cookeries (5 % in 1990) .

A further source is the exhaust from road transport, i.e. from diesel engines (5 %). Important natural sources are fires and volcanoes.

Current and in progress legislation

There is at present no EU or US ambient air quality limit value for PAH compounds. Some Member States set guide or target values that are not legally binding, ranging from 0.1 to 1.3 ng/m³ for BaP. Italy has a legally enforceable ambient air quality standard of 1.0 ng BaP/m³. Sweden also has a guidance value of 2 ng/m³ for fluoranthene.

The draft Directive on arsenic, cadmium, mercury, nickel and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in ambient air will not impose strict air quality limits, but foresees mandatory monitoring where concentrations exceed 1 ng BaP /m³ (annual average).

As far as designing a network to monitor compliance with a potential BaP limit value is concerned, the macro-scale setting criteria described in Annex VI of Council Directive 1999/30/EC for the protection of human health are also applicable to PAH.

Focusing on urban areas, these criteria are aimed to design the network to cover the areas with the highest concentrations including industrial sites, traffic sites and sites in environments where solid fuels are used for heating.

In particular, in the case that monitoring urban hot spots, i.e. areas with high traffic density, canyon streets, and/or areas with high usage of coal or wood for domestic heating must be monitored, the sampling point should be representative of an area of at least 200 m2. Furthermore, urban background measurement points should be representative of larger parts of towns (of several km2 ) and should not be directly impacted by traffic, chimney stacks of domestic heating (coal, wood or oil) or any other PAH source. Appropriate sites may be: residential areas, parks, pedestrian-reserved areas, recreational areas or squares, yards of public buildings (such as city halls, schools or hospitals).

Micro-scale criteria for network positioning established for measurements of particles and benzene, in the Directives 1999/30/EC and 2000/69/EC are applicable to PAH too (height of the sampling inlet and its distance from vehicles stop or waits).

Reference sampling methods

In the absence of a CEN standardized method, the Member States are allowed to use national standard methods. All the methods involve sampling, extraction, clean-up and analysis. Sampling may be performed using either high or low-volume samplers, which may collect TSP or PM10 fraction or finer fractions if available. Whilst the particulate phase is always collected, the vapour phase is only collected if a sorbent material is also located in the sampling train. Extraction and clean-up methods vary widely and analysis can be performed by flame ionization detector, mass spectrometric detector or high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC).

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· PAH are an important component of the pressure on human health in the urban environment. They will be soon the object of a legislative harmonisation between the different EU countries and stricter air quality targets are expected in the medium term.

· Measuring networks siting criteria allow the town administrators to monitor PAH by means of the same sampling points used for PM assessment. Attention must be paid on the sampling method in order to minimize material losses due to vapour phases.


5. Examples / Further Reading

   

PAH Monitoring in Venice-Mestre Urban Area

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Proposal for a Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council relating to arsenic, cadmium, mercury, nickel and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in ambient air (4th Daughter Directive): http://europa.eu.int/eur-lex/en/com/pdf/2003/com2003_0423en01.pdf

· Position Paper on PAH - Prepared by the Working Group On Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons for the EC – DG ENV: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/pdf/pp_pah.pdf

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  PAH Monitoring in Venice-Mestre Urban Area

Example

   

Introduction

PAH are persistent compounds, characterized by low water-solubility and high capacity to adhere to organic matter; they are mainly caused by incomplete combustion processes of fossil fuels, and are therefore present in car combustion and heating systems emissions. The PAH concentration in the urban atmosphere can reach few ng/m3, while the specific components concentration has a variable relationship according to the specific emission source.

In Italy the DM 25.11.1994 (“Technical legislation updating on concentration limits and attention and warning levels for atmospheric pollutants in urban areas and dispositions on some pollutants according to the DM 15.04.1994”) has made it obligatory for PM10, C6H6 and PAH data collection in the PM10 fraction in the urban areas with a population > 150,000 inhabitants, such as the City of Venice-Mestre.

The national decree has given indications on reference methods for measuring and sampling and relative air quality standards defined as “air quality objectives”. Specifically, these are meant as annual mobile average value to be reached and to be complied with, starting from a determined date (according to 01.01.1996 and 01.01.1999 reference, see table 1). The PAH is a hydrocarbon class whose composition include two or more condensed benzene rings. The PAH class is therefore formed by a rather heterogeneous number of substances, characterized by different toxicological properties.

The US EPA has drafted a major toxicity PAH list comprising benzo(a)pyrene, characterized by the highest carcinogenic power (= 1). This is the reason why the annual air quality objectives on PAH concentrations refer to benzo(a)pyrene concentration.

The environmental importance of PAH derives from the ascertained carcinogenic action of some of them, particularly of those condensed in the atmospheric particulate matter.

To bring back the PAH environment concentration to health reference values (National Institute of Public Health - ISTISAN 91/27 Report) the concept of equivalent benzo(a)pyrene, that allows the determination of the overall risk deriving from PAH exposure, from the risk amount caused by benzo(a)pyrene (cancerogenic power = 1), plus those of the other active IPA:

- benzo(a)anthracene (carcinogenic power = 0,006);

- dibenzo(a,h)anthracene (carcinogenic power = 0,6);

- indeno(1,2,3-c,d)pyrene (carcinogenic power = 0,08);

- benzo(b)fluorantene (carcinogenic power = 0,11);

- benzo(j)fluorantene (carcinogenic power = 0,03);

- benzo(k)fluorantene (carcinogenic power = 0,03).

The annual value, with the aim of the comparison of quality objectives, is given by the mobile average of registered daily values.

Reference period

Benzo(a)pyrene

from 01.01.1996 to 31.12.1998

2.5 ng/m3

from 01.01.1999

1.0 ng/m3

Table 1 - Benzo(a)pyrene air quality objectives (national decree 25.11.1994)

While for PM10 and benzene the Daughter Directives implementation has meant the annulment of relative quality objectives, replaced by daily and annual limit values, in the case of benzo(a)pyrene, the 1.0 ng/m3 air quality objective is still effective. This value will be substituted by the 4th Daughter Directive implementation on Heavy metals and PAH.

Monitoring modalities in Venice-Mestre urban area

Following the decrees operative suggestions, to locate emissions sources and the exposure evaluation, the PAH atmospheric level is given by the concentration value measured in PM10 on a 24h basis. To evaluate the annual average value of PAH concentration, the measurement should be carried out for at least 15 days per month. The reference method for PAH measurement is the capillary column gas-chromatography and flame ionization detector.

The systematic measurements should be carried out in at least one of the A, B, C type stations, in order to identify the area average value, representative of the urban area various exposure situations. The stations’ classification have been drafted in the D.M. 20.05.1991 (now annulled following the EU Air Quality Directives implementation) identifying:

- A type station, reference or basic station, where all primary and secondary pollutants and basic weather inputs are measured, as well as PM10, benzene and benzo(a)pyrene pollutants to be evaluated by means of manual analytical method. Such stations should be preferably located in areas which are not directly affected by urban emission sources (parks, pedestrian areas, etc.);

- B type station situated in high density residential areas where some primary and secondary pollutants are measured, with particular reference to NO2, HC, SO2, PM with Pb content and mass characterization;

- C type station, placed on high traffic areas with reference to car vehicle pollutants (CO, VOC), on high exposure risk areas like high traffic and low ventilated roads. In this case, the concentration values are characterized by a representativity limited to the immediate surrounding areas close to the sampling point.

In the A type stations meteorological data should also be collected. The Venice-Mestre urban network stations where PAH monitoring is carried out are: Parco Bissuola (A); via Antonio Da Mestre (B); via Circonvallazione (C).

Figure 1 - City of Venice air quality monitoring stations (PAH monitoring stations: Parco Bissuola, Via Circonvallazione, Via A. Da Mestre)

At the mentioned continuous air quality monitoring stations sampling is also carried out, for PM10 and PAH via HPLC analysis, with reference to benzo(a)anthracene, benzo(b)fluorantene, benzo(k)fluorantene and benzo(a)pyrene.

The PM10 sampling (using Tecora instruments, that are in compliance with the Directives reference method) is carried out using a sampling line located inside the monitoring station with 24h sampling cycles by means of glass fibre filters. The PM10 and PAH analytic determinations are carried out in the laboratory, after the end of the filters sampling cycle, respectively by means of gravimetric analysis and HPLC.

The PM10 gravimetric determination is carried out on each sampled filter, while the benzo(a)pyrene determinations are alternatively carried out every two sampled filters. In this way, generally, for each monitoring campaign lasting about 1 month, at least 15 PM10 and 7 PAH measures are assured.

PAH levels in Venice-Mestre urban area

The annual mobile average, provided for by the D.M. 25.11.1994 as the benzo(a)pyrene evaluation tool, gives satisfying results only when data are homogenously distributed within the span of the months considered. In the benzo(a)pyrene concentration annual average estimation has therefore been considered preferable to using the average of the monthly averages, that is less sensitive to the effects of the varaibility of data distribution throughout the different periods and therefore allows sensibly weighing up each seasonal period.

The updated mobile averages up to December 2002 of benzo(a)pyrene concentration, calculated as an average of monthly averages, give 1,5 ng/m3 value for the Parco Bissuola station, 1,2 ng/m3 for the Via A. Da Mestre station and 1,5 ng/m3 for the Via Circonvallazione station, therefore exceeding the 1 ng/m3 air quality objective prescribed by Italian legislation. This objective corresponds also to the annual mean target value in the EU Proposal for a directive of the European Parliament and of the Council relating to arsenic, cadmium, mercury, nickel and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in ambient air.

Such values show a benzo(a)pyrene “area” pollution, which presents an almost homogeneous diffusion in the urban centre. The 2002 area average, as average of annual averages of the three different stations, is 1,4 ng/m3. The overall downward trend of the benzo(a)pyrene annual average in the urban area surveyed during 2001 (1,5 ng/m3), in comparison to 2000 (1,8 ng/m3), does not seem to be confirmed for 2002.

In the urban area, the benzo(a)pyrene, benzo(a)anthracene, benzo(b)fluorantene and benzo(k)fluorantene monthly average trend shows a concentration peak during fall and winter months, and, as already pointed out, a strong trend to quality objective exceedance for benzo(a)pyrene of 1 ng/m3, defined by DM 25.11.1994 as annual mobile average.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How to secure the quality of the monitoring data? Quality assurance (QA) and Quality Control (QC) systems and procedures.

2. Introduction

   

Quality assurance and control (QA/QC) is an essential part of any air monitoring system. It is a series of activities designed to ensure that air quality measurements meet defined and appropriate standards of quality, with a stated level of confidence. It should be emphasized that the function of QA/QC is not to achieve the highest possible data quality.

This is an unrealistic objective, which cannot be achieved under practical resource constraints. Rather, it is a set of activities enabling the network measurements to comply with the specific Data Quality Objectives (DQOs) for the monitoring programme. In other words, QA/QC should ensure that your data are fit for purpose.

Measured data of air pollution concentrations have a questionable value, unless the “quality” of each data point (in terms of its accuracy, representativeness) is known to a certain degree. This is fully understood and described in the EC AQ Directives. The Directives specify that the organisation(s) responsible for the quality of the data be named by the Member State (the National Reference Laboratory) and that Data Quality Objectives (DQOs) are specified for each compound.

In order to fulfil the data quality requirements, each network owner/operator has to specify and implement a system for controlling and assessing the data quality (a QA/QC system).

A set of procedures must be included which deals with the operations to obtain measured air quality data and also a system developed to ensure these operational procedures are followed.

When such a system is established and followed, it is possible to specify the accuracy and other quality characteristics of the reported data.

3. Discussion

   

Good data quality and high data capture rates are essential if the urban network is to achieve its objectives. To ensure comparability, consistent data quality assurance/control (QA/QC) procedures should be applied throughout the network.

Good QA/QC practice covers all aspects of network operation, including systems design and site selection, equipment evaluation, site operation, maintenance and calibration, data review and ratification. The successful implementation of each component of the QA/QC scheme is essential for the success of the program/system.

The Quality system that the responsible organisation has to set up can be described here in general terms. A number of reports and texts can be consulted which describes in full detail the specifics of the quality system (see the reading list below).

The main parts of the Quality System:

· Quality assurance: the management of the activities within the system, and setting of overall objectives and criteria.

· Quality control: the procedures of the day-by-day operations and data validation.

· Quality assessment: the external validation of the implementation of the quality system.

Quality assurance should consist of, for example:

· Setting Data Quality Objectives (DQOs), such as the desired accuracy of the data produced. The AQ Directives specifies required DQOs.

· Criteria for design of monitoring network and station location. The Directives have requirements related to this.

· Criteria for selection of instruments and monitors. The Directives specify the reference methods.

· Requirements to the competence and capacity of the Reference laboratory.

Quality control should consist of:

· Procedures for field operations, calibrations, maintenance etc.

Quality assessment should include

· Procedures for regular audits, inter-calibration exercises etc.

Basic description of data quality systems have been worked out by WMO, EEA and EMEP, see the reading list below for references. An example of a description of full Quality system developed to meet the requirements of the AQ Directives is also included (for Norway, in Norwegian).

The EU Air Quality Directives (http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/ambient.htm) specify Data Quality Objectives (DQO) and certain data quality related requirements which should be used to guide the actual specification of QA/QC systems:

· DQOs: Requirements are set for minimum accuracy and data capture for monitoring data, as well as for modelled data and objective estimation;

· Location of monitoring stations;

· Minimum number of stations e.g. in urban networks;

· Reference monitoring methods.

The Commission organises EU wide or regional inter-laboratory comparison exercises (round robin tests, inter-laboratory exercises, spot checks in the monitoring networks) to ensure comparability of measurements at international level. The main organisation under the EC carrying out such activities is the "European Reference Laboratory of Air Pollution (ERLAP) of the EC's Joint Research Centre (JRC) Institute for Environment and Sustainability (IES), its Emissions and Health Unit: http://ies.jrc.cec.eu.int/Action_2112_-AQH.66.0.html

Another useful link is to the AQUILA network, the network of National Reference Laboratories in Europe, presently headed by JRC/ERLAP: http://ies.jrc.cec.eu.int/Units/eh/Projects/Aquila/

The QA/QC procedures of measurements must contain audits including control of the operation of monitoring equipment at the sites, maintenance and calibration in the laboratories and data control.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· Although the main principles of QA/QC system design apply to most network or instrumentation types, there are often characteristic differences in their emphasis and practical implementation. It is a common oversight to place too much emphasis on laboratory-based quality assurance activities, as these are often easier to control and monitor.

· Although such QA/QC tasks are vital, particularly for sampler-based measurement programmes involving substantial laboratory analysis, considerable emphasis in any network quality system needs to be focused on the point of measurement. Mistakes or problems at the start of the measurement chain cannot be readily corrected afterwards. Sample system design and maintenance, regular site visits, audits and inter-calibrations therefore play an important role in network quality assurance.

· Another unifying feature of network quality systems is the need for effective data screening and validation. In any measurement programme -however well designed or operated- equipment malfunction, human error, power failures, interference and a variety of other disturbances may result in the collection of spurious data. To maximize data integrity and utility, therefore, these must be identified and removed before a final, definitive dataset can be generated or used.

· The design of an effective and targeted QA/QC programme is only the first step in the process of quality management. The programme needs to be fully documented and compliance with its procedures and requirements actively monitored. Monitoring programmes often evolve over time as objectives, legislation, resources or air pollution problems change. Quality assurance programmes therefore also need to be regularly reviewed, to ensure that they remain properly targeted and fit for purpose.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

AQ Data Quality Requirements, Bristol case

The Quality Assurance in Air Quality Monitoring in the Turku Region

Further Examples:

QA/QC procedures used by NILU

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· EMEP QA/QC manuals etc: http://www.nilu.no/projects/ccc/qa/index.htm

· The EEA EUROAIRNET Criteria report, Chapter 4.5 on QA/QC: http://reports.eea.eu.int/TEC12/en

· Handbook on the Quality System for air pollution data for Norway. Report No. OR 55/2002, of Norwegian Institute for Air Research, Kjeller Norway (in Norwegian).

· CEN standards for measurement and monitoring methods: http://www.cenorm.be/cenorm/index.htm, click subsequently on standards and drafts/finding draft standards/domains/environment/air quality.

· Quenda – quality of environmental data. Uncertainty calculations – an overview http://www.fmi.fi/kuvat/EnteSneek.pdf

· Data, sources of information and useful web sites: Guidelines for Air Quality, WHO, 1999: http://www.who.int/environmental_information/Air/Guidelines/Chapter5.htm

· Technical guidance document: http://www.aeat.co.uk/netcen/airqual/reports/lsoman/lsoman.html

· Technical report No 11, Guidance report on preliminary assessment under EC Air Quality directives:http://reports.eea.eu.int/TEC11a/en/tab_content_RLR

· Technical guidance document: http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/airquality/laqm/guidance/pdf/laqm-tg03.pdf

· Position papers on air pollutants: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/

· "European Reference Laboratory of Air Pollution (ERLAP) of the EC's Joint Research Centre (JRC) Institute for Environment and Sustainability (IES), its Emissions and Health Unit: http://ies.jrc.cec.eu.int/Action_2112_-_AQH.66.0.html

· Another useful link is to the AQUILA network, the network of National Reference Laboratories in Europe, presently headed by JRC/ERLAP: http://ies.jrc.cec.eu.int/Units/eh/Projects/Aquila/

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  AQ Data Quality Requirements, Bristol case

Example

   

Introduction

In order to maintain the monitoring network in Bristol there are site visits every two weeks to conduct a calibration of the continuous analysers using zero air generators and calibration span gases. Excel spreadsheets have been developed to record the instrument test measurements and also the concentrations when zero air and calibration gas is passed through the analyser. A laptop computer is used at each site to record the data directly to the spreadsheets. The spreadsheet archives the data so that it is easy to look at previous calibration data and see how the analyser is performing over time. It also calculates the offsets and multipliers necessary to re-scale the ambient data collected until the next calibration.

The Airviro system has been used to collect data from the continuous analysers. This is gradually being replaced by the Opsis system. A certain amount of automation has been developed to speed up the data scaling process. All the site specific spreadsheets are liked to a master tables spreadsheet. This sheet creates an ascii table which is used by specially created scripts in the Airviro system to take raw data from the sites, rescale them using the offsets and multipliers and creates a new scaled data set which is used for the data ratification process. This means there is always the raw data available if mistakes are made with the scaling process and have to be repeated.

Data Validation & Ratification Procedures

The objective of data validation/ratification as a data management process is to ensure that the data is consistent, reliable, credible and fit for purpose.

These procedures have been composed as standardised guidance only, and should not be taken as a definitive methodology for the validation and ratification of continuous analyser data. Effectively it is the experience of the operator, coupled with detailed knowledge of the operational status and performance of each analyser in the network that allows an acceptance or rejection of data as valid.

These guidance notes have been taken (in brief) from the following sources: -

Local Air Quality Management, Technical Guidance LAQM. TG (03), DEFRA Publications, Crown copyright 2003.

Automatic Urban Monitoring Network, Site Operator’s Manual, NETCEN, # 3.097, October 1998.

QA/QC Data Ratification Report for the Automatic Urban Network, DEFRA. (Quarterly Publications)

A Summary of the Ratification Process, Netcen, 2003

1) Initial Data Validation

This process involves the daily viewing and rapid screening of the raw data and identification of possible faults in the monitoring network. It may be seen, therefore, as the initial stage in the ratification process.

In order to detect rapidly ‘unusual’ data and faulty analysers, therefore maintaining high data capture rates, the raw data sets for each analyser must be viewed at regular and frequent intervals. It is recommended that ‘screening’ occur at least once daily. Following this, any suspicious data identified should be noted or flagged for further investigation as part of the full ratification process.

It is preferable for raw data to be scaled prior to initial validation as this will mean that appropriate offsets and multipliers have been applied. In practice, simple validation/screening can be conducted prior to the data scaling taking place. The whole purpose of the rapid screening of the data is to ensure that any possible faults are noted to enable a rapid response to possible system faults. Any scaling of data that occurs after the screening process will enable the full validation to take place at a later time period. OPSIS is configured so that all scaling and data manipulation is conducted on a duplicated data set (ASCII format), thereby leaving the original data set as received.

The following listing highlights some of the ‘anomalies’ that may occur in the raw data stream. The experienced operator will be able to distinguish between most of the various types of data anomaly itemised below.

Large data spikes

Possibly one of the most common ‘anomalies’ found in the raw data stream, the causes could be many and varied, including machine faults or acute localised events.

Machine faults

These may include: -

Internal zero/span enabled during daytime. This type of fault will occur at or about the same time every day.

Calibration spikes, where the analyser is not taken out of service prior to the calibration. These can be easily identified from calibration records and also by the magnitude of the peak.

Acute localised events

These may include: -

A car or heavy transport idling near to the analyser.

A local bonfire.

Emissions from industry (local or remote).

Episodes of unusually high/low values.

As with the above, there may be machine problems or ‘natural’ reasons why the data has unusually high or low values. Comparisons with other nearby sites may offer supporting evidence as to possible causes for the unusual data. The OPSIS software has page layouts designed to enable comparisons between nearby sites.

Some episodes of unusually high concentrations can be easily identified as probably genuine or spurious by comparison of data with other sites either in the national networks or locally operated. Examples of these are:

High concentrations of ozone at one site only.

-

Probably spurious.

High concentrations of ozone at more than one site.

-

Probably genuine.

Elevated concentrations of SO2 at a number of sites simultaneously with either no known local sources or local source near only one site.

-

Probably genuine, long range transport episode (eg power station emissions). This is especially likely if concentrations of PM10 are also elevated.

Elevated concentrations of SO2 at one of site with known local source(s).

-

Probably genuine.

Elevated concentrations of SO2 at one of site with no known local source(s).

-

Probably spurious but could be genuine.

[NO] or [NO2] greater than [NOX]

-

Possible wrongly connected outputs or mis-assignment of channels, otherwise instrument malfunction. One (simple) possibility is broken chopper belt or failed chopper motor.

Use of data files

The data files generated directly from the loggers contain all data including data which have been flagged as bad/out of service. Data which have been processed by the OPSIS software as ASCII files do not contain these data so these files should be used rather than the logger files.

Zero truncation

This type of fault is apparent by the way in which the data is cut off at the zero baseline of the graph. This is due to the analyser or data logger not being able to record negative values, old Environnement CO analysers may exhibit this type of data anomaly. This may be rectified by applying an offset value to the analyser.

Missing data

Data that is missing or lost during the data collection process may have several causes depending on the type of equipment used in the monitoring and transmission process.

It is evident that during the transmission of data using GSM modems there may be some interruption or transposition of the data leading to corruption and loss. With the later API analysers the large onboard memory allows for retrieval of data from several days to several months. If small ‘chunks’ of data are found to be missing then it is relatively easy to set retrieval from the source to an earlier time period, prior to that of the missing data.

Repetitious (identical) data.

As with the previous ‘missing data’ section, the causes of repetitions in the raw data stream can be as a result of the transmission of data through GSM phones. The OPSIS software itself has algorithms that will replace missing data with the last valid analyser measurement. This being a recognised and authenticated method of in filling gaps in the data stream. Another possible cause on NOX and SO2 analysers is a broken chopper belt or failed chopper motor.

It is recommended that care is used when isolating and rejecting these repetitious sequences, as there may be valid reasons why the data has long time periods of the same values. These include: -

extended time periods of little/no change in the pollutants being measured.

meteorological conditions

analyser off-line.

analyser fault.

Consideration also needs to be given to the pollutant and to the location of the monitoring equipment. Concentrations of SO2 tend to be very low except in the vicinity of major sources (industrial processes, large combustion plant or railway locomotives). As a consequence of this there is no immediately obvious reason to suspect long sequences of 1 or 2 ppb concentrations of SO2. Similarly at background locations concentrations of CO will usually vary by only small amounts whereas at roadside locations larger variations are normal.

In the case of traffic related pollutants variations are usually (but not always) greater during daylight hours than during the night and also on weekdays when compared to weekends. As a result of this a sequence of 5 or 6 hours of 0 or 1 ppb of nitric oxide between midnight and early morning is not necessarily indicative of a problem at a background site although it may indicate a problem at a roadside site.

In contrast to these situations extended periods of repeated higher concentrations should be regarded as dubious at best and more probably as spurious. Possible causes of this include instrument malfunction (broken chopper belt or chopper motor are possible causes) or leakage of span gas. The latter is only possible where an analyser is fitted with internal zero and span system or where calibration cylinders are stored on site.

[NO2]:[NOX] concentration ratios.

The ratio of concentrations of NO2 to NOX can provide clues to instruments malfunctioning or to unusual conditions. Typically at an extreme kerbside site this ratio will be low, in the region of 0.25 to 0.30, and at less extreme roadside sites it will be higher, typically 0.35 to 0.45. At an Urban Background/Urban Centre site it will usually be in the range 0.55 to 0.70. At a Suburban site it will usually be higher again, 0.75, and at Rural sites about 0.80. The highest ratios are observed at Remote Rural sites. The concentration ratios vary throughout the day at all sites. The greatest variations are at urban sites with the ratios being higher than average during the night and lower than average during the day. This is also the case at rural sites but to a lesser degree.

An abnormally high or low [NO2]:[NOX] ratio does not necessarily indicate instrument malfunction as extreme meteorological conditions cause this. The most obvious example is during a prolonged period of cold weather associated with an inversion layer forming where the [NO2]:[NOX] ratio will be lower than normal in spite of high concentrations of NO2.

2) Data Ratification

The previous section has been primarily concerned with the ‘day to day’ analysis of data. The ratification process is essentially related to the longer-term assessment of data trends and analyser performance over time periods of three, six or twelve months.

This is to ensure that any long-term drift in analyser response to zero and span checks becomes evident; where in the short term it would not, therefore, allowing drift adjustments to be made. Further to this, any adjustments made to the monitoring equipment will effectively alter its performance characteristics.

It is imperative that detailed records are kept of all equipment associated with or used within the monitoring network. All relevant data and records of servicing, repairs and analyser performance are subsequently compiled and compared with the results for each site. This process assigns missing or spurious data to specific analyser faults or analyser performance over the ratification time period.

Effectively, using the full ratification process, a complete history of the individual site operations is ratified (audited) and the data resulting from that site is therefore of a known quality. It represents the final stage of data acceptance prior to its use.

Procedure (preliminary listing)

Data scaling

Examine calibration data for analyser drift and performance.

The calibration data must be inspected for excessive analyser (zero/span) drift prior to it being applied to the raw data. Within the AURN data validation procedures excessive drift is given as > 5% over the previous results. The data storage (Excel) software should give indication of zero and span results outside of this range and provide instant recognition of this situation. Further to this, the quality of the analyser data is based on the machine functioning correctly within its design limits and operational parameters. The fortnightly site visits are at present the only way of recording this information on analyser performance. It is vital that all of the data relating to analyser performance and quality obtained from these visits is inspected and approved prior to use. The Excel software should also be capable of distinguishing when the design and operational parameters are exceeded.

Apply fortnightly calibration results.

The calibration results should be applied to one channel (ASCII data sets in OPSIS) of the raw data set as soon as received and audited for analyser performance.

Note. At present the application of calibration data to scale raw data can be conducted within OPSIS but the procedure is rather long winded for the amount of sites. The OPSIS software developers are conducting development of enhanced data scaling of raw data. In-house automated data scaling is also being researched at present using Excel software to scale raw data from the OPSIS database.

Note all site characteristics and analyser performance.

Detailed records of analyser performance and site characteristics should be noted and entered onto the database for each site. All changes to buildings and infrastructure within the vicinity of the site, including changes to road layout and local construction work etc. should also be included.

Data validation

Daily checks on raw analyser data

Note all anomalous data spikes, excursions and trends

Compare with other nearby network sites

Compare local meteorology to data

Data ratification

View data in time series over ratification period

Compare all site and service records to scaled data

Compare with other sites and levels of other pollutants

Examine calibration drift records

Completion

When all of the above methodologies have been conducted the data should be fit for the purpose of Bristol City Council’s Air Quality Assessment. The systems in use at present should produce results of good accuracy and precision, it is considered that +/- 15% accuracy is achievable through a dedicated approach to consistency.

Glossary.

Offset.

-

The difference between the observed concentration when running zero gas and zero.

Multiplier.

-

The ratio of actual concentration of span gas to observed concentration. ([Span gas (actual)]/([Span gas (observed)] – [Zero gas (observed)])).

Validation (screening).

-

Initial identification and removal of obvious spurious data or flagging of possible dubious data.

Ratification.

-

Final scaling of data and removal of dubious data where these are positively identified as spurious.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  The Quality Assurance in Air Quality Monitoring in the Turku Region

Example

   

The air quality directives obligate municipalities to monitor their air quality and to report the results of monitoring to citizens and to spread hourly based concentration data e.g. in the internet. In a case when the concentrations exceed the limit values, a city has to take measures to reduce pollution, e.g. by reducing the traffic. It is of a great importance that the kind of decisions will be based on reliable air quality data. For that reason the quality assurance is a major part of the air monitoring activity. Only by quality assurance the measured results can be guaranteed. False results can lead to the wrong conclusions, which is not desirable.

Quality assurance means all the planned activities that are necessary to full fill all the requirements set for the air quality monitoring. The goals of the quality assurance are reliability, accuracy, repeatability, comparability and validity of the air quality data. Quality assurance should cover all the activities related to the air quality monitoring, e.g. planning of air quality monitoring system, monitoring the air quality, preventive maintenance of the analysers, calibration, data handling and documentation, reporting of air quality and qualification of the staff working with the air quality monitoring system.

In the Turku region the quality system was built in 1997 – 1998. The whole process of quality assurance is described in the quality handbook. In practice the quality work is based on the careful and right-timed service of the analysers. In order to get reliable results the gas analysers are calibrated automatically once a day by using the permeation oven. By the automatic calibration zero and span values are checked. Furthermore a monthly calibration is required. Normally one concentration combined with zero and span value checks is adequate in monthly calibration. If the one-point calibration differs a lot from the last calibration it is necessary to perform a multi-point calibration when four different concentrations are checked. Once a year an independent calibration is used in order to make sure that our portable calibrator functions correctly. An independent party performs the calibration of particulate analysers once a year. It is also a possibility to buy calibration services from the National Reference Laboratory.

The results from the air quality monitoring in Turku region have been reliable. Analysers have been very stabile so far. In daily calibrations the zero values vary only a little. The validity of the results has been extremely high (94 – 99 % in the year 2003). Because the air quality measuring in total are functioning very well it is possible to concentrate to the other aspects of the quality assurance such as the reporting and informing of our results.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  QA/QC procedures used by NILU

Example

   

Running air quality monitoring stations is more then just watching the numbers rolling in. To produce results of known and sufficient quality there is a whole range of tasks to be performed such as periodic status checking, maintenance, calibrations, data evaluation and so on. Failing to perform all or some of these tasks will reduce the data quality. To ensure unified operation both within a monitoring network and across several networks a documented quality system is necessary. All operations must be described in written procedures and documented for later reference. Only then will it be possible to assess the quality of the measured data as required in the EU Air Quality Framework Directive.

Based on the above and article 3 of the AQ Framework directive which calls for the designation of bodies responsible for ensuring accuracy of measurements etc., the Norwegian Pollution Control Agency appointed NILU as National Reference Laboratory for Air Quality in Norway (NRL) in 2001. NRL’s first task was to introduce a common quality system for all network operators in Norway.

The Quality Manual was written for non-experts. It aims at guiding the operators towards a unified way of operating their measurement networks by explaining in detail how maintenance, calibrations, data validation, etc. is performed and documented.

The main documentation at a site is:

  • Standard Operations Procedure (SOP) for each instrument at the site
  • A format for each SOP to document the procedure
  • Performance Acceptance Criteria specific to the instrumentation at the site

The results from periodic testing of instruments, typically once a week, e.g. zero/span checks on gas monitors, are compared to the Performance Acceptance Criteria. If the results fall outside the prescribed limits, certain actions have to be taken, e.g. recalibration, troubleshooting or service of the instrument. By using common action criteria across and between measurement networks, it is more probable that the operators will evaluate test results equally.

A typical weekly maintenance procedure for a gas monitor would be:

  1. Record time and date of arrival to the station, serial number of instrument and working gas standard and working gas concentration.
  2. Record selected status parameters, such as sample flow rate, sample temperature, reaction chamber temperature, light intensity.
  3. Compare status parameters with last few weeks of status parameters to detect trends, e.g. falling light intensity in an ozone monitor. The objective is to change consumables and spare parts before they reduce the quality of the data or brake down.
  4. Disconnect the inlet tube from the inlet and connect it to the zero/span check unit.
  5. Test the instrument by feeding zero and span gas to it.
  6. Compare the results with the results from last few weeks of zero/span checks to detect trends. Normally there would be a linear decrease in the response. A sudden drop may indicate a problem.
  7. Compare the results with the performance acceptance criteria and perform necessary actions if the test results fall outside the performance limits. The instrument response is changed only if it is outside the action limits.
  8. Perform regular maintenance as required, such as changing inlet filter.
  9. Remember to reconnect the inlet tube to the inlet!
  10. Record time of end of operation.
  11. Sign the maintenance form.
  12. Record the visit in the visit log.

Once the operator is back at the office he/she immediately calculates scale factors (slope and offset) based on the results from the zero/span check. The scale factors are entered into the data acquisition system and used by the system to mathematically correct the acquired data. Data is collected every hour from all stations, scaled and transferred directly for display on the internet web page (in this case: http://www.luftkvalitet.info/ ).

Even if the instruments are maintained in a proper order they may break down. In order to detect malfunctions as soon as possible, validation of collected data is required. Continuous display of data on the internet requires some automatic validation, re. e.g. spikes, too high values, too negative values. In addition a manual data validation is performed as well to cover other kinds of invalid data.

Manual data validation is performed as follows:

  1. Every day the operator goes onto the internet and looks at charts from his/her stations. The operator looks for indications of instrument malfunctions, such as constant levels, spikes and negative values.
  2. If any measurement data looks suspicious the operator will connect to the station and run a check on the instrument and inspect on-line or one-minute averages for details.
  3. Every week the operator enters the scale factors into the system.
  4. After the end of the month the last month of data is evaluated. The operator looks for trends in measurement data and scale factors, invalid measurement data, e.g. from zero/span checks and periods of instrument malfunctions are flagged.
  5. The monthly data is finally approved and transferred to the central database. They are now ready for use.

Calibrating the instruments and the working gas standard at the site is done once every three months, by bringing a travelling standard to the site.

The instruments are brought to the lab at NILU once a year for major service, adjustments and calibration. The calibration includes a test for linearity (dynamic calibration).

To test the actual performance of the networks, NRL performs an annual audit. The audit includes a performance audit and a system audit. The performance audit is conducted in every measurement network at a minimum of one measurement site selected at random. It tests the actual performance of an instrument by using an independent calibration standard brought to the site by NRL. The system audit is performed to document if the network operator is operating in accordance with the quality system and that the documentation and archives are in proper order.

NRL maintains the national reference gas standards and provides the networks with trace-ability to these standards. To assure the quality of the standards and other calibration equipment, NRL participates in international inter-comparisons.

Attached is an example of a SOP for weekly maintenance of a SO2 monitor.

ANNEX: Extract from NILU AQ Data Quality Manual

(see pages below)

Routine maintenance on a TEI model 43C SO2 monitor

Purpose of SOP

To maintain the gas monitor in a good order.

The monitor needs periodical maintenance and status checking to provide reliable results. The maintenance and status checking includes changing of consumables, cleaning, performance check, manual zero/ span check, leak checking and registration of status parameters.

Applicability and description of equipment

This SOP applies to the maintenance of gas monitors.

At the station the monitor is connected to the sample air intake system. During zero/span checks the monitor is connected to an external zero/ span check unit. The monitor is connected to the data logger by electrical wires.

Responsibilities

Personnel performing routine maintenance on gas monitors will be thoroughly knowledgeable of the contents of this SOP and will comply with its requirements when performing routine maintenance on gas monitors.

Instrumentation

This SOP assumes the following instrumentation:

· TEI 145 permeation tube zero/ span check calibrator

· TEI model 42C SO2 monitor

Documentation

This SOP is documented in the form:

Routine maintenance, TEI model 43C SO2 monitor

Maintenance procedure

1. Enter todays date and the time you entered the station in the Date and Start time fields respectively.

2. On the monitor press the RUN pushbutton to enter the continuous display. Enter the displayed SO2 concentration in the Ambient - Monitor - SO2 field.

3. On the monitor press the MENU pushbutton to enter the monitor menu and choose ALARM. Enter the INTERNAL TEMP, CHAMBER TEMP, PRESSURE, FLOW, INTENSITY, LAMP VOLTAGE and SO2 CONC status values in their respective fields in the Alarm section. Press RUN to return to the Run screen.

Manual zero/ span check

A manual zero/ span check is performed to validate the monitor response.

Registration of general information:

1. Enter the span gas cylinder pressure in the Z/S check monitor – Wrk. std. – Pressure field.

2. Enter the gas cylinder’s certified concentration in the Cert. conc. field.

3. On the monitor press the MENU pushbutton to enter the monitor menu and select RANGE using the arrow buttons. Press ENTER to enter the RANGE menu. Enter the RANGE values in the Z/S check monitor - Response - Range field in the form. Press RUN to return to the Run screen.

Zero check:

1. Disconnect the inlet tube from the inlet and connect it to the zero air generator.

2. Adjust the flow to 1 l/min.

3. Let the monitor sample zero air for 20 minutes. Enter the 1 Minute Average value from the datalogger in the Z/S check Monitor - Response - Zero field in the form.

Span check using a gas cylinder connected directly to the monitor:

1. Disconnect the inlet tube from the zero air generator and connect it to the span gas cyinder.

2. Adjust the flow to 1 l/min.

3. Let the monitor sample span gas for 20 minutes. Enter the 1 Minute Average value from the datalogger in the Z/S check monitor - Response - Span field in the form.

4. Reconnect the inlet tube to the inlet.

Do not forget:

1. Tick off the items in their respective fields in the NB! section in the form.

2. The monitor is sampling air from the intake.

3. Gas cylinder regulators are closed.

4. The zero/ span check unit and solenoids are not activated.

5. Sign the form

Routine maintenance. TEI model 43C SO2 monitor

Station name

Station Id.

Serial numbers

AQ-

Monitor

Z/S unit

Wrk. std.

Date

Start time/ Stop time

Ambient

Monitor

SO2

Internal

Temp.

Chamber

Pressure

Alarms

Sample

Flow

Intensity

Lamp

Volt

Conc.

SO2

Pressure

Wrk. std.

Cert. conc.

Z/S check

Range

monitor

Response

Zero

Span

Intake tube in place

NB!

Cylinder valves closed

Logger monitor off

Comments

Signature

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Air Quality Assessment, Tools and Methods

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
How to do Urban AQ assessments? Overview of structure and methods
 
Air quality assessment in the Venice-Mestre urban area
Short term air quality forecasting in Bristol
A proposal for a short term AP forecasting system for individual planning of urban travel routes
How to deal with contributions from outside the city?
 
Which Urban AQ Indicators and Indices are being used ?
 
Air quality index review in some European and USA
Air Quality Index - UK
Short term air quality forecasting in Bristol
PM10 AND O3 Forecast bulletins for the Veneto Region (I)
Short term air quality forecasting in Oslo
A proposal for a short term AP forecasting system for individual planning of urban travel routes
How to develop urban Emission Inventories?
 
Modelling Emissions for Road User Charging under Different Scenarios in Bristol
Emissions inventory evolution in Bristol
How to develop scenarios for Air Quality in the future?
 
Example of scenarios development and assessment of plast, present and future AQ and exposure in Venice
How to assess present and future Air Quality and exposure?
 
Air quality assessment in the Venice-Mestre urban area
Example of scenarios development and assessment of plast, present and future AQ and exposure in Venice
Modelling Bristol Hotspots
Study of atmospheric depositions in the surroundings of the porto Margera industrial area (Venice, I) and in corresponence with some biomonitoring stations.
How to do Short-term air quality forecasting?
 
Short term air quality forecasting in Bristol
Short term AQ forecast methods in Seville
PM10 AND O3 Forecast bulletins for the Veneto Region (I)
Short term air quality forecasting in Oslo
A proposal for a short term AP forecasting system for individual planning of urban travel routes
Which software systems for urban air quality management (UAQM) are available?
 
Traffic, Emissions and AQ Models in HEAVEN integrated AQMS system in Rome
The use of the AQM system INDIC Airviro in Birmingham – West Midlands
The use of the AQM system AirQUIS in Oslo

Overview of Issue

  Overview to appear here

Last Updated


 

30th November 1999

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How to do Urban AQ assessments? Overview of structure and methods

2. Introduction

   

There can be various objectives behind the assessment of the air quality in urban areas and there is a variety of methods used in the assessment leading to different levels of usefulness of the results.

The methodology of urban air quality assessment (AQA) is influenced by its objectives, which can be policy-related and/or research-related. Policy-related objectives are: the comparison between ambient air pollution levels assessed in zones/agglomerations and the limit values (LVs), to quantify the exceedances; the development of cost-effective action plans to reduce air pollutants levels; the evaluation of the effectiveness of policy measures (including future projections and scenarios); the information to the public.

Research-related objectives are: providing data for health/other effects (on the vegetation and cultural heritage) studies, to implement new AQA tools (such as geo-statistical techniques, dispersion modelling, etc.).

In this topic the main emphasis is to describe structure and methods of urban air quality (AQ) Assessments with basis in the requirements set in the EU AQ Directives. The further emphasis will be on how various methods fulfil AQ assessment objectives and on the applicability and usefulness of the results from the various methods.

One of the basic requirements of the Framework Directive (http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/index.htm) is that EU Member States make AQA in their territory, using methodologies depending upon the ambient air quality levels seen relative to the AQ limit values. The process is as follows:

· A preliminary AQA is carried out for the whole territory to assess preliminary the AQ levels in the various cities/agglomerations, as well as in rural areas, relative to the limit values.

· Based on this, each Member State divides its territory into “air quality zones”, including agglomerations (urban areas with more than 250,000 inhabitants) that are suitable for assessment and management.

· In the zones, different AQA regimes come into effect dependent upon the air pollution levels (see Topic Terms in the EC Air Quality Directives: What do they mean?)

· Monitoring networks and modelling capabilities are established in the zones according to set requirements in the Daughter Directives.

· Periodical AQ assessments are then carried out, and the results reported to the Commission regularly.

· Plans and programmes for improvements in the air quality are then mandated in the zones where the limit values are exceeded (see e.g. Topic How to develop an Air Quality Action Plan ?).

The different basic “methods” of air quality assessment are:

· Monitoring of air quality levels, by means of stationary stations, mobile laboratories and diffusive sampling techniques;

· Modelling of pollutants’ concentrations and depositions;

· Combination of monitoring and modelling, called “data assimilation”, meaning that the model’s predictions can be improved when combining it with monitoring data.

In the Member States the Authority responsible to make AQA can be different (regional/national, province/county, urban/local), depending on the transposition of AQ Directives (AQD) into the national legislation. At local or urban level, the methodology adopted to perform Air Quality Assessment (AQA) depends on the level of air pollution (LV, UAT, LAT, see below) registered in the zone or agglomeration comprising the urban area and on its objectives. Sometimes the “quality” of urban AQA is affected by human, technical and economic limitations, so that only a basic level of AQA can be performed.


3. Discussion

   

AQA methods

The following overview (the table and figure below) shows the different AQ “assessment regimes”, how the AQA methods are related to the requirements in the Framework Directive (FWD) and how they fulfil various assessment objectives:

Method

Required by FWD when:

Objectives fulfilled

Monitoring network

High quality monitoring

APC is above UAT

Assessment of APC relative to LV at station locations, with possibilities to extrapolate to other places, when network is well designed, and source information is available.

Medium quality monitoring

APC is between UAT and LAT

As above, but of less, but sufficient accuracy.

Low quality monitoring (indicative measurements)

APC is below LAT

Only to confirm that the APC is much lower than the LV.

Modelling capabilities

High quality modelling combined with monitoring

APC is above UAT

Assessment of
- APC in space and time;
- contributions from source categories;
- population exposure

Medium quality modelling combined with monitoring

APC is between UAT and LAT

As above, but with less accuracy

Low quality modelling (or objective estimation) alone or combined with indicative measurements

APC is below LAT

Only to confirm that the APC is much lower than the LV in the whole area.

APC: air pollutant concentration; LV: Pollutant Limit Value; UAT and LAT: Upper and Lower Assessment Threshold.

The word “low quality” in the table means methods which are simple and often less expensive, and having less accuracy, rather than implying poor quality as such.

Further description of AQA methodologies in light of the requirements of the European Commission is given in a technical guidance report to the AQ Directives:

http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/pdf/guidanceunderairquality.pdf

Assessment by monitoring

Both traditionally, and as required by the Directives, monitoring is the first “method” to use in AQ assessments, in urban areas as on other scales. The differentiation in the Directives between high, medium and low level quality (read: “accuracy”) monitoring reflects the experience and practices acquired by the air pollution monitoring community over several decades.

· “Low quality” monitoring methods, to be used both in the preliminary assessment phase, and later when it has been demonstrated that the pollution level is low, include e.g. passive samplers, simple manual samplers taking daily average samples, etc. (see e.g. Preliminary Assessment methods report: http://reports.eea.eu.int/TEC11a/en ).

· High quality” monitoring methods, which are required in agglomerations and when the air pollution concentration exceeds UAT, entail automatic monitors giving hourly values or better, with near real time transfer of data, so information to the public can be given. The methods must comply with the accuracy requirements in the Directives.

· “Medium quality monitoring”, which is to be used when the air pollution concentration is between UAT and LAT, does not imply that there are some separate “medium quality” types of methods. It means rather that fewer locations may need to be monitored, and the intensity of monitoring can be less, for instance covering less of the time of the day/week/year, mobile monitoring stations can be used to a larger extent, etc.

Monitoring methods present some important topics, such as: the optimisation of the macro-sitting or network design, as well as micro-sitting parameters; stationary monitoring stations’ classification (e.g.: urban background station, traffic hot-spot station, etc.); sampling and analysis of polluted air at a particular location, including calibration techniques (reference methods, equivalent methods, Quality Control/Quality Assessment); indicative measurements such as the use of mobile laboratories and the diffusive sampling techniques; estimation of the human/economic resources needed to maintain the network’s efficiency. (See the topic descriptions in the section Air Quality Monitoring Methods.)

General references on AQ monitoring methods: see Additional Documents section below.

Assessment by modelling

Use of modelling methods is suggested under the new AQ Directives, to assess the spatial distribution of concentrations (such as iso-lines in maps) and the analysis of the causes of air pollution (by means of the emission inventories), which have to be reported for zones/agglomerations where levels exceed limit values.

Advancing from monitoring to modelling involves some important steps: the implementation of an emission inventory (see the Topic How to develop urban Emission Inventories?) and the set up of monitoring of meteorological and dispersion data, and dispersion and/or statistical. This is a major step for local authorities, in terms of additional expertise and capacity. Often the tasks involving modelling are contracted out to expert consultants.

Relevant items for modelling methods are: the type of model and its choice, which is depending on the application to be implemented; its input data requirements (meteorological data or modelling and the emission inventory); the topography of the area; the monitoring data needed for the model’s validation; using monitoring data to improve the local applicability of the model; the needed results, deriving from the various model runs, for example: evaluation of present Air Quality status; contributions from selected human/natural activities or single sources (e.g. industrial point sources, emissions from harbour’s activities, etc.); distribution of population exposure (e.g. patterns of exposure due to traffic emissions, or to industrial emissions in the nearby of an urban area); future Air Quality projections, to evaluate effectiveness of policies.

General references on AQ modelling and models:

· http://reports.eea.eu.int/92-9167-028-6/en/tab_abstract_RLR

· http://www.epa.gov/scram001

· http://www.arb.ca.gov/html/aqe&m.htm

· http://air-climate.eionet.eu.int/databases/MDS/index_html

· http://www.harmo.org/

· http://www.uwe.ac.uk/aqm/centre/model.html

· http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/cafe/activities/activities.htm

· Note by the CAFE-Working Group on Implementation, Nr. 2003/3, Subject: “Air Quality assessment around point sources”): Air Quality assessment around point sources (pdf 20K)


4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

The initial identification of the levels of pollution (Preliminary AQA) is a fundamental step to determine what the requirements for assessment in the individual zones are, as given in the AQ Directives. (See the Guidance Report on Preliminary Assessment under EC Air Quality Directives, web-link below). After that, the “quality” of the following AQA depends on human, technical and economic resources available to the experts in the field of air quality assessment within governmental or local authorities, and their capacity to out-source various assessment tasks. Technical Guidance is given by the EU to choose the most suitable method to perform it (see web-links below). The performance of AQA can be regarded as a gradual process that can be improved in parallel with the acquirement of more sophisticated tools and techniques to assess air quality (i.e. statistical and mathematical modelling). However, local authorities have the responsibility to perform assessments according to the requirements in the AQ Directives.


5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Traffic, Emissions and AQ Models in HEAVEN integrated AQMS system in Rome


Further Examples:

Air quality assessment in the Venice-Mestre urban area
Short term air quality forecasting in Bristol
A proposal for a short term AP forecasting system for individual planning of urban travel routes

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Background references on AQA structure/methods:

· Framework Directive 96/62/EC, Daughter Directives 1999/30/EC, 2000/69/EC and 2002/3/EC: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/index.htm;

· Guidance report on preliminary assessment under EC air quality directives: http://reports.eea.eu.int/TEC11a/en;

· Overview of Methods and Results of the Preliminary Assessment of Air Quality in Europe under Directives 96/62/EC and 1999/30/EC:http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/pdf/reportpreliminaryasses.pdf

· Technical guidance on how to assess air quality under the new EU air quality directives, in particular the Framework Directive 96/62/EC and the first Daughter Directive 1999/30/EC (with examples):http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/pdf/guidanceunderairquality.pdf

· World Bank, Urban air quality management strategy in Asia - guidebook: http://www-wds.worldbank.org/servlet/WDS_IBank_Servlet?stype=AllWords&all=urbair&ptype=sSrch&pcont=results&sortby=D&sortcat=D&x=13&y=10;

· UK 2003 Guidance for Air Quality Management (Policy Guidance LAQM.PG(03) and Technical Guidance LAQM.TG(03)): http://www.uwe.ac.uk/aqm/centre/

Background references related to AQA by monitoring methods

· US EPA Ambient AQ Monitoring Information Centre: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/amtic/

· Jon Bower: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring. In Air Quality management, Issues in Environmental Science and Technology, Monograph 8 (Eds: R.E. Hester and R.M. Harrison); The Royal Society of Chemistry. Herts, UK.

· Monitoring Ambient Air Quality for Health Impact Assessment; WHO Regional Publications, European Series, No. 85.

· Criteria for EUROAIRNET - The EEA Air Quality Monitoring and Information Network, Technical report No 12: http://reports.eea.eu.int/TEC12/en/tab_content_RLR;

· Exchange of Information (EoI) Decision and Guidance note:

· Council Decision 97/101/EC.

· Commision Decision 2001/752/EC

· Guidance report on the Annexes to Decision 97/101/EC (pdf 930K)

· http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/cafe/pdf/working_groups/01121718guidanceoverview.pdf and http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/cafe/pdf/steering_technical_group/item6_eolreview.pdf;

· CEN standards: http://www.cenorm.be/catweb/cwsen.htm

Background references on modelling methods

· European Topic Centre on Air and Climate Change, Topic Centre of European Environment Agency, Model Documentation System (MDS): http://air-climate.eionet.eu.int/databases/mds.html;

· EUROTRAC 2: GENEMIS Project: http://www.ier.uni-stuttgart.de/public/de/organisation/abt/tfu/projekte/genemis/

Examples of assessment from monitoring, European scale

· European scale: European Environmental Agency, Air Quality in Europe Reports 1999, 2000: Air quality in Europe: state and trends 1990-99

· Air pollution in Europe 1990-2000

· European Topic Centre on Air and Climate Change, Topic Centre of European Environment Agency, European Air Quality in 1998, Final Report: http://air-climate.eionet.eu.int/reports/EoI_European_Air_Quality_In_1998_FinalReport

Examples of assessment from modelling

Regional/National scale: EMEP (Convention on Long-Range Transboundary Air Pollution): http://www.emep.int/ and RAINS: http://www.iiasa.ac.at/rains/Rains-online.html?sb=8


Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Air quality assessment in the Venice-Mestre urban area

Example

   

Introduction

Before the implementation of the EU Directives on air quality, the Italian Environment Ministry published a decree (DM 04.21.1999 n. 163, “Identification of sanitary and environmental criteria for circulation limitation measures adopted by the Mayor”) aimed at determining basic criteria on the grounds of which Mayors can adopt car traffic limitation measures in urban areas, whenever such measures are considered effective for air quality improvement.

The environmental and sanitary criteria that the municipal authority can use as a basis for possible measures for traffic control, are characterized by an overall evaluation of the urban atmospheric environment. This obliges the City of Venice to draft an Annual Report on air quality, using the technical support of the Authorities involved in public health and environment protection. With the implementation of the EU Directives, the ministerial decree has been partially repealed, in fact there is actually no obligation for Municipalities to draft this kind of report, even though many administrations keep doing it on a voluntary basis.

Following the new procedures introduced by the Daughter Directives, the regular evaluation and the consequent regional territory zoning based on air quality has become a duty of the Veneto Region Authority.

It is however the Mayor’s obligation to look at car traffic control measures in urban areas, differentiated on the basis of the type of pollutant presenting quality objective or attention level exceedances.

The possible measures provided for by legislation in urban areas are the following:

- preventive traffic prohibition for all vehicles with less that an annual control on emissions;

- traffic limitation for spark ignition vehicles in urban zones where mobile emission sources contribute to the atmospheric dispersed benzene annual average value exceedence of 10 μg/m3;

- traffic limitation for all types of vehicles in urban zones where mobile emission sources contribute to the atmospheric benzo(a)pyrene annual average value exceedence of 1 ng/m3;

- traffic limitation for spontaneous ignition vehicles in urban zones where mobile emission sources contribute to PM10 annual average value exceedence of 40 μg/m3.

The Air Quality Assessment structure underlying the report

The Annual Report, prepared in following the National Decree n. 163/99, aims at describing, on the basis of all the suitable information on the City of Venice territory, the atmospheric environmental quality situation of the previous year and planning measures to be adopted to reduce pollution levels in urban air to achieve an improvement in citizens’ quality of life.

The report is therefore structured following the PSR scheme (Pressures, State, Responses), with a brief introduction that contextualises the evaluation:

- Introduction: reference guidelines, formed by:

o legislation on atmospheric pollution control (EU legislation, country legislation);

o territorial framework (ARPAV air quality monitoring network, regular measurement campaigns);

o the characterization of atmospheric pollutants and health effects.

- Pressures: emission sources characterization:

o industrial sources classification at the provincial level;

o car traffic emission estimations (following the COPERT 3 methodology).

- State: air quality characterization of the reference year:

o Meteorological data analysis and relative historical series (compass rose, atmospheric stability classes, cold/hot semester meteorological classification);

o database used (fix survey network and relative efficiency, mobile laboratories, passive samplers, etc.)

o air quality analysis (sulphur dioxide (SO2), nitrogen oxides (NOX), carbon monoxide (CO), PM (TSP and PM10), ozone (O3), volatile organic compounds (VOCs), benzene (C6H6), polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH), heavy metals annual data);

o temporal statistical analysis (historical trends);

o spatial statistical analysis (spatial correlations);

o critical and chronic pollution situations check (legislative limit values comparison).

- Responses: Municipal Authority intervention lines characterization.

See the full text report (in Italian language): http://www.ambiente.venezia.it/aria.asp?sub=delibere

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How to deal with contributions from outside the city?

2. Introduction

   

The air pollution concentrations in an urban area are the combined result from emissions within the urban area itself, and the air pollution coming from outside. The contribution from outside – the extra-urban contribution – is the result of man-made emissions from near-by activities, from neighbouring cities, as well as the combined effect of emissions from upwind areas sometimes up to several thousand km away. Even contributions from the hemispheric/global scale may be important, which is the case for instance for ozone. Natural pollutants may also be important, such as for particulate matter (e.g. Saharan dust, marine aerosols-"sea spray") and for ozone (influx of stratospheric ozone into the troposphere and boundary layer).

The extra-urban (often called "regional") pollution contribution is particularly important for particulate matter PM (PM2.5, PM10) and for ozone. The high regional PM and ozone is mainly a result of secondary particle formation from precursor gases (for PM: mainly SO2, NOX, NH3 and VOC; for ozone: mainly NOX and VOC). Considerable secondary PM and ozone formation is due to extensive precursor gas emissions in large upwind areas with air flow transport over several hours and more, such as between European regions. During the air transport certain meteorological conditions must prevail, such as strong sunshine for ozone formation, and no precipitation.

Apart from this contribution from secondary formation of pollution, large sources/emitters/industrial areas of primary pollutants (primary PM, NOX, etc.) quite near, but outside the urban area may, when it is upwind, of course contribute significantly to the urban concentrations.

The importance of the extra-urban (regional) contribution is demonstrated in Figure 1. The figure shows statistics from the data in AirBase http://air-climate.eionet.eu.int/databases/airbase.html, the air pollutant data base held by the European Topic Centre for Air Quality and Climate Change (ETC/ACC) for the European Environment Agency (EEA) http://org.eea.eu.int/. AirBase contains data from several hundreds of monitoring stations across Europe, of different types (Rural, Urban, Traffic, etc.). The figure represents data for the year 2000 and shows, for each compound (NO2, PM10, Ozone) the average, and 10th and 90th percentile of concentrations for all of each of the station types (rural, urban, traffic).

Figure 1: Data in AirBase on pollutant concentrations at monitoring stations in Europe, 2000, showing the typical concentrations at rural, urban and traffic stations, annual average and short-term percentiles (LV: limit value; TV: target value; NO2 max19: 19th highest hour in a year; PM10 max36: 36th highest day in a year; Ozone max26: 26th highest daily max 8-hour average)..

Note that the rural, urban background and traffic stations do not in general represent adjacent areas (that is, not for all cities there is a near-by rural station), although in many cases this is true. Still, the large number of stations implies that the figures give a good indication of the average rural, urban and traffic concentrations in Europe.

The information in the figure can be summarised as follows:

For NO2, the average rural background concentrations in Europe are typically 50-60% of the average urban concentrations. For PM10, the rural contribution is about 90%! For ozone, the figure demonstrates the well-known effect that the urban concentrations are typically lower than the rural ones, since ozone is most often reduced due to chemical reaction with NO inside the city, which produces NO2.

In order to work effectively on the air pollution situation in the city, it is thus obviously important for local authorities and air pollution control departments to know how to assess the extra-urban contribution and to consider the possibilities to abate the extra-urban contribution (by contacting/working with regional/national authorities).


3. Discussion

   

How to assess the extra-urban contribution

By monitoring:

Ideally the monitoring network of an urban area should include stations outside the urban area, located such that the influx of air pollution from outside can be determined. Since the extra-urban contribution varies considerably with the season, the monitoring at such stations should be year-round.

The number of extra-urban stations, and their location, obviously depends on the source situation near-by, and the geographical location relative to large-scale regional background, such as whether the high regional background contributions would come predominantly from one or several geographical sectors.

The following considerations would be important regarding extra-urban stations:

· The location(s) must be upwind of the urban area itself, when looking towards the main sector(s) of influx of regional pollution, and outside the populated areas of the city itself;

· If there are major (industrial or urban) source areas nearby, the location of the station(s) should reflect where the major impact from the sources is expected. To determine this, dispersion modelling exercises if often needed. However, if the distance to the source area is more than 10 km, the background station can be located similar as indicated above. If the distance is shorter, and there are industrial stacks, dispersion modelling would be recommended to find the areas of maximum impact from the sources.

· For regional air pollution, compounds to be covered should be NO2, PM and ozone.

· For nearby source areas, relevant compounds from the sources should be covered.

The Guidance to the Annexes of the Exchange of Information Decision give some guidance as to location of so-called "near-city" monitoring stations, Commision Decision 2001/752/EC Guidance report on the Annexes to Decision 97/101/EC (choose the pdf files).

By modelling:

Regional chemistry transport models can be used to help determine the extra-urban contribution to an urban area. Such models, e.g. EMEP http://www.emep.int/index_mscw.html, CHIMERE http://euler.lmd.polytechnique.fr/chimere/ and MATCH http://www.smhi.se/ use grid resolutions from 10 – 100 km and can determine the transport and chemistry of many pollutants. The calculations are based on meteorological input data, usually taken from global or regional models, e.g. ECMWF http://www.ecmwf.int//, HIRLAM http://hirlam.knmi.nl/ and griddled emission data, e.g. EMEP http://webdab.emep.int/. As a result, the quality of the regional model results will be dependent on both these input factors. Such models are complicated to run and not readily accessible for general use, but results from some of these models are available, e.g. EMEP http://www.emep.int/Model_data/model_data.html and CHIMERE http://euler.lmd.polytechnique.fr/chimere/output.200108/index.html.

In-country institutions carrying out regional air pollution modelling could also be contacted when there is a need for modelling of the regional air pollution outside your city.

Regional models can be used directly to estimate extra-urban contributions, but they are also useful when helping to plan the placement of background stations and to access the geographic regions and source sectors responsible for the measured extra-urban contribution.

How to abate the extra-urban contribution

In the case of large-scale regional air pollution affecting the urban area, the abatement of this "source" would be a European responsibility, which is handled by the UN-ECE Conventions on Long-Range Transboundary Air Pollution and by the Commission.

In case of nearby source areas with considerable influence on the urban area under consideration, the "zones" which have been established by each Member State under the EU Air Quality Directives (see e.g. the Topics Terms in the EC Air Quality Directives: What do they mean? and How to do Urban AQ assessments? Overview of structure and methods) should, in principle, already include all nearby emission areas affecting urban areas. They should be regarded as "Air Quality management zones" selected such as to make air pollution abatement in polluted areas as effective and integrated as possible.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

It is clear that the extra-urban air pollution concentrations often give significant and sometimes dominating contributions to the urban air pollution levels. It is very important for local authorities to deal with this contribution, both to assess its importance and variations, and to try to manage it in terms of abatement, then in a broader (national or European) context.

The size and variations in the contribution must be assessed either by monitoring station(s), located such that they can determine the extra-urban contribution, and/or by using modelling techniques.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Airbase contains (2002 data) more than 300 rural SO2 and NO2 stations, and about 160 rural PM10 stations. The stations, their location, and monitoring data can be viewed using the AirView tool: http://air-climate.eionet.eu.int/databases/airview.html

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Which Urban AQ Indicators and Indices are being used ?

2. Introduction

   

The first Daughter Directive (1999/30/EC) obliges Member States to ensure that up-to-date information on ambient concentrations of air pollutants is routinely made available to the public, by means, for example, of broadcast media, press, information screens or computer-network services. Information on ambient concentrations should be updated on a daily or hourly basis depending on the pollutant. Such information shall, at least, indicate any exceeding of the concentrations in the limit values and alert thresholds over the corresponding averaging periods. It should also provide a short assessment in relation to limit values and alert thresholds and appropriate information regarding effects on health. Air quality indicators and indices could be used for the Directive’s purpose to make the information made available to the public clear, comprehensible and accessible. The European Environmental Agency (EEA)’s definition of “indicator” is “an observed value representative of a phenomenon to study. In general, indicators quantify information by aggregating different and multiple data. The resulting information is therefore synthesised. In short, indicators simplify information that can help to reveal complex phenomenon”. Air quality indicators are parameters, or values derived from parameters, describing the driving forces and the pressures on the atmospheric environment, its state and its impact on human beings, ecosystems and materials and the responses steering that system. An indicator has gone through a selection and/or aggregation process to enable it to steer action.

“Index” usually means a composite indicator, where several compounds are seen together, and their levels (relative to limit values, or to WHO thresholds, etc.) are combined into one number, to synthesise the information to be reported to the public.

3. Discussion

   

Air quality indicators are used to report on the state of outdoor air quality and its potential effects on human health and the environment, how air quality is changing over time (e.g. trends in lead levels following the introduction of unleaded petrol), the difference between air quality in different areas, the factors influencing those differences and whether the policies adopted are improving air quality. The European Topic Centre on Air and Climate Change (ETC-ACC) has currently developed and used a huge set of indicators/sub-indicators for air pollution related issues. These indicators have been compiled over the past years for specific reports and fact sheets but are increasingly linked and harmonised. This core set of indicators will form part of a wider set of indicators that will be used, within EEA reports and services, to inform policy makers and the public on key European environmental problems. There are four types of indicators (analysis of the indicators can be found in detailed fact sheets on the EEA’s web site, see below). Pressure indicators are quantifying the stresses in the form of direct pressures, such as air emissions; state indicators describe the environmental conditions of ambient air; impact indicators are identifying and quantifying the changes in the ecosystems and human health, based on the conditions of the atmospheric environment; and response indicators describe the actions taken to improve the quality of the atmospheric environment. Following ETC-ACC’s guidelines, the core set-pressure indicators are: emissions of acidifying pollutants; emissions of ozone precursors; emissions of primary and secondary PM10, emissions of SO2, NOX, NMVOC, NH3, heavy metals and persistent organic pollutants (total and by sector). The core set-state indicators are: exceedance of critical load for total acidity and nutrients; exposure of agricultural crops and forests to ozone; exceedance of health- related limited values for “FWD” pollutants in urban areas (O3, PM10, NO2/NOX, SO2, CO, benzene and Pb).

Air quality index is a scale usually developed by the national authority to measure how much pollution is in the air and for reporting daily air quality. It tells you how clean or polluted your air is, and what associated health concerns you should be aware of. Usually, an air quality index focuses on health effects that can happen within a few hours or days after breathing polluted air for the major air pollutants regulated by the legislation. Air quality data are derived from monitoring stations and “translated” in the specific index’s scale. A specific colour must be assigned to each air quality category, delimited by values of concentration corresponding to “legislative” limit values, or health effects-associated levels, etc. One of the most important examples of air quality index is the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s “AQI”, where the red colour means “unhealthy” conditions, while the purple colour means “very unhealthy” conditions. This colour scheme can help to quickly determine if air pollutants are reaching unhealthy levels in the urban area and in its surroundings.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· While air quality indicators help summarising a huge amount of information, deriving from emission data, measures of pollutants, etc. into the so-called DPSIR assessment framework (Driving forces, Pressures, State of the environment, Impacts, and societal Responses) that covers the most important aspects of the socio-economic and environment framework, air quality indices are in general used to describe the “present” (daily or even hourly) state of air quality, giving to the public an updated and more comprehensible information on the state of air quality in urban areas (and not only).

· In the urban “perspective” air quality indicators can be useful tools in air quality assessment, to describe the importance of pressures on urban air quality and to derive the trend of air pollution over time. Air quality indices can help communicating air quality-related information to the public, as well as to environmental organisations, consumer organisations, organisations representing the interests of sensitive populations and other relevant health-care bodies.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Air quality index review in some European and USA

Air Quality Index - UK

Further Examples:

Short term air quality forecasting in Bristol
A proposal for a short term AP forecasting system for individual planning of urban travel routes
Short term air quality forecasting in Oslo
PM10 AND O3 Forecast bulletins for the Veneto Region (I)

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Background references on Air Quality Indicators

· ETC/ACC and EEA’s indicators (fact sheets included): http://ims.eionet.eu.int/Topics/AP/indicators/

· WHO/EEA Health Related Indicators of Air Quality: http://org.eea.eu.int/documents/berlin/index.html

Background references on Air Quality Indices

· U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Air Quality Index (AQI): http://www.epa.gov/airnow/aqibroch/

Examples of Air Quality Indicators

· Air quality Indicators in the City of Stockholm (S): http://www.slb.mf.stockholm.se/

Examples of Air Quality Indices

· Air pollution index in London (UK): http://www.erg.kcl.ac.uk/london/asp/PublicHome.asp?

· Air quality index in Paris (F), ATMO: http://www.airparif.asso.fr/english/indices/atmo.htm

· European Project EMMA (Integrated Environmental Monitoring, Forecasting and Warning Systems in Metropolitan Areas): http://vaxc.middlesex.ac.uk/emma/index.html

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Air quality index review in some European and USA

Example

   

Introduction

What follows is a short review on air quality index used in some European cities and in USA.

Air Quality Index in France (ATMO Index)

In France, the ATMO index identifies the typical characteristics of overall air quality for agglomerations larger than 100,000 inhabitants.

This index is determined using levels of pollution measured throughout the course of the day by urban and peri-urban stations for background pollution in the city.

The type of measurement site in question is precisely defined: they are background pollution sites that must be in densely populated areas. Therefore, for sulphur dioxide, the population density must exceed 4,000 inhabitants per km2 within a radius of 1 km around the site.

For nitrogen dioxide, ozone and dust particles, the population density must correspond to the same criteria. Moreover, the NO/NO2 ratio for the site must be less than or equal to 1 (typical characteristic of a site situated at some distance from trunk roads).

The ATMO index takes into account the different sources of air pollutants.

The following pollutants are taken into account:

- sulphur dioxide (from industrial plants);

- dust particles (from industrial plants and motor vehicles);

- nitrogen dioxide (mostly from motor vehicles);

- ozone (from motor vehicles).

For each pollutant, a sub-index is calculated. Each sub-index is determined every day using a mean of the levels of the pollutant examined on all of the stations used. For dust particles, the mean daily concentration on the site is taken.

For sulphur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide and ozone, the maximum hourly concentration on each site for the day in question is taken.

The maximum sub-index is selected as the final ATMO index, characterising the overall air quality.

Calculation chart for 4 sub-indices:

Mean of daily averages for the different sites

Sub-index
Particulates

Min. threshold
in µg/m3

Max. threshold
in µg/m3

1

0

9

2

10

19

3

20

29

4

30

39

5

40

49

6

50

64

7

65

79

8

80

99

9

100

124

10

> = 125

Average hourly maximum values for the different sites

Sub-index
NO2

Min. threshold
in µg/m3

Max. threshold
in µg/m3

1

0

29

2

30

54

3

55

84

4

85

109

5

110

134

6

135

164

7

165

199

8

200

274

9

275

399

10

> = 400

Average hourly maximum values for the different sites

Sub-index
O3

Min. threshold
in µg/m3

Max. threshold
in µg/m3

1

0

29

2

30

54

3

55

79

4

80

104

5

105

129

6

130

149

7

150

179

8

180

249

9

250

359

10

> = 360

Average hourly maximum values for the different sites

Sub-index
SO2

Min. threshold
in µg/m3

Max. threshold
in µg/m3

1

0

39

2

40

79

3

80

119

4

120

159

5

160

199

6

200

249

7

250

299

8

300

399

9

400

599

10

> = 600

Table 1 - Sub-indices calculation.

The ATMO air quality index is in fact a figure between 1 and 10 linked to a qualifier:

Indice

Qualificatif

SO2 (µg/m3)

NO2 (µg/m3)

O3 (µg/m3)

Particulates (µg/m3)

1

Très bon +

0-39

0-29

0-29

0-9

2

Très bon

40-79

30-54

30-54

10-19

3

Bon +

80-119

55-84

55-79

20-29

4

Bon

120-159

85-109

80-104

30-39

5

Moyen

160-199

110-134

105-129

40-49

Niveau de vigilance

6

Médiocre

200-249

135-164

130-149

50-64

7

Médiocre +

250-299

165-199

150-179

65-79

8

Mauvais

300-399

200-274

180-249

80-99

Seuil d'information

9

Mauvais +

400-599

275-399

250-359

100-124

10

Très mauvais

>= 600

>= 400

>= 360

>= 125

Seuil d'alerte

Table 2 - ATMO Index calculation.

Each day, the ATMO air quality index is calculated until 4 p.m. and is published as of 5 p.m. The definitive daily index is known the following day from 9:30 a.m. onwards. What is more, every day at 12:30 p.m., an ATMO index forecast is carried out for the same day and the following day, available for consultation on the French Minitel system and the Internet.

Since the end of 1999, air quality can also be consulted on one of the most visited web sites in France: www.tf1.fr in the "Services" page.

The estimated daily index is also announced every evening at the end of the regional news bulletin on the French television channel, France 3, on the teletext service of French television channel France 2, and in different daily newspapers (Le Figaro, Le Parisien, etc.). It is also broadcast by a number of radio stations covering the Paris region (Skyrock, BFM, etc.) and given on the 170 public information boards situated throughout Paris.

See the web site: http://www.airparif.asso.fr/english/indices/atmo.htm

Air Quality Index in Stockholm (Sweden, EMMA Index)

The EMMA index, used by the City of Stockholm (see http://www.slb.mf.stockholm.se/), deals with pollutants separately, because it takes into account their different effects on human health.

Air quality classes are defined on the basis of limit values fixed by European Directives by WHO guidelines and atmospheric pollution local conditions (estimated through statistical analysis of data collected at the local air quality monitoring network).

Terms used to characterise different levels of human and vegetation exposition, refer to the EC Air Quality Directives and to WHO (see the 1987 and 1995 guidelines) terminology:

- ”Limit Value”: limit value that must not be exceeded to prevent dangerous effects on health and/or environment;

- “Target value”: a level fixed with the aim of avoiding more long-term harmful effects on human health and/or the environment as a whole, to be attained where possible over a given period;

- “Guide Value”: recommended value, under which environmental effects are not important.

Quality judgement is based on the following considerations:

- need to protect more sensitive population groups, to warn population if risks for human health are occurring and to avoid vegetation damages;

- air quality targets must guarantee a better quality of atmospheric environment;

- past air quality situation has to be considered adequately.

Concentration levels that separate different quality classes are (see also Table 1):

- Annual Average Concentration (AAC). Air Quality annual conditions are compared with annual standard fixed by legislation. For polluted areas where this standard is exceeded, AAC is put equal to the standard. When standard is not exceeded or in absence of recommendations on annual average conditions, it can be convenient to calculate the annual average registered more frequently in the past and to assign that data to AAC.

- Target Value Concentration (TVC) for acute exposures. This value is generally put in relation with standard limit values and it can be used for short period exposure. When a target value is not available it is better to define it as the more probable daily average concentration.

- Upper Limit Concentration (ULC) and Lower Limit Concentration (LLC). They are based on human health exposure. Obviously lower limit is more easly reachable. Generally ULC is the double the LLC value.

- Intermediate concentration between TVC and AAC is the IVC (Intermediate Value Concentration). This value corresponds to vegetation protection limit value. When it is greater than the limit for health effects, the limit for vegetation corresponds to LLC and the IVC is put in the middle of range between TVC and AAC.

- The last subdivision is between TVV and IVV (AVC). The aim is to characterise conditions when it is necessary to warn population about acute pollution episodes. It is described by the Alert Value Concentration (AVC). If it is not defined by the Authority, it corresponds to the 85% of TVC.

According to the previously defined Concentration levels, the indeces that characterise the air quality state are reported in Table 3. In urban context the evaluation method could be focussed on health risk for population, while in a rural or suburban context it should take into account different effects on plants and animals.

The EMMA air quality index has been applied and validated for Athens city, using monitoring data referred to 1983-1995 (Kassomenos et al., 1996).

The index characterises the daily state of air quality for all measured pollutants.

Index

Quality class

Limit

7

Extreme

C > ULC

6

Severe

ULC ≥ C > LLC

5

Bad

LLC ≥ C > TVC

4

Critical/very poor

TVC ≥ C > AVC

3

Poor

AVC ≥ C > IVC

2

Average

IVC ≥ C> AAC

1

Good

AAC ≥ C

Table 3. - Index and quality air class respect to limit value (Kassomenos et al., 1996).

See the web site: http://www.slb.mf.stockholm.se/

Air Quality Index in Madrid (Spain)

27 monitoring stations are spread over the city, measuring several pollutants: SO2, CO, NO, NOX, NO2, PM2.5, PM10, ozone, BTX, etc.

Only 4 pollutants are included in the Air Quality Index: NO2, CO, SO2 and ozone. The city is divided into eight sections and the level of pollutant in each sections is catalogued as good (green colour), admissible (yellow), high (orange) or very high (red). Additionally, the daily average value of PM10 is also given:

Figure 1. - Index Air Quality Index in Madrid (Spain).

The index time of updating is 24 h, but you can have the data provided by the monitoring stations hour by hour, depending on the pollutant and the monitoring station considered.

Information to the public and alert thresholds for average daily measurements provided by the monitoring stations are 125 and 200 μg/m3 respectively for SO2, 125 and 150 μg/m3 for PM10 and 300 (1 hour) and 400 (3 hours) μg/m3 for NO2.

The information provided to the public consists on the following: 1) Call centre (Phone number: 010), which incorporates a service for environmental information; 2) information points, with tactile displays; 3) website; 4) email to the mass media including news about environment; 5) electronic panels in sport centres, which inform about the levels of some pollutants (low level: green colour, medium: yellow, high: red) such as SO2, PM10, CO, ozone, UV; 6) display screens installed in the streets which inform about some aspects of atmospheric and acoustic pollution.

In the website of the Municipality of Madrid (http://www.mambiente.munimadrid.es/) it is possible to find more information about the Environmental Information System of the city (SIM: Sistema de Información Medioambiental).

Air Quality Index in Helsinki (Finland)

In order to simplify the air quality information distributed to the public, the air quality index invented by YTV (Helsinki Metropolitan Area Council) is being used in the Turku region.

When calculating the index values, the concentrations of pollutants are compared to the Finnish guideline values (see Table 4). In 2002, the index was improved and now it is totally based on hourly averages. On the basis of the concentrations measured, the sub-index values are calculated, each on an hourly basis. Referring to the sub-indices, the highest value is chosen to be the index value of the hour, and the highest hourly index value characterises the daily air quality index.

Index value

CO 1h (µg/m3)

NO2 1h (µg/m3)

SO2 1h (µg/m3)

O3 1h (µg/m3)

PM10 1h(µg/m3)

TRS 1h (µg/m3)

50

75

100

150

4

8

20

30

40

70

150

200

20

80

250

350

60

120

150

180

20

70

140

210

5

10

20

50

Table 4 - Calculation of the air quality index.

The index value of 100 equals the guideline value (exception PM10). In the verbal characterisation, health and material-related impact as well as the effects on nature are also taken into account (see Table 5).

Index

Colour

Grade

Health related impacts

Other impacts

151 -

Violet

Very Poor

Possible in sensitive groups

Clear long-term impact on vegetation and material

101 – 150

Red

Poor

Possible in sensitive individuals

76 – 100

Orange

Passable

Improbable

51 – 75

Yellow

Fair

Highly improbable

Slight long-term impact on environment

0 – 50

Green

Good

None established

Table 5 - Determination of the air quality index as of 2002 (Helsinki Metropolitan Area Council).

The calculation of the index is based on the components monitored in a station, e.g. in one station the components can be NO2, CO and SO2, and in another only PM10 and NO2.

Link to Helsinki Metropolitan Area Council: http://www.ytv.fi/english/air/now.html

Air Quality Index in Malmö (Sweden)

It is based on hour values measured at the City Hall (roof level in the city centre) från Rådhuset (Centrum taknivå), Fosie (roof level in the outskirts) and Rosengård (roof level in the outskirts). Substances used are: sulphur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, ozone, carbon monoxide and PM10.

The index is the sum of the indeces for each of the substances minus a correction factor. The correction factor is the number 15 which is subtracted from the sum of the individual indeces. The individual indexes are an attempt to characterize the concentrations as low, average, high etc. This characterization is mainly based on limit values and recommendations for the different parameters. The individual index has five levels: very low, low, average, high and very high. There are five substances and consequently five points/numbers having equal weight/strength.

The following scheme has been used:

Substance

Characterization

Concentration

Points

Sulphur dioxide

Very low

0-10 (μg/m3)

0-5

Low

10-20

5-10

Average

20-40

10-20

High

40-70

20-60

Very high

70-

60-

Nitrogen dioxide

Very low

0-10 (μg/m3)

0-5

Low

10-20

5-10

Average

20-40

10-20

High

40-70

20-60

Very high

70-

60-

Ozone

Very low

0-40 (μg/m3)

0-5

Low

40-60

5-10

Average

60-90

10-20

High

90-120

20-60

Very high

120-

60-

Carbon monoxide

Very low

0-0,2 (mg/m3)

0-5

Low

0,2-0,5

5-10

Average

0,5-1,0

10-20

High

1,0-5,0

20-60

Very high

5,0-

60-

PM10

Very low

0-5 (μg/m3)

0-5

Low

5-10

5-10

Average

10-30

10-20

High

30-60

20-60

Very high

60-

60-

Table 6

The sum-index has following characterization:

0-15 = very low

15-30 = low

30-60 = average

60-120 = high

<120 = very high

US EPA Air Quality Index (AQI)

The AQI is an air quality indicator developed by the U.S. E.P.A. to provide uniform and easily understandable information about the daily levels of air pollution.

The AQI is reported as a percentage of the federal health standard.

An AQI reading between 101 and 150 is considered unhealthy for sensitive groups such as children, asthmatics and people with existing respiratory ailments, and these groups should limit strenuous outdoor activities under these conditions.

AQI readings greater than 150 are considered generally unhealthy, and it is recommended that even otherwise healthy people should consider limiting strenuous outdoor activities.nbsp;

The following table provides a list of the ranges and colors for the Air Quality Index and the related description of general health effects for each range:

AQI Category Index Values, Descriptors, and Colors:

Index Values

Descriptor

Color

0 - 50

Good

Green

51 - 100

Moderate

Yellow

101 - 150

Unhealthy for Sensitive Groups

Orange

151 - 200

Unhealthy

Red

201 - 300

Very Unhealthy

Purple

301 - 500

Hazardous

Maroon

Table 7

The groups most sensitive to the specific pollutant for any reported index greater than 100 are:

- Ozone: children and people with asthma are the groups most at risk.

- PM2.5: people with respiratory or heart disease, the elderly and children are the groups most at risk.

- PM10: people with respiratory disease are the group most at risk.

- CO: people with heart disease are the group most at risk.

- SO2: people with asthma are the group most at risk.

- NO2: children and people with respiratory disease are the groups most at risk.

The AQI can be calculated by using the pollutant concentration data, the breakpoints in Table 1, and the following equation (linear interpolation):

Where:

Ip = the index for pollutant p; Cp = the rounded concentration of pollutant p; BPHi = the breakpoint that is greater than or equal to Cp; BPLo = the breakpoint that is less than or equal to Cp; IHi = the AQI value corresponding to BPHi; ILo = the AQI value corresponding to BPLo

Table 8 – Breakpoints for the AQI.

See the web site: http://www.epa.gov/airnow/

Acknowledgments

City of Stockholm Administration for the information provided on EMMA Index.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Air Quality Index - UK

Example

   

Air quality index - UK

Air Quality Index

UK central government Department DEFRA (Department for the Environment, Farming and Rural Affairs) currently uses an air quality index to inform members of the public about the air quality in the UK.

The air quality index is used to simplify the measurements obtained through the monitoring station in to four main bands, with an index of 1-10, with 10 being the poorest air quality. The four main bands in respect to air quality are Low, Moderate, High and Very High. These bands are then further clarified by providing useful health information associated with the different categories of air quality, as shown in the table below:

Air Pollution Bandings and Index and the Impact on the Health of People who are Sensitive to Air Pollution

Banding

Index

Health Descriptor

Low

1

Effects are unlikely to be noticed even by individuals who know they are sensitive to air pollutants

2

3

Moderate

4

Mild effects, unlikely to require action, may be noticed amongst sensitive individuals.

5

6

High

7

Significant effects may be noticed by sensitive individuals and action to avoid or reduce these effects may be needed (e.g. reducing exposure by spending less time in polluted areas outdoors). Asthmatics will find that their 'reliever' inhaler is likely to reverse the effects on the lung.

8

9

Very High

10

The effects on sensitive individuals described for 'High' levels of pollution may worsen.

Air Quality index and Monitoring Data

The Air Quality Index is the information that is given to members of the public, however this index needs to be based on air pollution monitoring data gathered for the different pollutants that are currently measured under the requirements of the Air Quality Regulations 2000 ( as amended). This was the legislation issued to adopt the requirements of the European Daughter Directives on Air Quality.

The table below shows how the monitoring data is converted into the Air Quality index above

Boundaries Between Index Points for Each Pollutant

Band

Index

Ozone

Nitrogen Dioxide

Sulphur Dioxide

Carbon Monoxide

PM10 Particles

8 hourly running mean or hourly mean*

hourly mean

15 minute mean

8 hour running mean

24 hour running mean

µgm-3

ppb

µgm-3

ppb

µgm-3

ppb

mgm-3

ppm

µgm-3

Low

1

0-32

0-16

0-95

0-49

0-88

0-32

0-3.8

0.0-3.2

0-16

2

33-66

17-32

96-190

50-99

89-176

33-66

3.9-7.6

3.3-6.6

17-32

3

67-99

33-49

191-286

100-149

177-265

67-99

7.7-11.5

6.7-9.9

33-49

Moderate

4

100-126

50-62

287-381

150-199

266-354

100-132

11.6-13.4

10.0-11.5

50-57

5

127-152

63-76

382-476

200-249

355-442

133-166

13.5-15.4

11.6-13.2

58-66

6

153-179

77-89

478-572

250-299

443-531

167-199

15.5-17.3

13.3-14.9

67-74

High

7

180-239

90-119

573-635

300-332

532-708

200-266

17.4-19.2

15.0-16.5

75-82

8

240-299

120-149

363-700

333-366

709-886

267-332

19.3-21.2

16.6-18.2

83-91

9

300-359

150-179

701-763

367-399

887-1063

333-399

21.3-23.1

18.3-19.9

92-99

Very High

10

360 or more

180 or more

764 or more

400 or more

1064 or more

400 or more

23.2 or more

20 or more

100 or more

* For ozone, the maximum of the 8 hourly and hourly mean is used to calculate the index value.

Example Birmingham and Midlands Area

The information below is a specific example of the index for the Birmingham and West Midlands area of the UK.

Pollutant levels recorded for the hour up to 11am Mon Oct 18th

N/M means that the pollutant is not measured at that site N/A means that no data were recorded for the period

Birmingham Urban area

SITE

Hourly Mean
Ozone
(ppb)

Hourly Mean
Nitrogen dioxide
(ppb)

max 15min mean
Sulphur dioxide
(ppb)

8 Hourly Mean
Carbon monoxide
(ppm)

24 Hour mean
PM10
Particles
(µgm-3)

Birmingham Centre

18 (2 Low)

18 (1 Low)

10 (1 Low)

0.1 (1 Low)

10 (1 Low)

Birmingham Tyburn

14 (1 Low)

N/A

11 (1 Low)

0.3 (1 Low)

13 (1 Low)

Sandwell West Bromwich

10 (1 Low)

28 (1 Low)

10 (1 Low)

1.1 (1 Low)

N/M

Walsall Alumwell

N/M

30 (1 Low)

N/M

N/M

N/M

Walsall Willenhall

N/M

13 (1 Low)

N/M

N/M

N/M

Wolverhampton Centre

8 (1 Low)

4 (1 Low)

3 (1 Low)

0.3 (1 Low)

10 (1 Low

Website

UK National Air Quality Archive – www.airquality.co.uk

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How to develop urban Emission Inventories?

2. Introduction

   

General

Chemical compounds which create "air pollution" because of their toxicity and other properties that cause effects on human health and the environment, are released – emitted - into the atmosphere from man-made (anthropogenic) and natural sources. These substances are the cause of many current and potential environmental problems, including acidification, air quality degradation, global warming/climate change, damage and soiling of buildings and other structures, stratospheric ozone depletion, human and ecosystem exposure to hazardous substances.

To be able to assess the air pollution problems, and to work effectively towards their management and reduction, one of the first and main prerequisites is to have quantitative information about the sources and the amount and types of emitted compounds.

There is a multitude of types of sources of atmospheric emissions and a large number (often millions) of each type, for example anthropogenic sources such as power plants, refineries, incinerators, industrial plants and processes, domestic households, offices and public buildings, cars and other vehicles, fossil fuel extraction and production sites, animals and humans, and natural sources such as trees and other vegetation, agricultural and fertilised land, biological decay areas, deserts, oceans.

Emissions to air arise from human activities and from natural processes and information on pollutant emissions is usually compiled in emission inventories. These are complete and exhaustive lists of emission sources and air pollutants referred to specific geographical areas in defined periods of time. They contain data on air emissions classified by:

· Economic activity;

· Land unit (national, regional, local level);

· Unit of time (annual, seasonal, weekly, daily, hourly) and

· Fuel consumption (when relevant).

Emission inventories provide comprehensive information on emission sources and emission fluxes in the area under consideration and are important tools to describe the emission situation and eventually to manage air quality. Direct measurements of air emissions are infrequent and therefore emissions are usually estimated with the help of emission factors applied to statistics on human activities.

Emission factors (EFs) are the estimated average emission rate of a given pollutant for a given source, relative to units of activity.

Emission surveys and inventories are used in air quality management mainly in two ways:

· The survey/inventory shows which types of, and which individual sources are responsible for most of the emissions of each substance, as a basis for the first step in reducing the air pollution problem. Information regarding the location of the sources relative to the receptors affected (population, ecosystems) as well as the height of the emissions (stack height, etc.) needs to be taken into account also in this first step.

· The inventory is used as input to dispersion models, which calculates the contributions to the air pollution concentrations from each source/source type. For this use, exact information on source locations, stack height and other emission data, such as time variation of the emission, is needed.

Urban emissions inventories

In an urban area, these two types of application of the emissions inventory are both useful. For the urban emission inventory to be as useful as possible, it is important that the spatial (location) and temporal (time variation) distribution of the sources and their emissions is as accurate and have as high resolution as possible.

It is not possible to measure emissions from all of the individual examples of the sources in an urban area, nor indeed, in the short term, from all the different source types. In practice, atmospheric emissions are estimated on the basis of measurements made at selected or representative samples of the (main) sources and source types, and in addition by use statistics regarding the number of sources and their consumption of fuel/raw material/production, which are combined with emission factors (see further below).

Top-down and bottom-up inventories

A top-down inventory is characterised by lack of detailed information about location and emissions from individual sources. When fuel consumption, production, vehicle and other activity statistics is available, a top-down inventory can be constructed, using the statistics and emission factors. Such inventories usually have only coarse spatial temporal resolution. In a first phase, a top-down inventory can be produced with relatively little effort, to give an overview of the emissions, the most important sources and categories, etc.

The bottom-up inventory is constructed from the more detailed knowledge of source types and locations, and their specific emissions or consumption data. This is the type of inventory which is at present usually compiled, since it gives a much better basis for air quality management.

Software tools are available for efficient work to produce bottom-up emission inventories.

3. Discussion

   

The basic model for an emission estimate is the product of (at least) two variables, for example:

· An activity statistic and a typical average emission factor for the activity, or

· An emission measurement over a period of time and the number of such periods emissions occurred in the required estimation period.

For example, to estimate annual emissions of sulphur dioxide in tonnes per year from a power plant oil-powered you should use, either:

· Annual fuel consumption (in tonnes fuel/year) and an emission factor (in tonnes SO2 emitted/tonne fuel consumed), or

· Measured SO2 emissions (in grams per hour) and number of operating hours per year.

Another example is the estimation of e.g. NOx emissions from vehicles in a city. The basic emission factor here is the NOx amount emitted per km driven, which is then multiplied by average driving distance per year, for the vehicles in a city/country, and the number of registered/counted vehicles.

In practice, the calculations tend to be more complicated but the principles remain the same.

Emission estimates are collected together into inventories or databases which usually also contain supporting data on, for example: the locations of the sources of emissions; emission measurements where available; emission factors; capacity, production or activity rates in the various source sectors; operating conditions; methods of measurement or estimation, etc.

Emission inventories usually contain data on three categories of sources, namely point, area and line. This separation is important, for instance since these source categories are treated differently in dispersion models. The inventories should also contain geographical information so that emissions can be separated on area basis – e.g. region, country, province, urban air shed, city, department, neighbourhood, etc.

Point sources - emission estimates are provided on an individual plant or emission outlet (usually large), usually in conjunction with data on location, capacity or throughput, operating conditions etc.

Area sources - smaller or more diffuse sources of pollution are provided on an area basis either for administrative areas, such as counties, regions etc, or for regular grids (for example the EMEP 50x50 km grid). Such sources are e.g. indoor heating (offices, domestic), small-scale fuel consumption for various activities/workshops etc., fuel consumption for road traffic which is not accounted for by the traffic count data which are usually available just for the main road network.

Line sources - in some inventories, vehicle emissions from road transport are provided for sections along the road system in a city or a country, based upon traffic data, and vehicle and technology type data. In country-wise inventories, also railway-track, rivers and sea-lane could be considered as line sources.

Emission inventories usually provide:

· The distribution of emissions in relation to relevant technologies and socio-economic sectors;

· The spatial distribution of emissions and

· Trends in emissions over time.

When looking at pollutant dispersion and air quality modelling in urban areas it is necessary to have an accurate and high quality description of the emission sources in terms of quantity and dynamic behaviour (especially on traffic sources). This requires an emission inventory with a high resolution in space and time. For example, in traffic and mobility planning in urban areas, the emission inventory must be set up by a coherent and detailed description, at least, of the road traffic distribution (see the Topics The role and prerequisites for Transport Emission Models in Urban Planning and Transport emission models at regional scale.).

Suggested background and descriptive sources

Useful and informative descriptive texts regarding emission inventories and their compilation are provided by the following references:

· By Rainer Friedrich and Uwe-Bernd Schwarz, in Urban Air Pollution – European Aspects, Chapter 6: Emission Inventories (Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1998, edited by Jes Fenger, Ole Hertel and Finn Palmgren)

· By Peter J. Sturm, in Air Quality in Cities (Final Report of the Eurotrac-2 Saturn Subproject), Chapter 3: Air Pollutant Emissions in Cities: http://aix.meng.auth.gr/saturn/finalreport/index.html

The EUROTRAC-2 Subproject GENEMIS, as well as the EU project IMPRESAREO (links provided in the Additional Documents/web links section below) are useful references for guidance on urban emission inventory work. The IMPRESAREO project looked especially on using earth observations as a data source for improving urban emissions inventories.

At EU level the most important methodology to build an Emission Inventory is the CORINAIR methodology. Council Decision 85/338/EEC (OJ, 1985) established a work programme concerning an "experimental project for gathering, co-ordinating and ensuring the consistency of information on the state of the environment and natural resources in the Community". The work programme was given the name CORINE - CO-oRdination d'INformation Environnementale and included a project to gather and organise information on emissions into the air relevant to acid deposition - CORINAIR. This project started in 1986 with the objective of compiling a co-ordinated inventory of atmospheric emissions from the 12 Member States of the Community in 1985 (CORINAIR 1985).

CORINAIR uses a source sector nomenclature:

· NAPSEA, Nomenclature for Air Pollution Socio-Economic Activity and

· SNAP, Selected Nomenclature for Air Pollution - for emission source sectors, sub-sectors and activities.

To calculate emissions from road transport, the COPERT III (Computer programme to calculate emissions from road transport) has been implemented. The development of COPERT III was financed by the European Environment Agency, in the framework of the activities of the European Topic Centre on Air Emissions. It has been proposed to EEA member countries for the compilation of CORINAIR emission inventories.

Links are provided below.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· To help urban environmental policy effectiveness, urban emission inventories should at least include emissions from traffic, domestic housing and large industrial plants that can affect urban air quality.

· Although top-down inventories can provide a starting point for air quality management work in cities, effective AQM can only be done on the basis of detailed bottom-up inventories with as high spatial and temporal resolution as possible.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Emissions inventory evolution in Bristol

Estimation of emissions from road traffic in Venice Urban Area

Traffic, Emissions and AQ Models in HEAVEN integrated AQMS system in Rome

Lombardy Region Atmospheric Emission Inventory (INEMAR), NW Italy: http://www.ambiente.regione.lombardia.it/servlet/page?_pageid=58&_dad=port_inemar&_schema=PORT_INEMAR

Further Examples:

Modelling Emissions for Road User Charging under Different Scenarios in Bristol

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Within UNECE’s EMEP programme a Task Force on Emission Inventories is maintaining the Atmospheric Emission Inventory Guidebook (Ref 5): http://www.aeat.co.k/netcen/airqual/TFEI/unece.htm

· EMEP/CORINAIR Emission Inventory Guidebook (3rd edition): http://reports.eea.eu.int/technical_report_2001_3/en

· EMEP Emission Inventory Data Base: http://webdab.emep.int/

· EPER (European Pollutant Emission Register): http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/ippc/eper/

· European Topic Centre on Air Emissions supports member states in making tools available for determining, collecting and reporting air emission data: http:/www.aeat.co.uk/netcen/airqual/TFEI/unece.htm

· Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), has produced guidelines for the establishment of emission inventories of greenhouse gases within its National Greenhouse Gas Inventory Programme (NGGIP): http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/

· The EUROTRAC Subproject GENEMIS on "Generation and evaluation of emissions data": http://www.ier.uni-stuttgart.de/public/de/organisation/abt/tfu/projekte/genemis/

· Urban emission inventories (see the EU Project IMPRESAREO): Improving the Spatial Resolution of Air Emissions Inventories Using Earth Observation Data: http://www.aeat.co.uk/IMPRESAREO/

· US EPA Office of Air Quality Planning & Standards maintains a comprehensive web site where all material on available emission factors and emission estimation methods in the USA can be viewed and, in many cases, downloaded: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/

· Compilation of Air Pollution Emission Factors Ap-42. Fifth Edition, Volume I: Stationary Point and Area Sources: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/Ap42.htm

· Volume II: Mobile Sources (AP-42), pending 5th Edition (last updated 06 April 1998): http://www.epa.gov/oms/ap42.htm

· Factor Information Retrieval (FIRE) Data System: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/fire.html

· TANKS 4.07 fro Windows ®: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/tanks.html

· The National atmospheric emissions Inventory of the United Kingdom calculated general emission factors: http://www.aeat.co.uk/netcen/airual/emissions

· The Australian emission estimation technique manuals: http://environment.gov.au/epg/npi/eet_manuals.html

· The OECD maintains a comprehensive web site where material related to emission inventories can be viewed and documents can be downloaded: http://www.oecd.org/env/

· The OECD Database on Use and Release of Industrial Chemicals’ comprises three modules which contain the following information sources: emission scenario documents, sources of Information on Uses and Releases of Specific Chemicals and sources of Information on Uses and Releases of Chemicals on Specific Use/Industry Categories: http://appli1.oecd.org/ehs/urchem.nst/

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Emissions inventory evolution in Bristol

Example

   

In Bristol the emissions database has been an evolutionary process. In 1995 an organisation called London Research Centre was commissioned by the UK government to compile emissions inventories for a number of the key cities in the country. Information was provided for a number of pollutants in a document which contained maps of Bristol covered in 5 KM squares. The more useful part of the process was the raw data provided on a spreadsheet of all the industrial sources. There were also data on the road sources but these were not used initially.

The inventory included emissions from all identifiable sources for six of the eight pollutants covered by the UK National Strategy, together with carbon dioxide and non-methane volatile organic compounds.

The eight pollutants were:

Oxides of nitrogen (NOx)

Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

Carbon monoxide (CO)

Carbon dioxide (CO2)

Non-methane volatile organic compounds (NMVOC)

Benzene

1,3-butadiene

Particulate matter < 10 µm in diameter (PM10)

Roads

In the early days traffic data were available for the whole of Bristol and an area surrounding the city from a traffic model database. There were also manual count data available from about 50 sites at the boundary of an inner, middle and outer cordon. These counts included 10 different vehicle types ranging from cars and motorbikes to multiple axle heavy goods vehicles.

The manual counts had the advantage that they were fairly accurate but had the disadvantage that they were only done at each site one day a year between 7:00 and 19:00 on a weekday.

The model data had the advantage that it covered the whole road network but the data were based on surveys, which had been conducted a few years earlier and were factored up for each year. It only calculated total traffic peak time traffic and did not distinguish between vehicle types.

Another problem with the traffic model was that the mapped links were in straight lines so a large amount of re-digitising of the roads had to be done for the air quality modelling.

Further analysis showed that the manual counts and the model data were often very different at specific locations. Air quality modelling with the traffic modelled

data showed an under prediction by about 1/3 when compared with the real time monitored data from the air quality monitoring sites around the city. For this reason the traffic model data were abandoned.

After the year 2000 more automatic counters were being installed round the city. Most of these were only able to count total volume of traffic whereas the manual counters could count specific vehicle types. However, the automatic counters were able to give an indication of the 24-hour variations and also the seasonal variations, which were important for the modelling process.

As the traffic counts were mostly on the major roads the minor roads were calculated and estimated as grids.

The road network from the traffic model showing the links as straight lines.


The early air quality models produced used two vehicle, heavy and light and one road type. As better data became available more vehicle types could be modelled and the roads were categorised to describe the hierarchy. Each road type could be modelled with a different proportion of vehicle types.

In the UK there have been several different sets of emission factors for vehicles. Some of the simpler versions gave total annual estimates for certain vehicle types. When using advanced dispersion models it is necessary to have speed related emissions factors for the range of vehicle types modelled. There were later developments of speed related emissions factors for a range of different vehicle types ranging from motorbikes to heavy goods vehicles for the main pollutants of concern, oxides of nitrogen (NOx) and particulate matter (PM10).

Other sets of emission factors have also included other pollutant gases such as VOC and CO2. The emission factors also have predictions of emissions from the different vehicle types in future years which is useful for running models for future years.

For modelling traffic a combination of all data sources were used. Traffic flow for different vehicle types used the manual count data as they were more accurate. The daily variation was calculated using the automated counts from the few sites, which had them, as this gave a 24-hour variation. This also gave annual variations which is also important as the school holiday season can have a noticeable drop in traffic flow in the city.

The road network used for the air quality models after re-digitising to the correct location and categorising into road types.

Industrial Emissions

The data from the London Research Centre were used initially for the point sources. Many of these were the larger industrial process but also some smaller less significant sources such as occasional oil burning incinerators at petrol stations were included.

The data compiled by the LRC was often indicating the maximum emissions permitted by the regulatory authorities and not necessarily the emissions actually released.

Regular meetings were set up with the regional office of the UK Environment Agency who are responsible for regulation the larger industrial processes. In this way more accurate data on the emissions from the individual process could be obtained and notification received when things changed. This meant that the emissions inventory could be updated regularly.

Any processes which emitted substances that were not required to be modelled by the Air Quality regulations were ignored.

The Bristol industrial emissions inventory database uses data from :

· Part A Processes:

Individual spreadsheets for each authorisation.

A summary spreadsheet detailing emissions for all processes in the Bristol area.

The Environmental Protection Act 1990 requires operators of Part A processes to obtain an authorisation for each scheduled process, to monitor the release of pollutants and to submit information in order to demonstrate compliance with the standards set by the Environment Agency.

· Part B Processes:

Individual spreadsheets for each authorisation

A summary spreadsheet detailing emissions for all processes in the Bristol area.

Prescribed processes designated for local authority control must not operate without an authorisation from the local authority. Operators must submit a detailed application for authorisation and provide conditions to ensure that the process is operated using the Best Available Technique Not Entailing Excessive Cost (BATNEEC).

Public registers at both the Environment Agency and Local Authorities have data for the Part A and Part B processes.

Database

The different parameters of the database are listed below:

Data ID (source)

Local Authority Process Significance rating[1] (A to D) for Part B’s only

Facility name

Operator

Address

Location (Ordnance Survey Grid Reference)

Telephone

Contact Name

Facility Authorisation

Process Type

Potential Air Pollutants

Status (of Authorisation)

Process Equipment / Abatement technology

Output (product) process rate (1)

Unit of (1)

Throughput (main raw material) process rate (2)

Unit of (2)

Typical operational hours/day

Typical operational days/week

Typical operational weeks/year

Release height

Release diameter

Stack gas exit velocity (m/s)

Stack gas exit flow rate (m3/s)

Stack temperature

Oxygen (%) for Part B’s only

Moisture (%) for Part B’s only

Instantaneous emissions for each pollutant (g/s)

Annual emissions for each pollutant (kg/yr)

Databases

In order to store the data in a convenient way a Microsoft Access database was created in 1996 to hold the variety of industrial information. This has evolved and been further developed by new members of staff.

The air quality model eventually chosen to do the three stage Review and Assessment required by the UK government was ADMS – Urban. The creators of this model CERC has recently developed a relational database to work with the model called EMIT. This is now used to hold all the industrial and transport data.

Conclusions

Developing emissions inventories is an evolutionary process. As better data become available more accurate modelling can be achieved. Although the early modelling may not be as accurate as desired it is important to try with the data available at the time and not wait for perfection. Any systems for collecting and storing data should be flexible to allow easy modification as more data become available.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How to develop scenarios for Air Quality in the future?

2. Introduction

   

A basic requirement of the Framework Directive (96/62/EC) is for the Member States (MS) to report, annually, the zones and agglomerations where the concentrations of any regulated compound is exceeding the Limit Value (LV) plus the Margin of Tolerance (MOT)*. In those zones the Member States must prepare (an) Action plan(s)** to show how they will reach the LV by the attainment year.

To be able to develop such action plans, it is necessary to have knowledge of how the driving forces (population, transport needs and industry production and their technologies,…) that cause air pollution emissions will most probably be developing in the future. We refer to this development into the future, as a “scenario”.

To develop an action plan involves developing alternative future scenarios, and introducing these into some modelling tool, which will translate the driving forces/emissions scenarios into projections for how the air quality will develop into the future.

For definition of LV and MOT, see e.g. the topic Terms in the EC Air Quality Directives: What do they mean?.

See also the topic How to develop an Air Quality Action Plan ?.


3. Discussion

   

Definitions:

· Base year: Development of a scenario always requires that a base year is set, from which the further development is calculated or estimated. The base year is usually the most recent year where the needed status data and information is “complete”. In relation to the Air Quality Directives, the base year is the year for which the last assessment of air quality is made, for reporting to the Commission.

· Baseline scenario: This scenario represents the most probable development in the coming years, considering that the present trends in driving forces will continue, and taking account of plans and actions which are already agreed and in progress.

· Alternative scenarios: These are scenarios which are to be developed as part of the action plan development, where the air quality planner considers various development and abatement options which might be necessary to reach the goal of attainment of the Air Quality Limit Values by the attainment date.

Scenarios may be developed and used with low or high content of details.

Taking account of urban and external trends

The scenarios must contain both the trends in driving forces and emissions which take place inside the urban area the planner is considering, as well as the external trends that affect the air pollution concentrations approaching the urban areas from outside (the “regional” component).

The trends in the regional component must be accessed through data from other programs of assessment of national (contact your national air quality authorities) or European air quality (e.g. the EMEP programme: http://www.emep.int/ ). The trends in the urban component is a combination of abatement actions taking on the national and/or European scale (e.g. vehicle emission regulations, fuel quality regulations, etc., see e.g. http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/emissions.htm ) and local abatement actions (e.g. local transport plans, industrial area development, local policies for domestic heating practices, etc.).

Main issues to consider in scenario development

· Driving forces: development in population, energy consumption, transportation needs, industrial production.

· Technologies: how the technologies (of energy use, transportation means, industry processes, etc.) will develop and be implemented in the local area considered. This will have a direct bearing on the emissions from the activities in the area.

· Area development: how the urban area planning will affect the spatial (re)distribution of emissions (and subsequently the air pollution concentration distribution).

· Specific plans for traffic infrastructure, industrial plants development: are specific plans existing regarding roads/tunnels/ring roads construction in the coming years, as well as specific plans for industries (single plant developments/modifications/moving, industrial complexes/parks.

Tools for specifying the scenarios quantitatively

The scenarios shall be specified quantitatively in such a way that they can be introduced into some kind of modelling tool, usually an air pollution dispersion model of some kind, for the urban area considered. This requires that an emission data base for the area is/has been established, which specifies the present spatial distribution of the air polluting activities and resulting emissions, usually on an annual basis, as well the variation of the emissions with time (e.g. hourly variation over the year).


4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· The development of scenarios for future development of air polluting activities and their emissions is a very important part of assessing the future air quality and to show probable compliance with the Air Quality Directives, or as a basis for developing the needed action plans. The scenarios should be quantitatively specified within the activity-and-emissions data base which is necessary to establish for the air quality planning area in question, in order to assess present and future air quality in the context of the EC Air Quality Directives.

· Development of future scenarios is connected to the requirements in the Air Quality Directives to develop Plans and Programmes to make sure that future air quality will be within Limit Values. It is also linked to and a necessary condition for working effectively on the local scale with Environmental Impact Assessment for new infrastructures, industrial plants, etc.


5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Further Examples:

Example of scenarios development and assessment of plast, present and future AQ and exposure in Venice

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How to assess present and future Air Quality and exposure?

2. Introduction

   

Under the EC Air Quality Directives each Member State is required to assess and report, annually, the air quality in its zones and agglomerations. If the concentrations are found to be above a Limit Value + Margin Of Tolerance (LV+MOT), implying that it is likely that this Limit Value is likely to be exceeded in the future, a prognosis of the future air quality has to be made (see also the topics How to develop an Air Quality Action Plan ? and Terms in the EC Air Quality Directives: What do they mean?. The assessment should include an estimate of the population exposure.

Other topic discussions have dealt with the topics of monitoring, emission inventories, modelling, scenario developments, etc. This topic description will deal with the procedure for actually quantifying the spatially distributed air pollution concentrations in the zone or agglomeration, when the necessary input data are available.


3. Discussion

   

“Preliminary Assessment (PA)”

This is the term used in the EC air quality Directives for the air quality assessment that is to be done in each Member State as a basis for dividing the territory into zones and agglomerations, which are to be the air quality management areas, in which the MS needs to do annual assessments. Guidance for methods that can be used to carry out this PA is found in the web link section below.

Regular (annual) assessments

Assessment regimes

Please refer to the Topic Terms in the EC Air Quality Directives: What do they mean?, especially its Annex 1 on how the air pollution concentration levels in a zone compared to the Limit Value (LV) (assessed through the PA or some other means) determine the methods to be used in the assessment:

· Concentrations above the LV: high quality measurements, may be supplemented by Supplementary assessment methods;

· Concentrations between Upper and Lower Assessment Thresholds (UAT and LAT): quality measurements are mandatory, but fewer, less intensive measurements may be needed, provided it is supplemented by other information;

· Concentrations below LAT: modelling, indicative monitoring and objective estimation is sufficient.

In the following, we will concentrate on the two first regimes. Regarding the lowest regime (below LAT), methods like those described in the Preliminary Assessment Guidance (see the web link section below) may be used.

Monitoring

The minimum requirements to the monitoring network in zones are given in Annex of the Daughter Directives, as well as specifications of reference methods. The use of other methods require that their equivalence to the reference methods has been proven (see e.g. Guidance for the Demonstration of Equivalency of Ambient Air Monitoring Methods" (pdf 950Kb), as well as the topic descriptions on how to monitor various pollutants).

The monitoring network shall include stations that represent both hot spot exposure as well as the more typical exposure situation in the zone/agglomeration (see the AQ Directives’ annexes).

Supplementary assessment

Monitoring alone will normally not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements in the Directives that the population exposure should be assessed. The needs for quantification of the spatial distribution of air pollution concentrations cannot be satisfied by monitoring only. Also, if the LVs are exceeded, an action plan shall be developed, which requires that the contributions from various sources of emissions be quantified. Normally, monitoring alone is not sufficient to assess these contributions quantitatively.

Supplementary assessment methods include emissions inventorying and air pollution modelling.

Emissions inventorying: This is dealt with in the Topic How to develop urban Emission Inventories?.

Air Pollution modelling: This is dealt with in the topic descriptions related to air pollution modelling, such as “How to use modelling techniques in air quality assessment and projections?” on air pollution modelling in the context of the EC Air Quality Directives, as well as the other topics on modelling. The model to be used should be validated for use in the urban area in question.

Assessments in different types of zones

The zones of the national territory that the Member States have defined are of different types. Typically they are either:

1. Urban areas /agglomerations (so called if having more than 250,000 inhabitants), usually limited by administrative borders, or by topographical features such as valleys, bowls, ridges which define a natural air-shed. They are usually defined as zones, if the PA or other assessment has estimated that the concentrations or a regulated pollutant is higher than the UAT.

2. Larger regions, composed of rural as well as urban areas.

3. Regions/areas affected by specific industrial sources.

Assessments in area types 1 and 3 above will typically follow the process as described below. Assessments in the larger regions of type 2 above can be more complicated as these region areas have sometimes been defined as separate zones because the air pollution levels are mostly low, but smaller areas within the cities in these zones may have levels above the UAT. Most Member States will rely on monitoring to assess the air quality in these zones and still comply with the requirements in the directives, if in addition to monitoring simpler forms of modelling and estimation methods are used to back up the monitoring.

Necessary input data for air pollution modelling

4. GIS digital map for the zone / agglomeration,

5. Activities and emissions inventory, its spatial and temporal distribution (see Topic How to develop urban Emission Inventories?),

6. Population distribution, in km2 or better,

7. Meteorological and topographical data,

8. Scenarios for future development (see Topic How to develop scenarios for Air Quality in the future?).

Procedure for the AQ assessments

9. The results of the monitoring can be plotted on the GIS map, its various statistics values (e.g. annual average, percentiles corresponding to the LVs, etc).

10. The results of the modelling results in iso-lines of concentration values (for the same types of statistics as the monitoring data, for instance annual average), which are also plotted on the GIS map.

11. Data assimilation techniques could be used to get the most possible information out of the combined monitoring and modelling results (see e.g. http://www.ecmwf.int/newsevents/training/rcourse_notes/ )

12. Estimation of the distribution of population exposure to concentrations of various levels, by combining the concentration distribution with the population distribution. This can be done using the GIS mapping system.

There are various types of air pollution models available (see e.g. the Model Documentation System of the ETC-ACC http://air-climate.eionet.eu.int/databases/MDS/index_html, and the topic descriptions on modelling).

Some models only deal with concentration assessments in a grid system in the area (e.g. 1km2 grids), and some models include in addition so-called sub-grid models, which deal with concentrations close to specific sources (hot-spots) such as near streets and roads, and near industrial stacks. The latter models will come closer to an estimate of the real exposure situation, which includes also the higher end of the exposure distribution.


4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Assessment of present and future air pollution concentrations in zones defined according to the requirements in the Air Quality Directives can be done by monitoring in a network as specified in the Directives, and in addition by using “supplementary methods” (term used in the Directives) such as emission inventories, air pollution modelling. The detailed requirements to the assessment system are determined by the actual pollutant levels and by the type of zone.


5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Examples of EC Projects developing tools for the assessment of present and future air quality and population exposure are given in examples ISHTAR Project : building an advanced models suite for urban sustainable planning, HEARTS Project - Modelling Health Effects and Risks of Transport Systems, Integrated Land Use and Transport Planning tools.

Details on the general topic of integrated models suites covering air quality and exposure are given in Topic What role for Integrated Models Suites in Urban Planning?.


Further Examples:

Example of scenarios development and assessment of plast, present and future AQ and exposure in Venice
Air quality assessment in the Venice-Mestre urban area
Modelling Bristol Hotspots
Study of atmospheric depositions in the surroundings of the porto Margera industrial area (Venice, I) and in corresponence with some biomonitoring stations.

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· The Guidance Report on Preliminary Assessment under the EU air quality Directives: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/ambient.htm, click on Guidance report on Preliminary Assessment under EU Air Quality Directives

· The Guidance Report on Assessment under the EC Air Quality Directives: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/pdf/guidanceunderairquality.pdf

· URBAIR (AQ assessment methodologies)

· Population exposure estimation methods (e.g. FMI EXPOLIS, FP5 ISHTAR and HEARTS Projects, URBAN EXPOSURE Project, URBAN AEROSOL Project, ): see http://www.ishtar-fp5-eu.com/ and www.euro.who.int/transport (HEARTS Project)


Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Example of scenarios development and assessment of plast, present and future AQ and exposure in Venice

Example

   

Introduction

The area around Venice is a particularly complicated ecosystem within which 1,5 million people live. In this relatively small area you can find a city of art, a somewhat environmentally fragile lagoon area, high population density urban areas and an important industrial area, Porto Marghera.

Porto Marghera is famous for its petrochemical industry based on mainly chlorine chemistry which has caused quite a bit of controversy because of its impact on the environment.

Other production cycles are those related to the production of caprolactam, acetonecyanohydrin, hydrocloroflourinecarbides, hydroflorinecarbides and acrylic fibres. Apart from the petrochemical plants, other industries present in the area are:

- a petrol refinery;

- industrial plants for the production and transformation of non-ferrous metals (aluminium, copper and zinc);

- seven thermoelectric power plants;

- five waste incinerators.

Two years ago, the local authority (Province of Venice, Environmental Policy Dept.) launched a full–scale inquiry into the effects and health hazards caused by industrial emissions.

Within this inquiry, our task was to estimate and evaluate those potentially dangerous industrial emissions released and dispersed over the last 40 years and to examine if these had affected, in any way, the local population.

Targeting exposure and inhalation pathways, the case study began with the process and technological analysis applied in Porto Marghera over the past 40 years. Then, more than 1000 emission points of TSP, SO2, NOX, Pb, Cd, Hg, Benzene, Dioxins and other chlorine products were estimated using emission factors and data retrieved from local archives. Finally, pollutant emission dispersion and soil concentration values were modelled using the U.S, EPA, ISC Model. 40 maps were made up to indicate the levels of soil pollution over the past 4 decades and to provide information on the level of population exposure to help the epidemiological survey.

The second step was to compare present emissions and modelled dispersion with the results of air quality control. Using the year 2001 as a reference point, TSP, SO2, and NOX emissions were estimated and pollutant emission dispersions along with soil concentration values were modelled using the U.S. EPA, ISC Model. Hence, it was possible to carry out a comparison between modelled and monitored data so as to validate the model and the method of analysis.

Evaluation of Polluting Emissions

This stage of the project focused on rating the quality and quantity of the principal cancerogenic pollutants from 1962 until 2001. In particular, Dioxin and other chlorinated by-products such as: mercury, benzene, cadmium and lead were putunder major scrutiny. The study also covered pollutants such as TSP, SO2, NOX, generally considered responsible for a number of chronic pathologies.

The analysis started off by using a series of indicators, taken from different sources, to define the point of emission peculiarity (high mass flow rate emissions and others) and emission factors in reference to the type of process and pollution reduction technologies applied.

Ei = A x EFi (1)

Where:

- Ei = mass flow of i – pollutant emitted (kg/year);

- A = activity key parameter, ex: raw material consumes, fuel fired, final product obtained (ton/year);

- EFi = Emission factor for i - pollutant (kg pollutant/ton fuel).

The historical rating of pollutants released over the past 40 years has required both a bibliographical and historical study of industrial process analysis based on documentation registered by the Public Authority on Prevention and Control concerning the main characteristics of industrial plants.

This kind of analysis provided awareness of process layout, modifications spanning the last 40 years, the opening of new production lines and the closing down of old ones and also led to an inquiry into the characteristics of pollutant treatment systems.

Following the same study guidelines carried out in the year 2001, the year taken as reference point to model the monitored air quality data , we were able to compare estimated emission values using emission factors with monitoring data and legally enforced control data along with what was openly declared by the companies which make the Area Evaluation Pact Foreseen for Porto Marghera in accordance with the Chemical Agreement. With these values at hand, the competent authorities can then verify and control all the monitored data with those declared and supplied by the companies while, at the same time, taking into consideration the origins and margins for improvement by applying BATs (Best Available Technologies).

Table 1 - Grid view estimating polluting emissions

Figure. 1 - Estimated air emission values

Exposure to Polluting Emissions

The study, in particular, targeted on exposure and inhalation pathways. To achieve this we began by measuring the concentration of each pollutant in the atmosphere along with the exposure times for each one.

The release of pollutants into the atmosphere and their fall out on soil was simulated through models of different industrial plant technologies from the 60s until today so as to identify those environmental elements and those people exposed to the airborne pollutants.

Evaluation of the atmospheric dispersion of pollutants from 1960 until now has been based on the use of climatic models. For historical analysis in particular, data containing yearly averages were used based on values recorded over a period of 40 years regarding typical weather factors such as wind velocity, frequency and direction, temperature and other factors. For the 2001study , the data was based on an hourly average measured by automatic pollution control stations managed by Ente Zona and by ENEL Spa. The study of pollutant concentration and fall out was carried out with the ISC (Industrial Source Complex) calculation code and in particular, the release 4.6 ISCAERView mode software developed by Lakes Environmental.

In the end, this was carried out through GIS (Geographic Information System), a digital information representation of the Province of Venice, which highlighted the most critical areas and how the populations living there were affected. The purpose of this step was to simplify the epidemiological study, which will be carried out at the same time as this task.

Results

The results of the study, recorded in a fairly large file, describe the processes and plants of the Porto Marghera industrial areas from 1962 until today. The report also contains mass flow rate values for the examined 10 pollutants released over the last 40 years, how and why this came about and the evolution starting from the introduction of new technologies and techniques along with all the new environmental legislation. The first report also contains the exposure scenarios and the intake cycle of such pollutants.

The case study results have been laid out, coded and mapped onto digital support so as to obtain a practical tool which makes simple and fast reading and will certainly be helpful in the future when and if new projects will have to be devised and drawn up.

Therefore what we have available is:

- an alphanumeric database with more than 1000 entries;

- the trend of polluting emissions subdivided sector by sector along with the major contributors to each single scenario;

- 40 maps indicating pollution fall out onto the soil at different times over the past 40 years;

- pollution concentrations in the soil and, once again, the major contributors to each single scenario;

- the digital representation by GIS of the most exposed areas in the Province of Venice.

Figure 2 - Dioxin fallout map (decade 80 – 90) data in fentogramme mass/m3

A further result consists in simulating the fall values of the soil for emissions of PTS, NOX and SOX in those locations where air and soil monitoring stations had been installed. Comparing data on the typical daily trend obtained through simulation, with data obtained through the monitoring system, the concurrence between the two different values and the effectiveness of the method, as for SO2 (figure 3) is concerns, proves more than satisfactory. As for NOX and TSP, the influence of traffic emissions and household heating emissions did not, on the other hand, allow any effective comparison.

Figure 3 - Monitoring station for Malcontenta: comparison between monitored concentrations of SO2 vs. modelled on daily average in reference to weather data monitored by two meteorological stations known as: 22 and 5

Table 2 - Extract from figure 3: major plants sharing to the pollution concentration in the atmosphere

Acknowledgements

This text has been kindly made available from the Province of Venice Authority.

See the full text document(in Italian language):

Past and Present Environmental Analysis of the Porto Marghera Industrial Area

See the Maps at the website:

http://www.provincia.venezia.it/proveco/area/epidemio/epidemio.htl

Last Updated


 

10th November 2004

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Modelling Bristol Hotspots

Example

   

Further to the requirements of a stage four review and assessment, local authorities are required to identify “hotspots” or problem areas within the Air Quality Management Area and to conduct further monitoring to verify the scale of the problem and the relative required improvement in air quality.

In Bristol it was decided that further monitoring would be introduced in certain areas, and more detailed modelling would also be conducted. The map of hotspots shown below was derived from the initial modelling output for the whole city for annual mean NO2. Locations within these hotspots were predicted to experience the highest concentrations of NO2 in the city.

A “hotspot” is interpreted to mean a location at which the relevant exposure criteria is realised, and where higher than average concentrations of an National Air Quality Standards (NAQS) pollutant are likely to be measured or are predicted by a validated model for the relevant target year.

Figure SEQ Figure \* ARABIC 1 Hotspots modelled for stage four review

Figure SEQ Figure \* ARABIC 2 Diffusion tube surveys instigated at hotspots prior to stage four review

Figure SEQ Figure \* ARABIC 3 Diffusion tube monitoring and the extent of the AQMA at the Parson Street hotspot

Parson Street hotspot, shown above, is a good example of a pollution hotspot in Bristol. High traffic flows, a residential area with houses close to the roadside, vulnerable receptors (school) and enclosed “canyon” type streets combine to highlight this area as a potential pollution “hotspot”.

Pollution in the Parson Street area is relatively high, due to high traffic flows and congested traffic. It has been decreasing over the years, though the rate of decrease will slow and possibly reverse over the next few years without remedial action. The Parson Street gyratory has been extensively monitored and modelled as part of the City Council’s statutory duties under local air quality management. It is currently within an Air Quality Management Area (AQMA) which was declared in 2001 due to likely exceedences of the governments air quality objectives.

The Parson Street Gyratory System is a traffic light controlled one – way system linking the busy arterial route the A38 (Bedminster Down Road), Hartcliffe Way, Winterstoke Road, West Street and Bedminster Road. Traffic flows on the A38 and Winterstoke Road are particularly high and congestion on the gyratory is considerable, especially in peak hours.

The high traffic flows and congestion in this area had led officers in the Environmental Quality Team to suspect that this area constituted a “hot spot” of poor air quality following the initial “Stage 1” review and assessment of air quality during 1998. In order to research this further, two continuous atmospheric monitors were purchased and monitoring was started in February 1999. The two monitors measure carbon monoxide (CO) and oxides of nitrogen (NOx). The pollutant most likely to lead to health problems due to high concentrations is one oxide of nitrogen, nitrogen dioxide (NO2). This is the pollutant on which this report will focus.

In addition to these continuous monitors, located in the grounds of Parson Street Primary School, near the pavement of Bedminster Road, a number of NO2 diffusion tubes were placed on lampposts on the roads linking the one way system. This survey was instigated following the “Stage 3” review and assessment of air quality in Bristol that was published in November 2000. The placement of diffusion tubes was also driven by the forthcoming requirements of the stage four review and assessment.

The most stringent objective for the concentration of nitrogen dioxide set by government in the National Air Quality Strategy in an annual mean of 40µgm-3. The Parson Street gyratory was included in the Air Quality Management Area declared in 2001 on the basis that it would not meet this objective by 2005 without remedial action.

Figure SEQ Figure \* ARABIC 4 Results of detailed dispersion modelling for stage four review at the Parson Street hotspot

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Study of atmospheric depositions in the surroundings of the porto Margera industrial area (Venice, I) and in corresponence with some biomonitoring stations.

Example

   

Introduction

The study of atmospheric depositions in the surroundings of Porto Marghera industrial area is an air quality monitoring project that involves the City of Venice, the Province of Venice, the National Research Council, the Regional Agency for the Protection of the Environment (ARPAV) and two energy production companies (ENEL Production and EDISON Thermoelectric) that manage some thermoelectric plants in this site.

The aim is to evaluate the level of pollution due to atmospheric transport of some polluting substances, to add information to the bio-monitoring network controlled by ENEL and EDISON and to integrate data produced by ARPAV via the conventional monitoring stations for atmospheric pollution.

Relevance of depositions studies

Atmospheric deposition of aerosol and gas happens in two ways: wet and dry. Dry deposition of particles happens for their direct impact and gravitational sedimentation on ground or water, while wet deposition comprises water, its dissolved gas, and any other insoluble particle material. In order to calculate the total atmospheric loading it is necessary to measure wet and dry depositions.

The importance of depositions changes from zone to zone and from element to element. In general wet deposition is more important than dry for the elements associated to smaller particles. Trace elements like heavy metals, at least the ones related to high temperature combustion particles, present themselves in the shape of fine particles. The sum of wet and dry depositions is called bulk deposition.

Characteristics and results of the study in Venetian area

For the project’s aims a network of 6 devices for bulk depositions sampling has been located inside and outside Porto Marghera industrial area, trying to couple them with automatic analyzers, with the availability of previous monitoring data or biomonitoring first year results.

Figure 1 - Devices for bulk depositions sampling.


Figure 2 – Air quality monitoring networks in the Venetian territory. Green spots: biomonitoring stations; red spots: systems for bulk sampling; yellow spots: conventional monitoring stations (managed by the Porto Marghera Industrial Corporation, Ente Zona Industriale - EZI); light blue spots: conventional monitoring stations (managed by ARPAV).

Meteorological conditions have been studied through the data (on rain, wind speed and direction) collected at Porto Marghera Industrial Corporation monitoring stations. The amount of rain fallen during the bulk deposition sampling gives information on pollutants quantity that have been washed out by the atmosphere, while wind speed and direction can help finding air pollution sources and following pollutants dispersion. The prevalent wind direction is North - North East, in accordance with the typical local wind rose.

Resulting information are the average daily amounts of atmospheric deposition for each pollutant. Also different trends for every sampling site can be seen, even though a huge variability between different samples has been observed.

The most important elevated depositions have been registered in correspondence of EZI (inside the industrial area) and Malcontenta (downwind the industrial emissions) stations, for almost all the inorganic pollutants. Elevated depositions also of some elements at the Ca’ Emiliani station.

It can be said , in general, that stations have deposition amounts in the following order: Malcontenta > Ente Zona Industriale > Dogaletto > Ca’ Emiliani > Antonio Da Mestre = Chirignago (see Figure 2).

Malcontenta and Dogaletto stations (they are downwind the industrial zone and Mestre urban area) show more problematical air quality conditions than the urban ones. Urban stations like Antonio Da Mestre and Chirignago show similar atmospheric depositions, even though they represent different exposure conditions within Mestre urban area. This is a further evidence of urban ubiquitous distribution of pollution derived from road traffic emissions.

Organic pollutants average values showed, for the first period, higher atmospheric flows at EZI station (in terms of PAH, PCB and PCDD/PCDF) and at Dogaletto station (in terms of HCB).

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How to do Short-term air quality forecasting?

2. Introduction

   

Air quality forecasting is a natural extension of the knowledge and experience built up from air quality (AQ) assessment and modelling. In its most general form it entails the prediction of air quality on any time scale, from hours to years, and on any spatial scale, from street to global. When considering short-term air quality forecasts, one is limited to forecasts of a maximum of 2 days, with the most common time frame being 12 to 24 hours. Forecasts on this time scale can be local, regional or even global though the most common use of short-term air quality forecasts is on the urban scale. AQ forecasts can be used for several applications:

  • As a warning system to reduce the risk of exposure of high-risk categories, e.g. asthma patients.
  • As input to planning short-term abatement strategies e.g. redirection of traffic, reduction of high traffic speeds, limitations on emissions etc.
  • As public information to encourage a self-regulating abatement system, e.g. recommendations for citizens to reduce emissions by using public instead of private transport.
  • As emergency warning systems for accidental release of pollutants, e.g. nuclear power plant accidents, oil refinery flares etc.

Forecast systems are of essentially 2 different types, statistical forecasts or prognostic (dynamic) forecasts. Combinations of the two are also possible. Statistical forecasts are based on observed relationships between air quality and some meteorological predictors, e.g. wind speed and direction, temperature or stability. Prognostic forecasts, on the other hand, use chemical transport models (CTMs), or other types of mathematical/parameterised (simplified) models, to make prognosis of the concentration of pollutants based on forecasted meteorology.

Short-term forecasts can be made on both regional and local scales. Often, when long range transport of pollutants such as ozone or dust are important, there is a need to predict on both scales, the regional scale forecast being used as input for the local scale forecast. Most forecasting systems, however, do focus on the urban scale. When statistical models are used then the urban region is generally treated as a whole, the forecast being given one value for the entire city. Prognostic models, on the other hand, can give predictions down to street scale. Gridded models can produce air quality forecast maps down to resolutions of around 1 km.

Both statistical and prognostic forecasting systems can be implemented as short-term forecasts on both regional and urban scales. The choice of which system to use is dependent on local conditions, the availability of historic air quality data and the knowledge and experience to run prognostic CTMs.

3. Discussion

   

Statistical model implementation

Statistical models require a well established relationship between measured air quality and meteorological predictors, which can be used to build up the statistical model. This type of forecasting is most effective when there are clear relationships between local meteorological predictors and air quality. Statistical models are most effective when long range transport is not a factor, i.e. local emissions dominate.

There are several types of statistical models. The simplest forms are persistence and climatology. Persistence is the most relevant and simplest method for short-term forecasts and requires little or no effort. More advance statistical methods, such as criteria selection, decision trees, regression functions and neural networks can also be used. Statistical models do not generally provide concentration values, but pool air quality into indexes, usually 3 or 4 levels of air quality.

The following steps are required for the implementation of statistical forecasts:

Obtain an archive of monitoring data for the desired forecast components. Minimum of 2 years.

  • Have access to measured or modelled meteorological data for the corresponding archive period. Models used are generally synoptic scale models, e.g. HIRLAM and ECMWF where the data can be downloaded via web or ftp portals.
  • A statistical model can be established using the relationships between air quality and the meteorological model. The relationships should be established between the observations and the meteorological forecast model to be used as this gives the most direct link.
  • The model must be tested, validated and improved over at least a 1 year period. Continuous improvements can be carried out, depending on the statistical model used.

Prognostic model implementation

Prognostic models can come in many forms, dependent on the application. Accidental releases are often modelled with parameterized plume models while urban scale forecasts generally use parameterised line source and/or gridded Eulerian models, coupled with meteorology to produce forecasts of air quality.

Prognostic models give a spatial and time dependent distribution of pollutants and require predictions for emissions, as well as meteorology, to determine concentrations through a prognostic CTM. They do not require large amounts of observational data and can be used, but not validated, where no observational data is available. In principle the same guidelines laid out for air pollution modelling (see the topic descriptions on modelling) can also be applied in regard to prognostic forecasting.

The following steps are required for the implementation of prognostic forecasts:

  • Access to and expertise in meteorological forecast models. This includes synoptic scale models, e.g. HIRLAM and ECMWF (see links in the web section below) where the data can be downloaded via web or ftp portals, and meso-scale models, e.g. MM5 and RAMS, which would usually require in-house capabilities to run. The meteorological side of air quality forecasting is often undertaken by the regional meteorological authorities.
  • Access to and expertise in CTMs
  • An extensive emissions database is required
  • The model must be tested, validated and if required improved over at least a 1 year period.
  • If important aspects of air quality are regional, e.g. ozone, then input from a regional CTM may be required

Abatement strategies

Abatement strategies used in conjunction with short-term forecasts are often related to traffic, if this is the major cause of poor air quality. These include for instance redirection of traffic, reducing speed limits at high-speed roads, and limiting the number of cars on the road. The general concept is that forecasts are required at least 1 day in advance in order to organize and inform the public of any changes. Experience with testing the effectiveness of such strategies, or even implementing them, is very limited. Such measures have an associated economic cost and so trust in the forecast system and a clear understanding of the benefits is also required. A specific topic description is dedicated to the possible short term measures: “Short Term Planning and Actions”.

Short-term measures can also be applied to industrial sources, when these contribute significantly to the air pollution concentrations. These may include reducing or shutting down production facilities. Such measures often have a more demonstrable effect.

Forecast quality

There are currently no official guidelines available for measuring the quality of air pollution forecasts. However several scoring systems such as skill measurement, which judges the predictive ability of the forecast in reference to persistence, and indicators such as the number of ‘false alarms’ can be used. It is clearly important from a public trust point of view that forecasts are perceived to be accurate. If this is the case then the implementation of abatement strategies is more likely to succeed.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· Though statistical models are simpler to implement and can often function well once tuned to specific sites, conditions and emissions, they cannot be extended beyond their already defined scope. So, a statistical model cannot be used at another site, under a different climate or address changes in emissions. As such they are limited in their application, e.g. they cannot be used for scenario calculations.

· In contrast, prognostic models that contain the physical description of the processes can be used at any location or for any emission scenario. Their disadvantage is their need for accurate input in the form of meteorology and emissions. They also require more effort and expertise to implement but their use as a forecast tool is recommended above statistical models if the models and expertise are available for implementation locally. It is important to note that such models can also be directly applied to other aspects of air quality assessment.

· An important aspect of air quality forecasts is their perceived and actual reliability. The use of short-term abatement strategies, which often have associated economic or personal disadvantages, to improve air quality should only be applied once the trust in the forecast system is high. The use of forecast systems as warnings for public health is less sensitive and more wide-spread.

· Short term air quality forecasting implies the prediction of short term emission sources behaviour and the use of appropriate air quality models. Details on such groups of models are given in the “modelling” sections of the INTEGAIRE Best Practice database.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Short term air quality forecasting in Bristol

Short term AQ forecast methods in Seville

PM10 AND O3 Forecast bulletins for the Veneto Region (I)

Short term air quality forecasting in Oslo

A proposal for a short term AP forecasting system for individual planning of urban travel routes


6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Guidelines for Developing an Air Quality (Ozone and PM2.5) Forecasting Program, from EPA in U.S.A. (English) http://www.epa.gov/airnow/aq_forecasting_guidance-1016.pdf

· French based European regional forecast using the Prev’air system (French): http://prevair.ineris.fr/

· Better City Air. Air quality forecasts for Norwegian cities (Norwegian): http://www.luftkvalitet.info/

· The Australian Air Quality Forecasting System (English): http://www.dar.csiro.au/information/aaqfs.html

· Danish based multi-scale air quality forecast system Thor (English/Danish): http://www2.dmu.dk/1_viden/2_Miljoe-tilstand/3_luft/4_Spredningsmodeller/5_thor/default_en.asp

· European Centre for Medium-Range Weather Forecast (http://www.ecmwf.int/) provides 3-6 day meteorological forecasts for Europe. These can be ordered for an area at this link: http://cobranett.no-ip.info/meteo/ecmwfk1.htm

· The HIRLAM synoptic scale model for regional weather forecast: http://met.no/english/r_and_d_activities/method/num_mod/hirlam.html

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Short term air quality forecasting in Bristol

Example

   

Bristol and the surrounding municipalities use the services of Cambridge Environmental Research Centre (CERC) to provide short term air quality forecasts. The forcast is calculated each morning by using meteorological date from the PA Weather centre (www.paweather.co.uk) which is fed into two models.

ADMS-Urban is an air pollution dispersion model to predict pollution from roads and point sources. Bristol City Council has provided a detailed emission inventory to CERC to run this model. Rural Predictor is a statistical model which uses historical corrrelations between pollution and a range of meteorological conditions to predict pollution levels at rural locations.

This example can be found at www.bristol-city.gov.uk/airquality or www.cerc.co.uk/avon.

The weather data are fed into the rural predictor to predict background concentrations of particles, nitrogen oxides and ozone. This is combined with the ADMS model to predict the concentrations in the urban environment.

The worst case prediction is given an index number between 1 – 10 based on the scale used by the BBC and other national organisations. The table below shows how the indices relate to the air pollution bandings developed by the UK Government Department of Environment and Rural Affairs (DEFRA).

A forcast can be selected for particles , ozone, notrogen dioxide and carbon monoxide for the present day and the following two days.

Band

Index

Nitrogen Dioxide

Sulphur Dioxide

Carbon Monoxide

PM10 Particles

Health descriptor

hourly mean

15 minute mean

8 hour mean

24 hour mean

ppb

ppb

ppm

µgm-3

LOW

1

0-49

0-32

0.0-3.2

0-16

Effects are unlikely to be noticed even by individuals who know they are sensitive to air pollutants.

2

50-99

33-66

3.3-6.6

17-32

3

100-149

67-99

6.7-9.9

33-49

MODERATE

4

150-199

100-132

10.0-11.5

50-57

Mild effects, unlikely to require action, may be noticed amongst sensitive individuals.

5

200-249

133-166

11.6-13.2

58-66

6

250-299

167-199

13.3-14.9

67-74

HIGH

7

300-332

200-266

15.0-16.5

75-82

Significant effects may be noticed by sensitive individuals and action to avoid or reduce these effects may be needed (e.g. reducing exposure by spending less time in polluted areas outdoors). Asthmatics will find that their 'reliever' inhaler is likely to reverse the effects on the lung.

8

333-366

267-332

16.6-18.2

83-91

9

367-399

333-399

18.3-19.9

91-99

VERY HIGH

10

More than 400

More than 400

More than 20

More than 100

The effects on sensitive individuals described for 'High' levels of pollution may worsen.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Short term AQ forecast methods in Seville

Example

   

Introduction

Ozone (O3) is a powerful oxidant that forms in trace amounts in two parts of the atmosphere: the stratosphere (the layer between 20-30 km above the earth’s surface, also known as “the ozone layer”) and the troposphere (ground-level to 15 km). Stratospheric ozone is formed naturally and shields life on earth from the harmful effects of the sun’s ultraviolet radiation. However, ground-level ozone can be harmful to human health and ecological receptors, the extent of which depends on the ozone concentration, exposure duration, exposure pattern and ventilation.

Ozone is a secondary pollutant, in that is not emitted directly from tailpipes or smokestacks, but instead is formed in the atmosphere as a result of reactions between other directly emitted pollutants (ozone precursors). Ozone is formed by a complicated non linear series of chemical reactions, initiated by sunlight, in which nitrogen oxides (NOx) and volatile organic compounds (VOCs) react to form ozone.

VOCs are produced mainly by road traffic and the use of products containing organic solvents. NOx is mostly emitted from transport and combustion processes. Although NOx and VOCs are the most important precursors of elevated levels of ozone, production of ozone can be also stimulated by carbon monoxide, methane, or other VOCs produced by plants, trees and other natural sources. Apart from ozone precursors emissions it is found that additional factors are directly implicated in the ground level ozone concentration in metropolitan areas: weather conditions, which cause the precursors to interact photochemically and to disperse in the atmosphere, and features of the area like street width and building height.

The potential for ozone damage has been known for decades but it is only in the most recent years that its impact has become of concern in Europe. Current Directive 2002/3/EC relating to ozone in ambient air points out the importance to ensure effective protection against harmful effects on human health from exposure to ozone. The adverse effects of ozone on vegetation ecosystems and the environment as a whole should be reduced, as far as possible. In this sense, the Directive requires the EU Member States to monitor ozone levels, exchange information and inform the public when alert and information thresholds for ozone concentrations in ambient air are reached.

Article 7 of Directive 2002/3/EC sets out the requirements for short-term actions plans. It is for Member States to identify whether there is significant potential for reducing the risk, duration or severity of any ozone exceedance, taking account of the national geographical, meteorological and economic conditions. Dissemination of information on ozone concentration combined with adequate forecasting may reduce the exposure duration or exposure intensity of the population to the high ozone values. In major cities and regions in Mediterranean countries a proper meteorological forecast-analysis is always required and it should be very highly tuned to the local-regional meteorological process.

Systems for forecasting and information of ozone episodes are usually based on statistical relationships between weather conditions and ambient air pollution concentrations. The most widespread technique used for this purpose is the multivariate statistical approach. However, pollution-weather relationships imply complex and non linear properties, especially for ozone. In this sense, the problem of ozone forecasting can be well-suited by neural networks technology, which allows to incorporate nonlinear relationships to make somewhat more accurate predictions of ozone than regression models using the same set of input data.

Ozone forecasting in the urban area of Sevilla

In the urban area of Sevilla, like in most Mediterranean cities, road traffic is the main responsible for the observed ozone levels since it constitutes the major source of VOCs and NOx.

At present, Sevilla is carrying out an action plan in order to elaborate an ozone forecasting model using neural network technology (see the Annex below for more details on the method). By the application of this model, it will be possible to characterize the spatial distribution of ozone concentrations and therefore it will constitute a basis for short-term action plans related to the traffic management in the city.

The first phase in the design of a neural network model is to obtain a great number of data from past and current measurements. To evaluate ozone pollution in the city of Sevilla, data compiled from the period 2000-2004 in measuring stations are analysed and processed. Additional measurements are to be provided: meteorological variables (temperature, UV radiation, relative moisture, wind speed and wind direction) and traffic flows data, collected from the Traffic Control Centre in Seville. Finally all this information is analysed in terms of basic ozone legislation and the number of exceedances of ozone thresholds is recorded and evaluated.

The following phase is the identification of the VOCs/NOx ratio in episodes of high ozone concentrations. This ratio is in fact one of the main aspects to be taken into account when studying ozone concentrations in ambient air. It is known that a decrease in NOx can lead to an increase in O3 at low VOCs/NOx ratios under specific conditions. It is often called the VOC-limited regime and hence, emission control of organic compounds is more effective for reducing peaks values of ozone pollution locally. On the contrary, at high VOC/NOx ratios, the chemistry tends towards the NOx-limited regime and NOx reductions are considered more effective for reducing ozone. The value of this ratio is highly influenced by geographical and meteorological conditions.

The identification of the VOCs/NOx ratio is to be made according to measurements. An exhaustive campaign is carried out, using online monitors equipped with O3, NOx and VOCs sensors in measuring stations allocated in strategic places over the city. In parallel, the identification of the meteorological conditions over the same period of time is to be completed.

Equally important is the identification of the most relevant VOC precursors and their reactivity since this factor determines the level of ozone formation as well. A further analysis of the influence of VOCs in ozone generation is also to be performed.

The third phase of the action plan consists on the neural network approach to estimate and predict ozone concentration levels. So as to do this approach, a preliminary neural network model, developed by the Chemical and Environmental Engineering Department of the University of Sevilla, is to be completed and enhanced considering the data provided by the diverse measuring stations allocated over the city.

A description of the modelling techniques by neural networks, pointed out the main advantages in comparison with other conventional techniques, is given in the annexe of this example.

For the elaboration of the neural network model, the following input variables (1-hour average) were chosen as the most relevant variables affecting ozone concentration (Figure 1):

▪ Weather Conditions:

- Temperature

- Relative moisture

- Wind speed

- Wind direction

- Lagged UV radiation (2 hours)

▪ Lagged traffic flow (4 hours)

▪ Lagged ozone concentration (ozone maximum level from the previous day)

▪ Features of the area:

- Street width

- Building height

- Street orientation

- Boundary of the area

The model output variable is the estimated ozone concentration.

Figure 1: A schematic of the neural network for ozone forecasting

The regression analysis of the neural network model results obtained provides accurate ozone forecasting, as it is shown in Figure 2.


Figure 2: Regression analysis of the neural network for ozone forecasting

Activities to be performed within this phase include the following:

- Validation of the neural network in the measuring stations previously selected to elaborate and train the neural network developed by the Chemical and Environmental Engineering Department of the University of Sevilla.

- Selection of additional measuring stations according to historic ozone levels and input variables availability.

- Evaluation and validation of the neural network in the measuring stations.

- Comparison of neural network O3 estimations and monitoring network O3 measurements.

The confirmation that the O3 concentrations estimated by the neural network can be assumed as the O3 concentrations measured in ambient air will lead to take appropriate steps to limit and prevent exposure and to warn authorities, industry and public to adopt emission reduction measures. In this sense, the capabilities of the model perfectly match the requirements set up in the European Directive relating to ozone in ambient air.

Bibliography

- Directive 2002/3/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 February 2002 relating to ozone in ambient air.

- Guidance for implementing Directive 2002/3/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 February 2002 relating to ozone in ambient air. June 2002

- Ad-Hoc working group on ozone directive and reduction strategy development. Ozone position paper. Julio 1999.

- Guideline for developing an ozone forecasting program. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. July 1999.

- A.C. Comrie. Comparing Neural Networks and Regression Models for Ozone Forecasting. Journal of the Air & Waste Management Association. June 1997.

- G. Reyes; V.J. Cortés. Ozone forecasting in the urban area of Seville using artificial neural network technology. Urban Transport VII. WITPRESS. 2001.

Annex

Artificial neural network technology for ozone forecasting

1. Fundamentals

Artificial Neural Network (ANN) technology is an approach to describe physical system behaviour from process data, using mathematical algorithms and statistical techniques.

ANNs simulate biological neural systems, in that they are made up of an interconnected system of nodes (neurons) and in terms of learning and pattern recognition. These nodes are operating in parallel and inspired by biological nervous systems.

A neural network can be trained to identify patterns and extract trends in imprecise and complicated non-linear data. A particular function can be performed by adjusting the values of the connections (weights) between elements following a determined training algorithm.

Neural networks have been under development for many years in a variety of disciplines to derive meaning from complicated data and to make predictions. In recent years, neural networks have been investigated for the use in pollution forecasting. Because ozone formation is a complex non-linear process, neural networks, which allow incorporating nonlinear relationships, are well suited for ozone forecasting.

2. Strengths of artificial neural networks

Many methods exist for predicting ozone concentration. Table 1 summarises the most commonly used forecasting methods.

Strengths of ANNs include the following:

- ANNs allow for non-linear relationships between variables. The method can weight relationships that are difficult to subjectively quantify.

- Neural networks have the potential to predict extreme values more effectively than regression.

- Once the neural network is developed, forecasters do not need specific expertise to operate the ANN.

- Neural networks can be used to complement other forecasting methods, or used as the primary forecasting method.

On the other hand, neural networks are complex and not commonly understood and hence the technology can be inappropriately applied.



Table 1: Comparison of forecasting methods.

3. Neural Network architecture

The basic structure of an ANN involves a system of layered, interconnected neurons. The neurons are arranged to form an input layer, one or more “hidden” layers and an output layer, with nodes in each layer connected to all nodes in neighbouring layers (Figure 1).


Figure 1: The architecture of a multi-layered feed forward neural network.

The layer of input neurons receives the data either from input files or directly from electronic sensors in real-time applications. The output layer sends information directly to the outside, to a secondary computer process, or to other devices such as a mechanical control system. The internal or hidden layers contain many of the neurons in various interconnected structures. The inputs and outputs of each of these hidden neurons go to other neurons.

In most networks each neuron in a hidden layer receives the signals from all of the neurons in a layer above it. After a neuron performs its function it passes its output to all of the neurons in the layer below it, providing a feed forward path to the output.

Artificial neurons comprise seven major components, which are valid whether the neuron is used for input, output or hidden layers:

1) Weighting factors, which are adaptive coefficients within the network determine the intensity of the input signal. These input connection strengths can be modified in response to various training sets and according to a network specific topology or through its learning rules.

2) Summation function, which transforms the weighted inputs in to a single number. The summation function can be complex as the input and weighting coefficients can be combined in many different ways before passing on to the transfer function. The summation function can select the minimum, maximum, majority, product or several normalizing algorithms depending on the specific algorithm for combining neural inputs selected.

3) Transfer function, which transforms the result of the summation function to a working output. In the transfer function the summation total can be compared with some threshold to determine the neural output. If the sum is greater than the threshold value, the processing element generates a signal. If the sum of the input and weight products is less than the threshold, no signal (or some inhibitory signal) is generated.

4) Scaling and limiting. This scaling multiplies a scale factor times the transfer value, and then adds an offset. Limiting mechanism insures that the scaled result does not exceed an upper or lower bound.

5) Output Function (competition). Neurons are allowed to compete with each other, inhibiting processing elements. Competitive inputs help determine which processing element will participate in the learning or adaptation process.

6) Error function and back-propagated value. The difference between the current output and the expected output is calculated and transformed by the error function to match particular network architecture. This artificial neuron error is generally propagated backwards to a previous layer in order to modify the incoming connection weights before the next learning cycle.

7) Learning function, which modifies the variable connection weights on the inputs of each processing element according to some neural based algorithm. The software first adjusts the weights between the output layer and the hidden layer and then adjusts the weights between the hidden layer and the input layer. In each iteration, the software adjusts the weights to produce the lowest amount of error in the output data. This process “trains” the network.

4. Neural networks training

Training and production are essential for the neural network application (Figure 2).


Figure 2: Essential phases of the neural network application: training and production

The development of ANNs comprises the performance of a series of consecutive steps. In addition, a thorough knowledge of the process to be modelled is also required.

The general steps to develop neural networks for ozone forecasting are the following:

- Complete historical data analysis and/or literature reviews to establish the air quality and meteorological phenomena that influence ozone concentrations in the area under study.

- Select parameters that accurately represent these phenomena. This is a critical aspect in developing the neural network since an appropriate selection improves significantly the results obtained by the ANN.

- Confirm the importance of each meteorological and air quality parameter using statistical analysis techniques (Cluster analysis, correlation analysis, step-wise regression, human selection).

- Create three data sets: a data set to train the network, a data set to validate the network general performance and a data set to evaluate the trained network.

- Train the data using neural network software. It is important not to over train the neural network on the developmental data set because an over trained network would predict ozone concentrations based on random noise associated with the developmental data set. When presented with a new data set the network will likely give incorrect output since the new data random noise will be different than the random noise of the developmental data set: the network memorized the training examples but it did not learn to generalize to new situations.

One of the most commonly used method for improving generalization is called “early stopping”. In this technique, when the validation error increases for a specified number of iterations, the training is stopped, and the weights and biases at the minimum of the validation error are fixed.

- Test the generally trained network on a test data set to evaluate the performance. If the results are satisfactory, the network is ready to use for forecasting.

5. Neural networks operation

The operation of an ANN is simple and requires little expertise.

Although use of the network does not require an understanding of meteorology and air quality processes, it is advisable that someone with meteorological experience be involved in the development of the method and evaluate the ozone prediction for reasonableness.

As part of a forecasting program forecasters should regularly evaluate the forecast quality. The verification process can be complex since there are many ways to evaluate a forecast including accuracy, bias and skill. Many verification statistics is needed to compute in order to evaluate completely the quality of the forecast program.


References

- Guideline for developing an ozone forecasting program. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. July 1999.

- Artificial Neural Networks Technology. Data & Analysis Center for Software. August 1992.

- Ad-Hoc working group on ozone directive and reduction strategy development. Ozone position paper. July 1999.

- A.C. Comrie. Comparing Neural Networks and Regression Models for Ozone Forecasting. Journal of the Air & Waste Management Association. June 1997.

- G. Reyes; V.J. Cortés. Ozone forecasting in the urban area of Seville using artificial neural network technology. Urban Transport VII. WITPRESS. 2001.

- S. Amoroso; M. Migliore. Neural networks to estimate pollutant levels in canyon roads. Urban Transport VII. WITPRESS. 2001.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  PM10 AND O3 Forecast bulletins for the Veneto Region (I)

Example

   

Introduction

The PM10 and O3 Forecast Bulletins for the Veneto region have been conceived as a tool of daily information to the population on the current state of air quality, especially in the areas around the provincial capital cities. PM10 and O3 are the most relevant pollutants that exceed the Limit values, PM10 during winter time (exceedances of the 50 mg/m3 LV), and O3 during summer season (exceedances of the 180 mg/m3 national LV). This information is particularly relevant to some parts of the population, like people suffering from asthma or other respiratory symptoms, cardiopathics, children, child-bearing women, and elder people. Secondly and more fundamentally, this pollutant monitoring is the basis for Local Authorities to enforce the LVs as defined by the law.

Figure 1 - PM10 and Ozone Bulletins format.

Zones and levels

The Veneto Region has complex orography and morphology, including high mountains, hills, big lakes, large rivers, spacious forests, and the Venetian Lagoon. The plains are densely populated: here people live concentrated in seven major cities, while the mountain areas are under populated. Distances from the Adriatic seaside to the Dolomite mountains are 100 km or less.

These Bulletins do not cover the mountain area as it is too sparsely covered with observing meteorological stations. The plains, on the other hand, are divided into four areas, each one exhibiting relatively homogenous climates and air quality conditions. These regions are depicted in Figure 2 and comprise 1) the inner plains with the provincial capital cities of Verona, Vicenza, and Padua, 2) the area along the Po river including the provincial capital city of Rovigo, 3) the Adriatic coast line including Venice, Mestre, and Marghera, and 4) the North-east hills region including Treviso.

In order to provide a direct and immediate information to the population, a four-level colour coding has been devised rather than issuing numerical values for the pollutant concentrations. The scheme uses different nuances of blue to denote increasing danger for people’s health.

Figure 2 - Zones and classes of Air Quality Forecast (AQF). Light blue means Fair AQF, grey-blue means Poor, while darker blue means Very Bad.

Forecast methodology

The pollution Forecast Bulletin is subjective and based on the following steps:

- Analysis of current air quality situation including concentration of pollutants in the atmosphere. Seven provincial departments of ARPAV (Veneto Region Environmental Protection Agency) manage the air quality network, consisting of about 30 automatic sampler stations, some of them located in hot spots close to the city centres, some other in rural areas providing information on the background state of pollution in the region. These departments perform quality control on the data set too, along with preliminary statistical analyses.

Figure 3 - Today situation

- Air quality evolution over the last ten days. For certain stable meteorological conditions, both PM10 and O3 show a persistent behaviour with a tendency to accumulate over time. In order to estimate residence times of pollutants, historical data analysis would be helpful, but such data reach back only a few years in our network.

Figure 4 - Last days situation

- Chemical Transport Model CHIMERE, developed at the Ecole Polytecnique of Paris. CHIMERE is run on a European-wide area, and makes use of mesoscale numerical weather prediction (NWP) data (MM5), including wind, temperature and other variables.

Figure 5 - CHIMERE output

- Subjective prediction. This final step of the forecast process leading to the Bulletins draft is still the main part of the final forecast. Co-operation with the CMT (ARPAV Regional Meteorological Centre) Forecast Office, including inspection of global and limited area NWP products, radar and satellite imagery, and surface data from the roughly 200 CMT surface stations, leads to the assessment of the pollutants temporal trend. The meteorological conditions are often determinant for the concentrations evolution (radiation, temperature and wind conditions for Ozone trends; rain, wind and mixing height conditions for PM10 trends), and therefore for the final definition of the pollution level in the Forecast Bulletin.

a)

b)

c)

d)

Figure 6 - Forecast tools: a) Global meteorological model; b) local meteorological model; c) radar image; d) satellite image; e) data from CMT station

e)

General information

The Ozone Bulletin was first issued in the summer 2003, while the PM10 Bulletin followed in the winter of the same year. The CMT PM10 and O3 Forecast Bulletins are delivered Monday through to Friday, while Saturdays and Sundays are covered only in special cases (episodes of acute pollution). They have been evaluated to have a good reliability as predictions are correct around 70% of the time on average for the emission day and around 60% for day plus one. Gross errors like “over estimation” or “false alarms” are under the 10% on average.

In 2004 these Bulletins and the real-time dissemination of air quality monitoring data have received the congratulations from the European Commission

For more information about this products, please contact CMT: cmt@arpa.veneto.it

Useful links

ARPA Veneto and CMT: http://www.arpa.veneto.it/

Ècole Polytechnique : http://www.polytechnique.fr/

CHIMERE: http://euler.lmd.polytechnique.fr/pioneer/forecasts/index.html

MM5: http://www.mmm.ucar.edu/mm5/mm5-home.html

Acknowledgements

This text has been prepared by ARPAV – CMT (ARPAV Regional Meteorological Centre), dr. Massimo Ferrario.

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Short term air quality forecasting in Oslo

Example

   

Introduction

During the winter and spring months in Norway poor air quality can occur during conditions of light winds and strong stability. Poor air quality is generally traffic related so for this reason the Norwegian Public Road Association, in conjunction with the Norwegian Institute for Air Research and the Norwegian Meteorological Institute, have instigated air quality forecasts for 5 Norwegian cities. These are used for dissemination of information to the public and for planning abatement strategies and health warnings. The forecasts are currently made daily for the pollutants NO2 and PM10 over a 2 day forecast period in the cities of Oslo, Drammen, Bergen, Stavanger and Grenland.

Forecast methodology

The forecasts are made based on meteorological forecast input. ECMWF forecasts are used to drive the HIRLAM limited area model, which in turn is used to drive a nested version of MM5, down to a resolution of 1 km. Meteorological forecast data is then used in the AirQUIS modelling system to produce hourly concentration fields for the coming 2 day period. AirQUIS uses line, point and gridded dispersion models to produce surface level concentrations at a resolution of 1km and at predefined receptor points. An emission database for traffic, wood burning and industrial processes is integral to the model. Rural stations and climatological data are used for background and Ozone values in the model.

AQ forecasts are made during the evening and are available by 06:00 every day. A two day period is forecast to insure that there is time to plan any measures that may be taken on the second day.

Presentation of results

Both the current air quality, from measurements, and the forecast air quality are presented on a web site http://www.luftkvalitet.info/ (Norwegian only) for all 5 cities.

In order to present the forecasts and measurements the different pollutants are divided into 4 categories for each of the pollutants, figure 1., and the most polluted category is reported as the air quality.

Level

PM2,5

PM10

NO2

SO2

Colour

Description

Little pollution

<40

<50

<100

<150

Little or no risk

Some pollution

40-60

50-100

100-150

150-250

Health affects can be present amongst asthmatics

Very polluted

60-100

100-150

150-200

250-350

Allergy sufferers or people with serious heart or breathing problems are recommended not to go outside in polluted regions

Extremely polluted

>100

>150

>200

>350

Allergy sufferers or people with serious heart or breathing problems are recommended not to be in polluted regions. Throat irritations can occur in healthy people

Figure 1. Air quality index levels used in the forecast and analysis

The air quality is shown for all 5 cities for the next 2 days based on the index scheme described in figure 1. These can be viewed in a summarized form as a table, figure 2, or for each individual city as hourly values for the current day, Figure 3.

By / sted

Status nå

Varsel for i dag

Varsel for i morgen

Bergen

10:00

Drammen

Grenland

09:00

Kristiansand

10:00

Lillehammer

10:00

Oslo

10:00

Stavanger

10:00

Tromsø

10:00

Trondheim

10:00

Ålesund

10:00

Forurensning

= Lite
= Noe
= Mye
= Svært mye

Status = Slik luftkvaliteten er ved siste måling

Varsel = Beregnet luftkvaliitet

Figure 2. Example of the summary table of air quality forecasts presented on the web site

Figure 3. Example of todays hourly prediction for Oslo shown on the web page.

The same web site also furnishes current and archived (3 months) monitoring data for all measured compounds. In addition to the web portal it is also possible to receive email and SMS messages concerning current and forecasted air quality.

Applications

The air quality forecasts are used for public dissemination and for the health authorities to issue warnings for particular risk groups. The forecasts are also used to plan short term abatement strategies. These strategies are limited to speed controls for predicted poor air quality days.

Accuracy of the forecasts

Yearly reports are produced to access the accuracy of the forecasts. This is accomplished by comparing monitoring data with the locally predicted air quality, i.e. model results at the monitoring stations. The accuracy varies significantly from station to station and from city to city. In Oslo, for example, during the 2003/2004 winter season the percentage of correctly predicted polluted episodes at individual monitoring stations varied from 12% to 77% for the two highest polluted classes of air quality. The most significant variable affecting accuracy of the forecast is considered to be the quality of the meteorological prediction. In general the forecast system is considered to be a useful tool.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  A proposal for a short term AP forecasting system for individual planning of urban travel routes

Example

   

The negative effects of air pollution on the human health on human beings are well known, from minor and temporary troubles to a number of serious respiratory illnesses. Persons with respiratory illness (asthmatics) have even more increased sensitivity to air pollution. The society has a major cost in all reporting sick and persons on disability. Calculations show the cost even will increase in the future. Nitrogen dioxide from road traffic is one of the major local air pollutants that affect the human health.

One way to decrease the emissions from the road traffic and traffic jams is to try to influence the traffic flow at certain times of the day, or to redirect it to other roads. There are different ways to rearrange the traffic, voluntary or “by force”. One voluntary way is to show the road-users the concentration of the air pollution they are exposed to at given times and locations. This could be done by a short time NO2 concentration forecast from road traffic, presently and 1-6 hours ahead. As a GIS based forecast, Internet produced, it can be used to assist drivers when they plan their journey: At what level is the air pollution right now and will it increase or decrease during the following hours? This way a driver may plan his/her journey in terms of time choice of route, to get as little exposure as possible. One alternative calculation is to estimate the shortest / fastest route, to reduce the exposure as much as possible, or perhaps a combination of the two. A forecast like this might result in road users choosing a smarter way to travel and to produce less emission to the atmosphere.

A forecast system like this needs a lot of in parameters for a trustworthy output.

Figure 1 City map of Göteborg with NOx levels in the streets.

Text Box: Figure 1 City map of Göteborg with NOx levels in the streets.The concentration of air pollution in urban areas depends mainly on local road emission and meteorological factors as wind velocity and wind direction. A good quality weather forecast important as an input to the dispersion model. A forecast 12 hours ahead will make it possible to plan the morning journey in the evening. Also data on the typical traffic variations during the year / month / week and weekdays or holidays for the different streets are needed as input. Data on intensity of traffic in real time, coming from traffic sensors can also be used as input to such a forecasting system. The intensity can be compared to the statistical traffic variation and a forecast of traffic intensity can be calculated. The traffic sensors also detect the speed of the vehicles, of importance since it affects the emissions from the traffic flow.

Our vision is to have a website as a useful tool where road users use this map for planning there travels in Göteborg to avoid high levels of air pollution. A first step could be to produce stationary maps for the morning and afternoon rush hour to publish at the Internet.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Which software systems for urban air quality management (UAQM) are available?

2. Introduction

   

For today's environmental authorities/managers there is a strong need for operative systems that enables to efficiently perform their main task: to secure, through planning and abatement decisions, a continued acceptable or improved air quality, or development towards compliance with directives, standards or guidelines.

There is a range of needs that state-of-the-science UAQM systems should satisfy. Urban environmental authorities and managers of institutions with the operative responsibility for air quality management, to assess, control and improve air quality, need systems that can satisfy the following:

· Near-real-time access to monitoring data, and direct presentation of this to the public in an understandable format (now using internet or other telecommunications modes);

· Short-term forecasting of air quality ("tomorrow's air"), and similarly presentation of this to the public. Also as a basis for activating short-term abatement actions;

· Assessment of present air quality (in a statistical sense, e.g. last year's air quality, its variation in time and space, exceedances of limit values, etc.), as needed for instance for reporting to higher authorities (e.g. the European Commission). Spatial and temporal resolution according to the nature of the problems;

· Planning needs: Prognosis (forecasting) of future air quality, for various scenarios of development and abatement;

· Development of cost-effective abatement strategies, where costs of abatement are compared with avoided damage costs (benefits). Possibilities for developing optimized abatement strategies;

· Visualization tools to support the needs for presentation of results from the system, for the system users as well as for the public, and in various media.

There are at present a number of viable UAQM systems available to users in cities, either as self-sufficient systems for use by the cities themselves, or to be used by the research groups developing them on a contract basis in response to specific needs by cities. Many of them can be run on PC servers. The scientific quality and operational functionality of the systems is high in general, and has already significantly improved the ratio between the extent of customised results and the resources used. However, the technological development related to software and telecommunications gives the possibility for continuously enhancing this ratio between effective results and resource input.



3. Discussion

   

Structure of UAQM systems

The key feature of a modern environmental information and management system is the integrated approach that enables the user in an efficient way not only to access data quickly, but also to use the data directly in the assessment and in the planning of actions. The demands to the integrating features of the systems, to enable monitoring, forecasting and warning, and future strategy planning, as well as visualization and presentations, will be increasing in the future. The typical structure of UAQMs responds to this demand for integration.

Taking THE USER as the starting point, the one who is delivering the terms/premises for the development and functionalities of the UAQM systems, Figure 1 visualises how all the various typical elements (modules) of an air quality analysis (emissions, monitoring data, models etc.) serves him/her as they are linked together in software systems, the main purpose of which is to support the needs for making decisions, be it in the short term or long term.

Fig. 1. A structure of principle of a modern environmental information and management system.

There is a large number of elements and types of data and models that are to be integrated in a functional AQM system. Figure 2 indicates the typical elements of data and models, and how they need to be linked through an interface which includes a GIS tool, and also a report generator and visualisation modules (called "data wizard" in the figure), to provide the needed outputs. The data wizard module of course will have many general elements, but is also a place where the AQM system can be custom made to the user, to fulfil his/her special needs.

Fig. 2. Typical data and system elements and modules to be integrated in an AQM system.

Figure 3 shows the typical structure of AQM systems in a more functional way. The various modules are linked (integrated) in loop structure. The "emissions" module is often taken as the starting point of an air quality analysis. However, the "monitoring" may be an equally valid starting point, to first assess present air quality before entering into its analysis. The point is that in the integrated loop type structure, the system can be entered from different angles.

There are (at least) two main sections of the loop:

· the air quality assessment section (blue boxes), where the air quality in an area (e.g. a city) is assessed either by monitoring, by modeling, or a combination. Most UAQM systems include these modules, and results to be visualized may include e.g. present concentrations (on-line or statistically, measured data in points or iso-lines of modeled concentrations), forecasts, baseline prognosis.

· the air quality abatement section (green boxes), where damage and its costs, and abatement options and their costs are assessed and compared /optimized. So far few UAQM systems include much of this section in an integrated way, although present–day systems are suitable for making the same kind of analysis "off-line", i.e. the AQ assessment part is activated and run for various abatement strategies, and results compared and "optimized" into control packages/strategies, external to the system.

Fig. 3. Functional structure of modules in an integrated AQM system

Available UAQM software systems

The following list of European UAQM systems have been developed by groups participating in the EUROTRAC-2 SATURN project ("Studying atmospheric pollution in urban areas"):

· ADMS-Urban: ADMS-Urban Air Quality management system (Cambridge Environmental Research Consultants).

· AirQUIS: Air Quality Information and Management System (Norwegian Institute for Air Research).

· GAMES/AQUAS: Comprehensive Modelling and Decision Support Systems for Photochemical Pollution Control in Metropolitan Areas (Univ. of Breccias, The Electronic for Automation Department Group).

· “IUAQMS”: Integrated Urban AQM System (Univ. of Aveiro, Department Of Environment and Planning)

· IUEMIS: Integrated Urban Environmental and Information Systems (Aristotle University of Thessalonica, LHTEE Group)

· OPANA: Operational Atmospheric Numerical Pollution Model for urban and Regional Areas (Technical Univ. of Madrid, Environmental Software and Modelling Group).

· Photosmog: Photosmog pollution Episode Warning System (UFZ-Centre for Environmental Research Leipzig-Halle Ltd, Department of Human Exposure Research and Epidemiology)

· UDM: Urban Dispersion and Exposure Modelling System (Finnish Meteorological Institute)

· URBIS: Urban Information and Management System (TNO)

These systems can be classified as follows:

· Research-tool systems: GAMES/AQUAS, Photosmog, UDM.

· Partly self-sustained systems: IUAQMS, IUEMIS, OPANA, URBIS.

· Self-sustained systems: ADMS-Urban, AirQUIS.

The systems have been applied in various cities in Europe and elsewhere.

More information on the details of the systems, and their applications in various cities, is found in the link to the SATURN Final report in the Further reading section below.

Other available European self-sustained systems on the market are:

· AirViro Developed by the Swedish Meteorological and Hydrological Institute

· ENVIMAN Developed by OPSIS company, Sweden.

· HEAVEN Traffic, Emissions and AQ Models - HEAVEN integrated AQMS system at STA – Rome.

A world-wide inventory of UAQM systems has not been conducted in this Integaire context. The web pages below can also be explored for models and systems information and possible assistance.More information on the details of the systems, and their applications in various cities, is found in the link to the SATURN Final report in the Further reading section below.

Other available European self-sustained systems on the market are:

· AirViro Developed by the Swedish Meteorological and Hydrological Institute

· ENVIMAN Developed by OPSIS company, Sweden.

· HEAVEN Traffic, Emissions and AQ Models - HEAVEN integrated AQMS system
at STA – Rome.

A world-wide inventory of UAQM systems has not been conducted in this Integaire context. The web pages below can also be explored for models and systems information and possible assistance.


4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· Integrated Urban AQM systems to display data on-line, to perform assessments, with time and spatial resolution, of present and future air pollution distribution and the specific source contributions to it, and thus to provide basis for effective abatement strategies, make them directly useful for urban authorities and other users. The use of the systems by outside users does require an amount of training. Different systems have different capabilities, so an evaluation of user needs is necessary when acquiring of a system is contemplated. As mentioned earlier, other systems than those described here are available.

· The development of AQM systems will continue. Models will improve, systems will be extended to more compounds (e.g. various PM size fractions), operability and user-friendliness will improve. This development will be driven partly by the further demands to AQ management from national and European authorities, but also by the science itself, and its impetus towards improving the usefulness of its products.


5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Example The use of the AQM system INDIC Airviro in Birmingham – West Midlands

Example The use of the AQM system AirQUIS in Oslo

Example Traffic, Emissions and AQ Models in HEAVEN integrated AQMS system in Rome


6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· SATURN project Final report, Ch 9: Integrated urban Air Quality Assessment: http://aix.meng.auth.gr/saturn/finalreport/n-ch9.pdf

· The AirQUIS system: http://www.airquis.com/

· DYNEMO - DYMOS SYSTEM (Fraunhofer Institute fro Computer Architecture Software Technology (FIRST), System Analysis and Simulation Department (SAS), Berlin). Dynamic Models for Smog Analysis: www.first.fraunhofer.de/applications/proj/dymos_more.html

· EDSS (MCNC, North Carolina Supercomputing Center). Environmental Decision Support System: www.emc.mcnc.org/EDSS/

· Breeze Software (Trinity Consultants Inc.): http://www.breeze-software.com/

· AQRoad (Enviroware S.R.l.): http://www.enviroware.com/

· ARIA Regional (Aria Technologies, Arianet): http://www.aria.fr/; http://aria-net.it/

· AIRPACT: air Indicator Report fro Public Access and Community Tracking (Washington State University): http://www.airpact.wsu.edu/

· Examples of urban AQ management practice: Air Quality management (Eds: J.W.S. Longhurst, D.M. Elsom and H. Power). WIT Press, Ashurst, UK (2000)

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  The use of the AQM system INDIC Airviro in Birmingham – West Midlands

Example

   

Overview of the selection of AQM tool / system

The West Midlands Joint Pollution Working Group became involved in modelling for

review and assessment during a First Phase 1) task studying ADMS Urban and INDIC Airviro. INDIC Airviro, which is licensed by the Swedish Meteorological Office

(SMHI), was seen to meet the needs of the conurbation better for the subsequent

work.

The use of INDIC Airviro

Within the West Midlands, there are now three users of the Airviro suite,

Birmingham City Council, Coventry City Council and Sandwell Metropolitan

Borough Council. The use of compatible systems allows the inter-exchange of

information and has created a local support network and local technical knowledge.

Each authority also has a service contract and support from SMHI in Sweden.

Carbon monoxide (CO) and nitrogen dioxide (NO2) modelling, was completed on one Airviro system based in Birmingham City Council offices.

The Airviro system is a complete Air Quality Management System as it includes the following functional blocks:

• emission surveying and modelling within the Emission Database (EDB)

• dispersion modelling with the Dispersion module

• monitoring data collection, analysis and presentation with the INDIC package.

Emission Database (EDB)

Emission data is stored within the EDB. Databases within the model allow it to store

emission characteristics from an unlimited number of sources of four different types:

• point sources - the emission is assumed to be concentrated in a small area such as that from a single point like a stack. Information describing the stack conditions must be given for use in the dispersion model.

• area sources - emission is assumed to be distributed over a rectangular area and released uniformly

• line sources - the emission is assumed to be evenly distributed along a line and normally used as an approximation for describing roads

• grid layers - smaller or less significant emission sources are combined into a grid and represent background emission levels.

The EDB stores both static and dynamic information allowing the emission to be

defined through, time and temperature variation, different road types describing traffic

patterns, vehicle characteristics and speed dependent emission factors, as well as other features that help to convert obtainable data into emission figures.

The Dispersion Model

The dispersion model uses information about weather, emissions, topography and

climatology as input data. The module produces air quality calculations in the form of

seasonal, yearly means, percentiles or hourly data for specified time periods. The

user has a choice of different types of models; the Gauss model, the Grid model and

the Canyon model.

For review and assessment exercise all modelling and validation work was

carried out using the Gauss model. The Gauss model is based on a Langrangean

Gaussian formulation and recommended for calculations on smaller scales, and for

areas where the topography is reasonably flat.

Prior to any dispersion calculation the wind field is calculated. The wind field

calculation utilises meteorological data to calculate stability (based on Monin-Obukhov length) and turbulence within the boundary layer. This data is then used to

determine other parameters of the boundary layer (eg boundary layer height, diabatic

heating, potential temperature distribution at ground level and the free wind field).

Dispersion calculations are then applied to simulate the distribution of ground level

pollutants over urban or industrial areas. The model simulates one-hour mean, steady state pollution concentrations and operates at best over a distance of 100 m to 2 km.

The Gauss model does not resolve individual buildings. Instead, surface structures

enter the model through local roughness values, and through the wind field. Buildings

give a rougher surface, which creates more friction and hence a lower wind speed, which influences dispersion.

The model, its internal computations and assumptions including its advantages and

disadvantages over Gaussian plume models are outlined in more detail in the user

documentation, SMHI (1997).

(1 First Phase was a Department of the Environment sponsored pilot study during 1996/97 to examine various aspects of the process of review and assessment. For a summary of all work carried out for the First Phase see NETCEN (March 2000).

Further Reading

More information on the Methodology of the Birmingham Air Quality Assessment can be seen at :

www.birmingham.gov.uk/GenerateContent?CONTENT_ITEM_ID=6463&CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE=0&MENU_ID=10428

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  The use of the AQM system AirQUIS in Oslo

Example

   

The use of AirQUIS in Oslo

In Oslo and several other Norwegian cities, AirQUIS is used to model air quality on the urban scale, and to perform Air Quality Management tasks, such as studying effectes of abatement measures. AirQUIS combines measurement and other available data with modeling. This results in modeled data for pollution concentration, distribution and population exposure. In addition the user has the possibility to apply statistical tools and to present results in GIS. Furthermore, it is possible to calculate the effects of abatement measures.

In Oslo, the system is used both for daily forecasts of air quality (during winter) and in abatement and city planning.

AirQUIS

The meteorological model:

  1. In general: wind field model MATHEW - calculates 3D-hourly wind fields from measurements of wind direction, wind speed, temperature, temperature gradient, and a topography field
  2. For forecasting: meteorological model MM5 (from the Norwegian meteorological institute) with a grid point distance of 1 km - the meteorological forecast from MM5 gives a detailed description of the local variations in the meteorological data for Oslo.

The emission model:

This is integrated in the AirQUIS system. Calculates hourly emission from the different sources:

Area sources:

· Uses emission factors, time variations and temperature variation to calculate hourly emissions from annual consumption of fossil fuels

Line sources:

· Uses road and traffic data, road and traffic classification, emission factors, traffic discrepancies, and time variations

Point sources:

· Uses physical stack data, process consumption or emission data, emission factors, and time variations

The dispersion model

For dispersion a 3D Eulerian/Lagrangian model is used (EPISODE). The model includes both an industrial accident model and a complete dispersion model. In Oslo, mainly the EPISODE model is used. The model system includes a grid model (usually giving concentrations in km2 grids in the model area), and it also included sub-grid scale models for point source dispersion and dispersion from streets and roads. EPISODE calculates hourly and half hourly concentrations of pollutants in fields, points and along roads. Receptor points for calculations can be chosen freely, either as center points of grids, or any other point. The results may also be used to calculate long-term-, average- max and percentile concentrations.

The exposure model

This model combines the results for pollution concentrations with population distribution. It is the possible to calculate the number of people exposed to concentrations above air quality guidelines/threshold values both in field, in building points and totally.

Further Reading

http://www.nilu.no/airquis/

Examples: results from AirQUIS (in GIS)

1. Human exposure for PM10 in Oslo in 2000


2. City planning: map of max. concentrations of NO2 in 2001



3. Forecasting PM10 in Oslo

4. Map over point and line sources

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Air Quality Strategies and Planning Activities

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
Short Term Planning
 
Intensified Cleaning of Streets to Reduce PM-10 values
What measures should we plan for reducing specific pollutants?
 
Measures to reduce NO2 in Birmingham, UK
How to reduce Nox emissions
Other Planning Activities improving Air Quality
 
Managing air quality on limited resources in Utrecht
Municipal energy plan for the City of Venice
Programme agreements tools to reduce pollutant emissions from industrial sites in municipal Venice
Planning Measures to Improve Air Quality in Birmingham, UK
Traffic, infrastructure, land use and buildings Planning Activities
Traffic policy plans
Urban General Traffic plan for the City of Venice
Definition of Residential Areas in the Netherlands
How to develop an Air Quality Action Plan ?
 
Air Quality Action Plan development - Bristol
Air quality action plan development – City of Brussels
AQ Action Plan for Helsinki
Air Quality Action Plan Development in Utrecht (NL)
London Borough of Croydon, UK – Action Plan Development
The Gothenburg Region’s Air Quality Programme
AQ Action Plan development, the Hague
Air Pollution action plan development in Glasgow city
Air Pollution action plan for City of Sheffield
How to tackle limit value exceedances?
 
Traffic restrictions in Veneto Region Urban Areas
Dosing traffic in Utrecht

Overview of Issue

  Overview to appear here

Last Updated


 

30th November 1999

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How to develop an Air Quality Action Plan ?

2. Introduction

   

The requirement to produce air quality action plans was introduced in the Air Quality Framework Directive 96/62/EC (http://europa.eu.int/smartapi/cgi/sga_doc?smartapi!celexapi!prod!CELEXnumdoc&lg=en&numdoc=31996L0062&model=guichett).

Article 7(3) of this Directive requires Action Plans to be produced ‘indicating the measures to be taken in the short term where there is a risk of the limit values and/or alert thresholds being exceeded in order to reduce that risk…’ Article 8.3 requires ‘that a plan or programme is prepared or implemented for attaining the limit value with the specific time limit’. Article 8(3) applies in the years before the limit value has to be met, while Article 7(3) can be assumed more relevant from the date on which the limit value has to be met. The plans must include a programme for attaining the limit values within the specific time limit, and these programmes must be implemented. Annex IV of the Directive provides a schedule of information that must be included in action plans.

3. Discussion

   

Action planning is the most important part of the air quality management process, providing a practical opportunity for improving local air quality in areas where review and assessment shows that national measures will be insufficient to meet one or more of the air quality limit values.

An air quality action plan should include the following:

· Quantification of the source contributions to the predicted exceedances of the limit values: this will allow the action plan measures to be effectively targeted.

· Quantification of the regional versus the locally produced contributions: this will show how much air quality improvements can be expected from local measures.

· Quantification of contributions from neighbourhood areas within a common air shed: this can show possibilities for cooperation between neighbouring jurisdictions.

· Evidence that all available options have been considered on the grounds of cost and feasibility.

· How the local authority will use its powers and also work together with others in pursuit of the relevant air quality objectives.

· Clear timescales within which the authority and other organisations propose to implement the measures contained in the plan.

· Quantification of the expected impacts of the proposed measures, by when they can be expected and, where possible, an indication as to whether these will be sufficient to meet the limit values.

· How the municipal authority intends to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the plan.

How to make an action plan effective

Overview

Once the main sources of the pollution have been identified, the municipal authority should carefully assess the options/measures available to it to improve air quality. Authorities should ensure that the measures to be included in the plan are cost-effective and proportionate, taking into account the contribution of pollution from different sources. They should also make sure that the proposed approach strikes the right balance between the use of regulatory powers and non-regulatory measures (such as travel plans, public information campaigns, 'walk to school' initiatives, etc.).

Municipal authorities should appraise and where possible quantify the wider environmental, economic and social consequences of each option. Municipal authorities should assess the cost effectiveness of each measure. The appraisal of cost-effectiveness should show that the authority has considered the costs of implementing various options before reaching a decision as to whether it is cost-effective to do so.

Organisation

Municipal authorities will generally wish to set up a steering group to take forward the development of an action plan. The members of the steering group should include officers across the different municipal authority departments and may also include officers from different municipal authorities where a regional action plan is being drawn up. The steering group should engage support from other outside bodies, businesses and local community groups where appropriate to take the process forward. This steering group should ensure that the action plan is taken into account in any Local Transport Strategy/ development plan/Local Community Plan/Agenda 21 strategy.

Consultation

Effective consultation/interaction with the general public is also extremely important. Local residents/community groups and businesses need to be involved from the start when the action plan is being drawn up. Local authorities need to explain fully why these measures have to be introduced, and look for innovative ways to engage stakeholders. The action plan will not work unless it has support from the local community.

Jurisdiction aspects

Some of the actions needed to improve air quality may well be outside the local authority’s remit. This is the case where, for example, an industrial process, airport or major highway regulated by another agency is contributing to exceedances of the limit. In these cases municipal authorities should make clear any limitations in their action plans and show the extent to which they rely on actions by others to work towards meeting the objectives. The plan should show how other agencies have been involved in its production, and indicate what the authority will do to make sure they stay involved.

Updating/Reporting locally

Municipal authorities have a duty to keep their action plans up to date. They should periodically re-evaluate the progress made by their action plans and report this to the relevant national body in order that national reporting can be completed. Typically annual progress reports will be prepared listing the measures within the action plan, the timescales by when they are/were due to be implemented and give an update on progress in terms of implementing them.

Reporting to the EU

See the topic What must be reported to the European Commission under the air quality directives?.

Step-wise process for Action Plan development, and tools

The development of an Action Plan can be broken down into a number of steps (see also the Appendix of this topic description).

Step 1: The Assessment of Air Quality

· An inventory of emissions and sources must be produced. This is described in detail under the Topic How to develop urban Emission Inventories?.

· Assessment of ambient concentrations and meteorological conditions must be carried out. This is described in detail under the topic sections Models for Planning: Pollution and Exposure Modelling and Air Quality Monitoring Methods.

· Review limit values from the Air Quality Framework Directive 96/62/EC and any relevant National standards for ambient concentrations for all pollutants identified in step 1A.

· Compare ambient concentrations with air quality standards: identify areas with concentrations above standards and inventory people at risk in those areas (population exposure distribution) to establish which areas both fail to meet standards and also contain people for the relevant periods.

· Setting priorities: prioritise the most important air pollutants and prioritise the most important sources of the priority air pollutants, based upon the relative shares of sources to ambient concentrations (with the help of dispersion models, Step 1B), or less accurately based upon the relative shares of sources to emissions (Step 1A).

Step 2: Set up a Working Group

It is essential that this working group includes representatives from all organisations that are likely to be required to contribute to the implementation of the action plan.

Step 3: Identify Options to Reduce Levels of Priority Pollutants

· Identify what will happen as a result of actions or policies already planned to take place, for example proposed new transport plans, or new city planning policies (see e.g. topics Short Term Planning and Other Planning Activities improving Air Quality).

· For each major source of priority pollutants identified in Step 1, identify technical measures that will lead to a reduction in the pollutant level in the affected areas, their costs, and their emission reduction potential (see e.g. topic What measures should we plan for reducing specific pollutants?).

· For every priority pollutant, rank the measures from Step 2.B on the basis of cost-effectiveness. This can theoretically be carried out to a level of detail demonstrating the cost per unit of reduction for the pollutant. However, in practice this is often very difficult, and categories of pollutant reduction and cost such as ‘low, medium and high’ are often used. Where this approach is taken it is important to quantify the parameters of these categories in terms of cost or pollution reduction or reduction in pollutant concentration.

· Make emission-reduction scenarios for packages of measures (starting with the most cost-effective), and calculate their total costs and emission reduction effects.

Step 4: Evaluate the Options

The packages of measures designed in Step 2 must be evaluated with regard to the following issues:

· Perceptions – The perceptions of interested parties including: the public, politicians, other agencies, industry and commerce.

· Cost effectiveness – as evaluated in Step 2. This should also consider the cost to other parties, for example to other agencies, to the public, to commercial operations etc.

· Air Quality Improvements – An estimation of the level of improvement delivered by the package of measures compared to what is required to meet the relevant limit.

· Non Air Quality Impacts – for example socio-economic impacts, climate change, noise, local transport plans.

· Feasibility

· Resources

· Timescale

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

The Framework Directive requires action plans (‘Plans or Programmes’) to be prepared in cases where limit values are likely to be exceeded. The preparation of these plans provides the framework for the improvement of local air quality. It is essential that these action plans consider a wide range of issues and are prepared in consultation with a wide range of agencies, professionals and the public in order for them to be effective. Action plans must contain carefully evaluated measures and timescales in order for them to be effective. A considerable amount of literature has been prepared which includes detailed evaluation of many mechanisms to improve local air quality (see references below). It is essential to commit adequate resource to this critical step in the process in order to gain maximum benefit in terms of cost-benefit.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Examples of action plans and their development:

Air Quality Action Plan development - Bristol

Air Quality Action Plan Development in Utrecht (NL)

London Borough of Croydon, UK – Action Plan Development

The Gothenburg Region’s Air Quality Programme

Other related examples:

Measures to reduce NO2 in Birmingham, UK

How to reduce Nox emissions

Further Examples:

Air quality action plan development – City of Brussels
AQ Action Plan for Helsinki
AQ Action Plan development, the Hague
Air Pollution action plan for City of Sheffield
Air Pollution action plan development in Glasgow city

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Air Quality Management Areas: Turning Reviews into Action. National Society for Clean Air and Environmental Protection: http://www.nsca.org.uk/

· Air Quality Action Plans: Interim Guidance for Local Authorities. National Society for Clean Air and Environmental Protection: http://www.nsca.org.uk/

· Air Quality: Planning for Action. National Society for Clean Air and Environmental Protection Council Directive 96/62/EC on ambient air quality assessment and management: http://www.nsca.org.uk/

· Urban Air Quality Management Strategy in Asia Guidebook. The World Bank: http://www-wds.worldbank.org/, search word: URBAIR.

· Urban Air Quality Management Strategy in Asia. City-specific Action Plan reports for several cities. http://www-wds.worldbank.org/, search word: URBAIR.

· Helsinki Action Plan: Helsinki%20Action%20Plan%202003.doc

Appendix 1

The Process of Action Planning


Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Air Quality Action Plan development - Bristol

Example

   

Introduction

Over a quarter of Bristol is predicted to fail to meet the government’s health-based air quality targets for 2005. These areas have been declared Air Quality Management Areas (AQMAs). Over 100,000 people live in the AQMAs (including 13,000 children) and tens of thousands more work or go to school in the AQMA. The majority of pollution in Bristol comes from road traffic.

This Draft Air Quality Action Plan (AQAP) sets out a package of measures that aim to improve air quality in Bristol and meet the government’s pollution targets for nitrogen dioxide (NO2) and particles (PM10). They will not be sufficient to meet the target for 2005 but will aim to meet it as soon as possible after this date.

The AQAP has been drawn up following government guidance and the results of consultation and will be led by the Council, but will also require active support from the public, stakeholders and businesses if it is to be effective. There are many simple steps that people and businesses can take to reduce pollution. Collectively these could make a significant difference to pollution levels in Bristol.

The vast majority of pollution comes from road traffic, therefore the AQAP focuses predominantly on transport measures . Steps are also being taken to reduce pollution from industrial and domestic sources .

Many of the actions in the Bristol Local Transport Plan (LTP) will contribute towards improved air quality, but not quickly enough to meet the government’s targets. The AQAP measures will add to the LTP to ensure a more rapid improvement in air quality.

The AQAP identifies 27 additional measures, some of which are new, others are enhancements of LTP measures or the acceleration of LTP measures within the AQMA. The measures are listed under four main headings; Information and Promotion, Promotion and Provision of Alternatives, Managing the Road Network, and Emissions Management.

The AQAP also identifies actions for national consideration which would help to bring about local air quality improvements.

Additional AQAP measures:

Information and Promotion

1

Information & Awareness Initiatives

Promotion and Provision of Alternatives

2

Travel Plans

3

Safer Routes to School / School Travel Plans

4

Shorter Journeys (including Individualised Travel Marketing)

5

Walking and Cycling Facilities

6

Car Clubs

Managing the Road Network

7

Reallocation of Road Space (Bus Priority measures )

8

Improved enforcement of existing speed limits

9

Area-based speed reduction (20 mph zones in residential areas )

10

Intelligent traffic signals (Urban Traffic Management & Control)

11

Traffic management at pollution hot spots

12

Parking Enforcement & Management of Delivery Times

13

Motorway Speed Management (M5, M32)

14

M32 Management

15

Freight trans-shipment centres

Emissions Management

16

Reduce emissions from poorly driven vehicles.

17

Vehicle maintenance- Roadside Emissions Testing

18

Encouragement of more efficient vehicles.

19

Promote / pilot alternative vehicles / fuels.

20

Advice / incentives for 'cleaning up' large vehicles

21

Retrofitting Smaller Vehicles

22

Scrappage Incentives

23

Bus Emissions Regulation (emissions standards in contracts)

24

Promote and assist freight emissions agreements

25

Low Emission Zone ( LEZ)

26

Road User Charging (RUC)

27

Clear Zone

These measures will also deliver wider benefits and contribute to the core objectives of the LTP and national transport and environmental objectives, in particular the Road Safety and Climate Change targets.

The measures will be implemented over 8 years with many of the simple, low cost encouragement measures being rapidly implemented and sustained throughout the life of the plan. Work can also commence quickly on some of the more technical and comprehensive measures such as reducing emissions from buses thanks to a number of pilot projects that are underway as part of the EU-supported VIVALDI programme. Other measures will require longer lead in times and feasibility studies, and will be implemented in the medium-long term.

The package of measures in the AQAP is estimated to cost £1.2m in year 1 and at least £8.3m over 8 years (less than one pence per day per Bristol resident). This figure does not include the cost of some of the more comprehensive measures that require feasibility work before an accurate cost can be determined.

The ability to implement the AQAP primarily depends on securing adequate and consistent levels of funding. If adequate funding cannot be secured then the AQAP measures will have to be scaled down to reflect available funding and consequently the effectiveness of the plan in tackling emissions will be reduced.

How much do pollution levels have to be reduced by to meet the targets?

Levels of pollution within the AQMAs will have to be reduced by up to 40% (15 µgm3) if the government target for NO2 is to be achieved. Particle emissions would have to be halved to meet the indicative particles target for 2010.

How can pollution be reduced?

No single measure is going to solve the air pollution problem. It will require a package of complementary measures and a contribution from everyone - the public, businesses, stakeholders and the Council. The government has issued guidance on the sorts of measures that should be considered for inclusion in AQAPs. These include measures to reduce traffic levels, manage the road network and clean up vehicles as well as the regulation of industry, and domestic energy efficiency programmes.

The vast majority of NO2 within the AQMA arises from emissions from traffic, therefore, the Bristol AQAP focuses primarily on reducing emissions from road transport. There are two main ways of achieving this:

• Reducing levels of traffic and congestion,

This can be achieved by :

· Providing and promoting alternatives to the car,

· Measures to manage the road network.

These will mainly be delivered through the broad package of measures in the Bristol Local Transport Plan (LTP) with some additional measures set out in this plan.

Reducing emissions from individual vehicles:

The amount of pollution a vehicle produces depends on its age, size, fuel type, how well it is maintained and how well it is driven. Older vehicles and harsh driving are the largest causes of additional pollution. Emissions reductions will be achieved by:

· Measures to encourage smooth driving and reduce harsh driving and speeding (aggressive and fast driving substantially increases emissions).

· Improving vehicle maintenance (poorly maintained vehicles produce high levels of emissions).

· Encouraging the use of smaller, more efficient vehicles and less-polluting fuels.

· Measures to encourage the replacement or ‘cleaning up’ of older vehicles (older vehicles produce more pollution).

These will mainly be based on new measures or enhancements of measures in the LTP.

A combination of traffic reduction and reduced vehicle emissions is likely to be needed to meet the government’s air quality targets.

Other pollution sources include domestic heating and cooking and industry. These only produce a small proportion of pollution in the AQMA and are largely being tackled by existing energy efficiency programmes and ‘clean air’ legislation so no additional measures are being proposed in this plan.

Bristol Local Transport Plan (LTP)

Road transport is the major source of pollution in Bristol and consequently the main focus of this AQAP is on transport emissions. The LTP outlines an extensive £60 million package of transport measures for Bristol over 5 years, including improvements to the road network, public transport and cycling and walking. These measures should help improve air quality in the longer-term but there is no quick and easy solution to Bristol’s transport problems and, on their own, they will not be enough to reduce pollution to the required levels by the government’s target dates.

Air Quality Action Plan

This AQAP will add to the LTP with additional transport measures targeted specifically at improving air quality, as well as enhancing and accelerating the implementation of some areas of LTP work which have the potential to significantly reduce emissions. 27 measures are identified in this AQAP, 10 of which are new measures and 17 are enhancements of existing LTP measures.

Many of the specific measures will be targeted within the AQMA, however the AQAP will cover the whole of the city not just the AQMAs. This is because many of the journeys that cause pollution in Bristol start or finish outside the AQMAs. Many of these trips will originate beyond the city boundary, therefore it is important that the Action Plan should be linked to measures being taken by neighbouring Local Authorities. Of these only one, Bath & North East Somerset, has an AQMA but both North Somerset and South Gloucestershire intend to produce Local Air Quality Strategies to maintain concentrations of air pollution below the target levels.

Air Quality Action Plan Measures

How were the measures chosen?

A broad list of potential measures to improve air quantity was compiled, based on government guidance and examples of best practice in air quality management from the UK and abroad. Consideration was also given to feedback from earlier air quality consultations which sought to gauge initial public support for potential AQAP measures and generated nearly 5000 comments and suggestions on transport and air quality.

These potential measures were then assessed against the following criteria, based on government guidelines, and those measures which were considered to be inappropriate or not cost-effective were discarded.

· Air quality improvement;

· Cost effectiveness;

· Non air quality effects (wider environmental, economic and social consequences).

Air Quality Assessment and AQAP Assessment Methodolgy.

The Environment Act 1995 introduced a requirement for local authorities to review and assess air quality in their areas. The main aims of the review and assessment reports are:

· To determine whether the statutory objectives contained in the National Air Quality Strategy (NAQS) and Air Quality Regulations will be breached in the relevant year.

· And, if the standard is likely to be breached, to predict future pollutant levels in more detail and identify areas where the public is likely to be exposed for a significant period of time.

This process began in with the identification of the main sources of relevant pollutants in Bristol with the Stage One Review and Assessment of air quality in 1999.

This was followed by the Stage Three Review and Assessment in 2000/01 which identified areas of concern for two of the pollutants regulated under the NAQS – NO2 (exceedences of the annual mean Objective) and to a lesser extent NO2 (exceedences of the hourly mean Objective) and PM10.

Based on this assessment two AQMAs were declared in May 2001 covering around 25% of the city. The Stage Three Assessment, in identifying the extent of the pollution problem and scale of the emissions reduction required, also provided the basis on which to begin formulating options for the Air Quality Action Plan (AQAP).

A Stage Four Review and Assessment was then undertaken in 2002/03 to more accurately assess the nature and extent of pollution by particulate matter (PM10) and nitrogen dioxide (NO2) in Bristol. The results of this broadly confirmed that the findings of the Stage Three report were valid and the decision to declare an AQMA in Bristol was correct and the area declared was substantially correct. The Stage 4 work led to some modifications to the (AQMA) with some minor boundary amendments and the extensions. The Stage Four Review and Assessment also provided essential information from which to develop and focus the Air Quality Action Plan.

In carrying out the Review and Assessment work and predicting future concentrations of pollutants, the modelling process is dependent on many variables, such as the weather, traffic volumes, vehicle composition, vehicle speeds and levels of traffic congestion, the degree to which buildings enclose the road, thereby inhibiting the dispersion of pollutants, as well as wider economic and social trends. For many of these variables it is necessary to include some level of assumption, interpretation or margin of error. In determining these Council followed Government guidance and adopted a precautionary approach.

The Air Quality Reviews will be updated every three years to ensure that the information on local air quality is up to date, and annual progress reports will be produced in the intervening years.

Assessment of AQAP measures

Following the Stage 3 Air Quality Review and Assessment work commenced on developing the Air Quality Action Plan (AQAP).Potential AQAP measures were considered. A list of potential measures was compiled, based on government guidance and examples of best practice in air quality management from the UK and abroad. Consideration was also given to feedback from earlier air quality consultations.

The relative cost-effectiveness of these measures was estimated in order to identify which measures were most likely to be able to deliver the most cost-effective improvement in air quality and which should form part of the AQAP. The measures were assessed according to government guidance.

A number of measures were identified as being inappropriate for the Bristol AQAP or not cost effective. Many others were judged to be adequately covered by the Bristol Local Transport Plan. A number of new measures or enhancements of LTP measures were identified and assessed in more detail.

To simplify the air quality modelling process and consultation, the measures were grouped into three scenarios or levels of action.

Level 1 - Encourage & Inform, Incentives & Alternatives

Level 2 - Level 1 + Road Management Measures and Regulation

Level 3 - Level 1& 2 + Comprehensive Emissions Management

For each of these scenarios the potential traffic reductions were estimated for the 9 main traffic corridors in Bristol and three zones for 2005 and 2008. These estimates were adjusted to take into account predicted levels of traffic growth which currently averages around 1.5% pa across the city. N.B these estimates also include the predicted impacts of the transport measures in the LTP.

The emissions impacts were also estimated based on predicted changes in traffic volumes, fleet composition and traffic speeds. These are summarised in the graphs below.


The scenarios were then modelled in more detail using the Council’s air quality models (ADMS – Urban.

These clearly show that of all the scenarios, Level 3 is the only one predicted to widely meet the NAQS objective for NO2. This would largely be achieved through emissions management, in particular an LEZ, rather than large-scale reductions in levels of traffic.

Progress towards the objectives will be monitored through the AQAP and further air quality assessments undertaken every three years through the Air Quality Review and Assessment process. These will be refined through updated traffic and fleet data as this become available and will allow the AQAP to be re-focused if necessary to reflect both the scale of the pollution problem and the main sources of emissions. For example, once the bus fleet has been fully retrofitted the relative proportion of emissions from other transport modes will increase and the focus of emissions reductions measures will shift to these vehicles.

The modelling and assessment process will also incorporate other changes such as the predicted impacts of the next full LTP, and new technologies such as zero-emissions vehicles when they become available.

Consultation Process

Consultation is an ongoing process of public and stakeholder involvement including updates, feedback on process and further consultation on major AQAP proposals. This process aims to inform and improve the public’s understanding of air quality and transport issues and provide an opportunity for people to comment and inform the development of Bristol’s air pollution management strategies.

The Environment Act 1995 and subsequent detailed guidance on air quality management, makes clear the need for a strong, coherent approach to consultation. This reflects a widespread change within central and local government towards more effective local democracy and fuller more regular public participation. The Local Transport Plan guidance states that a genuinely inclusive approach will be vital if authorities are going to achieve the widespread support necessary.

Care has been taken to ensure that the methods of involving the public follow the approach set out in the National Society for Clean Air and Environmental Protection’s ‘Consultation: How to Guide’ in line with the following principles:

n Overall, agreed process,

n Flexibility,

n Clear scope,

n Openness, honesty, trust, transparency,

n Inclusiveness,

n Common information base,

n Diverse methods to help build common ground,

n Shared responsibility for outcomes and implementation,

n Attention to detail,

and the former Department of Environment Transport and the Regions (DETR) guidance on enhancing public participation in Local Transport Plans:

n Early involvement,

n Interactiveness,

n Openness,

n Continuity and,

n Provision of feedback.

The Council has adopted a consensus building. The process has initially involved identifying the parts of Bristol where exceedances are likely to occur, consultation with the public who live in or near those areas and the declaration of an Air Quality Management Area (AQMA).

The next stage is the production of an Air Quality Action Plan (AQAP) . The purpose of the AQAP consultation was to establish what level of action the Council should take to tackle the problem of air pollution in Bristol and gauge the support for potential individual elements of the AQAP. This was done by holding focus group sessions, and by means of a questionnaire, in long and short forms (with the short form available on the Internet). The Council wanted to gauge the support for potential individual measures and also on the level of action that needs to be taken. The focus group sessions gave an insight as to which measures needed refinement or further clarification for inclusion into the questionnaire which formed the main public consultation.


A summary of the 3 scenarios used for the consultation is listed below. N.B. the three levels of action are cumulative.

In terms of three broad prompted Options for a combination of measures (with an indication of their potential cost/effectiveness), the respondents overall supported,

Option 2 (Option 1 + road management measures and regulation)

or

Option 3 (Option 2 + comprehensive emission management)

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Air quality action plan development – City of Brussels

Example

   

The Region of Brussels-Capital has since November 2002, its “Plan for the structural improvement of the air quality and for the struggle against the global warming”. This Air & Climate Plan contains 81 actions to be implemented between 2002 and 2010 in order to monitor the air quality and to decrease the emissions of air pollutants (acidifying pollutants, tropospheric ozone precursors,..), ozone-depleting gases and greenhouse gases. The Plan concerns the transport, the industry, the in-door pollution, energy in housing and in tertiary sector.

The Air & Climate Plan is available to download at the following links:

in French : http://www.ibgebim.be/francais/pdf/Air/PLANAC_complet.pdf

in Dutch : http://www.ibgebim.be/nederlands/pdf/Air/PLANAC_complet_nl.pdf

If you need more information on this subject, please contact

Gabriel Torres, ir.

Institut Bruxellois pour la Gestion de l'Environnement

Gulledelle 100

1200 Bruxelles

Tél. : 02.775.78.27

Fax : 02.775.76.11

E-mail : gto@ibgebim.be

Site : www.ibgebim.be

Small Abstract in English - Air & Climate Plan for Brussels

On Wednesday November 13, 2002, the Government of the Region of Brussels-Capital approved the Plan for the structural improvement of the air quality and for the struggle against the global warming 2002-2010, also called the Air & Climate Plan. This Plan, prepared by the Brussels Institute for Management of the Environment (IBGE) and the Administration of the Equipment and Displacements (AED), is the direct consequence of the ruling of Brussels dated March 25, 1999 related to the evaluation and the improvement of the quality of the ambient air. This ruling transposes the European directive 96/62/CE of the same name.

Its objective is to meet all European and international obligations as regards emissions and air quality. It also integrates the final version of the climate plan for Brussels, which aims at meeting the Kyoto objectives, namely a limitation to +3,475 % of the greenhouse gas emissions between 2008 and 2012, compared to their levels of 1990.

The Air & Climate Plan presents its objectives through a wide range of regulations categorised according to the principal sources of pollution, namely road transport, energy, businesses and the households. Finally the integrated exposure of the population and the follow-up of the Plan will be subject to specific measures.

Road transport

As regards road traffic, the Plan envisages measures aiming at reducing the volume of the traffic, in particular through:

- An efficient management of the parking places downtown in order to dissuade an abusive use of the car in the city;

- A generalisation of the relocation plans of businesses. In this context, the IBGE produced a methodological guide, while the AED created an Internet website presenting useful information for any relocation plan;

- An increase and improvement of the public transport services and alternative means of transport such as the bicycle or walk. The IBGE will continue the implementation of the green grid making it possible to support soft mobility measures, while the AED will continue to develop cycle paths;

- A better management of the traffic. Various actions (regeneration of urban areas, public awareness campaigns...) will be carried out by the Government in order to better monitor the speed and the flow of vehicles according to environmental criteria; and

- A reduction of sources of emissions related to vehicles. This will be achieved through, amongst others, an increase of clean vehicles.

Energy

A panel of regulations have been appointed to each of these three sectors: residential, tertiary and industrial. The Plan foresees for these sectors:

- The installation of inventories and audits on boilers and insulation for buildings;

- The promotion of the rational use of energy through awareness-raising campaigns and seminars;

- The reinforcement of the legislation on energy; and

- The grant of subsidies and assistance to the investments for the boilers with high energetic performance and for the insulation of the buildings.

Businesses

The legislation of certain sectors will be reinforced in order to reduce the emissions of volatile organic compounds, of oxides of nitrogen or fluorinated gases. These companies are:

- Service stations/Petrol stations;

- Dry-cleaning;

- Printing works;

- Body work;

- Manufacturing paintings, lacquers...;

- The incinerator; and

- Fitters and repairers of the systems of refrigeration of the air.

The companies concerned with Directive IPPC can receive a specific environmental licence, which is not included in the Air & Climate Plan.

Households

Provisions also directly relates to the information and the awareness raising of the citizen. Indeed, through the choice of the products, each consumer can durably play a part in the improvement of air quality, for examples, buying paintings without solvents, avoiding the domestic incinerations...

Integrated Exposure of the population

Thanks to the various monitoring stations for the quality of the ambient air located throughout its territory, Brussels Capital Region benefits from a tool, ‘Pollumètre’, which makes it possible to give a dynamic image of the air pollution in Brussels. The Plan envisages the continuous improvement of this tool.

In addition, the regulations of the integrated exposure also aim at reducing indoor pollution during leisure (swimming pools) as well as in homes and work places. This will be done through advices on the choice of building materials, the training of professionals in health and building on indoor pollution, and though awareness-raising campaigns for the citizens.

Follow-up of the Air & Climate Plan

The latest regulations of the Plan relate to its annual programming, its bi-annual follow-up, its financing, its "costs benefits" analysis, its coordination...

For more information: www.ibgebim.be or info@ibgebim.be

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  AQ Action Plan for Helsinki

Example

   

Two examples from the City of Helsinki

  1. Helsinki's "Action plan concerning serious air pollution situation, traffic exhaust causing high ambient NO2 concentration".

The City of Helsinki experienced a critical situation as regards air pollution in December 1995 when NO2 hourly limit value (200 mg/m3) exceeded over 18 times the acceptable limit. The air pollution was mostly caused by traffic emissions. Helsinki then decided to elaborate a first action plan on serious air pollution situations. This first plan was ready in 1998. Now the City of Helsinki is in the process of updating this action plan. It is possible that a similar situation than the one in 1995 could happen in the wintertime in a near future. Indeed, NO2 episodes are mostly in wintertime. However thanks to the regular monitoring of NO2 emissions, the City realised that the NO2 hourly limit value only exceeded the acceptable limit in 1998 and it only exceeded it over 6 times.

- Helsinki’s Action Plan 2003 on serious air pollution situation is attached to this note.

- Helsinki Metropolitan Area Council (YTV)'s publications on air quality are accessible in English at the following link: http://www.ytv.fi/english/air

  1. Helsinki's Action Plan Concerning Street Dust Problems (In Finnish)

Helsinki has to deal with dust episode every year and especially during the spring (March-May) when the snow melts and the streets become dry. In spring 2003, the City humidified the streets two times and this spring it had to do it only once.

"Suunnitelma katupölyhaittojen ehkäisemiseksi" is available at the following link: http://www.hel.fi/ymk/julkaisut/monisteet.html.

See also PowerPoint attached to the note.

For further information,

Please contact Jari Viinanen at jari.viinanen@hel.fi

Table 1. States of readiness and actions

Advance warning

1. preparedness

2. preparedness

Responsibility organisations EC and YTV prepare

All partys prepare to realize a plan

Active information to community members

Threshold: NO2 hour concentration exceeded 150 mg/m3 3 times.

Poor or very poor air quality during few hours

Threshold: NO2 hour concentration exceeded 150 mg/m3

6 times.

Poor or very poor air quality during several hours

Threshold: NO2 hourly limit value (200 mg/m3) exceeded 18 times

Very poor air quality and it improvede to be continued

YTV Environmental Office

YTV Environmental Office

YTV Environmental Office

1. NO2 concentration exceeded 150 mg/m3 (1 hour average).

2. Crossings are measured at least in two monitoring stations at 3 times during 6 hours.

3. Continues forecast.

→ YTV send advance warning to EC.

1. NO2 concentration exceeded 150 mg/m3 (1 hour average).

2. Crossings are measured at least in two monitoring stations at 6 times during 12 hours.

3. Continues forecast.

→ YTV inform EC that 1. preparedness limit is exceeded.

1. NO2 hourly limit value 200 mg/m3 exceeded 18 times (48 h sliding scale).

2. Raising concentrations are measured also in other monitoring stations.

3. Continues forecast.

→ YTV inform EC that 2. preparedness limit is exceeded.

Director General (dg)

Director General (dg)

- Dg order transition to 1. preparedness and inform contact person.

- EC:s and YTV:s public announcements (situation, might recommend to use public transport)

- Dg order transition to 2. preparedness and inform contact person.

- EC:s public announcement (situation, recommendation to use public transport etc.).

- Free-of-charge public transport.

3. preparedness

Information to community members (intensification)

Traffic limitation

Threshold: NO2 hourly limit value (200 mg/m3) exceeded

(transition limit value)

Very poor air quality several days and it it improvede to be continued

YTV Environmental Office

Down-town section:

1. NO2 hourly limit value (200 mg/m3) exceeded (98. percentile, about 175 exceeding)

2. Raising concentrations are measured also in other monitoring station in down-town section.

3. Continues forecast.

→ YTV inform EC that 3. preparedness limit is exceeded in down-town section.

Hole city area:

2. Raising concentrations are measured also in other Helsinkis monitoring station and/or Espoos or Vantaas monitoring station.

→ YTV inform EC that 3. preparedness limit is exceeded in hole city area.

Lord Mayor (lm)

Lord Mayor (lm)

- Lm order transition to 3. preparedness in down-town section and inform contact person.

- Lm:s and Helsinki City Offices public announcement (situation, recommendation to use public transport etc.). Possibility to order limit traffic.

- Free-of-charge public transport.

- Lm order transition to 3. preparedness in hole city area and inform contact person.

- Lm:s and Helsinki City Offices public announcement (situation, recommendation to use public transport etc.). Possibility to order limit traffic.

- Free-of-charge public transport.

EC = City of Helsinki Environment Centre dg = Director General of the Environment Centre

YTV = Helsinki metropolitan Area Counsil, Environmental Office lm = Lord Mayor of Helsinki

CONTACT ORGANISATION

Lord Major of Helsinki

City of Helsinki Environment Centre

Helsinki City Office

Readiness team

Information office

Helsinki City Transport

Helsinki City Planning Department

Traffic Planning

City of Helsinki Public Works Department

Traffic wardening

Uusimaa Regional Environment Centre

Helsinki Metropolitan Area Council (YTV)

Environmental Office

Traffic Depatrement

Police

Finnish Road Adminstration (public roads)

VR (railway)

City of Espoo Environment Centre

City of Vantaa Environment Centre

City of Kauniainen Environment Centre

City of Sipoo Environment Centre

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Air Quality Action Plan Development in Utrecht (NL)

Example

   

In Utrecht (Netherlands) several measures have been taken to reduce air pollution. The list below describes the steps that are taken to prepare, to develop, to realise and to evaluate and update an Air Quality Action Plan.

PREPARATION

– advising the local government about a procedure how to prevent new situations with exceedances of the limit values (when, which surveys)

– starting a procedure to reserve an amount of money on the municipal budget for making an Air Quality Action Plan

– applying for subsidy to make an Air Quality Action Plan

– estimating the financial impact of solving all situations with exceedances of the limit values in relation to other cities in the country for dividing a national budget

– appointing a project leader

– making a draft project plan

– interviewing actors

– readjusting the project plan

– forming a project team

– informing the citizens

DEVELOPMENT PHASE 1

– updating the report on Air Quality

– calculating air quality in future situations (2010) (check which plans are part of the traffic model for 2010)

– surveying other sector plans (to be developed) on their impact on air quality: the contribution in solving or creating air quality problems (also due to autonomous increase of traffic)

– identifying the authorities involved in plans and in solving air quality problems

– surveying which air quality problems can be solved in other sector plans (including when this will happen) and estimating the extra costs for such plans for air quality

– assessing the air quality problems requiring special local plans: what are the solution directions, the rough costs and development routes

– deciding about the Air Quality Action Plan (phase 1)

– sending the plan to the Province/National authorities

– informing the citizens

DEVELOPMENT PHASE 2

– working out special plans in consultation with the neighbours

– deciding about the plans and the phased execution in relation to the available budget and combination possibilities with other activities: special/ local air quality plans/ measures (phase 2)

– sending the plans to the Province/ National authorities

– informing the citizens

PREPARATION OF THE REALISATION

– preparing the realisation of plans (specifications and designs)

– putting out contracts

– informing the citizens

REALISATION

– realizing of the plans

EVALUATION AND UPDATE

– evaluating the effects of the plans and relevant developments

– updating of the Air Quality Action Plan

– sending the plan to the Province/National authorities

– informing the citizens

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  London Borough of Croydon, UK – Action Plan Development

Example

   

The completed action plan is available at:

http://www.croydon.gov.uk/environment/docsrep/polldocs/Rev_Ass/AQAP_1

Step 1: Assess Air Quality

In Croyden Step 1 was completed, and revealed that the annual mean limit for NO2 was likely to be exceeded. All other pollution limits were forecast to be below the relevant limits.

Step 2: Set up a Working Group

A working group was set up which included representatives from various Municipal Departments, industry, environmental groups, and the local healthcare agency. This group had a chair from an outside agency, a management consultant. The group held 7 structured meetings which covered the following areas;

Meeting 1 – Framework for group defined

Meeting 2 – Causes and consequences of air pollution

Meeting 3 – Local environmental issues, vehicle flows, dispersion of pollution

Meeting 4 – Public transport issues

Meeting 5 – Evaluation of ideas suggested so far.

Meeting 6 – Looking at aids / obstacles to actions. Identifying actions that Croyden Municipality can take, that National government can take, that the Greater London Municipality (made up of Croyden and 32 other Municipal Authorities), and that the providers of Public Transport (Largely Privatised in the UK) can take.

Meeting 7 – Selection of options to include in the action plan

Step 3: Identify Options to Reduce Levels of Priority Pollutants and

Step 4: Evaluate the Options

In Croyden 77 actions were identified that would reduce levels of NO2 in the affected areas. Tables were produced listing these actions, the party that would be responsible for implementing the action, an intended completion date, a cost, and an expected impact in terms of NO2 reduction. For cost three categories were used. These were estimates of cost to the Municipal Authority of ‘low’ (less than £1000), ‘medium’ (£1000 to £10 000) and ‘high’ (more than £10 000). For the reduction in NO2 the categories were ‘low’ (a likely reduction in NO2 of less than 0.2microgrammes per cubic metre), ‘medium’ (a likely reduction of 0.2 to 1.0 microgrammes per cubic metre) and ‘high’ (a likely reduction of more than 1.0 microgrammes per cubic metre).

The actions included roadside emissions testing of private vehicles, supporting schools and businesses in the development of green travel plans, reducing emissions from municipal vehicles, and restricting car parking. One of the key issues was the introduction of a low emission zone. However, it was not possible to implement this very significant project within the timescale allowed by the UK government for action planning. Therefore the action plan made the commitment to conduct the feasibility study in co-operation with the other 32 Municipal Authorities in London.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  The Gothenburg Region’s Air Quality Programme

Example

   

Why a regional Air Quality Programme?
The regional Air Quality Programme is a platform for the regional environmental work focusing on air quality and a forum for the exchange of ideas and experiences. The programme is based on co-operation between the local councils and companies in the region. The Administrative boards of the Västra Götalandslands- and Hallands provinces, Chalmers University of Technology and the University of Gothenburg, among others, are also involved in the program.

The aim of the program is to...
• provide an overview of the air quality in the region

• provide reference material for the assessment of environmental and health effects

• present measurement results as reference material for community planning

• act as an advisory board on air quality issues

• provide an information service on air quality in the region

• work actively to improve the air quality in the region

We work with...

Measurements

• Continuous monitoring of sulphur dioxide, nitrogen oxides, particles, ozone and volatile hydrocarbons is carried out in co-operation with the Environmental Administration of Gothenburg (3 measurement sites)

• Measurements applied to specific projects using three mobile measurement modules are done in co-operation with the Environmental Administration of Gothenburg

Information

• Monthly reports with results from our continuous measurements

• Project reports and popular newsletter editions

• Exhibitions on the air environment and measurement methods

• Seminars on environmental issues

• Distribution of information on levels and emissions of air pollutants from the "Emissions Database of Western Sweden" and simulation models

• The Air Quality Programme contributes to reports of the pollen counts in the region

Air Quality

• In co-operation with the companies and local councils within the programme, action plans and other measures to improve the environment are put forward

• Contribution to work on Environmental Impact Assessments

• Co-operation with government and provincial authorities to achieve long-term reduction in air emissions

Help us take care of the environment!

You are welcome to contact us with questions concerning the air environment.

The Air Quality Programme warmly welcomes new members. Is your company or organisation interested in supporting us through membership or in any other way?

Contact

The Gothenburg Region Air Quality Programme,
Pernilla Hellstöm
tel +46 - 31 61 28 73
E-mail: pernilla.hellstrom@miljo.goteborg.se

We support the Air Quality Programme!

The organisations, companies and local authorities which actively support and finance the Air Quality Programme are

AB Tefco

Arla Foods Mejerier Göteborg

Göteborg Energi

Göteborgs Hamn AB

Luftfartsverket Göteborg

Landvetter Airport

PREEM Raffinaderi AB

Mölndal Energi

Nynäs Refining AB

Renova

Schenker, Stinnes Logistics

Shell Raffinaderi AB

Stena Line AB

Taxi Göteborg

Volvo Car Corporation AB

Vägverket - Region Väst

Västtrafik


The local authorities in
the Gothenburg Region

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  AQ Action Plan development, the Hague

Example

   

Abstract - Plan of Action Air Quality The Hague 2004-2010

The abstract is based upon the air quality plan in Dutch of the City of The Hague. (Plan van Aanpak luchtkwaliteit Den Haag)

In The Hague 2010 thresholds for PM10 and NO2 are exceeded on a number of places. The exceedances of PM10 are mainly caused by sources outside the City and are dealt with on National Level. The plan of action therefore focuses on the reduction of NO2, as far as it is within the competence of the City Council. For sources outside the competence of the City Council, plans are made on the regional level and/or National Level.

In The Hague, the traffic is the main source of air pollution. Beside road traffic, there are other sources of NO2 emissions, such as the emissions coming from ships entering and leaving the Scheveningen harbour. These other sources are outside the sphere of influence of the City Council but emissions from ships in the Scheveningen harbour are relatively low.

Seen from the perspective of health and traffic congestion, streets belonging to the so called “parking route” are the heaviest burden and exceedances occur on the following roads: Stille Veerkade, the Paviljoensgracht and the Luthers Burgwal. When the so called “Centrum ring road“ will be finished, it is likely that traffic will increase and exceedances will be found on other roads, like the Neherkade.

Measurements to reduce air pollution can be defined into 2 categories:

1. Specific actions with tailor made solutions;

2. Generic actions aimed at reducing mobility in the city and combating congestion in the region.

For the roads in the “Parking route”, the following measurements are proposed:

· 25% reduction of the traffic intensity;

· Improving the traffic flow; and

· Reducing the number of (heavy polluting diesel) non public transport network buses travelling though these streets.

The question as if limit values can be fulfilled by 2010 is strongly dependent on future traffic developments and new roads to be built. Therefore the City took the decision to closely monitor the traffic flows and air quality. The information collected will be used as a basis to develop specific solutions and not only for the most challenging situations calculated by the air quality model. Short-term measurements such as adjusting traffic regulation lights are taken.

For highways the region of Haaglanden advocated to reduce the maximum speed limit to 80 km/h. The bureau TNO calculated that diverting freighters to the Northern route might reduce the air quality burden in the inner city, while not creating an air quality problem on the Northern route. However, it will not help to ease the burden on the road called Utrechtse baan.

Beside these specific actions, general actions should be foreseen:

- Actions such as changing the mentality for reducing the need of motor vehicles, the stimulation of environmental aware driving and higher parking tariffs;

These actions call for close cooperation between all stakeholders of the community.

In designing and redeveloping the city or parts of the city, air quality should be an issue to be considered in an integrated manner. At this stage it is not yet the case.

Air quality is closely connected to the climate change policy. The two issues should come together in the Advisory Commission for Sustainability. For the implementation of the plan, various potential funding opportunities have been identified. The central government already agreed to give some financial back-up for some actions.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Air Pollution action plan development in Glasgow city

Example

   

1) Summary of EC DG VII COMMUTE Project

COMMUTE was a research project that ran from 1996 to 1999 within the Strategic Research strand of the European Commission Fourth Framework Transport RTD programme. It addressed the definition of a methodology for strategic assessment of the environmental impacts of transport policy options. The methodology was intended to be primarily applicable to policy decision-making at the European level and to cover road, rail, air and waterborne transport modes. Computer software that embodies the main aspects of the methodology was developed and demonstrated within the COMMUTE project.

The main COMMUTE project objectives were as follows:

· To define a methodology for strategic assessment of the environmental impacts of transport policy options, to support transport policy decision making at the European level.

· To develop computer software that embodied the main aspects of the methodology and could present the results to users.

· To demonstrate the use of the main aspects of the methodology and the computer software; in particular in the context of a pilot strategic environmental assessment of the impacts on energy consumption, primary pollutant emissions and safety of plans for the Trans-European Transport Network (TEN-T).

COMMUTE delivered two main end products:

· The COMMUTE methodology for SEA of transport policies, plans and programmes (PPPs), comprising:

– A Framework for SEA covering the basic methodological requirements for SEA of multi-modal transport actions and guidelines on integration methods

– Detailed impact assessment methods for some core impacts such as air pollution emissions, energy consumption, noise and safety

· The COMMUTE software tool allowing assessment of air pollution emissions, energy consumption, noise and safety impacts.

The COMMUTE Framework for SEA provides detailed guidelines for carrying out a strategic environmental assessment (SEA), and sets the use of the COMMUTE software tool in context. The full guidelines run to some 160 pages, and are structured according to the following steps, around which an SEA should be organised from the procedural point of view:

1. Setting of objectives and targets

2. Screening to determine the need for SEA at this stage of the planning process

3. Scoping: identification of:

· the physical/regional limits;

· the impacts to be addressed;

· the alternative actions that need to be assessed.

4. Carrying out of the SEA:

· measuring/predicting the environmental impact of the action and its alternatives;

· evaluating the significance of the impact (e.g. through comparison with environmental objectives);

· proposing recommendations: preferred alternative, mitigation and monitoring measures.

5. Preparation of the decision

6. Taking the decision

7. Making arrangements for monitoring and follow-up

8. Conducting further environmental assessments (at later stages of planning process, e.g. project EIA)

The overall COMMUTE methodology defined a range of environmental indicators for examination within an SEA. The detailed impact assessment methods defined in COMMUTE and incorporated in the software tool cover assessment of air pollution emissions, energy consumption, noise and safety, across four travel modes – road, rail, air and water. These are described in the main body of the report.

Impact assessment methods for other indicators included in the COMMUTE methodology (but not the current software) were described in detail within the COMMUTE Framework guidelines. These could be brought in to the COMMUTE software tool in a future development effort.

The COMMUTE software tool was developed to be primarily applicable to policy decision-making and is targeted primarily on relatively large scale analyses at European, national or regional scales. The tool is network oriented and works on assessments on links and nodes. The impacts are calculated on a link-by-link and node-by node basis and then added together for assessments of networks or corridors comprising a number of links and nodes.

The tool uses a Geographical Information System (GIS) for handling the geographical representation of the network and for performing spatial oriented analysis and for presentation purposes.

The COMMUTE software tool was validated against other comparable data sets, and was demonstrated within the project, particularly through the pilot SEA of plans for the Trans-European Transport Network (TEN-T). This formed a rigorous, highly demanding and large scale demonstration of the capabilities of the COMMUTE software tool and illustrated its interfacing with a complex transport model. The results were sufficiently robust for the study team to conclude that the method would be suitable for a more detailed SEA of the TEN-T.

Overall, the COMMUTE project successfully achieved its main objectives and has clear potential for future exploitation. From the work carried out in COMMUTE, it is clear, however, that further work would be beneficial in a number of areas, including:

· further methodological research to integrate sustainability target setting within the overall SEA process and to improve monitoring and follow-up after implementation of policies, plans and programmes;

· further development of the COMMUTE tool to bring in additional impact areas (particularly through the GIS interface) and accommodate other stages of the overall SEA process;

· further data collection to improve strengthen input and default data across all modes and therefore improve the accuracy and robustness of the COMMUTE tool outputs.

2) Cooperation on pilot SEA of the TEN-T

In cooperation with the MEET, STREAMS and SCENARIOS projects, COMMUTE accomplished a pilot strategic assessment of the Trans-European Transport Network (TEN-T). This was a major demonstration of the COMMUTE software tool and methodology. The aim of this work was to obtain an indication of the impacts of plans for the TEN-T, including their broad geographical distributions, in terms of energy consumption, emissions and traffic safety. The pilot demonstrated the feasibility of the developed methods, including the extent to which the approach used in the pilot project would be suitable for a full SEA of the TEN-T.

For successful completion of the pilot SEA a harmonious cooperation between the projects was essential. Therefore a Joint Scientific Committee was established, chaired by representatives of the STREAMS project and containing a representative from each project. Representatives from the Commission and the European Environmental Agency also sat in the Joint Scientific Committee. A cooperation plan was set up to ensure a trouble-free implementation.

The basic allocation of the work was for the STREAMS partners to undertake runs of the STREAMS model, according to reference and Common Transport Policy scenarios as defined (in quantitative terms) by SCENARIOS. The STREAMS transport model outputs were provided to COMMUTE who then used the COMMUTE tool to calculate energy consumption and emissions, with assistance from MEET in terms of the assumptions to be made for the calculation of future emissions, both for road and non-road transport. Estimates of traffic safety impacts were made jointly by STREAMS and COMMUTE.

3) THE COMMUTE SOFTWARE TOOL

The COMMUTE software tool embodies the impact assessment methods for the primary pollutant emissions, energy consumption, noise and safety across the transport modes road, rail, air and waterborne transport. However, it is also designed for future expansion to cover other important land use and ecological impacts.

The COMMUTE software is primarily applicable to policy decision-making and it is based on relatively large scale spatial resolutions. The tool focuses on assessing the environmental impacts of Programmes, Policies and Plans (PPPs) at:

· European level (i.e. assessing impacts of PPPs for the whole of the EU)

· National level (i.e. assessing impacts of PPPs for individual countries)

· Regional level (i.e. assessing impacts of PPPs for large administrative regions (e.g. NUTS 2) or for regional scale corridors)

The tool is network oriented and works on assessments on links and nodes. The impacts are calculated on a link-by-link and node-by node basis and then added together for assessments of networks or corridors comprising a number of links and nodes. In this context urban areas, harbours and airports are represented as nodes in the network. These nodes could then each have traffic flow data associated with them within the tool that would cover the whole area (e.g. vehicle-km figures and an average speed for a whole city in the case of road transport).

This approach does not include explicit representation of the urban transport network within each urban area. It therefore allows assessment of policies that have an impact in urban areas (e.g. policies that encourage modal shift for urban travel) but would not be suitable for assessment of urban infrastructure programmes. Such assessments would need to be conducted using a more detailed urban scale model.

The tool uses a Geographical Information System (GIS) for handling the geographical representation of the network and for performing spatial oriented analysis and presentation purposes.

The finest level of temporal resolution that the tool will focus on is provision of seasonal impacts, with the main emphasis being on calculating and presenting annual impacts.

The final version of the COMMUTE tool includes a life cycle analysis approach in so far as emissions of harmful substances and energy consumption from power stations and refineries will be considered additionally to those from vehicle operation.

For the different impacts across transport modes a specific module or model has been designed, but each module is independent and separated from the others.

The software is modular and the database has not only the function of storing the data but also of integrating the models.

The user interfaces the program through the Human Machine Interface which has been developed using a commercial Geographical Information System.

To achieve user-friendliness, the COMMUTE software was developed in the well known Windows 95 environment. Wherever possible, well known commercial tools were used instead of developing new and proprietary codes. The architecture of the software was designed to be flexible, easy to maintain and capable of accommodating future development. In fact the software has a modular structure.

For the different impacts across transport modes a specific model and module has been designed (ACCESS BASIC). Each module (model) is independent and the integration is made through the database (ACCESS) and the Human Machine Interface (ACCESS BASIC).

MAPINFO has been selected as the Geographical Information System, because of its quality to be one of the most used and inexpensive GIS and because it is integrated with Microsoft and offers a simple toolkit in Basic (MapBasic).

It is essential to be able to add or change models without changing the overall architecture or the existing modules.

The software structure consists of six parts:

1. The HMI (human machine interface) which allows the user to interface with the tool

2. The GIS which represents the data (input and output) in a geo-referenced form

3. The DATA MANAGER which manages the database and provides the input-output functions

4. The different MODELS/modules which provide the environmental results

5. The CONFIGURATION MANAGER which allows the user to configure the scenarios (year..)

6. The MANAGER OF MODELS which schedules the run of the different modules

Each model, such as the ’road emission and consumption’ or the ’rail safety’ etc., is a separate module and it has a proprietary code written in a collective language.

The modular structure of the software together with the fact that a standard commercial database management system has been used allows the user to interface the data also with other tools such as Excel or ARCINFO.

Each model is composed of two main parts: the calculus itself that comprises the reading and writing of the database data, and the configuration that requires an HMI to interface with the user in order to assess the configuration of the scenario that the model will run.

Figure 1 shows that the model takes the inputs as they are in the database and prepares the data as required by the “core model” which is the calculator module that assesses the environment. The post module takes the outputs as they are calculated by the “core model” and aggregates or disagregates them as they will be shown to the user of the program.

Figure 1 Structure of each COMMUTE module/model

Both input and output data are contained in the database. The user has the option to create scenarios and to compare calculation results with the a priori information.

According to the software architecture the database is integrated. Wherever possible the model uses the same data, so that some data of the database is common, while some data is specific to each of the models. The common data is really important for the harmonisation and integration of the models.

The COMMUTE database is organised in Microsoft ACCESS tables in order to allow the user to analyse results in an easy-to-use and flexible environment. To perform the calculations for the different impacts across the transport modes, the COMMUTE software tool needs several types of tables which are classified according to the source and nature of the data they contain. The tables can be categorised as either input tables which contain all the data necessary for the calculation of the results, or output tables which contain the results of the software elaboration.

The “COMMUTE main menu” screen presents the software tool user with three different sections, as shown in Figure 2.

Figure 2 The COMMUTE main menu screen

The first section is for calculation and reflects the approach of the COMMUTE methodology. The main subdivision is for impacts: emission & consumption, noise, safety. Each impact is calculated for the different modes of transport: air, road, rail, and water. All the calculation modules are integrated and the commonalties are grouped in an integration core which consists of the common shared set of classification tables (i.e. the list of the countries, the list of the fuels considered etc.) and coefficient tables (i.e. the calorific power of the fuels). This allows a comparison of results among different modes on a user defined multi-modal network scenario.

4) Pilot Strategic Environmental Assessment of the TEN-T Proposals

The main demonstration of the application of COMMUTE tool involved the cooperative strategic environmental assessment of plans for the whole Trans-European Transport Network (TEN-T). The Commission wanted to carry out a pilot SEA of the TEN-T to assess its impact on the transport system and on emission levels. The project had two aims. First, to provide an initial attempt at quantifying the impacts of the TEN-T, in terms of travel patterns, energy consumption, emissions and transport safety. Second, to demonstrate the feasibility of certain methods, including the extent to which the approach used in the pilot would be suitable for a full SEA of the TEN-T.

When setting up the project the Commission wanted to draw on its latest research and to bring together researchers from different disciplines. A new consortium was formed, within the structure of the EU Fourth Framework research programme, to carry out the work. This consortium involved four existing research projects, SCENARIOS, STREAMS, MEET and COMMUTE.

The pilot SEA constituted a rigorous and large-scale demonstration of the COMMUTE tool. The multi modal network used for the exercise consisted of approximately:

· 7000 links for road

· 1300 links for air transport

· 2400 links for rail

· 2900 links for waterborne transport

For the pilot SEA, only part of the SEA processes included in the COMMUTE Framework for SEA needed to be considered. The wider issues surrounding the development of the TEN-T were not relevant to this study, where the emphasis was on impact assessment. The approach used in the pilot SEA was to undertake an impact assessment of the TEN-T by comparing transport scenarios, forecasting travel patterns, and focussing on the emissions (using the COMMUTE software) generated by these alternative scenarios.

4.1 COMMUTE tool in pilot SEA

Because of constraints on the timing of the pilot SEA project, it was necessary to prepare an intermediate version of the COMMUTE tool which embodied the main parts of the impact assessment methods. However not all modules of the full final version of COMMUTE tool were included in this interim version. The following main differences in functionality between the intermediate and full version of the tool occurred (there were also other minor differences, for example that the impact of road gradients was not considered):

· safety assessment was limited to the single risk method

· cold start and evaporative emissions for road transport were calculated outside the COMMUTE model using approximate correction factors

· no noise assessment was included - noise was not part of the Commission’s pilot SEA requirements

· only one ‘generic’ aircraft type was used

4.2 STREAMS/COMMUTE Interface

The combination of the STREAMS and COMMUTE methodologies for the pilot SEA project brought a requirement to find a consistent and manageable approach for the exchange of data between these two main elements of the project. The fundamental interface was between the output of the STREAMS transport model which in turn forms the input to the COMMUTE/pilot SEA methodology for determining energy, emissions and safety levels. Agreement was required between the two projects regarding the categorisation and definitions of the transport data transferred to COMMUTE. For example, there are different categories within each mode of transport in the two projects. The task was therefore to reconcile the two and determine a set of definitions which were consistent with the two projects, and this was achieved. A number of modifications were required to the STREAMS model in order to allow the COMMUTE methodology to be successfully applied for pilot SEA. This principally affected the form of the model output, and the processing of output outside the modelling environment.

4.3 Scenarios tested

In the context of the SEA work, a transport scenario defines the main inputs needed for the STREAMS transport model forecasts. The policy scenarios determine the changes in transport costs and prices for each mode between 1994 and 2010. They are made up of three policy phases:

· Liberalisation: relating to the current policy trends (the ‘reference’ situation).

· Harmonisation: concerning the impact of the Common Transport Policy (CTP), principally in terms of harmonisation including the internalisation of externalities.

· TEN-T Infrastructure and Policy: relating to the promotion of inter-modality, interconnectivity and interoperability for the TEN-T. The policy changes are only introduced in tests which have the TEN-T in the forecast year network.

A number of possible options were considered before arriving at the following tests combining the reference, CTP and TEN-T policy and infrastructure components defined above:

1 Base year - 1994

2 No TEN-T for reference scenario 2010

3 No TEN-T for CTP 2010

4 All TEN-T policy and infrastructure for CTP 2010

5 Rail only TEN-T policy and rail infrastructure for CTP 2010

Each of the future year tests therefore contain some combination of the three policy phases (liberalisation, harmonisation and TEN-T policy and infrastructure) as shown in Table1 below.

Table 1: Components of the SEA tests

Options to be tested

Reference

(liberalisation)

CTP

(harmonisation)

TEN policy and infrastructure

1. Base year – 1994

2.Reference Scenario’

No TEN-T for reference scenario 2010

x

3. ‘CTP Only’

No TEN-T for CTP test 2010

x

x

4. ‘All TEN-T CTP’

All TEN-T for CTP test 2010

x

x

x

5. ‘Rail TEN-T CTP’

Rail only for CTP test 2010

x

x

x

(rail only)

4.4 Results

The main results of the pilot SEA exercise are summarised in this section, from the full report prepared jointly by the STREAMS and COMMUTE projects. These include the transport model outputs from STREAMS, as well as the COMMUTE software tool outputs. The full results are presented in the STREAMS/COMMUTE Pilot SEA Deliverable 4.

In addition to these outputs (Tables and Figures) the COMMUTE final report presents some examples of thematic maps produced by using the MapInfo GIS. These maps provide an overview about the possibilities of a detailed spatial analysis of traffic and emission data as they were produced in the Pilot Strategic Environmental Assessment of the TEN-T.

Taking the transport impacts first, in the 2010 ‘Reference Scenario’ there is an increase in overall passenger travel demand compared to the base for all modes except slow modes and freight rail, driven partly by the falling cost of travel relative to incomes.

Moving to the impact of the policies, the effect of the ‘CTP Only’ compared to the ‘Reference Scenario’ was:

· a significant overall reduction in passenger and freight travel, more so for freight

· rising rail demand and falling car, truck, air and water use

· a reduction in road network congestion

· the ‘CTP Only’ scenario therefore succeeds in reducing road and air travel and boosting rail.

Then, introducing all the TEN-T infrastructure and related policies led to:

· increased overall passenger and freight travel demand relative to the ‘CTP Only’ scenario (although it is still lower than in the ‘Reference Scenario’ for passengers)

· a significant effect on mode split as rail (particularly high speed rail) travel increases compared to the ‘CTP Only’ scenario and road travel falls further

· further reduction in road network congestion

· the TEN-T infrastructure and related policies scenario therefore strengthens the effects of the CTP.

By introducing only rail TEN-T infrastructure but with related TEN-T policies on inter-modality, interoperability and connections to ports, rail’s gains are increased, although at the cost of a significant increase in road congestion.

It is also significant that the most important factor in encouraging freight mode shift to rail is the expanded rail network. The effects of this are large, with or without the road TEN-T.

The key findings of the emission forecasts using the COMMUTE tool, by mode, are:

For road: Tighter road vehicle emission standards and improved technology outweigh the growth in road travel, such that all emissions except CO2 fall in all four tests compared to the base year. The differences between tests are relatively small illustrating the dominance of changes in non-traffic factors. The tests do not include the impact of the car manufacturers’ voluntary agreement on CO2, hence they may overestimate the increase in CO2 emissions;

For rail: Between 1994 and 2010 all non CO2 emissions fall, reflecting technical change and a shift from diesel to electric power. For the tests, the changes in emissions mirror the changes in train-kilometres;

For air: All emissions rise in all tests relative to the base year and there are some differences between tests reflecting the changes in the amount of passenger air travel. Hence emissions are closely correlated with the level of air travel (unlike the case for cars). Although there are technological improvements in aircraft technology the key effect appears to be a growth in shorter distance air travel between the base and forecast years; as relatively more fuel is used in the take-off, climb and climb-out phases of the flight compared with cruising, this has a disproportionate impact;

For water: All emissions rise for each test relative to the base year. The IMO limits on exhaust emissions for new engines are not expected to result in any large changes before 2010, because of the slow turnover of the fleet. Hence emissions are closely correlated with the level of waterborne freight

The main conclusions by emission type are:

For CO2: Tonnes of CO2 rise between 1994 and the 2010 ‘Reference Scenario’, but the ‘CTP Only’ and both TEN-T scenarios reduce CO2 compared to the reference;

For CO and HC: These emissions derive mainly from road vehicles. The 2010 ‘Reference Scenario’ emissions are lower than 1994, and the alternative tests show further reductions. The ‘Rail TEN-T CTP’ test shows the greatest reductions since the road TEN-T is not implemented;

For SO2: 2010 ‘Reference Scenario’ emissions are higher than 1994 and the alternative tests reduce these levels. Emissions of SO2 are considered only for the non-road modes;

For NOx and PM: The emission levels in 1994 were largely dominated by the road modes. There are substantial reductions in 2010 arising from the reductions in the road modes which more than compensate for increases in other modes. The percentage contribution from the road modes in 2010 is greatly reduced and there is a dramatic growth in emissions from waterborne travel.

4.5 Conclusions

The pilot SEA study broke new ground in the analysis of EU transport demand and emissions outputs. It formed a rigorous, highly demanding and large scale demonstration of the capabilities of the COMMUTE software tool and illustrated its interfacing with a complex transport model. The pilot SEA approach provided the first comprehensive, quantified forecasts of the impacts of TEN-T policies and infrastructure, on travel demand and emissions, at the EU level. Hence the first objective of the project was met. The results were sufficiently robust for the study team to conclude that the method would be suitable for a more detailed SEA of the TEN-T.

5) references

  • Harmonisation of multi-modal and multi-impact methodology for the environmental assessment of European Transport Policies – Results from EU DG VII COMMUTE Project – by E. Negrenti and M.P. Valentini ENEA ITALY – 19th ARRB Conference – Sydney – December 1998.

· The Assessment of environmental and safety impacts of the trasn European network (TEN-T) – by H.J.Heich, J. Jantunen, E. Negrenti - Highway and Urban Pollution – Baveno (I) May 1998.- published in the Science of the Total Environment 235 (1999) 391-393

  • Application of advanced transport impacts models on national and local scale: results from EC Commute, Esteem and Hesaid projects - Dr. Emanuele Negrenti – ENEA – Italy - Melbourne - 20th ARRB Conference - March 2001 – Conference Proceedings – ISBN 0 86910 799 2 – ISSN 0572 1431
  • COMMUTE (1997). A Review of User Requirements, Methods and Methodologies for Strategic Environmental Assessment. COMMUTE Deliverable 1.
  • COMMUTE (1998). Methodology Report. COMMUTE Deliverable 2.
  • COMMUTE (1999). Software Report. COMMUTE Deliverable 3.
  • COMMUTE (2000). Demonstration and Exploitation. COMMUTE Deliverable 5.

· DHV (1995). Transport Strategic Modelling. Final Report Prepared for the Commission of the European Communities Directorate General for Transport, APAS/Strategic/3.

  • EIA Centre – University of Manchester (1995). Strategic Environmental Assessment - Legislation and Procedures in the Community. Volume 1 and 2, Manchester.
  • EPA (1985). Compilation of air pollutant emission factors, Vol II Mobile Sources, USA.
  • MEET (1996). Methodologies for Estimating Air Pollutant Emissions from Transport, First Data Structure, Deliverable 2, DG VII, Edited by Aristotle University, Thessaloniki, Greece, September 1996.
  • MEET (1997a). Methodologies for Estimating Air Pollutant Emissions from Transport, Final Data Structure of Road Emission Factors, Deliverable 3, DG VII, Edited by University of Thessaloniki, INRETS, TNO, TSU, TRL, TU, MIRA and University of Limerick, January 1997.
  • MEET (1997b). Methodologies for Estimating Air Pollutant Emissions from Transport, Road Traffic Characteristics for Estimating Pollutant Emissions, Deliverable 4, DG VII, Edited by Transport Research Laboratory, Crowthorne, UK, January 1997.
  • MEET/Techne (1997c). Methodologies For Estimating Air Pollutant Emissions From Ships. June 1997.
  • MEET (1998). Methodologies for Estimating Air Pollutant Emissions from Transport, Emission Factors and Traffic Characteristics Data Set, Deliverable 21, Final Report, Edited by the Laboratory of Applied Thermodynamics, Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, January 1998.

ANNEX 1 – EXAMPLES OF MAPS PRODUCED WITH COMMUTE TOOL AND MAPINFO


COMMUTE tool : interface with MapInfo GIS

Selection of a part of road network for calculation

Analysis of the results after calculation

The analysis will be displayed on the selected links

Example of thematic analysis of NOx emissions on selected links

Display of traffic data on MapInfo maps (STREAMS data, non urban links, 1995)

These maps are built with MapInfo tools, by crossing the road network map with the tables of vehicles*km stored in COMMUTE Access database. A map is done for each category of vehicles provided in STREAMS data. The analysed value is the number of vehicles, that is vkm/length.

Examples of thematic maps after calculation of emission, on all fifteen countries

These examples have been built with MapInfo tools by crossing a map of Europe countries with tables of CO2 emissions by country created in COMMUTE Access database.

Example of thematic map of CO2 emission, for air, rail and road modes


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Air Pollution action plan for City of Sheffield

Example

   

Sheffield City Council

The city of Sheffield has spent a great deal of effort in producing an Action Plan and believes it is probably a case of good practice. They formed two Clean Air Partnerships, corresponding to the two Air Quality Management Areas and put together two websites, one for each. Although they are in process of revamping them they did win a national award last year.

Links:

http://www.sheffieldairaction.com/

http://www.m1airaction.com/

They include a number of documents that the City has produced to support the issue.

The revised websites will be based on a much more interactive model, using a GIS map to help identify actions that are helping to improve air quality. They will advise us when more complete and revamped websites are available.

The City of Sheffield is leading a South Yorkshire media campaign that aims to raise AQ issues with a wider audience - Care4Air http://www.care4air.org/index.shtml - they are using a professional media company to manage this project

They are also pioneering work with local communities in measuring nitrogen dioxide in their locality, a scheme that is growing, See "Sheffield people check out air quality in their own backyards" on Care4Air web site

Have a look - lots of other things to tell you about - such as "Transport Brokerage" using social transport providers; Air Action Officer and transport Planner as new posts: a long list!

Contact details:

Nick Chaplin

Email: Nick.Chaplin@sheffield.gov.uk

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How to tackle limit value exceedances?

2. Introduction

   

Most limit values under the EU Air Quality legislation have to be met several years after the entry into force of the Daughter Directive concerned, in most cases in 2005 or 2010. Before that time, Member States must ensure that the concentrations are everywhere brought below the limit value in time. If the limit value plus the “margin of tolerance” (LV+MOT) is exceeded in an earlier year, the levels are so much above the limit value that the directive requires to make an analysis and prognosis of the exceedance, and to develop a plan or programme to ensure that the limit value will be met.

3. Discussion

   

The Directives do not give special requirement for actions in case limit values have been exceeded – the limit values just have to be met. There are special requirements for identifying future exceedances and developing reduction actions to prevent exceedance to happen (Framework Directive Art 8(3)). A working group of the Commission has given guidance on this procedure. The topic How to develop an Air Quality Action Plan ? provides further support on this. Especially if the LV+MOT has been exceeded, the sources responsible for the exceedance have to be identified and a prognosis must be made of the levels in the years when the limit value has to be met. If exceedance is due to long-range transport of air pollution, local authorities can hardly take adequate measures themselves and should consult the regional or national level for finding a solution, but if local sources have a significant share, they have to consider how to take measures. Most experts recommend to take structural measures rather than short-term actions.

INTEGAIRE’s Good Practice Database reflects experience with measures at the city level and gives a large number of examples. In addition, the Commission will publish on its website a database of local and short-term measures taken in the past; this database is currently in development. There are also several publications on local air quality management (see below).

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Local authorities must anticipate future possible exceedance and take action in time to prevent exceedance. In many cases it is useful to seek collaboration with other municipal departments and/or regional authorities. There are databases of with possible measures.

5. Examples / Further Reading

    Dosing traffic in Utrecht
Traffic restrictions in Veneto Region Urban Areas

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Guidance on plans and programmes: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/cafe/pdf/working_groups/recommend_plans_programmes.pdf

· Eurocities, Brussels, 1998. Good Practice in European Urban Air Quality Management.

· European Environmental Agency, Copenhagen, 1998. Assessment and Management of Urban Air Quality in Europe.

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Traffic restrictions in Veneto Region Urban Areas

Example

   

Introduction

The National Decree 60/2002 implements two Air Quality Daughter Directives and fixes new limit values for atmospheric pollutants that should be met, depending to the chosen parameter, by 2005.

During 2002, PM10 air quality data supplied by ARPAV (Regional Agency for the Protection of the Environment) on Mestre urban area have shown:

- 78 days exceeding 24h limit value plus the 2002 margin of tolerance for human health protection (65 mg/m3), to be compared with the maximum of 35 required by legislation;

- an average value of 46 mg/m3 in the urban area, exceeding both the value recorded the previous year and the 2002 margin of tolerance (44.8 mg/m3).

As for year 2003:

- between 01.01.2003 and 10.26.2003, there were 85 days when at least one of the three urban area PM10 monitoring stations recorded an exceedance of the 24h limit value plus the 2003 margin of tolerance for human health protection (60 mg/m3), to be compared with the maximum of 35 required by legislation.

In the designation of the regional territory zoning carried out by the Veneto Region following the D.Lgs. 351/99 (92/62/EC Framework Directive implementation), the City of Venice has been included, with reference to PM10, benzo(a)pyrene and NO2, in the “A zone”, that is the critical zone where it is necessary to implement Action Plans to reduce air pollution by these pollutants. This zoning is defined within the Regional Air Quality Plan.

Awaiting the final approval the Regional Air Quality Plan’s, which also settles the implementation and application competencies on air quality Action Plans and Programmes, the Municipal Administration has adopted the “Padua Charter”, an agreement protocol between the Councillors of the seven Veneto provincial capital cities (Belluno, Padova, Rovigo, Treviso, Venezia, Verona, Vicenza) to control PM10 daily exceedances.

The “Padua Charter” is a communal system of measures to restrict traffic. It enables coordination on a wider and more homogeneous area in the provincial capital cities in case of PM10 limit value exceedance. The aim is not only a lower number of circulating cars, but also to stimulate and convince the population to use public transportation.

The “Padua Charter” contents

The agreement protocol identifies a program relating to restrictions of private traffic in relation to:

- implementation days for the measures;

- traffic block hours;

- vehicles subjected to restrictive measures;

- means of transportation benefiting from exemptions to restrictions.

The program includes a block (ban) of non-catalytic vehicles in the Veneto cities on Thursday and Friday from 9 to 19h. This ban applies form November to March. Also diesel Euro I cars and commercial means of transportation are treated as non-catalytic.

From January, should the daily average of 55 μg/m3 be exceeded for 20 days (even if non-consecutive), the second measure is banning odd/even license plate catalytic vehicles, on Thursday and Friday from 9 to 19h.

In addition, a protection threshold has been defined: should the PM10 concentration be higher than 55 μg/m3 for 10 days consecutively, we have a total circulation block on the following Sunday.

Mayor of Venice Ordinance

In compliance with the “Padua Charter”, the Mayor of Venice has issued the following ordinance.

1. Preventive traffic block

In the period between November 2003 and March 2004 all Thursdays and Fridays from 09:00h to 19:00h the traffic circulation within the identified municipal area is forbidden, for the following internal combustion engine vehicles categories, whatever their use:

- diesel cars, registered before 01.01.1997 (non ecodiesel and Euro I);

- diesel motor vehicles (buses, people transportation vehicles, trucks, road caterpillars, specific transportation vehicles, special transportation vehicles, trailer trucks, vans, autocaravans, working machines), registered before 10.01.1997 (non-ecodiesel and Euro I);

- cars registered before 01.01.1997 (non-catalytic);

- two-stroke engine motor vehicles and motor-bicycles, registered before 01.01.2000 (non catalytic).

The block does not involve catalytic converter vehicles, even though registered before the dates mentioned, providing that the type of converter is inferable from the registration book or certified by proper record of the Road Traffic Authorities, in conformity with the specific European Legislation.

2. Odd/even license plates circulation

In the period between January 2004 and March 2004, following an exceedance of 20 days, also non-consecutive, of the 55 μg/m3 PM10 parameter limit value (recorded by the majority of the Veneto operating monitoring stations and certified by ARPAV – Regional Air Observatory), odd/even license plate traffic circulation all Thursdays and Fridays from 09:00 to 19:00 of catalytic vehicles, in the municipal area identified by the Administration, with the following modalities:

- if it is an even day only even license plates vehicles can circulate;

- if it is an odd day only odd license plates vehicles can circulate.

Exemption to the limitation are two-stroke engine motor vehicles and motor-bicyles, registered after 01.01.2000 (catalytic) and four-stroke motor vehicles.

During the same days and hours the previous article (point 1.) is still in order.

Putting the restriction in force is communicated by the Mayor by means of the usual media and, anyway, begins from the week following the reception of the ARPAV communication.

3. Total traffic block

In the period between January 2004 and March 2004, following an exceedance at municipal level for 9 consecutive days of 55 μg/m3 PM10, total traffic block of all internal combustion engine vehicles the following Sunday from 09:00 to 19:00 in the identified municipal area.

Putting the measure in force is communicated by the Mayor by means of the usual media, except if the block is revoked in the case of favourable ARPAV Regional Meteorological Center weather forecast.

There are exceptions, that is, a number of vehicles is not affected by these traffic circulation measures. Among these are the Blue Sticker vehicles, which are anyway subject to road circulation limitations as provided for by the Ordinance.

“Blue Sticker” Emissions Control System

To fight pollution, from 12.01.2003 the Blue Sticker prescription has been extended to the whole municipal territory, in order to certify the vehicle emissions control.

The Blue Sticker is applied to the car windscreen. It means that the car conforms to pollutant emission regulations and has successfully passed the special test that must be made at workshops and garages displaying the special poster. The test verifies if the car’s engine is always tuned correctly to ensure low fuel consumption and low pollution combustion.

This special emission control system applies to all the cars registered in the Province of Venice and/or belonging to people or bodies residing in or with head office in the Province of Venice with a carrying capacity of up to 35 quintals, running on petrol or diesel and registered for more than four years. Motorcycles and cars registered as "vintage cars" are excluded.

The Blue Sticker is essential to enable the car to enter some central areas of the city (Mestre and Marghera). It remains valid for one year (six months for vehicles registered before January 1st, 1988).

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Short Term Planning

2. Introduction

   

The INTEGAIRE database includes descriptions of many kinds of measures acting on transport systems. Most of these measures have a long-term character. A few of them also have the possibility of being actuated on a short-term scale.

Short-term planning includes the actions with immediate effects to:

· Counteract air quality degradation due to high pollutants emissions and unfavourable meteorological conditions through restrictions on the use of road vehicles;

· Improve traffic performance through a more efficient use of the transport resources, which can be obtained by limiting private traffic and enhancing public transport.

This topic description refers to other topics describing the measures applicable on a short-term horizon and stresses the reasons why those measures can be used for managing environmental crises with a duration up to of a few days.

3. Discussion

   

A very frequently applied measure in Italy and other countries is the so called “odd and even plates”. This measure is far from ensuring a real reduction of 50% in daily trips. In fact, families owning several cars can reschedule their use and keeping the overall usage not far from the level without this kind of banning. Moreover the enforcement of the restriction is not so easy and effective. Anyhow, reductions of traffic volumes of a few 10% have been observed. Such reductions have a relevance in absolute terms but do not prevent an air pollution episode mostly caused by stable weather conditions. The experience suggests that more drastic measures are needed.

Banning can be based on a more ‘environmental’ criterion that the plate number: as an example we can ban the more polluting vehicles.

In this case we talk about “area restriction to polluting vehicles” or “low emission zones”. This kind of solution has been identified as “the most effective tool for meeting AQ standards” (EC Cantique project).

The emission reductions in the restriction areas can be significant (10-20%) also if the total effect on greenhouse gases emission at urban level can be modest. What is positive in this kind of action is the good social acceptability linked to a cost effective limitation of traffic and related emissions in the areas where a reduction is particularly needed (see Topic Area restrictions to polluting vehicles (Environmental zones), Malmö - ENEA-DITS on “environmental zones” or details and examples of application of this strategy).

Car free days represent more or less complete banning events causing a drastic reduction of emissions in the limitation areas but implying not huge reductions on the whole city (10-20 % reductions are typical). The real goal of these initiatives seems to be in the growing of the mobility users’ awareness about alternatives to private trip by car, and we cannot, in fact, imagine now an extensive implementation of such a measure over wide urban areas in weekdays.

The imposition of tolls and road pricing when high pollution episodes occur is a less drastic and probably more acceptable measure than complete banning, but so far, the evidence of reality says that this kind of solution is applied mostly as a long-term measure (bringing rather good results as in the recent London application).

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

This topic description offers a panorama of some basic measures that local administrations can take for managing pollution episodes. It must be emphasized that the overall best policy is a policy including effective long-term measures: such a policy will, by itself, reduce the likelihood of exceeding limit values.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

A particular example of short-term measure for reducing PM10 is documented in template example Intensified Cleaning of Streets to Reduce PM-10 values from Leipzig on a Vienna initiative.

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Project on “Short term local measures on air quality in cities”, coordinated by the AEA Technology Consultancy, Oxfordshire, UK (check the website for contact details of coordinator http://www.netcen.co.uk/). The Commission has until the end of 2004 to accept the current version as final report and then make it public in the website of Directorate General Environment of the Commission).

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Intensified Cleaning of Streets to Reduce PM-10 values

Example

   

An improved street cleaning and a higher usage of water is one of the suggestions to cities been given by the German “Länderausschuss” for emission protection. This measure has a (very) high degree of efficiency and requests only limited staff and financial resources to be invested in case of an acute pollution with particular matters.

The instrument has been successfully used by the City of Vienna. At Leipzig, the possible realisation of this action is currently investigated as part of the process towards an Air Quality Management Plan in line with EU legislations.

The measure is qualified to reduce short-term existing or forecasted episodes of PM-10 exceedences. Those usually occur after long periods without rain, intense traffic, increased distance transports of fine particular matters, through the application of scatter in winter and through increased expulsion of dust through local construction activities.

This measure is carried out by an intensification of the frequency of the usual street cleaning cycles in the target areas and an increased application of water on the street pavement and the shoulder.

The efficiency of the instrument can be increased through

- the frequency and the thoroughness of the cleaning

- modern technology of the cleaning vehicles (in the optimum case, vehicles with clean fuels or at least dust filters).

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  What measures should we plan for reducing specific pollutants?

2. Introduction

   

Many alternative measures are described within INTEGAIRE. Some of them have the potential of being adopted for short-term improvement of air quality. Most of them have a medium – long-term character (i.e. realise their potential benefits only after weeks or months from the start up of the measure). A real nightmare for the planner is the fact that in general the measures we can adopt are ‘selective’ with respect to pollutants: some measures help to reduce a given set of them, other ones reduce other sets.

This topic description refers to topics describing the measures and stresses the reasons why those measures can be used for combating specific pollutants.

3. Discussion

   

Most of the measures described within INTEGAIRE have a very broad scope. As an example, “Mobility Management” and “Taxation Regime” involve a number of specific actions so that the effects on the transport fleet are quite extensive and tend to reduce both energy consumption and the emissions of all the normally considered pollutants. This is in general the case of the measures acting on mobility (measures labelled as T1 in the below table): a more rational mobility in general tends to improve air quality in general terms. Something similar can be expected for measures classified as ‘better traffic management’ (code T2 in the table).

These measures have, in general, positive effects on the various segments of the fleet (diesel and gasoline cars, duty vehicles) and the reductions can be expected for all pollutants. Obviously in the case of freight management the benefits are essentially expected for the typical pollutants emitted by diesel duty vehicles: NOx and PM. The third segment of measures focuses on infrastructures of general nature or specifically in favour of private and public transport (T3 measures in the table): again, we expect extensive benefits with perhaps a “concentration of advantages’” on pollutants mostly emitted by cars in the case of parking and “Park ride” policies. Actions on the environmental quality of vehicles (T4 measures) tend inevitably to reduce all the pollutants since these cleaner vehicles can replace both cars and buses, gasoline and diesel vehicles.

Land use measures and policies tend to modify the mobility demand and so also have, in general, impacts on all pollutants (see L1 measures). Similarly, measures for the reduction of residential emissions have a very broad range of effects (L2 topics). The same is true for measures for reducing industrial emissions (L3 measures).

These considerations are obviously merely qualitative. When we expect an “impact” on a given pollutant, by a given measure, we well know that in quantitative terms this impact can be either small (e.g. a few %) or significant (tens of %). The real figure will depend on a number of factors including the technological or management innovative content of the measure, the extent of application in the urban context (small scale or extensive at metropolitan level), the response of the local population (affected at least by cultural and economic factors).

More detailed considerations on the effects of the several measures dealt with in INTEGAIRE can be found in the specific topics dedicated to the Planning Measures.
Table 1: measures vs expected impact on emissions

MEASURES

CO

NOX

VOC

PM10

metals

O3

cons.

CO2

T1.1 Mobility management

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

T1.2 Taxation Regimes

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

T1.3 Transport Telematics

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

T1.4 Tele shopping – Tele working – Home delivery

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

T1.5 Car Sharing

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

T2.1 Traffic Control (UTC, VMS, .....)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

T2.2 Area restrictions to polluting vehicles

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

T2.3 Freight Transport

X

X

X

X

X

X

T2.4 Tolls and road pricing

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

T3.1 Road Infrastructures (Tunnels, roundabouts)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

T3.2 Parking Lots – Park and Ride

X

X

X

X

X

X

T3.3 Public Transport Enhancement

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

T3.4 New Motorways and relevant infrastructures including major tunnels

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

T4.1 Electric and Hybrid Vehicles

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

T4.2 LPG and CH4 vehicles

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

T4.4 Bicycles use

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

T4.5 H2 and Fuel Cells vehicles

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

L1.1 Residential Areas

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

L1.2Regeneration and newly developed areas

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

L1.3 Existing LU Planning Policies

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

L1.4 Pedestrians Areas

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

L1.5 Relocation of business activities

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

L2.1 Energy and Town Planning

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

L2.2 Renewable energy Application

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

L2.3 District heating

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

L2.4 Cleaner Heating systems

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

L3.1 Power plants

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

L3.2 Wastes burning

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

L3.3 Other kinds of industries in urban areas

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· This TT offers a panorama of the several measures that local administrations can select for reducing air pollution. The good news provided by this overall picture is in the fact that we have a large menu of initiatives and actions that, in general, will tend to improve the quality of the air through the reduction of emissions of the most important pollutants.

· The bad news for the reader is that in order to understand precisely which actions (and under which circumstances) are to be taken for solving a specific pollution problem, a number of options have to be considered and a detailed analysis of the quantitative effects of the selected measures has to be conducted. This is the essence of advanced planning. This has to be done also through the use of the planning models that are needed for designing and assessing the impacts of the measures we intend to apply in a specific context.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Specific templates dedicated to examples of local actions decided for fighting a quite common environmental problem in central and northern Europe (Nox pollution) have been provided by the cities of Birmingham (see Measures to reduce NO2 in Birmingham, UK) and Malmö (see How to reduce Nox emissions).

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

See CANTIQUE Project results at: www.europa.eu.int/comm/energy_transport/en

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Measures to reduce NO2 in Birmingham, UK

Example

   

Overview

A programme of air quality monitoring and modelling carried out in Birmingham over a number of years has indicated that the objective level for nitrogen dioxide (NO2) will be exceeded in parts of the City in 2005 when the objective level comes into effect. These parts of the City include one area adjacent to a motorway, two congested major roads, and the City Centre. This has led to the entire City being declared an Air Quality Management Area.

An air quality action plan has been developed to identify measures to reduce the levels of NO2. The first step in developing the action plan was to identify the contributions made by the various sources of NO2. This is shown in figure 1 below.

\s Figure 1 – Sources of NO2 in Birmingham

This then led to the development of an action plan based around seven themes;

Reducing vehicle emissions

This theme is involves reducing the amount of NO2 emitted by each vehicle using the roads in Birmingham. Actions under this theme include carrying out roadside checks on vehicle emissions from private vehicles. This checks that vehicles are being properly maintained and are not emitting more NO2 than they are legally permitted to emit.

Improving public transport to reduce traffic volumes

This is a very general theme. Clearly improvements to public transport are likely to increase the usage of Public Transport, and therefore reduce road traffic. The City has a programme of expansion and improvement of Public Transport. This programme includes extensions and improvements to bus routes, the expansion of a light rail system across the City and an increase in the capacity of heavy rail systems.

Improving the road network to reduce congestion

The areas of exceedence for NO2 in the City are typically located adjacent to heavily congested roads.

It is often the slow moving traffic stopping and starting that results in the elevated levels of NO2. In some cases improvements to the road network can improve air quality simply by keeping road traffic moving at a steady speed. The City has introduced ‘red routes’ which are roads on which no vehicle is permitted to stop in order to reduce congestion. In addition ‘active traffic management’ is being introduced on the City’s motorways. Active traffic management involves separate variable speed limits for each lane of a motorway. These limits are varied to ensure that the traffic moves steadily instead of stopping and starting.

Other improvements to the road network include the construction of a new Toll Road to relieve congestion on the motorway network, and the construction of a small bypass to relieve congestion on one of the main roads into the City.

Using Area Planning Measures to Reduce Traffic Volumes

Area planning measures are being used to reduce road traffic and therefore reduce levels of NO2. This is done mainly by encouraging residential developments in the City Centre, and by limiting the number of parking places available in the City Centre.

Reducing Air Pollution from Industry / Commerce and Residential areas

The source apportionment in Figure 1 shows that 26% of the NO2 is emitted from industry, commerce and residential areas. The municipal authority has a programme to support energy efficiency measures in domestic premises. This is part of a programme to reduce energy usage across the City. Other programmes exist to ensure that emissions of NO2 from industry are kept within the legal limits.

Changing levels of travel demand / promotion of alternative modes of transport

Measures have been introduced to reduce the level of demand for road transport, and therefore reduce levels of NO2. These include schemes to create safe routes for walking and cycling. In addition there is a programme to develop park and ride facilities with on new strategic park and ride site being opened every 2 years.

Impact of the Measures to Reduce NO2

Many of the measures to reduce levels of NO2 are general in nature, and will take a long time to have an effect. In addition there is forecast to be an increase in the level of demand for travel in the City in the coming years. Therefore the reductions in NO2 achieved by the action plan are likely to be offset by increased traffic. As a consequence, whilst the measures will reduce levels of NO2, the objective levels are unlikely to be achieved.

Additional measures such as the introduction of charges to take road vehicles into the City Centre may be needed to achieve the levels of traffic reduction needed to reach the objective level for NO2. However, these types of measures can only be introduced once the public transport infrastructure is able to deal with increased demand, the economic objections can be overcome and public support for such a scheme can be achieved.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  How to reduce Nox emissions

Example

   

Taxes and charges are very good incentives in reducing emissions in general. Green purchasing of transport services and vehicles is another way to keep emissions low. Legislation enabling cities to introduce restrictions for heavy duty vehicles has helped reduce Nox emissions in the three largest Swedish cities by up to 8 % in the respective zones.

Replacing the 200 old diesel city buses by CNG buses in Malmo, Sweden, has reduced the Nox emission from the buses by 60 %.

One of the combined power and heating plants, Heleneholmsverket, in the district heating system in Malmo has a total power of 500 MW. It has gradually been converted from oil heating to natural gas heating. Before that the oil burners were converted to low-Nox burners which reduced Nox emissions by 30 %. Then the major part of the oil was replaced by natural gas which reduced Nox emissions by 30 %.

In the next step condensation of the fuel gases was introduced and this reduced the existing NOx emissions by another 30 % to a level about 40-50 mg/MJ

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Other Planning Activities improving Air Quality

2. Introduction

   

This topic description refers to the planning activities in general showing how these planning activities, at various time and spatial scale, should and could contribute each other in the realisation of an urban context (residences, land use, transport system, mobility alternatives, use of energy at local level) that can guarantee acceptable levels of air quality. The analysis of these planning activities completes the picture on urban planning aimed at improving air quality given in the Topic How to develop an Air Quality Action Plan ?.

3. Discussion

   

The Urban Mobility Plan (UMP) is a strategic plan based on investments and innovations, either from the organisation or from the management point of view. Particularly the UMP includes a mix of Short & Medium term measures (Car Sharing, Car Pooling and Mobility Management, city logistic, information to citizen...), and Long Term ones (infrastructural projects). The UMP is usually intended to contrast congestion and pollution, increasing the possibility of movements, for people or for goods, and achieving a balance between the private car and other modes of transport.

The UMP will make in general use of the measures described in the section ‘”transport related measures”’ of the INTEGAIRE database, particularly those having a more strategic and long-term character.

The Urban Transport Plan (UTP) is a short-term plan (with a temporal validity of 2 to 3 years), which has lower implementation costs and does not include infrastructural measures. It improves transportation supply, rationalising the use of the existing transport facilities, and, at the same time, it has to manage transportation demand. The main aims of the UTP can be summarized into the following points: to improve the traffic schemes, to reduce the energy consumption and the air pollution, to improve the safety and the accessibility of the urban area.

Among the UTP actions we can list: the functional classification of the street, the location of parking and inter-modal areas, the introduction of cyclist lanes and pedestrian zones, and the synchronization of the traffic light system. The UTP also makes allowance for interventions and new regulations for public transportation, as well as cyclist mobility, tourism buses, and goods loading and unloading. The Urban Transport Plan will make, in general, use of the measures described in the section “Transport related Measures” of the INTEGAIRE database, particularly those having a medium-term character.

In recent publications, the European Commission refers to Sustainable Urban Transport Plans (SUTP) as the legal terminology. In the upcoming Thematic Strategy for the Urban Environment, this will be a basic and important concept.

A Local Agenda’s SUTP should deal with several issues:

· Reducing the adverse environmental impacts of urban transport whilst sustaining an efficient, inclusive and effective transport system;

· Promoting citizen participation in local transport planning;

· Improving the integration between urban transport-related policies in different sectors, and at different levels through the UTP process;

· Bringing about a significant decoupling of economic growth and transport demand;

· Tackling rising traffic volumes and reduce the demand for motorised private transport;

· Increasing the share in public transport, walking and cycling modes;

· Endorsing the use of low emission vehicles;

· Ensuring access for all citizens to basic transport services, promoting social inclusion;

· Fostering the common use of urban environment indicators;

· Raising awareness among urban transport policy stakeholders in Europe regarding sustainable urban mobility and the benefits to be gained by preparing UTPs.

The Land Use Plan shows, in general terms, the proposed distribution of land uses. It determines which parts of the city are to be used for housing, industry or other urban uses and which parts are to be retained as open spaces. In addition, it shows the main transportation network and the locations for public services and facilities of more than local importance. In drawing up the plan, the local authority takes into account foreseeable demands of the community as well as political objectives of city development. It aims to achieve a strategic balance between different public and private interests relating to the limited area of land within the city boundaries. The Land Use Plan is usually required to contribute to the protection of the natural environment and to ensure environmentally adequate living conditions for all inhabitants of the city. Important objectives of the plan are the economical use of land and other resources, the protection of areas of ecological importance, the conservation of ground water, the reduction of unnecessary traffic and the encouragement of environmentally friendly means of transport. The Land Use Plan will make, in general, use of the measures described in the section “Land Use Measures” of the INTEGAIRE database.

City Energy Plans are based on the analysis of local energy supply and demand trends, in relation to social and economic conditions. Related greenhouse gas emissions are also considered. This analysis can be used to develop scenarios for future energy supply and demand, to help identifying key actions that can change current trends. A series of guidelines can then be prepared, describing ways to encourage the adoption of best available energy techniques and technologies, support the integration of energy sustainability into City Government plans and regulations, inform consumers and retailers about energy efficient products, develop agreements with key energy sector stakeholders, reduce the amount of energy use in residential and public buildings and by the vehicle fleet, promote more sustainable ways of transportation, take initiatives on cogeneration and district heating based on biomass, wind turbines and other forms of renewable energy.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

As main conclusions we can state that:

· The various plans should be developed in a consistent way and in agreement with the AQAP described in topic How to develop an Air Quality Action Plan ?.

· This harmonisation process is a classic ‘integration issue’ among the local authorities/departments involved in air quality, transport, and land use.

· Integration of planning activities can be supported by the availability of common integrated planning tools usable by the various local departments committed in the different planning activities (see Topic What role for Integrated Models Suites in Urban Planning?).

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

In the City of Birmingham air quality is a consideration in Transport Planning, Area Land Use Planning and in the evaluation of individual development sites. Details on the local approach can be found in Example Planning Measures to Improve Air Quality in Birmingham, UK.

Since 1982 the Environmental Section in Utrecht is a part of the Town development Division. The main policy was to give priority to prevention of environmental problems. So all policy plans and projects should be judged on environmental effects. Details are given in Examples Traffic, infrastructure, land use and buildings Planning Activities and Traffic policy plans.

The Venice General Urban Transport Plan is discussed in Example Urban General Traffic plan for the City of Venice.

Further Examples:

Municipal energy plan for the City of Venice
Programme agreements tools to reduce pollutant emissions from industrial sites in municipal Venice
Definition of Residential Areas in the Netherlands
Managing air quality on limited resources in Utrecht

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

www.progress-project.org/progress

www.mobilityweek-europe.org

www.smile-europe.org

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Planning Measures to Improve Air Quality in Birmingham, UK

Example

   

Overview

Planning measures are essential in the improvement of Air Quality. In the City of Birmingham air quality is a consideration in Transport Planning, Area Land Use Planning and in the evaluation of individual development sites.

Transport Planning

The Local Transport Plan (LTP) is the strategic planning document for the entire West Midlands Region. This includes the areas covered by seven municipal authorities; Birmingham, Coventry, Solihull, Sandwell, Walsall, Wolverhampton and Dudley. The plan sets out the transportation strategy for the region over a five year period. All modes of transport are covered in the LTP.

The LTP contains targets covering a whole range of transportation issues. The LTP for 2000 to 2005 contains a general target to Improve air quality by meeting national air quality objectives for seven pollutants as set out in the Air Quality Strategy for England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland’. However, for the next LTP for 2005 to 2010 Central Government have made Air Quality on of four key themes. This means that the next LTP will include specific projects to improve air quality, as well as more specific targets. This is important as the LTP is the mechanism through which municipal authorities bid for transportation funding from Central Government. Therefore air quality improvement work will now be able to gain funding from resources allocated to transportation.

The air quality specialists from all seven municipal authorities in the region are working together to develop the targets and projects to improve air quality that will be included in the next LTP.

The Unitary Development Plan

The Unitary Development Plan (UDP) is the strategic Land Use Plan for the City of Birmingham. This plan outlines the principles of development for the City up to 2011.

The UDP sets out a number of key strategies that will form the basis of land use planning strategy for the City. Several of these strategies have the improvement of air quality as one of their aims. These strategies include;

i) The redevelopment of the City Centre for residential use which will reduce the need for people to travel into the City for work. The UDP contains detailed policies to minimise the provision of car parking places for these new residential developments in order to encourage alternative modes of transport.

ii) The encouragement of ‘mixed use developments’. These developments encourage developments which feature both workplaces and residential uses within the same scheme. In some cases these feature ‘live work units’ which provide small work units with residential accommodation built in. This strategy is aimed at reducing the need to travel to work.

iii) Support for renewable energy and combined heat and power. This encourages the use of cleaner energy sources.

Individual planning applications

Air Quality is taken into consideration in the assessment of the suitability of individual applications for development. This means that air quality specialists are consulted on all proposed developments. Where a proposed development is likely to result in a significant increase in road traffic air quality modelling is carried out to examine the impact of the development. In cases where the additional traffic is likely to lead to the air quality objective levels being exceeded recommendations are made by the air quality specialists that the development be refused.

In addition proposed residential developments are examined to see whether they are located in areas where air quality standards are acceptable. Where residential developments proposed in locations where the air quality objectives are exceeded the air quality specialists recommend that the development be refused.

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Traffic, infrastructure, land use and buildings Planning Activities

Example

   

Organization

Since 1982 the Environmental Section in Utrecht is a part of the Town development Division. The main policy was to give priority to prevention of environmental problems. So all policy plans and projects should be judged on environmental effects.

Procedures and tools

In 1986 in the Netherlands legislation on air quality, based on European

Directives, became operative. Yearly municipalities had to report about exceedances of the (temporary raised) limit values and measures to solve and prevent exceedances. In practice for projects this meant there had to be an advise on air quality based on calculations for every street with 4.500 or more vehicles per 24 hours in or concerning the project area.

The national government provided the municipalities with a calculation model: the CAR-model (Calculation of air pollution from road traffic). This model is a simple version of the calculation model from TNO. The RIVM supplies the cities with emissions and background concentrations.

Land use plans

In land use plans usually keeping enough distance between traffic and residential areas is the most logic measure. Sometimes a screen can shorten this distance (eg Voordorp along the A27 motorway). It is also possible to make buildings with a completely closed front (eg University College along the Waterlinieweg).

Building plans

In the case of building plans the air quality adviser firstly compares the new situation with the other road sections. Does this building plan have a more unfavourable influence on air circulation than the buildings at the other road sections? And is this building plan an undesirable limitation of the road capacity?

If it is, the building plan has to be changed: no high continuous front close to the road (eg offices along the Graadt van Roggenweg).

Traffic and infrastructure projects

Traffic and infrastructure projects are in most cases related to land use plans. New offices and houses have to be attainable. And there is also an autonomous growth of traffic.

The policy is making low traffic zones by concentrating traffic on wide roads. In 1986 this was the policy for traffic and the abatement of noise. If you only focus on the limit values for air quality diverting traffic to all roads would be the best solution. But regarding the exposure of the inhabitants and the large individual differences in sensitivity, it is better to have many streets with a relative good air quality and a few streets with maximum allowable air pollution. Now 80% of the inhabitants of Utrecht live in low traffic zones.

If a small street is a connection between wide streets there are several solutions:

  • stimulating the use of an alternative route (eg no through traffic in the Voorstraat/ Wittevrouwenstraat),
  • no standing traffic in the small street (eg temporary situation with many buses in the Voorstraat/ Wittevrouwenstraat),
  • less heavy traffic and buses (buses from a single to a bus-lane),
  • widening the road profile,
  • cutting down trees,
  • demolishing buildings (eg two houses at the Martin Luther Kinglaan),
  • changing the use of buildings.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Traffic policy plans

Example

   

Various traffic policies are currently ratified: the memorandum on transport of goods (‘Goederenvervoer’), the memorandum on traffic control (‘Verkeersregeling’), the memorandum on bicycling (‘Fietsnota’) and the memorandum on parking (‘Parkeernota’). The municipality is working on the Municipal Traffic and Transport Plan (GVVP/ including public transport and road categorization).

Below you will find a brief description of these policy plans.

The Municipal Traffic and Transport Plan (GVVP) provides an overview of the total traffic and transport policy for the municipality of Utrecht, targeting the long term: 2010-2020. The GVVP is an umbrella document, providing the context for the other more specific policy memorandums. It is expected that the final GVVP will be in place by the end of 2004.

The municipality’s aim with the GVVP is:

- To reduce the problems expected after 2010 with respect to traffic and transport;

- To lay the groundwork for spatial-economic developments in 2010-2020 (and beyond, to 2030) in such a way that the existing traffic and transport system can remain functioning without the construction of much new infrastructure;

- To realize in actual practice the resulting ambitions with respect to traffic and transport (after 2010).

The GVVP deals with the themes accessibility, quality of life and safety, with an emphasis on the points of tension between them. These tensions are obvious: on the one hand, Utrecht wishes to be a vital city that is attractive to live and work in, even after 2010; on the other hand, the goals set for both accessibility and quality of life appear to be out of reach. Choices will have to be made and goals formulated for each separate artery, based on a consideration between quality of life and accessibility.

An additional aim of the GVVP is a qualitatively high-grade network of public transport and bicycling.

The GVVP provides the framework for public transport policy, in the short, the medium and the long term. It describes the necessity of a well functioning public transport system in order to cope with the accessibility problems of especially the city centre and other major districts. In addition, public transport also fulfils a major social function by providing minimum accessibility to and from all the different parts of the city. Public transport must fulfil both functions. This implies the existence of a) public transport with higher speeds, more direct connections and longer distances between stops (public transport that connects), and b) public transport that stops in the close vicinity of destinations and departure points (public transport that opens up) or door-to-door transport (regional cabs/Regiotaxi).

The legal outline for the organization of public transport is the 2000 Passenger Transport Act (Wet Personenvervoer 2000). This act is based on the concepts of decentralization, industrialization and free market forces at work in public transport. The Utrecht Region Board (BRU), the authority on public transport, is responsible for funding regional public transport (intracity and county buses, Express Trams and Utrecht Regional Cabs). The BRU grants concessions – increasingly on public contract – and with these concessions, transport companies may offer public transport in a certain district for a given period of time. In this procedure, the GVU is privatised by the municipality. Therefore, the GVU is no longer a municipal department, but an independent organization that, by contract, is commissioned to offer public transport in the city.

Road categorization in this memorandum is based on the national policy for safe traffic. Sustainably Safe (Duurzaam Veilig) is based on three basic principles for the road system: 1) functionality, 2) homogeneity, and 3) predictability. Application of these principles will lead, among other things, to road categorization: a classification of the roads within the system into a limited number of categories. In this way, we want to merge traffic streams so as to reach a better utilization of the existing road system.

The Memorandum on Bicycling outlines the importance of bicycles in the light of the developments taking place in the municipality of Utrecht, and formulate two goals: 1) provide direction for the bicycle policy for the next decade, and 2) link Utrecht with the bicycling networks in Leidsche Rijn and Vleuten - De Meern.

On the basis of municipal developments, such as the development of Leidsche Rijn, a description has also been made of the bicycle network desired in 2015. The presupposition here is that the position of bicycles is fully equal to that of other modes of transport. To this end, it is necessary to realize a high-quality bicycle network that connects all parts of the city with each other and links up with the regional network. The network desired for 2015 is a rough sketch; it will have to be worked out in a later phase.

Adequate bicycle parking facilities are also needed. They prevent vandalism and theft, stimulate bicycle use, and contribute to ordering public space. A complete network of parking facilities is therefore desirable, at both arrival and departure points.

Such a network of bike parking facilities can include:

- Public unattended facilities: bicycle racks

- Closed unattended facilities: so-called ‘bike boxes’ (compact, lockable booths or boxes large enough for several bikes, which can be placed on a pavement or in a parking lot), neighbourhood parking facilities

- Public attended facilities: e.g. near train stations

- Closed attended facilities: e.g. near companies and schools.

The Memorandum on Parking focuses for the period up to 2005 to 2007 on intensifying directive parking policy so as to influence the demand for parking space. Currently, studies are being made of possible alternative parking license systems.

The goal of the parking policy is to help create a vital city that combines quality of life and accessibility. This is expressed in an area-oriented approach that controls the total number of parking places according to specific local circumstances / local parking capacity and discourages seeker traffic.

Three tools will be used to reach this goal:

- Controlling the number of parking places

- Relocating parking places

- Adapting price and quality.

The maximum number of parking places will be determined by way of parking standards (steering policy). The current parking standards are coupled to the prevailing location policy (A, B, and C locations for companies).

In order to further reduce street parking in the old city centre, parking garages will be built on the eastern side of the city centre. To this end, the Parking Company for the Municipality of Utrecht (Parkeerbedrijf Gemeente Utrecht, PGU) has been commissioned to realize about 64 million euros (NLG 70 million) up to 2015.

As space gets scarcer, parking rates will rise. In Utrecht, rates will be based on the so-called ‘shell’. The rates will be highest in the city centre, and slightly lower in the first and second shells around the centre. For persons concerned / licensees in the city centre, cost-price rates will apply. However, this is not the case in the shell, where an increase in rates is desired. In addition to the rate shells, a study has started in a selected area within Utrecht so that the municipality will be able to anticipate future parking problems. Within this area, parking will be monitored annually and on the basis of the results paid parking proposals will be prioritised.

The Memorandum on Transport of Goods in Utrecht (established in 2002) describes the necessity of focusing on the problems related to transportation of goods. It is expected that between now and 2020 the volume of goods transported in Utrecht will have more than doubled. This will have significant consequences for accessibility and environmental impact. However, transport of goods is of great importance for the city’s economy. Therefore, it is important to regulate flows of goods as well as possible, while always balancing quality of life and accessibility. The policy for transport of goods will be worked out along two lines. In the city centre, acute problems exist: a) limited possibilities for transport of goods, and b) traffic and general hindrance because of transport of goods. These problems require short-term measures. To that end, the Supply Plan Utrecht City Centre (Bevoorradingsplan Binnenstad Utrecht) has been drafted.
The extra value of a long-term approach lies in the possibilities for knowledge development concerning the organizational aspects of goods transport, consideration of other parts of the city and developments in the region, and study of more sustainable systems for the transport of goods. A plan of approach will be drafted for long-term policy development. This will ultimately lead to a policy memorandum on the transport of goods in Utrecht.

The memorandum on The Philosophy of Traffic Control of the Municipality of Utrecht describes the municipality’s views on traffic control. Based on road categorization (Sustainably Safe), descriptions are made as to crossing infrastructures, potential solutions for intersections, and potential use of traffic control installations. Also, a set of criteria is described for the placement of traffic lights, while preconditions for the design are outlined once it has been decided that a control installation will be placed. The memorandum was passed on the administrative level in December 2001.

The priority for road-users on intersections controlled by traffic lights and crossings is as follows:

1. Tram

2. Connecting public transport (urban and regional)

3. Motorized traffic on A roads designed to open up specific areas

4. Cyclists on main cycle routes

5. Public transport designed to open up specific areas

6. Motorized traffic on B roads designed to open up specific areas

7. Other cyclists and pedestrians

8. Motorized traffic on C roads designed to open up specific areas

9. Traffic on private roads


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Urban General Traffic plan for the City of Venice

Example

   

Approval

With the Town Council deliberation n. 92 dated 05.22,2002, the City of Venice has approved the General Urban Traffic Plan (G.U.T.P.) for mainland Venice (districts of Mestre and Marghera), drafted according to the new Code of Traffic Circulation (CTC, legislative decree n. 285/1992) and following Directives for drafting, adoption and implementation of the Urban Traffic Plans dated 06.24.1995.

The process of approval began with the Municipal Council deliberation n. 1975 dated 12.16.1999 with the subject “Adoption of the General Urban Traffic Plan of Mestre e Marghera”. The P.G.T.U. was later issued according to legislation, leading to the presentation of 55 remarks presented by single or groups of citizens, associations and organized subjects. From the evaluation of such observations, and on account of those made by the Quarters, the Municipality of Marghera and by the 4th Town Council Commission, the final outline of the recommended decisions for the short-term urban traffic management has been derived.

What is G.U.T.P.?

The G.U.T.P. represents the first level of urban management planning. It aims at (see the new CTC, art. 36, comma 4): “improving traffic circulation and road safety, lowering acoustic and atmospheric pollution, energy saving”. These objectives must be “in accordance with urban land use and transport plans and take into account environmental priorities and their times of implementation”.

The national Directives later clarified the meaning of G.U.T.P.: it is a group of coordinated actions aiming at optimising the management of urban traffic without carrying out the development of large infrastructure.

This makes G.U.T.P. a tool that can be implemented in a very short time period (nearly 2 years), in guiding the policies on this important urban issue.

Subject

In general, G.U.T.P. implementation is characterized by low cost interventions. It is focussed on the mitigation of critical aspects of road traffic circulation and on the optimisation of existing infrastructure.

To reach this objective, G.U.T.P. can include the revision of intersection design, the renewal of road regulations, the identification of pedestrian areas, low traffic zones, cycling routes and preferential lanes for public transport, the optimisation of car parks and the introduction of fares.

The national Directives emphasize how critical aspects can be removed only through adequate infrastructure and public service empowering, both of which should be envisaged in the Transport and Mobility Plan (T.M.P.). This latter Plan has a longer time of implementation (10 years) than the G.U.T.P. and it deals with infrastructure and services that can require costly investments.

The G.U.T.P. only addresses the issues regarding Venice’s mainland road traffic, leaving the solution of mobility problems between the historical centre and the mainland, the issues on future motorways and critical aspects of goods transport to higher level plans.

Contents

The contents of G.U.T.P. for the City of Venice are:

- analysis of urban transport problems;

- identification of the plan’s objectives;

- strategies of action;

- description of interventions;

- priorities and consequent actions.

Analysis of urban transport problems

It covers the different components and modalities of transport and includes the examination of road traffic impacts on the environment.

The most meaningful elements are:

- commuting journeys for residents are characterized by a prevalence of journeys in the historical centre and in the mainland (like having two segregated “cities”). The two agglomerations are independent, not only for working journeys but also for occasional journeys;

- people living in mainland Venice (Mestre and Marghera) make great use of the bicycle, walking and cars (for work-related uses), while there is a limited use of public transport (this is not true for the historical centre);

- each day 108,000 vehicles enter the urban area of mainland Venice through radial arterial roads. 42% of them only cross the city without stopping. 90% enters the urban area via the motorways, while 4 urban and extra-urban big roads (“Miranese”, “Castellana”, “Terraglio” and “Riviera del Brenta”) collect 52% of traffic flow entering the city;

- the mean speed of public buses decreases from the outskirts to the city centre; one of the most important arterial roads (“Miranese”) presents the lowest speed in the city centre;

- the number of accidents is high and it has been increasing in recent years. The highest number of accidents occurs on the Circular Road of Mestre (10% of the total), followed by the main arterial roads that give access to the city centre: “Miranese”, “F.lli Bandiera”, “Martiri della Libertà”, “Orlanda”, “Castellana”, “Terraglio”, “S. Donà”, “Trieste” and the “S.S. 11”;

- air quality analysis points out high levels of air pollution, caused by pollutant emissions from road traffic. This is true for noise pollution too.

The definition of the Plan objectives

As a rule, the General Urban Traffic Plan of Mestre and Marghera takes on board the objectives decided by the legislation in force regarding the G.U.T.P.:

- the improvement of road safety (road accidents reduction);

- the improvement of road circulation (running and parking conditions);

- the reduction of noise and atmospheric pollution;

- environmental protection issues;

- energy saving;

- the synergy with land use planning instruments and transportation Plans in force.

The Plan takes on board the general objectives and relates them to the specific mobility conditions today present in the mainland, which is characterized by very different levels of critical situations.

All the actions planned in the G.U.T.P. will induce a share of present drivers to use public transportation, with particular reference to commuters. control of parking in relation to the duration of the stop can influence this kind of transport user. Commuters journeys are those most easily transferred to public transport, also through modal exchange operations; because of their regularity, they can take advantage of preferential rates for public transport and for the incidence of the journey’s length versus the staying time at the destination.

The chosen strategies

To reach the objectives of the Plan some precise action strategies have been identified, and characterized in relation to the particularity of the territory and the characteristic of the road network and existing transportation systems. The strategies adopted in the Plan follow

A. Strategies on road safety

The action strategy envisages immediate intervention to find a solution to the most serious situations, with the new planning of crossroads and protection measures for pedestrians and bicycle mobility. Other medium-term actions foresee the development of technological systems of supervision and control, to bring about traffic calming and the identification of serious violations. Further long-term actions are the monitoring of accidents rates and those relative to road education in order to encourage correct behaviours.

A.1 moderation action (new physical design);

A.2 development of supervision and regulation systems;

A.3 traffic control reinforcement;

A.4 accident monitoring and junction analysis;

A.5 education;

A.6 users information.

B. Strategies for the improvement of circulation conditions

The improvement of circulation conditions can be pursued by means of direct actions on the road network and traffic control, so as to facilitate an orderly traffic flow and homogeneous speed (even if the envisaged Plan only permits light actions of rearrangement of the present infrastructure).

Another method is the decrease of traffic volume, that lead to a different supply/demand relationship and a consequent decrease of congestion levels; this method can be pursued by means of the same strategies of modal rebalancing envisaged in subsection C.

B.1 calming of traffic flow;

B.2 elimination of non-regulated parking;

B.3 improvement/maintenance of the multi-modal accessibility levels.

C. Strategies for the control of environmental impacts

Apart from safety, the other major problem caused by traffic is air pollution, even though there are also other contributory causes like, in primis, the economic and industrial activities.

In general the strategy envisages two intervention areas: the control and reduction of unitary pollution levels (i.e. the single vehicle*km emissions) and the monitoring and reduction of the overall generating amount (i.e. the total of vehicles*km in the considered area).

C.1 control/regulation of vehicular flows;

C.2 control/improvement of car parks;

C.3 improvement of the service level of public transportation and modal re-balance;

C.4 protection/priority to bicycle mobility;

C.5 protection/priority to pedestrian mobility.

D. Strategies for environmental protection

The strategies regarding environmental protection duplicate the intervention techniques envisaged for the control of environmental impacts and are therefore based on controlling the circulation conditions and the reduction of vehicular traffic obtained through re-balancing actions.

These intervention techniques have to be focused on the most environmentally vulnerable areas and sites to make sure that traffic volume and its composition and flow does not cause damages to human activities carried out in public areas and in buildings adjacent to the examined roads.

D.1 control/moderation of circulation in the city centre and in the most valuable historical/natural areas;

D.2 control of heavy duty vehicles circulation;

D.3 control/regulation of parking;

D.4 control/moderation of circulation in residential areas.

E. Strategies on energy saving

As for the control of environmental impacts, also the strategies for energy consumption consist in the control and reduction of unitary consumption and in the monitoring and reduction of overall vehicles*km.

The planned actions principally regard circulation control and modal rebalance in favour of public transportation and non motor-driven modality; the strategies therefore reproduce, with small settlements, those pointed out at subsection C on the control of environmental impacts.

E.1=C.1 control/regulation of vehicular flows;

E.2=C.2 control/improvement of car park;

E.3=C.3 improvement of public transportation service levels and modal rebalance;

E.4=C.4 protection/priority to bicycle mobility;

E.5=C.5 protection/priority to pedestrian mobility.

F. Strategies to coordinate actions with the implementation of large projects

The General Urban Traffic Plan envisages the implementation of actions on networks and services, so that the circulation conditions can improve and the accessibility levels to the given infrastructures can grow wider (i.e. without planning complex actions of completion and improvement of the network). The Plan has to confine itself to coordinate its short-term policies, with the implementation of large development projects, and supply information on the modality of communication with other Authorities and planning teams in order to harmonize the large projects with the Plan’s policies.

F.1 proposal of the urban mobility priority;

F.2 project suggestions to widen the benefits;

F.3 management of the actual situation

G. Action description

The Plan foresees a wide series of actions regarding both light infra-structural elements (i.e. re-design of crossroads or roads’ sections) or regulation elements (coordinated traffic lights systems).

Some actions regard the central and most urbanized area of Mestre; others, instead, the suburban areas, the hamlets and the road system outside the city.

Among the major actions are:

- planning and implementation of actions to make some dangerous crossroads and road sections safer. There are both speed control elements and physical elements of flow “moderation”. An example is the re-design of the sidewalks’ profile near a crossroad and the chromatic painting of the pavement;

- re-organization of the central roads system including the widening of the pedestrian area (including the streets “Poerio” and “Rosa” on one side, and “S. Pio X”, “San Rocco” and a section of “Einaudi” on the other), the revision of the circulation scheme (with a penalty for crossing flows) and the introduction of new sectors of preferential lanes for public transportation;

- operation of upstream selection of commuters journeys by means of a system of semi-central and suburban exchange parking with management that incentives to long-term stops is foreseen. In the central area the regulation of stops is more selective, with the widening of parking on payment, differentiated for residents, operators and occasional users;

- development of the cycle network and particularly the resolution of the most dangerous junctions for cycle transit;

- implementation of a combined series of actions for the protection of residential areas, so as to improve the quality of life, decrease the negative impacts of the motor-driven traffic and the incorrect cross- flows.

- implementation of traffic supervision and regulation programme, based on automatic surveying technologies of flows and transits, on the control and coordination of traffic lights and on the information instruments to the user (variable message signals). This system will allow better regulation and calming of flowing traffic and also an effective management of environmental and traffic emergencies.

Priorities and implementation modalities

The effective implementation of G.U.T.P. requires a precise sequence of actions. Many specific actions regarding the road system and circulation need a number of planned and favourable conditions, both in order to start them and for them to be effective once completed. That is in order to clear up a priori all the involved components in the project implementation and consequently start up strict action planning. In the spirit of traffic plan legislation, the implementation of the G.U.T.P. cannot address all the necessities of reorganization and improvement of city’s road spaces. This is true in the first place for areas not directly interested by G.U.T.P.’s actions, but also for the centre of Mestre and Carpenedo-Bissuola ambits, that require in any case the completion of the local schemes of circulation, the controlled traffic zones (so called 30 km/h zones) and/or regulation stop zones, further cycle junction roads and pedestrianised areas with successive detailed planning actions.

Urban Traffic Plan: full text document in Italian language

Urban Traffic Plan: maps in Italian language

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Traffic Measures: Improvement of Travel Demand

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
The potential of Mobility Management
 
London Borough of Camden - Mobility management
Mobility Management in Rotterdam
Mobility Management in Lund
Mobility Management in the City of Malmö
Car Parking - Park and Ride
Bicycle use
Taxation regimes
 
LPG promotion in Belgium (2000-2001)
Car Parking - Park and Ride
Bicycle use
How can telematics help in improving air quality ?
 
Showcase bus routes and Integrated Travel Information
Active Road-User Support (ARUS)
SMS Service for Public Transport (“SiMSALA-BIMMEL”)
Parking Lead System in Leipzig
Online Presentation for Public Transportation (OPPT)
Tele shopping – Tele working – Home delivery
 
How flexible working patterns can help to reduce air pollution - Bristol
Is car sharing effective to improve urban air quality?
 
Car sharing initiative in the municipality of Venice
Car Sharing – The Moses Project & The City of Bremen
Bristol Car Club

Overview of Issue

  Overview to appear here

Last Updated


 

30th November 1999

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  The potential of Mobility Management

2. Introduction

   

Mobility Management (MM) is primarily a demand-oriented approach to passenger and freight transport that involves new partnerships and a set of tools. Its aim is to support and encourage a change of attitude and behaviour in favour of sustainable modes of transport. The tools of MM are based on information, communication, organisation, and coordination and require promotion.

3. Discussion

   

In recent years there has been much concern about society’s ever increasing reliance on the private car, the associated costs in terms of congestion, pollution and safety, and the effect this has on those without access to a car. This concern has contributed to the development of several new approaches to transport planning – mobility management being one of them – which are aimed at encouraging and developing a more sustainable transport policy. The great challenge for the future is to safeguard our mobility and our economic development, while controlling demand for transport and maintaining or even improving quality of life.

This new task calls for creative and innovative solutions. In order to really tackle the problems, we need approaches, which do not simply rely on building new roads or introducing high levels of technology. In fact, besides these ‘hardware’ measures there is an urgent need for more ‘software’ measures that provide a whole range of services to address users’ needs and to convince them to change travel habits.

The aim of mobility management is to ensure the fulfilment of mobility needs of different target groups in a socially, environmentally and economically sound way, for both passenger and freight transport. Unlike other approaches, mobility management is not about building new roads or making existing car traffic flows more smoothly. On the contrary, mobility management aims to facilitate a change in travel choice towards more sustainable means of transport. Mobility management initiatives can be taken at a site level, where large volumes of road traffic are generated or attracted (e.g. work sites, schools, shopping centres, large leisure facilities etc.) or at a city or regional level (e.g. by introducing a mobility centre in a city). Co-operation and partnership building – among authorities, transport providers, site owners, etc. – is always a key element in mobility management.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Convincing people to make other travel choices requires more than a rational approach. It must take account of people’s differing needs and expectations. As such a number of services have been developed under mobility management:

· Information and advice, e.g. door-to-door public transport information, bicycle map

· Consulting, e.g. company related mobility and transport plans designed by the so called ‘mobility managers’

· Awareness and education, e.g. mobility education in schools, car free day

· Transport organisation and co-ordination, e.g. car pool matching service, car sharing

· Sales & reservation, sale of public transport tickets, reservations of bike and car rentals

· Transport related products and services, e.g. all-in-one ticket for events, financial bonus for users of sustainable transport modes

“MOST”, a large-scale European project on mobility management has produced useful guidelines for the introduction and evaluation of mobility management in different contexts. They have made an inventory of Institutional and Organisation Frameworks for the Design and Implementation of Mobility Management in Europe, they provide a toolkit for the implementation of mobility management services and they have developed a methodology for monitoring and evaluating different measures.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

London Borough of Camden - Mobility management, Mobility Management in Rotterdam and Mobility Management in Lund are examples provided by ACCESS and related to the cities of, Rotterdam, Lund and Malmö

Mobility Management in the City of Malmö

The potential of Mobility Management.6

Further Examples:

Car Parking - Park and Ride
Bicycle use

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· European Platform on Mobility Management: EPOMM is the reference point for all interested actors in mobility management. It aims to promote and further develop mobility management in Europe and wants to fine-tune its implementation between European countries: http://www.epomm.org/

· MOST, which stands for Mobility Management Strategies for the Next Decades, has explored the potential of mobility management in different contexts such as education, tourism, health institutions, site development, mobility centres, and temporary sites: http://mo.st/

· The European project TAPESTRY is developing guidelines for setting up successful awareness raising initiatives on sustainable transport. They also provide an assessment framework: http://www.eu-tapestry.org/

· Examples of successful campaigns are the European Mobility Week and the International Car Free Day, known as ‘”In town without my car!”: http://www.mobilityweek-europe.org/

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  London Borough of Camden - Mobility management

Example

   

Mobility management in Camden has been driven by the Council’s Green Transport Strategy Taking Steps for a People Friendly Camden, adopted in November 1997. It was extended by the Council in March 2001 and now covers the period from 2001 to 2005. Three initiatives of the Green Transport Strategy were monitored by the MOST project – Camden Direct, Camden Green Travel Network and Camden Clear Zones.

The objective of Camden Direct is to promote public transport services, as well as to reduce the need to travel. Target groups are local people, council staff, tourists and other visitors. The objective of the Camden Green Travel Network is to reduce the impact of motor vehicles and related pollution through the development of a mobility management network and encourage local employers to develop green travel plans. The objective of Camden Clear Zones is to develop traffic free areas and low emission zones. Target groups are local residents, local employers and visitors to the area.

Camden Direct takes the form of a mobility centre; the Camden Green Travel Network and Camden Clear Zones involve the development and promotion of mobility plans. Focused and diverse communication strategies are used for each target group. For example, the council staff targeted by Camden Direct are informed of the service by e-mail ‘messages of the day’, emails, and payslip messages, while the public is informed by signage, posters, press articles, Transport for London’s website (www.tfl.gov.uk), postcards as well as personal contact at the Mobility Centre. Camden Council’s internet site www.camden.gov.uk/green/ is the main channel for the delivery of the Camden Green Travel Network.

The objectives of the mobility management services have been met with a high degree of success. The usage of the Camden Direct mobility centre has risen since its inception in March 2000, with over 6000 ticket sales during its first 12 months of operation and this increased to approximately 7000 public transport ticket sales in the second year of operation. The Camden Green Travel Network has 24 members covering 35 separate addresses and the initiative was relaunched at the end of 2002 with a new website and additional staffing to further increase its effectiveness. Mobility plans at 18 of these addressed will be enforceable via planning agreements made under local regulations, while the other 17 plans are being developed voluntarily. The Network enables members to share experiences and ideas to assist in the development and implementation of their mobility plans. The Camden Clear Zones project has several initiatives, e.g. traffic calming measures have been implemented on an area by area basis, participation in the Car Free Day enabled measurements on noise, air quality and traffic volumes to be made, which were used to support longer-term proposals for traffic management measures.

Camden’s experiences shows that mobility management initiatives are most likely to be effective when they are integrated as part of wider green transport strategies, and are most effective when implemented in partnership with other stakeholders. In addition, Camden has found that new mobility management initiatives can take some time to develop; hence the role of the mobility coordinator is important to enable such initiatives to progress, while collaborating with internal and external partners. Dedicated staff resources are also required to maintain the momentum and progress of these mobility management initiatives.

Source: http://mo.st

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Mobility Management in Rotterdam

Example

   

Rotterdam

The City of Rotterdam welcomes many festivals and events and offers support in terms of organisation. Temporary events attract visitors and therewith, extra travellers. Additionally, events themselves tend to influence the accessibility of the city. In order to avoid a negative effect on the daily mobility and the attractiveness of the city, there is a need to make travelling as easy as possible. For this purpose, mobility management is used. The Rotterdam Marathon and the World Port Days are examples of annual events that attract thousands of people. During recent years, scenarios have been worked out to help manage these large visitor flows and the problems they create for the accessibility and the mobility situation.

The objective for the MOST project within Rotterdam was to promote the use of sustainable transport among the visitors that were expected for the Rotterdam Cultural Capital of Europe 2001. It became clear rather quickly, that the CC programme should not be seen as one event, but in reality consisted of many events, spread in time. None of the scheduled events therefore called for radical MM measures. However, the city still wanted to promote the use of sustainable transport modes by raising their attractiveness. Sustainable transport was promoted through the following measures:

· Special event tickets offered by the local PT provider, combined entrance fees with PT ticket.

· Special arrangements including an overnight -stay at a hotel, entrance fees to several events or places of interest of the CC 2001 and a reduced ticket for PT in Rotterdam.

· The route of the historical circle tram was adjusted to encompass most of the important CC event locations.

· An information centre, the Calypso, was the CC headquarters, which main task was to provide programme and event information. Additionally, visitors could get (personalised) information on PT, tickets, and travel information for special events (sometimes even available as flyers). The Calypso was a temporary institution.

· Close cooperation between PT provider and the event organisation committee

Additional services were also implemented for the European Championship: extra manpower, special time schedules, special types of transport (shuttles, group taxis), special ticketing, dynamic route guidance, dedicated routes for PT and taxis, detour routes for normal transport, clear and safe walking routes including good signage, special embarking facilities, real time information via the web site, info brochures for the public and own staff, 200 city ambassadors at strategic locations like stations or airport and infotainment centres.

Based on the data that were collected, Rotterdam CC 2001 was a success. The 524 projects attracted more than 2.25 million people. An estimated 50.000 people visited the Calypso, 47 % of these from the larger Rotterdam area, 29 % foreigners and 24 % from the NL. Foreign tourists, however, made much more use of the regular tourism centre to obtain most information. Periodical surveys showed that most visitors of the Calypso highly appreciated this service. Public transport was the most popular: about 40% of the (Dutch and foreign) tourists to the cultural capital came by train, tram/bus/metro or taxi, 32 % used the car. Another 10% used motorcycles or scooters.

Prerequisites for success are:

· Ticket integration: Combined tickets are well-accepted, especially when they are acquired automatically with the entrance fee to an event or other attraction.

· accessibility restriction combined with good alternatives (PT access, shuttle services)

· good PT and good parking facilities where it does not effect the accessibility of the city, i.e. on the outskirts or outer rings of the city and shuttle services to and from the event site.

· the cooperative co-ordination group, consisting of major players who take full responsibilities for allocated tasks. Thereby, transportation problems are never addressed only when they appear (when it is already too late) but they are solved through forward planning by regarding the specific nature of an event, its objectives, attractions and visitors.

Source: http://mo.st


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Mobility Management in Lund

Example

   

In 1997 a strategy for a sustainable transport system called LundaMaTs was adopted in the Swedish city of Lund. In 1998, the mobility centre in Lund was established as part of LundaMaTs. The mobility centre was among the first four selected projects to start and had to trigger and assist the development towards more sustainable transport, through mobility consulting, information services and awareness raising about environmental and health implications of traffic. The mobility centre provides mobility consulting directed to inhabitants and employees in the region of Lund. The aim is to achieve a better use of the existing infrastructure through mobility management. The activities should contribute to a higher use of alternatives to the car and thus to a modal shift. Also a more responsible use of the car through car-sharing and ecologically friendly cars is incorporated in the objectives. Since January 2000, the mobility centre has on average employed 4 employees, working on five main projects:

1. Mobility management in the city: awareness raising campaign on green travel policies among decision makers, multipliers and employees, education in eco driving, pilot on teleworking

2. Mobility management in companies in Lund: awareness and consulting campaign in companies with tailormade brochures including information on travel time, travel cost, emissions and energy consumption

3. Pilot project in Soedra Sandby: village near Lund where it was tested whether travel behaviour can be changed only by combining several mobility management activities

4. Eco cars and carsharing: information campaign to increase sales of more environmentally friendly cars, brochures about carsharing

5. Local production and local services: contests in the context of leisure activities

Results show that inhabitants are quite aware of most of the projects and activities. In general, 90 % of the population considers the LundaMats investment as (very) good. Almost 10 % of the population states that LundaMats has influenced their travel towards more sustainable modes.

The close co-operation between the mobility centre and the comprehensive LundaMaTs scheme with its combination of physical measures and mobility management is probably the most important reason for success. Behavioural influence entails hard work, especially as in the beginning it can be difficult to achieve measurable effects. The City of Lund is obviously on the right track since effects have already been recorded after a relatively short period. There are good reasons to expect even larger effects, assuming that the investments in LundaMaTs will continue. One can also see synergy effects when several measures are being conducted at the same time.

Sometimes it was rather difficult to convince partners, i.e. the public transport operators, companies etc. of the idea of mobility management. The search for a win-win situation has been of great importance, but is not always easy to prove in the beginning. The mobility centre will continue to work on mobility management even after the MOST project, focusing on encouragement of sustainable mobility behaviour, more sustainable urban and land use planning and the support of the use of Eco-cars. The Lund project has profited from a favourable situation, as there is strong local co-operation, enough resources are available with national support, there is a consensus-building policy style and a strong focus on participation of the target groups.

Source: http://mo.st

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Mobility Management in the City of Malmö

Example

   

In the spring of 2001 the City of Malmö initiated its work with Mobility Management. The overall objective of the effort is to change attitudes and behaviour, primarily by spreading information about sustainable transportation. In the long run it all comes down to creating an environmentally adapted transport system within the city.

During the first year and a half the efforts were directed towards one specific area of the city, the Western Harbour, where a Mobility Centre was located. The centre provided the people living in the area as well as the companies situated here with information and guidance on sustainable transportation. From the beginning the efforts in the Western Harbour were synchronised in time with an international exhibition on sustainable housing and living environment (Bo01).

Bicycling Campaign towards the Public

In may 2002 the centre carried out a campaign with the aim of bringing about a modal shift, from the use of personal cars towards more bicycling among the residents. A total of 200 residents were contacted by mail, and got detailed information about the campaign.

25 registered for the campaign, mostly people who already use their bicycle frequently. A meeting was carried out and they got further information about the campaign and what was expected from them. An agreement was made with them saying that during six months they had to use their bicycles instead of their cars as much as possible. They also got a travel diary to document their travel behaviour. As a trigger and reward they got equipment to use when the campaign started. A raincoat, lights for the bicycle, helmet and a computer for the bicycle. During the meeting they also had to complete a questionnaire concerning their travel behaviour.

After three months the participants in the campaign were contacted by phone in order to give feedback. The questions were about their experiences using the bicycle as means of transportation. What advantages and disadvantage had they experienced?

After six months the campaign came to an end. Further meetings were carried out with the participants. Here they could express their opinion and give further feedback about the campaign. They also had to complete the same questionnaire as they did at the first meeting, to document their travel behaviour once more. After this the two questionnaires were matched.

The result of the campaign were quite convincing. 18 of the participants had a sharp increase in use of their bicycle for shorter distances. They also thought that this behaviour would continue in the same extent after the campaign.

In November 2003 a new campaign about travel behaviour was carried out in the Western Harbour. At the same time the campaign from 2002 will be followed up a second time with a personal phone call to the 25 participants. Are they still using their bicycles in the same extent as in October 2002?

Starting in the fall of 2002 Mobility Management in the City of Malmö became just that; the scope of the efforts were widened, now spanning over the whole city. Today four officials, situated in the City Hall in the city centre, are occupied full time with the issues at hand, working towards three main target groups: the public, the companies and the municipal organisation itself. The latter is actually the largest employer in the city, with over 20 000 employees divided between 21 departments.

Travel Behaviour in the Municipal Organisation

In May 2003 a pilot project focusing on one specific department of the municipality, with 180 employees, was launched. Starting out with a weekly publication of the “Environmental Commuter of the Week” on the Intranet of the department the campaign got a flying start with a lot of attention from the employees. The criteria for becoming “the chosen one” was of course that they went by bicycle, bus, train or foot to and from work on a regular basis.

The first day 25 employees registered their interest to become the “Environmental Commuter of the Week” on the Intranet. Today a total of 41 employees are registered and 30 of them have been interviewed for the project. An article based on the interviews is weekly published on the Intranet. In the article the “Environmental Commuter of the Week” describes how he or she commuted in a specific way. What is the main reason and what are the main benefits? As a reward they get a T-shirt with the logo for Sustainable transportation in Malmö printed on the chest. They are all photographed in the T-shirt and the pictures are later used in the articles on the Intranet. The main reason for giving out the T-shirt is to make the campaign visible and present. The reaction from the participants is positive, it is a great thing to be associated with an act that saves the environment.

Following this “interest-trigger” on the Intranet the campaign included individual counselling and the handing out of individual travel plans specifying all possible alternatives for sustainable commuting for every employee. During the personal counselling the employees travel behaviour was discussed as well as the time factor, costs and negative environmental impacts. During the counselling, timetables for the public transportation and a brochure about travel behaviour and environmental impact was available. During this meeting all employees also got information about the next step in the campaign, an eight-week competition between the divisions within the department. The “best” division, based on the number of people that commute environmentally friendly, won a party with free food, drinks and entertainment. A great trigger that motivated a lot of the employees to be active in the competition.

The employees that already had environmentally friendly travel behaviour got a cup for encouragement, with the same logo as the T-shirt. Those that were willing to change their non-friendly travel behaviour during at least tree weeks of the competition were rewarded with a backpack and an umbrella.

Information about the competition was published on the Intranet. During the eight weeks the employees had to report every day by signing a list that they travelled environmental friendly. The status in the competition was published several times during the competition on the Intranet to remind the employees and keep them to be active.

Just recently a winner was announced and the party is near by. A questionnaire has been sent out to all employees at the department which will give information about the campaign’s impact on the employees travel behaviour and feedback on the campaign. Information to be used in the future development of the project.

It is still to early to come to any real conclusions about the campaign. One thing is very obvious though, travel behaviour and environmentally friendly travel behaviour have been a pressing issue at the department. The use of the Intranet for publication of information and the logo to visualise the campaign have been important parts to make this an attentive issue.

The pilot project is carried out with the overall aim of expanding the campaign to several/all the departments of the municipality over time. The planning of this is the next step in this pilot project.

Sustainable Transportation within Companies

The activities towards the companies consist mainly of two projects, a series of seminars about sustainable transportation and a pilot project concentrated on counselling.

The five seminars all have different approaches towards the subject, sustainable transportation. They carry on from May to December 2003.

The seminars related to the following subject areas; the first seminar brought up clean vehicles and the benefits of alternative fuel. The second seminar focused on EcoDriving, how companies have the possibility to save energy, environment and money by initiating their employees into the methods of economical driving. Business trips where the subject for the third seminar, how a strategy can make a great difference for the company’s environmental impact. The fourth seminar focused on virtual communication, alternative meetings without need for transportation. The last seminar takes place in December and will concern the employees travel behaviour to and from work.

All seminars consist of lectures based on experiences, scientific facts and practical demonstrations, to show different aspects of the subject sustainable transportation. The series of seminars will soon be evaluated.

To enable cooperation between companies and the Traffic Environment Section a pilot project were initiated in the fall of 2003. Eleven ISO 14001 certified companies were contacted and offered counselling within sustainable transportation. What can the company gain by creating a strategy that in the long run decreases their environmental impact? A first meeting is carried out and it gave important information about the companies different needs. The next step in the project is to produce a proposal to the companies about a long time partnership.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Taxation regimes

2. Introduction

   

Air pollution is increasing rapidly, however various measures can be applied in order to combat it. Among these ways, we find the economical means such as CO2 tax, NOX tax and Energy tax appear to be the most frequent ones. These should comply with the purpose of a tax in principle, but, are the air quality taxes an efficient economic instrument to combat air pollution and improve the demand in the transport sector?



3. Discussion

   

In addition to framework measures harmonised at EU level, the implementation of an environmental policy also requires the provision of a number of economic, technical or fiscal instruments. According to the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), we can define economic instruments as “instruments that affect costs and benefits of alternative actions open to economic agents, with the effect of influencing behaviour in a way which is favourable to the environment affecting the cost in a way to promote the use of processes and products which are less damaging to the environment”.

The fifth Environmental Action Programme includes the broadening of the range of environmental policy instruments as one of its key priorities. Environmentally related taxes are defined as any compulsory, unrequited payment to general government levied on tax-bases deemed to be of particular environmental relevance. Taxes are unrequited in the sense that benefits provided by government to taxpayers are not normally in proportion to their payments. Environmental taxes and charges can be a way of implementing the "polluter pays" principle by inducing consumers and producers to adopt more environmentally compatible behaviour. “The polluter pays principle” applies in the EU and, in principle, taxes (which are a type of instrument - together with charges, subsidies, permits and deposit/refund systems-) should contribute to obtain environmental benefits and this would have, as a consequence, an improvement in the transport demand.

One way of applying the “polluter pays principle” to transport is to adjust fuel taxes to reflect environmental externalities. But in setting tax rates on fuels, many factors other than reducing environmental externalities need to be considered such as the efficient use of resources, the need to finance road maintenance, the impacts of road congestion etc. Most governments complement fuel taxation with other policy instruments, as fuel taxes are not always very efficient in reducing externalities from emissions (except for the greenhouse gas carbon dioxide which is directly linked to fuel consumption). Indeed, emissions and their environmental externalities not only depend on fuel choice but also on vehicle driving pattern and the location and time of emissions. Moreover, fuel taxes are generally considered as road user fee intended to fund roadway projects and services but these are often not sufficient to cover this purpose. As some complementary incentives to fuel taxes that will help reaching an efficient and equitable situation to pay to roadway costs and encourage efficient transportation, we can list:

· Commuter Financial Incentives (free parking space)

· Congestion or Road Pricing

· Vehicle Use Fee, Distance-based pricing: traveller pay for the distance and the used type of infrastructures rather than independently upon the travelled distance (e.g. at national level in the Netherlands)

· Annual vehicle tax: vehicle excise duty (e.g. in Sweden)

· Pay-as-you-drive insurance

· Annual tax road depending on energy consumption (Energy taxes)

· Pay-lane (e.g. at local level in the Netherlands

· Fiscal instruments to stimulate the introduction of 3-ways catalyst (e.g. at national level in the Netherlands)

A common vision is that environmental externalities should be corrected by taxing polluting goods instead of subsidizing non-polluting alternatives. However, incentives to use alternative modes and reduce driving such as the creation of cycling paths, the organisation of training programs for bicyclists, the reimbursement of employee cycling mileage expenses are always good to be considered and implemented.

The formulation of incentives should be such of a dissuading element to leave your cars aside and benefit from public transport. There is a continuous flow of ideas to encourage a broader change in taxation policy to increase taxation on “bad aspects” (i.e. air pollution) and to reduce it on “good aspects” (i.e. employment). In some cases the use of revenues can play an important role to support action programmes and invest on measures to improve the air quality and improve the transport system.

Different Member States have different problems and ways of solving the problem and in some cases the regions are autonomous with respect to fiscal policy and each region makes its decision (e.g. in the Netherlands). The debate has been going on for years due to the unanimity voting debate required in the tax and fiscal measures regime.

At European level the more relevant need is the tax harmonisation: in general higher taxes on vehicles and fuels hamper the introduction of new technology as there will be little room for R&D budgets on a market where margins are small (e.g. Denmark has an around 200% tax on new cars, meaning that new technology is expensive).

Overcoming the cost barrier from taxes is not an easy task on a European level: single nations are not the driving force to tax harmonisation due to the importance of government revenue from private car sales and use.

In the meantime many foreign markets, such as Korea, where free trade is not granted, slow down investments in new technology by not adhering to established standards.

The Commission has expressed the desire to make greater use of the economic instruments, for which there is currently a proposal for a Directive on Taxation of energy products as well as a Communication on Taxation of CO2 emission from cars. The future Directive imposes minimum tax rates on all energy products (and it could lower the tax provided that business make investments in energy efficiency measures equivalent to the amount which they would have to pay under higher rate of tax). The Communication aims at stopping distortions of the internal market through differences in passenger car taxation. It would verify which are the options for taxing passenger cars in proportion to the CO2 emitted and would help to reduce its emissions to 8% below the 1990 level to comply with the Kyoto Protocol. The Council and EP had set a target of reducing this emission from 120 g CO2/km by 2005 or 2010 at the latest. In 1998 the European car industry (ACEA) made a voluntary commitment to reduce it to 140 g CO2/km (in new cars). As there is a difference of 20 g, the Commission estimates that there is scope to induce market changes to cover this gap by means of fiscal measures to motivate people to buy less polluting cars and increase the use of the public transport.


4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

CO2 taxes seem to be an effective way to improve travel demand. However, this economic instrument seems not to be enough to achieve the objective to improve the transport demand. CO2 taxes could be increased to combat air pollution, but an effective transport system has to be well implemented otherwise people cannot really see a benefit on them. The use of voluntary agreements is also a good and effective instrument to improve the transport demand. Fiscal instruments of environmental policy use the tax system to influence the behaviour of economic agent. But there is also a need to change the behaviour of the citizens to substitute the use of their cars by the public transport. Not only CO2 taxes will reduce the pollution and improve the transport system. Combating the original pollution source is the best instrument. Very often, related taxes can be very usefully implemented in combination with various policy instruments: voluntary agreements, command and control regulations or tradable permits. This seems to be an effective means to reduce air emissions. While legislation might take a long time to be effectively implemented, voluntary agreements, for instance, seem to be an effective and quicker way to combine with legislation, obtain positive results and they are even a more flexible instrument than the CO2 tax.


5. Examples / Further Reading

   

The Netherlands

(National level)

Cleaning up conventional vehicles and making them more energy efficient: Dutch government tries to speed up these processes by making the annual road tax more dependent upon energy consumption and stimulate the role of alternative fuels; this is especially the case of HDVs as it is not foreseeable that the emissions of diesel vehicles will come down to the level of CNG and LPG vehicles; the fuel tax for LPG for buses has been lowered and no vehicle sale tax is required for these buses anymore, nevertheless this measure was not very effective, that appears to be quite a reluctance to move to LPG.

Dutch government is going to use pricing mechanism to influence people’s choice; they try to internalise external costs into the trip-price for the traveller moving towards the “Variabilisation” (the traveller pays for the travelled distance and the used type of infrastructure); in this process the annual tax may disappear altogether and people will pay more for actual use of roads and space.

The primary instruments for the national authorities are fiscal (vehicle purchase tax, annual road tax, fuel taxes, subsidies, etc.) but they have to work within limits settled by EU: they cannot develop an independent emissions policy but are only allowed to stimulate technologies specifically in anticipation of European policies (e.g. emission standards) without leading to unfair competition (stimulating specific technologies is easily seen as such).

Fiscal instruments to stimulate the 3-ways catalyst have been used in the late 1980s long before it became mandatory by the EU: within half a year over 50% of all new vehicles were equipped with it and fiscal means were also effective to stimulate the use of unleaded gasoline.

(Local level)

Pay lane and road-pricing were heavily debated and the issue became very political: it is virtually impossible to implement it on a large scale but we may be able to set up pilot local applications and then use the results of that to make the discussion more open. The recent application of road pricing in London has significantly added value to the discussion within main European cities on this category of taxation.

Sweden

Fuel taxes: the tax on gasoline is divided in energy tax (about 60%), carbon dioxide tax (about 15%) and VAT (about 25%), whereas bio-gas and ethanol are only charged with VAT.

Annual vehicle tax: it would stimulate the use of lighter vehicles since it is related to weight.

Road pricing and Vignette/Cordon charge: it is a very sensitive political subject and there are not yet national roads where this policy is applied, though the required technology exist and was exported to other countries. Fuel tax exemption: biogas and electricity driven vehicles are exempt of fuel tax in order to decrease the operational costs.

France

Promotion of Electric Vehicles: the best way to promote EVs is evaluated to be the internalisation of external costs for users that means introducing restricting measures for non environment-friendly vehicles.

Belgium

A specific example on initiatives for the wider use of LPG in Belgium is reported as LPG promotion in Belgium (2000-2001)


Further Examples:

Car Parking - Park and Ride
Bicycle use

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Communication on Taxation of CO2 emission from cars, COM (02) 431.

· Communication on Voluntary Agreements, COM (02) 412.

· Proposal for a Directive on Taxation of energy products, COM(97)30, OJ C 139/97.

· “Study on the Economic and Environmental implications of the Use of Environmental Taxes and Charges in the EU and its Member States”. Final Report. Chapter 5, Nitrogen Oxides. ECOTEC in association with CESAM, CLM, University of Gothenburg, UCD and IEEP. April 2001.

· Final Report on “Economic Evaluation of a Directive on National Emission Ceilings for Certain Atmospheric Pollutants: Part A: Cost-effectiveness Analysis”. European Commission. International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis. Luxemburg and AEA Technology. November 1999.

· European Automobile Manufactures Association –ACEA. COM (98)495 final, July 29, 1998, p.33.

· OECD Website: Database on economic instruments in environmental policy.

· UTOPIA Project – Deliverable 10: Evaluation of policy aspects – November 1999.

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  LPG promotion in Belgium (2000-2001)

Example

   

From 2000 to 2001, a LPG promotion scheme was implemented in Belgium. As a specific taxation or fiscal regime is not easily organised (due to European legislation, which tends to harmonise taxation policy throughout the EU member states), the Federal authorities chose to partly refund the installation cost of an LP gas tank.

The car owners that recently installed new LPG tanks, had to prove this by submitting a complete application file. The installation needed to be done recently, using new tanks, and (always legally obliged) had to be done by a certified installer.

In total 12.000 car owners were reimbursed. In this way, the campaign reached its target. The LPG installation industry association agreed upon the number of 12.000. This was the threshold of what was feasible for certified LPG tank installers.

Although the scheme was a huge success, it was stopped and changed to a system where newly bought cars with LPG tanks received tax incentives. The number of cars bought by consumers directly from the factory with LPG gas installations, is rather small.

More information about LPG in Belgium: www.lpg.be (Dutch or French website)

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How can telematics help in improving air quality ?

2. Introduction

   

The word “telematics” covers a range of subjects which involve the control of traffic by electronic means. The most common is the use of traffic signals which can be integrated into a complete system so that one signal controlled junction does not work against another.

“Telematics” can also be used for providing information in the form of variable message signs to encourage road users to follow a certain course of action. Direct control by the addition of transponders in certain vehicles can provide information on their location or enable them to access some areas denied to other traffic.

The most promising possible application sectors for Telematics are:

· Urban public transport (vehicle localisation, service management, passenger information, advanced vehicle control, organisation on call basis, depot automation, payment with smart card);

· Management of freight fleet (on board terminals, operation centre, services integration with inter-modal terminals);

· Urban mobility management (access control, centralisation of intelligent traffic signals, road pricing, parking management).

The actions that may be performed by these systems are on:

  • The spatial distribution of the demand (better assignment of flows on the network);
  • The temporal distribution of the demand (trips Origin Destination matrix modification during time);
  • The user behaviour (increase of carrying capacity by moving upwards the flow-speed curve).

The results that may be reached are addressed to three components of the generalised costs:

  • time (reduced travel time);
  • comfort (better service quality);
  • safety (reduced accidents rate).

3. Discussion

   

In order to improve air quality it is necessary to control the quantity, speed and flow of traffic moving through an urban area. Traffic signals have been used for many years for controlling traffic flow at junctions but in more recent years integrated systems have been developed to link several junctions together to make them work in harmony and prevent congestion. This also has the effect of reducing pollution from standing traffic. During periods of poor air quality it may also be possible to use signals to hold back traffic queues away from pinch points to allow for congestion to clear, especially if the traffic is held in a more open area where pollutants are able to disperse more easily.

To modify the way people behave it is necessary to provide them with information. Encouraging drivers to use public transport because of poor air quality or congestion ahead may be effective, especially when located next to large car parks with good public transport links, e.g. Park and Ride. If the national transport regulations allow, it may be effective to encourage drivers to switch off their engines while waiting in traffic queues, for example at train crossings or swinging river bridges. Information on the number or parking spaces which are available in car parks can prevent needless searching from one car park to another, especially at times when the central car parks are full.

The use of transponders within vehicles can also be of value. They are able to provide the location of buses or other forms of public transport which can then accurately display the arrival time at bus stops. This is of benefit to the public and so may encourage them to use public transport rather than their own. Some municipalities may benefit from restricting access to general traffic to certain areas but allow public transport and emergency vehicles access through a light controlled or physical barrier which is activated by the transponder in the vehicle. If a municipality decides to charge for access to some parts of the city it may be more efficient to have "smart cards" in the vehicle which effectively "pay" for entry without having to stop at a physical barrier, which in itself would add to congestion.

The application of Telematics requires resources both for acquiring the basic data (network topology, flows, accidents, emissions, etc.), their elaboration (interpretation of phenomena by models) and communication to the driver (information, assistance, navigation, regulation and control) or, in case of full automation, to the automatic driving system (self regulation on-board, exchange of information among the vehicles, external integrated control).

The present state of the applied technology include for the passengers the possibility of:

  • Pre-information of car drivers on traffic condition on the various alternative paths to the destination, continuous assistance during the movement with possibility to book and acquire additional services;

Pre-information of public transport user about the arrivals of the vehicle and the amount of passengers on board.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Invest in an integrated traffic signals control system.

  • Explore the possibilities of providing variable messages which might persuade the public to leave their car at home, use public transport, or take alternative routes which will give rise to less pollution concentrations.
  • In highly sensitive areas, severe controls such as physical or financial barriers may have to be considered.

The main aspects to be further investigated are:

· Evaluation of fixed and variable costs for the various modalities, extensions, priorities and demand forecasts (financial and economical effectiveness);

· Possible respective levels of involvement of the public and the private sectors (enterprise risks and industrial feasibility) and

· Coordination and control by the public Authority of legislative regulation, road pricing and planning standards to be respected.


5. Examples / Further Reading

   

The national (Italian) telematic plan coordinateed by the Infrastructure and Transports Ministry is based on the Radio Data System to re-synthonize the receiver to the selected radio station during the movement and on the Traffic Message Channel to manage and send information to the drivers.

Other specific example templates were provided by Bristol, Gothenburg and Leipzig on:

· Parking Lead System in Leipzig


Further Examples:

Active Road-User Support (ARUS)

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   
  • Borgia E. – Appunti dal Corso di Pianificazione dei Trasporti (Parte III: L’analisi e la valutazione dei Progetti) – 1999/2000.
  • Guerci C.M. – Telecomunicazioni e Informatica per i Trasporti – Il Mulino, Bologna, 1996

Other examples in EU and National Projects:

· CENTAUR: Toulouse (France), Leipzig (Germany), Dublin (Ireland). Las Palmas (Spain) and Bristol (UK).

· EASY DRIVER: Autostrada Padova – Mestre (Italy).

  • ENTIRE: Venice (Italy).
  • FRUIT/RHAPIT: Frankfurt am Main (Germany).
  • GAUDY: Bologna (Italy).
  • JUPITER-2: Gent (Belgium), Heidelberg (Germany), Bilbao (Spain) and Merseyside (UK).
  • KVM: München (Germany).
  • POLIS: 5T Project in Torino (Italy) applies telematics to a variety of traffic control actions (environmental monitoring of air pollution levels and follow-up action to cut traffic if certain threshold are breached, public transport and emergency vehicles priority over private transport depending on traffic levels, real time information to users of public transport and car parks).
  • SAGITTAIRE: Besancon (France), and Savona (Italy).
  • STORM: Stuttgart (Germany).

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Showcase bus routes and Integrated Travel Information

Example

   

Showcase bus routes

Showcase bus routes are bus services and their routes that have been targeted for comprehensive improvement. The idea is to create a dramatic improvement in the quality of the bus service so that it can be considered as a new form of transport. This page provides information about the 'showcase bus route' initiatives being progressed throughout the city.

Background to the Initiative

Bristol City Council is working in partnership with the local bus company to carry out a series of showcase route improvements in a planned programme over the next 5 years. Voluntary agreements between the Council and the bus company commit both parties to providing these improvements.

Features of a Showcase Bus Route

Showcase bus routes aim to raise the profile of specific services by improving the environment through which they pass. The aim of this is to increase the number of people using the buses and to assist the bus company to provide a reliable and frequent service.

Showcase bus routes include:

  • Raised pavements to ease access on and off buses
  • Real time information at each stop, providing details of approaching buses
  • Audio information to assist visually impaired people
  • New bus lanes
  • New bus shelters
  • New and enhanced traffic signals to give bus services priority
  • Restricted parking and loading regulations to help reduce congestion
  • Better timetable information including information at every stop along the route
  • Better promotion of the service
  • New low floor, environmentally friendly buses

Showcase schemes also aim to improve the bus service itself with:

  • Better reliability
  • Faster journey times
  • Greater frequency
  • Better quality vehicles
  • Better quality shelters
  • Clear information
  • Better ticket pricing and availability for trips involving more than one bus journey

Future developments will include quicker and easier ticket arrangements to speed up boarding times and improve passenger convenience.

Real time information

The programme

A total of five routes are to be upgraded as part of the showcase bus routes initiative in the next 5 years (to the 2005/06 financial year). This programme has been outlined in appendix 3.5 of the Bristol Local Transport Plan.

The first route to be upgraded is the 76/77 service between Henbury and Hartcliffe and was launched at the end of 2003.

The second route will be between A420 at Kingswood and A4018 Whiteladies Road. This will improve services running east / west across the city.

Funding

The Council is able to commit funds to these schemes from the transport budget awarded annually by the Government. This totals over £1million each year.

The Partnership arrangement that exists with the bus company ensures that they commit extra money to the specific services, for example, through investing in new buses and shelters.

The first route - service 76 / 77 Henbury to Hartcliffe

The first showcase bus route to be upgraded runs north / south across the city, from Henbury to Hartcliffe.

Parking and loading restrictions have been reviewed to standardise hours of operations, physical space requirements and signing and road marking. Through this review, the Council aims to:

  • minimise delays to public transport particularly in the morning and afternoon peak times,
  • reduce delays to all vehicles,
  • provide adequate loading / unloading facilities for all shops and businesses along the route,
  • provide short stay parking spaces for customers of local businesses,
  • provide parking for residents, given the need for short stay parking spaces as well, and
  • introduce restrictions which are consistent, easy to understand and easy to enforce, and that meet the needs of residents and businesses.

As with the bus lane along A38 Cheltenham Road, the Council is investigating the potential of prohibiting parking and loading along the showcase route between the hours of 0700 and 1000, and 1600 and 1830 Monday to Friday to allow the effective operation of bus lanes. Where 24 hour bus lanes may be appropriate, the parking restrictions would operate for all 24 hours and loading restrictions would operate during the busy periods.

Local circumstances may alter details, for example on Parson Street gyratory. Some local exceptions may also be appropriate, such as less restrictive loading periods in East Street, Bedminster.

Parking and loading restrictions will apply at all bus stops at all times to allow safe boarding and alighting of vehicles.

Integrated Travel Information Centre

Introduction to the ITIC project

The ITIC idea is very simple - to bring together all the sources of transport and travel information together in one place to assist the people of Bristol to travel around the city safely and efficiently. This involves providing real-time bus and rail information for public transport users and details of congestion and disruption on the city's road for motorists.

A number of individual systems already operate and provide information for different groups of people travelling around the city. The ITIC idea is to research and develop new ways of linking these systems to provide a comprehensive travel advice service for all types of travellers throughout the city, every day.

The Council's extensive consultation on the Local Transport Plan made it clear that there was a need to provide a high-profile, one-stop shop for local information and advice to business and individuals on transport-related issues.

Similar projects are beginning to appear in cities of mainland Europe, and Bristol wishes to build on this experience to pioneer a project in the UK.

The aim of the ITIC project

Real time arrival information

The aim of the Integrated Travel Information Centre project is to bring together a range of travel services to:

  • improve the management of Bristol's traffic and transport,
  • improve access to information on mobility and journey planning,
  • encourage more use of public transport, in particular those journeys using more than one type of transport.

To initiate the ITIC concept the council developed a project to establish a Travel Advice Screen for a strategic transport interchange location. The aims of this project were to:

  • develop new sources of travel information,
  • bring together existing travel information systems,
  • provide a high profile, high quality public interface to introduce the ITIC concept to the general public,
  • to demonstrate the necessary technology.

Clifton Down Shopping Centre was identified as an ideal location to pilot this element of ITIC as it:

  • is located on Whiteladies Road (A4018) - a major through route from north to south Bristol,
  • is adjacent to Clifton Down railway station which is served by the Severn Beach Line,
  • is served by a number of important rail link bus routes,
  • has a large integrated multi-storey car park.

The Clifton Down Shopping Centre Travel Advice Screen

The Clifton Down Shopping Centre Travel Advice ScreenThe Travel Advice Screen is sited in the public foyer area in Clifton Down shopping centre that has seating and other facilities such as telephones, children's rides etc. Due to it's central location, the screen is just 2 minutes walk from all forms of transport.

The screen displays a wide range of information, including:

  • real time arrival information for services on the Severn Beach railway line,
  • real time arrival information for rail link buses (routes 8 and 9 to / from Temple Meads railway station),
  • scheduled departure information for all other bus services serving the area
  • real time data from the City Council (see below),
  • multimedia presentations.

The City Council inputs information onto the screen in their capacity as highway authority. Such information includes details of:

  • temporary road closures or traffic restrictions,
  • roadworks,
  • details of accidents or emergencies,
  • major events.

The technical specification of the Screen is as follows:

  • four poly-silicon LCD modules mounted in a 2 x 2 arrangement,
  • total size 2 metres by 1.5 metres,
  • the display is virtually seamless with a gap of just 0.8 mm between each module,
  • the video wall represents the latest technology in display equipment and was selected for maximum flexibility in terms of the quality and variety of images that can be reproduced.

The Travel Advice Screen project was short-listed for an Interchange 2000 Award and contributed to Bristol winning a special commendation award.

Info Bus

TravelBristol Info BusThe info bus is one of the projects recently being progressed under the Vivaldi European project and integrated travel information centre umbrellas. The aim of this project was to develop a mobile travel information centre in an electric minibus to take some of the information available in the info centre in the city centre to local areas throughout the city.

The info bus is used for a variety of activities:

  • Consultation on proposed traffic and transport schemes e.g. new Home Zones
  • Advertising event information, e.g. roads closed for the Bristol Half Marathon; parking arrangements for the Bristol International Balloon Fiesta
  • Providing travel information
  • Corporate travel plan advice surgeries
  • Road safety education in schools

The info bus contains a variety of facilities to display and access information, including up-to-date and emerging computer, power and communication technologies.

i+ kiosks

i+kiosk10 new information kiosks are being placed around the city as part of the European funded Vivaldi project to improve access to information. These kiosks have been, or will soon be located in:

  • Lawrence Hill
  • Hareclive Road, Hartcliffe
  • Portway Park and Ride car park
  • Brislington Park and Ride car park
  • St Peters Rise, adjacent to Bishopsworth library
  • Bristol Zoo
  • Bristol University Students Union, Queens Road
  • Gloucester Road, Bishopston
  • Clifton Down Shopping Centre, adjacent to the Travel Advice Screen
  • North Road, Bedminster

These new kiosks will also launch the new information channel dedicated to traffic and travel news and information, including:

  • Road works and Events
  • Public Transport
  • Campaigns and Activities
  • Walking and Cycling
  • Community and Accessible Transport
  • Current Initiatives

The kiosks give you the opportunity to request further information by e-mail and post.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Active Road-User Support (ARUS)

Example

   

Active Road-User Support utilizes the new IT and ITS (intelligent Transport Systems) technologies by developing new services that enable individual travel choices. The aim is to limit the growth of traffic by 2010 and to increase its efficiency. The programme has already been implemented and the cost is about 500 billion SEK (55 billion EURO). Three objective domains are listed below:

a. Reduce number of unnecessary journeys

b. Reduce solitary car journeys

c. Guidance for road users and regulation of traffic

Many of measures are already existing some of them are:

  1. Information via traffic portal/working from home, delivery of goods to door. Mobility Office.
  2. Information via traffic portal/journey planner, wap, teletext. Mobility Office. Green travel card. Car pools. Cycle pools. Customer clubs. Intelligent car-sharing. Bus-stop/terminus information. Vehicle information signs. Company visits/tdm plans. Direct campaigns. Pooled distribution.
  3. Information and regulation by the KomFram-system (public transport information system). Roadside assistance. Park’n’ride. Traffic information via VMS. Congestion warning system. Traffic light regulation via spot. Traffic information centres.

More information of Active use- traffic support, www.trafikkontoret.se/

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  SMS Service for Public Transport (“SiMSALA-BIMMEL”)

Example

   

Leipzig’s public transport operator offers since 2002 a SMS service to inform passengers about departure times and journey details. By sending a SMS with the departure station and the final station, the customer receives an initial SMS reply giving him the details about his journey including the departure and arrival times. The service is advertised at all stations and is free of an extra-charge (only cost of sending one SMS).

SMS = short message service (mobile phones)

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Parking Lead System in Leipzig

Example

   

Since December 2002, the City of Leipzig possesses a parking lead system, hence an electronic system to lead drivers of motorised vehicles to a free parking garage close. The system includes ten garages with together about 4000 individual parking lots.

On the streets leading into the city, 25 stationary sings inform the driver about the system. 52 further dynamic signs indicate the number of empty spaces at sites close to downtown.

The total investment costs to build up the system were at 1,8 MEUR. The daily costs are shared between the City of Leipzig and the owners of the participating garages. The annual costs of the automatic system are estimated to be about 15 TEUR.

The City of Leipzig hopes that the system can contribute to a minimisation of traffic (vehicles circling through the inner city to find a garage) and thus of noise and emissions of air pollutants. The system shall also contribute to increase the attractiveness of the city for tourists and to improve the quality of life of its citizens.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Online Presentation for Public Transportation (OPPT)

Example

   

Leipzig’s public transport operator LVB (“Leipziger Verkehrsbetriebe”) runs a very complete online presentation (www.lvb.de). The following features help to facilitate and encourage the usage of public transportation:

  • Travel planer
  • Timetables of each station for download
  • Information on constructions and deviations
  • Daily gas prizes (comparison between the prize of a one-month ticket and 70 litres of gas)
  • Information about prizes
  • Information about events at Leipzig and how to get there by public transport

The website of the LVB has won the German marketing prize in 2002.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Tele shopping – Tele working – Home delivery

2. Introduction

   

Teleworking

Teleworking makes use of new communication and information technologies for more flexibility in the time and place of work. It is developing considerably across Europe, and has been supported by the European Commission in research and development and in employment policy initiatives. Teleworking has a considerable variety of forms. It includes employees working away from the workplace (e.g. at home) part time or full time, home based work freelancers, home based part time or temporary work as secondary activity, and mobile working neither in the work place nor at home.

Teleshopping – Home Delivery

Online shopping is a fast growing market. Forecasts for total e-commerce and online shopping all show very high growth rates for the coming years. Nevertheless, it is not foreseeable that online shopping will replace traditional commerce in a large proportion. Estimates mention a share of 5-7 % of retail trade by 2005 in Europe and the USA.

3. Discussion

   

Teleworking

In 1999 the total number of teleworkers in the EU was estimated by the European EcaTT project to be 9 million or 6 % of the workforce. Nordic countries are the most advanced. Status Reports of the Commission predict that European teleworkers will arrive to a 10,8 % of the labour force by 2005. Other forecasts are less optimistic though. The lack of consistent and agreed definitions is a main factor in the different perceptions of the evolution of teleworking.

As for the potential of teleworking to reduce transport, forecasts differ considerably as well, ranging from pessimism to over-optimism. The impact of teleworking on transport demand is related to travellers’ behaviour and to whether transport and telecommunication are substitutes or complements. The question is what teleworkers do with the time they save through teleworking: will this generate new trips? Any measure reducing traffic congestion can at the same time generate new traffic. Therefore it is primordial that telework is part of an integrated sustainable transport strategy. Even if teleworking is not the solution to today’s transport problems, it can help to reinforce other transport related measures in the field of transport demand management, such as traffic calming, parking regulations, access restrictions, and road pricing.

Teleshopping – Home Delivery

At least from a theoretical point of view, it seems quite clear that online shopping could lead to a reduction of transport demand. It is less evident however; whether this reduction could be really significant, given the fact the online shopping will take up only a small share of the market on the medium term. Even on the longer term this is doubtful, as conventional shopping bears other motivations beyond just ‘buying things’, such as social contacts, leisure etc. Still, as shopping trips account for 15 % of the total trips, potential effects on transport congestions are certainly there. Especially the development of online grocery shopping has potential, as this activity occurs much more frequently than other types of shopping. As the e-commerce and online shopping field is still very young, there are more questions than answers at the moment as to whether a significant transport reduction can be obtained. First, it needs to be investigated how much of the e-commerce has actually shifted from conventional shopping because only that share could account for transport demand reduction. An additional question refers to which part of the time saved by online shopping is used to make trips for other purposes. Another issue to be considered is the substitution of personal trips for conventional shopping by home delivery traffic of goods purchased online. “There is a general consensus in considering the delivery services organisation as the crucial issue for online shopping efficiency, not just from an environmental point of view (reducing traffic and emissions), but also from the perspective of economic feasibility of online shopping itself” (see (2) at the end of this document).

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Teleworking

Studies summarising the findings of surveys and pilot projects on teleworking give some estimates on the effects of transport. The results show shat there are no significant effects of teleworking on non-commuting travel, so that saving in total weekday trips is similar to savings in commuter trips. No effects have been observed on modal split, although some studies do show a reduction in terms of peak-hour trips. Some changes in the spatial distribution of trips have been found, as telecommuters tend to choose destinations closer to home than to work. Telecommuting also seems to bring about a reduction in trips chaining, as the trip to the workplace is eliminated.

A Belgian study looked into the savings in terms of congestion costs and energy consumption, as well as the reduction of some pollutants emissions due to the decrease of commuter trips. The study concludes that teleworking has a potential as a tool for reducing congestion and environmental effects of traffic but that further quantitative and statistical research is required.

Teleshopping – Home Delivery

With online shopping car trips from home to shops are replaced with van trips from distribution centres to home or car trips from home to pick-up points. At this stage, no general conclusions can be drawn yet about the effects on transport flows. Results can be completely different depending on local conditions such as urban structure, location of distribution centres and pick-up points, local transport network, etc. In terms of time, online shopping could contribute to some reduction of traffic peaks.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Teleworking

UK telework case study. Lyons, Hickford, and Smith (1998), taken from ‘A Purchase and A Chain. Impacts of E-Commerce on Transport and the Environment’, Report of Working Group 3 to the European Commission Joint Expert Group on Transport and the Environment, 2001. The study compares the participants travel behaviour “before” and “after” the introduction of the possibility to telework.

Effects on the number of trips and distance travelled

On teleworking days the number of commute trips is 0.2 and the travel distance 8 km. Before the introduction of teleworking the number of commute trips per day was 1.5 and the distance 51 km. Telework doesn’t increase non-commute trips. Another interesting finding of the study is that trips of other household members have not been increased on teleworking days, as could happen due to the increased availability of a car. These two findings counter the hypothesis, which suggests that the adoption of teleworking could result in an increase of other trips. A substantial percentage of the participants indicated that they sometimes teleworked half days. Part-day teleworking does not reduce total transport demand, but can contribute to the reduction of commuter trips at peak hours. From the results of the study, there is no evidence of a shift of commute trips from weekdays to weekends. The authors note that to obtain an estimate of the total effects of telework on transport demand it is necessary to know two variables: the frequency of teleworking and the adoption level. The average frequency of teleworking for the trial is 1.4 days/week. The colleagues of teleworkers were also asked about the acceptable frequency of teleworking. Up to 2 days/week was considered an acceptable frequency by a very large majority. These findings confirm that telework is considered as a part-time working practice. More difficult is to know the adoption level of telework. Definition problems are mentioned again as a reason for that. Taking into consideration the data included in the spring 1997 Labour Force Survey, home workers were a 4% of total employment in Great Britain. According to this figure and assuming a frequency of just 1.2 days/week the authors conclude: Existing teleworking has not made an appreciable impact on the problem of congestion in many urban areas in the United Kingdom and its potential success is therefore reliant upon a marked increase in teleworking uptake... The recruitment process suggests that teleworking uptake will be evolutionary rather than revolutionary…”

Effects on modal split, spatial and time distribution

No effects on modal split were studied due to the sample composition. A possible effect on the spatial distribution of trips was mentioned by the authors, but with very few empirical bases. As home substitutes the workplace, telework could result in a substitution of “suburb to central city work-related trips” by “suburb to suburb work-related trips”. Reducing the peak period traffic is underlined as one of the main effects of telework.

Interesting reading

Teleshopping – Home Delivery

Magasin de Quartier, Ile-de-France, Paris

The objective of this project is to reduce the number of home deliveries in dense commercial and residential areas by using local delivery depots. The ‘magasins de quartier’ are drop-off zones for transport operators delivering parcels ordered by any kind of communication means. Clients are informed about the availability of their products and can either pick them up or have them delivered at extra cost with non-motorised means of transport.

Source: BESTUFS – Best Practice Handbook Year 2001.E-Commerce and urban freight distribution (1)

More info: cboublil@ccip.fr

Caddy Home

Caddy-Home is the online supermarket for Brussels of Delhaize, a major supermarket chain in Belgium. Clients can order by telephone, fax or through the internet. Purchase products are delivered to the customer’s home at a fixed rate of ca. 7 €, at a day and time chosen by the client when ordering. Some 400 clients per day use caddy-Home. Its effects on urban freight or passenger transport have not been assessed so far.

Source: BESTUFS – Best Practice Handbook Year 2001.E-Commerce and urban freight distribution (1)

More info: http://www.caddyhome.be/

Tele-working – Travel For Work Cambridgeshire

Travel For Work is a partnership between the Cambridgeshire authorities and 57 member employers in Cambridgeshire to address their travel challenges and reduce the costs that travel imposes on the organisation and their staff. The bigger picture is a better environment and quality of life through reduced traffic congestion. The Travel For Work has an elaborated Tele-working strand, with its own website, fora and handbook. More info: www.tfw.org.uk/teleworking

Used Sources for this document:

  • ‘Internal Evaluation of the Telework Pilot in the Information Society and Employment DGs of the European Commission’, September 2000
  • BESTUFS – Best Practice Handbook Year 2001.E-Commerce and urban freight distribution (1)
  • ‘A Purchase and A Chain.’ Impacts of E-Commerce on Transport and the Environment’, Report of Working Group 3 to the European Commission Joint Expert Group on Transport and the Environment, 2001 (2).

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  How flexible working patterns can help to reduce air pollution - Bristol

Example

   

Bristol City Council has adopted a flexible working policy as part of Work Life Balance. This policy allows a variety of alternative working patterns to fit in with the complex lifestyles of working people today.

Some of these options may have a direct or indirect affect on air quality depending on the choice of transport of the employee. Below are some examples of these options.

1. Flexi time

Instead of keeping rigid start and finish times most employees of the City Council can stagger their start and finish times. These are often chosen to avoid the rush hour congestion peaks. By adopting an earlier or latter start and finish the journey time is shorter and smoother resulting in less pollution emitted from the vehicle.

2. Home working/teleworking

When it is possible for an employee to work some days at home there is the potential to remove one car from the road.

3. Working compressed weeks

It is possible for an employee to work their normal hours but compressed over 4 days of the 5 day week or 9 days of the 10 day fortnight. In this way another vehicle is removed from the road for one day.

4. Rolling leave year

From 1st April 2001, calculation of annual leave entitlement for new employees uses an individual employee’s council starting date rather than from a corporate leave year beginning on 1st April each year. This avoids the final rush for leave in March and spreads the impact of commuters over the year.

Many of these examples may seem small but as Bristol City Council is the largest single employer in the city (approximately 16,000), any of these measures when factored up by a few thousand may have a significant effect on air quality.

There may not appear to be any incentive for management to adopt these schemes but it can be pointed out that having some people start early and some finish late enables longer hours for customer contact and give the organisation a competitive edge and increase customer satisfaction.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Is car sharing effective to improve urban air quality?

2. Introduction

   

"Car sharing" is an international term for a scheme whereby several people share access to one or more cars. A car sharing service enables cars to be used in a “multi-owner" system run by a public or private association or user-owner cooperative. Instead of owning their own car people "rent" one, but under very different conditions to a car rental agency. With car sharing one has unlimited access to the common vehicles and pays according to self consumption.

3. Discussion

   

Car sharing allows vehicles to be used under particular conditions:

· The vehicle can be booked for very short periods (down to a minimum of an hour);

· The service is active 24 hours a day and

· The cost is calculated on the basis of both the time used and the number of kilometres covered, and it can also vary according to time bands.

A major difference with respect to car hire is that users must become, in first place, a member of the association before being able to use the cars. Consumption is calculated on the basis of the actual use of the car at rates which take into consideration, and differentiate, between the length of time the car is hired for and the number of kilometres covered. The charge made includes all costs connected with ownership and use of a car such as insurance, road tax, fuel, maintenance, repair and cleaning.

One primary difference between car sharing and private car ownership is the cost structure. While a privately owned car implies very high fixed costs and low variable costs, the opposite applies to car sharing, the fixed costs are low and the variable costs high. The cost structure of car sharing provides good grounds for cutting down on driving. The variable costs are three to four times higher than for a privately owned car. This difference fosters a far more conscious transport behaviour, where the means of transportation for each trip is closely considered. This also makes public traffic much more competitive, since bus and train fares become comparable to marginal costs that are three to four times higher. Since participants in car sharing tend to use other means of transport, they drive less.

The effect of car sharing is to reduce pollution, energy consumption, noise and traffic accidents. Car sharing shows one of the rare steps towards sustainable development of urban areas. It is a practical step to reduce the number of cars in the cities (it is estimated that each car sharing car replaces 5 to 6 private cars), winning back an enormous asset: public space. Also the pay-as-you drive system gives an incentive to reduce car driving, with a positive effect on urban air quality. In theory, the advantages of car sharing can be divided into three categories:

  • The environment is further protected because users of car sharing generally drive newer and smaller cars with low fuel consumption, which might not have been the case had they owned their car. Moreover, car sharing is primarily used for special transportation tasks involving transportation of more than one person (the so-called "car pooling").
  • Mobility benefits imply that more people gain access to greater mobility. People who previously had no car become able to participate in activities they could not participate in earlier.
  • Efficiency benefits entail financial benefits for both society and the individual user. This means that users of car sharing save money by not having their own car (for example they have no bother with maintenance and repairs). At the same time, society gains a number of infrastructural benefits in the form of changed transport demand.

Considering car sharing as an element of inter-modal (combined) transport behaviour engenders the most significant benefits. Using car sharing is advantageous for medium-distance trips, while using public means of transportation are better for long trips, and short trips are best taken on foot or by bicycle, local buses or taxi.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

The most important obstacles to car sharing are infrastructure, personal finance and behaviour patterns. To overcome these obstacles it is needed to:

· Integrate car sharing in local traffic planning;

· Closely cooperate with the collective traffic system;

· Give rewards for car owners who scrap their car in favour of car sharing;

· Make an intensive information effort and

· Further research into behavioural obstacles.

The infra-structural obstacles to car sharing primarily concern access to proper parking facilities in the cities and the lack of public traffic alternatives. The integration of car sharing in local traffic planning and close cooperation with the public traffic system is a necessary initiative if the use of car sharing is to increase.

The primary reason for private financial obstacles is that motorists tend to compare marginal costs and not total costs, thus failing to recognise the actual financial savings of car sharing. To this, financial costs should be added related to disposing of one’s car when one joins a car-sharing scheme. Initiatives ensuring or enhancing a general recognition of transport costs are desirable, just as a scrapping premium would help solve the problems related to car disposal.

The behavioural obstacles play a crucial role in relation to car sharing, but further studies are needed to identify the character of these obstacles and provide the means to remove them. Intensified information efforts will probably be of some help in removing the obstacles.

Car sharing is a measure that tends to reduce the emissions of all the types of pollutants since it causes in general a reduction in the number of trips made with both diesel (strong NOx and PM emitters) and gasoline cars (which are relevant CO and VOC emitters).

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

There are a lot of Car Sharing experiences in the World. The oldest ones are dated the 80s when some first voluntary experiences among privates were born.

Firstly motivated by the emerging environmental sensibility and the willingness to reduce the fixed operation costs of the private vehicles, Car Sharing became more and more a service with lower costs and higher performances in comparison with the private car possession.

During the 90s the Car Sharing increased significantly its market particularly in some countries of Central and Northern Europe. For the past years first experiences of Car Sharing are born also in North America and Asia. Presently in Europe the Car Sharing users are more than 100.000 in more than 400 towns, where more than 200 companies operate. In 1991 was also founded by the 5 most important companies the European Car Sharing Association (ECS) supporting the activities of the national organisations in Denmark, Germany, the Netherlands, Norway, Sweden and Switzerland.

The most important National experiences may be summarised as follows:

  • Switzerland. The Car Sharing appeared for the first time in Switzerland in 1987 based on a couple of vehicles and 30 users. The progressive strong development (rate of growth about 50% per year) of this transport concept over 10 years brought in 1997 to the fusion of the two largest cooperative companies (ShareCom and ATG) in the Mobility CarSharing Switzerland, that in 2001 managed a fleet of more than 1300 vehicles (13 different models) with over 30.000 users in 330 towns and villages all over the country and a fixed working staff of nearly 100 people.

The cars are normally located in more than 700 parking areas strictly integrated with the public transport network (250 of the parking areas are near railways stations). "Mobility Car Sharing Switzerland" is presently the biggest Car Sharing company in the World covering about 40% of the European market share.

  • Germany. The first Car Sharing organisation StattAuto was born in Germany in 1988. Today this company operates in Berlin and Hamburg and in 2001 managed a fleet of more than 300 vehicles (9 different models) with over 7500 users and a working staff of 25÷50 people. The cars are normally located in about 110 parking areas integrated with the public transport network (agreements with some public transport companies allow the fare integration) and companies interested to the progressive substitution of the Car Sharing concept to the management of a proprietary fleet. The second larger German Car Sharing company is StadtAuto established in Bremen in 1990 within an University research project that a launched a first fleet of three cars and 28 users. In 2001 StadtAuto managed a fleet of 80 vehicles located in 40 parking areas to the service of over 1700 users.

The Car Sharing companies presently operating in Germany are more than 60 in more than 90 towns with a global fleet of over 1000 vehicles and a users amount of more than 25.000.

  • The Netherlands. In the Netherlands presently operates more than 30 Car Sharing companies grouping a global amount of 25.000 users and 800 vehicles. Strong support to the Car Sharing comes in this country from the government starting from 1997, when the National Plan for Energy and Environment identified Car Sharing as a key issue against the strong increase of the motorisation.
  • Italy. Up to now the Car Sharing experiences in Italy are limited to a limited number of demonstrative experimentations in Bolzano, the province of Milan, Naples, Palermo, Turin and Venice (within the EU ENTIRE Project). Further projects are going to be implemented with the support of the Ministry of the Environment, which in 1998 (Decree on Sustainable Mobility) financed the incentives to municipalities willing to participate in the development of a common organisational and technological approach in order to reduce the initial high start-up costs. The involved municipalities are Bologna, Brescia, Florence, Genoa, Milan, Modena, Naples, Palermo, Perugia, Rome, Turin and Venice, which have founded a specific Italian Car Sharing (ICS) consortium.
  • Rest of the Europe. In Europe various further Car Sharing applications are ongoing in Austria (about 160 vehicles and 1600 users), Denmark (about 50 vehicles and 500 users), Scandinavian countries (about 125 vehicles and 4000 users), France (PRAXITELE project with about 50 vehicles) and United Kingdom.
  • Rest of the World. Outside Europe the largest Car Sharing applications are in Canada (about 100 vehicles and 1600 users), Singapore (about 20 vehicles and 500 users), USA and Japan.

One of the most interesting experiments of new city logistic concepts is the ELCIDIS project, which has been running from March 1998 till August 2002 in six European cities (Erlangen, Milan, Stavanger, Rotterdam, Stockholm, La Rochelle) and was aimed at proving the reliability of using hybrid or electric vans and trucks for urban distribution, in combination with the use of urban distribution centers. In this experiment the generally prevailing opinion about the technical disadvantages of hybrid and especially electric vehicles has revealed to be inconsistent. In these sites, vehicles operating from the UDC are able to run daily routes without interruption and are being recharged during their inactive night period. In spite of this, the vehicle investment costs will remain a very important obstacle if a substantial reduction is not foreseen. The French approach, where a split in costs is made between the vehicle and its batteries, is a firm step in the right direction, but has not yet been widely followed. In Italy, many cities are taking into higher consideration freight distribution problems and a lot of analysis and studies are being carried out in order to individuate the best solutions.

The most relevant Italian initiatives are being carried out in the cities of Genoa and Siena. Genoa Municipality has founded and organized a UDC serving the historical centre of the town; UDC is provided with a fleet of low environmental impact vehicles (electric or methane fuelled) whose dimension are small enough to well circulate in the narrow streets of the historical centre. A tele-matic and information system supports UDC activities such as monitoring of deliveries and vehicle positions, optimization of delivering tours, billing of goods arriving to the UDC. Most goods arrive at the UDC without any previous notice and do not use bar code, so that they have to be processed manually within the UDC. Contract conditions are to ensure delivering within three hours from the arrival to the UDC, so that deliveries are dealt by following a first-in first-out rule and no tour optimization is carried out, although the software system would make it available. In any case, carriers and retailers have declared their satisfaction for the service, while the UDC operators complain of the localization of UDC, which is too far from the area to serve, and of small vehicle size.

The delivery service is until now free and the Administration has in charge all extra-costs, but it is provided that in the future a payment fee will be requested for the service. It is supposed that stronger measures to limit access into the historical centre (no entry for non-ecological vehicles) could make suppliers use the UDC services even if they have to pay for them. For the experimental phase UDC operation has been given in charge to a local haulage company; at the end of the test three business management possibilities have been thought:

  • only one company (or co-operative), chosen by means of an invitation to tenders, will buy vehicles and software and will operate the delivery service, while the access to the zone will be limited but not completely forbidden;
  • only one company (or co-operative), chosen by means of an invitation to tenders, will operate the delivery service without buying any existing tool, while the access to the zone will be completely forbidden and
  • carriers can use the UDC tools supporting the operating costs.

The pilot project carried out by Siena Municipality has quite different characteristic from the Genoa’s one. In Siena the main feature is an Agency for City Logistics, which operates by means of an information and telematic platform (named eDrul), whose main tasks are:

  • booking, planning and management of logistics services;
  • information to delivery actors (retailers, consumers, logistics operators);
  • coupling long-range freight transport and urban distribution promoting cooperation between operators.

The eDrul platform is being experimented also in other European city as Lisbon, Heindhoven, and Aalborg. In Siena it is also linked to a private logistic base, which eDrul uses to manage delivery and route planning, delivery monitoring, data warehouse. By means of this platform the City Logistics Agency of Siena aims at carrying out a coordination both among transport operators and between logistic operators and their clients, in order to achieve the target of eDrul project, which is to increase the utilization rate of freight vehicles. As a matter of fact, Siena Municipality is planning to introduce a minimum load factor under which access in the inner city is not permitted. Other Italian towns, such as Roma, Florence, Bologna, are experimenting City Logistics features in the near future, though so far only studies and projects have been carried out.

Leeds City Council (UK) was a lead member of a European consortium formed to research methods of Increasing Car Occupancy (ICARO). In 1998 Leeds opened its first combined bus, cycle and High Occupancy Vehicle (HOV) lane. To use this lane cars you must have at least 2 people in them. This is one of the first urban uses of this approach in Europe and has been very effective. It has proved that a combined bus, cycle and HOV lane in an innovative urban application, as opposed to the more typical, inter-urban (i.e. motorway) application, is achievable.

Other examples are given in dedicated example templates:

Car sharing initiative in the municipality of Venice

Car Sharing – The Moses Project & The City of Bremen

Bristol Car Club

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

ECS European Car Sharing: http://www.carsharing.org/english/index.html (Five Car Sharing companies formed the umbrella organization, ECS, in 1991. Since then the membership has grown 50% to 60% annually. Today ECS has 40 participants, who operate shared cars for about 56,000 members in over 550 towns. At present ECS is represented in Denmark, Germany, Italy, Norway, and Switzerland).

The Car Free Cities Network: http://www.agenda21.bremen.de/carfree/ (The Car Free Cities network was launched in Amsterdam in March 1994. The Network's charter states that in order to achieve a healthier environment, improve traffic safety and promote more efficient use of energy, member cities must promote environmentally friendly modes of transport. The network now brings together about 60 cities from all over Europe).

MOSES is an EU project whose goals are to further develop and extend the concept of car-sharing in Europe. MOSES involves five Car-Sharing demonstration sites: Bremen, Palermo, London, Stockholm and Walloon Region. http://www.moses-europe.org/.

A car sharing service is currently being operated by ASM in Venice (the Municipal Agency for Mobility of Venice) with the final aim to discourage private car use. The service is based upon a fleet including electrical-powered cars and a complex system using telematics technologies for the automated management of the service. The web link is: http://www.asmvenezia.it/eng_interno/e_home.htm

City Car Club is a Car Sharing organization operating in Bristol (UK). City Car Club is currently supported by Bristol City Council and the EU Vivaldi project. A sophisticated telematics platform is deployed to automatically manage the booking operations and the access of the user to the fleet. http://www.smartmoves.co.uk/.

Other examples in EU and National Projects:

  • CENTAUR: Graz (Austria).
  • ENTIRE: Venice (Italy).
  • PRAXITELE: Saint Quentin en Yvelines (France).
  • SAGITTAIRE: Stavanger (Norway).
  • ZEUS: Bremen (Germany), Palermo (Italy), Stockholm (Sweden).

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Car sharing initiative in the municipality of Venice

Example

   

Since May 2002, the Municipality of Venice has joined the national initiative, financed by the Italian Environment Ministry (9.5 million Euro at national level), to create an urban car sharing service by means of ICS (Car Sharing Initiative). The organisation delegated by the Ministry to supply Cities with services and technical assistance to promote sustainable mobility. The most important requirements to receive the Ministry’s funds were: the presentation of a car-sharing Project (made by the operative partner that is ASM, the Municipal Agency for Mobility) approved by ICS and an economic investment, from the City, equivalent to the one’s requested as contribution to the Ministry.

The aim of the Car Sharing Project in Venice is to achieve the following objectives by proposing different travel behaviour:

  • a reduction in private vehicle use;
  • the boosting of collective transport vehicles use;
  • containment of energy consumption;
  • reduction in air pollution;
  • speeding up of city traffic.

Vehicles are collected and returned using an automatic self-service system based on a microchip card, that is made available when the user sign his contract. There are various types of vehicles which are all collected from and returned to four car parks in the Mainland (Mestre and Tessera) and one car park in the Venice Lido (here the fleet includes electric vehicles too).

Users only have to stipulate a contract where they undertake to observe all the rules for the use of the vehicles. Each customer is then issued with a smart card enabling him or her to use the vehicles.

Users must have first made a reservation before being able to pick up a car. Reservations are made through a call centre (24 hour service), and users must specify when and where the car will be picked up and returned. Thus the system enables users to use vehicles for one-way journeys; i.e. users are not obliged to return the car to the station where it was picked up.

Vehicles are picked up and returned using automated, self-service procedures. By placing the smart card near a windscreen mounted reader, the car door opens and the car can be used as if it were the user’s own property. After its use the car is returned to one of the stations provided for the service.

Types of car. The fleet comprises 22 cars made up of:

  • n. 3 natural gas Fiat Multipla;
  • n. 3 Ford Ka;
  • n. 3 Mercedes Smart;
  • n. 7 Opel Corsa;
  • n. 4 Opel Agila;
  • n. 2 hybrid natural gas/diesel Opel Zafira.

The type of vehicle used does not influence service costs.

Designated Parking Areas (see parking areas). Vehicles can be picked up and returned to the following stations:

MAINLAND:

  • Autorimessa Comunale - A.S.M. S.p.A - Piazzale Roma - Venice;
  • Park A.S.M. S.p.A. P.le Candiani - Mestre;
  • Marco Polo Airport - Tessera;
  • V.le S. Marco, n. 154 (near the law courts) - Mestre;
  • P.le Leonardo da Vinci (first 3 numbers to the left of the car park entrance) - Mestre.

VENICE LIDO:

  • Gran Viale S. Maria Elisabetta;
  • Riviera S. Maria Elisabetta;
  • Lungomare Guglielmo Marconi.

Customers can make use of either circuit but in no circumstance can a car be taken outside its specific territorial area (mainland or the Venice Lido).

Costs. At present no membership fees are envisaged. A deposit of € 15.50 is only required for the issue of the smart card. The rates are based upon the time for which the car is used and the mileage clocked up. One hour costs € 2.58, vat included, and per kilometre € 0.26. The costs regarding insurance, fuel and parking in authorised car parks are obviously included.

Payment is made upon the receipt of an invoice issued by A.S.M. Spa, at the conclusion of the service and calculated on the use made of the vehicles.

Facilities. In addition to the foregoing advantages, membership also entitles users to:

  1. transit and park in "controlled-traffic areas";
  2. use preferential lanes and/or reserved lanes within the territory of the Venice Municipality;
  3. park free-of-charge in metered-parking areas (i.e. "blue-stripe area") and in ground-level parking areas managed by A.S.M. S.p.A.;
  4. travel in the so-called "odd-even car-registration days" (the vehicles included in the service are expressly exempt from this measure).

In order to guarantee identical rights for all car-sharing customers in other Italian cities, starting from August 19th 2003, the city of Venice’s car-sharing system will officially form part of the national car-sharing circuit, designed and set up by the Ministry of the Environment.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Car Sharing – The Moses Project & The City of Bremen

Example

   

The European MOSES project (Key Action ‘City of Tomorrow’) aims at developing and further extending the concept of car sharing in Europe. Special emphasis is put on the integration of car sharing in urban planning and development. MOSES is defining a set of technical and non technical (e.g. financial, regulatory) incentives to foster the diffusion of car sharing. Such incentives should be applicable to the geographical, socio-economic and cultural conditions encountered in the different regions of Europe. A substantial effort is put in the development of new technologies improving the overall quality of car sharing services. User needs of existing and potential car sharing users and the impact of car sharing on the quality of life are being investigated. MOSES has set itself the ambitious target of achieving 12.000 car sharing users by the end of 2004.Demonstrations are going on in Bremen, Genoa, Palermo, London, Stockholm, and Walloon Region (www.moses-europe.org).

In particular, the city of Bremen is one of the fore runners of car sharing in Europe. Started in 1990, car sharing in Bremen has developed into a modern, convenient and reliable service, which in conjunction with public transport in some cases offers even more flexibility than the private car. In 2001 more than 2400 clients were using the mobility service of the car-sharing operator Cambio. More than 40 locations allow access to the cars at any time. Bremen is constantly developing the technology, service quality and density of the network of car sharing stations to provide even more reliable, flexible and immediate access to car sharing services. Main new working areas at the moment are: booking via mobile phone, open end booking and instant access, integration with public transport and integration into urban development. A single card for public transport (electronic ticketing), Car-Sharing (electronic touchless access) and an electronic purse to pay for small items e.g. bread, newspapers etc. has also been launched. The name of this versatile card is Bremen Carte Plus, while the initiative is called in German: an egg-laying-wool-milk-sow.

Source:

www.moses-europe.org

www.eierlegendewollmilchsau.com.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Bristol Car Club

Example

   

The UK has an organisation called Car Plus which is a car club network. There are 29 cities with operational car clubs and 7 are being developed.

Bristol City Car Club has 150 members and 12 cars. The cars are located at 12 sites across the city with plans to expand the scheme across the whole over the next few years. With support from Bristol City Council, the Car Club will contribute to the city's sustainable transport programme.

The Club will be supported for the next four years by Bristol City Council and the Vivaldi project, a four-year European Commission funded programme aimed at developing joined-up, environmentally friendly transport improvements. At the end of the four-year contract the Car Club aims to have cars in 16 areas of the city. As the scheme expands the range of incentives for members will continue to grow. The transport operator “First” currently supports the scheme by providing reduced rate bus travel to members.

Further parking spaces will be made available in response to patterns of demand.

Car clubs provides all the advantages of owning a new car – with none of the drawbacks. Members have convenient local access to a vehicle when they need one and only pay for the time it is in use. Vehicles are parked in reserved parking spaces, close to homes or workplaces and can be booked for as little as one hour or up to a few days. Bookings can be made either through the Internet or by telephone, weeks ahead or as short as half an hour before a car is needed. The cars available are generally small and mainly intended for short-term usage from one hour to a day. If a longer hire is required there are special rated negotiated with local hire companies.

All vehicles are serviced and maintained by the Car Club. Membership also includes comprehensive insurance.

Using the car is a simple process of booking by phone or Internet. The car is located in a secure area close to where the members live. It is unlocked by a personal smart card.

A Personal Identification Number (PIN) is typed onto a keyboard in the car which records the user, duration of use and the distance travelled.

The car can then be driven away.

There is an annual fee to be a member and then an hourly rate for the hire and a charge for the fuel used. The table below gives an example of the costs for a small car.

National Rates

Fixed Costs

Membership fee

(includes comprehensive insurance)

Year 1

£12 €18 per month (£140 €209 per year)

Subsequent years

£11 €16 per month (£125 €129 per year)

Additional member, same household

£6 €9 per month (£70 €105 per year)

Subsequent members

£25 €37per year – no deposit required

Returnable deposit

£100 €150 (This is to protect the Car Club against any unpaid fees or fines, which will be refunded if you leave the Club, as long as all outstanding bills have been paid)

Cost per journey

Corsa

Hourly rate

£2.30 €3.50

24 hours

£26.00 €39.00

Additional hours

£0.80 €1.20

Returns to hourly rate after 62hrs

£2.30 €3.50

For longer hire periods discounted rates are offered through a local car rental partner.

Mileage charge (includes fuel and VAT)

Corsa

First 100 miles

£0.15 €0.22

Any mileage over 100 miles in one trip

£0.11 €0.16

Members receive a monthly invoice, incorporating a VAT breakdown and itemising the amount payable for all trips made. A running total can also be viewed through the internet, so that they can keep track of their costs before the bill arrives.

Further information can be found at:

www.smartmoves.co.uk

www.carclubs.org.uk

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Traffic Measures: Better Traffic Management

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
Improvement of Air Quality by Traffic Management
 
Dosing traffic in Utrecht
Area restrictions to polluting vehicles (Environmental zones)
 
Environmental Zone
Freight Transport in Utrecht
Freight transport in an environmentally-friendly way
 
District heating in Utrecht
Freight transport and goods distribution management in Göteborg
Freight Transport in Utrecht
Freight Transport Centre in Leipzig (“Güterverkehrszentrum”)
Tolls and Road Pricing
 
Tolls and Road Pricing in Bristol
The Use of A Toll Road in Birmingham, UK to Improve Air Quality

Overview of Issue

  Overview to appear here

Last Updated


 

30th November 1999

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Improvement of Air Quality by Traffic Management

2. Introduction

   

Accessibility of urban areas is mostly reduced by traffic congestion. Traffic congestion causes hot spot air pollution. Traffic management is necessary for improving accessibility as well as for improving air quality. An issue to solve is the fact that there is the possibility to have a difference between the road capacity calculated from a traffic science point of view and the road capacity based on air quality standards.

Reducing the amount of car traffic can be done by stimulating people to use bicycles and public transport. This modal shift can be achieved by pricing schemes, giving incentives or information. This measures also can be used to reduce traffic congestion.

Dividing and dosing traffic is done by tuning traffic lights. It gives the possibility to choose where cars can ride on and where they have to wait.


3. Discussion

   

The demand to use cars is, in general, not in line with the capacity of the road system, specifically in certain peak periods. Adding more infrastructure will lead to more cars. So there always will be traffic congestion somewhere.

For the accessibility of urban areas and the urban environment it is important that bicycle traffic and public transport experience no delays caused by congestion traffic. Car drivers should be aware of this and they should be informed about expected delays before they start their trip, at home. In this regard, they can choose another means of transport, another destination, another time to travel or another route.

When they have chosen to use their car, they should be informed about available routs, free of congestion, best speed (green wave principle) and available parking places at their destination.

With these specific aims, traffic management systems are presently available with the following specifications:

Information for car drivers:

· Trip planning (pre-trip): e.g. for modal choice;

· Real time or (on-trip information on routes and traffic: e.g. for real-time infrastructures (roads and parking areas) condition;

· Navigation and driving assistance (on-trip): e.g. for path choice and

· Personal communication (on-trip): e.g. for emergency call.

For the management of a traffic network:

· Global network traffic control: e.g. traffic forecasts;

· Local areas traffic control: e.g. exclusive use of lanes or tunnels;

· Parking management: e.g. parking places availability;

· Environment conditions monitoring: e.g. pollution levels;

· Road conditions monitoring: e.g. state of the running surfaces;

· Special events forecasts: e.g. extraordinary high flows;

· Safety and security: e.g. emergency call management;

· Infrastructure maintenance: e.g. maintenance actions management and planning;

· Road pricing: e.g. fares calculation and

· Enforcement: e.g. restricted areas violating vehicles identification.

As stated before, the current transport system will know traffic jams at certain moments and times.

The main question is where to accept congestion and queues. Nobody is interested in having them “in their back yards”. A current trend is Highway authorities try to avoid traffic jams on the highways by limiting access to the highways and separating through traffic from regional traffic (e.g. stimulate and organise the use of parallel ways). This brings the problems to a lower governance level, in particular cities and municipalities. So around the approach roads should be some buffer space for dosing incoming traffic.

Companies and travellers compare the accessibility of cities. Companies put pressure on cities to improve the car accessibility. So the car accessibility of a city cannot be much worse than other cities. Also the parking prices are limited by the competition position of the city.


4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· The amount of parking places must be in balance with the infrastructure. Too many and too little parking places lead to stagnating traffic.

· Introduce paid parking with higher prices in the middle of the town.

· Benefit cycling and public transport at traffic lights.

· Inform about traffic jams (radio/sms), free ways (radio/sms), best speed (signs) and available parking places (signs).

· Try to find suitable places for stagnating traffic. The delay has to be predictable at the moment a car joins at the back and inform about better alternatives. It can be the right place for a transfer station.

· Determine the road capacity based on air quality and noise standards and use traffic lights to dosage the traffic.

· The main barriers to be faced for the full applicability of both families of systems: car driver assistance and traffic management systems may be summarised in:

a. Partial correspondence between systems performances and transport management requirements (mainly due to the import of technologies from other sectors);

b. General lack of information on performances of the technological systems and their development state;

c. Critical mass problem: duality between absence of demand and absence of offer;

d. Partial correspondence between costs supporter and benefits acquirer;

e. Complexity of technological and organisational integration of different systems and technologies;

f. Fragmentation of public decision centres;

g. Inadequacy of existing laws and regulations;

h. Potentiality of reduction of the personal freedom and privacy.


5. Examples / Further Reading

   

· Main related projects within the EUREKA European Research Programme (since 1985): DEMETER, EUROPOLIS and PROMETHEUS.

· Main related projects within the DRIVE I European Research Programme (1988-1991): ASTERIX, FLEET, IMPACT, MONICA, ODIN, SECFO, SMILER, TARDIS.

· Main related projects within the DRIVE II European Research Programme (since 1992): ACCEPT, ADEPT, ADS, ARIADNE, ATT-ALERT, CASH, CITIES, COMBICOM, DETER, DYNA, EMMIS, EUROCOR, GAUDI (including test sites in Barcelona, Bologna, Dublin, Marseille and Trondheim), GEMINI, HERMES, HOPES, IFMS, KITS, LLAMD, MARTA, MELYSSA, METAFORA, MIRO, PLEIADES, PROMISE, QUARTET (including test sites in Athens, Birmingham, Goteborg, Stuttgart, Toulouse and Turin), QUO VADIS, ROSES, SCOPE, SOCRATES and TESCO.

· Related Project within the THERMIE European Research Programme: ANTARES.

· Related Project within the VALUE European Research Programme: FIESTA.

· Main related projects within the European Research 4th Framework Programme: ASSIST, ATHOS, CARPLUS, CHAUFFEUR, CLEOPATRA, CONCERT, CONVERGE, COSMOS, CROMATICA, DACCORD, EUROSCOPE, FAR AWAY, FORCE, HANNIBAL, ICARE, INFOTEN/INTERMATRIX, MANTEA, MARCO, MORANE, QUARTET Plus, ROSIN, SAMPO, SAVE, SHIDDESS, SURFF, UDC.

· Main related USA Research programmes and projects: MOBILITY 2000, PATH, PATHFINDER and SMART CORRIDOR.

· Main related Japanese Research programmes and projects: AMTICS, ATICS, CACS, RACS.

Further Examples:

Dosing traffic in Utrecht

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· ATC Bologna – Sistemi di supporto alla pianificazione del trasporto pubblico – Salone del traffico e della mobilità, Bologna, 10-13.02.1994.

· Bijesterbos J.W.M., Zijderhand F. – SOCRATES: a dynamic car navigation driver information and fleet management system – Philips Journal of Research, 02.1995

· CORD Project V2056 – Recommended Definitions of Transport Telematics Functions and Subfunctions – Deliverable D004, part 3, 1994.

· ECMT-ERTICO – Road Transport Informatics. Institutional and Legal Issues – ECMT, 1995.

· European Commission – Transport Telematics in Cities. Experience gained from urban pilot projects of the Transport Telematics sub-programme under the 3rd Framework Programme (1992-1994), 1995.

· Frost & Sullivan – U.S. Intelligent transportation Systems (ITS) Market – First Update, 1995.

· Guerci C.M. (a cura di) – Telecomunicazioni e informatica per i trasporti. Tecnologia e mercato al 2005. ISFORT, Il Mulino, 1996.

· Ministero dei Lavori Pubblici (coordinamento) – Piano Nazionale Telematica 1996-2000, 1995.

Other examples in EU Projects:

· CENTAUR: Toulouse (France), Leipzig (Germany), Dublin (Ireland), Naples (Italy), Barcelona and Las Palmas (Spain) and Bristol (UK).

· ENTIRE: Caen (France) and Venice (Italy).

· JUPITER-2: Gent (Belgium), Aalborg (Denmark), Heidelberg (Germany), Bilbao (Spain) and Merseyside (United Kingdom)

· NGVeurope: Eslov (Denmark), Dublin (Ireland) and Gothenburg (Sweden).

· SAGITTAIRE: Bruges and Leuven (Belgium), Besancon (France), Savona (Italy), Stavanger (Norway) and Sintra (Portugal).

· OSCAR: city reports (2003)

· References in the Netherlands: http://www.vrom.nl and http://www. infomil.nl

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Dosing traffic in Utrecht

Example

   

How do you persuade about four thousand motorists to change their old trusted route? The municipality of Utrecht chose for a simple, but drastic solution. The traffic lights on the Catharijnesingel, an important connecting road, give very short green times. And that helps. In a few weeks time the number of cars and trucks diminished by twenty percent. Enough to meet the air quality standards.

Adapting the traffic lights was the only way to meet the standard (limit value plus margin of tolerance/ LV+MOT) for nitrogendioxide. The Catharijnesingel forms a narrow connection between four busy, wide roads. And big trees are creating a roof of foliage under which the air pollution is accumulating. Adaptation of the road profile to the traffic is undesirable. One short traffic diversion leads to new problems. Moreover such measures cost a lot of money. The principle of dosing lights is simple. They give very short green times and let pass a limited number of cars.

Because of this motorists are persuaded to take other routes by way of wider roads with a better air quality. Put another way: you disperse the traffic to several, better routes. The implementation of the measure proved to be more difficult. The first question cropping up was which green times are the most appropriate. Do you shorten them gradually, so motorists can get used to the measure? Or do you do what is necessary right away with the risk of a sudden impact. The project team choseto make the change all at once, because it is difficult to turn off the tap when you get many complaints. The team found it difficult to estimate what impact the measure would have on motorists. In advance the team informed them with notice-boards on the Catharijnesingel and Venuslaan. But that did not help very much. On the first day the measure became effective, there were as many cars as before. Motorists had noticed the boards, but they did not attach consequences to it. And then the telephone was red-hot.

notice-board Venuslaan: dosing traffic

dosing light

People did not understand the relation with air quality. Now how can this? We are puffing all together before the traffic light!, was a much-heard response. So the team had to explain that the intention is to remove a part of the traffic to a number of routes with a better air quality. And that stagnation at the dosing lights on the Catharijnesingel and Venuslaan causes no problems for local air quality by the wide profiles combined with open building or by the absence of houses. Of course the total emission increases by the longer waiting time, but that impact is negligible at urban level. This shows that communication is very important. With hindsight more information resources should have been put on. Now, after a few months, motorists have got used to the situation. The municipality of Utrecht is satisfied with the results. The traffic on the Catharijnesingel has already decreased by twenty percent. Now the yearly average concentration is just 1 ug/m³ above the standard (LV+MOT) for nitrogendioxide. By the time the limit value for nitrogendioxide becomes effective, Utrecht will meet the limit value.

20% less traffic on the Catharijnesingel


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Area restrictions to polluting vehicles (Environmental zones)

2. Introduction

   

All European cities face air quality requirements derived from national air quality strategy objectives. The progressively strict EU vehicle emission standards have helped a lot to improve the situation over the years. But still many cities with unfavourable climatic circumstances often surpass the air quality standards especially with respect to PM and NOx from heavy goods vehicles and are forced to take additional measures. This also goes for tourist centres, although here the problems are less due to HDVs. Individual measures such as banning odd/even number plates on odd/even days or car-free days are not sufficient. Permanent institutional, planning and technical solutions are needed.

Old cities often have a central area with narrow streets where traffic has increased to a non desirable volume causing air pollution, noise and congestion. Most city centres, old or young, have the same problem. Road traffic often stands for 50-70 % of the air pollution. This is a situation facing many who are responsible for city planning, traffic and air quality management. Transport is needed for residents living inside the area and for goods delivery to shops and enterprises. Primarily the transport need should be minimized but increasing the use of low-emitting vehicles is another way to improve air quality.

The 2000 EU CANTIQUE study and a study by the UK Transport ministry found a low-emission zone to be the most cost effective tool for meeting air quality standards.

At a smaller scale pedestrian areas and silence areas near hospitals can also be mentioned as nucleuses of low emission zones.


3. Discussion

   

What kind of vehicles should you aim at? The most drastic measure is to ban all motor vehicles or certain types of vehicles with internal combustion engines in a smaller or larger area where it is motivated regarding health, safety or preservation of buildings and monuments. An environmentally sensitive area contains many apartment buildings, streets heavily used by pedestrians and cyclists, parks or green areas easily harmed by the traffic. Of all vehicles the most polluting and noisiest vehicles are old Heavy Duty Vehicles (trucks and buses) equipped with diesel engines. The diesel exhaust gases are cancerous and contain much particulate matter and nitrogen oxides. If the environmental quality of these vehicles can be improved much will be gained. Particle filter, catalytic converter and equipment for reduction of NOx can reduce the emissions. Exchange of the engine is another way. New vehicles should preferably fulfil both the European environmental class and noise requirement.

The European cities forming the “Car-Free Cities Club”, established in 1994, work towards reductions in urban car use and possibly a complete ban on the use of private car during working hours in inner cities.

Is it worthwhile? Environmental zones in Sweden, as recommended, has led to particle emissions being reduced by 15-20 %, hydro carbon emission being reduced by 5-9 %, nitrogen oxides emission being reduced by 1-8 % during the first year after the zones were established.

It is important to recognise, however, that, despite an improved local environment, car free inner cities will only generate a very small share of the required reduction of CO2, because the greatest part of the present urban transport and its expected growth are localised in the urban regions outside the inner cities.

Economy. Through comparing the environmental gains achieved with the costs incurred by the companies an assessment can be made of the net profits or loss to the society. There are different ways to calculate this. The Swedish cities judged the total gains to be greater than the costs to the society.

Obstacles? Before any further steps to declare a certain area Environmental Zone, with requirements for heavy traffic, the legal aspects of course need to be checked for any hinder or limitation.


4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Low emission zones are a promising institutional solution to provide positive surroundings for environmentally optimised urban and traffic planning and the diffusion of emissions after-treatment and clean vehicle technologies.

In order to reinforce each other institutional and technical aspects it is necessary that scale-effects step over a certain threshold. A European wide approach is therefore necessary. Into more details the main recommendations arising seem to be the following:

  • Differences in the local approaches have to be searched in the four components: geographical extent, types of vehicles to be targeted, emissions criteria and operational issues;
  • To overcome acceptability issues by means of proven effective as well as innovative means of communication and stakeholder participation such as European Awareness Scenario Methodology;
  • To use integrated urban and traffic planning in order to optimise low-car-use and stimulate "slow traffic" (walking and bicycle use) and public transport ridership;

· To develop the necessary supporting technologies for vehicle recognition;

· To evaluate the effects on air quality, the economic and transport impact, the public acceptability, costs, benefits and funding of the zones;

· To define the sensitive area where you plan to introduce special requirements for heavy duty vehicles equipped with diesel engine (e.g. vehicles with a gross weight of more than 3.5 metric tons should not be allowed to enter the zone if they are older than 8 years) and

· Age of the vehicle and its allowance to run must be verified by a sticker provided by the municipality (exemptions from the age requirement may be made for vehicles: according to Euro IV, with approved after-treatment device, exchanged engine, etc).

Moreover, the most part of present and future traffic is and will be concentrated in more peripheral urban areas; therefore the progressive extension of low emission zones to these districts, in coordination with selected accompanying measure is recommended.

Low emission zones allow a reduction of all the main urban air pollutants since they impact the emission of both diesel (NOx and PM strong emitters) and gasoline vehicles (strong CO and VOCs emitters).


5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Kuopio (Finland)

In Kuopio, an attempt to modify the urban structure in order to reduce the dependence on the car is developed. An analysis of the pattern of urban growth between 1960 and 1990 showed suburban growth in scattered settlements outside of the historic core and a low density new town. The new urban development plan is focused on infilling previously isolated settlements with car-free nuclear neighbourhoods served by a reorganised bus transit system.

Bremen (Germany)

Bremen is developing a neighbourhood without cars (Hollerland). The idea arose from a study of the space requirements of moving and parked cars. Almost a quarter of the entire estate can be used for other purposes as no parking space is supplied: usually 40% of the road space is required for parking, which can be reduced to about 17% with the car free scheme. The residents plan a car-sharing scheme for use.

Rome (Italy)

In Italy the access to the zones is generally restricted to public interest vehicles and private cars owned by residents and shops operators. A major problem is access control, which requires vehicle recognition as well as enforcement and policing. Public acceptability has often been low, leading to infringements and protests. In Rome, the limited traffic zone has been progressively extended to a large area within the ring railway line (12,5 km2 corresponding to 5% of the whole town surface and where about 50% of the whole traffic volume is concentrated). Starting 2002, the area is off-limits for non-ecological diesel private vehicles (out of 91/441 EC) and non-catalytic gasoline private vehicles (out of 91/441 EC). Moreover, all electric vehicles have free parking duty in the whole town.

Sweden

The major four cities in Sweden have implemented “miljozones” which restrict access to designated areas to the cleanest generation of trucks. The success of the approach will lead to enlargement of the zones and including more types of vehicles. The zones have helped introduce emission after-treatment technologies on buses and trucks. A remaining problem is how to deal with cross-country traffic, which requires a European approach. The four Swedish cities now are discussing an extension of the regulations also to comprise light vehicles, setting up demands for the vehicles operating on fuel other than petrol or diesel for more than 50 % of the time. Commercially available alternatives are electricity, ethanol E85, oilseed rape RME, natural gas, biogas and propane.

Ticino (Switzerland)

In summer 2001, the Swiss province of Ticino launched the "VEL2" programme for promoting efficient vehicles, which includes a large number of communicating, financial and educating measures. In this context, the two Ticino cities Bellinzona (Ticino capital) and Lugano are planning to implement zones with a limited or favoured access for the targeted vehicles.

Zurich (Swizerland)

The City of Zurich is studying different approaches for limiting access for both, passenger cars and goods transport. For the latter the objective is to build transhipment terminals at the entrance of the City, from where goods will be distributed into the inner City by clean vehicles.

London (United Kingdom)

The City of London is investigating the feasibility of low emission zones to reduce air pollution. The study provides information on the implementation, operation, air quality effects, economic impact, transport impact, public acceptability, costs, benefits and funding options for low-emissions zones (LEZ) and defines them as an area from which polluting vehicles that do not comply with set emissions standards are barred from entering.

Other examples:

Environmental Zone

Further Examples:

Freight Transport in Utrecht

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Rules for Environmental Zones: http://www.trafikkontoret.goteborg.se/ (click ‘Miljö’ and then ‘Miljözon’, you will find a pdf file in English, describing the regulations).

· Trendsetter website: http://www.trendsetter-europe.org/index_id_486, see under Reports/Reports by language (here attached):

· Environmental zones in Europe (http://213.131.156.10/xpo/bilagor/20030509053222.pdf)

· Clean vehicles in Europe (see also the section Traffic Measures: Cleaner Vehicles): (http://213.131.156.10/xpo/bilagor/20031106012151.pdf)

The same website gives examples of the Environmental Zone in Prague (CZ) (in environmental zones access heavy vehicles might be exempted, or for old vehicles with higher emissions than modern ones), Strolling Zone in Graz (Austria) (in strolling zones motor vehicles are completely prohibited, or allowed only during restricted hours, for example for deliverances in early mornings) and Car-free zone in Pécs (HU).

· TELLUS Project: Transport and Environment Alliance for Urban Sustainability (Cleaner and better transport in cities. Sustainable urban transport for the Europe of tomorrow http://www.tellus-cities.net/index_13_en.html. Five European cities keen to demonstrate that integrated urban transport policies can significantly contribute to fighting today’s traffic problems in Europe: Rotterdam (the Netherlands), Berlin (Germany), Gothenburg (Sweden), Gdynia (Poland) and Bucarest (Romania). The project started in February 2002 and will run for 48 months.

· City of London low emission zones website: http://www.london-lez.org/

· Feasibility study for the City of London (to be downloaded): http://www.london-lez.org/documents/phase_2_feasibility_summary.pdf

· UK clear zones website: http://www.clearzones.org.uk/

· Guidelines for the implementation of Clear Zones: http://www.clearzones.org.uk/home.htm, section “Publication”

· Example of Nottingham (UK) Clear Zone: http://www.nottinghamclearzone.com/

· City of Palermo – Limited Traffic Zone: Interesting Website to visit: http://spazioinwind.libero.it/ambientepalermo/Environmental%20Unit%20STATEMENT.htm (Contact details: Antonio Mazzon Email: amazzon@kadmos.com)

· VEL2 Ticino programme: http://www.vel2.ch/

· UTOPIA Project – Deliverable 10: Evaluation of policy aspects – November 1999

· Clear Zones: 5th Annual Conference “From vision to reality” Clear Zones development and the impact they are achieving on the ground. Nottingham Council House (11th March 2004) http://www.clearzones.org.uk/home.htm

· Clean Vehicles and Fuels European Symposium and Exhibition (1-4th June 2004) http://www1.stocon.se/wms/9/10334.asp

Other examples in EU Projects:

  • CENTAUR: Barcelona (Spain) and Bristol (UK).
  • ENTIRE: Caen (France).
  • JUPITER2: Gent (Belgium), Aalborg (Denmark), Bilbao (Spain) and Merseyside (UK).
  • SAGITTAIRE: Besancon (France), Luxembourg (Luxembourg) and Sintra (Portugal).

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Environmental Zone

Example

   

See here for details.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Freight transport in an environmentally-friendly way

2. Introduction

   

Goods transport is essential for trade and commerce and thus our prosperity but it is contributing to air pollution, noise and congestion. The negative effects tend to increase in most European countries and the awareness of the environmental impact and health effects has grown. This has resulted in a shift in long-distance goods transport from road towards rail and water, improvement of logistics and efficiency and to some extent a growing use of low-emitting vehicles. In urban areas however the road transport will be dominant and measures have to be taken to create both cleaner and more efficient distribution systems. This topic is limited to cities and urban areas.

3. Discussion

   

To overcome the negative effects of goods transport we can take measures mainly within three fields, preferably a combination of them:

  • Improving the efficiency of existent transport systems and reducing number of vehicles and kilometres. Development of the logistic structure, building intermodal distribution centres at the edge of cities that can receive goods from lorries, rail or even sea for further distribution in lighter vehicles.
  • Cleaner vehicles. For a start drivers can be educated in economical/ecological driving of heavy vehicles, saving fuel and reducing emissions. The market offers many low-emitting light vehicles well aimed at goods distribution in cities. There are several alternative fuels for heavy vehicles, for instance methane. The introduction needs support and encouragement – and removing of economical obstacles (taxes) for these fuels and
  • Restrictions in time for use of heavy vehicles, zones where only low-emitting and silent heavy vehicles are allowed. Toll or charge systems. Restriction is always negative but may be necessary for protecting a medieval city centre, pedestrianised zones from delivery traffic. Economical restriction is always effective.

As mentioned above restrictions are not popular. There is some suspicion against alternative fuels and vehicles and they are often more expensive than conventional vehicles. On the other hand, there is no resistance against conventional vehicles and even in well-managed companies there is always some scope to produce greater levels of efficiency and cost savings i.e. reducing number of vehicles, vehicle kilometres and tonne kilometres.

The principle to achieve this is to establish logistic centres where goods is stored, maybe worked up or assembled to complete pieces of equipment, before it is distributed to the addressees. The logistic centre could preferably be run by a separate logistic company to which the hauling companies and contractors deliver the goods to be handled. Alternatively, contactors co-operate in a common centre and in the distribution of the goods, loading the vehicles to follow the smartest route. There can even be an agreement with enterprises within a certain area to deliver only on certain weekdays and times.

The municipal administration has many institutions that receive goods. So has, for instance, retailers with connected chains of supermarkets. By letting suppliers and contractors deliver to one address, a common logistic centre, the distribution can be optimised with less number of vehicles and less kilometres. The distribution follows a certain route on scheduled times. Delivery to a logistic centre also lets small companies, without the possibility to deliver directly to a single address, to compete in the procurement process. On the other hand, it requires careful planning of purchases.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

To reduce emissions from freight transport and goods distribution in urban areas the number of vehicles and kilometres need to be reduced. Establishment of logistic centres, preferably at the city edges or other places pointed out in the land use plans for terminal purpose, where long-distance and other goods are delivered for further handling and distribution. Loading, routes and time schedules for distribution are optimised regarding environment, costs, time and reliability. The air quality will, of course, benefit still more if low-emitting vehicles are used for the distribution.

The main barrier for the use of these vehicles is the high costs of purchase (30÷60% higher than a for a conventional one), that may be faced only with public support based on different policies:

  • Purchase of a fleet of clean vehicles by a public subject (e.g. a Municipality) to be used for its own services and rented to private operators;
  • Exclusion of clean vehicles by traffic restrictions and parking/toll payments and

Discounted or free use of existing public maintenance plants (e.g. in public transport companies) for owners of clean vehicles.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

In 1997 the European Association Freight & Leaders Club carried out a study on the management policies of urban freight transport in 11 European towns selected according to 3 different criteria: localization in high traffic density area, originality of initiatives for traffic management and dimensions variety.

In 10 of these 11 towns, “city logistics instruments” have been applied, often only at an experimental level. Quantitative and/or qualitative, positive and/or negative consolidated results are available for Amsterdam, Basel, Bremen, Munich, Paris, Utrecht and Zurich. In Basel, the “city logistics” application allowed a relevant increase of the productivity with a consequent reduction of 45% of freight distribution flows.

Moreover the new logistic centres stimulated the use of railway and inland waterway transport means for the long distance trips. In Amsterdam relevant benefits on the quality of the air have been reached.

Some difficulties have arisen in:

  • Paris, mainly due to the lack of accompanying measures (e.g. restriction to lorries circulation) and obstacles by the operators to the trend towards a monopoly market condition;
  • Utrecht, mainly due to reduced control activity on the circulation restriction, difficulties of cooperation among the operators, inadequacy of the logistic centre to many freight typologies (e.g. perishables, high volumes, high values, etc.) and consequent reduced level of its use;
  • Zurich, mainly due to the high costs of the distribution.

In Italy different experiences have been carried out in Verona, Vicenza and Treviso (compaction of freight distribution in the historical centres), Milan and Siena (more extended city logistics issues).

Very often the freight interchanges outside the towns can offer areas for the city logistic centres (some examples in Bologna, Verona and Nola, near Naples). Moreover in Bologna and Milan programmes for freight distribution outside peak periods (early morning and night) have been experimented with ambiguous results, mainly due to the arising noise and vibrations caused by freight vehicles in these periods.

One of the most interesting experiments of new city logistic concepts is the ELCIDIS project, which has been running from March 1998 till August 2002 in six European cities (Erlangen, Milan, Stavanger, Rotterdam, Stockholm and La Rochelle) and was aimed at proving the reliability of using hybrid or electric vans and trucks for urban distribution, in combination with the use of urban distribution centers. In this experiment, the generally prevailing opinion about the technical disadvantages of hybrid and especially electric vehicles has revealed to be inconsistent. In these sites, vehicles operating from the UDC are able to run daily routes without interruption and are being recharged during their inactive night period. In spite of this, the vehicle investment costs will remain a very important obstacle if a substantial reduction is not foreseen. The French approach, where a split in costs is made between the vehicle and its batteries, is a firm step in the right direction, but has not yet been widely followed.

In Italy, many cities are taking into higher consideration freight distribution problems and a lot of analysis and studies are being carried out in order to individuate the best solutions.

The most relevant Italian initiatives are being carried out in the cities of Genoa and Siena.

Genoa Municipality has founded and organized a UDC serving the historical centre of the town; UDC is provided with a fleet of low environmental impact vehicles (electric or methane fuelled) whose dimension are small enough to well circulate in the narrow streets of the historical centre. A telematic and informatic system supports UDC activities such as monitoring of deliveries and vehicle positions, optimization of delivering tours, billing of goods arriving to the UDC. Most goods arrive at the UDC without any previous notice and do not use bar code, so that they have to be processed manually within the UDC. Contract conditions are to ensure delivering within three hours from the arrival to the UDC, so that delivers are dealt by following a first-in first-out rule and no tour optimization is carried out, although the software system would make it available. Anyway, carriers and retailers have declared their satisfaction for the service, while the UDC operators complain of the localization of UDC, which is too far from the area to serve, and of small vehicle size.

The delivery service is until now free and the Administration has in charge all extra-costs, but it is provided that, in the future, a payment will be requested for the service. It is supposed that stronger measures to limit access into the historical centre (no entry for non-ecological vehicles) could make suppliers use the UDC services even if they have to pay for them. For the experimental phase UDC operation has been given in charge to a local haulage company; at the end of the test three business management possibilities have been thought:

  • only one company (or co-operative), chosen by means of an invitation to tenders, will buy vehicles and software and will operate the delivery service, while the access to the zone will be limited but not completely forbidden;
  • only one company (or co-operative), chosen by means of an invitation to tenders, will operate the delivery service without buying any existing tool, while the access to the zone will be completely forbidden;
  • carriers can use the UDC tools supporting the operating costs.

The pilot project carried out by Siena Municipality has quite different characteristic from the Genoa’s one. In Siena, the main feature is an Agency for City Logistics, which operates by means of an informatic and telematic platform (named eDrul), whose main tasks are:

  • booking, planning and management of logistics services;
  • information to delivery actors (retailers, consumers, logistics operators);
  • coupling long-range freight transport and urban distribution promoting cooperation between operators.

The eDrul platform is being experimented also in other European city as Lisbon, Heindhoven, and Aalborg. In Siena it is also linked to a private logistic base, which eDrul uses to manage delivery and route planning, delivery monitoring, data warehouse. By means of this platform the City Logistics Agency of Siena aims at carrying out a coordination, both among transport operators and between logistic operators and their clients, in order to achieve the target of eDrul project, which is to increase the utilization rate of freight vehicles. As a matter of fact, Siena Municipality is planning to introduce a minimum load factor under which access in the inner city is not permitted. Other Italian towns, such as Roma, Florence, Bologna, are experimenting City Logistics features in the near future, though so far only studies and projects have been carried out.

Other examples:

Freight transport and goods distribution management in Göteborg

Freight Transport in Utrecht

Freight Transport Centre in Leipzig (“Güterverkehrszentrum”)

Further Examples:

District heating in Utrecht

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Some good examples are described below. UK supermarkets have been active in this area of transport innovation. The ASDA chain has reduced 60 direct deliveries per day from suppliers to three consolidated deliveries per day. The Swedish retailer KF is cooperating with BTL to reduce the number of lorry kilometres by consolidating loads. They have opened a mixed consignment centre in Malmö where goods are assembled from 25 suppliers and are to be transported to 11 regional warehouses. This has the potential to cut daily deliveries to supermarkets by 75 %.

The potential for savings in lorry activity when competitors cooperate is even larger than when one company rationalises its own operations with consolidation programmes. In Düsseldorf, three department stores, Horten, Kaufhof and Karstadt cooperate in the distribution of goods to customers. One haulage company is used to reduce the number of trips. Karstadt (in association with Fiege) has reorganised its entire distribution system so that it can use rail more often. This switch to rail has reduced the number of journeys by lorry from 240 000 to 10 000.

In Malmö, Sweden, three city districts have joined in a common goods distribution project. 10 suppliers deliver goods to one logistic centre from where it is distributed to 183 municipal addressees along a specified route on fixed days and times. The latter (route and time) is an advantage – you always know when the goods arrive. The project was evaluated late spring/summer 2004 and turned out to be very beneficial from several points of view: delivery always in due time, less vehicles used which improved safety around the schools and day care institutions that were involved and less noise and pollution.

Some links of interest

· TELLUS – a Civitas project: http://www.tellus-cities.net/

· Urban distribution by electric vehicles: http://www.elcidis.org/

· DG Environment: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/trans/freight/

· DG Energy and Transport: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/transport/index_en.html

Other references

  • Da Rios G., Gattuso D. - La mobilità delle merci nell'area metropolitana milanese Franco Angeli, Milano, 2003.
  • Galaverna M., Sciutto G. – La trazione elettrica per il trasporto delle merci nelle aree urbane – 42° Convegno Internazionale delle Comunicazioni – Genova, 12.1995.
  • Lacquaniti P. – La logistica nella distribuzione delle merci per una riduzione degli impatti energetici ed atmosferici: il caso di Siena – Università di Roma “La Sapienza” – Tesi di Laurea in Ingegneria per l’Ambiente e il Territorio, anno accademico 1999-2000, 11.2000.

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Freight transport and goods distribution management in Göteborg

Example

   

Introducing incentives for improving the load factor in inner city freight transport

In the inner city of Göteborg there is congestion caused by heavy transport unable to find a place to load and unload. In some areas trucks are forced to keep driving to find appropriate space to load/unload. The project aims to design and introduce a zone for inner-city distribution in Göteborg. In this city zone, heavy vehicles will be required to meet a minimum load level, and meet emission standards.

Development customer driven goods distribution management

The project will increase the efficiency of transport of goods and people in a development and residential area. There will be focus on show case development for optimising incoming goods to companies in the area. By seminaries and workshops, among other things, the buyer companies shall be influenced to create better purchasing routines. The trucks within the project are permitted to drive in buss/taxi lanes.

More information:

www.trafikkontoret.goteborg.se

http://www.visionlundby.goteborg.se/

http://www.visionlundby.goteborg.se/pdfer/Magnus_Larssons_Exarb.pdf

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Freight Transport in Utrecht

Example

   

City centre. It is expected that the transportation of goods in Utrecht will double by 2020. In order to anticipate these developments a Provisioning plan has been made for the City centre, including signposting.

In order to protect the wharf cellars along the Old canal and the old bridges traffic heavier than 2 ton is not allowed in the old centre. The heavy trucks unload in a distribution centre, after which the transport takes place with lighter vehicles. This also prevents damage to old monuments from vibrations by heavy traffic. So in old centres there are mutual interests for preventing heavy traffic.

Industrial site. The most important industrial site in Utrecht (Lage Weide) has an important national logistic function. A Revitalisation Plan will be made for this site.

The general idea about the future of Lage Weide includes: maintaining the industrial and logistic functions, combined with an upgrading of the intensity of use and an increase of durability (parkmanagement).

New logistic activities on a national scale will only be supported when these activities use rail- and waterfacilities.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Freight Transport Centre in Leipzig (“Güterverkehrszentrum”)

Example

   

A major source of air pollution in many European cities comes from heavy duty vehicles (HDV). Yet, HDV are often seen as a necessity for the functioning of the local economy. As the City of Leipzig wants to keep its streets free from HDV in order to increase the quality of life for its citizens, to avoid congestion and to promote the usage of freight transport by train while at the same time promoting the local economy, a freight transport centre (“Güterverkehrszentrum”) has been established (see photo).

The centre has already proven its function as driving force for the realisation of the strategy to avoid HDV within the city perimeters. The centre is very well located – next to the container terminal at Wahren, the freeways (Autobahn) A9 and A14 and close by the Halle/Leipzig Airport – and thus has become a central hub for freight transport for the entire region of the Middle Germany.

On an area of 150 ha, 80 businesses are located (grocery distribution centres, a post distribution centre and several transport companies. The centre is today a logistic knot in close distance to all means of transport and with short distances between supplier, processing industries, transport companies and consume, hence facilitating strategic co-operations between different businesses, f. ex. in the organisation of transports. The area development plan foresees an additional area of 125 ha (of which 50 ha are already connected to basic infrastructures) for the expansion of the centre which thus can provide a perspective of long-term growth.

Photo: The freight transport centre is also in close neighbourhood to the Porsche factory and its test-drive area.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Tolls and Road Pricing

2. Introduction

   

From the start of the process of integration of environmental concerns into transport policy, the EU shows a special interest in "Getting the Prices right policies". This principle is included in several important policy documents and decisions such as the Lisbon Process, the EU Sustainable Development Strategy,

To accomplish this, the EU mostly works through the harmonisation of taxes and recently with legislation on pricing of the use of transport infrastructure. Next to this more global pricing policy initiatives, local authorities also take initiatives to get the prices right. This happens mostly through parking restrictions and pricing, and, in some cases, through tolls and road pricing. The practice is well studied on the transport econometric side, but seldom implemented.

The econometric theory implies that a fair price is a price that resembles the social and environmental cost of the driven car kilometres. This would mean that cities have to develop schemes that enable differentiated pricing relating to vehicle type, moment of the day, day in the week, number of passengers.

These schemes are difficult to organise, to set up and to “sell” to customers and citizens.

As the econometric modelling is mostly put aside the moment the “real thing” is put in place, we go deeper into the good practice and leave the theory aside. Two cases are worth mentioning: London and Genoa.

This topic relates regarding the local scale to the Topic Taxation regimes.

3. Discussion

   

London congestion charging scheme

Since February 2003, the already famous congestion-charging scheme has been in operation. The scheme requires all drivers to pay £5 per day if they wish to continue driving in central London during the scheme’s hours of operation (Monday to Friday from 7am to 6.30pm).

1) Main objectives of the congestion-charging scheme

The primary objective of the central London congestion charging scheme is to reduce traffic congestion, since congestion and under-resourced public transport were identified as London’s most pressing problems. Congestion charging is aimed at deterring non-essential journeys into the congestion charging zone during charging hours, thereby making essential journeys easier, and reducing traffic and increasing journey time reliability in the congestion charging zone. Also, the scheme is designed to encourage Londoners to use alternative modes of transport if possible.

Whilst there are some secondary benefits arising from the congestion charge, such as notably raising revenue and some environmental benefits, these were not primary aims of the scheme.

2) Congestion-charging scheme as part of an integrated approach, complementing other measures in favour of sustainable mobility (i.e. promoting cycling and walking)

The Mayor published his Transport Strategy in July 2001 with the aim of reducing congestion and improving public transport. Congestion charging, however, is one of many integrated measures that have been introduced, or are in the process of being introduced in order to tackle these issues. Indeed, congestion charging was only implemented after the introduction of enhancements to public transport beforehand, and the subsequent freed road-space has allowed cycling and walking facilities to be improved.

3) Main results and impacts of this scheme

After one year, the main results of the charging scheme show that congestion charging was introduced successfully. Operation and enforcement are now working well. Congestion within the charging zone has reduced by 30 %, and the volume of traffic in the charging zone has reduced by 15 %. Bus services have improved, and public transport satisfies displaced car users. The impact of congestion charging on business is small and there are already benefits for the environment, with lower emissions and fuel consumption in the charging zone.

4) Major social, economic and environmental benefits of the London congestion-charging scheme

The initial environmental impacts in particular are encouraging. There have been reductions of approximately 12% in emissions of both NOx and fine particulates (PM10) from road traffic inside the charging zone. There is no evidence of significant change to the ambient noise climate, though Londoners already recognise the beneficial effects of congestion charging and other initiatives on environmental quality.

Accidents have also been reduced compared to 2002, although this is a continuation of a recent trend in central London. The number of accidents involving powered two-wheelers has not, however decreased disproportionately.

There have been a lot of claims regarding the effect of the congestion charge on business, in particular on the retail sector. However, statistics show that central London’s economy outperformed the rest of the country in the first quarter of 2004; therefore, the effect of the congestion charge on the business sector is benign.

Reduced traffic delays, improved journey time reliability, reduced waiting time at bus stops, better fuel consumption, less pollution and accidents and a more pleasant environment all have an economic value. TfL estimates that the congestion charge produces net transport benefits of £50m per annum.

5) Next steps in your congestion-charging scheme

All aspects of the scheme are constantly under review, the main focuses being the improvement of customer service and maintaining the effectiveness of the scheme.

During the first few months of the scheme, the quality of service provided by the main contractor was not to the required standard. An extensive programme of improvements across IT, management, process and staffing was implemented, along with a tougher quality performance management regime. The performance across a number of areas increased, in particular in relation to performance of the call centre, the number and quality of penalty charges being issued and the end-to-end enforcement process. Some of these changes are still being implemented.

TfL is also currently investigating methods to make payment easier. Improvements to the fleet operator scheme (for organisations with 25 or more vehicles) are being implemented and more are underway. In addition, TfL is considering the possibility of automatic pre-payment for members of the public.

In the future, in order to maintain the effectiveness of the congestion charge, it may be necessary to increase the charge, though there are no plans to do this in the short-term. TfL is also undertaking trials in new technologies such as ‘tag and beacon’ and GPS (Global Positioning Satellite) systems. These could shape the way the charge is collected, and even the structure of the charge in 10-15 years time.

Genoa activities in the road pricing research programme

Summary

With the EU PROGRESS project, Genoa has performed the test of a cordon-pricing scheme in the central area of the city: this area includes the old historical centre, the heart of commercial activities and the main pedestrian streets. The trial was run in 2003 divided into 2 phases in order to evaluate differences in drivers’ behaviour varying the fare. Data collected during the demo were used (with a statistical analysis to project the results to the overall city population) to calibrate the full-scale simulation model, so several scenarios were modelled varying fee level, public transport network, % of exemption, etc. The results of modelling were used to start the consultation phase with politicians, stakeholders and citizens.

The state of the art

Genoa is one of the most active cities in Europe in the field of sustainable mobility, with its participation in several EU projects concerning the research and the implementation of innovative techniques applied to transports. In this sense, road pricing is a groundbreaking measure for the management of private traffic demand and Genoa is one of the first cities having run a pilot demonstration.

Within the EU PROGRESS project, Genoa has performed the test of a cordon pricing scheme in the central area of the city (1 km2): this area includes the old historical centre, the heart of commercial activities and the main pedestrian streets and is subject daily to about 54500 entrances, of which 56% is made by cars.

The trial was run in 2003 in two phases: 3 months (March-May) with a fare of 2€ and 3 months (June-August) with a fare of 1€, in order to evaluate differences in behaviour varying the fare. Data collected during the demo were used (with a statistical analysis to project the results to the overall city population) to calibrate the full-scale simulation model, so several scenarios were modelled (starting from the one here presented) varying fee level, public transport network, % of exemption, etc. The results of modelling were used to start the consultation phase with politicians, stakeholders and citizens.

The road pricing trial

The aim of the trial was to evaluate the efficiency of urban road pricing in terms of congestion, pollution reductions and energy savings, to test the technological equipments and to analyse social and economical impacts of the road pricing schemes in the city centre.

The demonstration was run with the collaboration of 200 volunteers chosen between frequent users of city centre by car; the volunteers singed a contract with the Municipality that assigned them.

There was a virtual budget of 200€, delineated the trial forms (monitoring of the accession, reduction of the budget at every passage, privacy issues); it was foreseen to pay, at the end of the demo, the residuals.

In the pre-demo phase, volunteers were evaluated and the non-representative cases were discarded: 159 volunteers ended the demo; among them, 125 were closer to the requested requirements (to enter in the RP area at least 4 times a week) and were of a higher reliability.

At the end of the demo the volunteers filled in a questionnaire. The results were that:

  • 82,7% sometimes adopted a different behaviour (mode change, route change);
  • 50% used PT as an alternative to car (or in integration: park & ride, park & walk;
  • the alternative route / mode caused on average an extra travel time of 12 minutes (+30%);
  • 43% judged the applicability of RP in Genoa positively, but this opinion was strongly related to the existence of supporting measures (interventions on PT, road network and parking).

Full-scale modelling

A statistical analysis showed a reduction of entrance of 38% with a fare of 1.50 €. A curve describing the relationship between the reduction of passages and the fee paid was built up using modelling tools (taking into account the exemptions and the fact that, in the real case, citizens will be subjected to a real fare and not to a non profit): the reduction of 38% corresponds to a fee of 0,67 €; this result was very close to the expected value of 0,75 € (considering the ratio between a real sustained cost and a non profit being 1:2).

The fee of 0.67 € was used to model the main full-scale scenario. Four different scenarios were modelled: the base one (RP1, of which main results are reported) considers the outcomes of the demo with the present road network and public transport service. The inputs were: RP fee = 0.67€, motorbikes and 30% of cars exempted. Main results were:

Car reduction in RPA = -26%

  • Equivalent Vehicle reduction in Road Pricing Area (RPA) = -21%
  • Equivalent Vehicle increase in Cordon Area (COR) = +3%
  • CO emissions in RPA = -13%
  • CO emissions in COR = +1%
  • Global shift to public transport =0,4% (2000 pas*km)
  • Yearly revenues = 1.72 M€

Figure 1: Volunteers’ behaviour during the demo phase

Figure 2: Results of statistical analysis

Figure 3: Model relationship between reduction of passages and fee paid

Figure 4: Road Pricing Area (RPA) and Cordon Area (COR)

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

The two remarkable examples show the following:

· Strong political leadership is required.

· Keep stakeholders informed and on your side.

· Make the toll and road pricing part of an integrated transport strategy, with visible benefits for several road users.

· Equity is an issue in this regard.

· Make the use of funds acceptable for the public.

· Utilise proven technologies, nothing too fancy.

· Pick the right scale and pace for a measure.

· Focus on costumer relationship management.

Air quality improvement can be one of the concrete positive outcomes, but can never be the only driving force for a toll or road pricing scheme. The user approval for such measures would at this stage be un-existing.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Bristol has provided an example titled Tolls and Road Pricing in Bristol, while Birmingham has produced an example on The Use of A Toll Road in Birmingham, UK to Improve Air Quality.

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· The full Impacts Monitoring Report of the London Congestion Charging can be downloaded from TfL’s website at http://www.tfl.gov.uk/congestioncharging.

· Urban Transport Pricing in Europe: http://www.transport-pricing.net/

· Progress project: http://www.progress-project.org/

· European Transport Pricing Initiative (CUPID): http://www.transport-pricing.net/cupid.html

· Europrice network: http://www.europrice-network.org/

· Deloitte, Combating Gridlock, How Pricing Road Use Can Ease Congestion

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Tolls and Road Pricing in Bristol

Example

   

Congestion charging in Bristol

Congestion charging is one approach that the Council is investigating as part of an integrated package of measures to reduce demand for travel by and use of the car. It is now widely recognised that introducing incentives alone will not be sufficient to reduce car use in line with the objectives set by national government and Council objectives.

In 1999 consultation for the Local Transport Plan indicated strong local support for congestion charging on the condition that money raised in this way will contribute towards the provision of better public transport. It is also widely recognised that congestion charging is an effective way of addressing the related problem of air pollution caused by vehicles.

The City Council has been involved in numerous projects throughout recent years to research and pilot such schemes. This has involved extensive working with authorities pursuing similar schemes from within the UK and Europe. This has included two road pricing trials undertaken in 1998 and 2000. A further trial is anticipated in 2003 testing satellite technology as part of the national government research programme (DIRECTS).

The Proposal

Proposed Road User Charging Scheme

A study carried out by consultants in 1999 recommended that the Council pursue a scheme concentrating on a city centre cordon with drivers paying the charge electronically. This cordon is found within the Inner Circuit Road, with 14 entry points, and includes Broadmead and The Centre.

Current proposals are for an inbound only charge in the morning peak period. A detailed design study was commissioned in 2001 to consider the impacts of the scheme on transport in the city. This included the investigation of a package of complementary measures to be funded from a scheme. The draft final report for this study has been submitted.

Timescale

The Council recognise the need for investment in transport and have made the commitment that improved public transport alternatives will be implemented prior to a possible scheme.

Also, the government requires councils to undertake full public consultation (this may include a public inquiry) before considering the introduction of congestion charging schemes. These processes will take some time and this means that a scheme could not be introduced in Bristol until 2007 at the earliest.

Funding

Revenues from the congestion charge will assist with funding new and improved public transport services. In addition, funding is already being provided to the Council through the Charging Development Partnership (CDP) for the implementation of alternatives and investigation of charging in the city.

Partners

The Department for Transport (DfT) is supporting the Council in this project. They are involved through the funding of the scheme through the CDP (see above) and in the research and demonstration projects being carried out at a national and European level.

Bristol City Council is a member of the Charging Development Partnership. This is a partnership between the DfT and 35 local authorities interested in congestion charging or workplace parking levy. Their aim is to examine the impacts and implications of introducing such schemes. The CDP also aids the development of guidance and regulations for successful implementation.

Bristol is working with the European Commission and other European cities to ensure best practice in congestion charging development. In particular Bristol is managing the PRoGRESS and EURoPrice projects focusing on road pricing initiatives. The many stakeholders in the Bristol area are regularly consulted on aspects of the scheme. Consultees include the Bristol Chamber of Commerce and Initiative, the Broadmead Board (who manage the Broadmead shopping area), FirstGroup (who operate the majority of the local bus services) and the RAC.

http://www.progress-project.org/PRoGR€SS - Pricing Road use for Greater Responsibility, Efficiency and Sustainability in cities.

The PRoGR€SS project aims to demonstrate and evaluate the effectiveness and acceptance of urban road pricing schemes to achieve transport goals.

The objective is being achieved by focussing on six goals:

  • To develop and demonstrate urban road pricing schemes in real situations;
  • To provide co-ordination between the demonstration sites;
  • To develop and assess the political, economic and social framework required for urban road pricing;
  • To evaluate the impact and effectiveness of the demonstrations;
  • To provide policy results at the local level; and
  • To disseminate the demonstration and evaluation results.

The project is funded by the European Commission and involves 8 European partners (Bristol, Copenhagen, Edinburgh, Genoa, Gothenburg, Helsinki, Rome and Trondheim). It focuses on large-scale demonstrations of urban pricing schemes, with seven of the cities demonstrating different methods and technologies. Key elements include:

  • monitoring of processes for scheme implementation;
  • assessment of the impacts of schemes; and
  • assessment of social and political acceptance of the schemes.

The results of the project will be available on its completion in 2004.

For further information on the PRoGR€SS project visit the website at: www.progress-project.org

Links to London road user charging reports

http://www.tfl.gov.uk/tfl/pdfdocs/congestion_charging/monitoring/first‑annual‑report‑environment.pdf

http://www.tfl.gov.uk/tfl/cclondon/cc_monitoring‑1st‑report.shtml


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  The Use of A Toll Road in Birmingham, UK to Improve Air Quality

Example

   

Overview

The motorway network in the UK has historically been funded by Central Government, and has been operated without the use of Tolls. The West Midlands Region suffers from severe congestion on it’s motorway network. In particular the M6 motorway which was built to carry 72 000 vehicles per day was carrying 165 000 vehicles per day. As a result the Government has allowed the construction of the UK’s first privately owned motorway to relieve this congestion.

The M6 Toll Road has a length of 47Km and was opened in December 2003. Construction of the road cost £900m (1400m Euros) and was funded by a private company. The company has the right to operate the road for 53 years, after which time ownership returns to the Government.

The M6 Toll Road connects the M6 Motorway north of the West Midlands conurbation to the M42 Motorway to the east of the conurbation. This is shown in Figure 1 below. In this way the M6 Toll Road keeps traffic out of the heavily populated area in which air quality is poorest.

Figure 1 – Map of M6 Toll Road. M6 Toll shown in dashed blue line.

The Impact of the M6 Toll Road

The M6 Toll Road is still relatively new, and therefore changes to traffic levels are still continuing. However, the new road has resulted in a reduction in traffic levels of approximately 10% in the motorway network. This has had a very significant effect upon congestion on the motorway network. This is shown in Figure 2 below.

Figure 2 – The Effect of the M6 Toll Road upon Journey times on the M6

Figure 2 shows the average journey times on the M6 before the M6 Toll Road was opened (red), the average journey time on the M6 after the Toll Road was opened (dark blue) and the average journey time on the M6 Toll Road (light blue). This shows that the new M6 Toll Road has had a very significant impact upon congestion at peak times.

The high levels of congestion on the existing motorway network have resulted in air quality objective levels being exceeded in many locations across the West Midlands region. Work is ongoing to evaluate the improvement in air quality resulting from the reduction in congestion since the M6 Toll Road opened. However, it is anticipated that air quality within the conurbation will be improved significantly due to the new road.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Traffic Measures: Improved Network Service Infrastructures

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
How can the traffic infrastructure contribute to an AQ improvement
 
Road Infrastructures
Traffic Infrastructure & Modal Split Targets in Leipzig
Bicycle use
Park and Ride
 
Example of Car Parks and Park and Ride– Bristol
Car Parking - Park and Ride
Public Transport Enhancement
 
Online Presentation for Public Transportation (OPPT)
Road Infrastructures
Enhancing Public Transport in Leipzig
The KIMO initiative and environmental water-borne public transport
Älvsnabben Ferry shuttle
The new Venice – Mestre tram
LPG buses
New Motorways and relevant Infrastructures
 
Road Infrastructures
Major tunnel in Utrecht

Overview of Issue

  Overview to appear here

Last Updated


 

30th November 1999

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How can the traffic infrastructure contribute to an AQ improvement

2. Introduction

   

Today, in most European cities, traffic is the major source of air pollution. At the same time, it is the source of polluting materials, which is politically the most sensitive as the infrastructures of most European cities require vehicles as mode of transport.

3. Discussion

   

European cities usually follow the following objectives when planning their traffic infrastructures:

· Improve cities´ attractiveness as a business location

· Secure equal mobility chances of its citizens (equal access)

· Support an organisation of traffic which is compatible to the environment and the city

· Effective usage of limited or scarce resources

Doing so, cities recognise the (re)modelling of public space as an exercise being part in an open process. Whereas in the past, those objectives were often seen as contradictory, today cities across Europe understand that their conjoint realisation is possible.

Most European cities have narrow streets and provide radial access to the city centre. Those streets have to host public transport (buses, trams) and individual (motorised) traffic at once. Yet, its narrowness does not allow sufficient space for a complete remodelling of those streets.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

In order to increase the attractiveness of public transport (and cycling) and the quality of life of those citizens living at the before mentioned streets, the objective needs to be a (partial) displacement of individual motorised vehicles. A system of ring roads and tangent streets appears to be the most efficient solution. A good traffic infrastructure for such cities is a ring road system: an inner city ring to surround car-free city centre, medium ring road through less sensitive town quarters with a city-limit maximum speed and without single-level intersections, thus an higher attractiveness for vehicles than the radial roads, partly usage of existing roads recommended, outer city ring with high speed roads for traffic not aiming for the city itself, in addition: tangent roads.

The radial roads can at the same time be narrowed to allow more urban life quality.

This way, the following results can be achieved:

· Public transport becomes more time-reliable, fast, better as it is no longer hindered by traffic congestion (supported if possible by the development of an urban railway network),

· Individual motorised traffic is edged out of the radials but remains attractive enough in order to avoid traffic sneaking through residential areas,

· Commercial traffic is not hindered,

· Air quality of densely populated quarters is getting improved.

More radical measures to displace or decrease the individual motorised traffic can’t usually be as effective as the public appreciation of the problems is lacking.

Also such a strategy appears promising and is, for example, promoted by the City of Leipzig; the success of this approach depends also on the demographic development of the concerned city. Usually additional complementary measures are necessary to achieve the intended results.

Specific infrastructures providing benefits from the environmental point of view are tunnels and roundabouts

Tunnels

The use of tunnels in urban contexts allows the separation of long distance and local flows; the first ones moves in the tunnels with higher speed by leaving free capacity on the local road networks. Relevant benefits may be obtained for the reduction of gaseous and noise emissions of the streams running inside the tunnels and for the better circulation regimes created outside the tunnels by the flows separation.

Environmental disadvantages of such infrastructures are due: a) to the high concentrations of pollutants around the tunnels mouths and inside the tunnels themselves (walking or cycling paths inside the tunnels should be avoided), b) to the critical safety condition in case of fire inside the tunnel, c) to the need of spaces for the entering and exiting sloping links.

Roundabouts

The use of roundabouts in urban contexts allows the increase of the mean speed of flows thanks to the minimisation of stops at the intersections (stops and traffic lights are minimised), which may be concentrated in the roundabouts. Relevant benefits may be obtained for the reduction of gaseous and noise emissions for the better circulation regimes created by the intersection organisation. Environmental disadvantages of such infrastructures are mainly due to the relevant need of spaces required by the roundabouts geometry.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Examples of infrastructures based initiatives are given in templates Road Infrastructures and Traffic Infrastructure & Modal Split Targets in Leipzig.

Further Examples:

Bicycle use

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Communication from the Commission to the Council, the European Parliament, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions “Towards a thematic strategy on the urban environment”: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/urban/thematic_strategy.htm

· SAVE II HESAID Project Final Report (issued by P.G. Hoglund – Royal Institute of Technology of Stockholm)

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Road Infrastructures

Example

   

Existing policy

In 1987 the first Decree on Air quality became active, in the Netherlands; there was already a municipal traffic and a noise policy: to stimulate the use of bicycles and public transport and to create areas with little traffic and to concentrate traffic on wide streets. This policy is and will be accomplished by altering the road infrastructure.

Bicycle infrastructure

In Utrecht 29% of the number of journeys takes place by bicycle.

For both the town and region main cycle ways are signposted, with high quality surfaces for bicycle traffic. At main crossings there are tunnels for cyclists and pedestrians. An important issue in the design of these tunnels is that people feel safe.

There are five secure guarded bicycle sheds and many other provisions without security in Utrecht. In some streets there are bicycle boxes which can be locked.

In the plan for the redeveloped railway station (pubic transport terminal) six new sheds will be built for about 20.000 bicycles.

Public transport infrastructures

Public Transport is divided into a) longer distance public transport with higher speed, direct connections and b) local public transport that stops in the close vicinity of departure and destination. Both forms of public transport use free bus-lanes and get priority at traffic lights.

Motor traffic infrastructures

The road infrastructure is based on three principles: functionality, homogenity, predictability, which leads to a categorisation of roads. Research has shown that road categorisation improves traffic safety and better behaviour of road users.

The policy is concentrate traffic if possible and spread if necessary.

In this way it was possible to create a situation in which most people (in Utrecht 90%) are living in areas with little traffic. Of course this means that there is more traffic in the other (wider) streets. In these streets the aim is to avoid exceedances of the LVs+MOT (limit values and margin of tolerance).

From 1997 through traffic was no longer possible in the old centre of Utrecht. The centre is now divided into parts. It is very difficult to drive from one part to another part. The result is that traffic is made to use the surrounding wider streets.

Too much traffic used the roads alongside the canals, this was very much reduced by traffic-measures like restricting use to vehicles with a permit.

In the seventies a part of the canal running around the old city was changed into a road to give more space to the traffic. At this moment the municipality is working on a project to bring back the water into this former canal, part of this project is already completed.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Traffic Infrastructure & Modal Split Targets in Leipzig

Example

   

The City of Leipzig has adopted a strategy to meet it’s targets for modal split. Alongside traffic infrastructure measures (a system of tangents and ring streets; limited number of streets leading into the centre where priority is given to public transport and bicycles), specific actions have been taken to restrict traffic as much as possible from the city centre itself.

Inside the inner city ring, pedestrians and bicycles are given a clear priority. Shop suppliers and other necessary transport is in most streets restricted to certain hours. Parking in the inner city will be replaced in the medium-term by car parks directly located on the city ring road. A parking information system will guide drivers to the nearest car park with spaces available.

To achieve the strategy, the city has introduced removable bollards which give access only during designated hours or to vehicles which are equipped with a priority access system (public transport, ambulances).

Modal Split at Leipzig

Mean of Transport

1991

1994

1998

2005*

2015*

Pedestrians

39,5

38,2

31,5

30,0

30,0

Bicycles

5,8

5,8

13,2

17,0

17,0

Motorized Vehicles

23,2

27,5

27,3

23,0

22,0

Passengers of motorized vehicles

8,7

8,4

8,7

9,0

9,0

Public Transport

22,8

20,1

19,3

21,0

22,0

*objectives; data for 1991, 1994 and 1998 measured by a representative survey (not including walks of less than 5 minutes)

Source: Environmental Objectives and Standards of the City of Leipzig (2003).Text

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Park and Ride

2. Introduction

   

Park and ride schemes form an important part of a multi modal transport strategy. They are most commonly associated with heavy or light rail networks, but can also be used effectively with bus services.

3. Discussion

   

For park and ride schemes to be successful it is most effective to have large ‘strategic’ park and ride sites. These are generally located near to the edge of large conurbations close to major trunk roads and railway lines in order to attract as many car drivers as possible. Typically these sites have 500 or more parking spaces and serve a wide area. In cases where the rail network cannot adequately serve these sites an additional bus service may be provided. The creation of these strategic sites requires very significant investment that is often planned over many years. For example some city transport strategies include the objective of identifying and constructing one strategic park and ride site every 2 years for a prolonged period. In addition many park and ride schemes require the public transport schemes serving them to be heavily subsidised in order to promote their use. This results in very significant operating costs for these schemes.

The idea behind park and ride schemes is to attract car users who would have driven into the centre of the city to use the park and ride facility instead. However, it is important to recognise the risk that travellers who would have made their entire journey by public transport may also switch to using the park and ride facility. This then results in a journey that would have been made entirely using public transport being made mostly by car. It is very difficult to prevent this from occurring, although careful sitting of the site can assist.

In addition to these major strategic park and ride schemes, it is useful to provide high levels of parking at local rail stations to supplement the strategic sites.

P&R is theoretically able to combine advantages of a high-quality public transport system in densely populated cities with those of the car in more thinly populated areas where public transport is not highly developed. However, despite the growing accessibility problems, already existing P&Rs do not always attract the intended number of car drivers.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Park and ride sites are an important mechanism for reducing the use of private motor cars in city centres. The most effective schemes typically feature multiple strategic parking sites that can be accessed from all major roads into the city. Frequent and fast public transport services must be provided to these sites for the scheme to be successful.

Moreover, in order to build more attractive P&R facilities, insight into the car drivers’ preferences with respect to transfer from car to public transport is required.

The question is how car drivers weigh the different P&R characteristics and how these characteristics affect their choices.

Some key requisites of a P&R site are summarised in the conclusions of the EU MIMIC Project:

  • Limited walking distance (not exceeding 100 meters): good practices in Strasbourg (tram station), Paris (La Defense), Rome (Laurentina); normally multilevel parking satisfy better this requisite that may be reached also with the support of “tapis roulant” or lifts;
  • Protection of the walking path from sun and rain: good practices in Strasbourg (tram station), Paris (La Defense);
  • Increase of security feeling by means of barriers around the parking and surveillance by personnel;
  • Continuous availability of parking slots for coming vehicles thanks to the generous dimensions of parking areas: park & ride user must feel the certainty to find a free slot whenever approaching the parking;
  • Availability of short stops clearly identified areas (kiss & ride areas) as much as possible functionally and physically separated by the park & ride areas and
  • Safety and security of the P&R: people need to have the feeling that it is save to leave your car in the parking lot, and need to feel safe walking around the parking lot.

Pricing is of the utmost importance to make a P&R scheme work. Free parking and/or free Public Transport Services or combined ticketing and pricing can mean a strong boost for the use of the P&R. Price setting can be related to off peak and peak moments in the use of the P&R.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Oxford, UK

Oxford has 5 strategic park and ride sites situated around the outskirts of the city. Four of these have bus services, and the fifth a heavy rail service into the city centre. These services stop at various destinations on the journey into the city. The bus / train services are extremely frequent, typically every 10 or 15 minutes, and the journey into the city typically takes 10 to 15 minutes.

In Oxford traffic levels in the city centre have fluctuated since 1974, but not increased. Over this period car ownership and use have increased in the City’s suburbs and elsewhere in Oxfordshire. A gradual increase in park and ride capacity over the same period has offered a means of providing for traffic growth without constructing new roads or increasing parking capacity in the city centre. This has allowed the retail and tourist trades within the City to increase over this period.

Milan, Italy

Milan has an underground rail network which features large car parking provision at the outlying stations. Intelligent electronic ticketing is used to automatically charge for car parking and travel on the underground rail network via a single electronic tag.

Nijmegen, The Netherlands

Three experiments were constructed:

  • an experiment to evaluate the quality of P&R facilities;
  • an experiment to evaluate the quality of the public transport;
  • an integrative experiment in which respondents are asked to make a choice between P&R, car and public transport alternatives.

The data were gained by postal questionnaires. Most remarkable is that the quality of P&R facilities is most influenced by safety aspects, such as supervision, safe pedestrian route and maintenance. The quality of additional public transport is most affected by the probability of a seat. Finally, time considerations are most important in the P&R choice decision, but also costs and quality of P&R facilities and additional public transport were important. In future data will be gathered by a questionnaire on the Internet: car drivers across the whole country are reached in this way. In this experiment, more attention will be given to the validity of the applied approach.

Template Examples are available: from Bristol on Example of Car Parks and Park and Ride– Bristol and Utrecht on Car Parking - Park and Ride.

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Bos I.D.M. - Modelling car drivers’ behaviour towards Park and Ride facilities – PHD Thesis (Faculty of Technology, Policy and Management, Department of Transport Policy and Logistics Organisation, Delft University of Technology), 2003.

Other examples in EU Projects:

  • CENTAUR: Barcelona (Spain) and Bristol (UK).
  • JUPITER-2: Merseyside (United Kingdom).
  • MIMIC: Vienna (Austria), Copenhagen (Denmark), Paris and Strasbourg (France), Berlin and Frankfurt am Main (Germany), Rome (Italy), Rotterdam (The Netherlands), Lund and Stockholm (Sweden), Zurich (Switzerland), Cardiff, Leeds, London and Sheffield (United Kingdom).
  • SAGITTAIRE: Bruges and Leuven (Belgium), Trento (Italy), Luxembourg (Luxembourg), Stavanger (Norway) and Sintra (Portugal)
  • ZEUS: Athens (Greece).

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Example of Car Parks and Park and Ride– Bristol

Example

   

The aim of a Park and Ride scheme is to enable commuting traffic or shoppers to leave the car in an out of town location and use an efficient bus to travel to the city centre.

In a perfect situation the bus should be :-

· full of passengers which could be removing around 48 cars from the road,

· non polluting by using modern technology

· faster because it uses designated bus lanes and is given priority at traffic lights.

Bristol has three Park and Ride sites, two of which are controlled by Bristol City Council. The oldest began operation in 1993 and the most recent has just been completed in 2002.

The bus services operates 7:00 am to 7:00 pm weekdays and 8:00 to 7:00 Saturdays. Additional services operate later on Thursdays to coincide with late night shopping. The service is also extended into the evenings and on Sundays during the pre-Christmas period.

The weekday service runs a bus every 7 - 10 minutes during the peak period and every 12 minutes in the off peak period. Saturday service run every 10 - 12 minutes all day.

Purpose built double-decker buses are used which can carry 76 seated passengers. Displays on the bus show the next stop. The bus routes do not stop at all local bus stops on the way to minimise the journey time from car park to city centre.

There is no charge to park at the Park and Ride site and the peak return adult bus fare costs £2.50 (approximately €4.20). The fares are cheaper during off peak periods and at weekends. It is also possible to buy 10 or 20 journey tickets which reduce the cost further. It is also possible to by a season ticket for 3, 6 or 12 months.

The car parks are monitored by closed-circuit television and attendants are present while the car parks are open so security is higher than many other car parks.

Bus surveys

The two older sites have had on-bus surveys conducted on a typical Thursday and a Saturday in 1996 and 1997. On the typical weekday over two thirds of the passengers were female but very few were children. The usage of the service is concentrated around the morning and afternoon peak periods of 7:00 - 9:00 am and 4:00 - 6:00 pm.

On Saturday the passengers are mainly female (about 70%) but a higher proportion of children under 16 used the bus than on Thursday. The journey times are variable though out the day and are usually longer on weekdays than Saturdays. From one site the average inbound weekday journey time during the am peak period (12 minutes) is lower than the equivalent pm peak outbound journey time (16 minutes). This is because there is a greater bus priority made on inbound journeys.

The main purpose of the journey on weekdays is commuting which accounted for about 70% of the passengers. Most of these journeys occur during peak periods. 18% of the passengers were shoppers who travelled mainly in the off peak period. In contrast, on the Saturday, shoppers account for around 80% of the passengers while commuters are around 6 - 9%.

From the surveys on Thursdays 54% and 71% of the passengers said they would have travelled into the city centre if the Park and Ride was not available as an alternative. A significant number of those surveyed on the Saturday said, if the Park and Ride was not available, they would have gone elsewhere such as the neighbouring city of Bath or they would not have travelled at all.

During the week most of the passengers use the multi-journey tickets. Most of those surveyed said they used the Park and Ride because it is easy to park there and they avoid the expensive car parking charges in the city. Other reasons given were the saving in time, vehicle security at the car park and it was less stressful than driving in the city.

Passengers survey on a Thursday said that if they travelled by car before Park and Ride they would have paid to park at an average cost of £3.20(€5.30). On a Saturday, of those who would have travelled by car, around 88% said they would have paid to park in public off-street car parks at an average cost of £2.75 (€4.60).

It is estimated from the survey that the oldest site would have removed around 500 car trips to the city centre on a weekday and 460 car trips on a Saturday.

Note that the surveys were conducted in 1996 and 1997. Car parking in the city centre is now more expensive.

Further information www.bristol-city.gov.uk/transportplanning

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Car Parking - Park and Ride

Example

   

Policy

The goal of the parking policy is to help create a vital city that combines quality of life and accessibility. This is expressed in an area-oriented approach that controls the total number of parking places according to specific local circumstances / local parking capacity and discourages ad hoc traffic.

Four tools will be used to reach this goal:

- Controlling the number of parking places

- Relocating parking places

- Adapting price and quality

- Informing about vacant places (dynamic parking system).

Parking places

The maximum number of parking places will be determined by way of parking standards (steering policy). The current parking standards are coupled to the prevailing location policy (A, B, and C locations for companies).

For instance at redevelopment around the main railway station (within 600m) one applies a parking standard of one parking place for 250 m² gross floor area or for ten employees. At places without good public transport only 30% of the area can be used for offices and the parking standard is one parking place for 90 m² gross floor area or for 3,6 employees.

Parking in the city centre

In the narrow streets in old centres there is little room for both traffic and parking. Also for showing the qualities of the centre to full advantage the parked cars have to disappear to car parks.

In order to further reduce street parking in the old city centre, car parks will be built on the eastern side of the city centre. To this end, the Parking Company for the Municipality of Utrecht (Parkeerbedrijf Gemeente Utrecht, PGU) has been commissioned to determine a budget for building these car parks.

Paid parking

As space gets scarcer, parking rates will rise. In Utrecht, rates will be based on the so-called ‘shell’. The rates will be highest in the city centre, and slightly lower in the first and second shells around the centre. For residents / licensees in the city centre, cost-price rates will apply. However, this is not the case in the shell, where an increase in rates is desired. In addition to the rate shells, a study has started in a selected area within Utrecht so that the municipality will be able to predict future parking problems. Within this area, parking will be monitored annually and on the basis of the results paid parking rates will be prioritized.

Multi-modal interchanges

In the coming years, Utrecht will develop a number of so-called ‘multi-modal interchanges’ on the outskirts of the city. The idea is that motorists leave their car on the outskirts of the city and continue their journey by public transport or by bicycle. Of course the price for this has to be considerable lower than for parking in town.

In Utrecht are two good working examples. On busy exhibition days in the centre people can leave their cars at a free parking place near the highway and continue their journey by free special buses. On the weekly shopping evening motorists can leave their car for free at the car park at the football stadium and use a bus to the centre (subsidised).

The multi-modal interchange in the south is used for another purpose. Companies in the area use this as additional parking spaces and they use small company buses for the rest of the journey.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Public Transport Enhancement

2. Introduction

   

Public transport declined considerably in most cities over the past 40 years despite large scale investments. The ever-growing car use and its negative consequences are influencing the quality of life in urban areas. In order to reduce the use of the private car, local authorities need to make sure that qualitative alternatives are in place. The supply of high quality public transport is very important in this respect. A number of measures can help to improve the attractiveness of public transport.

The improvement of the quality and accessibility of public transport is also a priority area for the European Commission. It encourages authorities to introduce transparent contracts and to apply indicators in the definition of the services, such as frequency, punctuality, health, safety of passengers and better accessibility.


3. Discussion

   

As is stated by the Citizens’ Network Benchmarking Initiative “public authorities and transport operators across Europe are under pressure to provide more services with less money. At the same time, authorities and operators are expected to play a full part in supporting wider objectives such as environmental improvement and economic and social development” (2). This is by no means an easy undertaking. A number of measures improving the standards of service and organisation of public transport can improve its attractiveness and contribute to the increase of public transport use.

It is important that public transport services are reinforced because they can really make a difference:

Public transport is very efficient in terms of resources required: at an occupancy rate of only 50 % energy consumption per passenger km of bus and regional rail services is about 5 times lower than for private cars ((1), p. 4).

Public transport is also more sustainable in environmental terms: emissions of the main urban transport pollutants per passenger km are between 4 and 8 times less for public transport and use 5 times less energy per passenger than cars, as well as causing less noise and pollution ((1), p. 5).

Starting point should be that public transport is designed to meet people’s needs and is also flexible enough to respond to changing requirements. On the one hand, public transport should be attractive enough to reduce the dependence on the car; on the other hand, public transport should be able to extend the transport choices of those without access to a car.


4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Experience has shown that investment in public transport will not solve the problems unless combined with action to give public transport priority over private cars.

Moreover, action is required on levels of service, comfort, image and safety and genuine attention needs to be paid to improving the accessibility of public transport so that it can be used in safety and confidence by people with reduced personal mobility (disabled, elderly people and parents with children in pushchairs). In addition reserved lanes, links between networks and operating aid systems (e.g. based on telematic technologies) require improvements and these measures need to be integrated with those on car restraint in order to give full public transport priority (e.g. at traffic signals).

Accessibility is an issue for all public transport users, therefore factors such as location of stops and stations, frequency of lines and both physical and economical (affordability) accessibility determine the quality of the public transport service.

In order to achieve this, attention should be paid to a number of issues that influence the quality and attractiveness of public transport: ((1), p. 6).

System accessibility

  • Needs of people with reduced mobility;
  • Physical design of rolling stock;
  • Design of stations including intermodality;
  • Linking trip attracting areas to public transport and
  • Linking rural and peripheral regions;

Affordability

  • Fare levels;
  • Socially desirable services (concession fares).

Safety / Security

  • Safety standards;
  • Quality of lighting;
  • Qualification of staff;
  • Number of staff on duty/surveillance system.

Travel convenience

  • Journey times;
  • Reliability;
  • Frequency;
  • Cleanness;
  • Comfort;
  • Adequate and dynamic information provision;
  • Integrated ticketing;
  • Flexibility.

Environmental impact

  • Emissions;
  • Noise;
  • Infrastructure.

If you want public transport to be a valuable and competitive alternative to the car, requirements as the one mentioned above need to be met. Next to these aspects specifically related to the public transport system itself, integration with other modes and policy areas is also primordial ((1), p. 7):

  • To increase the area and level of use of public transport, integration with other sustainable modes such as cycling and walking is a prerequisite. This can be encouraged through the construction of interconnecting transport infrastructure (multimodal terminal, park and ride facilities), the implementation of information and traffic management systems allowing for the reassessment of travel choices before and throughout the journey, the adaptation of vehicles so that bicycles can be transported on bus or train.
  • Offer the combination of public transport and car sharing for those situations in which more flexibility is required for the traveller without the necessity of having his own car.
  • The different sub-systems of public transport (bus, metro, tram, rail) should be coordinated in order to exploit their full potential. This can be done both in terms of hardware (terminals, multiple use of rail tracks) and software (integrated ticketing, integrated information systems) adaptations.
  • Integrated urban land use and transport planning should favour public transport through priority measures such as bus lanes, special traffic lights, access restrictions to cars but not to public transport etc.
  • Taxation systems should favour public transport, e.g. higher fuel taxes for cars, exemptions from inner-city tolls.

Within the overall transport policy it is important to develop a careful balance between pull and push measures.

In order to promote good local and regional transport the European Commission launched a wide scale project aimed at involving cities and regions from throughout the whole of Europe to compare and assess the performance of their local transport systems. By benchmarking (i.e. comparing) the performance of their own municipalities or regions with the performance of other municipalities or regions with good standards, they can find out in what areas they perform well and where they perform badly. Indicators were developed to do the benchmarking exercise. More info: http://www.eltis.org/benchmarking.


5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Grenoble (France)

A really effective example of good accessible public trasnport system is the light railway in Grenoble.

Nancy (France)

The city of Nancy has been running bimodal trolley buses since 1983 and estimates that their use has resulted in a 30% drop in energy consumption on the lines where these buses operate.

Bremen (Germany)

The experience with low-floor buses indicate an initial price up to 25% higher than the traditional buses, which is already decreased up to about +10% and is expected to reach only +2¸5%. On the opposite the operating costs can be reduced as a result of the improvement in the boarding time and hence overall in the running speed. The current evaluation in Bremen shows that the easier low-floor buses operation results in a reduction of 10% in the number of vehicles needed.

Freiburg (Germany)

Freiburg’s integrated traffic policy is widely regarded as exemplary in Europe and in 1992 the city was voted the german “federal capital for the protection of nature and the environment”. Its policy combines priority to public transport and cycling, pedestrian zones and traffic calming, park and ride facilities and reduction of parking inside the city. Since 1976 the car’s share of total daily journeys has fallen from 60% to 47%, while the share of public transport and cycling have risen correspondingly.

A particular successful innovation, implemented in other German cities too, was the low price monthly Eco ticket usable in the whole region on buses, trams and regional trains.

Karlsruhe (Germany)

Karlsruhe has implemented the “Stadtbahn” project for the use of train lines for urban trams.

Passengers benefit for the direct link, higher frequency, more stops and single fare structure.

The number of passenger per day arose from 2000 to 8000, which allow the involved companies to recoup their investments.

The project is part of a comprehensive transport plan, which includes also priority lanes for public transport.

Rotterdam (The Netherlands)

The “System Select” programme in Rotterdam introduced lanes reserved for public transport, goods vehicles and high occupancy vehicles on a number of roads giving access to port facilities as part of an overall package of measures to reduce congestion.

Madrid (Spain)

The use of public transport and car-pooling is promoted in Madrid through the construction of a High Occupancy Vehicle lane on a main motorway link.

Sweden

Service-route carries small buses and operates on a flexible timetable basis from residential areas to hospital, town centres, etc.

Example templates were provided by Leipzig, Gothenburg and Venice on: Enhancing Public Transport in Leipzig, The KIMO initiative and environmental water-borne public transport, Älvsnabben Ferry shuttle and The new Venice – Mestre tram.


Further Examples:

Online Presentation for Public Transportation (OPPT)
Road Infrastructures
LPG buses

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· European Commission Green Paper: The Citizens’ Network. Fulfilling the potential of public passenger transport in Europe, http://www.europa.eu.int/en/record/green/gp001en.pdf

· Citizens’ Network Benchmarking Initiative, http://www.eltis.org/benchmarking/

· European Commission White Paper: European Transport Policy for 2010: time to decide, http://europa.eu.int/comm/energy_transport/en/lb_en.html

· EU Project COST 322 – Low-floor buses

· UTOPIA Project – Deliverable 10: Evaluation of policy aspects – November 1999

Other examples in EU Projects:

· CENTAUR: Graz (Austria), Toulouse (France), Dublin (Ireland), Barcelona and Las Palmas (Spain) and Bristol (UK).

  • ENTIRE: Helsinki (Finland), Venice (Italy) and Rotterdam (The Netherlands).
  • JUPITER-2: Heidelberg (Germany), Florence (Italy), Bilbao (Spain) and Merseyside (UK). NGVeurope: Colmar and Poitiers (France), Augsburg (Germany), Dublin (Ireland) and Rome (Italy)
  • SAGITTAIRE: Bruges and Leuven (Belgium), Besancon (France), Savona and Trento (Italy), Luxembourg (Luxembourg), Stavanger (Norway) and Sintra (Portugal).
  • ZEUS: Copenhagen (Denmark), Helsinki (Finland), Bremen (Germany), Athens (Greece), Palermo (Italy), Luxembourg (Luxembourg), Stockholm (Sweden), Coventry and London (UK).

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Enhancing Public Transport in Leipzig

Example

   

Public transport can itself also make a significant contribution towards more sustainable development. At Leipzig, the municipal transport operator “Leipziger Verkehrsbetriebe” (LVB) reduced their need of electric energy between 1998 and 2002 from 69,8 gigawatt hours to 61,2 gigawatt hours. At the same time, Leipzig’s trams increased their annual kilometres from 26,2 to 27,2 millions.

This achievement was possible by replacing old trams and buses. Modern trams need 60 per cent less energy than the old ones. Other old trams received new steering units which help to reduce the energy need by 40 per cent. Concerning the buses, the emission of COx has been reduced by 44 per cent in comparison with 1995 (32 per cent decrease of CHx, 46 per cent less PM10).

The annual number of passengers of buses and trams in Leipzig has been increasing from 99,7 million in 2001 to 105,1 million in 2002.

ext

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  The KIMO initiative and environmental water-borne public transport

Example

   

KIMO is an international association of Local Authorities, which was formally founded in Esbjerg, Denmark, in August 1990 to work towards cleaning up pollution in the North Sea. It has over 100 members in 9 countries including the United Kingdom, Norway, Sweden, Denmark, the Faeroes Islands and the Netherlands, the Republic of Ireland with associate members in Germany and the Isle Of Man.

KIMO'S OBJECTIVES

  • Exchange information on effective pollution prevention and cleaning up operations.
  • Lead by example by improving regional marine environments.
  • Lobby national Governments and the EC to take effective action on issues affecting Northern Seas.
  • Make joint representations against threatening proposals.
  • Undertake demonstrative environmental projects

A lack of emission control regulations has allowed ships to become major dischargers of sulphur dioxide, nitrogen oxides and diesel particulate matter. Ships’ engines generally operate on heavy bunker fuels containing high concentrations of sulphur and toxic compounds banned from use in most other industrial and consumer applications. The pollutants emitted contribute significantly to acid rain, coastal water eutrophication and create damaging health effects for communities near major port areas.

It is generally accepted that shipping is an environmentally friendly means of transportation. However future initiatives, such as "short sea transport" to promote the transfer of goods and passengers from land based transport networks to sea based modes will also transfer pollution sources. As commercial vessel operations increase, so also does the threat to marine ecosystems and people’s health, especially in coastal regions.

Expanding and introducing environmentally optimised water-borne public transport.

While there has been a relative strong environmental development in public transport on land, the development in the marine sector has lagged behind. The aim of a project in Göteborg is therefore to build an environmentally optimised river shuttle (with a gas engine) to be used for public transport in the city centre.

More information: http://www.zetnet.co.uk/coms/kimo/

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Älvsnabben Ferry shuttle

Example

   

At the founding of Göteborg in 1600 the river was an important communication between the city and Hisingen Island and the rest of the world. The ferry traffic was intensive and a lot of transportation took place on the river. At the beginning it was mostly the farmers on Hisingen The Älvsnabbarewho needed the river for transporting the groceries to the markets in the city.

During the second half of the 18th Century industries become more common at Hisingen, most by the shipyards Göteverken, Lindholmen and Eriksberg. They showed the need for more communication over the river. Steamboats started to operate cross the river connecting the two riversides. In 1874 a bridge, Hisingsbron were built and 65 years later in 1939 bridge Göta älvbron were built. Then as motoring started to expand more ways to the island were needed. The bridge Älvsborgsbron were built in 1966 and the tunnel under Göta älv were built in 1968. There was no longer any demand for shuttles between the two riversides and some lines closed down while other reduced the traffic. The shipyards closed down at the end of 1970 and even less people used the shuttles. The empty shipyards left a lot of land to exploit. A lot of flats, offices, industries and high schools were built during the –90’s. This showed that public transport was underdeveloped and under utilised.

In modern days the river has become an effective barrier between the city centre and Hisingen island. There are only a few places there the river could be crossed by pedestrians and cyclists. Only three bridges make it possible to make it from one side to the other. The distances between the bridges are 5 km. With more people living in the area and more working places a new connection is needed over the river.

The shuttles started to operate again in the beginning of May 1990. During 2002/2003 two new ferry landings were brought into service for the Älvsnabben ferry, which will land at a new ferry landing in Sannegårdshamnen, giving the new residential areas a further direct link to central Göteborg. The northern landing for the Älvsnabbare will be moved from Lindholmen to Lindholmspiren, right next to the dense grouping of offices that will open at the start of 2003.

The shuttle operates in the harbour with 7 stops along a distance of 5 km every 20 minutes during peak-period. An extra shuttle operates non-stop between Lindholmspiren and Rosenlund during peak-period in morning and afternoon.

This capacity investment has reduced the pressure at the river crossings and reduced the emissions to the air.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  The new Venice – Mestre tram

Example

   

Introduction

In Mestre, electric trams were first used at the beginning of 1900.

The first route served by tram (Ferretto Square-Railway Station) was founded in 1905, followed in 1906 by the Mestre - S. Giuliano one.

In general, by 1930 many routes into Mestre city centre were served by tram lines.

After the building of the car bridge (1933), the link between Mestre and Venice (historical centre) was implemented using the trolleybus system, at that time very popular in USA and UK.

Long after the tram system was abandoned , in 1992, with the ”Urban Mobility Plan”, the tram system was again suggested as a good way of providing public transport, rebuilding a network similar to the old one.

The suggested 1992 network is planned in three lines:

- Favaro - Mestre centre – Railway Station - Chirignago (8.8 kilometre long);

- Zelarino - Mestre centre - S. Giuliano (8.0 kilometre long);

- Hospital - Mestre centre - Marghera (8.5 kilometre long)

In the 1992 mobility plan suggestions were made to reorganize the Venetian mainland transport network, assigning electric transport an important function.

In 1994 the City of Venice requested financial support in the National Law 211/1992 framework. From hereon, and in various following years, the Venice Municipality has presented to the Ministry of Transport proposals in order to develop the 1992 first line extending it to Venice and integrating it with a second line connecting Mestre to Marghera.

This Project has been approved by the Ministry and has been financed according to the National Law 211/92. The Municipality of Venice has signed an agreement with ACTV spa (Venetian Local Public Transport Company) that will construct the new Venetian tram system.

The new Venice - Mestre tram

After some years of planning, the tram system connecting Venice to Mestre begins construction.

The two lines are the following (see Figure 1):

1) Favaro - via S.Donà - via Ca'Rossa - Piazzale Cialdini - Viale S.Marco - S.Giuliano - Ponte della Libertà - Venice S.Marta (the blue one);

2) Piazzale Cialdini - via Poerio - via Cappuccina - via Sernaglia - sottopasso ferroviario - via Ulloa - via Paolucci - via Rinascita - via Beccaria - via Cafasso - piazzale Brunicci (the green one).

Figure 1 – Two future Venice - Mestre tram lines.

The Venice – Mestre tram system will give the opportunity to redesign the local public transport network especially in Mestre urban area, in order to:

- eliminate every year 2.500.000 kilometres run by traditional buses, with obvious positive effects on urban environment due to the pollutant emissions reduction in the city centre;

- decrease every year 500.000 kilometres run by the bus-tram network (transport optimization);

- offer a better service and a greater number of passengers/km.

Other positive effects are:

- Traffic congestion reduction: it is a high capacity mean of transport (up to 35 m) and it represents a good way to reduce the number cars driving in the city centre, by increasing the use of public transport;

- Service rationalization: it will encourage the redesign of the local public transport network especially along its routes and the new Regional Metropolitan Railway System lines;

- Quality service improvement: the tram presents an high level of travel comfort deriving from its stability, its electric traction that controls the acceleration stage and its low emissions of noise. Quality also in terms of regularity and punctuality, assured by priority routes.

- Protection of the environment: it has an electric traction so that emissions in atmosphere are completely eliminated. It also has a low level of noise emission due to electric traction/engine and to its tyres.

Tram characteristics

The Tram will have the following characteristics:

- little hindrance: it is 2,20 m wide and 2,89 m high;

- 70% of walls are glass-covered;

- 25 cm higher than the road;

- 23 cm higher than the pavement.

Acknowledgements

ACTV S.p.a. for the information provided.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  New Motorways and relevant Infrastructures

2. Introduction

   

In principle, new large-scale infrastructures can relate to air quality management in the following ways:

  • Facilitation of traffic flows: the traffic stays on the same place, but will go smoother (e.g. widening the road, inner-city tunnelling, large scale roundabouts, traffic light free routes) (type 1);
  • Diversion of traffic flows: the traffic that normally would pass through a sensitive area or city centre is diverted around this potential hotspot (e.g. by passes) (type 2);
  • Infrastructure enabling modal shift: passenger transport solutions (tram, rail, inland waterways) that enable citizens to leave their car at home, freight solutions (rail, inland waterways) that enable cuts in road transport (type 3).

3. Discussion

   

The problem of quality, size and amount of infrastructure is different from EU Member State to Member State. Even within Member States there can be a big difference in needs and access to sufficient budget. In densely urbanised areas, it is sometimes difficult to find space and stakeholder support for new infrastructures. A type 1 or 3 solution is than the most appropriate. There is a general expectation, probably close to reality, that most new EU Member States cities will work in the next years and decades on more type 2 solutions.

We must bear in mind that new large-scale infrastructures are expensive. There is the cost of the infrastructure itself, the cost of the expropriation, the planning and legal costs, the financial cost (mostly very long term investments involving large loans and mortgages). Next to this takes a well-organised planning process a lot of time. Stakeholders involvement is important and in many cases legally obliged (Aarhus-Convention and SEA Directive).

Air quality management is never the first reason for a local authority to plan new large-scale infrastructure. Decongestion, economic development and job opportunities are the main driving forces for this. In the planning and the strategic environmental assessment of the project, air quality should be taken into account, through a well developed, inter-modal and fit-to-scale modelling of traffic flows and air quality.

Although there is a growing interest in the improvement and promotion of inland waterways to reduce road freight traffic, the air quality gains at this moment depends strongly on the quality and age of ships and the fuels the ships use. Standardisation of engines and fuels is only starting to be introduced in shipping.

It proves to be very difficult to keep other spatial developments away from new infrastructures. Infrastructures built to decrease nuisance, will in the long-term cause nuisance to the spatial developments they have initiated.

It also proves to be difficult to keep traffic away from new infrastructures. This is called the fill-out effect. In this way, new infrastructures get sometimes more crowded (and more polluting) than planned.

Notwithstanding several considerations that can be risen against new infrastructures, there are many situations where a new road, motorway or tunnel has more advantages than disadvantages. The EC transport policy itself is, in some cases, strongly in favour of new massive infrastructures: a very good example is given by the Trans European Network for Transport (TEN–T). In this case the evident political and economic advantages of the new structures play the role of driving forces.


4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· Before starting to plan for a new infrastructure, it is better to find other solutions for the problems that need to be solved. We must always remember that a new road infrastructure is generally rather expensive. A good example is the city of Hasselt (Belgium) where the investment in a new third ring road is avoided through a re-investment in the inner ring road and an upgrade of the public transport service.

· It is anyhow important to define to which environmental and air quality targets the infrastructure must contribute, and of which other strategic plans (spatial, economical, environmental, transport) the project has to account.

· A thorough assessment of air quality and environmental impact is necessary, as well as a serious cost-benefit analysis.

· Think multi-modal from the start. Even when planning “just a highway”. Inclusion of bicycle infrastructures, tramway lines and Park and Ride or Car-Pool facilities in road construction plans can in the long term save money and trips.


5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Major tunnel in Utrecht

Further Examples:

Road Infrastructures

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Trans European Networks for Transport: http://europa.eu.int/comm/transport/themes/network/english/ten-t-en.html

Ten Key Transport and Environment Issues for Policy Makers. Reports:

· www.eea.eu.int/TERM2004/en

· http://www.lutr.net/

· http://www.transplus.net/


Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Major tunnel in Utrecht

Example

   

Utrecht was a compact city: expansions around the old centre were limited and surrounded by highways and a canal. With the new suburb 'Leidsche Rijn' being reclaimed it is divided in two parts by a highway and the canal. New bridges over the canal and ‘covering’ the highway should remove the barriers and unify the suburb.

To protect air quality and to prevent noise it was proposed to cover 1,5 km of the road. But the ministry of transport, the most important financier, gave priority to internal safety. Because there was no physical need, like a canal, for covering the highway, the ministry didn't want to introduce a risk of accident with a lot of casualties. Even with safety measures that would have made it the safest tunnel in Europe, it was not acceptable.

The parallel roads for through traffic could be covered if the transport of LPG was via another route. And only parts of the main highway of 350 metre at the most could be covered. A screen along the open parts should reduce the area not suitable for living regarding high air pollution and traffic noise.

A few years ago the municipality of Utrecht accepted this solution, because discussions about safety were influenced by some recent accidents in European tunnels.

The minimum distance between new houses and the middle of the motorway is calculated with the help of windtunnel measurements. It is possible this distance has to become larger because of new, more pessimistic air quality scenarios. There is also a difficulty with the use of the area between the houses and the highway. It will not be a residential area. But what kind of use is acceptable? The structure should force the right use. The designers hope to get more starting points from the air quality policy.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Traffic Measures: Cleaner Vehicles

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
Electric & Hybrid vehicles
 
Electric vehicles in Bristol
How can electric and hybrid vehicles contribute to clean air?
Electric and Hybrid Vehicles in Sevilla
Electric Cars in Turku
LPG and CH4 Vehicles
 
LPG Cars at Leipzig
LPG buses
The world's largest fleet of refuse collection trucks driven by natural gas
Ecological Vehicles in Malmoe
Hythane – blending hydrogen with CNG for city buses in Malmö
Can cleaner vehicles improve air quality?
 
LPG promotion in Belgium (2000-2001)
How can electric and hybrid vehicles contribute to clean air?
Electric and Hybrid Vehicles in Sevilla
LPG buses
The world's largest fleet of refuse collection trucks driven by natural gas
Ecological Vehicles in Malmoe
How can bicycles use contribute to an AQ improvement?
 
Road Infrastructures
Contribution of bicycle traffic for improving Air Quality
How can Bicycles contribute to clean air? “Cycling project in the Metropolitan Area of Seville”
Bicycle use
H2 and Fuel Cells vehicles
 
Hythane – blending hydrogen with CNG for city buses in Malmö
H2 and Fuel Cell vehicles in Stockholm and Reykjavik

Overview of Issue

  Overview to appear here

Last Updated


 

30th November 1999

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Electric & Hybrid vehicles

2. Introduction

   

The introduction of new technologies, “cleaner and leaner”, can enhance transport environmental sustainability. More specifically, speaking of reduction in energy consumption, reduction in emissions and reduction in noise and vibrations, among the “environmental friendly” technologies there are advanced propulsion systems like electric and hybrid electric drive-train. Due to low specific energy, “pure electric” vehicles are used only for “ niche applications”, but hybrid electric vehicles (HEV) look like a promising solution because they couple some advantages of the traditional technology (e.g. good autonomy of operation) ensured by a chemical energy storage (a fuel) with low emissions although, usually, they are not strictly ZEV (Zero Emission Vehicles). Today’s hybrid market represents relatively low volumes, but car manufacturers like GM and Toyota are well placed to meet market as soon as demand develops, demands that could exceed one million units each year.

3. Discussion

   

So far, vehicles with battery systems and hybrid drive systems (e.g. Toyota, Fiat and Honda) are offered to a wide range of buyers, and both systems are available in numerous technical varieties with differing characteristics. In inner city traffic, electric vehicles with battery systems and hybrid systems can contribute considerably to improving the air quality.

Since only 10,855 electric vehicles of a total of 150 million vehicles were registered in the European Union in 1997, there is a considerable potential for growth. A programme of measures by the municipalities can considerably increase acceptance of electric vehicles by the population.

Electric Vehicles (BEV, Battery Electric Vehicles)

Electric vehicles are clean and quiet (zero emission vehicles) and can thus make an important contribution to reducing emissions in the cities. However, this is only true directly at their place of operation. If the necessary electricity/energy is produced conventionally, considerable amounts of trace materials continue to be emitted. Only if the energy is produced via regenerative processes, can they be considered true “zero emission vehicles”.

Hybrid Electric Vehicles (HEV)

Electric vehicles with a battery system have a range of 80 to 100 km. This means that they are of unrestricted use in inner city traffic where mostly distances of up to 40 km are covered. For larger distances above 100 km these vehicles are no alternative to conventional vehicles with combustion engines. Vehicles with hybrid drive systems, fitted with combustion engine and electric engine, combine the emission-free electric engine with the advantages of the combustion engine and are therefore a full alternative to conventional vehicles.

Moreover, the electrical storage unit, combined with a motor-generator (and a traction motor, obviously) can reduce fuel consumption by:

  • Recovering braking energy;
  • Reducing engine (ICE) torque and speed transient;
  • Downsizing the generator for achieving the operating point of maximum efficiency of the ICE or for reducing total costs when generator specific cost is very high like with fuel cell.

Fuel Cell Electric Vehicles & Fuel Cell Hybrid Electric Vehicles (FCEV & FCHEV)

Fuel cell systems producing electricity by means of hydrogen are also free of emissions or low in emissions. They are at present in the large-scale testing phase and will over the medium term be able to contribute to reducing emissions from vehicle traffic.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

A diverse range of measures can be employed by municipal authorities to encourage the use of electric vehicles. These measures can be seen to complement and enhance the measures taken by national governments. The use of these types of vehicles can have a positive impact on virtually all the urban air pollutants: CO, VOC, NOx, PM.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Examples of Actions Taken by Cities

Changing the municipal fleet of cars and public transports to electric vehicles.

This would create a market, enabling large-scale series production and lowering prices. This market would then become interesting for those car manufacturers who so far do not produce standard-type models. This in turn would increase the variety of models and acceptance by the buyers.

  • The old Historic Centre of Seville, is the first in the world which uses vehicles with electric propulsion in all its extension to collect urban waste. The introduction of new environmental criteria has made animpulse innovation solutions to improve the quality of the services supplied to citizens. For that reason, the local city council through its cleaning service Company, LIPASAM, joined its fleet in 1998 with the first five compacters vehicles for the collection of urban waste in the Historic centre of the city of Seville. These collection vehicles with bimodal technology were the first experience at a national level, and the dimension of these vehicles, more reduced than the classic compacters, make them suitable for the collection in the historic centre of the city. The experience acquired has made the Environmental Delegation in the city of Seville to buy other five to consolidate the Bimodal technology. The acquisition of these new bimodal vehicles has supposed an investment of over 1.5 million of euros. The special characteristics of the initiative and its environmental improvement have had the support of the EU Cohesion Funds (80 %), being the rest of the investment made by the Local Council of Seville.
  • During the years 1998-2000 the city of Malmö and one of Sweden’s biggest energy company, Sydkraft, carried out a demonstration project with electric vehicles and hybrid vehicles. The project was supported by the Swedish government with the aims to show that these vehicles are realistic alternatives, to encourage their use, to study vehicle technique, charging and driving and, finally, the impact on environment and consequences for traffic. A total of 100 light vehicles participated. Two heavy electric refuse collection vehicles formed a subproject. The total mileage was 960 000 km. The daily average for a vehicle was 20-25 km (a third of possible action range). According to the users, the advantages were less pollution with no local emissions, no noise, easy to drive and park, much cheaper to drive than internal combustion cars and free parking. The disadvantages were short action range per charge, expensive to buy, long charging time and limited speed. The Swedish Road Administration has a model to calculate (Vägverkets publikation 1997:130) the economic effects (caused by pollution) for society. The use of the two electric refuse collection vehicles saved 600 000 SEK/year (€ 65 000) due to lower emissions. http://www.kfb.se/publ/main.htm

Provide financial incentive / overcome financial obstacles, by sponsoring the purchase of zero/low emission vehicles.

  • The municipality of Florence implemented a scheme providing a 1 000 000 Lire subsidy to citizens or companies purchasing electric vehicles from certain suppliers.

Provide non-financial incentives

  • Providing special car parks with power supply for electric vehicles (electricity stations) in favourable locations in the city centres would be another incentive to buy, in view of the prevailing shortage of parking spaces. Special areas of prohibited parking for vehicles with combustion engines would have a similar effect.

Assist in rapidly developing the refuelling infrastructure. As an example, the City of Turku was a partner in EVD-POST project, which was supported under Thermie (TR140/97). The project aimed at enhancing the usage of electric vehicles in Europe. A special aspect of the project in Turku was to set up of a public-private partnership (PPP) to offer a network of public charging stations in and around the city. In these charging stations electricity and parking is free for two hours. By proving to be an owner of an EV one is able to get a key to the charging station from the Environmental Protection Office of City of Turku.

Other examples:

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Further information is given in the programme JOULE II of the European Commission: 'Collaboration between CEC and National Programmes on Electric Vehicles in Europe (1)’: http://europa.eu.int/comm/research/rtdinf19/19d06.html, 28.11.02. It deals with all the aspects of the development and production of electronic engines and their uses.

· The following projects, completed or “on going” in the framework of the Fifth Framework Programme deal with electric propulsion systems:

Fuel Cell related Projects:

· PROFUEL, On-board gasoline processor for fuel cell vehicle application

· BIO-H2, Production of clean hydrogen for fuel cells by reformation of bioethanol

· FUERO, Fuel cell systems and components general research for vehicle applications

· CPS2FCS, Critical Paths to Fuel Cells.

· IM-SOFC-GT, Integrated modelling study of fuel cell/gas turbine hybrids.

· AMFC, Advanced Methanol fuel cells for vehicle propulsion.

· DREAMCAR, Direct methanol fuel cell system for car applications.

· PMFP, Plasma & membrane supported catalytic gasoline fuel processor using hydrogen selective membranes.

· ECTOS, Ecological City Transport System: Demonstration, Evaluation and Research Project of Hydrogen fuel cell bus transportation system of the future.

· Development of enhanced electrocatalysts for mobile fuel cell systems.

· CUTE, Clean Urban Transport for Europe.

· ELEDRIVE, Thematic network on fuel cells and their applications for electric & hybrid vehicles.

· FRESCO, European Development Of A Fuel-Cell, Reduced-Emission Scooter.

· APOLLON, Advanced Pem Fuel Cells.

· FEBUSS, Fuel Cell Energy Systems Standardised for Large Transport, BUSses and Stationary Applications.

· ACCEPT, Ammonia Cracking for Clean Electric Power Technology.

· MINIREF, Miniaturised Gasoline Fuel Processor for Fuel Cell Vehicle Applications.

· SOFCNET, Thematic network on solid oxide fuel cell technology.

· BIOFEAT, Biodiesel fuel processor for a fuel cell auxiliary power unit for a vehicle.

· DIRECT, Diesel reforming by catalytic technologies.

· FUEVA, European fuel cell vehicles technologies validation phase II.

· FCSHIP, Fuel cell technology in ships.

· POWERSIM, Powertrain and vehicle simulation.

Hybrid related projects:

· ELMAS, New high efficiency electric machines solutions for mild hybrid applications

· Hybrid Bus Powered by Fuel Cell and Flywheel

· SUVA, Surplus value hybrid

· Fuel-cell - Flywheel hybrid vehicle

· Small hybrid city-car operated with biofuels or LPG

· ULEV-TAP II, Ultra low emission vehicle - transport advanced propulsion II

· Hybrid Electric Vehicles Power Systems at University College Cork Ireland

Battery related projects:

· STAR-BMS, Evaluation of standard test procedures for battery management components

· ASTOR, Assessment and testing of advanced energy storage systems for propulsion and other electrical systems in passenger cars

· BILAPS, Development of a lead acid power source for hybrid electric vehicles

· LION HEART, Lithium-ion battery hybrid electric application research and technology

· CHEETAH, A High Power Sodium/Nickel Chloride Battery for a Hybrid Electric Vehicle

· PROBATT, Advanced processes and technologies for cost effective highly efficient batteries for fuel saving cars

· PAMLIB, New materials for Li-Ion batteries with reduced cost and improved safety

· BILAPS, Development of a lead acid power source for hybrid electric vehicles

· SUPERCAR, Improved energy supply for the integrated starter generator with double-layer capacitor and energy battery for cars with 42 V - target action K

· LIBERAL, Lithium battery evaluation and research - accelerated life test direction


Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Electric vehicles in Bristol

Example

   

VIVALDI - Clean Vehicle Initiatives

Wrightbus ‘Electrocity’

VIVALDI project partner First planned to introduce and trial 4 hybrid diesel-electric midibuses built by Wrightbus. The bus is low floor and has a range of 150-250 miles depending upon operation. Top speed: 45mph. It was recently trialed in Bristol but is not yet commercially available.

Emissions performance is targeted to exceed standards for Euro 4 in 2005.

Emissions comparison –

Electrocity Euro 4 (2005 standard)

NOx (oxides of nitrogen) 0.75 2.61

HC (hydrocarbons) 0.4 0.41

CO (carbon monoxide) 0.56 2.98

PM (particulates) 0.012 0.0149

Projected cost is around £170,000 (2002)

Hybrid Bus

Bristol have engaged a consortium, led by Eneco, to build a hybrid diesel-electric bus for operation in Bristol, possibly on the 905/Clear Zones orbital routes, or a combination of the two. The engine is being developed by Eneco and will operate within a 29 seater Optare Solo bus.

Emissions benefits: Targets versus standard Optare Solo bus -

All harmful emissions will be significantly reduced, target reductions relative to an equivalent Euro 3 engined vehicle will be: CO by 25%, NOX by 25%, HC by 25%, Particulates by 25% and CO2 by 35%.

Target fuel consumption reduction will be approximately 30%.

The engine will be programmed to the route – periods of electric operation will be scheduled for those areas where emissions benefits are most desirable, regenerative braking is a further energy-efficient feature.

Total project cost £209,550 (including contributions from Eneco, LTC, Energy savings Trust, BCC (£70,000 plus donor vehicle).

Trial in Bristol and project sign-off scheduled for September 2003.

Bristol’s Hybrid bus under development at Eneco, Slinfold

Hybrid diesel-electric engine

Electric Bus

Vehicle Specification: Known as the Tecnobus, the vehicle is manufactured in Italy by Tecnobus S.r.l, carries 26 passengers and is low floor. The vehicle is battery powered and also features regenerative braking, having the lowest unit consumption of energy in this category of vehicle. Vehicle cost (1997): £75,600, battery cost £5,500 per set. It has a range of 100km on a single charge with a maximum speed of 33km/hour, making it most suitable for urban operation.

Use: 2 vehicles have operated since 1997 on the 905 Park and Ride route (Centaur project).

It is planned that one vehicle will now be converted into a mobile information vehicle or ‘I-bus’ as part of VIVALDI.

The vehicle is zero emission from source, totally emission-free if powered from a renewable energy source.

Dial a Ride LPG minibus

As part of VIVALDI a fully accessible LPG minibus was introduced in August 2002. The vehicle serves a new service area launched simultaneously. The vehicle is a dual fuel petrol LPG Mercedes Sprinter Minibus. The use of LPG was reviewed during the first 6 months of use and found to be operationally acceptable. On this basis two further LPG vehicles of a similar type have been ordered replacing older diesel vehicles as part of fleet renewal.

Emissions Benefits: Reduction of 2 bands – HC and NOx of 68%.

61% reduction of CO over the legislated standard. 17.7% reduction of CO2 over comparable petrol/diesel vehicle.

Fuel consumption (urban operation):

Litres LPG/100 km Diesel equivalent litre/100km Petrol litres/100 km

20.47 13.1 17.80

Conversion cost to LPG operation: £2,430

Retrofitting

As part of VIVALDI 34 First buses were retrofitted with particulate traps (19) and catalysts (15) (phase 1). Retrofitting technology was chosen according to the current Euro emission level and engine type of the vehicle. Vehicles retrofitted serve 4 different services, all serving city centre destinations. Catalysts were fitted on older vehicles and particulate traps were fitted on the newer vehicles. It is estimated that emissions on each retrofitted bus will have improved by approximately one level of Euro. Retrofitting those buses running largely in the central area will assist in improving air quality levels according with the Council’s proposed Clear Zone and Air Quality Management Area.

Emissions benefits -

Particulate traps:

Reduce particulate matter, CO and HC by up to 95%

Catalytic action reduces CO and HC by 90%

Oxidation catalysts:

Reduce HC and CO by up to 90%

Reduce PM by 25%

Total project cost VIVALDI phase 1: £77,250

Funding contributions from Energy Savings Trust, BCC and First

Municipal Fleet

The Council has an ongoing commitment to replace existing vehicles with LPG fuelled vehicles. During the lifetime of the project it is proposed to add a further 50 LPG vehicles to the fleet and introduce further electric and hybrid vehicles as part of VIVALDI. Operation of LPG vehicles within the municipal fleet has been successful, with relatively few problems, most of which have been resolved by the vehicle suppliers. It is proposed to retrofit 10 older and larger diesel vehicles less suited to LPG operation with particulate traps or oxidisation catalysts. So far 26 LPG vehicles have been introduced and successfully operated within the Councils fleet from the start of the project.

G-Wiz electric cars

The emission and noise free ‘G-Wiz’ cars are being tested by Bristol City Council as part of its pool car operations and will offer employees a new sustainable way to travel between offices and around the city in the course of their duties.

Bristol City Council is making use of European funding to pilot the electric cars as part of an ongoing package of innovative measures to tackle transport issues like air pollution, congestion and social inclusion. The scheme forms part of the VIVALDI European Commission supported project which is led by five city authorities, namely Bristol (UK), Bremen (Germany), Nantes (France), Aalborg (Denmark) and Kaunas (Lithuania). In Bristol the project comprises a £9m package of sustainable transport measures.

Two of the five cars will operate from the council’s premises at Wilder House and three vehicles from the CREATE Centre. At both these premises the cars’ batteries will be recharged using mains electricity generated from renewable energy sources. Therefore the vehicles will be totally pollution free.

Recharging points are also being introduced at the Council House, and other coucil owned buildings around the city to allow the batteries to be topped up in between uses. The cars are ideal for stop-start city driving with a top speed of 40mph and a range of 40 miles. The fuel cost can be as low as 1p per mile. They do, however, have difficulty going up steep hills.

The fleet will be branded as part of the council’s TravelBristol initiative, making them recognisable as part of transport initiatives in the city.

For more information on the VIVALDI project visit www.vivaldiproject.org

For more information on GWIZ visit www.goinggreen.co.uk

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  How can electric and hybrid vehicles contribute to clean air?

Example

   

During the years 1998-2000 the city of Malmö and one of Sweden’s biggest energy company, Sydkraft, carried out a demonstration project with electric vehicles and hybrid vehicles. The project was supported by the Swedish government with the aims to :

  • Show that these vehicles are realistic alternatives
  • Encourage use
  • Study vehicle technique, charging and driving
  • Study impact on environment and consequences for traffic

A total of 100 light (five different makes and models) vehicles participated. Two heavy electric refuse collection vehicles formed a subproject. The total mileage was 960 000 km. The daily average for a vehicle was 20-25 km ( a third of possible action range). According to the users the advantages were less pollution with no local emissions, no noise, easy to drive and park, much cheaper to drive than internal combustion cars and free parking.

The disadvantages were short action range per charge, expensive to buy, long charging time and limited speed.

The Swedish Road Administration has a model to calculate (Vägverkets publikation 1997:130) the economic effects (caused by pollution) for society. The use of the two electric refuse collection vehicles saved 600.000 SEK/year (€65.000) due to lower emissions.

The project report is only in Swedish as pdf at: http://www.kfb.se/publ/main.htm

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Electric and Hybrid Vehicles in Sevilla

Example

   

Description

Sevilla is one of the first cities in the world using vehicles with electric propulsion for the collection of urban waste.

The Cleaning Service Company LIPASAM, managed by the City Council, added the first five compacters vehicles to its fleet in 1998, for the collection of urban waste in the historic centre of Sevilla.

These vehicles, with bimodal technology (hybrid combustion-electric engine), were the first experience at national level in Spain. Hybrid electric vehicles combine the internal combustion engine of a conventional vehicle with the battery and electric motor of an electric vehicle, resulting in twice the fuel economy of conventional vehicles. The practical benefits of this technology also include lower emissions and environmental noise at low speeds compared to conventional vehicles.

At present, the good experience of the Environmental Department of Sevilla City Council was confirmed by the purchase of another five compacter vehicles, consolidating this bimodal technology.

Advantages

The use of bimodal compacters in the historic centre of Sevilla provides important advantages over conventional collection vehicles.

First, the size of these vehicles, smaller than classic compacters, make them suitable for the collection of waste in the historic centre of the city, which presents an intricate street layout. These vehicles do not block traffic and allow access to difficult or inaccessible sites for big tonnage vehicles and therefore they are a very important resource for urban waste collection in the city centre.

In addition, the use of this bimodal technology presents a big difference in terms of environmental benefits when compared with exclusively fossil fuelled vehicles since hybrid vehicles help to reduce smog-forming pollutants and environmental noise.


Bimodal compacter vehicle for urban waste collection in the historic centre of Sevilla

Cost

The acquisition of these new bimodal vehicles implied an investment over 1.5 million of euros, although the special characteristics of the initiative and its environmental improvement was partially supported by the EU Cohesion Funds (80%); the rest of the investment was supported by the City Council of Sevilla (20%).

A market research among different manufacturers of electric and compacting components was performed prior the acquisition. It was decided to purchase compacting elements produced by SEMAT, which has an extensive experience on bimodal vehicles. Additionally, SEMAT equipment has been used for conventional cleaning systems for urban waste collection in Sevilla for several years.

SEMAT compacting elements were assembled over chassis produced by RENAULT, specifically Premium 250.18 model for medium size and M.180.13 for small size compacters.

The electric equipment was provided by PONTICELLI, which is a company with extensive background and reliability in such field.

Technical characteristics

The compacters meet security specifications, and pollutant emissions and noise limitations according to the EU regulations currently in force.

Main technical characteristics of these vehicles are the following:

- MEDIUM SIZE BIMODAL COMPACTER

Size

Length: 8100 mm

Width: 2500 mm

Height: 3300 mm

Chassis

Manufacturer: RENAULT

Model: Premium 250.18

Maximum weight: 18 t

Power: 250 HP

Electric system

Manufacturer: PONTICELLI

Voltage: 96 V

Battery range: 900 A/h

Battery type: Acid lead

Traction: 36 kW

Compacting system

Manufacturer: SEMAT

Model: CE.224

Capacity: 14 m3

Compacting range 5 to 1

Optimal load: 7 t

Container lift equipment

Manufacturer: SEMAT

Model: OSCL-1124

Time: 90-360 l / 9 seconds

660-1000 l / 14 seconds

Hydraulic engine

Number of units acquired 2

- SMALL SIZE BIMODAL COMPACTER

Size

Length: 7000 mm

Width: 2270 mm

Height: 2880 mm

Chassis

Manufacturer: RENAULT

Model: M.180.13

Maximum weight: 13 t

Power: 175 HP

Electric system

Manufacturer: PONTICELLI

Voltage: 96 V

Battery range: 585 A/h

Battery type: Acid lead

Traction: 36 kW

Compacting system

Manufacturer: SEMAT

Model: CE.210

Capacity: 8 m3

Compacting range 5 to 1

Optimal load: 4 t

Container lift equipment

Manufacturer: SEMAT

Model: OSCL-1124

Time: 90-360 l / 9 seconds

660-1000 l / 14 seconds

Hydraulic engine

Number of units acquired 3

The driving range of these on board batteries-operated electric vehicles varies depending on the operation, weight, design features. Batteries can be refuelled by plugging them into the recharging station installed at LIPASAM central office.

It is planned that the vehicles are recharged during the morning and operating as electric engine during the collection service at night. This way the period of electric operation is scheduled for those areas where emissions benefits are most desirable.

Further details

More available information on www.lipasam.es

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Electric Cars in Turku

Example

   

The City of Turku was a partner in EVD-POST project, which was supported under Thermie (TR140/97). The project aimed at enhancing the usage of electric vehicles in Europe. A special aspect of the project in Turku was to set up a public-private partnership (PPP) to offer a network of public charging stations in and around the city. In these charging stations electricity and parking is free for two hours. By proving to be an owner of an EV one is able to get a key to the charging station from the Environmental Protection Office of City of Turku.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  LPG and CH4 Vehicles

2. Introduction

   

Introduction

The use of Road Fuel Gases such as Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) (Also referred to as GPL) and methane (CH4) can result in significant reductions in PM10 SO2 and NOx emissions compared to diesel. The greatest benefits are seen when compared to large diesel engines. The benefits are less when compared to petrol engines. In addition to the benefits in terms of air quality, engines using road fuel gases produce less noise than equivalent diesel or petrol engines. Road fuel gases are obtained from three main sources;

Liquid Petroleum Gas (LPG)

LPG is produced from fossil sources. LPG tends to be used in smaller vehicles, particularly cars, where petrol is the dominant fuel. LPG vehicles produce significantly less PM10 and NOx than diesel. However, this benefit is not so significant when compared to petrol engines. Lifecycle emissions of greenhouse gases from LPG vehicles tend to be somewhat better than equivalent petrol vehicles, but slightly worse than diesel vehicles.

Compressed Natural Gas (CNG)

CNG comes primarily from fossil sources. Compared to existing diesel vehicles, CNG offers significant air quality benefits in terms of reductions in PM10 and NOx but usually results in a small increase in lifecycle greenhouse gas emissions. Air quality benefits are particularly significant when compared with heavy diesel vehicles, and it is in these vehicles that CNG tends to be used. This is because CNG storage systems are usually heavy, as the gas is not available as liquid unless refrigerated to very low temperature. However, lightweight vessels are also available that are much lighter then metallic ones, so reducing consumes also. CNG storage systems are also bulky, but cars like Fiat Multipla or Opel Zafira do not have such limitation because the vessels are integrated in the body, beneath the floor of the car. Air quality benefits are less significant when CNG is used in cars, where petrol tends to be the dominant fuel.

Biogas

Biogas is produced from landfill gas which is cleaned and then used as a road fuel in vehicles converted to run on CNG. There is potentially a large greenhouse gas saving on a lifecycle basis, as landfill gas is produced from biomass, and CO2 emissions produced during combustion of the fuel can be discounted. Close consideration, however, needs to be given at individual landfill sites to whether biogas production is the most appropriate waste disposal option for landfill gas produced at that site.

It is necessary to purify biogas, so it is better to use it for heat and electric generation.

3. Discussion

   

National Governments have a key role to play in increasing the use of these road fuel gases. Measures used by National Governments include reduced rates of fuel duty, and subsidies for the conversion of vehicles to use these fuels. These have been extremely effective. For example a reduction in the rate of excise duty on LPG in France in 1996 resulted in an increase in LPG vehicles from 70 000 in 1997 to 180 000 in 1999, and a 130% increase in fuel use. In addition National Governments have been active in removing obstacles to the use of road fuel gases such as by removing prohibitions on the use of LPG in vehicles, and the removal of restrictions on parking gas powered vehicles in underground car parks.

However, it is important to recognise that many measures can be taken at the level of the local municipal authority to further encourage the use of vehicles using road fuel gases. The measures taken at national level are likely to provide a climate in which financial incentives exist to encourage the use of these vehicles. Further measures taken at a local level are likely to fall into the categories of:

  • Provide further financial incentive / overcome financial obstacles;
  • Provide non-financial incentives to road fuel gas use;
  • Assist in rapidly developing the refuelling infrastructure and
  • Using legislation to require use of road fuel gas vehicles.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· A diverse range of measures can be employed by municipal authorities to encourage the use of vehicles using road fuel gases. These measures can be seen to complement and enhance the measures taken by national governments.

· The use of these low polluting fuels allows to reduce, in general, all the urban air pollutants (CO, VOC, PM, NOx).

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Provide further financial incentive / overcome financial obstacles

· In Germany, there are tax reductions available for vehicles powered by natural gas (guaranteed until 2020). Those reductions lead to significant savings concerning the general costs of the car. In addition, the Saxonian Emission and Climate Protection Program foresees under particular circumstances a financial aid covering 50 to 80 per cent of the additional costs of the vehicle. Furthermore, clients of Leipzig communal natural gas provider “Stadtwerke Leipzig” receive 1000 EUR for the new registration of a LPG vehicle.

· Sponsor the conversion of vehicles to Road Fuel Gases. The Municipality of Bremen implemented a scheme providing 3000 DM for each conversion.

· Sponsor the purchase of low emission vehicles. The municipality of Florence implemented a scheme providing a 1 000 000 Lire subsidy to citizens or companies purchasing electric vehicles from certain suppliers.

· Assist citizens with obtaining finance to convert private vehicles. The municipality of Florence is working upon an agreement for financing with facilitated rates by banks and a single office will carry out the necessary procedure. This enables citizens to repay loans for conversion from the savings made on fuel.

Provide non-financial incentives to road fuel gas use

  • Provide free parking for Zero/Low emission vehicles. This has been implemented in Stockholm.
  • Introduce Low Emission Zones (LEZ’s) which only allow low emission vehicles to enter. (See separate INTEGAIRE topic covering on LEZ’s).
  • Facilitate the purchase of vehicles using road fuel gases in large quantities to minimise cost. For example this was carried out as part of the European Zero and Low Emission Vehicles in Urban Society project (ZEUS). In this project 8 European Cities co-operated to secure joint purchase contracts with Fiat, Peugeot and Citroen for vehicles at reduced prices.

Assist in rapidly developing the refuelling infrastructure

· Convert existing municipal vehicles to road fuel gases. For example the municipality of Florence has converted 30 cars (including the service and official cars used by the Mayor and the city councillors) and 7 Municipal Police cars to methane. By the year 2000 the replacement is planned of at least 50% of the whole council car pool with methane-powered vehicles.

· Leipzig today has a network of three stations for natural gas and fourth one is foreseen. The communal cleaning service maintains ten LPG garbage trucks (and 53 fuel-powered ones). The Stadtwerke plan to start operating 11 transport LPG vehicles in 2003. It is the policy of the municipality to transform its own car fleet and that of direct service enterprises of the city step-by-step into a fleet powered by natural gas

· In London the numbers of natural gas powered vehicles purchased by municipal authorities convinced CNG providers to contribute to the cost of infrastructure provision.

· Assist and encourage other local Public bodies to procure/convert vehicles using road fuel gases. For example the organisation ALTER – Europe has held seminars to assist agencies in the procurement of these vehicles.

Using legislation to require the use of road fuel gas vehicles

· Use local regulations to require cleaner technology. For example in Italy many cities have mandated the conversion of bus fleets to road fuel gases for environmental reasons.

  • Provide exemptions from certain regulations for road fuel gas powered vehicles. For example traffic regulations in 18 major Italian cities compel gasoline and diesel vehicles to drive on alternate days during periods of acute pollution. These regulations exempt LPG vehicles.

An Example of a co-ordinated approach. Actions taken by Cities in respect of the ‘Alternative Traffic in Towns’ (ALTER) project

A comprehensive package of measures to promote the use of gas powered vehicles has been produced by the ALTER project for Alternative Traffic in Towns. ALTER is a pan-European project aiming to unite many European cities in promoting low emission vehicles. The project is designed to allow each city to choose how to implement the programme to suit local circumstances. However, it also aims to be macroeconomic in its effect as the decision by large numbers of cities to participate is aimed to stimulate the market for clean vehicles. To date 150 Cities have signed “The Declaration of Florence on Alternative Traffic in Towns” which includes the following commitments;

· To agree, from as soon as feasible, to renew their own transport on a clean or near zero emission basis;

· To undertake, where practical, to convert those of their vehicles with extended lifetimes to lower emission or cleaner fuel;

· To introduce and progressively extend areas of their cities to which only traffic with clean or near zero emissions would have access;

· To decide themselves the categories of vehicles and the date from which measures taken to implement these three main commitments would apply;

· To commit themselves to inform ALTER-Europe of the categories and anticipated number of vehicles concerned in implementing these measures so that the new demand by such categories can be aggregated and transmitted to manufacturers and fuel suppliers.

Clearly the topic of LPG and CH4 vehicles is closely related to the issue of Low Emission Zones (LEZ’s) and in most cases LEZ’s will be used as a driving force to promote these vehicles.

Other examples:

Further Examples:

Ecological Vehicles in Malmoe
Hythane – blending hydrogen with CNG for city buses in Malmö

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  LPG Cars at Leipzig

Example

   

In Germany, there are tax reductions available for vehicles powered by natural gas (guaranteed until 2020). Those reductions lead to significant savings concerning the general running costs of the car. In addition, the Saxonian Emission and Climate Protection Program foresees under particular circumstances a financial aid covering 50 to 80 per cent of the additional costs of the vehicle. Furthermore, clients of Leipzig communal natural gas provider “Stadtwerke Leipzig” receive 1000 EUR for the new registration of a LPG vehicle.

Leipzig today has a network of three stations for natural gas and fourth one is foreseen. The communal cleaning service maintains ten LPG garbage trucks (and 53 fuel-powered ones). The Stadtwerke plan to start operating 11 transport LPG vehicles in 2003. It is the policy of the municipality to transform its own car fleet and that of direct service enterprises of the city step-by-step into a fleet powered by natural gas.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  LPG buses

Example

   

LPG is a by-product from the refinery of oil. In the Netherlands it is used on a large scale as a fuel for cars. Transport and storage can cause accidents with a great impact. Because of safety measures there were hardly accidents and no casualties in the last few decades.

Diesel buses are causing a lot of air pollution, so from 1995 the policy of Utrecht was to use LPG for buses of the municipal Transport Company.

The experience with standard LPG-buses is good, although costs for maintenance are a bit higher. Jointed buses on diesel perform better than jointed buses on LPG. For double-jointed buses no proper LPG-engines were available.

Now 30% of their buses are LPG buses.

Liquid petrol gas busses

Text Box: 
Liquid petrol gas busses

From 2002 the Ministry of Environmental Care made clear the use of LPG would be discouraged because of the safety risks of LPG. This caused the end of the production of LPG engines for buses. The municipal Transport Company is now buying diesel buses.

In the contract between the Region and the bus companies is an environmental restriction: every new bus complies with the latest emission standard and the average age of buses in use in 2007 will be 7 years (now 10 years) and the maximum age will be 14 years (now 19 years).

LPG buses will only be brought back into use if they are designed and marketed on a Europe-wide basis.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  The world's largest fleet of refuse collection trucks driven by natural gas

Example

   

Göteborg has the world's largest fleet of refuse collection trucks driven by natural gas. Over 30 % of Renova's refuse collection trucks in Göteborg run on natural gas. This means that the natural gas replaces more than half a million litres of diesel oil.

Renova also has, still, the world's only refuse collection truck with water hydraulics. Instead of oil, this refuse collection truck has water in its hydraulic system. In addition the truck runs on natural gas, which puts it in the best environmental class.


Göteborg is also first in the world with a street-sweeping machine with unique environmental properties for this type of vehicle. The natural gas engine not only lowers the emission levels considerably, but also the noise level.

Street-sweeping machine and vehicles run on natural gas
By means of a comprehensive technical solution, Göteborg is first in the world with a street-sweeping machine with unique environmental properties for this type of vehicle.

The street-sweeping machine is based on the medium-heavy truck model Volvo FL, which is also supplied in a variant run on natural gas, CNG, based on the six-cylinder diesel engine.

The natural gas engine is primarily intended as an alternative in sensitive town environments for refuse trucks, for example, and lorries for distribution. The natural gas engine not only lowers the emission levels considerably, but also the noise level, which is important in heavily populated areas.


The street-sweeping unit is also run on natural gas.
A Bi-Fuel engine from Volvo Cars is used as the engine to power brushes and a turbine for suction. It can be run on either natural gas (CNG) or biogas. There are ten or so trucks of this size with sweeping units in operation in the Göteborg area today, so-called street-sweeping machines.


More vehicles run on natural gas


Renova, the west of Sweden's leading recycling and waste disposal company, based in Göteborg, is also a pioneer in the field of vehicles run on natural gas.

There are now altogether 33 medium-heavy and heavy Volvo trucks run on natural gas in operation with Renova. This means that about 30 % of the vehicle fleet is run on natural gas. A positive development from an environmental point of view, since they are vehicles that are used in sensitive big city environments.

Göteborg is also well provided with filling stations for natural gas. Renova has its own quick-filling station for natural gas, where it takes about 5-7 minutes to fill a natural-gas-driven truck. There are a further five stations in the Göteborg area.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Can cleaner vehicles improve air quality?

2. Introduction

   

Air quality has definitely improved during the last decade thanks to catalysts and new technical equipment for reduction of exhaust emissions from motor vehicles. The regulations in California, U.S.A. did attract much attention. Low-emitting vehicles have the potential to reduce air pollution still more, and often noise too. Unfortunately the car manufacturers are, with few exceptions, not very enthusiastic in promoting environmentally friendly vehicles or ‘Eco Vehicles’. They are, however, producing and selling Eco Vehicles at reasonable prices on the market. A city administration and municipality as a fleet owner has a unique position and possibility to demonstrate, support and encourage the use of low-emitting vehicles.

3. Discussion

   

What fuels are available?

As pointed out above there is a potential market for Eco Vehicles. Most IC (internal combustion) light and heavy vehicles can use alternative fuels with no or little modifications. Petrol can be substituted by methane in biogas and natural gas, CNG, or propane, ethanol, methanol or blends of alcohol and petrol or diesel.

Ongoing tests in Sweden with a blend of CNG and hydrogen show positive results for emissions as well as for the combustion and motor.

Diesel can be substituted by oilseed rape, RME or by synthetic fuels like DME, dimethylether. Bio-fuels are positive from the global climate aspect. Biogas is an extremely environmentally friendly fuel, rather easily produced on small as well as large scale. Emissions from methane fuelled vehicles are low. Emissions from RME vehicles are comparable to diesel vehicles but perform better from the climate point of view. Ethanol, methanol or alcohol+petrol/diesel give low emissions. Tests in Denmark have shown that diesel blended with 10 % ethanol reduce particle emission by 17 %. Particle filters reduce emission from diesel engines drastically and make the diesel car environmentally competitive.

Electric hybrid vehicles have rather low emissions due to a lower consumption of fuel. Battery vehicles have zero emission, at least where they are used. The electricity production results in emissions but these can be proportionally lower than those in IC engines.

The future and final solution has - for a long time – been identified in the fuel cell vehicles. They can be driven by different fuels like methanol, CNG or hydrogen and have practically zero emissions.

Which vehicles does the market offer?

The European car manufacturers offer models of light vehicles as bi-fuel (natural gas or biogas with petrol as spare fuel) or a conversion packet for gas only. Flexible fuel vehicles, FFV, for mixtures of fuels (for instance petrol and alcohol) are available. Cars with diesel engines can usually be fuelled by RME or blends of diesel and RME or alcohol. Japanese manufacturers offer a few electric hybrid models. Battery vehicles seem to disappear gradually. Heavy vehicles, buses and trucks are commercially available in natural gas versions from a few manufacturers.

Fuel cell vehicles are not available on a really commercial basis yet. There are some ongoing more or less prototype projects with fuel cell buses in 9 European cities (see the EU CUTE project).

There are different types of light electric vehicles with two or three wheels that can be used for delivery of light goods and personal transport, particularly competitive in city centres.

What to choose?

The choice of vehicle depends on the existing fuel infrastructure. Natural gas is available in many places. Sometimes also filling stations. Biogas may require the establishment of a production unit. RME can be stored in any normal filling station. Alcohol requires separate production units. Storage and filling can take place in ordinary filling stations.

Who else, besides the local government administration, belongs to the target groups?

Companies, taxi and courier companies, industry associations, companies with environmental certification, car sales staff, dealers and leasing companies, fuel suppliers, environmental consultants and municipal suppliers.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

A few rules/guidelines can be so summarised for increasing the use of eco vehicles:

· Convince the city council on approval of a policy saying that “ the city’s fleet of light vehicles shall consist of not less than xx % eco vehicles in 200x at the latest”

· The corresponding value for heavy vehicles shall be yy %.

· Establish a small staff (1-2 persons) to spread information about eco vehicles in different ways.

· Support the owners of eco vehicles with free parking, permission to drive in bus lanes and whatever you find suitable.

· Purchase different eco vehicles to be available for demonstrations to the above mentioned target groups and let them try for a few days or a week.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

The European CUTE project (Clean Urban Transport for Europe) aims at developing and implementing hydrogen and fuel cell technology in daily urban traffic.

Participant cities are Amsterdam, Barcelona, Hamburg, London, Luxembourg, Madrid, Porto, Stockholm, Stuttgart.

Twenty seven fuel-cell powered buses, running on locally produced and refilled hydrogen, should prove that zero emission public transport is possible today when ambitious political will and innovative technology are combined. The project includes the development of the accompanying energy infrastructure. The Project demonstrates that hydrogen is an efficient and environmentally friendly power source for the future of their cities. The 9 European cities are convinced that the combination of a hydrogen and fuel-cell bus in a quality public transport system will lead towards the most sustainable urban transport.

One of the key outcomes will be the assessment of the efficiency of hydrogen production costs and the life cycle of fuel cell buses. A new filling technology with advanced pressure will be introduced. The project contributes to the acceptance of the hydrogen technology.

There is at this moment no website available.

Template examples are available from:

LPG promotion in Belgium (2000-2001)

Examples for this topic template are also the specific Topic Templates dedicated to innovative vehicles: see templates

Further Examples:

How can electric and hybrid vehicles contribute to clean air?
Electric and Hybrid Vehicles in Sevilla
LPG buses
The world's largest fleet of refuse collection trucks driven by natural gas
Ecological Vehicles in Malmoe

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· http://www.miljofordon.se/english/

· http://www.miljofordon.org/

· http://www.miljobilar.stockholm.se/english/index.asp

· http://www.baff.info/

· http://www.sekab.se/

· http://www.sgc.se/

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Ecological Vehicles in Malmoe

Example

   

Public transport

The City of Malmö has actively worked together with Skånetrafiken (the regional public transport coordinator) and Sydgas (the local gas company) to replace the diesel buses with gas buses in the city . Today all city buses (approx 200) run on natural gas, CNG. This is the largest fleet of natural gas busses in northern Europe. The building of new infrastructure for refuelling has been an important part of the success. The three different contractors operating the city buses all have CNG available at their garages for filling

Refuse collection

The city’s contractors use both heavy electric battery vehicles and natural gas vehicles.

The municipal fleet of light vehicles

In 1997 the city council set the target that the municipal car fleet year 2000 should consist of 25 % clean vehicles. This goal was easily reached. In 2001 the municipal council therefore set a new target that the municipal car fleet year 2003 should consist of 50 % clean vehicles. In april 2004 the figure was 53 %. The definition of clean vehicles includes electric and hybrid electric vehicles, biogas- and natural gas vehicles, ethanol vehicles, some biodiesel (RME) vehicles and vehicles with very low consumption of petrol and diesel. A municipal company called ViSAB owns all vehicles in the municipality and leases the vehicles to the different municipal offices. With the target 50% clean vehicles 2003 there was a regulation set up that the offices have to have specific reasons if they do not lease a clean vehicle.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How can bicycles use contribute to an AQ improvement?

2. Introduction

   

Up to the middle of 1990s cycling and walking declined considerably and the policy makers tended to overlook these modalities. Especially in city centres, bicycle traffic is the ideal and most sustainable mode of transport. Going by bike for short distances (of 1 to 3 kilometres) is fast, flexible, healthy, requires a minimum of space for both parking and moving, and produces only little noise and no polluting emissions at all.


3. Discussion

   

A shift of transport towards bicycle traffic results always in an improvement of air quality. A research study conducted by the Umwelt- und Prognose-Instituts Heidelberg e. V. (Germany) showed that in a city counting 100,000 inhabitants, a 20 per cent shift of transport from motorised vehicles to bicycles results in a reduction of air pollution by 36%. Many European cities, notably those located in the Netherlands and in Denmark, have a large share of bicycle traffic in their modal split. German cities average is 11%, in some few middle size cities between 25 and 35% (some best performances in Germany: Münster, Dessau, Erlangen).

Further discussion points are:

  • Which methods can be recommended for public relation activities aiming to encourage bicycle usage (instead of individual motorised transport)?
  • How can cities ensure that an increase of bicycle usage does not go along with an increase of motorised vehicles to the disadvantage of public transport?

A real commitment to cycling is likely to involve reduction of road capacity for motorised vehicles: this may lead in short term towards congestion, though it is a strongly effective long term measure.

A relevant EC Project in the area of bicycle use is VELOINFO (see http://www.lutr.net/). The objective of VELOINFO is to enable local authorities and experts to attain sustainable urban planning by establishing a internet based expertise centre on bicycle planning policies and bicycle use. The usefulness and continuity of the expertise centre is ensured by the following project objectives: involve users and suppliers of cycling policy knowledge in the development of the system; make use of state-of-the-art technology for data storage, information disclosure and internet communication; create a critical mass of bicycle policy and user information in the expertise centre; establish a business model based on a co-operative network methodology; carry out an active marketing and dissemination from the start of the project and demonstrate and evaluate the usefulness of Veloinfo.


4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· Measures to give priority to cycles should be much more seriously considered in view of their clear benefits (mainly low capital costs and very limited impact on the environment) and the enormous potential of demand (around a quarter of urban trips are under 3 km in Germany and the United Kingdom) that can be shifted to cycling and walking.

· Public transport finds it difficult to take care of short distances, especially when these short trips are mainly located in suburban areas. The bicycle on the other hand has a high door-to-door capability and flexibility. The network of cycling and walking should be dense to allow direct access to any destination: connecting paths, shortcuts, passages through buildings and underpasses or bridges to overcome obstacles such as rivers, railway lines or motorways can reduce substantially the trip length.

· The waiting time at the traffic signals should be minimised with dedicated frequent short phases or free turning right. Measures such as wide pavements and separate cycle paths, levelled-off or continuing pavements and cycle paths at intersections, removal of obstacles such as kerbstones, smooth surface on cycle paths and speed humps not obstructing bicycle traffic are all contributes to the increasing of pleasure and convenience of cycling.

· The development of “greenways” based on footpaths, cycle-ways, and waterways is also a way of enhancing the environmental quality and the pleasure of cycling. Cycling can further be promoted by providing secure bicycle parking facilities near stations, shopping centres, schools, public buildings, etc.

· Advanced parking shelters (electronic card operated) for bicycles have been introduced on the market, electronic operated Public City Bike systems, and The Bicycle Lift are examples of the last years innovative technology which have been introduced to support cycling in urban areas.

· The significant use of bicycle as a transport mode can reduce virtually all the pollutants concentrations in urban areas, especially in environmental and central zones. In facts the use of the bicycle is alternative to the use of various polluting vehicles (motorcycles, diesel or benzene cars) which are responsible of the emissions of all the main urban air pollutants: CO, VOC, NOx, PM.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Best practices for a broad usage of bicycles can be found in most Dutch and some Danish and German cities. Yet, those cities benefit from their geographical situation (only small hills) which generally makes cycling more attractive. Other recommended practises include the city-bike concepts of Vienna and Copenhagen.

The City of Leipzig managed to increase bicycle traffic from 5,2% (1987; 1994: 5,8%) to 13,2% (1998) by taking or planning the measures and actions recommended above. Those actions will continue to play a major role in the cities policies in the years to come.

In Seville, the local Hispalense University initiated in 1996 a project to establish a cycling network for its 70,000 students who often have to change between different campuses. While Seville City Council will carry out the necessary construction efforts (new bicycle lanes), the university makes sure that all of its building can be accesses by bike and that secured bicycle parking facilities are established. The project responses the demands of students and contributes to a better circulation as well as to a healthier environment (for more information please consult: www.universidaddesevilla.com).

The Swedish City of Malmö is proud to call itself the “Cycling City” as the municipality provides approximately 370 km of cycling ways (2003; target to increase the length until 2013 to 520 km) compared to a street network for motorised vehicles of 900 km. Until 2013, the city aims to decrease car traffic by 2 – 3% and to increase bicycle usage by 10%. Estimations show that even the slight reduction of car traffic can reduce car emissions by 5% as short-distance car traffic (catalysts do not work at their optimum until the engine has reached its working temperature) is more pollutant. The chances to reach this goal are well as Malmö benefits from its topography and promotes safe bicycle lanes as well as secure parking facilities.

Other modal split data from selected European cities (share of bicycle traffic): Münster (D): 34%, Dessau (D): 27%, Basel (SUI): 23%, The Hague (NL): 24%, Freiburg (D) / Amsterdam (NL): 20%, Parma (I): 19%, Potsdam (D): 17%, Cologne (D) / Bern (SUI): 15%, Strasbourg (F): 12%, Dresden (D): 10% (see http://www.dresden.de/index.html?node=6725), Frankfort am Main (D): 6%, Dublin (IRL) / Chemnitz (D): 5%.

Copenaghen (Denmark). Within its integrated traffic plan a stong emphasis was put on the further development of cycling, which already accounts for 30% of home to work trips in the summer compared with 37% of public transport and 30% of the private cars.

Erlangen (Germany) has been promoting a cycling policy for over 20 years by developing a dense network of cycleways accompanied by detailed signalling and parking facilities and priority is given to cyclists on certain routes. As a result cycling has more than doubled its share of city traffic since 1974 (from 14% to 29%). In the same period the car traffic remained stable at around 40% but the share of pedestrians has fallen.

Groningen (The Netherlands) implemented a programme to favour the use of bycicle and public transport based on the idea to implement restrictive parking policies near facilities, shopping centres, and other attractive locations. The city also improved its bus service through the integration of different networks with separate bus lanes and priority at the traffic signals. Groningen is today the world third ranking city for the bicycle use.

Trondheim (Norway) City centers surrounded by hills commonly have heavy air pollution with a negative effect on cycling. Steep hills foster steep inclines in the suburb–center linkages, which are also serious barriers to cycling. Hilly cities may therefore have a bigger unrevealed potential of cycling, than flat cities and clever located Bicycle Lifts may reveal this interesting potential. The lift will reduce the strain and unwanted sweat of people who want to use bicycle as their daily form of transport. Normally the bicycle lift carry the cyclists up onto topographically higher levels, where you have less pollution, less noise and less conflicts with the car traffic. Since the installation of the Bicycle Lift, cycling in this particular area of Trondheim has increased by 150 %. More personal trips are now being made by bike than by public transport and Trondheim has a general increase in cycling which rates the highest in Norway.

This positive effect is not due to the lift alone (the prototype is not more than 130 m long) but there is no doubt that the lift has raised the general image, attention and motivation of cycling in Trondheim. The normal lack of consistent proof of its effects on peoples biking habits is a major deterrent to a faster market penetration.

Other examples :

· How can Bicycles contribute to clean air? “Cycling project in the Metropolitan Area of Seville”

Further Examples:

Road Infrastructures

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   
  • UTOPIA Project – Deliverable 10: Evaluation of policy aspects – November 1999.
  • UTOPIA Project – Deliverable 15: Final validation of the evaluation framework and methodology – October 2000.

Other examples in EU Projects:

  • CENTAUR: Toulouse (France), Dublin (Ireland) and Bristol (UK)
  • ENTIRE: Helsinki (Finland).
  • JUPITER-2: Aalborg (Denmark), Nantes (France), Heidelberg (Germany) and Bilbao (Spain).
  • SAGITTAIRE: Besancon (France), Luxembourg (Luxembourg), Stavanger (Norway) and Sintra (Portugal).
  • ZEUS: Copenhagen (Denmark)

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Contribution of bicycle traffic for improving Air Quality

Example

   

Malmö calls itself ‘the Cycling City’ because it already has more than 370 km of cycle ways (compared to 900 km car ways) and it is planned to reach 520 km. The City Council’s goal over a ten year period is to

  • Increase cycle traffic by 10 %
  • Decrease car traffic by 2-3 %
  • Decrease car emissions in Malmö by approx 5 %

The latter target seems hard to reach but if the short car journeys can be replaced by cycling it will have much greater effect on AQ than the reduced number of car journeys predicts. This is due to the fact that the catalyst has not reached optimum effect when the engine is cold. Thus the engine emits more until the catalyst has reached its working temperature.

The topography of Malmö is ideal for cycling and increasing safety on the cycle ways, building a fully comprehensive cycle network, creating attractive and recreational cycle routes, providing safe and secure cycle parking facilities and promoting the advantages of cycling to all Malmö’s inhabitants will contribute to reaching the goals for ‘the Cycling City’.

Cycle parking and marketing are very often overlooked. There should be a sufficient number of bike stands throughout the city, appropriately positioned, user friendly, secure and where possible, protected from the weather. Cycle parking should have the same importance in transport planning as car parking.

Marketing should be divided in two categories; one for general info as cycle maps functioning both as route guides and as the basis for themed trips, and the other category for campaigns. To be successful campaigns should focus on a limited part of the bicycle network such as a new lane in a district. Too wide campaigns do not have as good effect as more narrow ones

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  How can Bicycles contribute to clean air? “Cycling project in the Metropolitan Area of Seville”

Example

   

In the last few years, the use of the bicycle has been considered an alternative to the more traditional forms of transport, in the city of Seville. The Hispalense University within its Governing Council, approved a project whose main aim is to ease communication by creating a network of cycleways between the different faculties in the university distributed in the Reina Mercedes Campus , Old Tobacco Factory , Macarena and Cartuja ( there is a long distance between each campus). With this project, a demand made by the 70.000 students at the university will be achieved. The work in this project started seven years ago, and will not only meet the demand of the university students, but will also improve health and promote a healthy environment.

With the use of these cycle lane, it will be possible to ease the journeys of the students from one campus, to another one, activity that at the current moment is being increased, as a consequence of new cross curriculum study plans, because many students now have to attend curriculum subjects, in several different centres, whilst studying for their degree.

The Transport and Traffic Delegation of the Local Council have taken on the task for carrying out the building works, at the same time that the University will ensure that all the faculties have the services and accesses needed for the students and and security for cycle parking.

More available information in the next website

www.universidaddesevilla.com

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Bicycle use

Example

   

Bicycle infrastructure

In Utrecht 29% of the number of journeys takes place by bicycle.

For both the town and region main cycle ways are signposted, surfaced and designed for cycle traffic. At main crossings are tunnels reserved for cyclists and pedestrians. An important issue in the design of these tunnels is that people feel safe.

Parking bicycles

In Utrecht are 5 guarded cycle storage sheds and many other provisions without security. Also in some streets there are bicycle boxes which can be locked.

In the plan for the redeveloped railway station (pubic transport terminal) are six cycle sheds with about 20.000 places.

In the Netherlands since 2003 you can buy a subscription for hiring a bicycle at the railway station. Then you don't have to fill in a form and to pay a deposit. So it is much quicker. Because there will be more train passengers if the transport before and after the railway journey is good, the rent for a bicycle doesn't have to be cost effective.

In Utrecht the car parks(for cars and bicycles) are run by the (public) parking division. With the money from car parking the municipality can keep the prices for bicycle parking low.

Experiment bicycle street

A few years ago in Utrecht there was an experiment with a bicycle street. The street was divided in two parts: one for each direction. The part for one direction was too small for cars passing a bicycle. The meaning was that cars should have the same speed as bicycles. The experiment was no success, because some cyclists became nervous by cars riding too close behind them. They gave way to cars to pass and that resulted in dangerous situations.

Mobility management/ Taxation regimes

Most public and some private companies have office bicycles for short trips to other buildings. Utrecht officers cannot claim expences for parking their car in the city. So no officer will use a car to go to the city center, because of the high parking rates. The national government stimulates the use of bicycles by taxation profits. It is possible to buy a bicycle via your employer and to substract the costs from your gross salary.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  H2 and Fuel Cells vehicles

2. Introduction

   

Hydrogen is sometimes called the “”fuel of the future” and hydrogen certainly has a number of inherent attractive features when considered as a fuel for road vehicles.

Hydrogen is by far the most abundant element (90% on number of atoms basis) in the universe and in the Earth’s crust it is one of the most abundant elements. On Earth, hydrogen is almost exclusively found in chemical compounds, whereas free molecular hydrogen is virtually not seen in nature. A consequence of the latter is that hydrogen is not a source of energy, but rather a convenient tool for handling energy. In many respects an illustrating parallel may be drawn to electricity, which is also not a source of energy, but instead an appropriate intermediate in energy transport and conversion.

Hydrogen is known in the liquid and in the gaseous states. The solid state, metallic hydrogen, is only possible at extreme conditions, as it is believed to exist in the interior of stars and larger planets. The most frequently found state for elemental hydrogen is the gaseous state because this is the stable one at normal temperatures and pressures. The critical temperature and pressure of hydrogen is about 33 K and 13 bar.

Binary, chemical compounds of hydrogen are known for many elements. In particular hydrogen reacts vividly with oxygen to form water. The reaction is strongly exothermic and results in a release of approx. 240 or 286 kJ/mole, the difference being the heat of evaporation for water. The standard Gibbs function of formation for (liquid) water is about 237 kJ/mole.

3. Discussion

   

The production of industrial hydrogen is currently based mainly on fossil fuels, but to some extent also electricity is used. If considered as an alternative fuel, hydrogen should not be produced from fossils, since that would not lead to decreased emission of greenhouse gas. However, as mentioned, hydrogen can be (and in fact it is) produced from electricity by electrochemical splitting of water. The energy efficiency of the electrolysis process is relatively high, just around 90 %, and therefore this production method seems viable, although capital costs for sufficient electrolysation capacity may constitute a serious drawback of the technology.

If considered as fuel, hydrogen is a very versatile one. A special reason for the technological interest in hydrogen is that hydrogen goes very well with fuel cells. Most fuel cells are basically powered by hydrogen, even though the primary fuel is not always pure hydrogen. Using hydrogen in a fuel cell leads to an optimised energy efficiency (for the conversion of chemical to mechanical energy) compared with use of hydrogen in an internal combustion engine. Conversion efficiencies approaching 70 % may be available (depending strongly, though, on operation mode and conditions) and this is at least 2 times better than the conversion efficiency observed for internal combustion engines. However, hydrogen may also well be used as fuel in internal combustion engines. Such engines have been demonstrated for instance by many car manufacturers and represent quite well known technology.

Use of hydrogen as fuel in the transport sector would require significant changes in infrastructure. Distribution of hydrogen and local fuelling of cars could not be done the same way gasoline is handled today. Therefore the infrastructural problems must be given careful consideration, both concerning economy and safety, in relation to a possible utilisation of hydrogen as an energy carrier.

Fuel Cell Electric Vehicles & Fuel Cell Hybrid Electric Vehicles (FCEV & FCHEV)

Fuel Cells are addressed as "zero emission" technology. This is, however, just one of the reasons why fuel cells are attractive. The second one is that Fuel cell systems produce electrical energy at high efficiency. Whether or not the efficiency is higher than that of internal combustion engines such as piston engines and gas turbines depends on factors like:

· Primary fuel source

· Type of operation (variable load versus constant load)

· Power level

At present, the energy source for transportation is oil. Fuel cells prefer hydrogen, which can be made of virtually any fossil fuel source, from biomass, and from electricity derived from e.g. wind and solar energy. These will very like be the energy sources of the future. Thus, fuel cells help to reduce the dependence of oil, and enable the transition to a sustainable energy system.

Fuel cells are modular and can be shaped in various designs. This allows designers to develop new products or to completely redesign existing products. Several types of fuel cells exist. They are generally (but not always) given names that refer to the electrolyte:

· AFC: Alkaline Fuel Cell

· PAFC: Phosphoric Acid Fuel Cell

· MCFC: Molten Carbonate Fuel Cell, with a special version being the internal reforming MCFC (IRMFCF) that will also accept natural gas for fuel.

· SOFC: Solid Oxide Fuel Cell

· PEMFC: Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cell (or Polymer Electrolyte Fuel Cell)

· DMFC: Direct Methanol Fuel Cell (here is exception to the name giving rule)

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· stationary PAFC system, the progress in fuel cell development is most visible in the area of vehicles. The driving force here on the one hand is the Californian legislation with respect to zero emission vehicles. The fact that the Californian legislation is an important factor is clearly demonstrated by listing the companies that have shown to make significant progress: GM, DC, Ford, Toyota, Mazda, Nissan and Honda. These companies have significant market shares in California. The companies with low sales in the US, typically the EU-companies, have much less significant fuel cell development activities.

· Several experimental vehicles, including buses, have been built in the past ten years. To a large extent, the PEMFC is the technology used here. Currently, small fleets of “prototype” buses (Ballard, Daimler Chrysler Citaro, IVECO Altrobus, Man, Scania, Toyota) and cars have been built. These vehicles will mostly use hydrogen as a fuel. Commercialisation is foreseen to start in 2010. For buses, this may be somewhat earlier.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

H2 and Fuel Cells vehicles in Amsterdam

The aim of the project is to demonstrate the feasibility of an innovative, high energy efficient, clean urban public transport system. This demonstration will encompass the operation of 27 purpose designed fuel cell powered, low-noise buses in 9 European cities. Therefore regional appropriate hydrogen (H2) production and refuelling infrastructures will be established. This public transport system will contribute to the reduction of overall CO2 emissions. In addition the elimination of local NOx, SO2 and particulate emissions will improve health and living conditions in urban areas. The outcome of the project will also be an improved public acceptance of the H2 fuel cell transport system, a more secure energy supply for the EU and the realistic application of renewable energy sources. It will strengthen the competitiveness of EU industry, create new jobs and greatly contribute to the Kyoto commitments of the Member States.

Specific template examples:

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

The following projects, completed or “on going” in the framework of the 5th FP, deal with Fuel Cell related Projects:

· PROFUEL, On-board gasoline processor for fuel cell vehicle application

· BIO-H2, Production of clean hydrogen for fuel cells by reformation of bioethanol

· FUERO, Fuel cell systems and components general research for vehicle applications

· CPS2FCS, Critical Paths to Fuel Cells

· IM-SOFC-GT, Integrated modelling study of fuel cell/gas turbine hybrids

· AMFC, Advanced Methanol fuel cells for vehicle propulsion

· DREAMCAR, Direct methanol fuel cell system for car applications

· PMFP, Plasma & membrane supported catalytic gasoline fuel processor using hydrogen selectic membranes

· ECTOS, Ecological City Transport System: Demonstration, Evaluation and Research Project of Hydrogen fuel cell bus transportation system of the future

· Development of enhanced electrocatalysts for mobile fuel cell systems

· CUTE, Clean Urban Transport for Europe

· ELEDRIVE , Thematic network on fuel cells and their applications for electric & hybrid vehicles

· FRESCO, European Development Of A Fuel-Cell, Reduced-Emission Scooter

· APOLLON, Advanced Pem Fuel Cells

· FEBUSS, Fuel Cell Energy Systems Standardised for Large Transport, BUSses and Stationary Applications

· ACCEPT, Ammonia Craking for Clean Electric Power Technology

· MINIREF, Miniaturised Gasoline Fuel Processor for Fuel Cell Vehicle Applications

· SOFCNET, Thematic network on solid oxide fuel cell technology

· BIOFEAT, Biodiesel fuel processor for a fuel cell auxiliary power unit for a vehicle

· DIRECT, Diesel reforming by catalytic technologies

· FUEVA, European fuel cell vehicles technologies validation phase II

· FCSHIP, Fuel cell technology in ships

· POWERSIM, Powertrain and vehicle simulation

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Hythane – blending hydrogen with CNG for city buses in Malmö

Example

   

The City of Malmö, in cooperation with a large Swedish energy company, Sydkraft, and the local public transport company, Skånetrafiken, has been working actively with the fleet of city buses for several years. This has resulted in one of Europe’s largest bus fleets run on Compressed Natural Gas (CNG).

Today the fleet consists of around 180 buses. As for the air quality, the improvements have been considerable. At one of the sites for measuring the air quality in the city centre the level of nitrogen oxides has decreased more than 40 % over a period of seven years, following the large-scale introduction of CNG-buses since the mid-90s.

In 2003 the next step was taken in the form of a project aiming at producing hydrogen for a filling station in the centre of the city. In 2003 the station was opened, and since then the pumps can offer both pure hydrogen, and different mixtures of CNG and hydrogen, so called ‘hythane’. This is the first station of its kind in Europe.

The target of the project is to convert two buses in the bus fleet from CNG to hythane and to evaluate the influence of the fuel on emissions, fuel consumption and operability. Moreover, the project sets out to develop a general understanding of the influence of hydrogen/CNG mixtures when used in public transport. Since September 2003 one bus is running on hythane consisting of 8% hydrogen and 92 % CNG.

In the next step, the second bus will be converted to run on 20 % hydrogen mixture. This will require modifications of the control system in the bus and also minor modifications of the engine in order to be able to cope with the higher concentrations of hydrogen.

This second bus will be monitored both for fuel consumption and emissions. Considerable positive effects on the air quality are expected. As for nitrogen and carbon monoxide a 10 % decrease is anticipated. Furthermore, a decrease of emissions of greenhouse gases of up to 20 % is foreseen. The launch of this second bus is soon to come, and it will be running sometime during the autumn of 2004. The project will end in 2005, when enough experience has been gained from the operation of the two buses.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  H2 and Fuel Cell vehicles in Stockholm and Reykjavik

Example

   

Reykjavik: The challenge of a domestic source for transport energy

With its geographical location and geological situation, Iceland naturally has a geothermal heat flux, combined with rain and snow, which allow for geothermal and hydroelectric harnessing. However, transport, fishing and industry still emit about 11 tonnes of CO2 per capita per year and require oil and gasoline imports. In order to tackle the problems of pollution and energy supply, the ministry of Industry and Commerce appointed a committee on “Domestic Fuel Production” in 1997. With a strong support and clear political leadership from the national government, a joint venture called Icelandic New Energy was set up to investigate the potential for eventually replacing the use of fossil fuels in Iceland with “hydrogen based fuels” and create the world’s first hydrogen economy.

Three key projects on hydrogen were launched: fuel cell bus demonstrations (ECTOS), fuel cell passenger vehicles pilots, and fuel cell fishing vessel demonstrations. The ECTOS project (2001-2005) is run in cooperation with the CUTE project and aims at creating and integrating hydrogen infrastructure into the existing urban setting in Reykjavik. The CUTE (Clean Urban Transport for Europe) project, funded by the European Commission, involves 9 European cities (Amsterdam, Barcelona, Hamburg, London, Luxembourg, Madrid, Porto, Stockholm, and Stuttgart) aiming to introduce hydrogen in public transport systems.

Hydrogen is produced through an on-site electrolyser using renewable electricity to split water into hydrogen and oxygen. After that, hydrogen is stored in a compressor and delivered directly on to vehicles in a gaseous form. The first demonstration buses started to run in October 2003. They can drive 200 to 250 km at a maximum speed of 80 kph. Hydrogen can be transported by truck in a gas or liquid form. The project is currently investigating the impact of transforming hydrogen at each location. In addition, the use of hydrogen for fishing vessels is in demonstration. Another project is looking at how to extract hydrogen from geothermal gases. Geothermal heat could also provide energy for high temperature electrolysis of water. One of the main challenges today, remains the storage of hydrogen.

Iceland is investigating the possibilities to export hydrogen to the European continent. The Icelandic government is conducting studies to analyse the economic and social cost of hydrogen infrastructure and the pros and cons of a fully developed infrastructure for the hydrogen economy.

Stockholm: Creating a market for alternative fuelled vehicles

In the framework of the CIVITAS Trendsetter project, the city of Stockholm is investigating how to create a market for alternative fuelled vehicles (AFVs). Currently, the high cost of such vehicles, the inadequate infrastructure, national barriers, the lack of incentives, and the low acceptance of users are main obstacles for an alternative fuelled vehicles market. The city of Stockholm has set the target that by 2006, at least 4% of all new vehicles should be AFVs, 60% of all vehicles used by the city should be AFVs, and that AFVs should be fuelled by 80% of alternative fuels.

The city of Stockholm has been involved in numerous projects promoting the procurement of AFVs, such as ZEUS, Trendsetter, and HECTOR. These projects aim to develop the infrastructure for alternative fuelled vehicles, to buy a large quantity of these vehicles, to create a market, to raise the awareness of sustainable transport, and to develop new intermodal transport facilities. Around 350 vehicles were bought within the ZEUS project and the prices of the vehicles were reduced by 25 to 50%. 3000 ethanol cars were bought and the number of fuelling stations doubled. Within the Trendsetter project on clean vehicle procurement, 1700 biogas, electric-hybrid, ethanol cars and vans are bought per year over a 4-year period. Prices are reduced by 4 to 18%. In addition, these projects have contributed to opening the market for electric vehicles, and to foster the development of the required infrastructure. Currently, the city of Stockholm is developing the HECTOR project (Heavy Vehicles for Sustainable City Transport). The goal is to have at least two established vehicle manufacturers offer standardised city buses and regional buses that can be operated on ethanol, by the end of the project period. Another aim of the project is to buy 2000 buses within a 3 to 5 years period.

These experiences show that common procurement is essential to reduce the price of AFVs, to introduce new technologies, to help develop new infrastructure and to reduce technical and economic risks. Along with common procurement, it is also necessary to encourage the use of clean vehicles through incentives such as free parking for AFVs, free access in restricted zones, and through the promotion of clean vehicles in private companies. In order to further increase the public acceptance of AFVs, the city of Stockholm offers citizens the opportunity to borrow an AFV for free. In January 2004, there were around 2500 AFVs in greater Stockholm.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Land Use Measures: Land Use Change

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
Residential Areas
 
Car-free housing in some German cities, especially Hamburg
Examples of Pedestrian and Residential Areas in Bristol
Regeneration and Newly Developed Areas
 
Using Regeneration to Improve Air Quality in Birmingham, UK
Regeneration and Newly Developed Areas in Malmö
Relocation of business activities
Existing Land Use Planning Policies including LU & TR relationsips
 
Major tunnel in Utrecht
Pedestrianised areas
 
Examples of Pedestrian and Residential Areas in Bristol
How can pedestrian areas contribute to clean air?
Removable Bollards
Relocation of business activities
 
Relocation of business activities

Overview of Issue

  Overview to appear here

Last Updated


 

30th November 1999

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Residential Areas

2. Introduction

   

A careful land use planning that assists in reducing motorised traffic is built on the principles of density, mixed use and the right location.

Car free residential areas represent a new form of urban living, which is not dominated by the car. In these areas, residents commit themselves not to own cars, which allows for higher environmental quality than usual in new developments. Less dependence on the car implies less parking. Less parking space opens up the possibility for using the space for different social functions and saves the investments usually needed for constructing garages. The aim is to move towards housing developments that give priority to pedestrians and cyclists and marginalize the impact of cars.

The car free approach reduces pollution levels, potentially lowers housing costs, creates a more attractive environment, offers more quality of life and encourages the use of alternative transport modes.

Car free residential developments are most suitable for compact cities with a high inner-urban population density. A typical European city has a high proportion of residents concentrated in close proximity to public transport corridors, which makes public transport more viable and provides better accessibility to local services.

3. Discussion

   

People who want to do without the expense of a car and do not want to pay for the provision of car oriented infrastructure, should be given the option of living in a car free environment.

A major structural determinant of the desire for car travel is the traditional requirement for all new housing developments to include adequate car parking. Building regulations tend to be car oriented, with obligations for providing a lot of parking space, which is usually not evaluated as an economic asset. This reflects the historic aspiration of people to own and use cars. Car free areas where residents undertake not to own cars produce a safer and more pleasant environment. Market research appears to show that there is a significant demand for housing on this basis. Residents then explicitly choose not to own cars, in favour of an improved urban environment, near shops and quality public transport services.

A car free development is breaking with the trend of increasing car ownership. Car free housing opens up new perspectives in many towns and cities, either for the planning of peripheral settlements, or for an integrated planning of the transport sector, encouraging people to be mobile without cars. The area normally used for parking space can be used to invest in more housing quality at the same density.

After the failure of the purely residential commuter settlement as a model, the innovative qualities of the car free approach fit in with the new paradigm of the urban mix and even suggest practical steps towards this goal.

There is the question of whether a tenant can legally be obliged not to own a car. A thorough study of the legal situation in Bremen pointed out that this is possible on the basis of a voluntary commitment.

The theory is that the provision of car-free development will lead to less car use. Car-free developments could contain a mixture of limited car access, limited car parking or an ownership or tenancy condition which prohibits car ownership. In some cases a car free development could be complemented by a local car-sharing or car hire scheme, to enable those who do not own their own car to use a car for selected trips (e.g., holidays, deliveries).

Car free development has been shown to be associated with less car travel. This could be partly to do with location (where located close to facilities and public transport) as well as due to the car- free nature of the development. Examples of car- free development are found in the TRANSPLUS project (Deneef and Schröder, 2002), including the case of a successful development in Vienna combining high density housing with on-site facilities; and in the case study of Edinburgh, reported in work related to the DANTE project (Mittler, 1999; Maat, 2000). The topic of car free development is also considered in some detail in the book Carfree Cities (Crawford, 2000).

Car free development may be associated with less car travel. That said, a number of factors may be involved, including accessibility of the location and availability of alternative modes, and propensity for individuals to self-select. Car-free development could yet contribute to a package of complementary land use measures, which reinforce each other towards sustainable mobility.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Location criteria are important for establishing car free developments. They include such things as:

  • Proximity to wide service provisions
  • Proximity to high levels of public transport
  • Flexible arrangements for limited/necessary car use
  • Mixed tenure arrangements
  • Adequate population density
  • Accessibility and location of a mixed use development within a rich mix of houses, shops, employment opportunities and other amenities
  • Strong level of municipal support to encourage the success of the development
  • High design standards

Areas replacing parking and access should provide high quality open space, including landscaping and well-maintained recreational space, including landscaping and well-maintained recreational spaces

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Car-free housing in some German cities, especially Hamburg

Examples of Pedestrian and Residential Areas in Bristol

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Car-free housing in German cities

· The partnership "Wohnwarft e. G." is part of the project "Car free living" in the Saarlandstraße in Hamburg-Barmbek. Initiated by the association "Autofreies Wohnen" (= car free living), which deals with human and environmentally sound modes of transport.

· In German: http://www.wohnwarft.de/ (partnership in Hamburg/Germany) and http://www.autofreieswohnen.de/ (Association/NGO in Hamburg/Germany)

· A website with a nationwide overview in Germany (bilingual): http://www.autofrei-wohnen.de/Proj/Projekte-Urlaub.html

· More information on car free living in general: In German: http://www.autofrei.de/

· Housing projects with less dependence on the car, Bremen, Germany: www.eltis.org/studies/69e.htm

· GORGIE Project: Car free residential development, Edinburgh, Scotland: www.eltis.org/studies/74e.htm

Car Free Residential Areas, London Borough of Camden, UK

· www.access-eurocities.org/case_studies/enro_77.htm

· www.eltis.org/studies/camden.pdf

· www.camden.gov.uk/green/sections/travel/carfree.html

“New Potentials for the ‘Mobile Home”: How to Link Mobility Management to Land Use (Planning)”, Guido Müller and Peter Endemann, European Conference on Mobility Management ECOMM 2002, http://www.epomm.org/

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Car-free housing in some German cities, especially Hamburg

Example

   

This is an example of car-free housing in which about 50 - 100 people live without a car for approximately the last three years.

The companionship "Wohnwarft e. G." is part of the "Car-free living" project in the Saarlandstraße in Hamburg-Barmbek. It is initiated by the association "Autofreies Wohnen" (car-free living), which deals with human and environmental sounds of everyday traffic.

Documents available in German:

www.wohnwarft.de (companionship in Hamburg/Germany)

www.autofreieswohnen.de (Association/NGO in Hamburg/Germany)

A website with a nationwide overview in Germany (bilingual):

http://www.autofrei-wohnen.de/Proj/Projekte-Urlaub.html

Additionally something about car-free living in general:

In German: www.autofrei.de

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Examples of Pedestrian and Residential Areas in Bristol

Example

   

Home Zones

A Home Zone is a street or group of streets that aims to create an environment that is more than just a place for cars to park. It should invite its residents to view it as a space for people with particular emphasis on the safer movement of pedestrians and cyclists. Vehicular traffic should travel at little more than walking pace.

Home Zones are designed to support and promote use of sustainable transport methods for short journeys whilst creating a safe environment for community activities and children to play.

The benefits of home zones can include:

  • Improved local area identity and community spirit
  • Reduction in crime
  • Reduced rat running
  • Improved road safety
  • Improved opportunities for children to play in a safer environment

Home Zones signage

The Bristol City Council has completed one home zone and is currently working on more potential sites and aims to establish two retrofit Home Zones and build three new Home Zones by 2006. Below is a list showing the progress to date:

Victory Residents Home Zone (Completed)

The Victory Home Zone in Bedminster was completed in September 2002 with features such as speed cushions, new lighting, trees, planters and a new play area.

A consultation process took place with six street representatives throughout the community over an 18-month period to develop and implement the home zone, and involved many specialist organisations and manufacturers.

The Victory Home Zone play area

Doorstep questionnaires have been undertaken in this area and working party meetings have been set up in order to develop a draft home zone for this area. Ten street representatives have been identified and are working on ideas for each street within the scheme with a view to undertake phased formal consultation, public consultation and construction during 2004.

In the future, a number of specialists including landscape architects, planners and security consultants will be drawn upon to provide expertise as the proposals are developed.

The Dings Home Zone (Draft proposals)

Consultation on this proposal such as doorstep questionnaires, interviews and public events in streets has gone very well with some 82% of residents in favour of a Home Zone.

A draft proposal for the whole Home Zone area has been developed and will need to marry with the adjacent Barratt Homes development site at Temple Quay. Consequently, we are now moving towards a formal program of works for the first construction phase although this will be subject to the necessary statutory procedures that need to be followed.

The Dings as it looks today

The Dings before the proposal

Proposed improvements for The Dings

The Dings after the home zone completed

There is a leaflet detailing Bristol’s Home Zone strategy entitled ‘Making Streets Safer’ in the right column which explains the city council’s approach to building new home zones and to retrofitting existing areas.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Regeneration and Newly Developed Areas

2. Introduction

   

The activities in urban planning, town development and urban regeneration are based on formal and informal instruments. The responsibility for the preparation of land use plans usually lies with European municipalities.

Sustainable land-use plans are supposed to regard a sustainable planned urban development, living and working conditions which are conducive to:

· Public health;

· The preservation, renewal and development of existing local centres;

· The requirements of environmental protection and

· The requirements of transport including local public transport.

3. Discussion

   

European municipalities use formal (legally required) and informal (voluntary) planning instruments.

Formal Instruments: Urban land-use planning is divided into the preparatory land-use plan (plup) and the legally binding land-use plan (lblup). The “plup“ represents in a basic form the type of land uses arising for the entire municipal territory in accordance with the intended urban development which is proposed to correspond to the anticipated needs of the municipality. The ”lblup“ contains for smaller areas or parts of the town the legally binding arrangements for urban development. These plans are to be developed out of the preparatory land-use plan.

Informal Instruments: In order to control urban development cities across Europe may use many kinds of urban development plans, which are divided by sectors (urban development plan (udp) for urban renewal, udp for housing, udp for commerce and industry, udp city centre, udp for specific quarters).

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Urban Renewal:

· Make old buildings within city limits (e.g. industrial brownfields) reusable for commerce or production (evasion of location of production and commercial sites on the city fringes which are often only accessible by car);

· Quarter-based integrated development concepts (integration of social and employment aspects in the strategies of urban renewal).

Housing:

Getting ecological orientated high quality living conditions and an environmental-friendly policy including:

· A balanced management of the soils / terrain, with e.g. reuse of brownfield areas;

· Town-compatible steering of mobility, e.g. development of settlements targeting the avoidance of traffic;

· Location-protecting economy stimulation, e.g. empowerment and development of the existing structure of city centres;

· Supporting a differentiated offer of flats, e.g. offers for special user-groups / groups of demand (within an overall consolidation of the housing market);

· Development of settlements that respect the requirements of the preservation of the countryside.

The component “housing“ has the aim, to promote those potentials of terrain that have the best qualifications to become developed. The targets for a sustainable urban development are the following criteria:

· Infrastructural connection in order to secure a mobility that ‘respects’ environment (connection to public transport, main road access, energy/water supply and sewage system);

· Sustainable usage of terrain for new developments (potential conflicts with nature and landscape);

· Balanced development with regard to the structure of settlements to save the existing centre structure;

· Evaluation of the quality of demands of house buyers and to the objectives of urban development;

· Social environment (leisure facilities, employment opportunities, education facilities).

The application of this scheme makes it possible to distinguish between the following types of development space:

· Building areas with priority of development;

· Further building areas with a right-to-build-on;

· Building areas as a long term development reserve;

· Building areas without any priority of development.

Conclusion

By giving priority to the identified areas of “building areas with priority of development”, land use becomes more sustainable. As the categories applied give automatically priority to those areas which promote the existing urban structure, the priority areas will be those with less impact on the environment (e. g. the access to public transport).

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Using Regeneration to Improve Air Quality in Birmingham, UK

Regeneration and Newly Developed Areas in Malmö

Further Examples:

Relocation of business activities

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Using Regeneration to Improve Air Quality in Birmingham, UK

Example

   

Birmingham has undergone significant regeneration in recent years, and the programme of regeneration is continuing. It is important that the opportunity of regeneration is used to achieve improvements in air quality.

The policies of Birmingham City Council encourage residential development on sites in the city centre that have previously been used for industry or commerce. In the past there have been very few residential properties in the City Centre, and these have been of poor quality. In recent years the encouragement of City Centre living has seen a rapid increase in the population of the City Centre. The City Council now aims to have 10 000 people living in the central region of the City by 2008. These new City centre developments are of a very high quality, and have very limited parking to encourage the use of other modes of transport. In addition many developments are ‘mixed use’, meaning that workplaces, leisure uses and residential properties form parts of the same development. This reduces the need to travel.

In this way the regenerated areas appeal to professional workers who often do not own cars and are able to walk to workplaces and leisure locations within the City Centre. In some cases additional public transport facilities such as bus stops and areas to store bicycles are provided by the developer as a condition of their approval to develop a site.

This principle of rebuilding City areas that are in need or regeneration around travel modes other than the car is essential in tackling the problem of poor urban air quality.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Regeneration and Newly Developed Areas in Malmö

Example

   

SUSTAINABLE URBAN DEVELOPMENT IN MALMÖ – AREA BASED INITIATIVES AND ROM

Malmö is dealing with many issues similar to those faced by many other European cities, as it undergoes a relatively fast and dramatic change from provincial Swedish industrial town to cosmopolitan knowledge-based city. This change is not without problems, but at the same time it offers Malmö huge opportunities.

The industrial base of the city disappeared in a short space of time in the 1980s, followed by a large immigration into the city as a result of the collapse of the Berlin wall and the conflict in the Balkans. This has resulted in a Swedish workforce with redundant skills and a large disenfranchised immigrant community. The struggle to develop the city’s potential in this new situation has not borne fruit with sufficient speed, and despite a decrease in unemployment rates there are still pockets of very high unemployment, usually coinciding with areas of high immigrant population. Even though there are skills within these areas that correspond to needs in the labour market, there are still too many institutional and cultural barriers to allow many people from ethnic minority backgrounds to break into the labour market. There is a significant danger of a second generation growing up in the city with few local or family role models and limited prospects to participate in economic and community life.

Many of these areas of greatest need are located in post-war housing areas in the city. Whilst housing standards are, from a European perspective, high, there are still significant problems with the living environment in these areas, which reflect some of the problems in the social environment. These peripheral neighbourhoods suffer often from a poor image, limited access to service, high-energy consumption and sometimes-poor communications with other areas of the city.

At the same time, Malmö has committed itself to high environmental targets, and whilst progress has been made, significant challenges still remain in the fields of transport, energy, biodiversity, land-use management etc.

New areas of housing, cultural and economic activity are also under development in the city, as demand for housing increases, new businesses start and companies with a base outside of the region relocate or establish new offices in Malmö. The Western Harbour offers opportunities for locating many such initiatives, but there is still pressure for development on the rich agricultural land surrounding the city.

As the city attempts to utilise urban brown field sites, increase urban density, provide new affordable housing, maintain viable communities and attractive living environments and generate a vibrant cultural life there are many contradictions and difficulties to deal with. Two areas have been the focus of particular activity in addressing a broad agenda for sustainability.

THE WESTERN HARBOUR: CITY OF TOMORROW

City of Tomorrow is an entirely new district in the Western Harbour with 700 apartments as well as offices, shops and other services.

The district has become an internationally leading example of sustainable urban construction. It has become a driving force in Malmö's development towards environmental sustainability and is setting the standard for the further development of housing and high-tech industry in the former industrial harbour area.

A quality programme consensus document and a ground-breaking urban plan set the stage for a cutting-edge development on the sea front overlooking Copenhagen and Malmö’s popular beach near the city centre. High demands for material use, energy efficiency, green space and biodiversity, car-free planning etc have created an environmentally efficient housing area. The unique and innovative 100% locally renewable energy system designed and built by Sydkraft has won international acclaim as a watershed in sustainable energy systems.

In the continued development of the Western Harbour there is a need to maintain and develop the environmental planning and functioning of the area, to attract more modern businesses to the district, provide more local services, shops etc and create improved opportunities for affordable housing. There is also a need for increased dialogue with local people and businesses in this continued development.

AUGUSTENBORG ECO-NEIGHBOURHOOD (EKOSTADEN AUGUSTENBORG)

Ekostaden Augustenborg is a programme to make Augustenborg into a more socially, economically and ecologically sustainable neighbourhood. The Ekostaden initiative has been developed as a partnership between several departments in the City of Malmö, the MKB Housing Company, local schools, businesses and local inhabitants.

Since 1998, Augustenborg has been undergoing a transformation from a forgotten or notorious neighbourhood to a flagship of sustainable urban renewal. Groundbreaking initiatives to tackle flooding through the creation of green roofs and open rainwater systems; innovation in public transport and community-run eco-car-pools; building and green-space renewal to decrease energy and increase amenity and biodiversity; and a major programme to recycle over 70% of waste have all combined to demonstrate the feasibility of having an environmentally friendly habitat in a post-war housing area. A second phase of the project is currently under development and is based on the ideas of local residents as well as being partly inspired by the Western Harbour development’s success in decreasing energy use and increasing renewable energy production in the neighbourhood.

Ekostaden has also worked closely with other local initiatives such as the EU financed URBAN programme and a national Social & Economic Development Programme. These initiatives have started to work together with local people to tackle local socio-economic problems and some progress has been made. Unemployment is falling significantly, there are no more empty apartments in the neighbourhood and it is increasingly being seen as an attractive area to live.

In Sweden there is a high degree of autonomy for the local authorities and a limited tradition of working in partnership. The local development partnerships have been interesting initiatives from this perspective. Both have developed with different functions and aims. The Augustenborg partnership is made up of relevant local authority departments (technical and social functions) the school and the local housing company. All of these bodies have committed time and financial resources to the implementation of the project and have constituted the core of the management committee. Local people have been involved at a later stage, in a consultative role, although there were initial plans to establish a more formal role for residents in the management group. The initiative for the project came primarily from the housing company and the council-run industrial area in Augustenborg.

The partnership around the Western Harbour initiative was based around the city’s expansion and the planned Housing Expo. The main organisational body for the area was the developers group, co-ordinated by the Planning Department in the city and involving all developers, the housing expo organisation and other relevant bodies. The initiative came from the City of Malmö.

The aims and objectives of the Augustenborg initiative are clearly defined and the submissions for government funding became the common documents from which the partnership operated. The aims of the Western Harbour project were much broader in that they focused on (i) the local concerns of developing an attractive sustainable futuristic housing area (ii) the short-term concerns of hosting the National Housing Expo 2001 and (iii) the strategic concern of retaining high-income families and associated tax-revenues within the municipality of Malmö. Both projects have had clear targets and quantifiable outputs, clearly defined and reported often to external financers (national government, EU, etc.).

Participatory processes in the two projects have been significantly different due to the differing natures of the areas. In Augustenborg, a high priority was given to community participation in the formation and development of the initiative and in supporting additional measures initiated by local people. In the Harbour an innovative process with developers to agree to a consensus Quality Programme has given all key stakeholders an important voice in the development of the overall project, from strategic goals to delivery. The Quality Programme has become the guiding document for the development of the area, particularly with regards to sustainability criteria.

Ekostaden Augustenborg was co-ordinated by a small management team, employed by the district council, based initially in the Housing Company office in the neighbourhood and later in another building which was developing as a community resource and focus for sustainable development initiatives in the area (URBAN programme, social development programme etc).

Both projects are focused on clearly defined geographical areas – Augustenborg is an existing residential neighbourhood with major road and rail infrastructure marking its boundaries; the Western Harbour is focused on an area between the sea front and the Exhibition Centre.

Contact details: Trevor Graham

Miljöstrategiska Avdelningen (LIP Kansliet)

Nordenskiöldsgatan 17

205 80 Malmö

Tel +46 (0)40 345896

Fax +46 (0)40 6614332

www.ekostaden.com

Email: trevor.graham@malmo.se

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Existing Land Use Planning Policies including LU & TR relationsips

2. Introduction

   

With on average 118 people living on each of the EU’s 3 million square kilometres, it is easy to see why land use planning and management is such an important environmental issue for the Union. The way we use our land space can have major impacts on environmental conditions. These can be direct, such as the destruction of natural habitats and landscapes, or indirect, such as increasing the amount of traffic on our roads leading to more congestion, air pollution and greenhouse gases emissions. Land use planning and management decisions are usually made at local or regional level. However, the European Commission has a role to play in ensuring Member States take environmental concerns into account when putting together their land use development plans.

Member States require that environmental considerations are integrated into decisions on road planning, regional planning and land use planning (this last one affects cities more directly). Environmental impact assessment guidelines and sustainable development principles are vital for the planning departments of local authorities. The urban planning and the structure of physical environment are key elements in a city’s strategy and action plans. It concerns not only the build-up environment and the environmental quality of the city and its districts. It also includes the planning of the future of the city in a wide variety of aspects. How should public transport lines be further developed, do we need new roads, developing mixed use areas, brownfield developments and how do the various districts fit within the wider urban agglomeration are some examples. Urban planning should therefore be an essential part of any action plan aiming to improve the quality of urban life.

3. Discussion

   

There are substantial differences in urban planning in the various European cities. However, differences exist among the quality of the physical environment in these cities too. Even though the awareness for the need to improve urban planning and improvements in the physical environment is growing in our cities, there is still only a limited number of cities that have managed to develop a long term strategic vision.

Although the European Commission does not have any formal spatial planning competence, EU legislation and programmes can have a profound effect on planning and the build-up environment. In particular, the EU can directly influence land use policies through environmental legislation and structural interventions. Also national and regional institutional systems are setting the framework in which to operate. But in the end it is the almost exclusive competence of local authorities to undertake the urban planning process and develop the city's physical environment.

Whereas a strategic urban plan aiming to improve the city's physical environment would need a long-term time horizon of a minimum of 10 years, these processes could be improved in the medium term (2-5 years) by aiming at the following objectives: implementing and monitoring the EU-legislation with respect to different environmental aspects, such as on air quality, air emissions, waste recycling; implement a system of the Peers Review project to evaluate the state of the physical environment in our cities; intensify the exchange of best practices building on some of the earlier work on strategic planning; promote a stronger focus on Brownfield developments in order to avoid uncontrolled urban sprawl and urban wastelands arising; use urban planning practices to improve the quality of life in the cities, starting by improving the quality of public space.

Relevant policy areas and their inter-linkage

The linkage with other policy areas is considered to be essential. There are clear links with transport, housing and economic development. Where are the housing areas to be planned, where the business locations and which areas are most suited for mixed use, and how should these areas be linked in within the existing infrastructure in the city are key questions to consider.

Practical actions to achieve

In order to realise the strategic objectives in this field, the following actions can be implemented in the long term:

· Contribute actively to the development and improvement of environmental legislation and the development of Thematic strategies of the 6th Environmental Action Programme, in particular on the themes of urban environment, soil and air quality;

· Implement plans and programmes by the end of 2004 on air quality following the Air Quality Directive 1999/30/EC;

· Contribute to the waste reduction and recycling targets set by the EU by aiming at a fixed average waste disposal of X kg per year and per household, Y% of overall recycling of listed products, and Z% of energy recovery by 2010;

· Adopting noise and risk maps in 2004;

· Set up a horizontal working group on strategic urban planning in 2004 in which members from Access, Edurc and the Environment work together in preparing best practice case studies;

· Develop a code of conduct on the prioritisation of Brownfield development over Greenfield use in urban planning, and promote Brownfield under the wider membership and possibly non-members as well and

· Stimulate the exchange of experiences on how to plan for quality in the urban environment and develop a toolkit for urban planners.

Monitoring specifics

The system of the Peers review project (PRESUD) is considered to be a good monitoring system in this field. At the same time however, it is suggested to monitor some commonly accepted key indicators that could give an 'objective and more quantitative' picture and therefore would also support the Peers review process. Preferably these indicators should fit in the statistical framework of the city. At the European level they could be monitored and processed by an observatory or small working group.

European Commission’s work

The Commission has four major goals in the area of land use development policies and plans:

· To devise methods and environmental tools to analyse the impact of proposed development, the Directive on Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) for projects and the Directive on Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) for plans and programmes are the two main tools used in this task. These set up a procedure ensuring that the environmental implications of decisions are taken into account before the decisions are made. Commission's Guidance on the implementation of Directive 2001/42/EC is available on http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/eia/home.htm.

· To improve the information flow between policy-makers and citizens about land use issues. Two Commission initiatives – INSPIRE (Infrastructure for Spatial InfoRmation in Europe) and GMES (Global Monitoring for Environment and Security) – will help to make information on the environment more accessible to citizens.

· To develop and implement a European Urban Environment Strategy. The challenge for policy-makers is to come up with a sustainable and integrated approach to urban development and management that works in harmony with natural systems rather than against them. To assist in meeting this challenge the Community's Sixth Environmental Action Programme calls the Commission to develop a new Thematic Strategy on the Urban Environment to help promote a more integrated approach and support action at local level. Within this Thematic Strategy which will be finalised in 2005, four priority themes having a concrete impact on land use and air quality are being analysed.

· To improve the planning, management and use of Europe’s coastal zones – often the most vulnerable area. The EU is working to introduce a coordinated policy for the Union’s coastal zone regions. The Commission's 4 year Demonstration programme (1996-2000) has shown that an approach known as Integrated Coastal Zone Management (ICZM) offers the best prospects for Europe's coastal zones. The main instrument to promote this approach is the 2002 EU Recommendation that urges Member States to put in place national strategies for ICZM. ICZM promotes an integrated territorial approach that would also be beneficial for other areas such as mountains, wetlands and other sensitive areas. Besides continued research and project support for coastal zones, the Commission started in 2002 a major Europe-wide project on coastal erosion “EROSION” (http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/iczm/eurosionleaflet.pdf).

Development Control

In general, development control can be used to guide the location and form of development to encourage more sustainable travel patterns and less car use. Mode-specific forms of development control would include zoning regulations relating to permitted uses next to public transport stops (section 2.6) or relating to car-free status of development (section 2.7).

Conventional town planning has made extensive use of the idea of a separation of land uses into discrete, mono-use zones. Nowadays, mixed use development may be encouraged with the intention that allowing homes, shops and workplaces to be mixed in together can promote choice and minimise travel distances.

Planning regulations can influence the number of loading and unloading bays available in buildings; require the provision of off- street delivery bays in new buildings of commercial and industrial activities; or require a plan for service and distribution traffic when a building permit for a new site is being sought. Relocating logistics or industrial activities away from residential areas can resolve conflicts between environmental amenity and transport operations. Urban logistics and distribution centres (or zones) which are open to any logistics company are already operative or being planned in several partner countries. The location of supermarkets and hypermarkets within a city has notable impacts especially on the demand for goods transported by the customers in their personal cars. Since markets located on the outskirts of the city generate more traffic in total, some countries and cities have taken steps to limit the establishment of new such markets (Henry, 2003).

Development control can encourage mixing of uses and hence reduced travel distances. It has been found that mono uses developments generate more travel, where housing located on its own creates car-based (long-distance) travel patterns (Banister, 1999). According to Stead et al. (2000), characteristics such as the mixing of land uses appear to explain variations in both travel distance and mode. Other land- use characteristics, such as the provision of local facilities, explain variation in travel distance but do not explain variations in travel mode.

Stead and Marshall (2001) suggest that the level of mixed use may contribute to travel demand, particularly through the decentralisation of less specialised employment. Van and Senior conclude that mixed land uses encourage walking and cycling, and deter car use, for light food shopping trips. However, they cast doubt on the strength, and even the existence, of the impacts of land use diversity on travel behaviour in general (2000, 141). Generally, their data suggest that mixed land uses may have partial effects on car ownership, mode choice and trip frequency. However, they find not even the remotest evidence that mixed uses influence commuting behaviour (Van and Senior 2000, 145). The PROSPECTS project found little evidence that users do in practice travel to the jobs and leisure facilities which are nearer to their homes (May and Matthews, 2001), reporting on findings from a Dutch study (Snellen, 2000).

Mixed use development can in principle have the potential of reducing travel distances. However, this depends on people behaving in a particular way - for example, using their local shop rather than driving to a larger supermarket further away in the pursuit of greater choice. People will not necessarily choose to live close to their work, or work close to where they live. Research from United States and Australia suggests an optimal commute time not of zero but of about 15 minutes (Mokhtarian and Salomon, 1999). If this commute is done by car, then a substantial distance is implied. For multi-worker households, it will be particularly difficult to have everyone working close to home. Therefore, a mixed use policy will not necessarily result in everyone taking advantage of the potential to work and shop close to home. But without the chance of short distances or trip-chaining (e.g. shopping near workplaces) trip distances are likely to be greater.

Urban Design

In principle the design of development can make a locality more ‘people-friendly’ in general and more ‘pedestrian-friendly’ in particular, and can promote walking. A variety of urban design features can be employed, from the placement and design of buildings in different spatial relationships – such as in streets and squares – to ‘streetscape’ and street furniture features including provision of trees, shelter, textures and surfaces, public art, seating, and so on, that can all contribute to a pedestrian- friendly environment. Advocacy for various forms of neo-traditional urbanism, that blend together features such as compact cities, urban villages and public transport oriented development in an overall urban design package, aims explicitly to use urban design related measures to assist in promoting more sustainable patterns of travel (see for example Aldous, 1992; Calthorpe, 1993; Ryan and McNally, 1995; Urban Task Force, 1999). The most prominent Neo-traditional urbanism movement is New Urbanism, which also combines with other land use and regional planning philosophies in the work of the Congress for the New Urbanism (see for example Marshall, ed. 2003). An associated group is the Council for European Urbanism (Thompson-Fawcett, 2003).

A particular built form does not necessarily mean behaviour will alter in a simple, deterministic way. Replicating the form of traditional neighbourhoods associated with low car use does not necessarily mean that low car use will follow. (As with car free development, this relates also to the location of the development and the availability of alternative modes as well as to the nature of the development itself). The influence of design on travel has been debated in particular with respect to New Urbanist development in the United States (see for example, Berman, 1996; Boarnet and Crane, 2001). United States evidence suggests that the influence of neighbourhood design on travel is particularly problematic to evaluate (TRB 1996:22). That said, people-friendly urban design is seen as a prerequisite to encouraging walking and supporting public transport (where environmental quality can encourage or deter walking and waiting) (Ewing, 1996). Crane and Schweitzer (2003) suggest that the benefits of good urban design in promoting walking and cycling may be more certain of being realised than those or regional public transport-based planning policies.

As far as can be ascertained from empirical evidence, there are associations between ‘people-friendly’ and ‘people-sensitive’ urban design and the propensity to walk. As with other cases, it is difficult to isolate the effects of specific factors, but a combination is likely to influence the overall outcome.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· The first step needs to be the clear recognition of space as an invaluable and scarce natural resource, being subjected to conflicting demands, which needs to become the focus of interest and action at Community, national and local levels. An efficient use of space within a framework of environmental quality and, in particular, with an air quality focus, needs to be developed and harmonized.

· Land-use and space are such an important issue that they need to be part of an integrated management approach. The whole territory must be planned to encourage, maintain and enhance environmental quality and biodiversity. Cooperation and communication between authorities; for example land use planners and transport authorities must be improved.

· Monitoring and indicators of land use and its impact on air quality can be of great assistance and should be seriously considered.

· Finally, the citizens of Europe should be aware of the importance of space for their own well being, so that they can actively participate in efforts to use it wisely and to maintain its functionality for the future. Awareness raising campaigns should be organised.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Town building in Utrecht

For the high quality public transport a network of railways, tram- and bus-lines is planned for the whole region. For the region Utrecht (500.000 inhabitants) it is planned to build 50.000 new houses, 800 hectare industrial area and 1.600.000 m² gross office floor area until the year 2015. These expansions are centred round the axes of high quality public transport. The highest concentrations of houses and offices are located close to the stopping-places of high quality public transport.

The majority of these expansions "jump" over a motorway that is laying at the western side of the town. This motorway would be a barrier for cyclists and the zones close to it would not be appropriate for building houses. To prevent these negative aspects, the motorway will be partly covered.

No specific example templates are here proposed. This template represents an overarching template for the more focussed topics - Residential Areas, Regeneration and Newly Developed Areas, Pedestrianised areas and Relocation of business activities

Further Examples:

Major tunnel in Utrecht

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Presud project: http://www.presud.org/

· Commission of the European Communities (1997), the EU compendium of spatial planning systems and policies: comparative review of systems and policies, Luxembourg: office for official publications of the European Communities: Land Use and Transportation Research: Policies for the City of Tomorrow

· The LUTR cluster links several different projects in the area of sustainable urban mobility, including land use, transportation, and the environment: www.lutr.net

· Land Use Policy Group

· Policy Statement on Space and Land Use from the European Consultative Forum on the Environment and Sustainable Development

· EROSION project (on coastal Erosion management) http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/iczm/eurosionleaflet.pdf

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Pedestrianised areas

2. Introduction

   

For decades the design of public space was mostly considered in terms of car traffic. As a consequence public space lost its quality as living space and was directed towards car traffic only, unfriendly to all other road users. Cities of today, aiming for a sustainable urban mobility, are gradually restoring the quality, cohesion and ‘readability’ of public space to attain a more balanced distribution in favour of pedestrians, cyclists and public transport users.

More and more European cities implement sustainable mobility policies that tend to discourage the use of the private car in the city centre. The concept of traffic calming, comprising pedestrianisation as well as calming and reducing traffic on residential roads by physical measures, has been implemented by all member states now, although the degree to which this has been done differs greatly. Northern countries tend to be more advanced in this respect. Initially, traffic calming was mainly implemented through pedestrianisation of (historic) town centres, shopping streets or recreational areas. Today, also residential areas are taken into account for pedestrianisation.


3. Discussion

   

Pedestrianisation involves restrictions to all motorised modes of transport, and sometimes bicycles as well. Pedestrian areas or zones are often introduced in urban centres to discourage traffic to enter the city on the one hand and to provide a more pleasant environment for shopping and leisure on the other hand.

Pedestrianised areas have been introduced all over Europe and bigger cities sometimes even have more than one pedestrianised area. Originally pedestrianised areas occurred mainly in city centres, but nowadays the concept has been extended to shopping streets, recreational areas and to some extent even residential areas. Other areas with potential are zones with hospitals and other health facilities.

Many pedestrian areas were developed during the seventies. Today, the focus is more on the extension of already existing schemes. Today’s approach also aims to be more integrated by catering for different needs within one pedestrian zone.

Initially, traders and retailers were quite negative towards pedestrian schemes. In the meantime experiences have shown however that trade can improve considerably in pedestrianised areas. This is illustrated by the fact that rents are much higher in pedestrianised areas than they are outside the area.

Current traffic calming schemes and pedestrianised areas are still lacking when it comes to actually improving the situation for pedestrians. In order to have profound improvements, not only the creation of pedestrian zones, but also the creation of integrated street networks for pedestrians, similar to road networks of motor traffic, is necessary.


4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Measures to give priority to pedestrians in general should be seriously considered due to their clear benefits (very limited capital costs and impact on the environment) and the enormous potential of demand (around 25% of urban trips are under 3 km in Germany and the United Kingdom, 50% of urban trip in the EU are under 5 km) to be shifted to walking.

Pedestrianised areas too often remain isolated zones that are not connected with a network of attractive walking routes. This influences the accident rates in transition zones between pedestrian friendly and car friendly areas. Therefore traffic-calming measures are being introduced more and more at the borders of pedestrian precincts. The comfort and safety of pedestrians can only really improve when integrated walking networks, including both pedestrianised and non pedestrianised areas, are developed with more and better traffic signage, traffic lights, lighting specifically targeted at pedestrians (and cyclists) and of course qualitative crossing facilities.

It is clear that the increasing trend to make more parts of urban (historic) centres car free and to give priority to pedestrians not only increases the safety of the vulnerable road user, but also contributes considerably to improving the quality of life –including air quality- for citizens. Every citizen is at one point also a pedestrian, and only by taking into account the needs and comfort of pedestrians, the share of people choosing for walking as a travel mode for short distances will increase. Many both technical and non-technical measures are at hand to allow space for pedestrians in city planning.

The walking network outside of the pedestrian areas is obviously extremely accessible and direct access to any destination may be further facilitated by connecting paths, shortcuts, passages through buildings and underpasses or bridges to overcome obstacles such as rivers, railway lines or motorways.

Also the waiting time at the traffic signals should be minimised with dedicated frequent short dedicated phases.

The development of “greenways” based on foot paths, cycle ways, and waterways is also a way of enhancing the environmental quality and the pleasure of walking.


5. Examples / Further Reading

   

How can pedestrian areas contribute to clean air?

Removable Bollards


Further Examples:

Examples of Pedestrian and Residential Areas in Bristol

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· UTOPIA Project – Deliverable 10: Evaluation of policy aspects – November 1999

Other examples in EU Projects:

· CENTAUR: Barcelona (Spain) and Bristol (UK).

· ENTIRE: Caen (France).

· JUPITER-2: Gent (Belgium), Aalborg (Denmark), Bilbao (Spain) and Merseyside (UK).

· SAGITTAIRE: Besancon (France), Luxembourg (Luxembourg), and Sintra (Portugal)

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  How can pedestrian areas contribute to clean air?

Example

   

Over the last few years, the Traffic and Transport Department of the City of Seville, in cooperation with the School of Architecture, has pedestrianised several areas in the historic city centre. The main reason for the pedestrianisation was the need to revitalise the area, which suffered from traffic and parking problems. The construction of new big supermarkets also further contributed to these problems. The actions developed to date in conjunction with the new parking facilities which have been opened to the public have helped the local Council to move forward with the pedestrianisation plans for the area.

To achieve a successful pedestrianisation, and following European studies in the field, the Local Council took into account several requirements such as the provision of public transport, suitable loading systems, and suitable street widths. And these had to be in accordance with the walking frequency of the pedestrians to avoid possible congestion, etc.

At present, several parking lots have been brought into operation and a further two are going to be opened in a few months. Further actions developed until this moment have also helped the local Council to advance plans for pedestrianisation in the city. Another example of these actions have been the pedestrianisation of one of the most famous streets in Seville close to the river, “Betis”.

Further details

For more information please visit: www.aguasdesevilla.com & www.circularporsevilla.com

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Removable Bollards

Example

   

The City of Leipzig aims to ban most vehicles from the inner city without hindering commercial and emergency vehicles.

Already now there is no main traffic road going through the city centre (delineated by an inner-city ring road) and the amount of traffic is thus fairly low. The city centre becomes therefore more attractive to pedestrians. In addition, one of the biggest infrastructure projects of Germany will be completed when a “city tunnel” will be build for trains with additional underground stations in the city centre – an action that is widely supported by residents, business people and Leipzig’s population.

The City of Leipzig has a two-tier strategy to further reduce the amount of cars circulating or parking in the city centre: On one hand, the municipality wants to leave the choice whether to use a car to visitors and local people by assuring a large supply of (underground) parking garages while taking on the other hand efforts to increase the attractiveness of public transport.

Key features of the concept are a dynamic parking lead system and removable bollards (see photo) that block the access to the inner city for every vehicle without permission. Those are only given to lorries that need to access an inner city shop, emergency vehicles and buses. The bollards effectively close the city centre to anybody else and to commercial vehicles outside the loading hours of the late morning.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Relocation of business activities

2. Introduction

   

Relocation is an issue that companies constantly take into consideration as it clearly influences their overall efficiency. Accessibility, taxation regime and market openness are key elements to consider for choosing the perfect location for a business activity, product or service-oriented. Relocation of business activities clearly has an impact on air quality.

3. Discussion

   

Due to the importance of diversification of our economies and increased competition amongst companies, managers/executive body have acknowledged the importance of choosing the right location for their firm. They are looking for the best localisation according to criteria leading to better efficiency and increased benefits. The social identity of a company depends amongst others on its localisation (new and modern infrastructure, utilisation of new and environmentally friendly technologies, green spaces surrounding the industry etc). Two opportunities are offered to companies, expansion of their current facilities or relocation of the whole business activity. Here are some of the elements that company managers have to take into consideration when relocating or expanding a business activity:

Geographical situation and openness of the market

This is an element that varies in time, according to the technical progress, the infrastructure, the international agreements etc.

Accessibility and transport

Companies are always looking for a reduction of transport costs and are willing to have close, efficient and diversified transport facilities such as highways, railway stations or public transports. They feel a strong need to avoid traffic jams and to find easily parking spaces.

Easy access to raw materials, energy and water facilities

The influence of these three elements varies depending on the activity actually undertaken by the firm.

Environmental consideration

The increased awareness on the problem of protecting the environment as well as on measures taken in the framework of land use or nature protection policies contributes to reducing the number of areas available for companies to relocate, especially for polluting companies or companies that produce dangerous materials. The regulations as regards environmental matters vary from one country to another and we usually see a relocation of companies in areas less regulated and more tolerant. However, company managers themselves, are more sensitive to respecting and protecting the environment of their companies because of the nature of their activities or their interests. These preoccupations lead them to choose green areas with trees and open spaces instead of old and polluted areas.

Neighbourhood

The incompatibility between activities and inhabitants due to, for example, sound harmful effects or pollution can influence companies to leave urban areas.

Public authorities’ requirements

The attractiveness or repulsion of one economical sphere or country on investments largely depends on the political context of the country or region. Financial and taxation regimes also influence the company’s decision. Public authorities could also decide to build a strong land use regulation in order to encourage companies to relocate in certain areas instead of others.

Quality of life

The following elements are more and more taken into consideration when choosing a new infrastructure and area to relocate the business activity: beauty of the landscape, possibilities for employees to find a home close by at a reasonable price, presence of universities or medical care centres, friendly atmosphere …

Infrastructure

Companies are now looking for high quality land and infrastructure at the lowest price possible. Furthermore, the use of new technologies is an essential element to take into consideration when building up, expanding or relocating a business activity. Sometimes it is not possible to use new technologies in old buildings and it can also be more expensive to expand the existing infrastructure than relocating in a brand new place. New technologies allow cost efficiency in a long term and improve environmental quality (use of solar panel to reduce energy consumption and harmful emissions).

A current trend that can be outlined is that companies feel more and more the necessity to leave the urban areas and relocate themselves in a so called industrial zoning, which confers them with various advantages such as closeness to highways and/or airports, green open spaces, high quality infrastructure in a reasonable price.

As regards air quality, relocation can have positive or negative effects and consequences. It is clear that moving away from urban areas will create more traffic and consequently more gas emissions. However, relocation often means new equipments and the use of new technologies, which is extremely positive in terms of reduction of emissions and improvement of air quality.

Relocation of business activities outside urban areas can create a urban sprawl. Sprawl spreads development out over large amounts of land, puts long distances between homes, stores and job centres; and makes people more and more dependent on driving in their daily lives. Sprawl pollutes the air and water. As reliance on cars and pavement of more and more roads increases, so does smog and pollution from water runoff. Sprawl also destroys parks, farms and open spaces. Is urban sprawl really a direct impact of business relocation? It is evident that zoning and concentration of business activities outside the urban areas contributes to creating sprawl but it can be monitored through public regulations and actions such as:

· Increase the efficiency of public transportation and give incentives for using them;

· Promote and develop a strong regional or local planning that combines land use, transportation and environmental planning; and

· Build more affordable housing close to transit and jobs.

The re-affectation of old industrial sites is another important element to consider when thinking about relocation of business activities. These old industrial sites must be reused and equipped with new technologies in order to ensure the effectiveness of land use and an environmentally friendly land use policies. This should be included in each regional land use plans.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Companies are interested in relocating in nice and opened areas (or in areas with very good services). They usually gather in an industrial area outside the city. An efficient land use and transport planning must be put in place in order to avoid all negative consequences of such relocation. It is tremendously important that old industrial sites are reused in a sustainable way and to provide citizens with efficient and rapid public transports to these industrial zoning in order to avoid car dependency. There must be concrete and mandatory requirements from the public authority as regards sustainable construction of new buildings, the use of new environmentally friendly technologies so that air quality in the periphery is preserved. An intelligent split between built areas and rural areas with green and open spaces, agricultural lands etc must be thought through and concretely applied.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

At Leipzig, reallocations of businesses are mostly forced through urban renewal efforts (enhancement of street network) or through the planning for the 2012 Olympics for which Leipzig is applying.

In a number of cases, reallocations became necessary because of changed needs of the enterprises, an improved access to means of transportation or because of new regulations concerning the emission of noise of air pollutants.

A city development plan (STEP – “Stadtentwicklungsplan”) for business parks and areas lines out the priorities of the City Council: whereas the city aims to establish/strengthen small centres outside the main city centre in order to ensure a supply of costumer needs within short distance, business activities with a high intensity of transportation of goods are foreseen to be allocated only at the city fringes.

Example: Relocation of business activities

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Environmental impact assessment and strategic impact assessment: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/eia/home.htm

· Geographic information in support of environmental legislation: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/eia/home.htm

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Relocation of business activities

Example

   

Relocation process of companies in Utrecht that cause too much nuisance.

In the last decades 60 companies moved from the inner medieval city of Utrecht to industrial areas outside of town.

This relocation of companies was part of a larger process of city renewal.

For management of the process of city renewal a new municipal department was created: The Department of City Renewal. This department organizes the improvement of houses, streets, sewage etc. A special part of the city-renewal was the relocation of companies that caused a nuisance. This relocation was necessary because the level of maintenance of environmental standards and safety legislation was modified. However,

some industries were relocated not primarily as a result of their nuisance factor, but because of basic property values.

The basic instruments used to manage the revitalisation process are:

- voluntary co-operation between the municipal administration and the companies

- partial subsidies for relocation

The process was managed on a case-by-case approach. To select the companies for relocation an instrument of industrial categories was used: only companies of category 3 and higher were selected. There was no forced prioritisation with respect to the sequence of relocation of companies. In that way companies could choose the most appropriate moment for relocation.

For every activity the nuisance was described.

Indicators for nuisance:

- the nuisance of the activity because of traffic and logistics

- environmental and risk factors (noise, odour, dust, risk)

Firstly, the real necessity of relocation was evaluated. When Best Available Techniques related to the type of activity made it possible for the company to operate without creating a nuisance, a contribution in the costs for these Best Available Techniques was given as a subsidy.

A company’s viability was also evaluated with the help of an economic screening which was done to draw a picture of the chances of the company in the future. Moreover,

the history of the company was verified: it should have been legally located for at least 5 years.

The city then offered a relocation area.

The company could do whatever it wanted to do with the old location. Usage for new industrial activities was only possible after permission by the city.

To prevent the settlement of a new inconvenient activity, the owner had to sign a so-called "carry-over conditions paper" by which a new owner also had to ask permission for the usage of the location for industrial activities. (After some years a new Land use plan prevented this settlement, so this "carry-over conditions paper" lost its value).

The contribution of the city was limited to 100% of the removal-costs and 50% of the re-installation-costs.

This relocation was a success:

- the contribution was enough to help the companies to a new start in more favourable circumstances

- the relocation-process did not lead to a "mono-functional" city without any industrial activity. This contributed to the liveliness of the town.

- as a result of the voluntary co-operation, no significant problems were met in the process of managing the process of revitalisation.

Financial resources:

Funds from National Department of VROM (Housing and Environment) for the renewal of town and villages


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Land Use Measures: Residential Emissions reduction

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
Energy Efficiency in Buildings
 
Municipal energy plan for the City of Venice
Energy Efficient Buildings
District heating in Utrecht
Renewable Energies Promotion
 
Energy review of Malmo
Promotion of renewable energy in Seville
The Alive Energy Pavilion - Spain
Potential wind turbines in Bristol
District Heating
 
District Heating in Gothenburg
District heating in Utrecht
Pilot project for the installation of a biomass thermal energy plant for district heating and conditioning

Overview of Issue

  Overview to appear here

Last Updated


 

30th November 1999

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Energy Efficiency in Buildings

2. Introduction

   

The European Commission has decided to adopt a Directive to guarantee an increase of the energy efficiency in buildings” to reduce energy use and to protect the environment. It has been proposed to improve the energy efficiency of buildings by 22% by 2010. Buildings represent 40% of energy consumption. The energy efficient of existing buildings must also be improved. New investment in energy efficiency measures are best stimulated by increases in fuel price. The Directive consists of several key elements including an application and regular updating of minimum standards for energy performance of buildings based on a common methodology for all new buildings and for existing buildings of more than 1000 square meters that are being renovated. The performance standards will include energy use for heating, ventilation, lighting, as well as the opportunity of heat recovery and local renewable energy supply used in cost-effective ways. In addition the Directive includes a common methodology for the preparation of minimum integrated energy performance standards, which Member States will have to adopt for each type of building. This methodology has to take into account differences in climate and include factors relating to insulation, heating, ventilation, lighting, building orientation, heat recovery, and use of renewable energy sources. Another key element is a Certification System for new and existing buildings. Energy performance certificates will be required for buildings less than ten years old, containing advice on how to improve energy performance and will have to be available for all buildings when built, sold or leased. These energy performance certificates, together with information on recommended and actual indoor temperatures, will also be displayed in public buildings and in other types of building frequented by the public and specific checks and assessment of heating and cooling equipment by experts. Member States will have to make arrangements for regular inspection of boilers of a rated output between 20 and 100 kW. Boilers above this threshold must be inspected every two years (gas boilers every four years).

Furthermore, a period of three years is proposed for implementation in national law. Member States may have an additional period not exceeding three years to apply the articles relating to action on existing buildings, energy performance certificates and boiler inspection where applicable. The EU countries have also agreed to the text and adopted it at the energy ministers' meeting on November 25, 2002. After adoption, the provisions of the directive shall be introduced in national legislation until the end of 2005 although some requirements can be postponed until 2008.

3. Discussion

   

A sustainable building serves the needs of the people who inhabit it. It supports and nurtures their health, satisfaction, productivity and spirit. It requires the careful application of the acknowledged strategies regarding sustainable architecture, non-toxic construction, the use of durable natural resource, efficient materials, reliance on the sun for lighting, thermal and electric power and recycling of waste. In addition a green building takes into account three key elements; Building flexibility, (which depends on the architect, who designs the building), integrated services and an ergonomic design which contributes to create a comfortable atmosphere inside the building.

The main aim is to achieve a design to include new services in the future.

There are several advantages of energy efficiency in buildings and it is important to distinguish between consumer and promoter viewpoint. For example, if the building is intended for a commercial use, then, small companies can access common services which, due to their cost would be impossible to provide at individual level. In addition this could be used to promote a building because it offers an important product to customers.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Excellence in environmental design can only arise from a truly integrated design team. This team of designers should include an architect, an engineer and a designer. In this way the design process becomes a powerful method of building design. An ecological building should be a suitable space according to the users demand.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Municipal energy plan for the City of Venice

Energy Efficient Buildings

Further Examples:

District heating in Utrecht

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Read more about the proposed "Directive on the energy performance of buildings" at:

· www.europa.eu.int/comm/energy/en/fa_2_en.html.

· http://www.e3building.net/en/db/index.php?exp_themaID=76

· http://europa.eu.int/comm/energy_transport/mm_dg/newsletter/nl022-2002-10-11_en.html

· http://www.kcbs.nl/hb/hope.php

· http://www.hut.fi/vartiain/

· http://www.agenda-local.energia.com/

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Municipal energy plan for the City of Venice

Example

   

Introduction

The Municipality of Venice long ago started a policy of energy consumption control and the use of renewable energies, which has taken shape in the creation (initially with the Venetian Territorial and Environmental Services - VESTA, then also with the Province of Venice and the Municipal Public Transport Agency - ACTV) of the Venetian Agency for Energy (AGIRE). This Agency (http://www.ambiente.venezia.it/energia.asp) is the operative tool for the elaboration, promotion and realization of good practices and necessary actions to reach the objectives of energy efficiency inside and outside the public administrations which are its members.

At the same time, the Municipal Administration has drawn up the Municipal Energy Plan (PEC), approved in the Town Council session of 10/06/2003 and presented to the people in October 2003.

The planning process

The energy planning process which has been undertaken has gone far beyond an analysis of the city’s “energy bill”, in that it was conceived as an operative plan. In order to ensure constant updating, it has been organized as a “process plan”, adapted to being implemented over years with improvements and additions of new specific projects, at the same time asthe implementation of those already planned, in accordance with the city’s new demands and the use of new technologies.

In particular, by means of some consecutive steps that have involved the various stakeholders, there exists an historical analysis of energy consumption, the determination of the causes of this consumption and their possible future evolution, the projection of this evolutionin terms of new consumption and greenhouse gas emissions and the arrangement of guidelines (in a ten-year period) that will be able to orientate the evolution of the energy system towards better sustainability, identifying the operative tools and the subjects that could be involved in the planning process.

Thanks to the activation of a Forum (http://www.ambiente.venezia.it/forum/) on this topic, agreement protocols have been defined with large consumers of energy (in the field of transport, buildings, hotel, large household distribution, etc.) with the aim of defining the commitments to be met as regards procedures, actions and instruments aimed at the achievement of strategic goals and for the achievement of the expected actions of consumption rationalization, adoption of innovative technologies, information, education and public awareness.

Finally (by means of summary forms) specific actions that represent a first operational level (over a two-year period) of the plan and the agreements have been identified. Each form has a different objective that deals with the reduction of CO2 and other greenhouse gas emissions for the protection of global climate, to reach the goals given in the Kyoto Protocol.

The concrete accomplishment of the projects described in the forms and the management of the protocols is entrusted to the Venetian Agency for Energy and, as regards the actions relating to the town patrimony, to the Town Energy Manager.

The economic resources

An opportunity for economic support is given by the new ministerial decrees (DM 04/24/2001 "Identification of the quantitative objects for an energy efficiency increase in the final uses according to the Art. 9, paragraph 1, of the legislative decree 03/16, n. 79" and DM 04/24/2001 on "Identification of the national quantitative objectives of energy saving and the development of renewable sources according to Art.16, paragraph 4, of the legislative decree 05/23/2000, n. 164"), that require the power and gas distributors to co-finance projects of energy saving, quantified in Energy Efficiency Bonds for which a real new market is opening.

The actions

The action “forms” contained in the Energy Plan elaborated by the Municipality of Venice are the translation, into specific projects, of the objectives outlined by the Plan in terms of energy saving, local energy production from renewable sources and high-energy efficiency technologies.

The “forms” foresee the implementation of actions of different degrees of importance, but all of them indicate modalities, implementation times and responsibility for the described projects. Their aim is to influence the integration model between energy and environment, both in the upstream stage (of conception and preparation of legislation, public awareness and promotion), and the downstream stage of their practical enforcement to give definition to the perspectives of sustainability in the Municipality of Venice.

The actions are aimed at the:

· creation of new tools to adapt the present ones, to make energy systems more efficient and an integral part of public and private choices regarding the urban area;

· initiation of large scale actions involving widespread interests;

· initiation of actions for specific sectors or plants;

· creation of demonstration actions;

· creation of communication and public awareness actions.

The envisaged interventions for the action “forms” elaborated in the Plan, some of them already fulfilled or in progress, are:

Introduction of the “Energy” factor in the Municipal Building Regulation

Objective: to study the different possibilities for the adjustment of the Municipal Building Regulation so as to take into account the energy factor by means of rules and advice on building that establish general technical-building and plant criteria, are likely to help and make the most of energy saving and use of renewable sources for heating/cooling systems, the production of sanitary hot/cool water, lighting, electric household equipment in buildings according with their intended purpose.

· Integration of Municipality of Venice tenders with a “bio-building section"

Objective: to adopt an operative instrument which contains indications on how to promote a sustainable-type building and which takes care to balance a number of parameters which are difficult to assess, such as the harmlessness of the materials used in the buildings, their traceability and the possibility of recycling, the energy costs in the plant choices, etc.

· Would you change (habits)? – Consumption, environment, energy saving, lifestyle

Objective: to reduce and re-orient consumption through information and public awareness strategies (on the global impact of consumption and the opportunities of an aware and conscious consumption) and by the adoption of more fair and sustainable lifestyles.

· Analysis of the energy efficiency in public buildings

Objective: to analyze the energy efficiency of public buildings to define an action plan aimed at reducing consumption.

· Promotion of the “blue coupon” system

Objective: to promote the dissemination of emission control systems also where it is not compulsory and to make the other consumers more aware (where it is already compulsory)

· Promotion and implementation of the "car sharing" system

Objective: to promote and implement the use of "car sharing" to reduce the use of private cars and therefore of consumption.

· Seminars and technical training courses on energy saving

Objective: to conduct a cycle of seminars and technical training courses regarding energy saving strategies for technicians, professionals and operators in the building sector.

· Implementation of a system of checks on the compulsory maintenance of domestic heating systems

Objective: to implement a system of checks on r the compulsory maintenance of heating systems according to law 01/09/1991 n. 10 and to D.P.R. 08/26/1993 n. 412 amended by D.P.R. 12/21/1999 n. 551.

· Realization of a teleheating network

Objective: Venice has a great thermoelectric generation potential that is developed mainly with four power stations (located in the Porto Marghera industrial area) totalling over 2000 MW. The feasibility study on the teleheating network envisages that the system be supplied with the heat produced by ENEL S.p.A. and EDISON Thermoelectric power plants. The areas which are suitable as potential users of the teleheating network are, within a urban and mobility plan, in the areas of Porto Marghera and Mestre. In total, 12 areas have been chosen and analyzed and the buildings are, for the most part yet to be built,. The areas involved are almost completely made up of future buildings intended for the service sector. The system could be implemented in different stages.

· Development of oxycombustion in the glass district of Murano

Objective: to substitute natural gas/oxygen for the traditional air/natural gas combustion of the glass ovens.. Thus, by eliminating almost completely the presence of nitrogen, contained in the combustion air in high quantity (about 80 %), it is possible to increase the calorific power of the fuel, obtaining a flame characterized by higher temperatures and allowing a better conveyance of heat to the oven and the glass.

· Production of electric power by means of combustion cells fuelled by hydrogen produced by a photovoltaic field on the islands of Certosa and/or Lazzaretto Nuovo (in the Venetian Lagoon)

Objective: to verify the reliability and energy efficiency of an electric power production system with zero emissions in the atmosphere. The system consists of a photovoltaic field for the production of electric power for use partly directly by the final usersand partly for hydrogen production for the fuelling of the combustion cells.

· Installation of radiant heating panels

Objective: to install radiant heating panels on 7 municipal buildings and on State buildings assigned to the island of Isola del Lazzaretto Nuovo (two different action forms).

· Installation of solar panels for the production of hot water

Objective: to install solar panels for the production of hot water in municipal nurseryschools. The plants will be built and operated during 2003, and during 2004 there will be an analysis of consumption in the buildings to evaluate the advantage in quantitative terms.

· Installation of a geothermic heating system in the Chirignago nursery school (on the mainland of the Venetian Municipality)

Objective: Installation of a heating system with an earth-air pump (geothermic) in order to reduce energy use for winter heating and summer cooling.

· Realization of a demonstration “green roof”

Objective: implementation of a green roof on the Public Green and Land Department Office Building (in Mestre), aiming to reduce the radiant energy of the environment by means of a roof garden, thermally isolating the building with energy saving both for cooling and heating.

· Methane project

Objective: to promote the development of natural gas for motor transport by the commercial operators and people and goods transport trade, as well as for natural gas distribution network development (by means of subscription to the pact on agreement to the “natural gas Project”, with reference to the Programme Agreement dated 12.05.2001 by Environment Ministry, Fiat S.p.A. and Italian Oil Union).

· Use of hybrid minibuses

Objective: to promote the use of electric hybrid minibuses for public transport.

· Installation of photovoltaic panels at the ACTV depot in Marghera (via Martiri della Libertà)

Objective: to increase energy self-production by mean of photovoltaic panels installed on the existing busshelter of the depot in addition to the already existing and operating co-generation system.

· Mestre Wood

Objective: to create a big green park close to the highly urbanized area (residential area, ring-road, Porto Marghera) that could compensate for the CO2 emissions, as well as an exploitable energy resource (the wood maintenance by-products) for the biomass that it will be able to produce.

· Installation of a biomass teleheating system

Objective: to install a biomass teleheating system in the Bissuola district (Mestre)

· Solar boat

Objective: implementation of a radiant heating-panel tourist boat for the Lagoon Park area.

· Use of hydrogen in Porto Marghera

Objective: with the implementation of the “Porto Marghera Hydrogen District Union”, the exploitation of the hydrogen resource available in the Porto Marghera area will be carried out. Hydrogen combustion, both in stationary applications for the co-generation of electric and thermal energy and for applications in the field of transport, can be realized both with traditional equipment (turbines and internal combustion engines) or with innovative combustion cells.

· Adoption of integral winter/summer conditioning radiation and primary air systems for the new IRE Structures (Public Housing).

Objective: the adoption of global climatization solutions with radiant panels on the ceiling, integrated with a system of forced air renewal, along with relativemean humidity control of the environment during winter and summer, is suggested.

Urban Energy Plan: full text document in Italian language


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Energy Efficient Buildings

Example

   

Bristol City Council has produced a guide to assist developers to adopt a more sustainable approach to how they plan and build. It is a voluntary process which starts with the developers completing a “Sustainable Development Profile” which is submitted with their planning application. The profile and guide are intended to encourage developers to think about a range of issues from community consultation to renewable energy and recycling at the earliest possible stage in their site planning and design process before submitting their project plans.

The profile is a guide and is not part of any formal agreement with the City Council. The developers still have to comply with Building Regulations and any other statutory requirements.

The guide describes three cross cutting issues which should be considered by the developers.

Climate change

It is generally accepted that the climate is changing influenced in part by man’s activities in the production of CO2. Developments should aim at reducing atmospheric pollutants both during construction and during the life of the building. The effects of possible increased flooding must be considered.

Sustainable transport

Bristol has a higher level of car ownership than any comparable UK city. The UK “Planning Policy Guidance Note 13: Transport” gives central government advice on the role of land use planning in reducing the need to travel, and making it easier and safer for people to access work, school, and leisure facilities by public transport or walking and cycling.

Developers are encouraged to reduce care dependence by:

  • Choosing sites close to existing development and community, employment, educational and retail facilities to reduce the need to travel.
  • Plan for mixed use development to include live – work units where possible.
  • Design for priority to pedestrians and public transport and including cycle routes.
  • Link development to existing transport links.
  • Linking to existing and proposed schemes such as Home Zones, Air Quality Management areas, Safe Routes to Schools etc.
  • Providing facilities for cyclists and pedestrians such as lockers, bike storage and showers.

Sustainable communities

A sustainable community requires a mixture of dwelling types for families and businesses. A variety of shopping, leisure and community facilities alongside housing contribute to the vitality and sustainability of the community. High-density new development will help support commercial and community facilities and the viability of public transport. There may also be the possibility to incorporate district heating and cooling networks using sustainable energy.

Having basic amenities within easy walking distance of residents and workers will help to create a strong community spirit. Providing pedestrian and walking routes through an area separated from car traffic will help to encourage people to leave their cars at home.

Case study 1

Private home

Chandos Road, Cotham, Bristol

Three storey building built on the site of an abandoned cleaning business.

Each house averages 200m2 in size with flexible accommodation based on bedrooms below and living space above. A Suntube naturally lights the main hall and dual aspect windows provide maximum daylight within the living spaces. The stair well and balustrades are glass filled for extra light.

The houses were constructed using a Masonite construction system. They are finished with lime rendering, lime-ash and some stone facing. All timber was sources from sustainably managed woodland and all joinery and exposed timbers have been treated with natural oils.

The homes are highly energy efficient with an average hot water and heating bill of around £90 (€135) a year. CO2 emissions total 5.2 tonnes per year. Average U-values are 0.31 W/m2 K and NHER ratings reach 10. A high level of insulation has been achieved with 50mm of mineral wool in the cavity between the internal wall and the 100mm block work cladding. Natural ventilation is achieved by zoned integrated heat exchangers and six small radiators with thermostatic controls heat the homes. Heating is provided by gas condensing boilers with 94% efficiency.

Case study 2

Offices

Temple Quay House, Temple Quay, Bristol

This development completed in 2001 was designed to accommodate the Department of Transport, Local Government and the Regions. It provides 13000 m2 of office space and is a part of the major commercial development at Temple Quay.

Location and site

Temple Quay House shares a 93 hectare brownfield site with a number of major office buildings. The site has excellent access to public transport, as it is immediately adjacent to the main railway station, several main bus stops and the Bristol Harbour ferry. There is also a new bridge across the river connecting the site to cycle path and footpath networks.

Design

It was part of the design brief to demonstrate how a building could be provided with an energy consumption approximately half that of traditional air-conditioned buildings. The exposed concrete frame construction is designed to absorb heat during the day and then at night cool air is used to purge the structure.

The office accommodation is arranged around a central atrium making good use of natural light and ventilation. Heat producing office equipment is located away from working areas to minimise cooling demand.

Car parking is restricted to 100 spaces (for 850 staff and visitors) because of the good public transport access. There is secure parking for 70 bicycles, with showers and changing rooms.

Services

Natural ventilation is provided through the stack effect of the atrium, combined with opening windows. It can be backed up by pumping cooled air through floor voids but only when needed in warm weather. Intelligent lighting controls adjust the lighting using occupancy and daylight sensors.

Rainwater is collected from the atrium’s glass roof to flush the toilets. A computerised building management system is used to control heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems.

The complete document “Bristol Sustainable Development Guide for Construction” van be found at www.bristol-city.gov.uk and search for sustainable development.

Information on Eco Buildings can be obtained from The Create Centre (The environment centre for Bristol City Council) create@bristo-city.gov.uk

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Renewable Energies Promotion

2. Introduction

   

A renewable resource can be defined broadly as one that is generated by sustainable energy fluxes operating within the atmosphere, hydrosphere, biosphere and solid earth. The primary source of these fluxes is solar radiation. Renewable resources generated this way include hydroelectric, wind, tidal and solar power, water (including groundwater) and biomass. However, many other types of energy may also be included in the definition (such as methane gas from landfill, fuel cells and other technologies). Prior to the industrial revolution these sources were virtually the only forms of energy used by mankind. During the last 150 years, modern civilization has become increasingly dependent on fossil fuel, although the finite future of these supplies implies that a transmission to a sustainable energy future is inevitable.

3. Discussion

   

First it would be interesting to mention several types of renewable energies.

Photovoltaic energy; clean and silent. Its implementation and use has a low cost, high reliability and durability.

Wind power; it is a cheap renewable energy source which with the improvement in technology is reducing in cost.

Biomass; Although in Europe biomass use is currently limited, investment and investigation into its use has increased in recent years. Also at the moment there are a number of research studies to assess the amount of energy produced from various plant species.

In general most important advantages are: that renewable energies do not produce CO2 emissions, do not generate wastes that are difficult to treat, and finally are inexhaustible. The greatest attraction of these renewable energy resources is that they are environmentally friendly. In addition to not being polluting, they have low operating costs due to the use of the renewable resources. Together with complementary measures to enhance energy efficiency, they are high on the list of options for ensuring economic development.

There are several measures intended to promote renewable energy that should be taken into account. These include:

· Renewable electricity; Ensuring independent power producers and non-utilities have access to the electricity grid, allowing distributed generators to feed into and take from the grid, setting aside a (small) protected and guaranteed market for renewable electricity, creating supply-side incentives such a favourable buy-back rates, or a market for renewable electricity by requiring a certain proportion of total electricity to come from renewable sources, and making demand side incentives such as green pricing as widespread as possible.

· Another example of policy that has favoured renewable energies is encouraging the increased of use of renewable energy via generous economic and fiscal incentives as in Denmark, Spain and Germany, where capital and output, subsidies are available for renewable electricity systems. These are directed at a wide range of renewable energies and renewable energy applications (direct use, heat production and electricity generations). These measurements have been most successful in promoting renewable energy supply. This is because a large proportion of those who buy renewable energy equipment are private firms or individuals, susceptible to economics arguments or setting up a protected market for limited quantities of renewable electricity, as in the UK, France and Ireland.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

To make sure that we have enough energy in the future, it is up to all of us to use energy wisely. Within this context, political, legislative, financial, administrative, technical development, information education and training elements should be considered in renewable energy development and use. Governments should provide the political leadership at a local, regional, national and European level, to promote renewable energy efficiency and ensure the development and the introduction of new clean energy technologies. In addition, it would be important to increase investigations, developments, demonstrations and knowledge/technologies transfer, until the creation of a strong and competitive renewable energy industry. Citizens must use less energy and be more efficient in its use. We need stringent efficiency standards for appliances, for homes and offices, for industrial processes and for vehicles. Renewable energy use has several limitations at the present time including low levels of use and difficulties in energy storage.

However, several countries are making a greater contribution, for example in Germany and Spain, which contribute 78% of the current EU output from photovoltaics. In Spain the Promotion Plan for Renewable Sources of Energy 2000-2010 has set itself the target of obtaining 12% of the total energy consumption from renewable resources by 2010. Within Spain, Seville is collaborating with Gamesa Company for the promotion of the renewable energy use in the city. This collaboration includes the study and carry out of possible photovoltaic installation in the municipal buildings, with a minimum power of 500 KW for a period of four years. In addition, Austria, Germany and Greece contribute 80% of new solar thermal installations. Denmark, Germany and Spain now contribute (2004) 80% of new wind output. Finland and Sweden contribute 60% of the growth in generation from Biomass-fuelled power stations. Finally, Austria and Sweden give the highest contribution to the increase in output from biomass district heating installations.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Energy review of Malmo

Promotion of renewable energy in Seville and The Alive Energy Pavilion - Spain

Potential wind turbines in Bristol

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· EREF (European renewable energies federation), is a federation of associations from UE State Members, which are working in the sector of energy produced from renewable sources, such as small hydro, wind, bio-energy, etc…It is actively supporting a swift and sustainable increase in the use of renewable energy sources in Europe.

· Altener Program; It is the European Union non technological program promoting the use of the renewable energy sources. Its aim is to increase the EU’s use of renewable energy from 6% in 1996 to 12% in 2010.

· Centre for Photovoltaic Devices and Systems. http://www.Pv.unsw.edu.au.

· Renewable Energy House. It is the central meeting point for organizations working in the field of renewable energy sources. The website is, http://www.erec-renewable.org/.

· EPIA (European Photovoltaic Industry Association), EWEA; (European Wind Energy Association).

· ESHA (European Small Hydropower Association), EUBIA (European Biomass Industry Association), EUREC Agency (European Association of Renewable Energy Research Centres).

· AEA technology Environment (ETSU) (Integrated Spatial Potential Initiative for Renewable Energy in Europe). http://www.etsu.com/. Another website which can offer you information and examples of renewable energies applications, is http://www.ciemat.es/index.html. CIEMAT is an Energy, Environmental and Technologies Investigations Centre in Spain. In this website it is possible find information about renewable energies, database projects, training etc…Furthermore you can visit http://www.cne.es/ Energy National Commission (Spain), which regulates Energy System in Spain. On the other hand there is a possibility to get in touch with the Local Agency of Energy in Seville through the next website, http://www.agencia-energia-sevilla/ where it is easy to get information about the Second Energy Plan (2002/2006), and the Municipal Energy Management and Use by-law. (B.O.P Nº154,05/07/2002, p. 7641-7658). Another website for Europe in general is http://www.europa.eu.int.comm/energy.

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Energy review of Malmo

Example

   

Energy – 100% Locally Produced Renewable Energy in the Western Harbour, Malmö, Sweden

Four fifths of the world's population will be living in cities within a few decades. Urbanisation generates economic development and well-being, but also leads to problems with water and sewage, traffic, energy provision and over-consumption of resources. Solving the cities' environmental problems is therefore the key to a sustainable future. An urban district is under construction in Malmö's Western Harbour which will be the focus of the first European Housing Expo Bo01 -City of Tomorrow between the 17th May and 16th September, 2001. The theme of the housing expo and district is The City of Tomorrow in the ecologically sustainable information and welfare society. Visitors will be able to participate in a wide range of environmental activities such as study-tours, advice sessions, informational Q&As, exhibitions, seminars etc.

The aim is for the district to be an international leading example of the environmental adaptation of a densely built urban environment. It will also be a driving force in Malmö's development towards environmental sustainability.

Locallyproduced renewable energy and efficient use

Sun, wind and water

The new district will be provided exclusively with energy from renewable sources. The energy used in the Western Harbour will be generated in or near the area. Sun, wind and water will be the basis for energy production together with energy from refuse and sewage from the district. A large percentage of the heating will be extracted from the sea and aquifers, a natural water storage in the bedrock, and will also be generated by solar collectors. Electricity will mainly be generated by wind power and to a minor part by photovoltaic cells. Bio gas will be extracted from refuse and sewage from the area and will be returned after cleaning to the district via the city's natural gas system. The solar collectors and photovoltaic systems, including those on private properties, will be operated and managed by Sydkraft in order to ensure high maintenance and operation standards.

Annual Energy Balance

The demand for 100% renewable energy means that there must be a balance between production and energy use on an annual basis. Energy used in the area should, at some point in time, be produced there. The new electricity grid and district heating network will be linked to the existing systems of the city in order to bridge the time-lapse between the point of production and use of energy, with- out the need for specialised equipment for energy storage. The city's system will be used as an accumulator and as a reserve supply.

Minimised Energy Use

An effective energy use is essential in order to reach the target of entirely locally produced renewable energy. The buildings in the district are designed to minimise the demand for heat and electricity. The Quality Programme for Bo01 sets a common standard for developers regarding energy for the district. The target for average energy use on the properties is not to exceed 105 kWh per square meter of gross room area annually. This includes all energy related to the property; heating, hot water, household electricity as well as for running the building services. Household equipment, lighting and other electric installations should be the most energy efficient on the market. To minimise heat losses from the houses it is important to reduce the thermal transmittance of the buildings. Generally this is made by increasing the thermal insulation of the buildings and by installing energy efficient triple glazed windows with low emission coating.

A High Degree of Comfort

The aim of low energy use is not contrary to residents' or business' demands for comfort. Better climate shield and ventilation rate in the buildings will contribute to a better indoor climate. Users will have possibility to control their indoor climate individually with the help of IT.

IT Solutions for Minimised Energy Use

IT will be used to measure, control and regulate different subsystems and there will be opportunity for individual billing related to energy usage by the residents. Residents will also have the opportunity to control their own energy use as well as the district's energy use and behavioural initiatives will be carried out to improve energy efficiency.

EU's Campaign for Renewable Energy

The EU Commission's Campaign for Take-off is one part of the implementation of the EU's target that at least 12% of the energy in the union will come from renewable resources by 2O10. 100 geographical areas, from urban neighbourhoods to entire regions, will be supplied by locally produced renewable energy as part of the campaign. Bo01 / The Western Harbour was one of the first areas selected for participation in the campaign. The City of Malmö has established a partnership with Sydkraft, Bo01-City of Tomorrow.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Promotion of renewable energy in Seville

Example

   

Introduction

At present, Seville is the city in Spain with the highest level of solar photovoltaic energy connected to the municipal network. The main reason is because its City Council has been promoting, through the Local Energy Agency, the use of renewable energy. This initiative is supported by a bylaw in the Energy Use and Management contract of the Solar City Project which forms part of the 2nd Energy Plan of Seville (2002/ 2006).

Description

In March 2004, several solar photovoltaic panels intended for the production of electricity were placed in 22 schools in the city of Seville. The first phase of the implementation of this project has been finished. It now appears that in two years the city of Seville will have a combined City Council and independent installed capacity of over 2MW. Now the main challenge with this achievement, is to increase the growth of the energy savings over the next four years by a 12%.

Advantages

If we compare the use of these types of photovoltaic installations, with the same generation of electrical energy from a coal power station we could see that 7.529kg of CO2, 166kg of SO2 and 25kg of NOX would not be emitted to the atmosphere each year through the use of the former. The challenge in installing these panels at schools is in promoting the energy-saving behaviour and in making children aware of the environment.

Cost

The investment of these installations has been achieved for an amount equivalent to €873.289. Part of the investment (25%) has been financed with a subvention from the Energy Safe Institute. Furthermore, the Technology and Employment Ministry in the Regional Government of Andalucía has contributed 45% through the Prosol Project. The rest of the investment (30%) will be written off in less than four years.

Further details

For more information please go to: www.agencia-local-energia.com & www.planestrategicosevilla2010.org

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  The Alive Energy Pavilion - Spain

Example

   

Description ( content of the project)

The Alive Energy Pavilion, which was opened last November as the only initiative for leisure in Spain, focuses on the investigation into and dissemination of renewable energies and the study of the environment. This pavilion is the result of an initiative by several private companies from different sectors and a private investment of €12 million. However there are several active and innovative companies in other Spanish cities which are also contributing to this initiative by providing dynamic content that allows for the Pavilion to change its contents twice a year.

Interest and activities

With an area of 2000m2, the key actions carried out within this pavilion are the exposition of the most modern innovations in the sustainable energy field such as solar, photovoltaic, biomass, hydroelectric, and geothermic energy among others. Besides these there are areas dedicated to home automation, the promotion of energy savings in homes and several technical tools for the management of the environment. Finally, there is also a focus on training and investigation which are disciplines in which there is an special collaboration with leading private companies and academic institutions.

Further details.

For more information about the activities and the work of this pavilion please go to: www.agencia-local-energia.com & www.energias-renovables.net or contact Manolo Ortega at the Alive Energy Pavilion:0034917883233

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Potential wind turbines in Bristol

Example

   

The project so far

mast on siteSince 2002 Bristol City Council’s Energy Management Unit (EMU) has been investigating the possibility of developing an on-shore wind farm next to the Severn Estuary. The area is part of the industial estate toe the north west of the city and was formerly occcupied by an fuel tank farm. The site is owned by the Council and has the potential to house two large wind turbines. To date, the EMU has self funded a 12-month wind speed study, 12-month bird counts and wildlife investigations. The geo-technical ground formations; possible radar implications and potential planning outcomes are presently being investigated. All of this work has been secured from one off bid funding. Having established that the project is practically viable the financial implications, both capital and revenue, need to be investigated before this development can continue.

The EMU is also being pro-active in reaching the BCC target of 15% of electricity consumption coming from renewables by 2010. Developing a wind turbine facility in Avonmouth is simply one step the EMU is taking to achieve this outcome. Its construction will lead to CO2 reductions of 5,160 tonnes equating to 17.8% of the council’s electrical consumption. This reduction together with the 7.5% already achieved by purchased green electricity would achieve 25.3% reduction in the carbon emissions by the council, more than meeting the target set for 2010. This development will therefore assist in improving the Quality of Life for Bristol Residents.

The 12-month wind speed study has shown that the average wind speed is viable for turbines. All the other consultations and studies that have taken place show that the development would cause no negative effects on the wildlife, nor release soil contaminates which remain in the soil after the fuel tanks were removed.

Garrad Hassan have designed a turbine layout for the Avonmouth site. According to this layout the site can hold two turbines. They have considered various designs of turbine with the most conservative being the NM92. This has a hub height of 85m and a rotor diameter of 92m. If this specification was chosen and two were erected on site, their energy generation capacity would be 5.5MW.

NEXT STEPS:

Continue with various pieces of consultation work. These include

· Geo-technical information for foundation of turbines

· Radar/mobile phone implications

· Archaeological status of site (only needs to be investigated again during construction)

· Summer bird counts on site

It is thought that radar can be affected by wind turbines so both the local airfield and Bristol International Airports were informed about the proposed development. Bristol International had no concerns about the proposal, however the airfield, which is closer, did offer some objections. These objections have been investigated further and the Civil Aviation Authority has been consulted. The Airfield will have to prove why the development would be detrimental. It is expected that any developer would assist in that process and an independent consultant may need to be employed to aid in the process.

If the project succeeds then the electricity would be fed into the National Grid or some could be used by local development. The estimated cost of the project is £48,000 (approximately € 72,160).

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  District Heating

2. Introduction

   

District heating is used to warm up buildings and water. The heat can be provided from variety of sources, including geothermal heat, co-generation plants, waste heat from industry, biogas and purpose-built heating plants. The produced heat is distributed via pipelines into the buildings.

3. Discussion

   

The usage of district heating requires investment. The heat is produced in a central plant where either heat only is produced or also electricity is produced simultaneously. The plant can, for example, be a waste incinerator plant. But as district heat, waste heat from industry can also be used. The heat distribution network is normally constructed underground. In every building connected to the system a central heating device is needed in order to make the heat suitable for warming the building or water.

The usage of district heating has reduced emissions (especially sulphur dioxide emissions) inside the residential areas because after building the district heat network there is no need for private heating systems. The emissions are reduced when the warmth is produced in centralised plants because the emission reduction technology is advanced in large plants but tends to be more polluting on a smaller scale.

The usage of district heating is very user-friendly. The real estate management is easy because the district heating provider normally takes care of the equipment related to the district heating system. There is no longer a need for storing the fuel needed for other heating systems.

We must emphasize the fact that thanks to this technology the indoor exposure is dramatically reduced since no gas combustion occurs often in houses served by a DH system.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Air quality depends mostly on the emissions produced by traffic and industry. The traffic emissions seem to be increasing due to an increase in car usage. Some good results for air quality can be achieved by reducing the emissions deriving from residential locations and buildings in general. A possible way of reducing the amount of residential emissions is to transfer from private heating system into the central heating system.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

District Heating in Gothenburg

District heating in Utrecht


Further Examples:

Pilot project for the installation of a biomass thermal energy plant for district heating and conditioning

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  District Heating in Gothenburg

Example

   

District heating is a safe and environmentally good way of heating houses and industries. In Göteborg district heating started in the Kortedala suburb the 24th of August, 1953. Today a 700 kilometre long pipe connects about 90 percent of all apartment blocks in Göteborg and industries and workplaces. For one-family homes only 4000 are connected but the goal is to have 16000 by 2010.

  • 2/3 of all district heating is produces from waste water, industry and waste incineration.
  • In 1970 90 percent of the heating was produced by oil. Today almost no oil is used.
  • The emission of nitrogen dioxide has halved in 20 years even though the energy used has doubled.
  • During the same period the emissions of sulphur and nitrogen oxide has been reduced by 98 and 85 percent respectively.

The whole district heating system contains 20 heating facilities of which 3 are large. Some small ones at the end of the system are only used for supporting the system during winter. A couple are only used in reserve. About 20% of the energy supplied in Göteborg is renewable. It comes from the waste incineration at Sävenäs, bio fuels and from electricity from hydroelectric power and eleven wind turbines. The rest of the district heating is produced by Göteborg Energi's power and heating plant at Rosen Lund, and at the high-temperature water stations. Natural gas, bio fuel and oil are used for this. In the summer the district heating energy is used to cool the buildings.

Hot water from the refinery and hot water from the waste-water treatment also contributes to district heating during the whole year. Waste heat from the refineries and the incineration plant at Sävenäs accounts for almost three-quarters of the district heating, together with heat from heat pumps at the Rya sewage treatment works. The use of waste heat entails reusing energy, which has made Göteborg’s use of energy more efficient and thereby reduced the consumption of energy. The amount of energy supplied is about 10% less than the energy used. We use in other words more energy than that which is supplied. This is possible through the reuse of energy.

The total amounts of production of central heating were 3900 GWh for 2002.

More information: www.renova.se

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  District heating in Utrecht

Example

   

Improving air quality by district heating

The emission of NOx is better controlled in large plants of heat and power than in small domestic heating devices. With district heating the background NOx level in the outdoor air will be much lower. In addition to this NOx reduction effect, combined heat and power generation with a district heating system has a substantial CO2 reduction effect when compared to thousands of stand-alone heating devices.

Regarding air pollution and its effects on health indoor emissions are very important. Heating and cooking in other forms than gas can reduce the air quality in the house. Electrical cooking and district heating is a good choice to reduce air pollution in homes. District heating avoids having to use open gas-fired water heaters for domestic hot water production as well as gas-fires for heating. In the absence of a gas infrastructure, electrical cookers should be used. Thus in the house there is no need for gas-fired water heaters and gas-fires.

District heating infrastructure under construction

Text Box: District heating infrastructure under construction

Utrecht (116.000 houses) has an extensive district heating system in the existing city. West of Utrecht, in Leidsche Rijn, Utrecht is building 30.000 new dwellings before the year 2015. More than two-thirds of these dwellings will be connected to district heating. With these new dwellings in Leidsche Rijn, 30% of all houses in Utrecht will be connected to district heating and 20% has no gas-grid connection. Besides this, about 40 % of the utilities in Utrecht (offices, education, public health and care, etc.) are connected to district heating. District heating supplies 60% of the required heating in these buildings.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Pilot project for the installation of a biomass thermal energy plant for district heating and conditioning

Example

   

Introduction

The project concerns the use of biomass deriving from urban activities and agricultural and forest residues for the production of thermal energy in a new residential area on the Venice Mainland (Mestre). It deals with the installation of a new Thermal Energy Power Plant powered by “lignocellulose biomass”, and the completion of a related sunken district heating system to provide a new residential area with winter heating (teleheating) and summer conditioning (telecooling) without the use of fossil fuels and without any CO2 emissions.

This system will serve seven high-rise buildings in the Bissuola district (Mestre, Venice’s Mainland), that are at the moment under construction. The new lodgings have been financed by public funds and they count about 100 flats for a total volume of 41,000 m3 and for 300 inhabitants.

The main peculiarity lies in the fuel chosen to feed the thermal plant, and its life cycle analysis. When the project is completed, about 3,246,000 kWh/year ([1]) will be provided by “lignocellulose biomass”. This fuel is derived from renewable resources and will replace a part, even though only very little for now, of non-renewable resources traditionally used to satisfy city energy demand. This is not such an unusual practice in other European countries, but its application in a coastal region, such as the Venice Mainland, has to be considered the first example of its kind in Italy ([2]).

District teleheating and telecooling systems

Another peculiarity lies in the integration of the district heating system with the conditioning one. At first, the project was conceived and structured only to be a district heating system. Afterwards, the project was re-designed with a further technological innovation: the addition of a district conditioning system (still benefiting from the same type of biomass) which makes use of the “cooling absorption units” technology. This has a great demonstrative value, since it seems to be one of the first examples in Europe.

The technical reasons for this further development are:

- a rising trend in the use of air-conditioning systems during the summer, especially in residential areas, not only because of the higher temperatures recorded over recent years, but also because of the higher quality of life that people increasingly demand that leads to their expecting a home air- conditioning system;

- the need to use local and renewable energy resources not only for the heating systems but also for the conditioning ones, considering the recorded shift in energy consumption’s peak values from the winter to the summer season.

Other economic incentives are:

- the awareness that technological innovations in new lodgings is less expensive in an early phase of planning and consruction than later on (when the buildings have been completed);

- the cost of accomplishing one district conditioning system for the whole 100- flats block (in spite of its advanced technology) is comparable to the total cost of 100 traditional conditioning systems ([3]);

- operating costs are slashed by about 50% (considering energy costs of one traditional air-conditioning system) or much more if we consider that the biomass has no costs or negative costs (i.e. the additional cost for disposal).

The Mestre Wood

Another interesting aspect of this pilot project lies in the origin of the “lignocellulose biomass”. The amount of biomass needed by the thermal energy plant will be provided by the agricultural and forest sector (the Mestre Wood in primis) and by urban activities (selected waste-material collection, tree pruning, etc.) easily available in the Mestre and Marghera conurbations. The Mestre Wood is a large parcel of urban area where an intensive forestation and reforestation program has been supervised by local Public Administrations: they aim to provide Mestre with the largest peri-urban wood in Europe (see its future set-up in the map 1, map 2 and map 3). Thanks to this project, the Mestre Wood will have a dual purpose: as a sink for CO2 emissions originating from urban sources (urban traffic, Porto Marghera industrial site) and as a “fuel provider” thanks to by-products collected from its ordinary maintenance.

Since the Mestre Wood will be completed only in several years, the lack of biomass for the Thermal Energy Plant will be solved by the collection of waste from tree pruning and from public- and private-garden maintenance in the urban area. Thanks to this project, the disposal of this waste will no longer be a financial burden and it will be used to provide energy for the City itself. This was one of the most relevant aims described in the Municipal Energy Plan, recently approved by the City Council.--


([1]) This energy amount will satisfy the needs of winter heating, summer conditioning and sanitary fittings for the whole block of council housing.

([2]) Usually forest residues are used for heating systems in mountain regions.

([3]) About € 200.000,00 in the first case, € 150.000,00 in the second one.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Land Use Measures: Industrial emissions reduction

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
Power plants
 
Cogeneration Plant in Leipzig
Power plants in Finland
Waste Burning – A solution to combat air pollution?
 
Waste Burning in Bristol
How to reduce industries emissions in urban areas
 
Air Quality Management and Available Economic Resources
Environmental improvement resulting from oxycombustion technology
Programme agreements tools to reduce pollutant emissions from industrial sites in municipal Venice

Overview of Issue

  Overview to appear here

Last Updated


 

30th November 1999

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Power plants

2. Introduction

   

In 1997 fossil fuel-fired power plants produced around 51% of electricity in the EU-15, i.e. around 1.2 millions GWh. Hard coal and natural gas had the higher share (19.5% and 13.7% respectively) followed by oil (7.7%), lignite (7.6%), biomass (1.1%) and derived gases (1.1%). Combustion of fossil fuels poses major threats to the air quality: power and large combustion plants are the most important non-natural source of SOx and the second source of NOx after road traffic. Their impact on the urban air quality crucially depends on their location and on the meteorological features of the site. It is worth noticing that, together with primary pollutants, also secondary pollutants induced by plants emissions, and especially very fine particulate matter (PM2.5 and PM1), can constitute an important threat to the public health.

3. Discussion

   

Pollutants and their origin

Power plants are important sources of many typical urban pollutants.

SOx (SO2 with 1-3% of SO3) are mainly emitted when fossil solid or liquid fuels are employed, but also natural gas can contain sensible amounts of sulphur and in some cases gas desulphurisation can be necessary.

NOx is generated by means of three mechanisms: the thermal reaction between N and O in the air, the “combustion” of nitrogen contained in the fuel and the so-called prompt NO formation on the flame front because of the presence of intermediating hydrocarbons.

The thermal NOx formation is strongly reduced if the combustion takes place at temperature lower than around 1000 °C. In this case, the nitrogen content of the fuel is crucial. Coal can reach the highest N share (0.5 – 2%) whereas oil contains around 1% of N, biomass less than 0.5% and Natural gas is virtually free from nitrogen (< 0.1%).

Besides acting directly as pollutants, NOx have a crucial role in the production of ozone from oxidation of VOCs (volatile organic compounds). Nevertheless, quantifying the role of a single NOx emitter in the overall ozone production of a region is quite complex as the ozone production depends on the whole emissions of the area, its meteorological features and also on the composition of air transported from other regions. Complex photochemical modelling is then unavoidable to understand the urban ozone origin and to assist local and regional authorities in making policies for ozone containment.

Particulate Matter derives from the mineral fraction of the solid fuels, with a small fraction coming from condensation of low-vapour pressure compounds volatilised during combustion. When liquid fuels are employed, poor combustion can lead to the formation of soot, that can act as condensation nucleus for sulphur and other pollutants. On the contrary, natural gas is not a significant source of primary particles.

It is worth noticing that particulate matter can form in the atmosphere also by means of the nucleation of ammonium sulphate or nitrate and the condensation of organic compounds. Generally speaking, a straightforward method to evaluate the amount of secondary particulate matter generated by power plants emissions does not exist as nucleation and condensation rates depend on the meteorological and chemical features of the atmosphere around the plant.

Heavy metals (Lead, Cadmium, Arsenic, Mercury and others) are present in trace in fossil fuels and are emitted as a component of primary particulate matter, except for mercury and selenium that can be emitted as vapours. Coal is by orders of magnitude richer in heavy metals than oil and natural gas.

Emissions regulations and abatement

Emissions of Large Combustion Plants (LCP) have been directly limited by Directive 2001/80/EC and their control is also crucial in reaching targets set in the National Emissions Ceiling Directive (2001/81/EC). Furthermore, large power plants are concerned by the Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control (IPPC) directive (96/61/EC).

The LCP Directive focuses on the NOx and SOx emissions for existing plants, whereas emission limits are set also for PM in new plants.

In the frame of the IPPC directive, a reference document on Best Available Technologies (BAT) is in preparation (see References). This document will collect and examine cost and benefits of all the technological measures useful for emissions abatements in power plants and will constitute a reference for plants managers. Measures can be taken at different points of the power plant and involve different end points e.g. fuel switch, combustion optimisation, catalytic reduction and so on.

Directives-driven actions, together with measures imposed by national and local administrations are expected to induce a sensible decrease of the power plants emissions. The direct effect of this emission decreasing on the urban air quality is crucially linked to the relative position of power plants, normally located in industrial areas, and the city, but in any case the power plants emissions enter in the background pollution and can be transported for very long distances.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

From the point of view of city policy makers some few recommendations about air pollution induced by power plants can be set:

· If power plants are located in the city surroundings, it is important to have a careful meteorological characterisation of the site. Such a study should focus on wind patterns at least at the ground level and at the effective pollutants release point. If possible the study should also establish typical seasonal and daily patterns for wind profiles in the Planetary Boundary Layer and for the mixing height.

· To achieve a consistent evaluation of the pollution induced in a town located downwind of a power plant, complex models should be employed taking into account also secondary pollutants (ozone and secondary particulate matter). In this case a careful study of the features of the atmosphere surrounding the plant plume is needed, and all other relevant urban sources of ozone and particles precursors, such as traffic and domestic heating, must be estimated and included in the simulation.

· When evaluating a power plant environmental impact, besides the direct emissions coming from the combustion process, it is important to estimate the effect of other pollution sources induced by the activity, especially road, river or sea traffic due to fuel transportation.

· Power plants are often perceived as a pressure on the environment and a possible threat for public health by the population living in the area surrounding an existing or planned LCP. Local authorities should take into account this sensitivity when planning and locating energy production devices and involve citizens in decisions as much as possible.


5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Three examples from INTEGAIRE partners were made available for this topic:

Cogeneration Plant in Leipzig

Power plants in Finland

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control directive (96/61/EC).

· Large Combustion Plants Directive (2001/80/EC).

· National Emissions Ceiling Directive (2001/81/EC).

· Draft reference document on Best Available Techniques for Large Combustion Plants http://eippcb.jrc.es/pages/FActivities.htm.

· Power Plants and Ozone, Electric Power Research Institute, USA http://info.bologna.enea.it:8100/Redirect/www.epri.com/attachments/282978_1008997.pdf.

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Cogeneration Plant in Leipzig

Example

   

The City of Leipzig is owner of the main local energy provider “Stadtwerke Leipzig” (SWL). SWL offers its customers electricity, heat and natural gas. This combination of different means of energy helped to spur the change to cogeneration.

SWL’s most modern plant is located in the inner city just next to Leipzig Main Station (see photo). The plant, operated by heating oil and natural gas, uses a double cycle to produce both heat and electricity. The output is 180 MWth and 172 MWel with an overall efficiency of 86,6%.

The plant’s construction was based on a detailed analysis of the heat and electricity needs of Leipzig’s citizens. The plant today provides a high resource efficiency level, reduces the dependence from purchased outside-electricity and uses an environmentally friendly two-cycle technology.

SWL is EMAS II and ISO 14001 certified

Figure 1: Leipzig cogeneration plant

Further information on this topic can be found at: www.swl.de

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Power plants in Finland

Example

   

A good example of a CHP power plant can be uploaded from Helsinki Energy's Internet home page: http://www.helsinginenergia.fi/en/tuotanto/chp.html. In the same pages, we can also find good examples of district heating: http://www.helsinginenergia.fi/en/heat/heating.html and of district cooling: http://www.helsinginenergia.fi/en/heat/cooling.html.

Their impact on the urban air quality crucially depends on their location, pollution control systems and on the meteorological features of the site.

SO2: Russian natural gas originates in western Siberia. All natural gas which we use here in Finland is from Russia. In Finland gas makes up about 11.5% of all energy consumption (2003). Fuel use comprises about 50 % of Helsinki Energy’s consumption (It was 51,8 % in 2003). The composition of NG depends on where it is produced. Western Siberia natural gas composition is: methane CH4 (98%); ethane C2H6 (<1%); nitrogen N2 (<1%) and carbon dioxide CO2 (0,1%).

NOX: Modern power plants using low-NOX combustion techniques have reduced the formation of NOX. Also catalytic reduction of NOX is becoming more common.

PM: Main sources of PM concentration in urban air are natural emissions, traffic (diesel and petrol vehicle exhaust emissions and road surfaces) and construction works that create dust emissions.

Heavy Metals: Modern emission control techniques have substantially reduced heavy metals emissions including those in the vapour phase such as those from mercury.

Conclusion: Positive aspects have also to be taken into account. It has to be mentioned that power plants, especially when also producing heat (CHP plants), have greatly reduced urban pollution formerly due to decentralized heating systems.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Waste Burning – A solution to combat air pollution?

2. Introduction

   

When waste cannot be reduced, reused or recycled, it has to be treated in a different way. There are two main ways of dealing with this type of waste: incineration (burning at high temperature) and landfills. Incineration reduces the volume of waste that has to be disposed in landfills by up to 90%, and its weight by 60-70%. It releases energy to supply power or heating. Special incinerators can even handle hazardous waste and the burning process reduces the toxicity of organic compounds. However, incineration may produce toxins and heavy metals that have to be kept out of the atmosphere by installing expensive filters. In the end, when these filters are highly contaminated, they end up in landfill sites.

Both incineration and landfill can create severe environmental damage and have to be controlled particularly well. We will concentrate on the first case.

3. Discussion

   

At EU level, there are new measures that aim at preventing or reducing as much as possible negative effects on the air caused by the incineration and co-incineration of wastes. Air pollution caused by emissions should be reduced and the risks to human health as well. Only stringent operational conditions, technical requirements and emission limit values for waste incineration and co-incineration can help contribute to this reduction. With the new legislation, considerable reductions will be achieved for NOx, SO2, HCl and heavy metals. In the EU, cadmium emissions are expected to fall from 16 tonnes per year in 1995 to around 1 tonne in 2005. Over the same period, mercury emissions should fall from an annual 36 tonnes to around 7 tonnes. Although this new legislation covers all wastes, it is clear that the largest source of emissions of dioxins and furans into the atmosphere is caused by the non-hazardous waste burning. The new legislation will reduce such emissions from incineration from an annual 2,400 grams in 1995 to only 10 grams after full implementation in 2005. It also introduces stricter provisions than those found in the existing municipal waste incineration Directives (89/369/EEC and 89/429/EEC) and in the existing hazardous waste incineration Directive (94/67/EC), which would be repealed. However, it excludes some forms of waste such as biomass and experimental plants. It is obvious that incineration contributes enormously to air pollution, but incineration is the last action that has to be carried out when none of the other solutions can be applied (prevention of waste, recovery through reuse-recycling or energy recovery or improved treatment conditions).

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Although Directive 00/76/EC is already enforceable (here are some provisions for existing plants, to be implemented as from 28.12.05, but for the new plants, this is in force since 28.12.02) the other ways of making good use of waste are more recommended and cause less pollution (prevention of waste -the best one-, recovery through reuse, recycling, energy recovery and improved treatment conditions). Landfill of waste should be considered as the very last option.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Waste Burning in Bristol

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Scope of Waste legislation: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/wasteinc/scope.htm#scope

· Waste Framework Directive 1975/42/EEC.

· Incineration of waste Directive 2000/76/EC, OJ L332, p. 91, 28.12.00

· Incineration of hazardous waste directive 1994/67/EC and non-hazardous waste directive 89/369/EEC and 89/429/EEC (the three will be repealed from 28.12.05).

· Communication on Community Strategy for Dioxins, Furans and Polychlorinated Byphenyls Com(2001) 593 final, 14.10.01.

· Incineration of hazardous (formerly Directive 94/67/EC) and Toxic Waste Decisions.

· Limits the dioxins emitted during incineration Directive.

· EU waste studies published by the European Commission: http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/environment/waste/studies/index.htm.

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Waste Burning in Bristol

Example

   

Bristol had a traditional waste incinerator at the Avonmouth Industial Estate which closed down in 1993 because the emissions exceeded the modern air quality standards. It was uneconomic to upgrade the power station to meet these standards. Since then, most of the domestic waste of Bristol has been transported by train to a land fill site on the other side of the UK.

Several alternatives to waste disposal have been investigated. One company called Compact Power has built a demonstration waste disposal plant next to the site of the old incinerator which uses the new technology of pyrolysis.

Concept

The plant is small and flexible enough to deal with waste from a variety of sources and so can be economic. Large-scale incinerators, which need 200,000 to 500,000 tonnes of waste per year, do not encourage the policy of reusing or recycling as much of the waste as possible. The small pyrolysis plants are cleaner and designed to deal with local waste in the region of 32,000 to 64,000 tonnes per year. The plant at Avonmouth is designed to deal with 8,000 tonnes per year of difficult wastes provided by the City Council for demonstration purposes. The waste can be standard municipal waste or priority waste such as scrap tyres and clinical waste. The aim is to use waste which is left after all possible recycling and reusing is complete.

Design

The plant is a modular design which used pyrolysis, gasification and high temperature oxidation using carbon from a variety of sources.

The process begins with a hopper and feed system to take the waste into the pyrolysis chamber. The waste is heated to 800oC with no oxygen present. Hydrocarbons are converted to simple gases leaving residues of carbon solids, inert grit and heavy metals. The residues are reacted inside a superheated steam box to produce hydrogen and carbon monoxide.

Gases from the pyrolysis and gasification processes are reacted with air at a temperature greater than 1250oC for more than two seconds to destroy any remaining pollutants and particulates.

Exhaust gases are passed though a steam boiler, which recovers up to 80% of available energy, and power is generated by a steam turbine or a steam reciprocating engine.

The Avonmouth facility consists of a combined pyrolysis and gasification unit with two pyrolysis tubes (MT2). Each tube is capable of processing 500 kg/hr of waste with an average energy conversion of 12 MJ/kg. The size of the building is 40m x 40m with a roof height of 10m.

The aim of the project is to demonstrate the commercial viability of the technology and show the public and environmental organisations that the technology has a good environmental performance.

As the design of the plant is modular it can be built to different scales. The table below gives an indication of the range of parameters. The actual output figure will depend on the type of waste used.

Model

MT2

MT8

2xMT8

Waste capacity

8.000 tpa

32,000 tpa

64,000 tpa

Tube details

2 x 0.5m x 3.5m

8 x 0.5m x 3.5m

8 x 0.5m x 3.5m

Gross thermal output

1.8 MW

12 MW

30 MW

Electrical output

0.33 MWe

2.7 MWe

5.6 MWe

Further information can be found at www.compactpower.co.uk

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  How to reduce industries emissions in urban areas

2. Introduction

   

Industrial sources in or close to urban areas can be major sources of VOCs (Volatile Organic Compounds) when solvents are employed during the production cycle. This Topic description focuses on the reduction of VOCs. The very wide chemical class of VOCs includes some toxic and/or carcinogenic compounds as the 1,3-butadiene, the PAHs (Polycyclic Organic Hydrocarbons), the dioxins and many others. Furthermore, once in the atmosphere, VOCs play a major role in the formation of the ozone and the secondary organic fraction of the particulate matter.

The SNAP 97 classification lists the main activities involving solvent use: paint application (0601), degreasing, dry cleaning and electronics (0602), chemical products manufacturing or processing (0603) and other use of solvents (0604 – including wood preservation, glass wool production, printing industry and others).

The main legislative instrument for EU Member States in dealing with solvent related emissions is the directive 1999/13/EC (the so-called VOC and solvent directive) but other directives involving air quality and IPPC (Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control) are also relevant.

3. Discussion

   

The “Solvent Directive” 1999/13/EC

The Solvent Directive identifies a group of industrial activities involving a non negligible use of solvents (Annex I) and sets limits on solvent emissions in the air taking into account both fugitive emissions and emissions in waste gases. These limits are required for all new installations whereas all existing installations must comply with the limits by 31 October 2007 at the latest.

Besides the emission limits compliance (the so-called “end of pipe” approach), the Directive offers another pathway to emission reductions based on a “reduction scheme”. Annex IIB states that “the purpose of the reduction scheme is to allow the operator the possibility to achieve by other means emission reductions, equivalent to those achieved if the emission limit values were to be applied”. Equivalent reductions can be achieved by means of decreases in the average solvent content of the total input and/or increased efficiency in the use of solids. In the case of industrial installations operating in applying coatings, varnishes, adhesives or inks the directive sets the scheme of the mass balance to be employed to demonstrate the actual equivalent reduction. In this approach authorized emissions are estimated on the basis of the solid coating used by means of a factor taking into account the industrial activity of the installation and, in some cases, the installation size.

For a group of solvents classified as carcinogenic, mutagenic or toxic for the reproduction stricter rules are set and the substitution with less dangerous compounds is required as soon as technically feasible.

“End of pipe” and reduction scheme approaches

The freedom of choice between the two approaches to the solvent emissions reduction is probably the most interesting point of the Directive. Industrial operators are expected to consider the two approaches, to draft a cost-benefit study and definitively to choose the most appropriate path to solvent reduction.

The “end of pipe” approach can be realized through a number of technical measures including (list from abatement tutor and a sentence on the tutorial). Many public (UNECE, 2000) and private bodies (ESIG, 2002) have produced detailed benchmarking and tutorial tools to help the industrial operators to select the most appropriate and cost-effective Best Available Techniques (BAT), (as defined in the IPPC Directive 61/96/EC) for VOC abatement. Especially SMEs or local SMEs associations are expected to use these tools.

The “end of pipe” approach to the VOC emissions control does not imply any change in the production cycle. It obtains a downstream impact reduction, but does not necessarily induce a reduction of the overall amount of solvents involved in the production cycle and/or contained in the final product.

On the contrary, the reduction scheme approach requires an integrated tuning of the production cycle. A number of case studies (Envirowise, 2001) shows as reduction can be achieved for example by means of solvent adsorption and recovery systems (Entek International) or efficient paint spray guns (ABT Products).

In the case of some industries (coating and painting industries) the reduction scheme approach can be easily applied by switching to materials containing a smaller percentage of solvents. Also in these cases, extensive “good practice guidelines” have been developed to assist industrial operators in setting up reduction schemes and solvent management plans (Information Exchange Network, 2001).

Future developments: the “Decopaint” Directive

Minimising the amount of solvents in the coating products is coherent with the “reduction scheme” approach and produces the important side advantage of decreasing the overall amount of solvent pollutants in the environment. Furthermore, limiting the amount of solvents in a number of products is expected to lead to important benefits also when non-industrial sources are involved as in the case of domestic indoor air pollution.

The feasibility of a legislative approach based on solvent content of products depends on the availability and cost of effective substitutes of the products employed now.

Feasibility studies have commissioned by DG Environment have shown as decorative paints and varnishes and vehicle refinishing activities can count on a set of less harmful products and the substitution could lead to sensible benefits for the environment.

The Decopaint Directive is in the final part of its legislative path as the European Parliament has approved the second reading without amendments. The Directive will fix stringent limits on the content of VOC for a number of product categories following a two-stage approach with two successive deadlines at 1/1/2007 and 1/1/2010.

Other relevant legislative tools

Solvent emission is considered in the “national emission ceilings” directive 2001/81/EC setting an overall emission limit for Member States. Furthermore, VOCs emissions have to be controlled and limited in the critical area for ozone as they act as precursors. The “Ozone daughter directive” 2002/3/EC names 31 VOCs as ozone precursors that should be measured in the ambient air in order to check the effectiveness of reduction strategies.

Finally, all measures involving industrial plants relevant for the IPPC Directive (96/61/EC) have to fulfil its requirements.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Above, the legal framework for controlling VOC emissions is described. In addition to activities to control these emissions, cities are advised to allocate polluting activities as far as possible from populated areas. The VOC emissions deriving from such activities can be negative for ozone formation, so an overall “budget” could be drafted by the Regional Authority or from the Authority releasing the permit.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

A rich example on ways to reduce the emissions from industrial sites in the Venice area is given in Example Programme agreements tools to reduce pollutant emissions from industrial sites in municipal Venice.


Further Examples:

Environmental improvement resulting from oxycombustion technology
Air Quality Management and Available Economic Resources

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Solvent emission legislation: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/stationary.htm#3

· Solvent Directive 1999/13/EC: OJ L85, 29/03/1999, 1-22

· Information exchange network the EU Solvent Directive: http://www.voc-infoex.uni-karlsruhe.de/

· UNECE, 2000: guidance document on control techniques for emissions of VOCs from stationary sources: http://www.unece.org/env/lrtap/protocol/guid_docs/guid_ch3.htm

· ESIG (European Solvents Industry Group), 1999: Abatement advisor – freely available at http://www.esig.org/pub.htm

· DG Environment (tender), 2000. Study on the Potential for Reducing Emissions of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) Due To The Use Of Decorative Paints and Varnishes for Professional and Non-professional Use. http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/air/background.htm#stationary.

· Envirowise, 2001. Solvent and VOC cost savings: http://www.envirowise.gov.uk/envirowisev3.nsf/key/KBRL5F5NZ

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Programme agreements tools to reduce pollutant emissions from industrial sites in municipal Venice

Example

   

Introduction

Programme Agreements are an important operational tool introduced by the Italian Law n. 139/92 into protection procedures. In the case of strictly interconnected measures involving a number of different authorities and institutions, the Programme Agreement enables a joint action plan to be identified, integrating the measures to be carried out by the different bodies and, if necessary, appointing a single implementing body. Irrespective of the implementing body, responsibility for achieving the individual objectives specified in the programme agreements remains with the legally responsible institution. Coordinated and unitary implementation of the various measures within a Programme Agreement improves operational efficiency, optimizes implementation times, reduces costs and mitigates the inconvenience for citizens.

The Programme Agreement for the Porto Marghera Industrial Area

Municipal Venice covers nearly 460 sq.km and is the largest administrative area in the Veneto region. The Council’s catchment area covers a diverse demographic base, and a population of 266,188 residing in the historical city centre, the main islands and most of the urban mainland of Mestre and Marghera (see the map).

The industrial area of Marghera is one of the largest concentrations of heavy industry (oil refinery, chemicals, advanced materials and shipbuilding) and energy production in Italy. In spite of the crisis which these industrial sectors have gone through in recent decades, a basic redevelopment of the area is under way, with new, high-tech technologies gaining momentum.

Apart from the petrochemical plants, other industries present in the area are: a petrol refinery, industrial plants for the production and transformation of non-ferrous metals (alumina, copper and zinc), seven thermoelectric power plants and five waste incinerators.

In this area more than 1,000 emission points into the atmosphere have been counted.

In order to promote a preventive approach and to establish a cooperative approach aiming at efficient environmental protection, some authorities, institutions and private companies operating in this area have committed themselves to the “Programme Agreement for the Porto Marghera Industrial Area”.

Objectives

The first objective of the Agreement is to create and maintain optimal conditions for coexistence between environmental protection, development and transformation in the chemical sector, in a framework of management certainties in Porto Marghera.

Specific aims of the Agreement’s are:

- to reclaim and protect the environment through clean-up; to improve or start up programmes for remediating sites; to reduce emissions into the atmosphere and in the Lagoon water ecosystem and to prevent the risk of major industrial accidents;

to attract adequate industrial investment; to supply the existing industries with the best environmental and process technologies and make them competitive at European level, thus guaranteeing the economy over time and ensuring the maintenance of employment and giving it a new momentum and improving it.

Reference area

Porto Marghera is formed by more than 2,000 hectares of industrial plants and port canals between the Lagoon and the city. It is characterized by urban deterioration and by the presence of neglected areas as well as much obsolete/absent primary infrastructure and by pollution. Although these problems exist, it still represents an essential centre within the economic system of north-eastern Italy.

The Programme Agreement interests all chemical, oil and energy companies of the area, consistent with the aim of the Municipal Land Use Plan, that has imposed the definition of specific objectives and the activation of economic, administrative, organizational and promotional procedures able to support and realize the planned actions, with real time verifiable effects.

The following objectives deserve to be mentioned:

- increase the value of the port and industrial functions;

- create compatibility conditions, not conflict, between the industrial area and the surrounding city;

- reorganize the relational system according to a triple point of view:

a. to improve the railway network;

b. to create road connections with the productive mainland;

c. to separate urban and industrial traffic;

d. rewrite the spatial planning rules, distinguishing and fostering the vocations of the different parts of the area and taking into account, from a new point of view, all the complicated matters linked to patrimonial realities, implementation procedures and environmental remediation problems.

The Municipal Land Use Plan for Porto Marghera is intended to return the industrial area to the market, with the only the necessary indications for its proper development (the technical-scientific, port, mixed and industrial characterization).

Interventions

A. Actions to protect the environment:

a1) excavation and reclamation of the industrial port canal network;

a2) dismantling the abandoned plants, containment of dangerous sites and/or their remediation;

a3) definition of limits for waste water in the Venetian Lagoon for “first rain” pre-treated waters and water used for cooling processes;

a4) introduction of guidelines for a safety plan in the port area;

a5) risk reduction in goods transport;

a6) remote control of dangerous goods transport;

a7) implementation of the voluntary Agreement for the environmental certification of chemical industries;

a8) realization of the integrated system for environmental monitoring and management of industrial and emergency risks (the SIMAGE system, see the short presentation);

a9) achievement of an ecologically equipped area.

B. Investment and employment protection:

b1) Investment. Companies that accept the Agreement and respect the consequent commitments will be guaranteed, on the one hand, operational certainty for the total economic capital consumption allowance period and, on the other hand, simplified authorization procedures (see next paragraph) to be activated on the basis of the improvements already ascertained under this Agreement. A significant part of investment must be directed to improving environmental performance and safety in industries.

b2) Employment protection: A “Permanent Committee” composed of local authorities and social counterparts has been established, to ensure protection of the employment level during the transformation processes of this productive area. As for the reduction in atmospheric pollution, investment to improve the processes included in the Agreement should allow for the reduction of all micro- and macropollutant emissions. Such reductions are explicitly quantified in the document.

Authorization procedures and controls

In respect of their investments, the partner companies will produce, within twelve months of approval of the Agreement, one single application to the Veneto Region, which will include all the requests for authorizations provided for by the law, enclosing therein the E.I.A. (when required by the law) or an explanatory report on the state of permits, that should in any event be sent within the following six months.

To reach the emission reduction objectives, that are specified for each company, the competent authority will provide the verification and updating of the permits for each single plant, in accordance with the criteria of the best available technologies (to minimize emissions), in order to make them conform to the real situation.

Porto Marghera Industrial Area Programme Agreement: full-text document (in Italian language)

Porto Marghera Industrial Area Programme Agreement (addendum): full-text document (in Italian language) and cover page.

The Protocol Agreement for the Murano Island Glass Industry

Programme Agreement. In Italy artistic glass production is located in three regions: Veneto (150 glass furnaces), Tuscany (30 furnaces) and Campania (12 furnaces).

The glass industry has a very long tradition in the Venetian secondary sector, and it is concentrated on Murano Island (north of Venice, in the Venetian Lagoon, see the map).

Murano’s output is about 12,000 - 13,000 ton/year, by means of 400 furnaces that work in a discontinuous cycle. In 1995, the sector employed 1,376 workers, one-third less than in the ‘80s.

The specific characteristic of glass is the way it solidifies, passing from a liquid to a solid state, obtained at a temperature of about 500 °C (centigrade) through an increase in its viscosity. In this interval of time, the so-called "workable thermal interval", the Glass Master can give shape to objects, the finished products of which will retain the rigidity of a solid body while maintaining the transparency of liquid. Glass is composed of about 70% sand and silica which is transformed into a liquid state at a temperature of 1,700 °C. In order to melt the silica at a lower temperature a "flux" used as a melting agent is added.

The characteristic cycle of production is distinguished by two main steps:

- fusion of the mixture that will vitrify;

- working and shaping of glass.

-

The most widely used furnace is the slow-baking furnace with a medium capacity of 500 kilograms per day. Fusion is characterized by a discontinuous cycle, 8 hours a day (from 5 p.m. to 1 a.m.), for up to 5 days a week and, for smaller furnaces, up to 8-10 times a month Peak emissions deriving from combustion (gas and particulate) in the atmosphere occur during this step and can be estimated as 8 hours per day. After that, the temperature is lowered (from 1 a.m. to 6a.m., switching-off of the slow-baking furnace) to reach the conditions needed to work and shape the objects (starting from 7 a.m.). Shaping of glass occurs at 1,050 °C and it is characterized by 10-time lower emissions than the fusion phase.

Working days are about 200 a year and taking into account the cycle’s characteristics and the pause in production during the summer and winter time, if we assume that all the furnaces make one fusion per day: we will have significant air emissions for 1,800 hours a year. Generally the furnaces make new glass 2-3 times a week.

The main pollutants in gaseous and particulate emissions are:

- particulate matter, deriving from evaporation processes;

- nitrogen oxides, deriving from the combustion process that occurs at high temperatures and from the use of nitrates in the mixture;

- gaseous fluoride, coming from raw materials used to fluidize, refine and delustre the glass;

- arsenic compounds: from raw materials needed to refine the glass;

- cadmium compounds: used to colour the glass (red, orange and yellow);

- antimony compounds: used instead of arsenic;

- other metal compounds (chromium, cobalt, nickel, selenium, manganese, lead, copper and tin): used to colour the glass.

-

In 1999, the Ministry of Environment, the Ministry of Industry and the Ministry of Public Health, together with the Veneto Region, the Province of Venice, the Municipality of Venice, the Association of the manufacturers and the craftsmen and the Murano companies manufacturers of glass signed the Programme Agreement to improve the environmental impacts (with special regard to air and noise) and to adopt emission limits in the atmosphere lower than the those outlined in the National Decree 1990-07-12.

The Programme Agreement quantifies such limits for each step of production and points out the possible technological solutions to make furnaces suitable as regards meeting the limits.

One best available technology is “oxycombustion”, that is the combustion via oxygen to obtain higher energy efficiency. By lowering fuel consumption, fume volume and evaporation processes from slow-baking furnaces (due to the low speed of fumes passing over the surface of the glass) it is possible to reduce the hourly pollutant emissions by up to 50%.

Protocol Agreement. The Venice Municipality, Artambiente (the association that brings together the majority of the Murano enterprises which have signed the Programme Agreement to reduce the environmental impact of the glass factories) and Sapio Group S.p.A., a company in the field of technical and medical gases, have signed a protocol agreement to experiment with “oxycombustion”, that is the use of pure oxygen for the furnaces of the glass factories on the island of Sacca Serenella (part of Murano Island).

The project, that suggests the adoption of the combustion oxygen/natural gas as a technological solution to energy and environmental problems in the Murano area, envisages the realization of a number of technical steps: a pipeline in the lagoon for the transport of gaseous oxygen from Porto Marghera, centre of the Sapio plant, to Murano, a receiving centre on the island, pipelines to connect the users and to distribute oxygen within each glass factory, the conversion of the furnaces from air/natural gas combustion to oxygen/natural gas combustion.

To evaluate the advantages and results of this technology, it was decided to experiment for 2 years on the island of Sacca Serenella, where 5 glass factories operate; liquid oxygen transported from the mainland to Murano will be used, without having to build, for now, the connection pipeline to Porto Marghera.

The checking and monitoring of this operation will be carried out by the Experimental Glass Station that is committed to evaluating quality, functioning and environmental results. This new combustion process should solve the problem of NO, CO2, HC and PM emissions in the atmosphere caused by furnaces, thus allowing the adjustment of the plants for artistic glass production to the emission limit values identified by the National Decree 1990-07-12.

The purpose of the experiment is to evaluate, for artistic glass factories established in Murano, the environmental and technical-economical feasibility of converting the furnaces to oxycombustion and therefore to have at their disposal all the necessary indications for the final application of this technology.

Protocol Agreement on oxycombustion on Murano Island: extract from the Municipal Energy Plan (in Italian language)


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Models for Planning: Land Use and Transport Modelling

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
The role and prerequisites for Transport Emission Models in Urban Planning
 
Modelling Emissions for Road User Charging under Different Scenarios in Bristol
Estimation of emissions from road traffic in Venice Urban Area
Traffic, Emissions and AQ Models in HEAVEN integrated AQMS system in Rome
Transport emission models at regional scale.
 
Application of COMMUTE tool for the assessment of the TEN-T
Air Pollution action plan development in Glasgow city
Land-use and transport interaction models
 
Traffic parameters monitored in Utrecht
Micro-simulation traffic models
 
Traffic simulation models used in Utrecht
Traffic parameters monitored in Utrecht
Tactical network models
 
The Bristol Area Transport Study Model
Traffic simulation models used in Utrecht
Strategic multi-modal transport models
 
The Bristol Area Transport Study Model
THE EMME2 TRAFFIC MODEL FOR MESTRE TRAFFIC PLANNING (VENICE, I)
Traffic simulation models used in Utrecht

Overview of Issue

  Overview to appear here

Last Updated


 

30th November 1999

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  The role and prerequisites for Transport Emission Models in Urban Planning

2. Introduction

   

The planning activities within European municipalities have evolved remarkably in the past 20 years. During the 80’s transport planners used to focus on the capacity of the transport networks and their capability to avoid congestion situations. In the 90’s environmental impacts have started to enter extensively the planning best practice and a number of cities had used transport emission models of different kind: several of those planners have been using also air pollutants dispersion models for achieving impact results at the level of air quality.

At the beginning of the new millennium, integrated suites of models involving additional impacts – such as the population exposure and health effects – start to be used by the best equipped administrations, while the EC is funding research and development projects for the realisation of integrated systems of software tools for advanced planning purposes.

Transport is a multi-modal system implying vehicles travelling on roads, rails, water and in the air. The focus in the case of urban planning is normally given to road transport, sometimes rail transport. When considering pollutant emissions, the area of investigation is in practice usually restricted to road vehicles; these are also the subject of this topic description. Modelling approaches for multi-modal transport systems at regional scale are described in the Topic Transport emission models at regional scale..

3. Discussion

   

How do road transport emissions work and how they are modelled

Emissions from transport vehicles are modelled in a number of different ways. Emissions are calculated as the sum of at least two main components: ‘hot emissions’ and ‘cold start emissions’. If the modeller is interested in VOC emissions, then also the ‘evaporative term’ has to be added.

Hot emissions are the emissions emitted when engine and abatement devices have reached a sufficient (‘regime’) temperature. They are influenced by a number of parameters: vehicle kinematics, gradient of the road, altitude, maintenance level, vehicle age, vehicle loading, electric loads addition (for lights and for air conditioning). Normally models refer to hot emissions as a function of kinematics (e.g. average speed or instantaneous speed and acceleration) and then multiply the ‘ideal’ hot emission value for a number of corrective factors taking into account the other mentioned parameters.

Cold Start emissions are the emissions emitted from the start up until the vehicle reaches an almost steady state condition in terms of temperature of engine and abatements system. The cold start emissions affect in practice the first 3 – 4 kms of trips, and are particularly relevant for catalyst vehicles: for CO and VOC the ‘cold start emission’ is roughly 10 times higher than the hot emission. Since the EU fleets are getting more and more ‘catalyzed’ this factor has a present and future relevance for emissions modellers. Accuracy in modelling cold start emissions guarantees a good global accuracy of the emission model.

Evaporative emissions are the emissions of unburned fuel from the ‘weak points’ of the vehicle: tank and canister. Current modelling recognises three different contributions to evaporative emissions:

· Running emissions, emitted when vehicles are driven (emissions at tank level)

· Hot Soak emissions, emitted from the canister at trip conclusion

· Diurnal emissions, emitted at tank level by vehicles already parked (not included in usual traffic modelling...)

Evaporative emissions are a relevant (30 – 40 %) fraction of total transport related VOC emissions, and so have a major role in the planning of measures for reducing VOC related pollution (e.g. benzene pollution in southern European cities)

Several correction factors can be added to these primary terms:

· Gradient correction, particularly important for heavy-duty vehicles;

· Maintenance correction, relevant for poorly maintained fleets;

· Age correction, important for older vehicles (‘aged fleets’);

· Altitude correction, relevant only in mountain areas crossed by vehicles ‘tuned’ at low altitude;

· Load correction, needed for correctly modelling light and heavy-duty vehicles (LDVs and HDVs);

· Electric loading, important especially for small and medium cars being equipped with Air Conditioning systems.

The road transport emission models available at international level (see reviews in COST319, FP4 DGVII COMMUTE Project, COST346) include several different ‘categories’ of models that join some common characteristics.

One of the most used ‘categorisations’ split these models into two main ‘families’: Aggregated Models and Disaggregated Models (see COST 319 reports and web site).

Aggregated Models deal normally with an entire city or a whole Country and model traffic as a global entity (total vehicles km driven in the area is the traffic amount input). In some cases (e.g. COPERT tools) a whole country is split into 3 entities corresponding to area types: cities, motorways and rural roads. Vehicle kinematics is represented by average speed that is only differentiated through vehicle classes and the three types of area.

Cold start is here calculated from an average trip length (e.g. 12 km proposed for Italy) without any spatial differentiation. Some corrections factors are applicable (age, maintenance) while for other factors the representation is basically impossible (e.g. gradient effects).

Disaggregated Models consider the transport network and normally receive direct input from transport models which produce input information such as link flows, link speed etc. Emissions are calculated link by link. The vehicles kinematics can have a different treatment (average speed on the link, or speed profile along the link, or instantaneous speed and acceleration).

Basically all the corrections factors can be applied. The important cold start fraction can here be estimated link by link on the basis of information produced by the upstream traffic model (e.g. average distance driven from the trip origin to the link being considered).

Critical Issues at Urban Scale

Vehicle kinematics plays a relevant role. Traffic models in general provide the average speed as link attribute. Several tools nowadays provide more detailed kinematics data. For the sake of emissions accuracy it is crucial to take into account the kinematics. In fact the average speed is a poor local indicator of the emission and fuel consumption level. There are infinite ways in which a vehicle can experience an average speed level on a link, and these conditions show very different consumption and emission levels (ranges – from lowest to highest values – of around 300-400 % and more for some pollutants have been observed!).

Cold start emissions have an essential role. The urban average trip length is estimated from measurements to be around 3 to 6 km depending on the city type and size. So the fraction of cold vehicles is in the average between 50 and 90 % approximately.

The distribution of these cold vehicles is obviously uneven: higher in areas where trips start (e.g. residential areas in the morning) and lower in areas where trips end (e.g. Central Business Districts in business days at 9 a.m.). A correct representation of this variability is essential for avoiding very large errors in the calculation of the most important ‘emission term’ representing up to 90% of the emissions emitted in an urban trip (case of catalyst cars for emissions of CO and VOC).

Evaporative emissions have a crucial role when cities cope with severe challenges from high benzene and-or PAH concentrations. The accurate spatial and temporal representation of this term involves the modelling of parking processes. Information for this would include location of parked vehicles, and characterisation of parking and inserting flows. This can give the basic input for assigning the important emission contribution to the correct position in the network and the right time evolution along the day.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· Recommendations in general depend on the measure or policy (mix of measures) being planned, but the overall current trend in the EU is in the direction of ‘link by link’ approaches.

· When a measure affects the transport parameters in a spatially homogeneous way (e.g. fleet renewal without a selective access to city parts) we can use with some confidence the ‘aggregated’ models.

· Unfortunately, most of the measures being proposed are space and time selective, especially if they refer to the elimination of ‘hot spots’ (areas of high pollution) where a concentrated impact of the measures is not only possible but really looked for.

· Therefore, the general recommendation is for the use of disaggregated models taking into consideration in an adequate manner the vehicle kinematics, the cold vehicles distribution, the evaporative emissions distribution and the other parameters affecting emissions (age, maintenance, loading, gradient, electric loading).

· It is obvious that disaggregated models require more knowledge on the fleet and on the traffic behaviour and need more detailed input data in general, but the results obtainable by their use are definitely more significant and meaningful than those achievable by extrapolating to urban and local situations the inherently more macroscopic aggregated models.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

An example of how the output from a traffic model is used for calculating link emissions with a relatively coarse model and then these values are used for producing grid emissions is reported in the Bristol example Modelling Emissions for Road User Charging under Different Scenarios in Bristol.

An example of the ‘classic way’ of estimating emissions at urban scale through the use of an aggregated modelling approach is given in the Venice example (Estimation of emissions from road traffic in Venice Urban Area). The reported approach implies several approximations, mostly due to the assumption of a homogeneous value of cold vehicles in the city network.

A good Example on advanced emissions modelling (see Traffic, Emissions and AQ Models in HEAVEN integrated AQMS system in Rome) comes from STA in Rome. In the frame of the FP5 HEAVEN and ISHTAR Projects, they have experienced with success the use of the TEE emission software which provides modelling of both kinematics effects and cold start distribution.

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· COST 319 Action web site and final report (INRETS web site)

· COST 346 web site

· http://www.ishtar-fp5-eu.com/

· EC FP4 MEET Project

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Modelling Emissions for Road User Charging under Different Scenarios in Bristol

Example

   

Introduction

The Environmental Quality Team was engaged by the Transport Initiatives Team in DETL to provide consultancy services in respect of assessing the environmental impact of different scenarios of a potential Road User Charging (RUC) scheme in Bristol.

The requirements of the project were to assess the relative difference in emissions of major pollutants under the scenarios and to conduct some dispersion modelling on specified links within the network to ascertain the concentrations of major pollutants attributable to the operation of the scheme. This report will focus on the work to assess relative differences in emissions under each scenario.

Methodology

Traffic modelling of the different scenarios was conducted using the SATURN model by WS Atkins Ltd. The output from the traffic model was processed in emissions inventory software called EMIT supplied by CERC Ltd. EMIT is designed to be used in conjunction with dispersion modelling software, also supplied by CERC called ADMS. EMIT can be used to hold emissions data from various source types and can aggregate point and line sources into a grid of 1km squares so that changes in emissions can be displayed using GIS as a thematic map.

1.1 Data Processing

The output from the model was processed by the modelling team within DETL to provide spreadsheets giving a list of pairs of nodes with associated grid references. Each linked pair of nodes represents a link, and a speed and flow (AADT) was associated with each link. The speeds and flows were derived from the SATURN model by the transport planning modelling staff. Only AM and PM peak flows are available from the model. The emissions calculation requires an AADT (Annual Average Daily Traffic) figure, so the calculation to derive AADT from peak flows uses assumptions about the general relationship between these two measures of traffic flow.

The road networks for each of the scenarios were imported into ArcView GIS by modifying an Avenue script.

The flow and speed data were modified in the following way to enable import to the emissions inventory software, EMIT.

· Speeds were rounded up to multiples of five

· A split in the fleet makeup of motorcycles \ cars \ HGV was assumed as follows

1% motorcycles

92% cars

7% HGV

This split was determined by analysing data from recent classified traffic counts. The traffic model is unable to provide this information.

The speed and flow data were joined to the road network shapefiles in ArcView to give eight input shapefiles to be imported into EMIT. On importing the files, certain links were not imported due to having zero speed. In the region of 290 links out of the 5500 for each scenario were not imported.

Emissions per 1km grid square within the city boundary were calculated using EMIT, and the exported output from EMIT was converted to shapefiles. The emissions data was then exported to a spreadsheet and the difference in emissions from the “Do Minimum” scenario for each year was calculated. This difference is expressed in relative term (as a percentage) due to the inherent errors in using output from a traffic model.

1.2 Scenarios

Four scenarios for each of the future years were modelled, giving eight in total. The scenarios are as follows.

· Do Minimum

· Option 1

· Option6

· Complementary Measures

The years for which these scenarios were to be modelled were 2007 and 2017.

A separate EMIT database was used for each scenario, as errors were encountered when all the scenarios were included in one database. The latest available emissions factors (Euro Feb 2002) were used. The road type of Euro Urban Roads was used for all scenarios. The emissions factors are only available up until 2010, so the emissions factors for the 2017 scenarios were based on the 2010 factors. Emissions for the 2007 scenarios were calculated using 2007 emissions factors.

Results

Figure 1 08D0C9EA79F9BACE118C8200AA004BA90B02000000080000000D0000005F00520065006600350033003300380036003500340034000000 shows a typical aggregated output of emissions data in the form of 1km grid squares. The road network as represented by the traffic model is shown overlaid.

· Figure 1 Example of RUC Emissions Modelling Output

· Figure 2 Emissions estimates within central AQMA under different RUC scenarios

Figure 2 08D0C9EA79F9BACE118C8200AA004BA90B02000000080000000D0000005F00520065006600350033003300380036003600370030000000 shows the estimated emissions of key pollutants as calculated from the sum of all the grid squares intersecting the polygon representing the central AQMA of 2003. This is shown in Figure 3 08D0C9EA79F9BACE118C8200AA004BA90B02000000080000000D0000005F00520065006600350033003300380037003400340037000000 .

· Figure 3 Central AQMA and intersecting grid squares

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Estimation of emissions from road traffic in Venice Urban Area

Example

   

Introduction

In 2001 the City of Venice, using the technical support of ARPAV (the Environmental Regional Agency), conducted an estimate of the atmospheric emissions from road traffic.

The aim of the study was to identify the most polluted urban roads, so as to implement better atmospheric pollution control policies by means of road traffic measures, as provided for by DM 163/99 (now partially repealed with adoption of the EU Air Quality Directives).

The analysis provided the following evaluation elements, useful for planning actions on traffic and its components:

- definition of higher emission potential vehicle typologies, for each pollutant (see the average emission factors for vehicle category);

- identification of the main vehicle class responsible for overall emissions for each pollutant (see relative forms of the overall polluting emissions -Kgs issued during peak hours-);

- hierarchization of the urban road network according to the emission density class;

- definition of the higher-density roads, in urban and extra-urban road systems (critical roads);

- critical road hierarchization for C6H6 and PM10 emissions, according to a “vulnerability index”, taking into account residential density in the areas adjacent to the road, and therefore the impact on the residential population, and consequent “sensitive areas” identification.

Short description of the estimate methodology

The estimate of atmospheric pollutant emissions caused by road traffic was carried out using the COPERT III methodology (COmputer Programme to calculate Emissions from Road Traffic, version III) proposed and suggested by the European Environment Agency (EEA, 1999).

The methodology was developed from the concept that the vehicle emission factor, or rather the emitted polluting quantity, depends on a number of variables:

- vehicle category (passenger vehicles, commercial light vehicles, commercial heavy-duty vehicles, motorcycles and motor vehicles, buses)

- fuel type (gasoline, diesel oil, LPG);

- registration year (with reference to the European legislation on emissions reduction);

- engine displacement (for cars and two-wheel vehicles) and overall weight (for commercial vehicles);

- average vehicle driving speed (in urban area, in rural areas, along highways or high-speed roads);

- average vehicle speed;

- fuel consumption;

- climatic situation (environmental temperature).

The methodology differentiates the overall emissions caused by road vehicles, taking into account three major final components:

1. combustion emissions, divided into:

- hot emissions caused by vehicles with an average running motor speed (temperature = 90°C ca.);

- cold over-emission caused by vehicles during the vehicle heating stage;

2. evaporative emissions, only for COV, from which those for C6H6 are derived divided into:

- in the daytime, from cold engine vehicles;

- hot soak, from hot vehicles just turned off;

- running losses, from in-gear vehicles;

3. degraded hot emissions, calculated from hot emissions multiplied by a degradation coefficient, determined by vehicle age and average distance covered; this component considers the catalytic converter degradation (therefore the emissions increase due to catalytic vehicle ageing).

Database for the implementation of COPERT III methodology

The original data for the reconstruction of the entire municipal area vehicle traffic have been provided by the outputs of the traffic model used by the City of Venice, Land Development and Mobility Department, Mobility Office.

The City of Venice Mobility Office uses the EMME/2 traffic model (Transport Planning Software: Modelling and Analysis Features, by INRO Consultants Inc., Canada), a multimodal planning transport system that supplies tools for transport demand modelling, for transport offer and their interactions (Origin/Destination matrix model).

Its main characteristic is the capacity to reach an assignation in multimodal balance conditions, that is simulating a real situation taking into account all the existing territorial transport services (public and private network, heavy-duty commercial traffic, etc., up to 30 different transport modalities).

The EMME/2 model uses the Origin/Destination matrix traffic flows (matrix from the 1991 ISTAT General Survey) integrated and supplemented for measureless roads with data surveyed during specific research and the knowledge of experts operating within the Mobility Office.

At the end of COPERT III methodology implementation, we have the following information:

- the road network design (983 roads, totalling about 420 Km) representing the urban and extra-urban network of roads (see map 3);

- “oriented (or “directional”) design” characteristics, that is the oriented roads set (characterized by knot couples with metric coordinates “x,ycalled “initial knot” and “final knot”), representing the two directions or a single one-way direction;

- rush hour traffic flows (7.30-8.30 a.m.) divided into: cars, motorcycles, vans (disaggregated from the “light” class model) and heavy duty (“heavy-duty” model), see map 4 and map 5;

- flows subdivision percentage of the “Heavy” category into: “Heavies” and “Buses”;

- flows attribution percentage of the “Motorcycle” and “Buses” along some traffic flow roads;

- flows attribution percentage of the “Heavies” category along high-density traffic roads;

- flows attribution percentage of the “Buses” category along high-density traffic roads;

- average speed per road, not differentiated for all categories.

The aim of the traffic data analysis has been the creation of a traffic database suitable to the COPERT III methodology implementation for the vehicle traffic emissions in the City of Venice urban area.

Such methodology requires as an input a lot of information, such as the definition of the vehicles mileage concept, defined as the relationship between the number of vehicles along a road and its length.

The vehicular traffic polluting emissions have been calculated as a relationship between the different vehicle mileages and the specific emission factors (g/Km), themselves defined as average vehicle emissions covering one Km.

The results of the traffic data analysis have been the following:

- reference scenario identification: rush hour 7.30-8.30 a.m.;

- subdivision of all links of the road design into the two directions;

- mileage characterization for each vehicle category;

- traffic flux characterization, calculated taking into account the mileages, for each link and vehicle category: motorcycles, cars, light vehicles, heavy-duty vehicles, buses.

During morning rush hour, about 400,000 Km are covered by all vehicles along the design urban and extra-urban network.

Registered car fleet analysis

The registered car fleet is used to assign all vehicles circulating in the urban area to the 105 emission categories defined by the COPERT III methodology.

The registered car fleet data supplied by ACI (Automobile Club Italia) at provincial level (1999) have been considered in relation to the types of vehicles circulating in the urban territory of Venice.

The ACI registered data does not include motorcycles (because they pertain to the Provincial Road Traffic Authority). Hence data has been taken from the ANCMA Data Base (National Cycle Motorcycle Accessories Association).

The entire registered vehicle number in the Venice Province in 1999 is 489,368, with the following subdivisions into vehicle categories:

- mopeds and motorcycles 9%:

- cars 83%;

- commercial light vehicles 5.6%;

- commercial heavy-duty vehicles and trucks 2%;

- buses 0.4%.

In 1999 the overall situation of the Province of Venice car fleet was the following:

- 52% non-catalytic vehicles (conventional);

- 48% catalytic vehicles (non-conventional).

Results of the analysis of the emissions produced by traffic in the Mestre urban area

Firstly the average emission factors have been calculated for the 5 vehicle categories of mopeds and motorcycles, cars, commercial light vehicles, commercial heavy-duty vehicles and trucks and buses.

By average emission factor we mean the polluting amount emitted by a single considered category vehicle covering one Km.

Such average value can be obtained by dividing the overall emission of the vehicle category in question (added on the roads) into the overall transit (added on the roads) of the same category. It therefore represents the emission factor (g/Km) of an “average vehicle” of such a category, along a trail under average speed conditions.

As issuing components, the hot and cold-over emissions and the evaporative running-type emissions have been considered (also the degraded ones).

The emissions were computed for the entire Mestre and Marghera network and were drawn up during the rush hour (corresponding to the period 7:30-8:30), for the first six pollutants: NOX, CO, VOC, C6H6, PM10 and TSP. Data have been expressed in (kg/rush hour).

The emission contribution of the different vehicle categories, in comparison with the rush hour overall emissions, has underlined the emissions of:

- C6H6 is almost exclusively due to cars (77%) and motorcycles (19%);

- CO presents similar characteristics (car 77% and motorcycles 13%);

- NOX are produced by commercial heavy duty vehicles and trucks (51%), cars (32%) and buses (12%);

- VOC are produced by: cars (59%), commercial heavy duty vehicles and trucks (23%) and motorcycles (13%);

- Total Suspended Particle (TSP) and PM10 are due to commercial heavy duty vehicles (68%), commercial light vehicles (12.5%), cars (10%) and buses (9.5%), while motorcycles have no PM10 emissions.

-

It is important to remember that the COPERT III estimates only the TSP deriving from diesel vehicles. Given the health importance of PM10, previous research has shown that about 96% of particulate matter produced by vehicular traffic is PM10.

The evaporative emission from cold-engine vehicles has also been calculated for VOC and C6H6 . Such an estimate has been carried out only for a 24h scenario.

The emission pressure evaluation of urban roads in comparison with extra-urban has underlined that:

- for CO, C6H6 and VOC, the weight of the urban factor prevails over extra-urban;

- for NOX, TSP and PM10 the weight of the urban factor prevails less in comparison with the extra-urban one.

Sensitive areas identification

Once identified, the urban links characterized by higher linear emissions (g/km), were compared with the emissions (see map 6, map 7, map 8, map 9, map 10 and map 11) of the geo-referenced population density, expressed in (inh./ha). This operation was synthesized in a “vulnerability index” of population residing in areas characterized by the highest traffic intensity roads, considered as representative of a 50 m range of action from the examined road.

The index is expressed as the relationship between emission density and population density (population residing in the survey sections crossed by the examined road (inh./ha * g/Km). The “sensitive areas thus identified were successively put in a hierarchy taking into account both traffic pollution (approximated to the emission density expressed in g/Km) and the presence of population (approximated to the residence density expressed in in h./ha).

The use of the population density represents a limit to the index calculation: where the density is equal to zero, likewise the vulnerability is equal to zero.

To overcome the lack of homogeneity in some survey sections (very wide and with a low resident population, or on the contrary, a small area and high population concentration) average and maximum residential densities have been considered (between all the interested sections), and therefore the corresponding medium and maximum vulnerability indexes have been derived for the two parameters posing the greatest health risk : C6H6 (see map 12) and PM10 (see map 13).

Full text report 2001: full text report (in Italian language), see Appendix 1 (APPENDIX 1: Emission estimate by vehicle traffic with implementation of the COPERT III methodology in the City of Venice).


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Traffic, Emissions and AQ Models in HEAVEN integrated AQMS system in Rome

Example

   

1.0 HEAVEN and the link mobility – environment in ROME

STA, the Mobility Agency of Rome, together with the local environmental authorities developed the HEAVEN IST project in order to investigate the link between traffic and atmospheric pollution, to verify the feasibility and the effectiveness of emission control measures and traffic management policies, to monitor air quality conditions.

The main purpose of the HEAVEN project was a real time description of traffic, pollutant emissions and concentrations on a demonstration area of the city of Rome. All the information were collected in a common repository accessible to professional users and decision-makers that will provide support to evaluate the environmental impact of Traffic Demand Management Strategies (TDMS).

For the demonstration area, HEAVEN delivers in near real time:

· Traffic flows and speed every five minutes on the whole network of the demonstration area, combining traffic measurements where available and traffic assignment with traffic models;

· Traffic related air pollutant emission maps every five minutes. Emissions will be evaluated using models both based on average speed and on speed cycle on each link;

· Air pollutant concentration maps at the road level on a grid that covers the whole demonstration area with 60 metre spatial resolution and one hour time interval.

Besides, HEAVEN is a DSS (Decision Support System) whose aim is to evaluate the environmental impact of TDMS through off-line scenario analysis, to support decision makers and professional users in taking the most environmental effective policies though both the scenario analysis and the realisation of a common repository where historic data on traffic emissions and concentrations are stored.

HEAVEN project in Rome is a succesfully history. Rome is continuing the work on the HEAVEN prototype to make it suitable for continuos use on a standard basis with the full support of the Municipal Authority.

Request for further financing support was forwarded to the Environmental Italian Ministry that is already appreciating the efforts towards the realization of the prototype itself and it guarantee its support for the HEAVEN application in the future with the new SICOTRAVIA Project.

Besides, work with World Health Organisation is continuing to analyse the health applications on the outcomes coming from HEAVEN chain inside the ISHTAR EU RTD Project. HEAVEN permitted the creation of the logical data exchange process: this now forms an important platform for future studies. At the end of the project the Health component, is representing one of the most significant achievements in terms of potential development of the system.

1.1 HEAVEN System Concept

The HEAVEN DSS combines near real-time traffic flow information into emission and dispersion models so as to analyse the contribution of mobile sources to air quality and noise. In order to estimate emissions based on current traffic levels and on planned demand management scenarios, the system can operate on-line, based on current traffic and environmental information, and off-line, based on planned traffic and environmental conditions and pre-defined TDMS.

“Before” the implementation of the HEAVEN system in Rome the traffic data were available only on monitored links while on the rest of traffic network the only information available was represented by the traffic flows obtained through the O/D matrix assignment procedure; with the O/D matrix updated every five years. On the pollution side the only data available were the one obtained by the 12 measurement stations located within the city. Moreover, emission maps were produced yearly and because of the lack of a specific tool they were affected by a large personnel factor. Fig 5 shows the existing system before HEAVEN implementation.

Fig 1. “Before” HEAVEN

“After” the implementation of the HEAVEN system, the total number of monitored and modelled links in the demonstration area is equal to 739, pollution concentration are calculated hourly for four different pollutants (CO, C6H6, NO2, PM10) in 4,356 points and emission and concentration maps are produced on-line. Fig. 4 shows the Rome DSS demonstrator and identifies the main processes, data stores and data flows.

Fig 2: “After” HEAVEN

The overall structure of the HEAVEN DSS consists of two main modules: traffic and air quality modules, the latter divided in emission module and dispersion module. The three modules exchange input and output data between them and external existing systems. All data are gathered in a common database and information is represented on a friendly and easy to use interface.

Moreover a scenario module allows off-line analysis of the environmental impacts of specific TDMS defined by the user.

1.1.1 HW implementation

The Rome DSS is based on a distributed architecture. Different workstations are dedicated to run different software processes categories as follows:

· Front end SW modules devoted to connect to external interfaces and data sources

· traffic & pollution processes devoted to traffic modelling and to pollution modelling

· scenario & HMI processes devoted to scenarios management and operator interfaces

The workstations are connected on a Local Area Network (LAN) linked on a Wide Area Network (WAN) with the external interfaces. The architecture adopted allows for system scalability in case the computing power of any of the workstation would not be sufficient for the on-line operation of some processes.

All data are stored on relational databases served by a system database server. For compliance with databases already available by STA the adopted database engine is Oracle.

The following figure shows the LAN diagram for the DSS system and the real implementation in Rome.


Fig SEQ Fig._ \* ARABIC 3. HEAVEN implementation for the Rome DSS

1.1.2 Operation and Function of the DSS

The system provides hourly concentrations of carbon monoxide (CO), benzene (C6H6) and particulates (PM10) on a demonstration area of 16km2, with a spatial resolution of about 60m.

The Traffic Control Centre located at STA, gathers traffic information (flows and average speed) every five minutes on almost half of the demonstration area primary road network.

The air quality network of the Municipality of Rome provides information on an hourly basis of pollutant concentration in the area.

Through these two systems, it is possible to achieve a good description of the traffic on the primary road network and to have local information on air quality.

Before HEAVEN in Rome, no dispersion models were applied continuously to provide an extensive description of air quality.

The HEAVEN demonstration area is located inside the Ring Road in the North-East part of the city and it can be considered as a representative part of the entire urban network. In fact, it contains a wide green area (Villa Ada, Villa Torlonia), several radial corridors (Via Nomentana, Via Salaria, Lungotevere) and the inner zone, which is made up of high density neighbourhoods.

The traffic network is represented by a graph made up of 51 centroids, and more than 400; 116 of them are monitored by means of automatic measuring stations.

The aim of the traffic modelling module is the estimation of the equilibrium flow distribution on the network. The traffic module consists of three different sub-systems that are combined together to evaluate the state of the system; they are:

- Traffic counts sub-system

- Traffic assignment module

- Observer module

The traffic assignment programme TransCad is a full-featured Geographic Information System (GIS) designed specifically for planning management, and the analysis of the characteristics of transport systems.

On the HEAVEN network, a deterministic user equilibrium model has been performed to evaluate the equilibrium flow distribution of the system. In order to obtain a realistic configuration of the system, the flow function of vehicles on the links have been calibrated with the data detected by the measurement stations.

The programme is completely integrated with the main database of the Traffic Control Centre and by means of its Graphic User Interface (GUI) can display trends of measured data (flow, speed and occupancy). The “observer module” (developed by STA) whose aim is to integrate traffic data available for the subset of monitored links with the assignment flows. Such process obtains a unique and realistic flow value on each link of the network.

Moreover, traffic data produced are used as input information for the transport emissions module (TEE) in order to evaluate pollutant emissions on links.

1.1.3 Air quality modelling

The air quality modelling has been implemented at urban scale allowing a high spatial resolution description of pollutant concentration on an hourly basis.

In Rome, Air Pollution Modelling tools are used for:

  • Traffic-related emissions calculation (TEE software, provided by ENEA)
  • Concentrations calculation (ADMS)

TEE is a computer model for the calculation of consumptions and emissions from vehicular traffic at ‘microscopic’ (street) and ‘macroscopic’ (city or region) level; TEE model calculates emissions on links where information on driving pattern is available. On links where only the average speed and traffic flow are known, emissions are also calculated by TEE by using the classic COPERT methodology. As an advanced alternative TEE can correct the emissions estimated from average speed by means of an internal function (Kinematics Correction Function) that intends to describe the overall effect of speed variability along the link, and depends on 4 variables : traffic density (vehicles/km), green percent time at traffic light, link length and average link speed. The sensitivity to density is largely the most important one.

The most relevant validation activities were initially performed on the basis of CO pollution levels measured in Rome within the ESTEEM Project (1998).

New results obtained within the evaluation activities of the HEAVEN project are coherent with the previous validation studies.

The usage of the kinematics correction has allowed to predict very well the CO peaks along the day (see figures 5 and 6) while the adoption of the classic average speed approach led to significant underestimates.

ADMS-Urban is a pollution model developed by CERC (Cambridge Environmental Research Consultants) with the assistance of the United Kingdom meteorological office. It is linked to external GIS and visualization tools and represents a comprehensive tool for tackling air pollution problems in cities and towns. It can be used to examine emissions from 4,100 sources simultaneously, including road traffic, industrial and "background grid" emissions and requires relatively simple meteorological inputs.

1.1.4 Decision support system

In the off-line mode, HEAVEN is used to assess the environmental impact of TDMS. With this aim a scenario interface has been planned in order to allow the decision makers and professional users to easily handle all of the traffic and environmental parameters needed to define TDMS and their impacts on environment.

An user friendly scenario allows the definition of the TDMS, deciding mobility intervention (road closure, traffic banning to certain categories, speed reduction), renewal of vehicle fleet.

1.1.5 Operator interface

An user friendly operator interface has been realised in order to display real time traffic emission and dispersion data on the map of the demonstration area. Common tools such as zoom in zoom out, information on links, time of day, vehicle fleet and meteorological data are provided to the user.

1.1.6 Information Presentation

The Man Machine Interface provides the user of the Heaven system with a friendly instrument for monitoring the near real time environmental situation along the study area in Rome.

The procedure that needs to be applied to display the information consists in defining which kind of information the user wants to analyze (traffic parameters or emissions or concentrations) and to select the information option on the main toolbox; than to select the interested link: a pop-up window with the request information will be then displayed on the screen as shown in fig. 13.

In addition, the user has access to statistical and historical environmental data reported on a day basis and plot in diagrams; otherwise, it is also possible to access the following historical data: traffic counts (on a 5 minutes basis), traffic assignment, meteo, emission and pollution concentration (all on an hour basis).

Fig SEQ Fig._ \* ARABIC 4. HEAVEN user interface

Figure 5 : comparison between meeasured and calculated (TEE 2004 with kinematic correction + ADMS) CO concentrations (hourly differences)


Figure 6 : comparison between measured and calculated (TEE 2004 with kinematic correction + ADMS) CO concentrations in Rome HEAVEN system

References for TEE transport emission model

· The ‘Corrected Average Speed’ approach: a simple and accurate way for calculating traffic emissions – E. Negrenti – 4th International Symposium ‘Transport and Air Pollution’ Avignon 9 - 13 June 1997

· The ‘Corrected Average Speed’ approach in ENEA’s TEE model: an innovative solution for the evaluation of the energetic and environmental impacts of urban transport policies -–E. Negrenti – Highway and Urban Pollution – Baveno (I) May 1998.

· The ‘Corrected Average Speed’ approach in ENEA’s TEE model: an innovative solution for the evaluation of the energetic and environmental impacts of urban transport policies - Emanuele Negrenti ENEA Italy - 19th ARRB Conference – Sydney – December 1998.

· ‘Integrating Average Speed Emissions and instantaneous emissions sensitivity. An Innovative approach for the assesssment of urban transport policies’ – E. Negrenti et al – Transport and Air Pollution conference – Graz – 31 May - 2 June 1999

· ‘Integrating a new traffic emissions model with an urban dispersion model: an innovative approach for integrating urban transport policies and air quality management in the city of Rome’. Emanuele Negrenti ENEA, Gabriele Zanini ENEA, Maria Petrova Kolarova - NIMH Bulgaria (under contract to Enea) – Air Pollution 99 Int’l Conference - San Francisco – July 1999

· “Speed variability modelling in urban transport emissions inventories” - E. Negrenti - ENEA , A. Parenti ASTRAN, B. Janis - AGIP Italy, E. Rebesco - EURON DIPEN – San Donato Milanese - Conferenza Internazionale TERA 2000 - Milano – Ottobre 2000

· ‘Relevance of speed variability modelling in urban transport emissions inventories’ – by E. Negrenti - ENEA, A. Parenti - ASTRAN, B. Janis - AGIP, E. Rebesco - EURON DIPEN - World Conference on Transport Research – Seoul – Korea - July 2001 – 2001 WCTR Proceedings

· ‘Modelling vehicles kinematics relevance in network based - urban emissions inventories’ - Emanuele NEGRENTI (ENEA) , Antonio PARENTI(ASTRAN srl) - Transport and Air Pollution Conference – Avignon - June 2003 – Le Collections de l’INRETS – Actes INRETS n. 92 - Vol.1 – P. 73 – ISSN 0769 0266 – ISBN 2-85782 588 9

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Transport emission models at regional scale.

2. Introduction

   

The transport planning activities have evolved remarkably in the past 20 years. During the 80’s transport planners used to focus on the capacity of the transport networks and their capability to avoid congestion situations. In the 90’s environmental impacts have started to enter extensively the planning best practice and a number of local and national administrations have used transport emission models of different kinds: several of those planners have also been using dispersion models for achieving impact results at the level of air quality.

At the beginning of the third millennium integrated suites of models involving additional impacts start to be used by the best equipped administrations, while the EC in funding Research and Development projects for the realisation of integrated systems of software tools for planning purposes.

3. Discussion

   

How do Multi-modal transport emissions work and how they are modelled?

When dealing with transport emissions of pollutants at provincial and regional scale it is necessary to include all the four existing transport “modes”: road, rail, water and air. On this scale we normally encounter airports, ports, internal water lines, major rail lines and of course motorways and road links as at urban scale.

It must be recognised here that, for the aim of correctly modelling urban air pollution, the consideration of the four modes is sometimes necessary: it is not difficult to identify urban areas close to a seaport and with an airport (or more) in the vicinity of the residential areas. For these cases, it would be recommended that both typical urban scale emission models are used (see Topic The role and prerequisites for Transport Emission Models in Urban Planning) and models generally fitted for the wider regional scale.

Emission models from the four transport modes present different difficulties connected with the approach adopted for their modelling and the availability of proper experimental data.

Emissions from Road transport vehicles are modelled in a number of different ways. Emissions are calculated as the sum of at least two main components: ‘hot emissions’ and ‘cold start emissions’. If the modeller is interested in VOC emissions, then also the ‘evaporative term’ has to be added. Hot emissions are the emissions emitted when engine and abatement devices have reached a ‘regime’ temperature. They are influenced by a number of parameters: vehicle kinematics, gradient of the road, altitude, maintenance level, vehicle age, vehicle loading, electric loads (for car-lights and for Air conditioning). Normally models refer to hot emissions as a function of kinematics (e.g. average speed or instantaneous speed and acceleration) and then multiply the ‘ideal’ hot emission value for a number of corrective factors taking into account the other parameters. Cold Start emissions are the emissions emitted from the start up until the vehicle reaches an almost steady state in terms of temperature of engine and abatements system. The cold start emissions affect the first 3 – 4 km of trip and are particularly relevant for catalyst vehicles: for CO and VOC the ‘cold start emission’ is roughly 10 times higher than the hot emission. Since the EU fleets are getting more and more ‘catalyzed’ this factor has a present and future relevance for emissions modellers. Evaporative emissions are the emissions of unburned fuel from the ‘weak points’ of the vehicle: tank and canister. Current modelling recognises three different contributes to evaporative emissions: A) Running emissions, emitted when vehicles are driven (tank level), B) Hot Soak emissions, emitted from the canister at trip conclusion, C) Diurnal emissions, emitted at tank level by cars parked (not included in usual traffic modelling). Evaporative emissions are a relevant (30 – 40 %) of total transport related VOC emissions and then have a major role in the planning of measures for reducing VOC related pollution (e.g. policies for reducing benzene pollution).

Several correction factors must be added to these primary terms:

· Gradient correction, particularly important for heavy vehicles;

· Maintenance correction, relevant for poorly maintained fleets;

· Age correction, important for older vehicles (‘aged fleets’);

· Altitude correction, relevant only in mountain areas crossed by vehicles ‘tuned’ at low altitude;

· Load correction, needed for heavy-duty vehicles;

· Electric loading, important especially for small and medium cars being equipped with A/C systems.

For road emission models a variety of solutions have existed for several years at international level, as for the other three modes (Water, Rail, Air) it is only with COST319 Action and EC DG Transport co-funded MEET and COMMUTE Projects (FP4, ended 1998-2000) that European scientists put together the available knowledge and realised an innovative network orientated multi-modal model (the COMMUTE ‘tool’). The outcomes of these projects and the characteristics of the produced tool are described also by the following notes on the Rail, Waterborne and Air transport emissions.

Rail Transport emissions are modelled in a relatively simple way. For these vehicles, emissions are derived from energy-fuel consumption figures and strongly depend on the type of engine: electric or diesel.

The energy consumption mostly depends on the maximum train speed, the average speed, the train mass and front shape (Cx coefficient) and the number of stops between origin and destination.

Air Transport emissions modelling presents unique characteristics linked to the flight standard profile: this kind of ‘speed cycle’ describes the eight phases of a flight mission: taxi out, take off, ascent, cruise, descent, approach, landing and taxi in. Each of these phases is characterised by very different consumption and emission rates and data exist for a rich set of categories of planes (over 30).

Waterborne transport emissions are modelled in a rather similar way to rail emissions. First fuel and energy consumption are calculated and from these the emissions are estimated on the basis of average emissions units for used fuel unit. Most of the engines here are diesel. A real complication of the methodology is given by the emissions emitted within ports along the operation of loading and unloading of the ship. These additional emissions are relevant for urban centres near to the ports.

The emission models available at international level (see reviews in COST319 and COST 346 web sites, and FP4 DG VII COMMUTE Project results) include several different ‘categories’ of models that join some common characteristics. One of the most used ‘categorisations’ split these models into two main ‘families’: Aggregated Models and Disaggregated Models.

Aggregated Models deal normally with a whole Country and model traffic as a global figure (total vehicles km driven in the area is the traffic amount input). With reference to Road transport (e.g. COPERT tools) a country is split into 3 entities: cities, motorways and rural roads. Vehicles kinematics is represented only by average speed that is given as unique value for the three ‘contexts’ and differentiated through vehicle classes. Cold start is calculated here from an average Trip Length without any spatial differentiation. Some corrections factors are applicable (age, maintenance) while for other factors the representation is basically impossible (e.g. gradient effect).

Disaggregated (network based) Multi-modal Models consider the transport network and normally receive input from transport models. Emissions are calculated link by link. The network is in practice split into four independent networks each of which describes one of the modes. Nodes represent cities, ports, and airports. Links represent motorways and main roads connecting cities, rail-lines, air routes, inland waterways and sea routes (rather roughly). By means of these kinds of tools it is possible to evaluate the impacts of transport policies on various scales, in particular those involving new big infrastructures.

During the COMMUTE Project the EC requested the running of a pilot study dedicated to the impacts of the Trans European Network for Transport (TEN-T).

Critical Issues for modelling Transport Emissions at Regional Scale

Vehicle kinematics do not play a relevant role at regional scale. Traffic models on this scale provide the average speed as link attribute. Cold start emissions also do not have an essential role. The extra urban average trip length is estimated to be around 30 km depending on the Country. So the fraction of cold vehicles is low on this scale.

The modelling of network hilliness (distribution of gradients) can have a great importance in regions with mountains and important commercial traffic (e.g. alpine regions).

As it regards rail transport, a first difficulty is in the categorisation of trains: the available model considers only 4 categories (high speed, intercity, freight and urban): the result of this split can be a bit too coarse in some cases. Not simple at all is the collection of data on trips, needed for assigning appropriate number of trains passing in each link. Cooperation with national railways organisations can solve the issue.

Air transport model use is also affected by difficulties in getting airport traffic data. It is evident that when the airport is close to the urban area its modelling is crucial, due to the quantity of NOX, VOC and PM emitted during flight phases and take off and ascent in particular. The relevance of airport presence is connected with the direction and intensity of prevailing winds compared with the position of the city.

Water transport has as weak points the difficulty to know the size of the ships entering and leaving ports. These parameters affect both the emissions during transit movements and the operational emissions during goods loading-unloading.

This topic is conceptually linked to the topics on urban emission models (The role and prerequisites for Transport Emission Models in Urban Planning, ENEA) and the topic on How to develop urban Emission Inventories?.

Disaggregated regional scale emission models are one of the fundamental ingredients for the building of regional, provincial and urban emission inventories needed for modelling urban air quality.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· Recommendations in general depend on the measure or policy (mix of measures) being planned, but the overall current trend in the EU is in the direction of ‘link by link’ approaches.

· When a measure affects the transport parameters in a spatially homogeneous way (e.g. fleet renewal without a selective consideration of links or subparts of the network) we can use with some confidence the ‘aggregated’ models.

· In practice most of the measures being proposed at local and regional-national level, are space and time selective, especially if they refer to the elimination of ‘hot spots’ (areas of high pollution or of transport congestion) where a concentrated impact of the measures is looked for.

· Therefore the general recommendation is for the use of disaggregated models also at regional scale when the availability of input data is sufficient for the use of these more demanding but more rewarding tools.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

An example of application of a regional scale emission model is given in Example Application of COMMUTE tool for the assessment of the TEN-T


Further Examples:

Air Pollution action plan development in Glasgow city

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Key information on past, current and near future modelling of transport emissions in multi-modal networks can be found at:

· COST 319 Action web site and final report (INRETS web site www.inrets.fr)

· COST 346 web site

· FP4 DG VII Transport MEET Project (also available via INRETS web site)

· FP4 DG VII Transport COMMUTE Project web site

· FP5 ARTEMIS Project web site

· COPERT II and III reports

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Application of COMMUTE tool for the assessment of the TEN-T

Example

   

1) Summary of EC DG VII COMMUTE Project

COMMUTE was a research project that ran from 1996 to 1999 within the Strategic Research strand of the European Commission Fourth Framework Transport RTD programme. It addressed the definition of a methodology for strategic assessment of the environmental impacts of transport policy options. The methodology was intended to be primarily applicable to policy decision-making at the European level and to cover road, rail, air and waterborne transport modes. Computer software that embodies the main aspects of the methodology was developed and demonstrated within the COMMUTE project.

The main COMMUTE project objectives were as follows:

· To define a methodology for strategic assessment of the environmental impacts of transport policy options, to support transport policy decision making at the European level.

· To develop computer software that embodied the main aspects of the methodology and could present the results to users.

· To demonstrate the use of the main aspects of the methodology and the computer software; in particular in the context of a pilot strategic environmental assessment of the impacts on energy consumption, primary pollutant emissions and safety of plans for the Trans-European Transport Network (TEN-T).

COMMUTE delivered two main end products:

· The COMMUTE methodology for SEA of transport policies, plans and programmes (PPPs), comprising:

– A Framework for SEA covering the basic methodological requirements for SEA of multi-modal transport actions and guidelines on integration methods

– Detailed impact assessment methods for some core impacts such as air pollution emissions, energy consumption, noise and safety

· The COMMUTE software tool allowing assessment of air pollution emissions, energy consumption, noise and safety impacts.

The COMMUTE Framework for SEA provides detailed guidelines for carrying out a strategic environmental assessment (SEA), and sets the use of the COMMUTE software tool in context. The full guidelines run to some 160 pages, and are structured according to the following steps, around which an SEA should be organised from the procedural point of view:

1. Setting of objectives and targets

2. Screening to determine the need for SEA at this stage of the planning process

3. Scoping: identification of:

· the physical/regional limits;

· the impacts to be addressed;

· the alternative actions that need to be assessed.

4. Carrying out of the SEA:

· measuring/predicting the environmental impact of the action and its alternatives;

· evaluating the significance of the impact (e.g. through comparison with environmental objectives);

· proposing recommendations: preferred alternative, mitigation and monitoring measures.

5. Preparation of the decision

6. Taking the decision

7. Making arrangements for monitoring and follow-up

8. Conducting further environmental assessments (at later stages of planning process, e.g. project EIA)

The overall COMMUTE methodology defined a range of environmental indicators for examination within an SEA. The detailed impact assessment methods defined in COMMUTE and incorporated in the software tool cover assessment of air pollution emissions, energy consumption, noise and safety, across four travel modes – road, rail, air and water. These are described in the main body of the report.

Impact assessment methods for other indicators included in the COMMUTE methodology (but not the current software) were described in detail within the COMMUTE Framework guidelines. These could be brought in to the COMMUTE software tool in a future development effort.

The COMMUTE software tool was developed to be primarily applicable to policy decision-making and is targeted primarily on relatively large scale analyses at European, national or regional scales. The tool is network oriented and works on assessments on links and nodes. The impacts are calculated on a link-by-link and node-by node basis and then added together for assessments of networks or corridors comprising a number of links and nodes.

The tool uses a Geographical Information System (GIS) for handling the geographical representation of the network and for performing spatial oriented analysis and for presentation purposes.

The COMMUTE software tool was validated against other comparable data sets, and was demonstrated within the project, particularly through the pilot SEA of plans for the Trans-European Transport Network (TEN-T). This formed a rigorous, highly demanding and large scale demonstration of the capabilities of the COMMUTE software tool and illustrated its interfacing with a complex transport model. The results were sufficiently robust for the study team to conclude that the method would be suitable for a more detailed SEA of the TEN-T.

Overall, the COMMUTE project successfully achieved its main objectives and has clear potential for future exploitation. From the work carried out in COMMUTE, it is clear, however, that further work would be beneficial in a number of areas, including:

· further methodological research to integrate sustainability target setting within the overall SEA process and to improve monitoring and follow-up after implementation of policies, plans and programmes;

· further development of the COMMUTE tool to bring in additional impact areas (particularly through the GIS interface) and accommodate other stages of the overall SEA process;

· further data collection to improve strengthen input and default data across all modes and therefore improve the accuracy and robustness of the COMMUTE tool outputs.

2) Cooperation on pilot SEA of the TEN-T

In cooperation with the MEET, STREAMS and SCENARIOS projects, COMMUTE accomplished a pilot strategic assessment of the Trans-European Transport Network (TEN-T). This was a major demonstration of the COMMUTE software tool and methodology. The aim of this work was to obtain an indication of the impacts of plans for the TEN-T, including their broad geographical distributions, in terms of energy consumption, emissions and traffic safety. The pilot demonstrated the feasibility of the developed methods, including the extent to which the approach used in the pilot project would be suitable for a full SEA of the TEN-T.

For successful completion of the pilot SEA a harmonious cooperation between the projects was essential. Therefore a Joint Scientific Committee was established, chaired by representatives of the STREAMS project and containing a representative from each project. Representatives from the Commission and the European Environmental Agency also sat in the Joint Scientific Committee. A cooperation plan was set up to ensure a trouble-free implementation.

The basic allocation of the work was for the STREAMS partners to undertake runs of the STREAMS model, according to reference and Common Transport Policy scenarios as defined (in quantitative terms) by SCENARIOS. The STREAMS transport model outputs were provided to COMMUTE who then used the COMMUTE tool to calculate energy consumption and emissions, with assistance from MEET in terms of the assumptions to be made for the calculation of future emissions, both for road and non-road transport. Estimates of traffic safety impacts were made jointly by STREAMS and COMMUTE.

3) THE COMMUTE SOFTWARE TOOL

The COMMUTE software tool embodies the impact assessment methods for the primary pollutant emissions, energy consumption, noise and safety across the transport modes road, rail, air and waterborne transport. However, it is also designed for future expansion to cover other important land use and ecological impacts.

The COMMUTE software is primarily applicable to policy decision-making and it is based on relatively large scale spatial resolutions. The tool focuses on assessing the environmental impacts of Programmes, Policies and Plans (PPPs) at:

· European level (i.e. assessing impacts of PPPs for the whole of the EU)

· National level (i.e. assessing impacts of PPPs for individual countries)

· Regional level (i.e. assessing impacts of PPPs for large administrative regions (e.g. NUTS 2) or for regional scale corridors)

The tool is network oriented and works on assessments on links and nodes. The impacts are calculated on a link-by-link and node-by node basis and then added together for assessments of networks or corridors comprising a number of links and nodes. In this context urban areas, harbours and airports are represented as nodes in the network. These nodes could then each have traffic flow data associated with them within the tool that would cover the whole area (e.g. vehicle-km figures and an average speed for a whole city in the case of road transport).

This approach does not include explicit representation of the urban transport network within each urban area. It therefore allows assessment of policies that have an impact in urban areas (e.g. policies that encourage modal shift for urban travel) but would not be suitable for assessment of urban infrastructure programmes. Such assessments would need to be conducted using a more detailed urban scale model.

The tool uses a Geographical Information System (GIS) for handling the geographical representation of the network and for performing spatial oriented analysis and presentation purposes.

The finest level of temporal resolution that the tool will focus on is provision of seasonal impacts, with the main emphasis being on calculating and presenting annual impacts.

The final version of the COMMUTE tool includes a life cycle analysis approach in so far as emissions of harmful substances and energy consumption from power stations and refineries will be considered additionally to those from vehicle operation.

For the different impacts across transport modes a specific module or model has been designed, but each module is independent and separated from the others.

The software is modular and the database has not only the function of storing the data but also of integrating the models.

The user interfaces the program through the Human Machine Interface which has been developed using a commercial Geographical Information System.

To achieve user-friendliness, the COMMUTE software was developed in the well known Windows 95 environment. Wherever possible, well known commercial tools were used instead of developing new and proprietary codes. The architecture of the software was designed to be flexible, easy to maintain and capable of accommodating future development. In fact the software has a modular structure.

For the different impacts across transport modes a specific model and module has been designed (ACCESS BASIC). Each module (model) is independent and the integration is made through the database (ACCESS) and the Human Machine Interface (ACCESS BASIC).

MAPINFO has been selected as the Geographical Information System, because of its quality to be one of the most used and inexpensive GIS and because it is integrated with Microsoft and offers a simple toolkit in Basic (MapBasic).

It is essential to be able to add or change models without changing the overall architecture or the existing modules.

The software structure consists of six parts:

1. The HMI (human machine interface) which allows the user to interface with the tool

2. The GIS which represents the data (input and output) in a geo-referenced form

3. The DATA MANAGER which manages the database and provides the input-output functions

4. The different MODELS/modules which provide the environmental results

5. The CONFIGURATION MANAGER which allows the user to configure the scenarios (year..)

6. The MANAGER OF MODELS which schedules the run of the different modules

Each model, such as the ’road emission and consumption’ or the ’rail safety’ etc., is a separate module and it has a proprietary code written in a collective language.

The modular structure of the software together with the fact that a standard commercial database management system has been used allows the user to interface the data also with other tools such as Excel or ARCINFO.

Each model is composed of two main parts: the calculus itself that comprises the reading and writing of the database data, and the configuration that requires an HMI to interface with the user in order to assess the configuration of the scenario that the model will run.

Figure 1 shows that the model takes the inputs as they are in the database and prepares the data as required by the “core model” which is the calculator module that assesses the environment. The post module takes the outputs as they are calculated by the “core model” and aggregates or disagregates them as they will be shown to the user of the program.

Figure 1 Structure of each COMMUTE module/model

Both input and output data are contained in the database. The user has the option to create scenarios and to compare calculation results with the a priori information.

According to the software architecture the database is integrated. Wherever possible the model uses the same data, so that some data of the database is common, while some data is specific to each of the models. The common data is really important for the harmonisation and integration of the models.

The COMMUTE database is organised in Microsoft ACCESS tables in order to allow the user to analyse results in an easy-to-use and flexible environment. To perform the calculations for the different impacts across the transport modes, the COMMUTE software tool needs several types of tables which are classified according to the source and nature of the data they contain. The tables can be categorised as either input tables which contain all the data necessary for the calculation of the results, or output tables which contain the results of the software elaboration.

The “COMMUTE main menu” screen presents the software tool user with three different sections, as shown in Figure 2.

Figure 2 The COMMUTE main menu screen

The first section is for calculation and reflects the approach of the COMMUTE methodology. The main subdivision is for impacts: emission & consumption, noise, safety. Each impact is calculated for the different modes of transport: air, road, rail, and water. All the calculation modules are integrated and the commonalties are grouped in an integration core which consists of the common shared set of classification tables (i.e. the list of the countries, the list of the fuels considered etc.) and coefficient tables (i.e. the calorific power of the fuels). This allows a comparison of results among different modes on a user defined multi-modal network scenario.

4) Pilot Strategic Environmental Assessment of the TEN-T Proposals

The main demonstration of the application of COMMUTE tool involved the cooperative strategic environmental assessment of plans for the whole Trans-European Transport Network (TEN-T). The Commission wanted to carry out a pilot SEA of the TEN-T to assess its impact on the transport system and on emission levels. The project had two aims. First, to provide an initial attempt at quantifying the impacts of the TEN-T, in terms of travel patterns, energy consumption, emissions and transport safety. Second, to demonstrate the feasibility of certain methods, including the extent to which the approach used in the pilot would be suitable for a full SEA of the TEN-T.

When setting up the project the Commission wanted to draw on its latest research and to bring together researchers from different disciplines. A new consortium was formed, within the structure of the EU Fourth Framework research programme, to carry out the work. This consortium involved four existing research projects, SCENARIOS, STREAMS, MEET and COMMUTE.

The pilot SEA constituted a rigorous and large-scale demonstration of the COMMUTE tool. The multi modal network used for the exercise consisted of approximately:

· 7000 links for road

· 1300 links for air transport

· 2400 links for rail

· 2900 links for waterborne transport

For the pilot SEA, only part of the SEA processes included in the COMMUTE Framework for SEA needed to be considered. The wider issues surrounding the development of the TEN-T were not relevant to this study, where the emphasis was on impact assessment. The approach used in the pilot SEA was to undertake an impact assessment of the TEN-T by comparing transport scenarios, forecasting travel patterns, and focussing on the emissions (using the COMMUTE software) generated by these alternative scenarios.

4.1 COMMUTE tool in pilot SEA

Because of constraints on the timing of the pilot SEA project, it was necessary to prepare an intermediate version of the COMMUTE tool which embodied the main parts of the impact assessment methods. However not all modules of the full final version of COMMUTE tool were included in this interim version. The following main differences in functionality between the intermediate and full version of the tool occurred (there were also other minor differences, for example that the impact of road gradients was not considered):

· safety assessment was limited to the single risk method

· cold start and evaporative emissions for road transport were calculated outside the COMMUTE model using approximate correction factors

· no noise assessment was included - noise was not part of the Commission’s pilot SEA requirements

· only one ‘generic’ aircraft type was used

4.2 STREAMS/COMMUTE Interface

The combination of the STREAMS and COMMUTE methodologies for the pilot SEA project brought a requirement to find a consistent and manageable approach for the exchange of data between these two main elements of the project. The fundamental interface was between the output of the STREAMS transport model which in turn forms the input to the COMMUTE/pilot SEA methodology for determining energy, emissions and safety levels. Agreement was required between the two projects regarding the categorisation and definitions of the transport data transferred to COMMUTE. For example, there are different categories within each mode of transport in the two projects. The task was therefore to reconcile the two and determine a set of definitions which were consistent with the two projects, and this was achieved. A number of modifications were required to the STREAMS model in order to allow the COMMUTE methodology to be successfully applied for pilot SEA. This principally affected the form of the model output, and the processing of output outside the modelling environment.

4.3 Scenarios tested

In the context of the SEA work, a transport scenario defines the main inputs needed for the STREAMS transport model forecasts. The policy scenarios determine the changes in transport costs and prices for each mode between 1994 and 2010. They are made up of three policy phases:

· Liberalisation: relating to the current policy trends (the ‘reference’ situation).

· Harmonisation: concerning the impact of the Common Transport Policy (CTP), principally in terms of harmonisation including the internalisation of externalities.

· TEN-T Infrastructure and Policy: relating to the promotion of inter-modality, interconnectivity and interoperability for the TEN-T. The policy changes are only introduced in tests which have the TEN-T in the forecast year network.

A number of possible options were considered before arriving at the following tests combining the reference, CTP and TEN-T policy and infrastructure components defined above:

1 Base year - 1994

2 No TEN-T for reference scenario 2010

3 No TEN-T for CTP 2010

4 All TEN-T policy and infrastructure for CTP 2010

5 Rail only TEN-T policy and rail infrastructure for CTP 2010

Each of the future year tests therefore contain some combination of the three policy phases (liberalisation, harmonisation and TEN-T policy and infrastructure) as shown in Table1 below.

Table 1: Components of the SEA tests

Options to be tested

Reference

(liberalisation)

CTP

(harmonisation)

TEN policy and infrastructure

1. Base year – 1994

2.Reference Scenario’

No TEN-T for reference scenario 2010

x

3. ‘CTP Only’

No TEN-T for CTP test 2010

x

x

4. ‘All TEN-T CTP’

All TEN-T for CTP test 2010

x

x

x

5. ‘Rail TEN-T CTP’

Rail only for CTP test 2010

x

x

x

(rail only)

4.4 Results

The main results of the pilot SEA exercise are summarised in this section, from the full report prepared jointly by the STREAMS and COMMUTE projects. These include the transport model outputs from STREAMS, as well as the COMMUTE software tool outputs. The full results are presented in the STREAMS/COMMUTE Pilot SEA Deliverable 4.

In addition to these outputs (Tables and Figures) the COMMUTE final report presents some examples of thematic maps produced by using the MapInfo GIS. These maps provide an overview about the possibilities of a detailed spatial analysis of traffic and emission data as they were produced in the Pilot Strategic Environmental Assessment of the TEN-T.

Taking the transport impacts first, in the 2010 ‘Reference Scenario’ there is an increase in overall passenger travel demand compared to the base for all modes except slow modes and freight rail, driven partly by the falling cost of travel relative to incomes.

Moving to the impact of the policies, the effect of the ‘CTP Only’ compared to the ‘Reference Scenario’ was:

· a significant overall reduction in passenger and freight travel, more so for freight

· rising rail demand and falling car, truck, air and water use

· a reduction in road network congestion

· the ‘CTP Only’ scenario therefore succeeds in reducing road and air travel and boosting rail.

Then, introducing all the TEN-T infrastructure and related policies led to:

· increased overall passenger and freight travel demand relative to the ‘CTP Only’ scenario (although it is still lower than in the ‘Reference Scenario’ for passengers)

· a significant effect on mode split as rail (particularly high speed rail) travel increases compared to the ‘CTP Only’ scenario and road travel falls further

· further reduction in road network congestion

· the TEN-T infrastructure and related policies scenario therefore strengthens the effects of the CTP.

By introducing only rail TEN-T infrastructure but with related TEN-T policies on inter-modality, interoperability and connections to ports, rail’s gains are increased, although at the cost of a significant increase in road congestion.

It is also significant that the most important factor in encouraging freight mode shift to rail is the expanded rail network. The effects of this are large, with or without the road TEN-T.

The key findings of the emission forecasts using the COMMUTE tool, by mode, are:

For road: Tighter road vehicle emission standards and improved technology outweigh the growth in road travel, such that all emissions except CO2 fall in all four tests compared to the base year. The differences between tests are relatively small illustrating the dominance of changes in non-traffic factors. The tests do not include the impact of the car manufacturers’ voluntary agreement on CO2, hence they may overestimate the increase in CO2 emissions;

For rail: Between 1994 and 2010 all non CO2 emissions fall, reflecting technical change and a shift from diesel to electric power. For the tests, the changes in emissions mirror the changes in train-kilometres;

For air: All emissions rise in all tests relative to the base year and there are some differences between tests reflecting the changes in the amount of passenger air travel. Hence emissions are closely correlated with the level of air travel (unlike the case for cars). Although there are technological improvements in aircraft technology the key effect appears to be a growth in shorter distance air travel between the base and forecast years; as relatively more fuel is used in the take-off, climb and climb-out phases of the flight compared with cruising, this has a disproportionate impact;

For water: All emissions rise for each test relative to the base year. The IMO limits on exhaust emissions for new engines are not expected to result in any large changes before 2010, because of the slow turnover of the fleet. Hence emissions are closely correlated with the level of waterborne freight

The main conclusions by emission type are:

For CO2: Tonnes of CO2 rise between 1994 and the 2010 ‘Reference Scenario’, but the ‘CTP Only’ and both TEN-T scenarios reduce CO2 compared to the reference;

For CO and HC: These emissions derive mainly from road vehicles. The 2010 ‘Reference Scenario’ emissions are lower than 1994, and the alternative tests show further reductions. The ‘Rail TEN-T CTP’ test shows the greatest reductions since the road TEN-T is not implemented;

For SO2: 2010 ‘Reference Scenario’ emissions are higher than 1994 and the alternative tests reduce these levels. Emissions of SO2 are considered only for the non-road modes;

For NOx and PM: The emission levels in 1994 were largely dominated by the road modes. There are substantial reductions in 2010 arising from the reductions in the road modes which more than compensate for increases in other modes. The percentage contribution from the road modes in 2010 is greatly reduced and there is a dramatic growth in emissions from waterborne travel.

4.5 Conclusions

The pilot SEA study broke new ground in the analysis of EU transport demand and emissions outputs. It formed a rigorous, highly demanding and large scale demonstration of the capabilities of the COMMUTE software tool and illustrated its interfacing with a complex transport model. The pilot SEA approach provided the first comprehensive, quantified forecasts of the impacts of TEN-T policies and infrastructure, on travel demand and emissions, at the EU level. Hence the first objective of the project was met. The results were sufficiently robust for the study team to conclude that the method would be suitable for a more detailed SEA of the TEN-T.

5) references

  • Harmonisation of multi-modal and multi-impact methodology for the environmental assessment of European Transport Policies – Results from EU DG VII COMMUTE Project – by E. Negrenti and M.P. Valentini ENEA ITALY – 19th ARRB Conference – Sydney – December 1998.

· The Assessment of environmental and safety impacts of the trasn European network (TEN-T) – by H.J.Heich, J. Jantunen, E. Negrenti - Highway and Urban Pollution – Baveno (I) May 1998.- published in the Science of the Total Environment 235 (1999) 391-393

  • Application of advanced transport impacts models on national and local scale: results from EC Commute, Esteem and Hesaid projects - Dr. Emanuele Negrenti – ENEA – Italy - Melbourne - 20th ARRB Conference - March 2001 – Conference Proceedings – ISBN 0 86910 799 2 – ISSN 0572 1431
  • COMMUTE (1997). A Review of User Requirements, Methods and Methodologies for Strategic Environmental Assessment. COMMUTE Deliverable 1.
  • COMMUTE (1998). Methodology Report. COMMUTE Deliverable 2.
  • COMMUTE (1999). Software Report. COMMUTE Deliverable 3.
  • COMMUTE (2000). Demonstration and Exploitation. COMMUTE Deliverable 5.

· DHV (1995). Transport Strategic Modelling. Final Report Prepared for the Commission of the European Communities Directorate General for Transport, APAS/Strategic/3.

  • EIA Centre – University of Manchester (1995). Strategic Environmental Assessment - Legislation and Procedures in the Community. Volume 1 and 2, Manchester.
  • EPA (1985). Compilation of air pollutant emission factors, Vol II Mobile Sources, USA.
  • MEET (1996). Methodologies for Estimating Air Pollutant Emissions from Transport, First Data Structure, Deliverable 2, DG VII, Edited by Aristotle University, Thessaloniki, Greece, September 1996.
  • MEET (1997a). Methodologies for Estimating Air Pollutant Emissions from Transport, Final Data Structure of Road Emission Factors, Deliverable 3, DG VII, Edited by University of Thessaloniki, INRETS, TNO, TSU, TRL, TU, MIRA and University of Limerick, January 1997.
  • MEET (1997b). Methodologies for Estimating Air Pollutant Emissions from Transport, Road Traffic Characteristics for Estimating Pollutant Emissions, Deliverable 4, DG VII, Edited by Transport Research Laboratory, Crowthorne, UK, January 1997.
  • MEET/Techne (1997c). Methodologies For Estimating Air Pollutant Emissions From Ships. June 1997.
  • MEET (1998). Methodologies for Estimating Air Pollutant Emissions from Transport, Emission Factors and Traffic Characteristics Data Set, Deliverable 21, Final Report, Edited by the Laboratory of Applied Thermodynamics, Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, January 1998.

ANNEX 1 – EXAMPLES OF MAPS PRODUCED WITH COMMUTE TOOL AND MAPINFO


COMMUTE tool : interface with MapInfo GIS

Selection of a part of road network for calculation

Analysis of the results after calculation

The analysis will be displayed on the selected links

Example of thematic analysis of NOx emissions on selected links

Display of traffic data on MapInfo maps (STREAMS data, non urban links, 1995)

These maps are built with MapInfo tools, by crossing the road network map with the tables of vehicles*km stored in COMMUTE Access database. A map is done for each category of vehicles provided in STREAMS data. The analysed value is the number of vehicles, that is vkm/length.

Examples of thematic maps after calculation of emission, on all fifteen countries

These examples have been built with MapInfo tools by crossing a map of Europe countries with tables of CO2 emissions by country created in COMMUTE Access database.

Example of thematic map of CO2 emission, for air, rail and road modes

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Land-use and transport interaction models

2. Introduction

   

The urban transportation system is very complex, and its performance depends on decisions made on many levels of society whose goals and purposes may be in conflict with each other. The process of evaluating, designing and managing such a system can therefore not be carried out without the aid of properly formulated models. In fact, over the past three decades, there has been growing interest in the ability of computer applications and simulation models for all aspects of transport operations, planning and management.

The choice of the Computer Simulation Systems (CSS) to be used in transport studies is governed by the objectives of the analysis as well as the available resources. A common classification method for CSS is based on the detail level with which the incorporated models suite intends to simulate the components of the transport system. According to this, CSS can be conveniently classified into four categories that reconcile the differences between alternative modelling concepts and theories, as well as between different levels of investigation in traffic and transport studies.

Starting at the most detailed (micro-) level, we have:

· Operational micro-simulation models that consider the characteristics of each individual vehicle and its interactions with other vehicles in the traffic stream;

· Tactical network models that are suitable for dynamic traffic effects analysis which are critical in network simulation during medium to congested flow conditions;

· Strategic Multi-modal transport models that are best suited to the urban-scale analysis of travel demand and transportation network performance;

· Land-use/transport interaction models that synthesise the dynamic interaction between transport provision and land-use activities.

3. Discussion

   

Land-use/transport interaction models packages are designed to analyse the fundamental, two-ways interaction between transport and land use. They offer a consistent representation of the way changes in transport costs and characteristics lead to changes in the demand for location and the intensities of activities and how these changes lead in turn to modified future demands for transport.

Actually, it is well known that trip-making patterns, volumes and modal distributions are largely a function of the spatial distribution of land use. Likewise the patterns of land use are influenced by the level of accessibility provided by the transportation system from one activity area to another.

These CSS describes land use by dividing up the study area into a number of discrete zones and stating how many units of different types of activity are located in each zone. They all describe development over time by representing the city at discrete points in time horizons (every 5 years in most models), so that the calculation refers to changes within each successive simulation period. Activities (people, houses, jobs) are allocated to each zone according to a function which measures the attraction of that zone for location, and which depends on accessibility of travel to other zones as well as on the particular attribute of the zone itself. Beyond these generalities, however the mechanism responsible for allocating land use and for representing travel vary greatly from one model to another.

The main characteristic of integrated land use and transport models is that the socio-economic inputs required by a transport model are provided by a land use model, instead of giving them as exogenous data. In turn, the transport model calculates a generalised cost of transport, which is fed back into the land use model.


4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

The majority of land-use/transport interaction models applications answer traditional questions such as how land use regulations or housing programs would affect land use development and transportation, or how transportation improvements or changes in travel costs would shift the distribution of activities in an urban area.

Typical application phases for these models are the investigation on transport demand within urban or regional high level transportation and/or land-use planning.

Typical inputs are the land-use characterisation of the single cells (e.g. global or shared on age/activity basis population, availability of workplaces, amount of workers for each economic sector; etc.).

Of particular interest is the ability of such integrated models to provide useful inputs to the selection of travel-reduction strategies that will result in a net reduction in aggregate fuel use and emissions. Such reductions are usually thought of as resulting from one or more of the following five outcomes: 1) a reduction in the number of trip starts; 2) a reduction in the length of individual trips, through changes in destination; 3) a shift to either non vehicular or higher-occupancy modes of travel; 4) a reduction in the amount of travel during the congested, or “peak,” commuting periods; 5) a reduction in trip length and/or traffic congestion, through changes in route.

Concerning emission of pollutants, these models are suited to provide, purely as an indication, output data such as NOx (Nitrogen Oxides), CO (Carbon monoxide), HC (Hydrocarbons), PM (Particulate matter) emissions generally expressed in mass over a time period, ex. tons per day or tons per year in order to evaluate long term effects in terms of emission reductions achieved but are not able to evaluate dispersion of pollutants neither small scale effects.


5. Examples / Further Reading

   

An extended list of models within this category includes:

  • CALIB (Mode Choice Modeling)
  • HALLEY
  • HLFM II
  • MEPLAN
  • MODE CHOICE
  • SPF (Simplified Project Forecasting)
  • TDC (Transportation Data Cruncher)
  • TDM (Travel Demand Management Evaluation)
  • The Highway Emulator
  • TMOVES
  • TRANUS
  • UfosNET
  • VISEM
  • VISEVA
  • WIVER

Further Examples:

Traffic parameters monitored in Utrecht

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

A key investigation into the properties of land–use/transport interaction (LUTI) models was carried out in the latter part of the 1980s, under the auspices of the Transport Research Laboratory. The report of the investigation, known as ISGLUTI (International Study Group on Land–Use/Transport Interaction), has been published (Webster et al, 1990 “Land–Use Transport Interaction”). Nine candidate models were investigated in detail and, for seven of the models, their reactions to a series of policies was tested extensively against a wide range of appropriate indicators. The report summarises these and makes recommendations as to the way forward.

Also in the EU research project TRANSLAND (aimed at analysing innovative policies and future research needs in the field of integrated urban transport and land-use planning) a review of theoretical results from transport science, urban economics and urban geography as well as an overview of the state of the art in land use transport models including the work of the International Study Group on Land-Use have been carried out.

Further information on functionality and features of the above mentioned CSS are available at the following WEB site: www.meap.co.uk (MEPLAN), www.modelistica.com (TRANUS).

Other related references:

· University of FloridaTransportation Research Center – McTrans – http://www-mctrans.ce.ufl.edu/

· PTV AG – http://www.ptv.de/

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Micro-simulation traffic models

2. Introduction

   

Introduction

The urban transportation system is very complex, and its performance depends on decisions made on many levels of society whose goals and purposes may be in conflict with each other. The process of evaluating, designing and managing such a system can therefore not be carried out without the aid of properly formulated models. In fact, over the past three decades, there has been growing interest in the ability of computer applications and simulation models for all aspects of transport operations, planning and management.

The choice of the Computer Simulation Systems (CSS) to be used in transport studies is governed by the objectives of the analysis as well as the available resources. A common classification method for CSS is based on the detail level with which the incorporated models suite intends to simulate the components of the transport system. According to this, CSS can be conveniently classified into four categories that reconcile the differences between alternative modelling concepts and theories, as well as between different levels of investigation in traffic and transport studies. Starting at the most detailed (micro-) level, we have:

· Operational micro-simulation models that consider the characteristics of each individual vehicle and its interactions with other vehicles in the traffic stream;

· Tactical network models that are suitable for dynamic traffic effects analysis which are critical in network simulation during medium to congested flow conditions;

· Strategic Multi-modal transport models that are best suited to the urban-scale analysis of travel demand and transportation network performance;

· Land-use/transport interaction models that synthesise the dynamic interaction between transport provision and land-use activities.

3. Discussion

   

Discussion

Operational micro-simulation models packages refer to microscopic models that are detailed enough to analyse traffic control schemes or to assess the impact and sensitivity of alternative design parameters such as number of lanes, length of ramps and lane change regulations. These models focus almost entirely on road transport and normally assume that all aspects of travel demand, other than, perhaps, route and departure time choice, remain fixed. They are typically dynamic in that they include time as an explicit variable and treat each vehicle on the road network individually. Typical micro-simulation modelling methods are based on car-following and lane changing theories which can represent the traffic operations and vehicle/driver behaviours in detail. The car-following approach is quite straightforward: each vehicle attempts to advance at its desired speed while maintaining a safe following distance from the vehicle ahead. The lane changing theory describes the lateral traffic behaviour. This may be considered in term of a number of perception thresholds governing the consideration of the risk of accepting a gap in a neighbouring lane.

Microscopic models incorporate queuing analysis, shock-way analysis and other analytical techniques. Most microscopic simulation models are stochastic, employing Monte Carlo procedures to generate random numbers for representing the driver/vehicle behaviour in real traffic condition.

The scale of application of micro-simulation models depends on the size of the computer memory and on the computer power available. The typical scale of application varies from small type, about 20 km, 50 nodes and 1000 vehicles, to large type, 200 nodes and many thousands vehicles (deliverable 3 – EU-FP4 SMARTEST project, 1997).

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Operational micro-simulation models simulate the individual components of traffic flow and congestion, and present its output as a real-time visual display for traffic management and road network design.

Micro-Simulation is a convenient way to study signal cycle times, ramp metering, route diversion, speed limits and other measures within the traffic network context. It is also used to model the effects of advanced traveller information systems and route guidance on individual travel decisions. Thus, it can model the responses of users to both controls and real-time traffic information, as well as the interactions between them, and is used for testing, verifying and improving traffic management policies.

Micro-simulation models are, in principle, the best tools to evaluate the emissions of pollutants. They give a full range of output in this domain and offer the ability to simulate at a great level of detail. Micro-simulation models are very useful because they give accurate information about air pollutant emission and fuel consumption. The best results can be achieved through a connection to a microscopic fuel consumption and pollutants emission model (see topic on emission models The role and prerequisites for Transport Emission Models in Urban Planning, ENEA).

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Traffic simulation models used in Utrecht

Further Examples:

Traffic parameters monitored in Utrecht

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

A reasonably comprehensive review of alternative software packages for micro-simulation has been provided by the EC DGVII SMARTEST Project. SMARTEST project was directed toward modelling and simulation of dynamic traffic management problems caused by incidents, heavy traffic, road works and events. It covers incident management, intersection control, motorway flow control, dynamic route guidance and regional traffic information. The project’s objectives were to: 1. review existing micro-simulation models, so that gaps can be identified; 2. investigate how the SMARTEST models can best be enhanced to fill the identified gaps, thus advancing the State-of-the-Art; 3.incorporate the findings of the study into a best practice manual for the use of micro-simulation in modelling road transport and to disseminate these findings throughout Europe.

Further information on functionality and features of the software packages for micro-simulation are available at the following WEB site:

· www.ptv.de (VISSIM).

· www.traficon.fi (HUTSIM).

· www.wsatkins.com (DRACULA).

· www.kutc.ku.edu (CORSIM).

· www.aimsun.com (AIMSUN2).

· www.paramics-online.com (PARAMICS).

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Tactical network models

2. Introduction

   

The urban transportation system is very complex, and its performance depends on decisions made on many levels of society whose goals and purposes may be in conflict with each other. The process of evaluating, designing and managing such a system can therefore not be carried out without the aid of properly formulated models. In fact, over the past three decades, there has been growing interest in the ability of computer applications and simulation models for all aspects of transport operations, planning and management.

The choice of the Computer Simulation Systems (CSS) to be used in transport studies is governed by the objectives of the analysis as well as the available resources. A common classification method for CSS is based on the detail level with which the incorporated models suite intends to simulate the components of the transport system. According to this, CSS can be conveniently classified into four categories that reconcile the differences between alternative modelling concepts and theories, as well as between different levels of investigation in traffic and transport studies. Starting at the most detailed (micro-) level, we have:

· Operational micro-simulation models that consider the characteristics of each individual vehicle and its interactions with other vehicles in the traffic stream;

· Tactical network models that are suitable for dynamic traffic effects analysis which are critical in network simulation during medium to congested flow conditions;

· Strategic Multi-modal transport models that are best suited to the urban-scale analysis of travel demand and transportation network performance and

· Land-use/transport interaction models that synthesise the dynamic interaction between transport provision and land-use activities.

3. Discussion

   

Tactical network models packages (also called congested assignment models) generally have a wider geographical scale of application than micro-simulation models. These can be used for representing a variety of situations from congested urban networks to regional inter-urban areas. In particular they are designed to model the varying traffic demand and congestion that occurs during the day and to represent the peaks of congestion as well as off-peak conditions. They are ideally suited to traffic management schemes and systems. Thanks to the dynamic ability, these models can simulate unexpected events such as incidents that reduce network capacity and the effects of driver information systems. Some CSS can also handle more specific requirements such as modelling special vehicle lanes for buses or banning turning movements in certain situations.

These models consider traffic as an aggregate fluid flow and divide the day into time slices which are used to model the build up and decline of traffic. Vehicles are assigned to their minimum cost routes, taking account of the traffic interactions and delays caused by other vehicles on the network.

Two distinct sub-models are usually incorporated in the classical CSS based on the fixed demand approach: the route choice model and the dynamic network loading. The route choice model estimates driver route choice on the basis of the generalised costs that includes time and distance related costs. The dynamic network loading represents the interactions between vehicles, both on link and junctions, and calculates resulting traffic flows and network performance statistics. These two sub-models are used iteratively until satisfactory levels of stability and convergence are achieved.


4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Dynamic network assignment models overcome the limitations of static assignment models by capturing the dynamics of congestion formation and dissipation associated with traffic peak periods. This enables the evaluation of a wide array of congestion relief measures, which could include both supply-side and demand-orientated measures.

Classical tactical network models packages exclude trip generation, distribution and modal split elements and are therefore suitable for evaluating schemes or policies which will only cause local re-routing of traffic. Nevertheless recent extensions to the classical route choice models framework focus on the explicit modelling of departure time choice that allows the continuous splitting of a static Origin Destination (O-D) matrix over the time of the day on the basis of the traffic condition (Metropolis computer simulation software).

On the basis of the description above the tactical models may be synthetically aggregated in the following main functional categories:

· Data processing;

· General traffic;

· Safety & accident records;

· Signal timing & warrants;

· Simulation & analysis;

· Traffic control;

· Traffic maintenance;

· Transit operations;

· Transit planning.

Typical application phases for these models are the demand assignment and the operation of multimodal transport systems within urban or regional transportation planning, feasibility studies of new infrastructure, network upgrading and specific operational measures application in private and public transport systems.

The advantages of tactical network models are also that they produce output statistics which provide useful details on the speed-cycle for emissions and fuel consumption analysis, although aggregated on traffic flows and not available for each vehicle. The application of tactical networks models to air quality analysis is suitable and advisable.


5. Examples / Further Reading

   

An extended list of tactical network models within this category includes:

  • Accident Records Summary and Diagrams
  • ARCADY
  • Arterial Analysis Package Executive
  • ATMS
  • Automated Transit Ridership
  • AUTOMUTS
  • AWSC
  • Berkeley Traffic System
  • Bottleneck Traffic Simulator
  • Bus Transit Garage Space Requirements Model
  • CAM
  • CAPSSI
  • Chapel Hill Scheduled Interactive Bus Scheduler
    CINCH
  • CIRCAP
  • CONDUFIL
  • CORFLO
  • Cost Allocation Applications
  • COUNTS PC
  • CROSSIG
  • DAITA
  • Days OFF CALCULATOR
    DELAY
  • Disaggregate Elasticity Model
  • dQUEUE
  • DYNEMO
  • EZ-POSIT
  • EZ-TRANSYT PLUS
  • EZVIPAS
  • FAZWEAVE
  • Fixed Guidewat Transit
  • Fleetmax
  • FLOCOUNT
  • Florida LOS Worksheets
  • FRESIM
  • FREWAY
  • FRIOP
  • Grade Severity Rating System
  • HCM
  • Highway Capacity Software
  • HISAFE
  • HISAM
  • Hyperplan
  • Integrated Queue Analysis Package
  • INTEGRATION
  • Inventory CTRL
  • KAR
  • KARS
  • LINKFLO/INTCAP
  • LTAP
  • MAXBAND
  • MAXVOL
  • MOST
  • Moving Vehicle Run Analysis Package
  • MultiLeg
  • NCAP
  • North Dakota Sign Management System
  • NOSTOP
  • OSCADY
  • Paratransit Vehicle Maintenance
  • PASSER
  • PCSPEED
    PEDCTS
    PICADY
  • PRENETSIM
  • PREPASSR
  • PRETRANSYT
  • Progression Graphics and Optimization
  • Progression Through a Series of Intersections
  • P2BAT
  • Queue
  • QUEWZ
  • QUICK
  • Roadrunner
  • ROADSIDE
  • RPT Spreadsheets
  • Safety Resource Allocation Program
  • SALLIE
  • SAT_ADJ
  • SCARS
  • SCCOLD
  • Section 15 Tansit Agency Performance Data
  • Service Planning Case Studies
  • SIDRA
  • SIGCAP
  • SIGEVAL
  • SIGN
  • SIGNS
  • SIGNAL
  • Signal Network Animated Graphics
  • Sign Inventory System
  • SIGPAK
  • SIP
  • SIPA
  • SOAP
  • SPANWIRE
  • SpeedPlot
  • SST3
  • Statistical Sampling of Trip Data
  • SUPERDET
  • SYNCHRO
  • TAPM
  • TBASE
  • TDIP
  • TEAPAC
  • TED
  • TEXAS
  • TGAP
  • TIMACS
  • TOPDOG
  • TOSS
  • Traffic Collision Diagram Library
  • Traffic Control Plan Library
  • Traffic Information Program Series
  • TRAFFICQ
  • Traffic Signal Design Library
  • TRAF-NETSIM
  • TRANNET
  • Transit Route Planning CAI Course
  • Transit Spreadsheet Applications
  • TRANSYT
  • TURNFLOW
  • TURNS
  • TOTOR
  • TS/PP-DRAFT
  • UCB
  • UNSIG
  • VEHCTS
  • Vehicle CTRL
  • VISSIM
  • VIsVAP
  • WARRANT
  • WARRANTS
  • WEST
  • WHICH
  • WINUNSIG


Further Examples:

The Bristol Area Transport Study Model
Traffic simulation models used in Utrecht

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Further information on functionality and features of the software packages for micro-simulation are available at the following WEB site: www.contram.com (CONTRAM), www.dynamictrafficassignment.org (DYNAMIT and DYNASMART), www.wsatkins.com (SATURN) and www.adpc.be (METROPOLIS).

Other related references:

· University of Florida, Transportation Research Center, McTrans http://www-mctrans.ce.ufl.edu/

· PTV AG http://www.ptv.de/

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Strategic multi-modal transport models

2. Introduction

   

The urban transportation system is very complex, and its performance depends on decisions made on many levels of society whose goals and purposes may be in conflict with each other. The process of evaluating, designing and managing such a system can therefore not be carried out without the aid of properly formulated models. In fact, over the past three decades, there has been growing interest in the ability of computer applications and simulation models for all aspects of transport operations, planning and management.

The choice of the Computer Simulation Systems (CSS) to be used in transport studies is governed by the objectives of the analysis as well as the available resources. A common classification method for CSS is based on the detail level with which the incorporated models suite intends to simulate the components of the transport system. According to this, CSS can be conveniently classified into four categories that reconcile the differences between alternative modelling concepts and theories, as well as between different levels of investigation in traffic and transport studies. Starting at the most detailed (micro-) level, we have:

· Operational micro-simulation models that consider the characteristics of each individual vehicle and its interactions with other vehicles in the traffic stream;

· Tactical network models that are suitable for dynamic traffic effects analysis which are critical in network simulation during medium to congested flow conditions;

· Strategic Multi-modal transport models that are best suited to the urban-scale analysis of travel demand and transportation network performance;

· Land-use/transport interaction models that synthesise the dynamic interaction between transport provision and land-use activities.

3. Discussion

   

Strategic Multimodal transport model packages are used to predict the number of trips within an urban area by type (work, non-work, etc.), time of the day (peak-period, daily, etc.) and zonal origin destination (O-D) pair, the mode of travel used to make these trips and the routes taken through the transportation network by these trips. The final output is a predicted set of modal flows on link in the network and the related level of service. The incorporated models are used in a sequence of steps corresponding to the sequential decision process in which people decide to make a trip (generation), decide where to go (distribution), decide what mode to take (modal split) and decide what route to use (assignment).

These models rely on the assumption of a steady state within the modelled period and treat vehicular traffic as aggregate flows. Therefore, as compared to the tactical network models, they provide a less detailed treatment of the time dynamics of congestion. However, they possess the ability to represent the range of travel choices and traffic interactions in space on a realistic network, and they provide coverage of much larger geographical areas within practical constraints of computational capacity compared to detailed simulation models. Variability of road travel demand and of road network travel conditions may be catered for to some extent by the subdivision of demand into a series of time slices to be applied within a sequential steady state model runs, with the initial travel conditions for any time slice being based on information from the previous period.

In an urban context, strategic models generally cover a whole city or town. They generally include capacity restraint procedures whereby the speed on each road link will vary in relation to the volume of traffic which it carries. Strategic models are used to evaluate schemes and policies which are expected to have large scale effects over a considerable geographical area. They tend to be used for long term forecasting, perhaps as far as 20 or 30 years ahead.

Strategic transport models packages incorporate four main sub-models: 1) a trip generation sub-model which estimates the number of trips that originate or terminate in each zone using land-use and socio-economic data; 2) a trip distribution sub-model which estimates where the trips from a particular origin zone are going (i.e. which destination zone); 3) a modal split sub-model which estimates the proportion of trips between each zone pair that are made by each mode of transport 4) an assignment sub-model which allocates trips to particular routes through the transportation system.


4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Strategic Multimodal transport models packages can be used for a variety of purposes: 1) to forecast the overall demand for travel at some specified date in the future, given predicted changes in factors external to the transport system, such as population, employment and household income; 2) to allocate forecast demands for travel to the various modes of transport and, within each mode, to individual roads and public transport services; 3) to calculate the levels of service offered by each mode; 4) to provide information on vehicle and passenger flows and travel costs necessary for operational, environmental, economic and financial appraisals.

On the basis of the purpose above, the strategic models may be synthetically aggregated in the following main functional categories:

· Data processing;

· Network assignment;

· Project management;

· Site analysis.

Typical application phases for these models are the investigation on transport demand and the operation of multimodal transport systems within urban or regional transportation planning and feasibility studies of new infrastructure, network upgrading, global operational measures application.

Typical outputs are graphic and numerical network and flows representation, flows assignment, isochronic lines calculation and mapping, emission calculation.

The disadvantage of strategic models for emissions modelling is that there is often a need to compromise in term of spatial details. Zones are generally quite large and networks relatively coarse. Also, vehicle emissions output can normally only be calculated from average link speeds, whilst actual vehicle emissions depend on actual driving patterns (e.g. acceleration/deceleration, stops/starts). As a consequence they are not suited to evaluating the effects of traffic management measures and small scale schemes, and all the measures triggering changes in vehicles speed cycle.


5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Examples of the use of strategic transport models are given here by:


6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Two transport models (EMME2 and Saturn) are currently being applied in Bristol primarily to assess the road user charging and the light rapid transit. EMME2 software is applied to assess modal split effects whereas Saturn is applied to simulate traffic on the road network.

An extended list of strategic multi-modal transport models within this category includes:

  • Advanced General Network Editor
  • ASSIGN
  • Better Decision
  • CANDLINK
  • CONTRAM
  • Decision Support System
  • emme/2
  • Highway Design and Maintenance
  • Hyperplan
  • Intersection Analysis Spreadsheets
  • L-TASS
  • MicroBENCOST
  • MICROTRIMS
  • Municipal Equipment Management System
  • MVMACH
  • Planning and Project Development Spreadsheets
  • Project Analysis Package
  • Program Development and Management System
  • QRS
  • Roadway/Intersection Air Quality
  • SATURN
  • SITE
  • SPARKS
  • Survey
  • TEAPAC
  • TMODEL
  • Traffic Interpolater & Extrapolater Software
  • TRAFFIX
  • TrafikPlan
  • TRANSCAD
  • Transportation Network Analysis System
  • Transportation Planning Conference Proceedings
  • TRIP GENERATION
  • TRIPS
  • TSM
  • URPDB
  • VISUM
  • WinTASS
  • ZDATA

Details on these models can be searched on the Internet.

Other related references:

· University of Florida, Transportation Research Center, McTrans. http://www-mctrans.ce.ufl.edu/

· PTV AG. http://www.ptv.de/

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  The Bristol Area Transport Study Model

Example

   

The Bristol Area Transport Study (BATS) model was developed by consultants working on behalf of Bristol City Council, primarily for the assessment of Road User Charging and Light Rapid Transit. The model has a wide range of potential uses including option testing for strategic planning, transport planning, development control and the basis for detailed assessment of schemes.

BATS is a strategic integrated multi-modal model including sub-models for both highway and public transport modes and a demand model that can estimate changes in mode-split in response to changes in transport supply.

Models have currently been developed for a base year, and two forecast years. The public transport and demand elements use the EMME2 software, while the highway modelling is carried out with SATURN.

The models extend to the boundary of the former County of Avon, but with particular detail in the greater Bristol urban area, including the detailed modelling of junctions.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  THE EMME2 TRAFFIC MODEL FOR MESTRE TRAFFIC PLANNING (VENICE, I)

Example

   

Introduction

EMME2 - INRO (CANADA) package, set on the Venice municipal territory, is made up of many modules. The two most important of these are:

a) assignation model of vehicular traffic to road network.

b) assignation model of passengers to collective transport network.

The two models research the mode that minimizes time and cost of user transfer on their respective transport networks, by considering:

- a series of attributes about road links and junctions;

- feasible transit tolls;

- parking rates;

- a series of attributes about collective transport services;

- tariffs as distinguished by type of users.

The Transport and Mobility Office of the Venice City Administration has developed and applied a supplementary module, the so-called “modal allocation”. This module measures user shift between individual and collective means dependent on policies for strengthening/rating/regulating various systems of transportation. The Transport and Mobility Office has also used EMME2 to analyse commercial traffic trends at urban level.

Practical use of EMME2

The EMME2 model is set for short, medium and long term planning at urban scale for both the PGTU (Urban Traffic Plan) and for the PUM (Urban Transport Plan). Other possible applications requiring greater detail such as for designing road intersections, need more traffic surveys and the application of micro-simulation models for which the EMME2 model assures all relevant data classification and input.

At the moment only one micro-simulation model is available. This is the TOS, applicable to single intersections and used to optimize the functioning of a semaphore network. Another dynamic micro-simulation model is under acquisition (PARAMICS): it deals with sets of intersections, in order to offer the Administration complete assistance for all decisions that must be taken.

Input and output data

EMME2 needs the following input data:

- geo-referred description of road network topology ;

- description of every feature of each link (length, number of lanes, type of link, outflow rate curve, maximum speed);

- description of every junction subjected to an installation of traffic lights or to precedence rules;

- description of routes, stops, frequency, maximum speed for each line of public collective transport;

- territory representation in terms of origin and destination zones;

- mobility demand description distinguished by means of transportation (individual and collective), reasons (work, study, other reasons) and origin/destination journeys.

EMME2 model outputs are based on one hour periods and are available for rush hour in the morning and in the afternoon.

For every simulated scenario, EMME2 generates statistics on:

- general and average duration of journey distinguished by type of users;

- costs of journeys;

- vehicles per km (for all the computed means of transportation);

- average distances run as distinguished by type of users (workers, students, other travellers);

- atmospheric emissions from vehicular traffic.

Moreover many graphic elaborations can be made:

- map of origin/destination journeys for each zone;

- map of vehicular traffic flows on the network of roads;

- map of road congestion levels (on links and junctions);

- map of passenger flows on public collective transport networks and number of people ascending and descending;

- map of isochronous movements from one zone to all the other ones;

- map of comparison between different scenarios.

Correlation with traffic data

EMME2 model is not interfaced with the main traffic lights system because of the scarce reliability of the counting devices (located near the traffic lights); this is why they aren’t used regularly for modelling. For monitoring purposes, they are periodically downloaded and used to check the reliability/relevance of the simulation model that needs to be updated every three years.

Module for atmospheric emissions calculation

Atmospheric emissions calculation is made on a hourly basis and evaluates:

- vehicular traffic composition (heavy-duty and light-duty vehicles);

- flows for each link;

- speed for each link;

- loss of time at junctions.

Another module prepared by the Municipal Transport and Mobility Office helps to evaluate traffic noise propagation: it considers, besides the factors mentioned before, structure of buildings and open spaces and presence of mitigating elements (like barriers and pavements covered with acoustic sound-deadening material).

EMME2 advantages and disadvantages

EMME2 main advantages provide:

- a better aptitude to foresee critical urban development and the impact of new big attractors (office districts, commercial districts, etc.);

- enhanced support for drafting technical feasibility studies for new infrastructure;

- improved capacity in identifying park-and-ride locations;

- greater accuracy in attributing rules and functions to collective transport systems and to complex junctions of passenger exchange;

- greater capacity in evaluating performances of future infrastructure networks;

- greater awareness in planning priority elements of the infrastructure ;

- more efficient communication to the public of resulting transport scenarios.

The most important disadvantage is associated to the difficulty of training and maintaining a group of qualified technicians that utilize the EMME2 software and update its databases.

Acknowledgments

This text has been kindly made available by the Municipal Transport and Mobility Office (Comune di Venezia, Ufficio Mobilità).

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Traffic simulation models used in Utrecht

Example

   

Traffic simulation models used in Utrecht

1. Macroscopic models

The Traffic Model for the Utrecht Region (Verkeersmodel Regio Utrecht, VRU) is a simultaneous macroscopic regional model for three means of transport during a morning and an evening rush hour and a whole 24-hour period.

On the basis of the VRU model, the following sub-models were developed for the same years:

§ a simultaneous (unimodal) 24 hour-model (VRU) for a working day in three transport alternatives (car, public transport and bicycle) and five separate travel goals

§ a (unimodal) model (VRU) for automobiles for the morning and evening rush hours: Rush-hour Model for the Utrecht Region (Spitsmodel Regio Utrecht, SRU) and for a 24 hour period

§ a (unimodal) model for public transport for a 24-hour period.

The mentioned 24-hour model for automobiles is used for environment calculations. The VRU-model is based on 1998 as the reference year and contains forecasts for 2015, the plan year.

The VRU-model is actualised at present to 2002, the new reference year, and 2020 as the new plan year. The freight transport is also developed separately in this model. For environment aims the model is also built from three simultaneous models of different parts of the day consisting of the morning peak, the rest of the day and the evening rush-hour.

Brief description:

The VRU and SRU models have been built up from 2500 traffic areas and cover the whole of the Netherlands. The city of Utrecht is part of the study area and contains 400 zones.

The model includes three networks for automobiles, bicycles and public transport. Roads, districts and residential areas have not been included.

The origins and destinations of the zones have been established in matrices.

Five motives for commuter traffic have been included in the models:

§ Home-shops

§ Home-school

§ Home-work

§ Business

§ Other.

The journeys are calculated on the basis of generalized costs. They are stored in various matrices and allotted to the networks. Allocations are possible in the form of 'all or nothing’ or with 'capacity restraint'.

Description of the input and output data:

Input:

Geographical basis with area division (zoning) per 4-digit postal code.

Per zone:

§ Inhabitants and jobs

§ Student places

§ Locations for living and working.

Network for automobiles, bicycles and public transport.

Control data: OVG (study of mobility behaviour), counts, vehicle registration study, possession of driving licence, housing occupancy, people entering and leaving public transport.

Output:

Origin and destination matrices per motive and mode of transport.

Networks (automobile, bicycle and public transport) with model data and count control points.

Connections between zones and networks.

Allocations of the journeys from the matrices to the network (vehicles).

Intensity ratios (I/C).

Data of the filling of areas on the map.

Various analyses at matrix and network level.

Validation of the model:

The matrices are calibrated to reality by rearranging (on a limited scale) the matrix cells to local deviations. In a later stage, finer rearrangements are made at a stretch of road level. For large flows, the reliability of the models is ± 10-15%; for the smallest flows ± 10-20%.The testing material mainly consists of OVG (study of mobility behaviour) data and counts.

Availability of the model and model results:

The total model dataset can be supplied on a CD-ROM and can be processed with the TRIPS and Omnitrans software or another macroscopic model toolbox. The data can be supplied in CSV format and is file-oriented.

The VRU and SRU models are being developed on a regional level. The model’s manager is the Utrecht Region Board (BRU). Model use by non-regional partners is viewed per case by the BRU as manager. The model dataset can be requested at the Utrecht Region Board.

2. Microscopic models

In traffic studies (e.g. the development of infrastructure), dynamic micro simulations are made using the VISSIM software-package or adviser-bound simulation models, such as Aimsum, Integration and Paramics. The VISSIM simulation package is considered to be the standard for all traffic micro simulations.

It is expected that in the near future a mesoscopic model will be developed for the city region. This will require collaboration with regional administrative partners.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Models for Planning: Industrial and Residential Modelling

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
Assessing emissions from industrial facilities
 
Example from Bristol - Industrial emissions modelling
Sardinia Industrial emissions
SO2 emmisions in Porto Marghera industrial area Venice: A model approach in risk assessment
Residential emissions modelling
 
Background and domestic sources in Bristol

Overview of Issue

  Overview to appear here

Last Updated


 

30th November 1999

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Assessing emissions from industrial facilities

2. Introduction

   

Air quality can be affected not only from traffic-related emission sources, but also from residential heating area sources and industrial emission sources. Over the last decades important improvements have been achieved in industry regarding several major polluting substances, and gradually the environmental impact has shifted towards so-called diffuse sources of pollution (such as traffic and household consumption of chemicals). Nevertheless, industrial production processes still account for a considerable share of the overall pollution in Europe (for pollutants such as greenhouse gases, acidifying substances, volatile organic compounds and waste), and it is very important to further reduce their contribution to "un-sustainability".

The most important EU Directives concerning emissions of air pollutants from industrial facilities are the ‘Pollution from Large Combustion Plants’ Council Directive (88/609/EEC), the ‘Volatile organic compounds (VOCs) resulting from the storage of petrol and its distribution from terminals to service stations’ European Parliament and Council Directive (94/63/EC), the ‘Volatile organic compounds (VOCs) resulting from certain industrial activities in certain installations’ Council Directive (1999/13/EC) and the ‘Integrated pollution prevention and control’ or IPPC Council Directive (96/61/EC).

The IPPC Directive is about minimising pollution from various point sources throughout the European Union. All installations covered by Annex I of the Directive are required to obtain an authorisation (permit) from the authorities in the EU countries. Unless they have a permit, they are not allowed to operate. The permits must be based on the concept of Best Available Techniques (or BAT), which is defined in Article 2 of the Directive. Since the permits must be based on BAT, the licensing authorities need some assistance to find out which techniques are BAT. This exchange of information between experts from the EU Member States, industry and environmental organisations is co-ordinated by the European IPPC Bureau and it has been divided into some 30 sectors along the lines of Annex I of the Directive. For each sector it takes around two years to complete the work and to produce a so-called BREF (BAT reference document). All BREFs will be completed by the end of 2005, but several are now finalised and are downloadable from the BREF site of the IPPC Bureau and available on CD. Policy-makers as well as the public at large need better information about the amount of pollution that different installations are responsible for: that is why the Directive provides for the setting up of a European Pollutant Emission Register (also known as EPER).

3. Discussion

   

Emission estimates are important for developing emission control strategies, determining applicability of permitting and control programs, ascertaining the effects of sources and appropriate mitigation strategies, and a number of other related applications by an array of users, including federal, state, and local agencies, consultants, and industry. The estimation of air emissions from industrial facilities can be computed by using emission factors and/or emission models. An emission factor is a representative value that attempts to relate the quantity of a pollutant released to the atmosphere with an activity associated with the release of that pollutant. At European level, the UNECE/EMEP Task Force on Emissions Inventories and Projections has prepared the CORINAIR Emission Inventory Guidebook, designed to provide a comprehensive guide to the state-of-the-art of atmospheric emissions inventory methodology (see the Topic on How to develop urban Emission Inventories?) for each of the emission-generating activities (for the industrial facilities see Group 1: Combustion in energy and transformation industries, Group 3: Combustion in manufacturing industry, Group 4: Production processes Group 5: Extraction & distribution of fossil fuels and geothermal energy Group 6: Solvent and other product use, Group 9: Waste treatment and disposal). Other relevant references for emission factors are EMEP/CORINAIR 2003; IPCC Revised 1996 “Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories” and US EPA’s Compilation of Air Pollution Emission Factors, AP-42.

At U.S.A. level, the Emissions Modelling Clearing House (EMCH) has been designed to support and promote emission modelling activities both internal and external to U.S.-Environmental Protection Agency. Some examples of emission models are the Landfill Air Emissions Model (a PC-based software for estimating emissions of CH4, CO2, NMVOC and hazardous air pollutants from municipal solid waste landfills), and the EMS-HAP, an emissions model that prepares annual toxics emission inventory data, for subsequent air quality modelling using, for example, the ISCST3 Gaussian model (Industrial Source Complex, Short Term, version 3: it is the recommended model for a wide range of regulatory applications to study the impact of industrial sources). Moreover the CALPUFF Lagrangian dispersion model, developed by EPA, has been adopted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) in its Guideline on Air Quality Models as the preferred model for assessing long range transport of pollutants and their impacts on Federal Class I areas and on a case-by-case basis for certain near-field applications involving complex meteorological conditions. CALPUFF model need to be driven by an emission inventory and CALMET 3-D meteorological diagnostic model. CALMET also drives CALGRID 3D Eulerian photochemical model recommended by EEA (European Environment Agency).

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· When using official Emission Factors’ Guidebook (such as the CORINAIR), it should be advisable to check the emission factors against any more specific information available in the country. Data from source-specific emission tests or continuous emission monitors are usually preferred for estimating a source’s emissions because those data provide the best representation of the tested source's emissions. However, test data from individual sources are not always available and, even then, they may not reflect the variability of actual emissions over time. Thus, emission factors are frequently the best or only method available for estimating emissions, in spite of their limitations.

· Emission factors are generally provided as mean values representative of a large scale (National) situation. When local emission inventories are to be performed an uncertainty analysis (e.g. Montecarlo method) of emission estimations can be advisable. These factors are usually expressed as the weight of pollutant divided by a unit weight, volume, distance, or duration of the activity emitting the pollutant (e.g., kilograms of particulate emitted per tonne of coal burned). Emission factors can be used in some permitting applications, such as in applicability determinations and in establishing operating permit fees. Source-specific tests or continuous emission monitors can determine the actual pollutant contribution from an existing source better than can emission factors. Even then, the results will be applicable only to the conditions existing at the time of the testing or monitoring. To provide the best estimate of longer-term (e. g., yearly or typical day) emissions, these conditions should be representative of the source's routine operations.

· A material balance approach also may provide reliable average emission estimates for specific sources. For some sources, a material balance may provide a better estimate of emissions than emission tests would. In general, material balances are appropriate for use in situations where a high percentage of material is lost to the atmosphere (e. g., sulphur in fuel, or solvent loss in an uncontrolled coating process.) In contrast, material balances may be inappropriate where material is consumed or chemically combined in the process, or where losses to the atmosphere are a small portion of the total process throughput. As the term implies, one needs to account for all the materials going into and coming out of the process for such an emission estimation to be credible.

· Direct surveys combining questionnaires and some chimney emission measures can be the most accurate approach to estimate and validate industrial sources emissions on a regional or sub-regional scale.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Examples are provided by:

Example from Bristol - Industrial emissions modelling

Sardinia Industrial emissions

SO2 emmisions in Porto Marghera industrial area Venice: A model approach in risk assessment

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Background references on Emission Factors

· CORINAIR Emission Inventory Guidebook (3rd edition): http://reports.eea.eu.int/EMEPCORINAIR3/en

· U.S.-EPA: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/

Background references on IPPC and Best Available Technologies (BAT)

· The IPPC Directive: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/ippc/index.htm

· The BAT reference documents (BREFs): http://eippcb.jrc.es/pages/FActivities.htm

· The European Union Network for the Implementation and Enforcement of Environmental Law (IMPEL) network (forum for discussion between national authorities about general issues linked to the implementation and enforcement of the Directive): http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/impel/index.htm

· The EPER European Pollutant Emission Register: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/ippc/eper/index.htm

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Example from Bristol - Industrial emissions modelling

Example

   

To fulfil the EU Directives the UK Government has required all Local Authorities to undergo a staged review and assessment of air quality. As part of stage three, computer modelling of the main pollutants was undertaken. Bristol used the model ADMS –Urban produced by CERC for this process. This example is part of the process which modelled the point industrial sources.

Meteorology

Meteorological data were obtained from Trinity Consultants for 1998. These data were used for the 1998 validation model run and for the 2005 \ 2004 model run. This was the only meteorological data set used, due to time constraints and the lack of suitable PM10 background data for the purposes of PM10 source apportionment. Some sensitivity analysis was conducted at point receptors for validation purposes using 1997 meteorological data. Although Bristol City Council operates meteorological stations around the city, not all parameters required by ADMS – Urban are measured at these stations.

Atmospheric Chemistry for Nitrogen Dioxide

The calculation of nitrogen dioxide concentrations from emissions of NOx was done using the Generic Reaction Scheme feature in ADMS – Urban. This feature is fully explained in section 4.5.2 of the ADMS – Urban user manual (CERC, 1999), but in summary, comprises a set of eight chemical atmospheric reactions that use background monitored data to calculate NO 2 concentrations. The background data used in this exercise is ratified data from AEE Harwell for 1998.

GIS Data “cleaning” Functions used on Model Output

The “grid” files generated by ArcView Spatial Analyst during interpolation of the ADMS – Urban “glt” (Grid Long Term) files are raster data sets derived from the IDW (Inverse Distance Weighted) algorithm. These data sets contain anomalous cells that hinder the visual interpretation of maps classified by concentration bands of air pollution. Data “cleaning” routines were therefore used to remove these anomalous cells and to “smooth” the boundaries. This is common practice in raster data processing in GIS, and although the output is changed somewhat, the integrity of the data is maintained.

Specifically these routines involved:

¨ Initial re-classification of the grid as an integer grid (necessary for the application of data cleaning routines)

¨ Application of the MajorityFilter request to remove outlying spurious data points

¨ Application of the BoundaryClean request to smooth the boundary of the exceedence area

¨ Re-application of the MajorityFilter request to remove residual outlying spurious data points

These functions remove “noise” from the model output and improve visual interpretation of the images. The errors introduced are minimal. Further details on the operation of these functions is available in ArcView help files and documentation.

The grid data sets are then converted to vector data (ArcView shapefiles) such that they can be overlaid on a raster map.

Sources Modelled at Stage Three

Two maps showing the locations and types of sources modelled for the stage three assessment are shown below. Only NOx sources are shown here. The maps for PM10 sources are very similar.

The sources for the purposes of modelling are broken down into three categories, grid, road (line) and point sources. Descriptions of how the emissions from each category are derived and calculated are contained in the following sections.

ãCrown copyright. All rights reserved: Bristol City Council LA0905Land Use Measures: Residential Emissions reduction000

· Figure 1 All NOx sources modelled for 2005

Grid Sources

Grid sources are used in ADMS – Urban to represent aggregated sources that need not be modelled explicitly as point or line sources. This helps to speed up run time and to enable the “intelligent gridding” option. Grid sources can also be used to represent “background” emissions, i.e. domestic heating, small industry etc.

ADMS – Urban automatically subtracts explicitly modelled sources from the grid sources, so even the explicitly modelled sources must be included in the grid sources.

For the purposes of this study, the grid sources used in the validation model run and the predictive model run were a combination of background source data and road and point sources that were not modelled explicitly.

Background Contribution

The background data were taken from the National Atmospheric Emissions Inventory (NAEI) data set available on the Internet. The area of each grid square was 1 square kilometre.

NAEI data is for 1996. There is an assumption that there will be negligible change in the nature and amount of these emissions. The data from the NAIE are broken down by sector, i.e. roads, small industry, domestic and other. All sectors apart from roads were summed and the emissions from these are used as the background sources.

The data files for NOx and PM10 were processed in a spreadsheet such that the emissions were converted to grams per second per square kilometre from tonnes per year. The area of interest was extracted using GIS functions.

Point Source Contribution to Grid Sources

Because ADMS-Urban also subtracts emissions from point sources from the relevant grid square, it is necessary to add the point source emissions to the grid square prior to the model run.

Point Sources

The point sources used in the model for 2005 and 2004 are mainly operating part A processes under the control of the Environment Agency’s Integrated Pollution Control (IPC) regime. The master database for point sources included in the model is contained in an ADMS – Urban emissions inventory. The database includes sources and emissions from the Bristol area point sources and sources from the outside Bristol.

The following processes are not yet operating, but we have included them in the model run as we have been informed by the Agency or by the prospective operator that they will be running in the year of interest.

Plant

Data Source

Start date

Avonmouth RDW Incinerator

Annex V

EC Directive

98/0289 1998 emissions limit values

Possibly April 2001

Britannia Zinc Combined Cycle Gas Turbine Power Plant

Environmental Statement provided by operator

Unknown

Turbine Three of Seabank Power station

Operator via IPC inspector

End 2000

Bristol Energy CCGT at Filton

Operator via IPC inspector

Authorised but operating under commissioning protocol

· Figure 2 Plant not currently operating but included in 2004 \ 2005 model

Enron Ltd has proposed a new 1200 MW gas fired power plant for the Severnside area. This plant will be approximately 300 metres from the existing 1200MW at Seabank. The Enron plant has not been included in the model, as we were notified after modelling work had started. The new plant will add to the concentrations already experienced on Severnside and may increase the frequency of exceedence of the hourly mean NAQS standard for nitrogen dioxide.

For all plant that is currently operating, Bristol City Council have liased closely with the relevant IPC Inspector to obtain the best estimates of emissions for 2005 and 2004. The operator in considering abatement plant required to be fitted by the Environment Agency over the next few years derives these estimates. The estimates of emissions in the target year include data not necessarily included on the public register. Estimates of NOx emissions are expressed in terms of tonnage of NOx as NO2. Emissions of concentrations of NO2 from industrial processes are likely to be over – predicted by modelling.

Improvements in the emissions from existing sources at Sevalco due to new abatement plant have been included in the modelling. Emissions from the new CHP plant itself, however, were not included in the modelling as the final specification for the plant was not complete at the time of modelling. The Environment Agency have required emissions of NOx from the plant to be no greater than those currently authorised. Modelling work is currently underway by contractors to Sevalco and this data will be incorporated in future review and assessment exercises.

We have modelled only plant that operates continuously. This is defined as over 8000 hours per year. It is not possible, at this stage, to model plant that operates in a transient and ad-hoc manner for future years. The point source modelling may therefore under predict in this respect. The most significant NOx source that operates in a transient manner is the British Gas Transco compressing plant near Hallen.

Part B processes were not modelled. The Part B processes emitting pollutants of concern operate in a transient manner and cannot be modelled in conjunction with continuously operating processes.

Although many of the sources are in Bristol, we have also included the plant outside the city boundary that may have an effect on air quality in the city due to long range transport. These sources are not included in grid sources.

Fugitive Sources of PM10

In accordance with guidance in Chapter 8 of TG4 (00) we have examined information relating to fugitive sources of dust from industrial processes. The significant source in this respect is the zinc smelting plant, Britannia Zinc Ltd. in Avonmouth. A number of ore stockpiles, conveyor plants and vehicle movements around the site contribute to fugitive emissions from this plant. Control measures are in place to minimise fugitive dust. The difficulty in modelling fugitive dust is well known. Britannia Zinc operates a comprehensive monitoring program, and data from this have been used to assess the impact of fugitive dust on overall PM10 in the locale.

The complete report for stage 3 and stage 4 of the Review and Assessment of air quality in Bristol can be found at www.bristol-city.gov.uk/airquality

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Sardinia Industrial emissions

Example

   

A relevant application of emission-dispersion modeling methodology is the air quality Sardinia Region (Italy) assessment performed by Environmental System Analysis S.r.l. aimed to update and enlarge the regional air quality monitoring network. The work was built around the simplified organizational and auditing framework Driver-Pressure-State-Impact-Response (DPSIR) developed by OECD. The environmental pressures originated by socio-economic forces (drivers) cause substantial changes in the state of the environment and thus considerably impact on health, human activities, vegetation and ecosystems. Such an approach is particularly useful for policy-makers and offers a basis to analyze the interrelated factors that impact on the environment, in this case on air quality.

Emissions of principal pollutants were determined for every sources (industrial plants, main roads, ports and airports) and for diffuse sources on a 1 km x 1 km grid basis. Direct surveys were conducted to assess emissions from industrial plants and the CORINAIR methodology has been used.

Air pollutant emissions per CORINAIR Macrosector by Sardinia industrial plants.

Point sources distribution Municipal emissions of SO2 (ton/year) Emission of PST on grid 1x1 km2 (ton/year)

Meteorological (CALMET) and dispersion models (CALGRID) have been applied for the year 2001 to determine air quality all over the region.

[SO2] field – spring h.08 yearly mean [CO] summer mean [O3]

Model results and monitoring network data have been used to determine exceedances of thresholds fixed by European and national law. Results demonstrated a significant contribution to the local pollution due to the mesoscale transport of polluted air mass from the industrial areas. All the information have been elaborated by the Air Quality Manager, AQM® a complete Decision Support System developed by Environmental System Analysis S.r.l., suitable for reporting, modeling and decision making, the 3 levels characterizing a Decision Support System (DSS).

Grid (1km x 1km) Population Density Concentration eXposure values for SO2from industrial sources

Modeled CO concentration field (μg/m3) in Porto Torres area, NW Sardinia – winter season h. 08.00

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  SO2 emmisions in Porto Marghera industrial area Venice: A model approach in risk assessment

Example

   

Introduction

This work is part of the 1998 Environmental Budget worked out by the Veneto Region Environmental Protection Agency (ARPAV) for the industrial area of Porto Marghera, Venice (I). Using the PSR scheme (OECD, 1994), pressure (energy and raw materials consumption, air and water emissions, garbage production, etc.) and State indicators (air, water and soil monitoring, dispersion models, etc.) have been characterized:

- to better know how the amount of pollution and the consumption of resources are balanced in this industrial site;

- to enable decision-makers, public administrations and industries to set priorities in environmental policies;

- to present the state of the environment in a way that it is understandable for the public;

- to compare the current state of the local environment with quality targets.

Porto Marghera industrial site is located 5 km NW of the historical centre of Venice, between the urban inland (Mestre, Marghera and Malcontenta) and the coastal lagoon. It spans an area of 2000 hectares: 1400 ha for industries, 340 ha of water channels; 120 ha for the commercial harbour; 80 ha for roads and railway; and 40 ha are State land. The main activities are: coke-derived production, petrochemical production, refining, aluminium and semi-finished material production, shipyards work, chemistry, fertilizer production, waste and wastewater treatment, coastal oil storage, and energy production. The area counts 295 firms, with 13,740 employees.

In order to achieve a better sustainability in the Porto Marghera industrial site, in 1998 national and regional public authorities, in accordance with local industries, signed an Agreement Program to decrease pollutant emissions. At first, the Regional Environmental Agency (ARPAV) evaluated mass and energy balances by collecting production and environmental data which was supplied by local industrial plants. Using this data, air toxic emissions from point and area sources were characterized. To define new air emission targets for the various industrial activities a modelling approach has been followed.

Looking at the Energy production sector, six power plants for energy and vapour production are located in Porto Marghera. Two of them are natural gas-powered, two more are mainly carbon-powered, the one serving the refinery is gas-powered, while the last one which serves the most important petrochemical plant is powered with oil, methane and gas recovered from various plants located in this industrial settlement. This study wasn’t focussed only on Power plants impact to air quality, but they can be considered the major SO2 emitters in the area (see Table 4).

Meteorological characterization

The selection of meteorological critical events by listing acute SO2 concentration episodes in the residential area nearby was used for the Short term worst-case simulation as the Mestre and Marghera urban agglomerations are on the leeward side of the industrial area.

Predominant critical conditions for their exposition are:

- neutral conditions (“D” stability class);

- mixing height: 50/350 m (winter time); 50/250 (summer time);

- wind direction: from South to North;

- wind speed: 3-4,5 m/s (winter time);. 2-4 m/s (summer time).

For Long term simulation, a Joint Frequency Function was built, based on one year’s (1998) meteorological data . RASS (Radio Acoustic Sounding System) data allowed for the computation of the mixing height and stability classes, while ground meteorological measures allowed for the collection of the other model input parameters.

Tracers and their emissions

Each production cycle was identified through one or more emitted substances, the “tracers”. A “rough” preliminary health risk assessment, based on emission amount and toxic/carcinogenic effects, allowed for the selection of “tracers” from a list of about thirty pollutants investigated. The choice was made on the basis of an Impact Index, computed for each pollutant:

- as a product of its total annual emission and its Unit Risk (1);

- as a ratio between its total annual emission (chronic effects) or hourly emission (acute effects) and its Reference Exposure Level (μg/m3) (2).

The following Tables (1, 2, 3) show the hierarchy, in terms of carcinogenic and toxic (acute and chronic) potential health risk for all the substances emitted in the industrial area. Selected tracers are highlighted in yellow. The Unit Risk factor is defined as the estimated probability of a person contracting cancer as a result of constant exposure to an ambient concentration of 1 µg/m3 over a lifetime period equal to 70 years. The concentration level at or below which no adverse health effects are anticipated for a specified exposure duration is termed the Reference Exposure Level (REL).

Table 1 – Impact index due to potential carcinogenic effects.

Table 2 – Impact index due to acute toxic effects.

Table 3 – Impact index due to chronic toxic effects.

Sulphur Dioxide, Chlorine, Acrylonitrile and Vinyl Chloride are the “tracers” identified. They area emitted respectively by 43, 6, 28 and 6 stacks or point sources with the following total annual emission: Sulphur Dioxide: 19375 ton/y; Chlorine: 1,17 ton/y; Acrylonitrile: 4,26 ton/y; Vinyl Chloride: 6,60 ton/y.

In this example only the results on Sulphur Dioxide (more associated to Power Plants emissions) are explained.

SO2 emitting activities

Annual Emissions (ton/y)

Daily Emissions (ton/d)

Daily Percentage (%)

Waste treatment

1.0

0.003

0.0

Coastal oil storage

17.0

0.224

0.2

Fluoride compounds

0.3

0.001

0.0

Energy production

13212.0

73.858

80.2

Petrochemical production

2233.0

6.462

7.0

Refineries

3902.0

11.525

12.5

TOTAL amount

19365.3

92.073

100

Table 4 - SO2 emissions from 43 point sources in Porto Marghera.

Model approach and computational results

The modelling approach objective was to assess short and long term impact on environment and health due to air emissions (Pressure), and to evaluate the sustainability of emission reduction policies in the industrial area of Porto Marghera.

Short and long term scenarios have been modeled to evaluate acute and chronic health impact. According to EPA Risk Assessment Guidelines (CAPCOA, 1993), the ISC3 (Industrial Source Complex) model was used to compute air pollutant concentrations.

Figure 1 - Computational domain.

This Gaussian model, developed by the EPA and AMS, is based on a stability classes approach. Since a single wind speed and direction is used in the whole domain, the referenced domain which is a rectangle 20x15 km2 wide (100x75 cells) and is centred on the industrial area of Porto Marghera (see Figure 1), partially satisfies this supposition..

In Figures 2a, 2b, 2c and in Table 5, SO2 short term results are reported, for winter and summer simulations, and a mixing height of 275 m in which all the emissions should be combined is used. In Table 6, 1998 SO2 long term simulation is reported.

Figure 2a – SO2 summer short term run
Figure 2b – SO2 winter short term run
Figure 2c – SO2 summer short term run (Hmix = 275 m)
Sulphur Dioxide
Winter (μg/m3)
Summer (μg/m3)
Winter (μg/m3)
(Hmix = 275 m)
Summer (μg/m3) (Hmix = 275 m)
Mean
43.6
12.4
33.8
43.8
Max
466.4
414.5
556.9
499.1
98° perc
292.8
100.3
295.4
318.6
95° perc
221.6
71.6
220.2
241.4
90° perc
159.9
51.6
147.0
162.0

Table 5 - Short term simulation for Sulphur Dioxide (winter and summer time).

Figure 3 – SO2 Long term simulation.
Sulphur Dioxide (μg/m3)
Mean
15
Max
72
98° perc
44
95° perc
37

Table 6 - Long term simulation for Sulphur Dioxide (1998).

SO2 long term simulation results have been compared to monitoring data collected by 14 stations of the local air-quality network (see Figure 4). Correlation is good, as shown by the following parameters:

- correlation coefficient: 0,78;

- bias: 8,9 µg/m3;

- root mean square error: 6,7 µg/m3.

Figure 4 - Comparison between SO2 measures (µg/m3, annual mean) and dispersion model estimates (µg/m3, annual mean).

Conclusions

The application of the ISC3 Gaussian model to Sulphur Dioxide has shown that there are no acute nor chronic health risks referable to this substance, in fact SO2 short term maximum value (466 µg/m3) and long term maximum value (72 µg/m3) are both lower then its acute and chronic REL (660 µg/m3).

More results are available for the other “tracers” (Chlorine, Acrylonitrile and Vinyl Chloride) and some improvements to the present assessment have been foreseen: the evaluation of carcinogenic risk referred to Acrylonitrile and Vinyl Chloride concentrations computed with the model; the implementation of emission databases (increasing the number of firms and pollutants to be considered); the analysis of incidental scenarios; and the performance of more advanced air quality dispersion models (e.g. the Eulerian CALPUFF and SPRAY).

References

- ARPAV, (2000), ‘Rapporto Ambientale d’Area della Zona Industriale di Porto Marghera’, prima edizione, Edizioni Hyper.

- California Air Pollution Control Officers Association (CAPCOA), (1993), ‘Air toxic “Hot Spots” Program’.

- OECD, (1994), ‘Environmental Indicators’, Paris.

- U.S. EPA, (1995), ‘User’s Guide for the Industrial Source Complex (ISC3) Dispersion Models’.

Acknowledgements

This text is part of a poster presented at the 7th conference on Harmonisation within Atmospheric Dispersion Modelling for Regulatory Purposes held on May 28-31, 2001 in Belgirate, Italy.

We thank the authors: A. Benassi1, F. Liguori1, G. Maffeis2 and the contributors: ARPAV - Servizio Rischi Industriali, ARPAV - Servizio ACCAVIA, Ente della Zona Industriale di Porto Marghera, dr. Paolo Bidoli.

1Veneto Region Environmental Protection Agency – Department of Venice, Mestre (VE), Italy

2Terraria srl, Milano, Italy

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Residential emissions modelling

2. Introduction

   

Emissions related to residential buildings heating are an important pressure for the urban air quality. The amount of pollution due to these kinds of emissions is very different for different cities because of different climatology, different fuels employed, different wind patterns and so on. Anyway, as a general rule, they should not be neglected in order to achieve reasonable air quality assessment. Residential emissions are usually treated as 2-dimensionally distributed and, in the CORINAIR approach, emission factors for residential combustion plants are estimated exactly as the corresponding industrial emissions, when similar equipment is used (boilers, gas turbines and so on). On the contrary, in the case of equipment such as stoves or fireplaces, residential emissions should be treated separately from industrial ones.

3. Discussion

   

Share of residential emissions in urban areas

Residential emissions derive mainly from domestic heating and their share in European urban areas strongly depend on local climate, with longer and higher emissions in cold northern or mountain towns and shorter heating periods with less intensive fuel combustion in Mediterranean cities.

As an example, residential emissions for the city of Milano (Italy) account for the 60% of annual SO2, 10% of NOx and 13% of PM10 urban emissions (2001 INEMAR Emission Inventory).

Total emissions are estimated with the same methods used for assessing industrial emissions, as similar devices are involved but, obviously, domestic emissions follow seasonal and daily cycle different from industrial ones.

In certain cases local administrators decide the period in the year and the hours of the day when buildings are heated, whereas in other cases citizens are free to manage heating on their own.

Residential emissions in air quality modelling

When dealing with air quality modelling, residential emissions are usually considered as area emissions distributed accordingly to the urban density.

If no other information is available, emission height could be estimated equal to the average building height. Depending on the scale of the simulation, it could be useful to distinguish between at least town centre, residential zones and suburbs assigning different emission heights, especially when dealing with large cities.

The main problem of residential emissions modelling is the high aggregation level of data used to calculate air pollution. In Italy databases of firewood (ISTAT) and oil fuel (Oil Bulletin of Ministry of Industry) consumption is available with year-nation resolution and rarely year-region and year-province. Moreover, methane market liberalization makes difficult locating of distribution companies (ITALGAS, SNAM, etc.) on territory. Data are never at urban scale. Temporal disaggregation is still more difficult because autonomous heating doesn’t obey old law 373 (1976). In fact, this imposed heating lighting timetable per regional zones. Now these data sets are not available.

To disaggregate data to urban scale these proxy variables can be used:

  • Population;
  • Buildings volume heated;
  • Buildings thermal requirement.

Typical data source for these proxies is ten-yearly ISTAT census.

Approximate thermal requirement can also be so assessed: volume heated x building dispersion parameter x day mean temperature. More complex treatment, with decreasing of heat dispersion during heating plant stop phase due to internal temperature decreasing, needs knowledge of building thermal capacity.

Finally, to disaggregate annual data the following proxy variables can be used:

  • Monthly proxy: to be calculated as difference between inside (for example 20°) and outside (monthly mean) temperature and multiplied for number of work days. Then to be normalized to 1.
  • Weekly proxy: for residential heating a uniform proxy variable is used; for tertiary, it is appropriated to look for specific weekly profiles, because activity diversification is enormous (offices, shops, hospitals, etc).
  • Daily proxy: to be calculated based on mean hourly difference between inside and outside temperature and multiplied by 0 when there is no work, by 1,1 or more when heating plant starts to work (bigger consumption) by 1 in other hours. Then to be normalized to 1.

Autonomous heating specific questions adding to ISTAT census could be an economic and effective solution.

Emissions and energy saving

Building energy efficiency is a major concern, as pointed in the “EcoBuilding” Directive 2002/91/CE, and Member States are encouraged to act in order to minimize heat and energy waste in residential buildings.

According to the Directive, for new buildings with floor area larger than 1000 m2 and for buildings that undergo a major renovation, the feasibility of alternative and more efficient heating systems should be considered.

More efficient heating systems are, for example, decentralised energy supply systems district or block heating or cooling or heat pumps.

Furthermore, the same Directive states that residential boilers fired by non-renewable liquid or solid fuel of an effective rated output of 20 kW to 100 kW have to be inspected on a regular basis whereas boilers of an effective rated output of more than 100 kW shall be inspected at least every two years.

This continuous maintenance of boilers imposed by the directive is expected to improve domestic heating emissions and is likely that emission factors will undergo an important revision.

Wood burning

Wood burning is a popular method for domestic heating, especially in northern countries. According to the CORINAIR Guidebook the contribution of wood burning to total emissions is thought to be insignificant (i.e. < 1%). Nevertheless, recently a number of studies have been published showing that emission factors for PM2.5 from wood burning are strongly dependent on technology employed and that emissions from conventional stoves and manually fed boilers are often one or two orders of magnitude higher than emissions from newly designed boilers and stoves. Other studies are underway and extensive revision and updating of emission factors is expected in future years.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Check estimates

The recommendations contained in the topic Assessing emissions from industrial facilities, Venice + ENEA - ,ESA Contribution of checking, when possible, theoretical industrial emissions computed on the basis of CORINAIR emission factor with real measures applies also to domestic emissions.

Pay attention to urban evolution

Renovated and new buildings are likely to ameliorate their emission budget; boiler inspection could lead to substitution of older devices with more efficient ones; buildings change destination from commercial to residential or vice-versa. In a few words, urban areas changes continuously and residential emissions change accordingly. For air quality management and modelling it is crucial that inventories should catch these changes in order to update their emission estimates on a regular basis.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

A specific example Background and domestic sources in Bristol was provided by Bristol.

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· CORINAIR Emission Inventory Guidebook (3rd edition): http://reports.eea.eu.int/EMEPCORINAIR3/en.

· EcoBuilding Directive 2002/91/EC.

· Johansson et al. Emission characteristics of modern and old-type residential boilers fired with wood logs and wood pellets, Atm. Env. 38, 4183-4195.

· Illerup et al. Particulate matter emissions and abatement options in residential wood burning in the Nordic countries, in Proceedings of the PM Emission Inventories Scientific Workshop, Pallanza, 18/10/2004.

EC

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Background and domestic sources in Bristol

Example

   

Compared with the point and line sources in the city the background sources contribute a small proportion of the total emissions. It is easiest to consider them as grid sources.

Grid sources are used in ADMS – Urban to represent aggregated sources that need not be modelled explicitly as point or line sources. This helps to speed up run time and to enable the “intelligent gridding” option. Grid sources can also be used to represent “background” emissions, i.e. domestic heating, small industry etc.

ADMS – Urban automatically subtracts explicitly modelled sources from the grid sources, so even the explicitly modelled sources must be included in the grid sources. Models run for the review and assessment process in Bristol to calculate the situation now and in the future used a combination of background source data and road and point sources that were not modelled explicitly.

Background Contribution

The background data were taken from the National Atmospheric Emissions Inventory (NAEI) data set available on the Internet www.naei.org.uk .The area of each grid square was 1 square kilometre.

NAEI data is for 1996. There is an assumption that there will be negligible change in the nature and amount of these emissions. The data from the NAIE are broken down by sector, i.e. roads, small industry, domestic and other. All sectors apart from roads were summed and the emissions from these are used as the background sources.

Bristol City Council received an emissions inventory from the London Research Centre (LRC) in 1997. The NAEI data were used in preference to the data from LRC for this study, as the approach adopted required a wider spatial coverage than that available from the LRC data set.

The data files for NOx and PM10 were processed in a spreadsheet such that the emissions were converted to grams per second per square kilometre from tonnes per year. The area of interest was extracted using GIS functions.

1.1.1.1Domestic Sources

Domestic sources of NOx and PM10 are included in the background sources from the NAEI. As Bristol is a smoke control area, we have not included additional sources of PM10. Although illegal domestic combustion of non-smokeless fuels and bonfires undoubtedly contributes to PM10 concentrations in parts of the city, we have no data with which to assess the impact of these sources.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Models for Planning: Pollution and Exposure Modelling

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
Why use Dispersion Models
 
SO2 emmisions in Porto Marghera industrial area Venice: A model approach in risk assessment
Model estimation of atmospheric pollution produced by vehicular traffic on the circular road of Mestre-Venice
The Use of Dispersion models for NO2 in Birmingham
What can be modelled with dispersion models
 
Model estimation of atmospheric pollution produced by vehicular traffic on the circular road of Mestre-Venice
The Use of Dispersion models for NO2 in Birmingham
What data is required by atmospheric dispersion models
 
Meteorological data required for Airviro and ADMS models
The use of meteorological data in dispersion models in Birmingham
What atmospheric dispersion model should be used
 
SO2 emmisions in Porto Marghera industrial area Venice: A model approach in risk assessment
The AirViro Dispersion Model in Birmingham
Artificial neural network technology for ozone forecasting
Model simulation of the Venice-Mestre ring road air pollution: experimental check and model intercomparison
Example of the assessment of past and present air quality and exposure in Venice
What role for Integrated Models Suites in Urban Planning?
 
ISHTAR Project : building an advanced models suite for urban sustainable planning
HEARTS Project - Modelling Health Effects and Risks of Transport Systems
Integrated Land Use and Transport Planning tools

Overview of Issue

  Overview to appear here

Last Updated


 

30th November 1999

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Why use Dispersion Models

2. Introduction

   

Many processes from factories, heating buildings or transport can produce pollution. The amount which is produced can be measured as an emission. However, the concentration of the pollution at ground level is important to determine the risk of exceeding an air quality objective. This is the purpose of the dispersion model.

3. Discussion

   

A dispersion model is a series of equations which describe the relationship between the concentration and release rate of a pollutant in the atmosphere from a specific location, and factors affecting the dispersion and dilution in the atmosphere.

Models can range from simple spreadsheets to sophisticated computer programmes. The simplest involve a step by step process of entering the required data to obtain a final result. The more complex have multiple sources and can require input files of data in the correct format, e.g. meteorological data.

By entering local data, which is accurate as possible, it is possible to estimate the concentration of pollutants at different parts of a municipality where there is no existing monitoring. The model can be compared with, and corrected by known monitoring results. It may also be possible to estimate what air quality will be like in the future when some factors may be different, e.g. more traffic on the roads. Similarly, a model can be used as a planning tool to investigate different scenarios, e.g. a different road network or the addition of a large industrial process.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· Determine whether point, area or line sources in the municipality are sufficiently large to indicate the possibility of air quality problems and if modelling is required.

· Select a model which is appropriate for the situation. See the Topic What atmospheric dispersion model should be used.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

SO2 emmisions in Porto Marghera industrial area Venice: A model approach in risk assessment

Further Examples:

Model estimation of atmospheric pollution produced by vehicular traffic on the circular road of Mestre-Venice
The Use of Dispersion models for NO2 in Birmingham

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· LAQM.TG2(00) - Review and assessment: Estimating emissions http://www.defra.gov.uk/.

· LAQM.TG3(00) - Review and assessment: Selection and use of dispersion models http://www.defra.gov.uk/.

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Model estimation of atmospheric pollution produced by vehicular traffic on the circular road of Mestre-Venice

Example

   

Introduction

Objective of the study, carried out by the Provincial Department of the Veneto Regional Environmental Protection Agency (ARPAV) and commissioned by the City of Venice, is the characterization of the contribution to CO, C6H6 and PM10 levels in the urban area of Mestre, caused by the presence of its Circular Road.

The Circular Road of Mestre is a trunk road that links the Turin-Mestre section of the A4 Highway (Venezia-Villabona tollbooth) to the Mestre-Trieste section of the same Highway (at the junction with the Mestre-Belluno A27 Highway and the ring road to the Tessera Airport, see blue map). It is 10 km long, but is one of Italy’s busiest highway sections. It is crossed daily by about 175.000 vehicles, and about 64 millions vehicles per year. All these vehicles, a large share of which are heavy duty vehicles (belonging also to Eastern European countries), cross the Circular Road both to reach Mestre, or to go, for example, from Trieste to Turin, or from Rome to Northern Italy. The passage of all these vehicles puts serious pressure on the atmospheric environment of Mestre.

Evaluation tools

The dispersion model used for the evaluation of the atmospheric pollution caused by the Circular Road, is ADMS-Urban, recommended to study the dispersion of the pollutants emitted by linear-type sources (roads).

Through the application of this model it has been possible to characterize the spatial distribution of CO, C6H6 and PM10 levels. Each receptor has been represented by the average value in time and also by the worst case, that is the maximum time polluting concentration obtained during the considered period. The temporal and traffic scenario refers to 2002, therefore preceding the structural modifications to the Circular Road which now consists of three lanes in both directions and which was obtained by using the two emergency lanes.

Input data

The input data used for running the dispersion model is as follows:

Traffic flows and speed: this comes from the Padova-Venezia S.p.A. Highway Company (that manages part of the Circular Road) and is experimentally surveyed every 5 minutes within a 24 hour period and includes a distinction between light (length ≤ 5.5 m) and heavy duty vehicles (length > 5.5 m) and winter and summer. This data has been compared with that relating to the rush hour only (7.30 – 8.30) and shared between light and heavy vehicles which is what was given by the Municipality of Venice Mobility Office as output of the EMME2 traffic model.

Emission data: calculated following the European COPERT III methodology.

Meteorological data: surveyed from the Industrial Area Authority of Porto Marghera monitoring network (wind speed, prevalent wind direction, air temperature as measured by the station at 10 meters in height, global or incidental solar radiation as read by the station at 4 meters in height) and from the Synoptic station of the Marco Polo airport (cloudiness derived from the tri-hour Synop data, spatially and temporally interpolated with those of the neighbouring meteorological stations belonging to the ARPAV Network at the Meteorological Centre of Teolo).

Geometrical data: the Circular Road has been divided into 57 links, including the access ramps and the junctions.

Output data

For carbon monoxide (CO) it has been observed that:

· the highest concentration (5.9 mg/m3) is associated with Saturday rush hour (17-18), in winter time;

· the simulated concentration does not ever reach the limit value of 10 mg/m3 (taken as the quantitative reference term).

For benzene (C6H6) it has been observed that:

· the highest concentration (62 μg/m3) is associated with Saturday rush hour (17-18), in winter time;

· the percentage of receptors whose simulated concentration exceeds the annual limit value of 10 μg/m3 (taken as quantitative reference term) is very high. In this case it is important to remember that what is reported, for each position in space, is the maximum value reached in the examined period;

· the average concentrations of the winter and summer semester have a simulated maximum value of 9 and 5 μg/m3 respectively. Both values are below that assumed as reference (10 μg/m3).

For PM10 it has been observed that:

· the highest concentration (112 μg/m3) is associated with weekday’ rush hour (8-9), in winter time;

· the percentage of receptors whose simulated time concentration exceeds the daily limit value of 65 μg/m3, not to be exceeded more than 35 times per year (starting from 01.01.2002, taken as quantitative reference term) does not exceed 25% of cases. Also in this case it has to be remembered that what is reported, for each position in the space, is the maximum value reached in the examined period;

· the average concentrations of the winter and summer semester have a simulated maximum value of 17 and 10 μg/m3, respectively. Both values are below the annual limit value of 44.8 μg/m3, which came into force from the 01.01.2002.

Conclusions

With reference to the rush hour, the Circular Road contributes to 17% of the total CO emissions, to 17% of the C6H6 emissions and to 26% of PM10 in comparison to the emission produced by the entire urban area of Mestre. If we add other main urban roads neighbouring the urban area (5 links of considerable length) to the Circular Road, the percentage contribution to total emissions during the rush hour in the extra-urban sector reaches 31% for CO, 30% for C6H6 and 46% for PM10.

For CO and C6H6, the concentration estimated by the model represents the contribution of the Circular Road to the overall pollution in a determined position (so called receptor) that, actually, adds to the pollution produced by the neighbouring urban roads.

Also for PM10 only the primary contribution has been calculated because it is not possible to evaluate, through the available information, the secondary one (associated to complex chemical reactions that take place in the atmosphere and involve various pollutants, giving birth to further shares of PM10 pollution, not directly emitted from polluting sources) and the re-suspension of ground PM10 (the most recent scientific acquisitions say that such contribution is relevant, but a reference methodology to quantify them is not yet available).

Certainly, even if not exactly evaluated, the secondary and re-suspension contributions to the overall PM10 concentration, measurable at a given position in the space, is extremely relevant; the evidence is that the historical series and the annual averages for PM10 measured by different monitoring stations of air quality (background station, urban hot spot station, etc.), belonging to the ARPAV Network present in the urban area of Mestre, are perfectly matched.

The annual averages updated to December 2002 are respectively 45 μg/m3 for the urban hot spot station, 47 μg/m3 for the urban background one and 45 μg/m3 for the residential area. The monitoring data portray a particularly difficult situation for 2002: the annual reference value (44.8 μg/m3) has in fact been exceeded in all the stations and the daily reference value for 2002 of 65 μg/m3, not to be exceeded more than 35 times per year, has actually been exceeded circa 78 times in at least one of the three mentioned monitoring stations.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  What can be modelled with dispersion models

2. Introduction

   

Models are used to estimate concentrations of pollutants at ground level in areas where there is insufficient monitoring. All models can only be as accurate are the data put into them, (see topic on What data is required by atmospheric dispersion models). By their very nature there are areas of uncertainty so they should be used as a guide but with caution.

3. Discussion

   

There are three main types of pollution source:

· Road traffic: Emissions from vehicle exhaust are a major contribution to urban pollution. In some areas, evaporative emissions of hydrocarbons e.g. from fuel tanks, may also need to be considered.

· Industrial, commercial and domestic emissions: These are controlled releases from stacks or chimneys.

· Fugitive emissions: These are leakages from industrial processes or particles from quarrying which are released in an uncontrolled fashion. These sort of emissions are very difficult to measure so may not be easily modelled.

The sources can be divided into four types of release to the atmosphere which can be used by the models:

· Point sources: These are individual chimney stacks. The simpler models can only deal with one at a time but the more advanced can model several simultaneously.

· Line sources: Traffic along roads are modelled as straight line segments. The simpler models will only deal with one road segment but the more advanced will deal with a whole city network with several hundred different sources each of which can have different vehicles or characteristics applied to them. Some models can deal with canyons bridges and underpasses.

· Area sources: A group of point or line sources can be treated as an area source. Fugitive emissions from and industrial area or car parks can be treated in this way. They could be used for modelling background sources across a city as a grid pattern, for example, the emissions from areas of domestic housing.

· Volume sources: These could include area sources with vertical depth, e.g. emissions from an airport taking into account aircraft take-off and landing.

Most atmospheric pollutants are released as buoyant gasses such as sulphur dioxide from stacks or oxides of nitrogen from vehicles. Most models calculate the dispersion of these hot plumes. Some of the more sophisticated models can take into account deposition of pollutants from the atmosphere by rain washout or the gravitational settling of particles. Some models are also designed to calculate the chemical reactions which may occur during transportation, e.g. NO to NO2 and ozone photochemistry. These are known as secondary pollutants as they are formed in the atmosphere and not always at source. Pollutants such as NO2 and PM10 can have primary and secondary sources so a model may have to cope with these.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Models must be fit for purpose. Identify the pollutants of concern and the air quality objectives associated with them. Select a model which is appropriate. See Topic What data is required by atmospheric dispersion models.

5. Examples / Further Reading

    Model estimation of atmospheric pollution produced by vehicular traffic on the circular road of Mestre-Venice
The Use of Dispersion models for NO2 in Birmingham

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· LAQM.TG1(00) - Review and assessment: Monitoring air quality http://www.defra.gov.uk/

· LAQM.TG2(00) - Review and assessment: Estimating emissions http://www.defra.gov.uk/

· LAQM.TG3(00) - Review and assessment: Selection and use of dispersion models http://www.defra.gov.uk/

· LAQM.TG4(00) - Review and assessment: Pollutant specific guidance http://www.defra.gov.uk/

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  The Use of Dispersion models for NO2 in Birmingham

Example

   

Introduction

Birmingham is a large metropolitan conurbation with many sources of pollutants to atmosphere distributed throughout the city including many industrial processes and a large road network carrying traffic.

Birmingham is fortunate in benefiting from an extensive monitoring network measuring a variety of pollutants and providing a wealth of up to date and historical data. High quality monitoring equipment is expensive to acquire and to run; therefore the number of places which data can be collected is inevitably restricted. Also even the most sophisticated pollution monitoring can only give a snap shot of the situation over a particular period of time at one specific location. Dispersion models offer an alternative way of describing air quality over a large geographical area, allowing the prediction of future conditions and source apportionment.

The computer based atmospheric dispersion model supplied by INDIC Airviro has been utilised by Birmingham City Council (BCC) throughout the Review and Assessment process of air quality. The output of the modelling work along with monitoring data has enabled Birmingham City Council to make more-informed decisions in relation to air quality. This example considers how Birmingham City Council has modelled nitrogen dioxide using a dispersion model.

Modelling of Nitrogen Dioxide in the City of Birmingham.

Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) has been highlighted as the main pollutant of concern throughout Birmingham and a lot of modelling has been done for this pollutant. The specific sources of NO2 in Birmingham are:

· Emissions from motor vehicles (line sources)

· Emissions from industrial combustion plant (point/area sources)

· Emissions from commercial combustion plant (point sources)

· Emissions from space heating equipment in homes, hospitals and schools (point sources)

Initially two emission databases incorporating all the different sources were established, one for the base year and a second for the predicted emissions information for 2005 (the compliance year for the objective).

The levels of NO2 have been calculated and predicted using the Airviro model, for both present time and for 2005. The model has been used to calculate two sets of predictions. Firstly, a ‘time series’ of hourly values over a full calendar year, from which average and high percentile values could be derived for specific points, and secondly, annual ‘scenario’ calculations, which were used to illustrate the distribution of NO2 across the city.

Initial predictions suggested that there was no requirement to declare any Air Quality Management Areas, with respect to the annual average levels of NO2. However, given that the predicted values alongside some roads including the M6 motorway and either side of the A38 (M) were very close to the objective, it was recommended that further investigations should be carried out.

By combining local knowledge and experience with the results of air pollution measurements and computer predictions, a number of ‘near worst case’ conditions were identified, for further investigation.

Modelling of NO2 in Intensive Study Areas

Initial computer modelling was based on the full emissions information, but calculated at a medium spatial resolution of 250 x 250m. This allowed potential problem areas to be easily highlighted for further detailed assessments, or intensive study areas (ISAs).

Six areas were selected from the ‘near worst case’ situations identified. Each area comprised a half to one kilometre road links in which four or five nitrogen dioxide diffusion tubes are exposed.

All six areas were chosen to represent where people are likely to be exposed for the relevant period. The monitoring locations have been selected as being representative of near-worst case conditions, where the public are likely to be exposed.

In preparation for more detailed computer modelling of the predicted levels of nitrogen dioxide, for 2005, the information used to model air pollution was updated, wherever possible.

The road traffic data, for the six areas of interest, were cross-checked against Birmingham City Council’s Transportation Department’s and the Highways Agency’s current road traffic data.

The revised emission factors for road traffic published by the the UK National Government ( The Department of the Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra) in 2002) were used in the computer modelling. The revised emission factors reflect that vehicles travelling slowly tend to emit more pollution than vehicles travelling at moderate speeds. Hence congested streets with slow moving traffic will be a cause for concern.

The road links were re- aligned to centrelines of the carriageways and the most important roads were digitised to follow their curves. This ensures that the model reflects the actual situation, and increases the emissions on some curved road links, as following the curve increases the total distance travelled.

25 x 25m grid maps were created in all of the ISAs and all other areas of interest where possible. The maps are then used to model these areas at a finer resolution of 25m. For NO2 the modelling of the area is carried out using only road source and for the year 2005 (target year for the NO2 objective). After completion of the model the multiplication factor derived from the verification process (of the model) is applied to the output and an appropriate background is added.

The background is obtained from a model run of the entire West Midlands at a 25m resolution with all sources included. Ten to fifteen grid squares which are approximately 0.5km (or at a distance at which the impact of the road is thought to be significant) from the road of interest are averaged. The model was also verified at background sites and the multiplication factor derived from the process is applied to the model output. Hence the model has been adjusted by comparison to background monitoring sites.

The model outputs obtained are exported as shape files from Airviro. These shape files can then be imported into any Geographical Information System (GIS) package for improved presentation. In the case of Birmingham the maps were imported into a package called Arc GIS.

Conclusions of the further modelling of NO2 in Intensive Study Areas

The computer modelling indicates a wider spread of pollution than the measurements indicate. This seems to be a general feature of Gaussian dispersion models, and further investigations are in progress to measure the rate of reduction in pollution, with distance from the motorway, in particular.

The main conclusion of the further investigation is that air quality in Birmingham, in 2005, appears likely to exceed the air quality objective for the annual average concentrations of NO2 at certain locations throughout the city. As a result Birmingham City Council, were required by Section 83 of the Environment Act 1995, to declare one or more Air Quality Management Areas, for those parts of the city, in which the air quality objective is likely to be exceeded.

Using the model to determine the NOx Reduction Required

Birmingham City Council declared the whole city an Air Quality Management Area as it was predicted that the 2005 objective for NO2 would not be achieved. The next stage is to establish how NO2 can be reduced. To do this we need to know what sources are causing the problem. Using the Airviro model the percentage contribution of the NOx from the different sources can be determined.

For example, modelling has shown that on the Stratford Road (one of the intensive study areas) the approximate contribution of various sources to NOx concentration are as follows:

Traffic 65%

Industry 5%

Background 30%

However, across the city the scenario becomes;

Traffic 50%

Industry 20%

Background 30%

Within the Airviro model it is possible to refine the source apportionment exercise further.

Using the Airviro Model to conduct Source Apportionment

Source apportionment is the process whereby the contributions from individual sources of pollution are determined.

Road traffic has been identified as the most important source of NO2 within Birmingham. The Airviro model has been used to determine the contribution of a number of sources within the traffic fleet to the total amounts of nitrogen oxides across the borough. Figure 1 and 2 for 2001 and 2005, respectively, illustrate the contribution of a number of sources to the total amounts of oxides across the borough.

\s Figure 1: Source Apportionment for oxides of Nitrogen across Birmingham in 2001

\s

Figure 2: Source Apportionment for oxides of Nitrogen across Birmingham in 2005

Although, the transportation sector is clearly the major contributor to the emissions of nitrogen oxides across the city (refer to Figures 1 and 2), it is noteworthy that there is a slight decrease from a traffic contribution of 79% in 2001 to 74% in 2005. It is anticipated that with the improved technology in vehicles been manufactured, this downward trend will continue to 2010.

Although Figures 1 and 2 describe the relative emissions for Birmingham as a whole, the relative amounts of pollution vary across the city. Thus, in an industrial area, the percentage of pollution from industry may be higher than the city average, whilst that from road traffic may be less significant. Conversely, in areas close to major roads, pollution from road traffic may dominate the emissions. For example, concentrations of NO2 measured at the Selly Oak (Bristol Road) area of the city exceeded the objective; the primary source in this area is emissions from traffic. Figure 3 illustrates that petrol cars, HGV and buses made the greatest percentage contribution to the total nitrogen oxides emissions in 2001 and the same pattern is expected in 2005. Although HGVs and buses are a small part of the fleet composition, they give rise to greater amounts of pollution than cars (petrol and diesel) and therefore it might be pertinent to carefully consider them during action planning.

\s Figure 3: Source Apportionment for oxides of Nitrogen in Selly Oak 2001.

Source apportionment has indicated that central Birmingham is slightly different from other areas of the city, in that the contribution from commercial and domestic sources appears to be significant at an excess of 30% for both 2001 and 2005 (refer to Figure 4)

\s Figure 4: Source apportionment for oxides of nitrogen in Central Birmingham.

All the pie charts illustrate that petrol cars were a significant contributor to the nitrogen oxide emissions and it is anticipated that this trend will continue into 2005. Hence a more detailed analysis of this category of vehicles is warranted.

The emissions inventory is compiled such that investigations using the Airviro Model, of three types of petrol cars, namely Pre-Euro, Euro 1 and a composite of Euro 2, 3 and 4 can be carried out. For 2001, the Pre-Euro cars made up 23% of the total vehicle fleet composition (31% of the petrol car fleet) but contributed approximately 80% of the total emissions from petrol cars (refer to Table 1). Then, Table 2 illustrate that in 2005, the Pre-Euro cars are expected to make up 11% of the total vehicle fleet composition (15% of the petrol car fleet) but contributed approximately 67% of the total emissions from petrol cars. This suggests that it may be necessary to target this particular type of petrol car in a bid to reduce the emissions of nitrogen oxide.

Table 1: Contributions from the 3 classes of euro cars to the total emissions from petrol cars in 2001

Area

Total Petrol cars (tonnes/annum)

Pre-euro (tonnes/annum)

E1 (tonnes/annum)

E2/3/4 (tonnes/annum)

% Pre-euro

% Euro 1

% Euro 2/3/4

Whole City

6218.7

5077.56

536.3

604.8

82

8

10

M6 Jct 5 to Jct 7

2176.4

1774

183.2

219.2

82

8

10

City Centre

379.5

306.2

32.8

40.6

81

9

11

Selly Oak

89.75

72.73

7.51

9.5

81

8

11

Sparkhill

72.08

58.31

6

7.77

81

8

11

Area

Total Petrol cars (tonnes/annum)

Pre-euro (tonnes/annum)

E1 (tonnes/annum)

E2/3/4 (tonnes/annum)

% Pre-euro

% Euro 1

% Euro 2/3/4

Whole City

3618.9

2460.99

351.58

806.33

68

10

22

M6 Jct 5 to Jct 7

1264.5

859.88

120.0

284.7

68

9

23

City Centre

219.7

146.74

20.8

52.2

67

9

24

Selly Oak

51.72

34.78

4.74

12.19

67

9

24

Sparkhill

41.65

27.89

3.79

9.97

67

9

24

Table 2: Contributions from the three classes of euro cars to the total emissions from petrol cars in 2005.


The above provides an overview how NO2 can be modelled with a dispersion model and how the information produced from the model can be interpreted and used when making decisions in relation to air pollution.

For more detailed information on how Birmingham City Council continue to use modelling in the Review and Assessment of air quality throughout Birmingham you should visit the Birmingham City Council web site:

www.birmingham.gov.uk

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  What data is required by atmospheric dispersion models

2. Introduction

   

Dispersion models require data on what and how much pollutant is being released into the atmosphere and from what location. More advanced models require information on how the pollution is being released and any variations in time. For time series modelling meteorological data over time will be required.

3. Discussion

   

The data required for dispersion models can be broadly summarised as:

· Map: For the more advanced models which can deal with several sources a digital map of the area is required. This enables the point and line sources to be accurately located. It may also have layers of additional information such as the land and building height and the surface type.

· Meteorology: wind speed, wind direction, temperature and stability determine how emissions disperse. Some models will require the stability category whereas more modern models calculate vertical turbulence and mixing heights based on other parameters such as cloud cover or vertical wind speed. The frequency of data required will depend on the air quality standard, i.e. hourly limits will require hourly average met data.

· Local environment: complex topography and surface roughness is used to calculate the ground turbulence. The built environment can also effect dispersion so building heights may also be required. It is also necessary for a model to predict concentrations at defined locations. This may involve defining a grid over the area where the pollution concentration is calculated in each grid square. This enables the model to display iso-lines of pollution concentrations.

· Emission from point sources: These are usually chimney stacks. The substance, rate of release, temperature of gas, velocity of rise, stack dimensions, and time of release may all be required plus the dimensions of the building if the model can calculate the effect of down wash from the stack.

· Area sources: These have similar data requirements to point sources but without the dimensions of a chimney stack.

· Emission data from line sources: These will usually be road transport although in some areas rail may be significant. The data required includes traffic flow, vehicle type, vehicle speed, daily/monthly/annual variation, location and length of roads, and emission factors. Some models may also be able to deal with street canyons, elevation or cuttings so the dimensions of the streets may also be required.

· Background concentrations: Dispersion models can only predict ground level concentrations from sources which have been included in the model. There may be situations where pollution is coming in from outside the area. There may also be background sources such are housing areas or minor roads which have a small but significant effect. These may be important when air quality objectives are exceeded. See Further Reading.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· Depending on the model selected contact the department responsible for industrial processes and / or transport data. If necessary, find the nearest available meteorological monitoring station. If there are no local weather stations weather data may need to be monitored by the municipality itself. Monitored data will be needed to correlate with the model especially if used to calculate the background concentration. Information from outside the area may be useful for calculating background concentrations.

· There will inevitably be large assumptions made with data types which will lead to uncertainties. All models will only be as accurate as the data input.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Meteorological data required for Airviro and ADMS models

The use of meteorological data in dispersion models in Birmingham

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· LAQM.TG2(00) - Review and assessment: Estimating emissions http://www.defra.gov.uk/.

· LAQM.TG3(00) - Review and assessment: Selection and use of dispersion models http://www.defra.gov.uk/.

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Meteorological data required for Airviro and ADMS models

Example

   

Meteorological data are essential for running dispersion models. Different data types are often required depending on the model chosen. Bristol has experience of two modelling packages in which detailed met data were needed, ADMS urban and Indic Airviro.

Indic Airviro

To run the gauss or grid models in Airviro it is necesary to have at least two years of data. The most important parameters to have for modelling are wind, vertical mixing and temperature. The ideal situation is to have a 25m mast with three temperature sensors at 22m, 8m ad 2m measuring the temperature differences. As the temperature difference is about 0.07° per 10m then sensors have to be accurate. In Bristol two sensors which were calibrated in a pair were fixed to a mast at 2m and 22m. In retrospect it would have been better to locate them at 2m and 8 m as the temperature difference decreases with height.

At 25m an ultrasonic anemometer was located to measure the wind direction in three dimentions. Ultrasonic anemometers are becoming cheaper and have the advantage that there are no moving parts to wear out like a conventional cup anemometer. Airviro also recommends an ordinary horizontal anemometer located at 10 m and a global radiation sensor to measure sun light.

The ideal location for a met mast is in the centre of the region to me modelled and an open area. In Bristol’s experience this is very difficult to achieve. Masts on the tops of tall buildings is possible and for many years the UK Met Office had a regional office in Bristol which had a mast on the top of it’s building in the centre of the city. This is a problem, however, for measuring temperaure differences at 2m and 8m. A mast was eventually found on top of a hill to the south of the city, which was ideally located as a regional met mast but was probably above the boundary layer of the city at certain times.

In the absence of a met mast, obtaining meteorological data from another source is required. Originally, five years of met data were purchased from the UK met office and sent to SMHI (the company which owns the Airviro modelling software) for processing and installation into the Bristol system. Vertical wind speed is not a standard parameter which is measured in the UK so calculations were done by SMHI to determine this by using temperature and cloud cover. We were reliant on SMHI to configure met data for us although with the Unix based system it is possible to reconfigure a number of the resource files if there is expert meteorological knowledge available.

Measuring requirements for Airviro

Parameter

Requirements

Time resolution

Horizontal wind (speed and direction)

Threshold < 0.25 m/s

Accuracy better than 0.3%

15 minute mean value and standard deviation based on sensor output frequency 1Hz

Vertical wind

Threshold » 0

Accuracy better than 3%

15 minute standard deviation based on sensor output frequency 1 Hz

Temperature

Accuracy better than ± 0.1%

Mean value over 15 minutes

Temperature difference

Accuracy better than ± 0.3%

Mean value over 15 minutes

Airviro suggested sensors

Parameter

Sensor type and configuration

Horizontal wind

A propeller anemometer of “Air quality” approved type (according to the US EPA)

Horizontal and vertical wind at the top of the mast

A three axis ultrasonic anemometer

Temperature

Platinum sensor PT-100 in a traditional radiation shield or fan aspirated radiation shield

Temperature difference

A bridge configuration of thermo couples for direct measurements of temperature difference, mounted in fan aspirated radiation shields.

Precipitation

A traditional tipping bucket sensor

Global radiation

Apyranometer based on a photodiode with a spectral response similar to visual light.

ADMS

The UK met office can supply data in ADMS format as can other suppliers of met data such as Trinity Consultants. If met data of sufficient standard are not monitored in the locality then approaching the national meteorological organisations is the best option. It may be that data which are supplied in this way are modelled or interpolated for the locality and so will not be as accurate as real monitored data.

Example of part of a met file in ADMS format.

VARIABLES:

9

STATION DCNN

YEAR

TDAY

THOUR

T0C

U

PHI

P

CL

DATA:

4911.0,1996.0, 1.0, 0.0, 2.6, 0.5, 130.0, 0.0, 8.0,

4911.0,1996.0, 1.0, 1.0, 2.7, 1.0, 130.0, 0.0, 8.0,

4911.0,1996.0, 1.0, 2.0, 2.7, 1.0, 130.0, 0.0, 8.0,

4911.0,1996.0, 1.0, 3.0, 2.7, 1.5, 130.0, 0.4, 8.0,

4911.0,1996.0, 1.0, 4.0, 3.1, 1.0, 130.0, 0.4, 8.0,

4911.0,1996.0, 1.0, 5.0, 3.4, 1.0, 100.0, 0.0, 8.0,

4911.0,1996.0, 1.0, 6.0, 3.9, 1.0, 130.0, 0.0, 8.0,

4911.0,1996.0, 1.0, 7.0, 4.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 8.0,

4911.0,1996.0, 1.0, 8.0, 3.9, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 8.0,

4911.0,1996.0, 1.0, 9.0, 4.0, 1.0, 60.0, 0.0, 8.0,

4911.0,1996.0, 1.0, 10.0, 4.3, 1.0, 30.0, 0.0, 8.0,

4911.0,1996.0, 1.0, 11.0, 4.9, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 8.0,

4911.0,1996.0, 1.0, 12.0, 4.8, 1.0, 60.0, 0.0, 8.0,

4911.0,1996.0, 1.0, 13.0, 5.9, 1.0, 50.0, 0.0, 8.0,

4911.0,1996.0, 1.0, 14.0, 4.7, 2.1, 50.0, 0.0, 8.0,

VARIABLES:

9 the number of columns

STATION DCNN the station ID number

YEAR the year

TDAY the Julian day

THOUR the hour

T0C degrees celcius

U wind speed

PHI wind direction

P precipitation

CL cloud cover

When inputing met data into ADMS it is necessary to enter the height at which the wind is recorded. This is usually 10m. The data are hourly sequential so the wind sector angle of 10° is selected. As the data are hourly sequential a check box is selected which will ensure that the software will calculate the boundary layer height for each hour. It is unlikely that a boundary layer height would be measured at a standard monitoring station.

If the location where the met data is monitored is different from the modelled area then the “Unrepresentative” checkbox can be selected. For example, a met station located some distance away from a city may be in the countryside. This then gives the option to specify a precipitation factor if the rain fall is different and a surface roughness factor if the modelled area is urban and the met station in in the countryside.

Some Cities are lucky enough to have an ideal site for a met mast. Although Bristol has a number of met masts they most are not suitable for modelling purposes as they do not measure all the necessary parameters at the appropriate height. The perfect mast and location has yet to be found.

References:-

www.airviro.smhi.se

www.cerc.co.uk

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  The use of meteorological data in dispersion models in Birmingham

Example

   

Introduction

The dispersion model used by Birmingham City Council in the Review and Assessment of air quality is the INDIC Airviro model, which is licensed by the Swedish Meteorological Office (SMHI).

Airviro is a complete Air Quality Management System. It includes the following functional blocks:

  • Emission surveying and modelling within the Emission Database (EDB)
  • Dispersion modelling with the Dispersion module
  • Monitoring data collection, analysis and presentation with the Indico package.

This example considers the effects that meteorology data can have on the output of the model. The example highlights the importance of considering carefully what meteorological data should be used when conducting dispersion modelling to predict pollution levels for future years, and the impact it can have on final conclusions and often important decisions, for example the declaration of Air Quality Management Areas.

Meteorology Data

The meteorology data input was supplied and validated by SMHI. In addition three – hourly synoptic data interpolated to hourly values was received from Birmingham Airport for the period June 1992 – December 1998. The model was run for 2 years (1996 and 1998) with contrasting meteorology so that the effect of annual variability could be considered. Meteorologically 1996 is considered as ‘stable’, that is to say it is typified by lower wind speeds. Whereas UK weather patterns are typically more blustery like those seen in 1998. Blustery conditions lead to ‘unstable’ conditions and aid pollution dispersion; therefore 1998 was used as ‘typical’ dispersion conditions and 1996 as ‘worst case’ dispersion conditions.

The work carried out allowed for consideration of meteorological influences on the output of the model. The Gauss ‘time series’ simulations for 1996 and 1998 use the same base EDB, therefore the only input variation to the model is meteorology. An investigation into each year’s meteorology finds differences, particularly in the wind speed. Figure 1 illustrates the different wind speeds during 1996 and 1998. During 1996 the hourly wind speed was less than 5m/s for 75% of measurements. The mean and maximum wind speeds recorded were 3.7m/s and 12.5m/s respectively. In contrast 1998 saw only 22% of the hourly wind speed values measure less than 5m/s. The mean and maximum wind speeds in 1998 were 8.3m/s and 30.0m/s respectively.

Figure 1

Atmospheric pollution dispersion is aided by wind, therefore with the higher wind speeds, as in 1998; improved air quality is seen if all other factors remain constant

Modelling results for primary pollutants, CO and NOx show that the model over-predicts the annual average concentrations for 1996 by the same degree it under- predicts in 1998, but the correlation was acceptable. For single hourly values the predictions are less reliable, particularly for high percentile values. As illustrated by Figures 2 to 5 the highest pollutant concentrations are predicted by Airviro at the lowest wind speeds with a uniform reduction as wind speed increases.

Figure 4 and 5 show monitored and modelled NOx concentrations against wind speed at a monitoring station in the Birmingham area. At wind speed 1-2m/s the model over-estimated measured values in both 1996 and 1998. The monitoring station has a sample inlet at 15m whereas the dispersion model calculates concentration at height of 2m. It could be argued that with the measurement made at 15m, the pollutant has time to disperse and dilute, and concentrations will be lower than those modelled closer to the ground, however the effect is seen at other locations where measurements are made at 3m.

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Figure 5

Figures 4 and 5 for Birmingham East illustrate that this over estimate also occurs for CO. This over estimate at low wind speeds is typical but it is not seen at all sites.

As Figure 1 shows, 1996 was characterised by low wind speeds, which leads to stable weather conditions and suppresses dispersion. The model anticipates the stable conditions and predicts appropriately, however, as figures 2 to 5 show for several sites, these predictions are over estimates. Therefore running the Gauss model as a ‘time series’ may have possible limitations for any single hours data when the wind speed is low.

Predictions of Future Air Quality

Having completed validation work on the Gauss model and investigated its possible limitations as a predictive tool, it was then possible to make predictions of future air quality. Predictions were run using the Gauss ‘time series’ model, and applying the ‘future edb’ to both 1996 and 1998 meteorogical data.

For example, Tables 1 and 2 below show NO2 modelling predictions for base and future years with a comparison to any measured data available. Table 1 shows predictions made using the 1996 meteorological data with the 'base edb' to obtain a 1996 prediction and with the 'future edb' to generate a 2005 prediction and is shown against 1996 measured values. Table 2 shows predictions made using the 1998 meteorological data with the 'base edb' to obtain a 1998 prediction and with the 'future edb' to generate a 2005 prediction and is shown against 1998 measured values. Modelling was carried out using the Gauss model and running the time-series set-up, generating hourly NOX data for the year(s) of interest. Predicted hourly NO2 values were calculated from the simulated hourly NOX data using the Derwent-Middleton equation. A correction factor of 0.9 was applied to the calculated NO2 to compensate for the under-estimation, and then percentile values were obtained.

NO2 Concentrations ppb

Annual Mean

18th highest hourly value

Station

Met year

1996 Measured

1996 prediction

2005 prediction

1996 Measured

1996 prediction

2005 prediction

Birmingham Centre

1996

24.9

31.1

26.1

71.1

130.3

58.7

Birmingham East

1996

21.9

25.1

18.6

69.2

208.1

68.3

Birmingham West

1996

18.3

28.2

23.9

57.5

92.3

51.0

Birmingham Hodge Hill

1996

21.7

28.1

20.9

60.3

223.4

74.1

Coventry

1996

N/A

21.4

16.7

N/A

62.6

42.8

Dudley Merry Hill

1996

N/A

16.7

12.5

N/A

44.2

38.5

Sandwell Centre

1996

N/A

26.1

20.9

N/A

113.1

55.6

Walsall Alumwell

1996

22.6

31.0

23.9

70.5

278.8

89.4

Walsall Willenhall

1996

N/A

23.1

17.7

N/A

118.4

52.0

Wolverhampton Centre

1996

19.4

24.7

20.4

59.0

73.1

46.3

Birmingham Airport

1996

N/A

11.6

8.2

N/A

40.9

36.5

Table 1: Predictions of NO2 concentration for 1996 and 2005 modelled using 1996 meteorological data

NO2 Concentrations ppb

Annual Mean

18th highest hourly value

Station

Met year

1998 Measured

1998 prediction

2005 prediction

1998 Measured

1998 prediction

2005 prediction

Birmingham Centre

1998

20.4

18.4

14.4

61.6

112.3

54.5

Birmingham East

1998

17

15.3

11.1

58.6

55.6

41.1

Birmingham West

1998

13.5

16.7

13.2

46.0

46.1

39.2

Birmingham Hodge Hill

1998

19.8

17.8

12.6

50.1

72.5

17.6

Coventry

1998

15.2

11.0

7.7

52.8

44.3

39.2

Dudley Merry Hill

1998

16.2

7.9

5.5

47.9

42.6

37.6

Sandwell Centre

1998

15.8

13.8

10.1

54.7

69.0

44.9

Walsall Alumwell

1998

19.7

18.7

13.6

58.4

71.7

44.2

Walsall Willenhall

1998

13.8

13.0

9.2

50.5

51.8

39.6

Wolverhampton Centre

1998

16.2

13.0

10.0

54.1

44.6

38.4

Birmingham Airport

1998

13.2

6.5

4.3

44.7

37.6

31.7

Table 2: Predictions of NO2 concentration for 1998 and 2005 modelled using 1998 meteorological data

Automatic monitoring for the above sites in Tables 1 and 2 shows that the 1 hour mean objective of 200mg.m-3 (105 ppb), not to be exceeded more than 18 times a year, is met at all sites. The predictions for base year show exceedence at several locations in 1996 and at Birmingham Centre in 1998. However no exceedences are predicted for 2005.

The results of automatic monitoring in the West Midlands have shown a progressive reduction in the annual average level of NO2 between 1993 and 1999. Thus, whilst the annual average exceeded the objective, of 40mg.m-3 (21ppb), at four of the six operational stations in 1996, the objective was met at all eleven operational stations in 1998. The model also predicts exceedence during 1996 and achievement in 1998. For future predictions the model predicts exceedence of the annual average at several locations when using the 1996 meteorological data set but compliance when using the 1998 meteorological data set, as shown in Table 3. Those sites that are predicted to exceed or fall close to the objective, Birmingham Centre, Birmingham West, Walsall Alumwell are highlighted in Table 3 in red text.

NO2 Annual Mean Concentrations ppb

Annual Mean based on 1996 met. data

Annual Mean based on 1998 met. data

Station

1996 Measured

1996 Prediction

2005 Prediction

% reduction in Prediction

1998 Measured

1998 Prediction

2005 Prediction

% reduction in Prediction

Birmingham Centre

24.9

31.1

26.1

16

20.4

18.4

14.4

21

Birmingham East

21.9

25.1

18.6

26

17

15.3

11.1

27

Birmingham West

18.3

28.2

23.9

15

13.5

16.7

13.2

21

Birmingham Hodge Hill

21.7

28.1

20.9

25

19.8

17.8

12.6

29

Coventry

N/A

21.4

16.7

22

15.2

11.0

7.7

29

Dudley Merry Hill

N/A

16.7

12.5

25

16.2

7.9

5.5

30

Sandwell Centre

N/A

26.1

20.9

20

15.8

13.8

10.1

27

Walsall Alumwell

22.6

31.0

23.9

23

19.7

18.7

13.6

27

Walsall Willenhall

N/A

23.1

17.7

23

13.8

13.0

9.2

29

Wolverhampton Centre

19.4

24.7

20.4

17

16.2

13.0

10.0

23

Birmingham Airport *

N/A

11.6

8.2

29

13.2

6.5

4.3

33

Table 3: Comparison of NO2 Annual Mean concentrations for 1996 and 1998

The modelled results obtained are greatly dependent on the meteorological data set used. Predictions for 1998 are closer to the 1998 measured values than the 1996 predictions are to the 1996 measured values. When using the 1996 meteorology with the base EDB the model over-predicts the measured values at all six stations, for which monitored data exists.

Shown in Table 3 is a column titled "% Reduction in Prediction". For the annual mean based on 1996 meteorological data, this value is the reduction in NO2 between 1996 and 2005 shown as a percentage of the 1996 prediction. A similar calculation was carried out for the annual mean based on the 1998 meteorological data. This predicted reduction in pollution levels is a result of differences in the base and future EDB's.

Treatment of Uncertainty

There are many sources of uncertainty when using computer modelling. The output of any modelling study is dependant on the input data. The greatest uncertainty is with modelling of future events where it is not possible to foresee all statutory, regulatory, economical and technological factors and their impact on air quality. Therefore, it is generally the case that when compiling emission databases for future years the ‘worst case’ options should be selected. As it is impossible to predict the weather conditions for any future year, to err on the side of caution a ‘worst case’ meteorological data set was used in the modelling as well as a ‘typical’ data set.

Discussion and Conclusions

· Birmingham City Council used the Airviro ‘Gauss’ model, to calculate and predict for both the present time and for 2005 levels of various pollutants. The model has been used to calculate two sets of predictions. Firstly, a ‘time series’ of hourly values over a full calendar year, from which average and high percentile values could be derived for specific points, and secondly, annual ‘scenario’ calculations.

· From the 1998 emissions database ‘time series’ modelling was used to find the 18th highest hourly and annual average concentrations for two sets of meteorological data;1996 and 1998. These years represent the ‘worst’ and ‘best’ case weather conditions, with respect to air pollution. The weather in 1996 was characterised by a number of periods of high pressure with low winds and stable conditions, which favour the accumulation of air pollutants, whilst the weather in 1998 was characterised by winder conditions, which favour the dispersion of air pollutants.

· For nitrogen dioxide the 2005 emissions database was then used to calculate the 18th highest hourly and annual average concentrations, using the 1996 meteorological data, representing the ‘worst case’ for pollution values. These predictions were used to assess whether the respective nitrogen dioxide objectives were likely to be met in 2005.

· The modelled predictions for the 18th highest hourly concentrations, from the time series calculations, are presented in Table 4, below, together with the comparable values from two roadside monitoring stations. The predictions for the 1998 EDB agree very well with the measured values at the Birmingham East AURN station, when using the 1998 meteorological data. They are approximately twice the values at the Birmingham Centre AURN station, when using either the 1996 or the 1998 meteorological data. But they over read the measured values threefold at the Birmingham East AURN station, when using the 1996 meteorological data.

Location

Conditions

Measured values (2)

Modelled prediction for 1998 EDB

Modelled prediction for 2005 EDB

Birm Centre

1996 met

136

249

112

Birm Centre

1998 met

118

214

104

Birm East

1996 met

132

397

130

Birm East

1998 met

112

106

79

Note 1: Air quality objective: 18th highest hourly value not to exceed 200g/m3 in 2005.

Note 2: the measured values refer to either 1996 or 1998 depending on the met year used

Table 4: Comparison of 18th Highest Hourly Nitrogen Dioxide Values

(all values quoted in µg/m3)

· The predictions for both Birmingham Centre and Birmingham East stations are considerably higher than the respective measured values due largely to difficulties the model has in simulating dispersion for single hours, at low wind speeds. The effect is particularly noticeable at the Birmingham East station, which may be because of the nature of the residential area.

· The modelled predictions for the annual average concentrations, from the time series calculations are presented in Table 5, below.

· The predictions for the 1998 EDB agree very well with the measured values at both Birmingham Centre and Birmingham East AURN Stations, when using the 1998 meteorological data. However, the predictions are approximately 40% higher than the measured values at the Birmingham Centre AURN station, and 30% higher than the measured values at the Birmingham East AURN station when using the 1996 meteorological data.

Location

Conditions

Measured values (2)

Modelled prediction for 1998 EDB

Modelled prediction for 2005 EDB

Birm Centre

1996 met

47.6

59.4

49.8

Birm Centre

1998 met

39.0

35.1

27.5

Birm East

1996 met

41.8

47.9

35.5

Birm East

1998 met

32.5

29.2

21.2

Note: Air quality objective: annual average value not to exceed 40mg/m3 in 2005.

Note 2: the measured values refer to either 1996 or 1998 depending on the met year used.

Table 5: Comparison of Annual Average Nitrogen Dioxide Values

(all values quoted in µg/m3)

The work carried out by Birmingham City Council to investigate how different metrological data influences the output of the model is demonstrated above and shows how it can have an impact when making final and often important decisions. For example, if the model had only been run using 1996 meteorological data then in some instances the model indicates that objectives would be exceeded whereas when using the 1998 meteorological data, objectives were predicted to be achieved. It is therefore important to know whether the meteorological data used in the model is ‘best case’ or ‘worse case’ and whether it is representative of a typical year.

It is good practice to run any model for the ‘worst case’ scenario, which in this case was 1996 meteorological data, (even though it was not classed a ‘typical’ year), if objectives are predicted to be achieved by the model in the worse case then it is highly likely that they will be achieved in the ‘best case’ scenario.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  What atmospheric dispersion model should be used

2. Introduction

   

There are a wide range of dispersion models available of varying complexity. From simple screening models to advanced, new generation models with complex terrain and meteorology. The choice of model will depend on the task to perform but also the data and resources available. The more complex the model the more information will be needed and also the greater the expertise in operating and interpreting the results.

3. Discussion

   

Screening models are the simplest and there is no need to consider meteorology. They will calculate worst case concentrations based on empirical results from field observations, wind tunnel experiments and more advanced models. There are quick and cheap so enable an initial impression of concentrations which are likely to occur under certain conditions and so determine whether further more advanced work is necessary.

Intermediate models are mainly desktop computer based. They require more information than screening models, such as diurnal traffic flow data, and can often include varying meteorology. They may also be able to deal with more than one point, area or volume source. They lack the versatility of the more advanced models but are less expensive and require less staff resources.

Advanced models are computed based and can produce more accurate results if accurate meteorological and emissions data are available. They can deal with many point, area and line sources simultaneously. They can have a variety of output types and different averaging times. Special effects such as photochemistry, complex terrain and building effects can be taken into account.

The choice of model will depend on the size and nature of the municipality. Screening models may be used to look at specific sites, either point or road, in isolation. When the results are added to a known background concentration it may be apparent that an air quality objective is likely to be breached and so further examination with a more sophisticated model is required.

A small municipality which has a limited number of polluting sources which are large enough to cause problems may be able to use intermediate models to determine the scale of the problem. However, a typical city will have many point sources and a complex road system. It may be located in a valley or have complex terrain and so may require an advanced model.

In some cases if an environment which has very complex geometry needs to be assessed then physical modelling using wind tunnels or three-dimensional computational fluid dynamic using high powered computers may be chosen. These, however, are very expensive and require specialist knowledge.

The choice of model is also determined by the type and quality of data which are available. See Topic What data is required by atmospheric dispersion models.

Simpler models should consider worst case conditions and not be used for detailed analysis. They may not be appropriate for predicting future scenarios, especially over a large area such as a city. Whatever model is used, some validation or testing usually by monitoring will be required.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

Start in a simple way and proceed in steps to more complex situations if required. Look at the worst case scenario to identify if more complex modelling is required. Identify what data are available and if necessary what additional data are needed. If in doubt ask for professional advice

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Artificial neural network technology for ozone forecasting

SO2 emmisions in Porto Marghera industrial area Venice: A model approach in risk assessment

Further Examples:

Model simulation of the Venice-Mestre ring road air pollution: experimental check and model intercomparison
Example of the assessment of past and present air quality and exposure in Venice
The AirViro Dispersion Model in Birmingham

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· LAQM.TG2(00) - Review and assessment: Estimating emissions http://www.defra.gov.uk/.

· LAQM.TG3(00) - Review and assessment: Selection and use of dispersion models http://www.defra.gov.uk/.

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  The AirViro Dispersion Model in Birmingham

Example

   

Overview of selection and use of Indic Airviro

Air pollution modelling is co-ordinated across the West Midlands region of the UK byThe West Midlands Joint Pollution Working Group. This group became involved in modelling for review and assessment during a First Phase task which was supported by the UK National Government (a Department of the Environment sponsored pilot study during 1996/97 to examine various aspects of the process of review and assessment), studying ADMS Urban and INDIC Airviro. The advanced model, INDIC Airviro, which is licensed by the Swedish Meteorological Office (SMHI), was seen to meet the needs of the conurbation better for the subsequent air quality work. Within the West Midlands there are now several users of the Airviro suite. This use of compatible systems allows the inter-exchange of information and has created a local support network and local technical knowledge. The complex modelling work is completed on one system based at Birmingham City Council offices. However, each authority also has a service contract and support from SMHI in Sweden.

The Airviro system differs from the other PC – based models in that it requires a UNIX workstation and requires complex physiographic and meteorological configuration by the software supplier. Unlike most Gaussian models, which rely upon meteorological information collected from a single site, the Airviro model describes a pattern of small-scale winds based upon the surface characteristics. The model interfaces with a sophisticated emissions database capable of accepting point sources, area sources and line sources and detailed diurnal/seasonal/production variations of emissions (both traffic and industrial). The Airviro system can be applied using a number of Gaussian model options, and a street canyon model option.

In summary it is a complete Air Quality Management System, which includes the following functional blocks:

  • Emission surveying and modelling within the Emission Database (EDB)
  • Dispersion modelling with the Dispersion module
  • Monitoring data collection, analysis and presentation with the Indico package.

Emission Database

Emission data is stored within the Emission Database (EDB). Databases within the model allow it to store emission characteristics from an unlimited number of sources of four different types:

  • Point sources – the emission is assumed to be concentrates in a small area such as that from a single point like a stack. Information describing the stack conditions must be given for use in the dispersion model.
  • Area sources – emission is assumed to be distributed over a rectangular area and released uniformly
  • Line sources – the emission is assumed to be evenly distributed along a line and normally used as an approximation for describing roads
  • Grid layers – smaller or less significant emission sources are combined into a grid and represent background emission levels.

The EDB stores both static and dynamic information allowing the emission to be defined through, time and temperature variation, different road types describing traffic patterns, vehicle characteristics and speed dependent emission factors as well as other features that help to convert obtainable data into emission figures.

The Dispersion Model

The dispersion model uses information about weather, emissions, phsyiography and climatology as input data. The module produces air quality calculations in the form of seasonal or yearly means or percentiles or hourly data for specified time periods. The user has a choice of different types of models; the Gauss model, the Grid model and the Canyon model. For review and assessment of air quality in Birmingham, all modelling and validation work was carried out using the Gauss model. The Gauss model is based on a Langrangean Gaussian formulation and is recommended for calculations on smaller scales, and for where the topography is reasonably flat.

Prior to any dispersion calculation the wind field is calculated. The wind field calculation utilises meteorological data to calculate stability (based on Monin-Obukhov length) and turbulence within the boundary layer. The data is then used to determine other parameters of the boundary layer (e.g. boundary layer height, adiabatic heating, potential temperature distribution at ground level and the free wind field).

Dispersion calculations are then applied to simulate the distribution of ground level pollutants over urban or industrial areas. The model simulates one-hour mean, steady state pollution concentrations and operates at best over a distance of 100 m to 2 km. The Gauss model does not resolve individual buildings. Instead, surface structures enter the model through local roughness values, and through wind field. Buildings give a rougher surface, which creates more friction and hence a lower wind speed that influences dispersion.

The model, its internal computations and assumptions including its advantages and disadvantages over Gaussian plume models are outlined in more detail in the user documentation, The Airviro Users Guide SMHI (1997).

The Future

Over the last decade the Airviro system has seen continuous development and rigorous testing of its applications. The Airviro system now used by Birmingham has recently been upgraded to the iAirviro (Internet) platform. As the iAirviro system is fully internet based access to the secure domain can be achieved from any computer with an internet connection which has a number of benefits, including data management and resolution of problems away from the office or allow home working, for example. Further information relating to the iAirviro applications can be seen on the iAirviro website www.airviro.smhi.se.

For more detailed information on how Birmingham City Council have and continue to use modelling in the Review and Assessment of air quality throughout Birmingham, you should visit the Birmingham City Council web site, www.birmingham.gov.uk.

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Artificial neural network technology for ozone forecasting

Example

   

1. Fundamentals

Artificial Neural Network (ANN) technology is an approach to describe physical system behaviour from process data, using mathematical algorithms and statistical techniques. ANNs simulate biological neural systems, in that they are made up of an interconnected system of nodes (neurons) and in terms of learning and pattern recognition. These nodes operate in parallel and are inspired by biological nervous systems. A neural network can be trained to identify patterns and extract trends in imprecise and complicated non-linear data. A particular function can be performed by adjusting the values of the connections (weights) between elements following a determined training algorithm.

Neural networks have been under development for many years in a variety of disciplines to derive meaning from complicated data and to make predictions. In recent years, neural networks have been investigated for use in pollution forecasting. Because ozone formation is a complex non-linear process, neural networks, which allow for the incorporation of non-linear relationships, are well suited for ozone forecasting.

2. Strengths of artificial neural networks

Many methods exist for predicting ozone concentration. Table 1 summarises the most commonly used forecasting methods. Strength aspects of ANNs include the following:

- ANNs allow for non-linear relationships between variables. The method can weight relationships that are difficult to subjectively quantify.

- Neural networks have the potential to predict extreme values more effectively than regression.

- Once the neural network is developed, forecasters do not need specific expertise to operate the ANN.

- Neural networks can be used to complement other forecasting methods, or used as the primary forecasting method.

On the other hand, neural networks are complex and not commonly understood and hence the technology can be inappropriately applied.


Table 1: Comparison of forecasting methods.

3. Neural Network architecture

The basic structure of an ANN involves a system of layered, interconnected neurons. The neurons are arranged to form an input layer, one or more “hidden” layers and an output layer, with nodes in each layer connected to all nodes in neighbouring layers (Figure 1).


Figure 1: The architecture of a multi-layered feed forward neural network.

The layer of input neurons receives the data either from input files or directly from electronic sensors in real-time applications. The output layer sends information directly to the outside, to a secondary computer process, or to other devices such as a mechanical control system. The internal or hidden layers contain many of the neurons in various interconnected structures. The inputs and outputs of each of these hidden neurons go to other neurons.

In most networks each neuron in a hidden layer receives the signals from all of the neurons in a layer above it. After a neuron performs its function it passes its output to all of the neurons in the layer below it, providing a feed forward path to the output.

Artificial neurons comprise seven major components, which are valid whether the neuron is used for input, output or in hidden layers:

1) Weighting factors, which are adaptive coefficients within the network determine the intensity of the input signal. These input connection strengths can be modified in response to various training sets and according to a network specific topology or through its learning rules.

2) Summation function, which transforms the weighted inputs in to a single number. The summation function can be complex as the input and weighting coefficients can be combined in many different ways before passing on to the transfer function. The summation function can select the minimum, maximum, majority, product or several normalizing algorithms depending on the specific algorithm for combining neural inputs selected.

3) Transfer function, which transforms the result of the summation function to a working output. In the transfer function the summation total can be compared with some threshold to determine the neural output. If the sum is greater than the threshold value, the processing element generates a signal. If the sum of the input and weight products is less than the threshold, no signal (or some inhibitory signal) is generated.

4) Scaling and limiting. This scaling multiplies a scale factor times the transfer value, and then adds an offset. Limiting mechanism insures that the scaled result does not exceed an upper or lower bound.

5) Output Function (competition). Neurons are allowed to compete with each other, inhibiting processing elements. Competitive inputs help determine which processing element will participate in the learning or adaptation process.

6) Error function and back-propagated value. The difference between the current output and the expected output is calculated and transformed by the error function to match particular network architecture. This artificial neuron error is generally propagated backwards to a previous layer in order to modify the incoming connection weights before the next learning cycle.

7) Learning function, which modifies the variable connection weights on the inputs of each processing element according to some neural based algorithm. The software first adjusts the weights between the output layer and the hidden layer and then adjusts the weights between the hidden layer and the input layer. In each iteration, the software adjusts the weights to produce the lowest amount of error in the output data. This process “trains” the network.

4. Neural networks training

Training and production are essential for the neural network application (Figure 2).


Figure 2: Essential phases of the neural network application: training and production

The development of ANNs comprises the performance of a series of consecutive steps. In addition, a thorough knowledge of the process to be modelled is also required.

The general steps to develop neural networks for ozone forecasting are the following:

- Complete historical data analysis and/or literature reviews to establish the air quality and meteorological phenomena that influence ozone concentrations in the area under study.

- Select parameters that accurately represent these phenomena. This is a critical aspect in developing the neural network since an appropriate selection improves significantly the results obtained by the ANN.

- Confirm the importance of each meteorological and air quality parameter using statistical analysis techniques (Cluster analysis, correlation analysis, step-wise regression, human selection).

- Create three data sets: a data set to train the network, a data set to validate the network general performance and a data set to evaluate the trained network.

- Train the data using neural network software. It is important not to over train the neural network on the developmental data set because an over trained network would predict ozone concentrations based on random noise associated with the developmental data set. When presented with a new data set the network will likely give incorrect output since the new data random noise will be different than the random noise of the developmental data set: the network memorized the training examples but it did not learn to generalize to new situations.

One of the most commonly used method for improving generalization is called “early stopping”. In this technique, when the validation error increases for a specified number of iterations, the training is stopped, and the weights and biases at the minimum of the validation error are fixed.

- Test the generally trained network on a test data set to evaluate the performance. If the results are satisfactory, the network is ready to use for forecasting.

5. Neural networks operation

The operation of an ANN is simple and requires little expertise.

Although use of the network does not require an understanding of meteorology and air quality processes, it is advisable that someone with meteorological experience be involved in the development of the method and evaluate the ozone prediction for reasonableness.

As part of a forecasting program forecasters should regularly evaluate the forecast quality. The verification process can be complex since there are many ways to evaluate a forecast including accuracy, bias and skill. Many verification statistics are needed to compute in order to evaluate completely the quality of the forecast program.

References

- Guideline for developing an ozone forecasting program. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. July 1999.

- Artificial Neural Networks Technology. Data & Analysis Center for Software. August 1992.

- Ad-Hoc working group on ozone directive and reduction strategy development. Ozone position paper. July 1999.

- A.C. Comrie. Comparing Neural Networks and Regression Models for Ozone Forecasting. Journal of the Air & Waste Management Association. June 1997.

- G. Reyes; V.J. Cortés. Ozone forecasting in the urban area of Seville using artificial neural network technology. Urban Transport VII. WITPRESS. 2001.

- S. Amoroso; M. Migliore. Neural networks to estimate pollutant levels in canyon roads. Urban Transport VII. WITPRESS. 2001.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Model simulation of the Venice-Mestre ring road air pollution: experimental check and model intercomparison

Example

   

Introduction

Mestre is the mainland part of the City of Venice, one of the most densely populated urban centres in the Veneto Region. Its ring road is a 6-lane motorway, 8 kilometre long, passing through the urban centre (see. Figure 2). It is a toll-free elevated road, located in the intersection between the most important motorways in North-East Italy: the A4 motorway, connecting NW to NE Italy, and the A27 motorway that is part of the link between Southern and Northern Italy. The ring road is used not only for long-range travels, but also to drive through the urban area of Mestre, avoiding the urban network of roads. During winter time, average daily traffic (ADT) counts up to 40,000 vehicles. 60% is represented by Light Duty Vehicles (LDV), while the remaining 40% by Heavy Duty Vehicles (HDV). The highest ADT counts up to 65,000 vehicles, where 90% is represented by LDV while 10% by HDV. This ADT has been recorded in the summer season, when commuter and commercial travels add to vacation travels, whose destination are the beaches in the Veneto region coastline. This is the reason why drivers frequently experience long queues (some kilometre long) at the motorway toll booths. The discussion over the “Mestre bottleneck” removal started several years ago. Recently (in summer 2003), the Venice-Padua Motorway Company, that supervises the Mestre ring road, decided to use the hard shoulders as running-lanes, resulting in the present 6-running-lane configuration.

Model simulation

Primary contribution of CO, benzene and PM10 to urban air pollution from Mestre ring road has been assessed. For this purpose, ADMS-Urban (Atmospheric Dispersion Modelling System) model has been used, a model suitable to simulate atmospheric dispersion of pollutants released by industrial and domestic sources and by traffic in urban areas (ADMS-Urban, Urban Air Quality Management System, Version 2.0 and 2.0.4.0.).

The emission source was divided in 57 lines (straight, entrance, exit and link roads). Traffic emissions have been estimated by European COPERT3 methodology, adding the emission factors proposed by IIASA and TNO for PM10 non-exhaust emissions (tire, brake wear and road abrasion, as well as re-suspension are included). Pollutant concentrations have been evaluated, at every hour of the day, considering the ADT variations between working days, Saturdays and Sundays, both for winter and summer. The output grid amounts to almost 10,000 receptors, placed up to 800 m far from the ring road, 2 m (man target height) and 7 m (average motorway height) high from the ground.

In the following we represent the interpolation of maximum hour concentration values of CO produced by daily emissions on 2 m high receptors. Summer and winter periods are distinguished. All the information refer to 2002, when the ring road was still in 4-lane configuration.

Figure 1. Maximum hour concentration values of CO produced by daily emissions on 2m high receptors

Field measurements to evaluate models performance

In order to validate modelling results with experimental data, an air quality monitoring campaign has been performed, placing a mobile laboratory by the ring road from 06/11/2003 to 07/01/2004. The measurement site is beside a green area 30 m from the ring road (see Figure 2). The station is equipped with continuous analysers for sampling and measuring CO, SO2, NOx, O3, CH4, NMHC and BTX. At the same time PM10 has been sampled. PM10 has been successively analysed with gravimetric method, while PAH (benzo(a)pyrene) have been analysed with HPLC. Passive samplers (RadielloÒ) have also been used to determine benzene-toluene-xylene (BTX) with gas chromatography. Some meteorological parameters have been achieved: temperature, relative humidity, atmospheric pressure, wind speed/direction, direction standard deviation and solar radiation. During the monitoring period PM10 concentration exceeded the daily human health protection limit for 26 days. No other exceedances of short term legal limits have been observed for the other pollutants. In the same period 6 passive samplers (RadielloÒ) have been placed along a line orthogonal to the road at a distance of 10, 30, 100 m on both sides of the ring road. With this device a week sample of benzene has been collected.

Model inter-comparison

Comparison between model results and air quality data has been carried out to assess the suitability of ADMS Urban for this study. The selected period for the comparison is 28/11/03 – 03/12/03, corresponding to a week passive sampling of benzene in the 6 sites across the ring road. Furthermore, in this period a negligible number (1%) of calm wind conditions (wind speed < 0.5 m/s) happened. The modelled scenario accounts for the new 6-lane configuration of the ring road.


R

Text Box: R

M

Text Box: M

a b

Figure 2. a) Mestre ring road; b) the monitoring sites (mobile laboratory - M and passive samplers - R).

To evaluate the performance of the models currently in use at the Veneto Region Environmental Protection Agency, the simulation has also been performed with:

§ CALINE4 (zeta version dated October 1991) which is the successive version of the US-EPA reference model to evaluate extra-urban roads impact (CALINE3);

§ AERMOD (original version 99351) which, like ADMS Urban, is based on the similarity theory approach for boundary layer parameterisation;

§ CALPUFF (version 5.7 dated 030402) which is the only non stationary model used for urban air quality modelling.

A first application of the new AERMOD beta version (dated 04079), comprehending gas and particulate deposition algorithms, has also been carried out. Before processing the meteorological input, wind speed for calm wind conditions has been set to 0.5 m/s.

Simulations have been carried out using the hourly meteorological data collected by the mobile laboratory. Cloud cover data were provided by synoptic station 16105 located at Venice Marco Polo Airport (10 km from the area investigated).

ADMS Urban modelling system has a built-in pre-processor for the calculation of micrometeorological parameters needed for the dispersion model. AERMET processor (version 04079) has been used to obtain the meteorological input files for AERMOD and CALPUFF.

Moreover, for CALINE4, Pasquill stability classes have been obtained from solar radiation and clouds cover data.

Simulation options are summarized in the table 2.

Table 2. Model options

Source characteristics

ADMS

CALINE

AERMOD

CALPUFF

Type

Linear

Linear

Adjacent volumes

Adjacent volumes

Numbers

20 link

20 link

983

983

Traffic-induced dispersion treatment

included in model algorithms

included in model algorithms

resulting from:

s_yinit = 17/2.15

s_zinit = 2.5/2.15 or 4.3

resulting from:

s_yinit = 17/2.15

s_zinit = 2.5/2.15 or 4.3

Dispersion coefficients

Internally calculated from micrometeorological data (L, u*, Hmix, z0…)

Based on Pasquill stability classes

Internally calculated from micrometeorological data (L, u*, Hmix, z0…)

Internally calculated from micrometeorological data (L, u*, Hmix, z0…)

Every simulation has been performed by using hourly variable emission factors, in accordance with traffic flows, for a total of 6 daily runs for each model. Seven receptors have been identified in the mobile laboratory and passive samplers locations.

For optimisation purpose (CPU time) during CALPUFF simulation, carried out only for CO, we chose the following configuration:

§ maximum number of puffs released from one source during one time step = 10;

§ maximum number of sampling steps for one time step = 6.

Model compilation has been set for a maximum number of 50.000 puffs. First day simulation has been performed without initial conditions, whereas for the other days the restart files produced by previous run have been used.

There is a relevant different source treatment among these air quality models. ADMS and CALINE4 support linear sources for road modelling and consider traffic-induced turbulence (cfr. Technical manual), while AERMOD and CALPUFF don’t.

For the latter models, the ISC3-approach for line sources has been used. Initial vertical dimension for adjacent volume sources was fixed at 2.5 m.

In table 3, model results are presented. Background concentrations haven’t been taken into account. Benzene observed values refer to passive sampler measurement placed 30 m south of the ring road.

Comparison with monitoring data outlines a general underestimation of CO and PM10 levels, whereas for benzene, predictions of the models show a tendency to overestimation. This is particularly evident for ADMS and AERMOD v. 04079. PM10 results can be explained by the absence of the secondary contribution.

AERMOD beta version results have shown an hourly trend close to other models, especially with ADMS, although some anomalous behaviours are remarked: in particular we obtain different to zero concentrations at receptor, also when this is upwind of the ring road.

Performance models for CO are evaluated on the basis of hourly concentration recorded by mobile laboratory. The results are summarized in table 4.

Table 3. Statistics


The normalised mean square NMSE error and the root mean square error RMSE have been calculated, both with and without the addition of the local background levels of CO. For simplicity, the minimum value recorded by automatic analyser has been selected for this background level, which instead depends on the variability of the atmospheric dispersion conditions.

In general the models have a quite close mean error, probably due to insufficient emission and meteorological characterisation. Nevertheless, CALINE4 e AERMOD v. 99351 don’t adequately simulate the higher concentration, as shown by NMSE values.

Table 4. Model’s performance for CO


Figure 3: Benzene prediction vs observation

The comparison between predicted and observed benzene mean levels monitored with passive samplers is displayed in the Figure 3. In the ordinate axis the sites normal to the ring road are represented, from the farthest northern position (A3: 100 m far from route) to the farthest southern position (B3). AERMOD 04079, ADMS and CALPUFF show the overestimation of concentrations. The models a typical bell trend for mean concentration along the sampling sites, while passive samples show a flat trend.

Conclusions

In this work we assessed the suitability of models currently implemented in ARPAV to the estimation of direct contribution of urban sources to local levels of primary pollutants. Since stationary models are more and more often used in different emission scenarios and in political supporting decisions, it is important to study the outputs of modelling systems with regard to the emission and meteorological inputs available.

Since in many areas of the Veneto region calm wind conditions are frequent, the use of stationary models could be inconsistent. For this reason the comparison among different models presented here includes a non stationary model such us CALPUFF, even if it wasn’t expressly meant for road sources. CALPUFF performances in our configuration have not showed significant improvements compared to stationary models.

Moreover, vertical dimension of volume sources to simulate the effect of traffic induced dispersion are critical for CALPUFF and AERMOD. Therefore configurations tested in these study need further investigation.

An inconsistency between model results and observed data for benzene has been outlined. We are then currently studying the improvement of the estimation of emissions of this pollutant.

None of the models tested in this study showed a major suitability, therefore further investigations are needed.

References

Ntziachristos L., Samaras Z., 2000. COPERT III, Computer programme to calculate emission from road transport. Methodology and emission factors (Version 2.1), EEA, Copenhagen, Denmark.

Lükewille A., Bertok I., Amann M., Cofala J., Gyarfas F., Heyes C., Karvosenoj, N., Klimont Z. and Schöpp W., 2001 A framework to estimate the potential and costs for the control of fine particulate emissions in Europe. International Institute forApplied Systems Analysis (IIASA), IR-01-023, Laxenburg, Austria.

Scire J.S., Strimaitis D.G., Yamartino R.J., 1999. A user’s Guide for the CALPUFF Dispersion Model (Version 5.0), Earth Tech, Concord, MA.

CERC, 2003. ADMS-Urban. An Urban Air Quality Management System. User Guide (Version 2.0), Cambridge Environmental Reserch Consultant Ltd, Cambridge, UK.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1989. CALINE4 – A Dispersion Model For Predicting Air Pollutant Concentrations Near Roadways, CA.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1998. Revised Draft. User’s Guide for the AMS/EPA Regulatory Model – AERMOD, NC.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; 1998. Revised Draft. User’s Guide for the AERMOD Meteorological Preprocessor (AERMET), NC.

Acknowledgements

This text has been presented as poster presentation at the 9th conference on Harmonisation within Atmospheric Dispersion Modelling for Regulatory Purposes held June 1-4, 2004 in Garmisch-Partenkirchen, Germany.

We thank the authors: Biancotto R.1, Coraluppi L.1, Liguori F.2, Lorenzet K.2, Maffeis G. 3, Pillon S.2, Pistollato S.1, Rosa M.1, Tarabotti E.1

1Veneto Region Environmental Protection Agency – Department of Venice, Mestre (VE), Italy

2Veneto Region Environmental Protection Agency –Regional Air Observatory, Mestre (VE), Italy

3Terraria srl, Milano, Italy

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Example of the assessment of past and present air quality and exposure in Venice

Example

   

Introduction

The area around Venice is a particularly complicated ecosystem within which 1,5 million people live. In this relatively small area you can find a city of art, a somewhat environmentally fragile lagoon area, high population density urban areas and an important industrial area, Porto Marghera.

Porto Marghera is famous for its petrochemical industry based on mainly chlorine chemistry which has caused quite a bit of controversy because of its impact on the environment.

Other production cycles are those related to the production of caprolactam, acetonecyanohydrin, hydrocloroflourinecarbides, hydroflorinecarbides and acrylic fibres. Apart from the petrochemical plants, other industries present in the area are:

- a petrol refinery;

- industrial plants for the production and transformation of non-ferrous metals (aluminium, copper and zinc);

- seven thermoelectric power plants;

- five waste incinerators.

Two years ago, the local authority (Province of Venice, Environmental Policy Dept.) launched a full–scale inquiry into the effects and health hazards caused by industrial emissions.

Within this inquiry, our task was to estimate and evaluate those potentially dangerous industrial emissions released and dispersed over the last 40 years and to examine if these had affected, in any way, the local population.

Targeting exposure and inhalation pathways, the case study began with the process and technological analysis applied in Porto Marghera over the past 40 years. Then, more than 1000 emission points of TSP, SO2, NOX, Pb, Cd, Hg, Benzene, Dioxins and other chlorine products were estimated using emission factors and data retrieved from local archives. Finally, pollutant emission dispersion and soil concentration values were modelled using the U.S, EPA, ISC Model. 40 maps were made up to indicate the levels of soil pollution over the past 4 decades and to provide information on the level of population exposure to help the epidemiological survey.

The second step was to compare present emissions and modelled dispersion with the results of air quality control. Using the year 2001 as a reference point, TSP, SO2, and NOX emissions were estimated and pollutant emission dispersions along with soil concentration values were modelled using the U.S. EPA, ISC Model. Hence, it was possible to carry out a comparison between modelled and monitored data so as to validate the model and the method of analysis.

Evaluation of Polluting Emissions

This stage of the project focused on rating the quality and quantity of the principal carcinogenic pollutants from 1962 until 2001. In particular, Dioxin and other chlorinated by-products such as: mercury, benzene, cadmium and lead were put under major scrutiny. The study also covered pollutants such as TSP, SO2, NOX, generally considered responsible for a number of chronic pathologies.

The analysis started off by using a series of indicators, taken from different sources, to define the point of emission peculiarity (high mass flow rate emissions and others) and emission factors in reference to the type of process and pollution reduction technologies applied.

Ei = A x EFi (1)

Where:

- Ei = mass flow of i – pollutant emitted (kg/year);

- A = activity key parameter, ex: raw material consumes, fuel fired, final product obtained (ton/year);

- EFi = Emission factor for i - pollutant (kg pollutant/ton fuel).

The historical rating of pollutants released over the past 40 years has required both a bibliographical and historical study of industrial process analysis based on documentation registered by the Public Authority on Prevention and Control concerning the main characteristics of industrial plants.

This kind of analysis provided awareness of process layout, modifications spanning the last 40 years, the opening of new production lines and the closing down of old ones and also led to an inquiry into the characteristics of pollutant treatment systems.

Following the same study guidelines carried out in the year 2001, the year taken as reference point to model the monitored air quality data , we were able to compare estimated emission values using emission factors with monitoring data and legally enforced control data along with what was openly declared by the companies which make the Area Evaluation Pact Foreseen for Porto Marghera in accordance with the Chemical Agreement. With these values at hand, the competent authorities can then verify and control all the monitored data with those declared and supplied by the companies while, at the same time, taking into consideration the origins and margins for improvement by applying BATs (Best Available Technologies).

Table 1 - Grid view estimating polluting emissions

Figure. 1 - Estimated air emission values

Exposure to Polluting Emissions

The study, in particular, targeted on exposure and inhalation pathways. To achieve this we began by measuring the concentration of each pollutant in the atmosphere along with the exposure times for each one.

The release of pollutants into the atmosphere and their fall out on soil was simulated through models of different industrial plant technologies from the 60s until today so as to identify those environmental elements and those people exposed to the airborne pollutants.

Evaluation of the atmospheric dispersion of pollutants from 1960 until now has been based on the use of climatic models. For historical analysis in particular, data containing yearly averages were used based on values recorded over a period of 40 years regarding typical weather factors such as wind velocity, frequency and direction, temperature and other factors. For the 2001 study , the data was based on an hourly average measured by automatic pollution control stations managed by Ente Zona and by ENEL Spa. The study of pollutant concentration and fall out was carried out with the ISC (Industrial Source Complex) calculation code and in particular, the release 4.6 ISCAERView mode software developed by Lakes Environmental.

In the end, this was carried out through GIS (Geographic Information System), a digital information representation of the Province of Venice, which highlighted the most critical areas and how the populations living there were affected. The purpose of this step was to simplify the epidemiological study, which will be carried out at the same time as this task.

Results

The results of the study, recorded in a fairly large file, describe the processes and plants of the Porto Marghera industrial areas from 1962 until today. The report also contains mass flow rate values for the examined 10 pollutants released over the last 40 years, how and why this came about and the evolution starting from the introduction of new technologies and techniques along with all the new environmental legislation. The first report also contains the exposure scenarios and the intake cycle of such pollutants.

The case study results have been laid out, coded and mapped onto digital support so as to obtain a practical tool which makes simple and fast reading and will certainly be helpful in the future when and if new projects will have to be devised and drawn up.

Therefore what we have available is:

- an alphanumeric database with more than 1000 entries;

- the trend of polluting emissions subdivided sector by sector along with the major contributors to each single scenario;

- 40 maps indicating pollution fall out onto the soil at different times over the past 40 years;

- pollution concentrations in the soil and, once again, the major contributors to each single scenario;

- the digital representation by GIS of the most exposed areas in the Province of Venice.

Figure 2 - Dioxin fallout map (decade 80 – 90) data in fentogramme mass/m3

A further result consists in simulating the deposition values to the surface for emissions of PTS, NOX and SOX in those locations where air and soil monitoring stations had been installed. Comparing data on the typical daily trend obtained through simulation, with data obtained through the monitoring system, the concurrence between the two different values and the effectiveness of the method, as for SO2 (figure 3) is concerns, proves more than satisfactory. As for NOX and TSP, the influence of traffic emissions and household heating emissions did not, on the other hand, allow any effective comparison.

Figure 3 - Monitoring station for Malcontenta: comparison between monitored concentrations of SO2 vs. modelled on daily average in reference to weather data monitored by two meteorological stations known as: 22 and 5

Table 2 - Extract from figure 3: major plants sharing to the pollution concentration in the atmosphere

Acknowledgements

This text has been kindly made available from the Province of Venice Authority.

See the full text document(in Italian language):

Past and Present Environmental Analysis of the Porto Marghera Industrial Area

See the Maps at the website:

http://www.provincia.venezia.it/proveco/area/epidemio/epidemio.htl

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  What role for Integrated Models Suites in Urban Planning?

2. Introduction

   

The planning activities within European municipalities have experienced a remarkable evolution along the past 20 years. During the 80’s transport planners used to focus on the capacity of the transport networks and their capability to avoid congestion situations.

In the 90’s environmental impacts have started to enter extensively the planning best practice and a number of cities were using transport emission models of different kind: several of those planners have been using also dispersion models for achieving impact results at the level of air quality.

At the beginning of the new millennium, integrated suites of models involving additional impacts start to be used by the most equipped administrations while the EC funds Research and Development R&D projects for the realisation of integrated systems of software tools for planning purposes. We are quickly advancing in the era of ‘advanced planning tools’.

These integrated tools should allow a more exhaustive understanding of the consequences of postulated actions, measures, policies for the urban environment and foster the cooperation among different ‘planners’ within the local administration. In fact the availability of multidisciplinary software tools requiring several technical competences should push municipal departments working on Land Use, Transport, Air Quality, Cultural Heritage protection, health protection to cooperate and develop more harmonised and less conflicting initiatives/plans.

3. Discussion

   

The various planning activities that city administrations have to run for their institutional roles (mobility plans, urban plans, transport plans, air quality action plans) require a number of different modelling tools.

Quite often these tools are used separately, by different units within the same administration, sometimes under a cooperation spirit and sometimes rather in competition, thus risking to plan conflicting scenarios for the future of the community, in particular as it regards air quality. It is now common perception that Air Quality targets can be reached if – and only if – the various planning activities are developed under a coherent and harmonising framework where the involved units-departments cooperate for achieving agreed results through short-medium and long-term measures.

This evolutionary process can be supported by the realisation of ‘integrated suites of models’ that the various actors of the planning activity can use. The common characteristic of such ‘suites’ will be the integration of a high number of models going from the behaviour of the local population (mobility demand models) to the traffic simulation, from the estimate of emissions and air pollution, to the final impacts on population health and monuments preservation.

In the frame of the 5th Framework Programme the EC has funded a few projects aiming at building these kinds of integrated software tools.

Under the key action ‘City of Tomorrow and cultural heritage’ we can note two of these projects:

· ISHTAR (Integrated Software for Health, Transport efficiency and Artistic heritage Recovery) Project (2002-2005) coordinated by ENEA (Italy), and

· PROPOLIS (Planning and Research of Policies for Land Use and Transport for Increasing Urban Sustainability) Project (2001-2004) coordinated by LT (Finland).

Both projects cover the areas of mobility, transport, pollutant emissions, noise, air pollution, population exposure and health effects. ISHTAR also covers the area of damage to monuments.

The two projects are members of the LUTR (Land Use and Transport) Cluster under the mentioned Key Action, while ISHTAR is also a member of the CLEAR Cluster on Air Quality Research.

The two projects are producing two good examples of integrated suites usable for designing measures and policies for urban sustainability.

Under the Programme ‘Quality of Life’ of the 5th FP the EC has funded another ‘linked’ project denominated HEARTS (Health Effects and Risks of Transport systems) coordinated by WHO. Also in this project partners are developing suites of models to be tested in a few European cities, but the integration scheme is less tight and the various models to be used in the upper part of the modelling chain are more flexibly defined.

The developing picture is extremely stimulating since we can observe the successful development of different types of more or less tightly integrated tools that will be shortly usable by European planners and will probably constitute a new niche market within the big market of the Planning Tools.

4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   

· A major recommendation from INTEGAIRE is for the future use of the integrated models suites that are being built in the EU. Such tools can foster cooperation among municipal departments devoted to various planning activities.

· The use of a single multidisciplinary tool by different actors can increase the coherence and credibility of the planned scenarios. Moreover, these suites bring the attention of the planners to the ultimate effects of pollution and of the measures decided for reducing it: the impact on people’s health and monuments-buildings.

· It is rather likely that these kinds of tools will become “reference solutions” for implementing the directives going to be originated by the current EC initiative Thematic Strategy on the Urban Environment. In fact the integrated suites are suited for becoming elements of more complex Environmental Managements Systems or represent the tools for planning Sustainable Transport Systems and Sustainable Land Use policies.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Three example templates are available within the INTEGAIRE database for this topic:

- ISHTAR Project : building an advanced models suite for urban sustainable planning

- HEARTS Project - Modelling Health Effects and Risks of Transport Systems

- Integrated Land Use and Transport Planning tools

6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

· Information on the activities of the Land Use and Transport cluster of the key action ‘City of Tomorrow’ can be found at www.lutr.net

· Details on the ISHTAR Project can be found at www.ishtar-fp5-eu.com

· PROPOLIS is described at www.ltcon.fi/propolis

· HEARTS Project web site is www.euro.who.int/transport

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  ISHTAR Project : building an advanced models suite for urban sustainable planning

Example

   

The problems addressed

European cities face common challenges concerning their quality of life: degradation of the urban environment, significant risks for citizens health, traffic congestion causing stress and economic inefficiency, progressive damage of the artistic and monumental heritage. Additional difficulties derive from the lack of integrated tools that allow cities to make balanced decisions on a wide range of issues. The aim of ISHTAR Project is to build an advanced software suite for the analysis of the effects of short term actions and long term policies to improve the quality of the environment, citizens health, conservation of monuments. The suite will include both existing and newly developed models, covering the areas of citizens behaviour, transport, vehicles emissions noise and safety, pollutants dispersion, buildings related atmospheric emissions, health, and monuments degradation. These tools will find an integration in the use of a GIS and a user-friendly interface software. The models suite will be an innovative tool for advanced urban management and will allow the integrated analysis of the various environmental effects of technical and non technical measures. This will represent an attractive alternative to the usual separated analysis of the effects of such measures on the various elements of the urban environment.

Objectives and approach

The integration of a large number of software tools and the creation of specific modules for the advanced simulation of key processes such as transport behaviour and its direct impacts on the urban environment will allow the build-up of an innovative and powerful decision support tool for urban policies optimisation.

The achievement of a high spatial and temporal flexibility in the use of the tool will maximise the possibility of use from local short term actions to widespread long-term policies, thus being of interest for different categories of users. A high level of technical innovation, in terms of both development of new tools needed and balanced integration of these with existing and marketable tools, will create a new method and an innovative software tool for assessing urban policies. Specific modelling efforts will be performed in the representation of policies effects on citizens behaviour, in the integrated 24hr simulation of traffic emissions, noise and safety, in the microscopic analysis of air pollution effects on health and monuments. The maximisation of the European Added Value, deriving from a wide and geographically representative consortium, the development of Stakeholders oriented activities, based on a thorough organisation of dissemination, and the contribution to a widespread socio-economic issue, represented by the decreasing urban quality of life, will originate a potentially huge market for results dissemination and exploitation. The exploitation of the models suite will begin within the Project with the application of the tool to the analysis of measures tested in the seven involved cities: Athens, Bologna, Brussels, Graz, Grenoble, London and Rome. The designed strict coherence with EU Policies for Environment, Transport, and Urban Life Quality, together with the proper liaison with relevant Projects in the whole 5th FP, will guarantee the expected resonance of the project within EC research effort.

Expected Impacts

The key result of ISHTAR Project will be the realisation of a multi-impacts models suite for the assessment of a wide menu of measures for urban life quality. The application of the tool to the measures tested in the involved cities will provide indication of tool usefulness, accuracy, applicability and estimation of impacts on health, environment, monuments. The users involvement will provide evidence of the impact of the performed research. The availability of the ISHTAR suite will allow in future public administrations and consultant companies to run integrated and advanced environmental assessment of short-term actions and long-term policies for the improvement of the urban quality of life. This twofold opportunity can bring environmental and health benefits on one side, and employment opportunity and improved efficiency of the urban system on the other. The main immediate beneficiaries of the new decision support tool will be the local authorities, having the chance of optimising integrated and not conflicting urban policies, and citizens living in cities where the recovery of public health, transport efficiency and artistic heritage will be carefully designed and measured.

Technical elements

The Suite includes both commercial tools and tools purposely developed for the ISHTAR Project. The modelling chain starts from the simulation of the citizens behavioural changes, in terms of movements, attributable to the measure under exam. The behavioural data (the so called ‘Origin-Destination’ matrix’) are then used by the transport model for the traffic simulation. The vehicular flows parameters so produced are then used as input for the direct impact module, which simulates emissions of pollutants and noise and the accidents occurrence. The pollutants emissions, calculated link by link, are transformed on aerial concentrations by means of a dispersion model, while the noise emission levels are input to the noise propagation model that computes the noise level on the road and on the buildings façade. These levels of pollution, noise and accidents risk constitute the basis for the exposure evaluation and then for the health risk assessment. The pollution levels are also used for the assessment of the effects on monuments. A further tool is in charge for the gathering of all the relevant data produced by the previous tools and making the overall evaluation (through a Multicriteria Analysis and a Cost-Benefit Analysis). The models are integrated by an ISHTAR Suite Manager, a user friendly interface and a commercial Geographic Information System.

The integrated modules

The Cellular Methodology

The Suite standard starting model is represented by the Cellular Transport Methodology (CTM) , a Software tool developed by ISIS (Italy) that simulates the effects of policies and measures on citizens behaviour (in terms of movements). This model is the first ring of the model chain and on its ability of reproducing the different effects of different actions depends the capability in assessing the effectiveness of the measures to be implemented.

The result of the CTM consists in new O-D matrices representing the modified behaviour of the population following the implementation of the postulated measures. This methodology produces people density patterns for the city “cells” (city portions) by estimating the in-out flows taking into account the total mobility demand and the distribution of attracting and generating points within the city. The O-D matrices produced by this tool are the primary input for traffic models. A further output of this model is the ‘present population’ estimate (split into groups for age, sex, activity) within the ‘cells’ during the day. This is an essential data for the exposure assessment.

The transport model

The second ring of the chain is the transport model, which, on the basis of the O-D matrices provided by the CTM or by any other tool available to the user, simulates the movements distribution within the city network. After a review of existing models, and taking into account the Suite needs, the traffic model ‘Metropolis’ has been chosen. This ‘tactical’ model, thanks to dynamic simulation of congestion allows a better representation of vehicular flows and speeds. In particular Metropolis is able, using the same data as a ‘strategic’ model (a ‘static’ model used for wide temporal and spatial scale), to quickly reproduce dynamic simulations.

A limit of Metropolis Software is represented by the absence of the multimodality (only the private vehicular flows are simulated, the other movement ‘modes’ are not considered). However this limit has recently been overtaken with the integration between Metropolis and VISUM by PTV (D), a strategic model, that allows to simulate multimodal movements. The resulting software, denominated VISUPOLIS, is the software tool that is being integrated within the Suite, as it can provide all the data needed by downstream models. In particular the congestion description allows to simulate the different path and departure time choice, the accumulated delay and the path chosen. This tool will be tested through the Paris case study.

In any case, the city administrations not interested in implementing this tool, will be able to use their own traffic model providing the traffic data (at least the speed and flows for each link) in a compatible format.

Direct impacts module

The direct impacts (pollutants emissions, noise emission, accident occurrence) module used within the suite is TEE2004 (Transport Energy and Environment), developed and provided by ENEA and ASTRAN srl (Italy).

This code has been developed and adapted for the ISHTAR Suite, refining the vehicle kinematics algorithms, and including new models for the estimation of cold emission distribution, parking process, emissions of new categories of pollutants, and finally for noise emissions and accident occurrence.

As it regards the kinematics, TEE code can calculate link emissions starting from standard correlations based on average speed or from instantaneous emissions data, allowing emissions detailed calculation, according to the traffic input data available, either from measurements or from traffic models. Moreover the model includes an innovative solution for taking into account the effects of vehicle kinematics, based on the reconstruction of the speed cycle along the link on the basis of key link varaiables such as traffic density, average speed, link length and the fraction of green time at intersection.

As it concerns the estimation of the effects of cold emissions spatial and temporal distribution, TEE offers alternative solutions for the user, according to the more or less disaggregated information, allowing in any case to distinguish different situations.

The parking process algorithm provides an approximated but meaningful treatment of traffic flows from and to parking areas and allows to locate cold vehicles emissions in space and time and a greater accuracy in the estimation of evaporative emissions distribution.

TEE2004 contains also two totally new new sub-models: the noise emission model, (sensible to vehicular flow and speed, heavy duty vehicles presence and slope) and the accident occurrence model, that calculates the total number of accidents involving only vehicles or vehicles and pedestrians.

Pollutant dispersion module

The pollutants dispersion can be calculated with one of the two tools provided by ARIA Technologies (F) depending on the spatial and time scale. For urban scale and long term analysis the suite will rely on ARIA Impacts, while for mesoscale and short term events ARIA Regional will be the reference model. ARIA Impacts is a gaussian model generally used for assessing long term and urban scale measures: it treats gaseous pollutants and particulate matter but does not consider chemical reactions in the atmosphere. A ‘canyon’ model is being purposely developed for the Suite; it allows to take into account the air recirculation and the pollutants accumulation within the street canyons. ARIA Regional is a complex, non idrostatic, eulerian model that can simulate reactions in the atmosphere. The reference scale vary between 30 and 300 Km. This model is also capable to analyse pollution episodes and to forecast repetitions. The considered pollutants are: CO, NOx, SO2, VOC, PM. Both models are completely integrated within the suite and provide data needed for calculating impacts on monuments and health.

Noise propagation module

The model that is in charge of the noise propagation simulation (noise emission is calculated by TEE2004) is a commercial software tool: Soundplan, by Braunstein & Berndt GmbH, Germany. Soundplan has been chosen because it doesn’t build just noise grids, but it calculates the noise levels on the receivers, as indicate by EC directives. Soundplan can simulate also the effects of the introduction of noise barriers and other methodologies for noise reduction. However this is possible only with a detailed three dimensional reconstruction of the area under analysis.

Health impact module

This module is provided by WHO and consists in two parts: the first part has been purposely developed for ISHTAR and is a GIS application that calculates the citizens exposure to air pollutants and noise taking into account the data provided by the upstream models. In particular it analyses the noise and pollution maps, and, overlaying them with the population activity and movements during the day, it estimates the disaggregated exposure of population groups by gender, age, and activity during the day. This module represents a real innovation in the field of exposure assessment: so far the exposure has been mainly calculated for a whole city during one year, while this tool can assess exposure of more or less small groups for short periods, even hour by hour.

The other part of this module consists in a software tool for the health risk assessment that calculates the health impacts taking into account the exposure to noise and pollutants and the accident occurrence calculated by TEE2004 and applies the dose-response curves available in literature.

Impacts on monuments

The pollution maps produced by the dispersion model are not only applied for assessing health impacts but also impacts on monuments. The tool that calculates the monuments impacts is developed by ENEA and PHAOS (GR) and, on the basis of pollution levels and the material constituting the monuments, calculates the crust formation or the lost of material, plus the cost of maintenance and/or restoration.

Overall Analysis

The overall evaluation of the analysed measures is made by a software developed by LMU-TraC (UK). This tool is based on two methodologies: a Cost-Benefit Analysis and a MultiCriteria Analysis. The module gathers the data from the upstream tools and specific data regarding the measures to be implemented and by assessing them in terms of money (CBA) or parameters (MCA) makes the measures comparable among them.

The integration

The integration software (including the specific Ishtar Suite Manager that controls the run execution) has been developed by INRETS() and manages the use of the Ishtar Suite Interface (for input and output operations at ‘suite level’) and the launching of the tools in the right order and with the proper objectives (e.g. the number of runs of each tool and parameters affecting the tools tasks).

The tools launching is made by ‘software connectors’, i.e. software tools that manage the data exchange among the tools and the Ishtar Suite Database (the adopted format of exchange is ‘xml’). A commercial Geographic Information System (Arc View ()) is used for inputting and outputting the geographic data or the geo-referenced data (link data, area data). The GIS is used as well for data elaboration, mainly in the exposure calculation. The Suite will ahve a user friendly Interface that allows the Suite utilization also by common users, like city planners. The basic architecture of the suite is shown in Figure 1.

Fig.1 : Architecture of the ISHTAR suite modules and data

Application and validation

So far the Suite has been used, in a disaggregated way, and will be used, once integrated, for demonstrating its applicability and validity to the following case studies:

Athens

The case study ‘Attiki Odos’ addresses the new roadway construction, Attica Periphery Road, which is assessed in terms of traffic, toll strategy and pricing, and environmental conditions (as air pollution primarily and in certain areas in terms of noise).

Bologna

The Bologna Provincial Authority case study concerns the evaluation of infrastructure scenarios for the city of Imola with reference of alternative road paths.

Brussels

The aim of the Belgian case study is to prepare the implementation of traffic banning measures in the Brussels area, according to the Plan Ozone of the Federal Government.

Graz

The Austrian case study – coordinated by Graz University of Technology () - is based on the traffic and noise impact evaluation of a 600 m long new road tunnel causing a relevant local traffic rerouting.

Grenoble

Grenoble case study is intended to monitor the effects of the installation of reserved lanes for public transportation and new traffics lights on boulevards with heavy traffic. The site covers the Boulevards over a length of one kilometre, the time scale is 1999 – 2000.

Paris

Every September 22nd the city of Paris takes part in a ‘car free day’. This typical short term event will be modelled with the ISHTAR suite of modules.

Rome

This large scale case study involves the internal ring (including the Rome Limited Traffic zone), which will be transformed in a road traffic collector towards intermodal nodes with radial railway lines.

Conclusions

The ISHTAR Suite represents a breakthrough in the field of decision making support tools. So far the models used in this sector (generally just traffic, emission and dispersion models) were used separately and, with many difficulties, the data exchange between models was done manually, handling considerable amounts of data. A really integrated Suite, like ISHTAR is, allows the comparison of scenarios taking into account the effects on health, air pollution, noise, people mobility and traffic congestion, transport related economic competitiveness, safety, maintenance of infrastructures, built environment and cultural heritage. These characteristics will make the ISHTAR suite one of the reference tools to be used for the design and the assessment of urban environmental policies based on sustainable transport systems.

Key References

  • ISHTAR : an Integrated Models Suite for Sustainable Regional and Town Planning – by P. Hoglund (KTH Stockholm) and E. Negrenti (ENEA) – Cities of Tomorrow Conference – Goteborg (S) – 23-24 August 2001

· ‘ISHTAR’ : ‘integrated software for health, transport efficiency and artistic heritage recovery’ – E. Negrenti - ENEA - Accepted for the ‘Transport induced Air Pollution conference – Boulder (CO), September 2001’

· ISHTAR Project : Building a Model Suite for Urban Sustainability – by E. Negrenti – ENEA - 21st ARRB/11th REAAA Conference ‘TRANSPORT - our highway to a sustainable future’ – Cairns – 18-23 May 2003 – Conference Proceedings

· ‘ISHTAR Project: building a models suite for urban sustainability’ - Emanuele NEGRENTI and Alessandro AGOSTINI (ENEA) , Pierre-Olivier FLAVIGNY (INRETS) - Environment and Transport conference – Avignon - June 2003 - Le Collections de l’INRETS – Actes INRETS n. 93 – Vol 1 – p. 123 –ISSN 0769 0266 – ISBN 2 85782 589 7

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  HEARTS Project - Modelling Health Effects and Risks of Transport Systems

Example

   

Road traffic is a major cause of adverse health effects – ranking with smoking and diet as one of the most important health determinants in Europe. Traffic-related air pollution, noise and vibration, traffic accidents and the social impacts of road traffic (e.g. community severance and isolation) combine to generate a wide range of adverse health consequences, including respiratory and cardio-vascular illness, cancer, physical injury and stress-related illnesses.

These health effects are a source of major public concern, as evidenced by numerous recent Eurobarometer and other attitudinal surveys in Europe. As a result, increasing effort is being devoted across the EU to develop new transport plans and policies, which can reduce the health risks of road traffic. These include new air quality standards (e.g. under the EU Air Quality Framework and its daughter directives), new emission and safety standards for road vehicles, and – in almost every country and every city of the EU – new traffic management strategies and schemes. Recently the scope of EU environmental policies has been further enlarged to include urban planning and spatial development policies, aimed at integrating short and long term land use and transport measures in order to support more sustainable patterns of transport and urban development, which should ultimately have a positive impact on the health of urban populations. Nevertheless, these policies remain relatively poorly informed. Neither the scale of the health risks of road traffic, nor their distribution across the population, are well characterised. Consequently, little is known about who is at risk, about how the various risk factors interact to affect human health, or about how best to manage these multiple risks in an effective and integrated manner. Moreover, it remains difficult to compare different road land use or transport policies and strategies in terms of the multiple exposures and health effects which need to be considered.

The over-riding need is clearly for more integrated methods for health risk assessment which consider the full range of exposures and health effects, and can be applied early in the policy or planning process. Many of the models (e.g. on road traffic flows, air pollutant dispersion) needed for this purpose are already available. In order to provide a rigorous and more integrated measure of health risk, however, new modelling capability needs to be developed. While pollution dispersion models are able to provide increasingly reliable measures of the spatial pattern of air pollution, for example, they still tend to provide a relatively poor measure of exposure, for they do not take account of human mobility and behaviour. Equally, while significant improvements in noise modelling have been made in recent years, exposure assessment is still relatively weak. Current models of road traffic accidents also tend to be relatively simplistic, and unsuitable for prospective assessments of health risks. There is also a need to quantify more accurately the health risks of these various exposures, for different sub-groups of the population, and to bring the different models together within a consistent framework.

This research is aimed at addressing these needs. Its aim is to develop and apply an integrated methodology for health risk assessment in order to explore the multiple health impacts of road traffic, as a basis for informing policy and improving public health protection. Within this context, the specific aims are:

  1. to identify, test, customise and link models to assess the health risks from traffic-related air pollution, traffic noise and vibration and traffic accidents;
  2. to use these methods to characterise the geographical and social distribution of these risks within urban areas;
  3. to investigate the different time-space patterns shown by these various risk factors in urban areas and their relationship with human activity patterns and exposures;
  4. on the basis of these results, to identify and characterise population subgroups who are most susceptible to the multiple health risks of transport;
  5. to investigate the potential of different transport-related policies to control and mitigate these multiple risks.

The project will thus build on and extend a number of recent studies of traffic-related air pollution and health in the EU, notably the EXPOLIS-I and EAS-EXPOLIS studies (1), APHEA (2) and SAVIAH (3, 4, 5, 6). As part of this project, we will review these studies and conduct a semi-quantitative meta-analysis of relevant findings in order to construct dose-response functions for the various exposures and health endpoints of interest. We will also incorporate results from ongoing reviews, such as that by the Department of Public Health Sciences, St George’s Hospital, London.

An important part of this study will be to ascertain and incorporate measures of uncertainty in these dose-response and effect estimates. This will be done using a Bayesian: the partners participating in this project have extensive expertise in Bayesian statistical analysis, on which this work will draw.

The project will also provide important results of relevance to many current studies on transport technologies and management – for example the AutoOil studies and AIR-EIA.

Expected achievements from the study include:

  1. new models for the assessment of accident risks and exposures to air and noise pollution;
  2. an integrated suite of models for assessing and comparing the multiple health risks of urban transport;
  3. a generic tool, operating within a GIS environment, for health risk assessment of urban transport systems and associated land use policies, that can be readily customised to and applied in cities across the EU;
  4. a set of case studies, illustrating and testing the use of these methods in different urban environments;
  5. improved understanding of the geographic and social distribution of the different health risks of transport within urban areas;
  6. clearer specification and characterisation of the population subgroups most at risk from these multiple health effects;
  7. identification and ranking of transport-related policies and management systems in terms of their ability to target, mitigate and reduce these risks within these susceptible groups.

This research has a wide range of important benefits. Inter alia it will contribute to:

· improved specification and costing of the health effects of urban transport;

· improved evaluation and appraisal of transport-related policies and management interventions in terms of their health effects;

· improved ability to develop and implement more integrated policies aimed at resolving the multiple effects of transport on health (as opposed to current, often piecemeal approaches);

· better targeting of public health and policy interventions at at-risk groups, with consequent improvements in effectiveness and efficiency;

· improved capability to adapt EU and national policies on transport and health to local conditions and the needs of specific population groups.

HEARTS project involves the development and application of an integrated methodology for environmental health impact assessment in relation to urban transport systems. The methodology to be developed will comprise seven main types of models:

· a transport model, which provides estimates of traffic flow, traffic composition and other traffic characteristics (including speed) for each area or road link of interest;

· a suite of air pollution models, which simulate the emission and dispersion of air pollution from the transport sector within the urban environment and in different micro-environments, for key groups of air pollutants (including NOx, particulates, VOCs and ozone);

· a noise propagation model, which simulates the generation and distribution of traffic noise within the urban area, and in different micro-environments;

· a traffic accident model, which simulates the probability distribution of road traffic accidents, by different travel mode (including cycling and walking) and micro-environment;

· a set of time-activity models, which simulate the spatial and temporal distribution of the population (by population sub-group) in the different micro-environments of interest (including buildings, vehicles and outdoor environments);

· a set of exposure models (for the various air pollutants, noise and accidents) that combines the outcomes of the air pollution, noise and accident modelling and the time-activity modelling to estimate population exposure distributions (e.g. using Monte Carlo or other probabilistic methods);

· a suite of health effects models, which provide estimates of the health risk, for different health endpoints, of exposure to each of these hazards.

These models will be drawn and developed from existing methods and models, then linked to create an integrated modelling system (IMS) by loose-coupling within a geographical information system (GIS). By providing the capability to incorporate data of differing resolution, and models of more or less sophistication, the system will be suitable for operation at a range of different scales, and in a range of different data conditions – from the whole city level, to the sub-city level (e.g. for communes or wards) to the individual street level. By changing the assumptions within the transport model, the integrated modelling system will also be capable of analysing the potential health effects of changes in transport policy or technology. Within the limits of these transport models, the impacts of longer term land use strategies and policies on health perspectives can also be analysed.

HEARTS Project is coordinated by the WHO ECEH office in Rome.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Integrated Land Use and Transport Planning tools

Example

   

The Propolis Project

More than three-quarters of the population of Western Europe live in cities. Their quality of life, health as well as safety are to a considerable extent affected by the environmental quality, provision of and access to services, and safety of their home cities. Part of the economic efficiency of urban regions is lost due to urban congestion and pollution. Methodologies are needed for predicting and mitigating negative changes and for bringing about positive ones. PROPOLIS project addresses these issues by enabling the prediction of the impacts of urban transport and land use policies.

The problems of growing traffic and the sprawl of urban areas together with the associated adverse environmental, social and economic impacts are experienced everywhere in Europe. Therefore, accumulating know-how, developing methodologies and searching for sustainable urban policies is no doubt of strategic importance and a field meriting a European-wide approach and concentration of know-how and resources.

PROPOLIS contributes to the implementation of many of the EU""policies, especially environment, energy and transport. It also addresses questions of European wide interest and of strategic importance.

Scientific objectives and approach

The objective of PROPOLIS is to research, develop and test integrated land use and transport policies, tools and comprehensive assessment methodologies in order to define sustainable long-term urban strategies and to demonstrate their effects in European cities.

The work is executed through developing a set of indicators measuring the environmental, social and economic components of sustainability. Values for these indicators are calculated using enhanced urban land use and transport models and new GIS and Internet based modules. A decision support tool is used to evaluate the sets of indicator values in order to arrive at aggregate environmental, social and economic indices for the alternative policy options. To include the long run land use effects a time horizon of 20 years or more is used.

The innovations of the PROPOLIS project are related to the integrated and comprehensive approach, to the common framework for analysis with different land use and transport models, to the combination of strategic interactive land use and transport models and GIS techniques. The feedback from the attributes of environmental quality to the locating process of households and firms is part of the innovation. The approach is also likely to produce innovative policy recommendations, as the system is able to reveal the interactions and multiplier effects by following the impact chains in the system.

Expected impacts

PROPOLIS approach is used to systematically analyse policy options in 7 European cities to reach general recommendations for optimum combinations of different policy types. The strategies improve urban sustainability in general and radically reduce urban pollution and congestion without compromising economic efficiency and social sustainability.

The benefits at the European level are mostly related to the general conclusions and recommendations for European urban regions. Efficiency increase will lead to improved competitiveness and employment, to better economy and welfare. The project also produces a set of well-defined indicators for use for benchmarking purposes throughout Europe.

The Client-Partners benefit from the project by having updated and enhanced urban models and evaluation system available for their use. This system can be used when planning new policies, plans or large-scale projects. The system is especially well suited for environmental impact assessments, which are forced by law for any large-scale project.

The achievement of the goal - to specify and demonstrate the effects of long term strategies that could be generally adapted in different European urban regions - would lead the way to better environment, land use patterns, transport systems, economy and social conditions for European citizens - towards sustainable development.

For further details :

LT Consultants
Melkonkatu 9, 00210
Helsinki - Finland

Contact:

Kari Lautso - http://www.ltcon.fi/propolis

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Issue

  Models for Planning: Measurements

Related Topic Templates and Examples

 
Topic Template Examples
Traffic data/sensors
 
Traffic parameters monitored in Utrecht
Which traffic parameters do we measure and use as input in our models?

Overview of Issue

  Overview to appear here

Last Updated


 

30th November 1999

Back

 

 


 

1. Topic

  Traffic data/sensors

2. Introduction

   

The objective of implementing most measures is to meet local air quality in urban areas.

Traffic data is one of the most important sources of information to receive when working with air quality management systems. Fundamental differences between vehicles, such as weight, engine size and fuel type, are very significant in accounting for variations in emission rates. Recent advances in technology have delivered significant reductions in vehicle emissions. However, they continue to be an important factor in both local air quality and levels of greenhouse gases. The connection between traffic and air pollution is complex and involves a wide range of factors. To discover more knowledge about the traffic speed, distribution of different vehicles, dynamic information etc we must have data…Traffic data are available in every cities (more and less). It can be quite difficult to have access to the data, and if you have access to the data, the format is probably in the wrong format and it can also be difficult to interpret. Using computer software like emission data bases and dispersion models its fundamental to have accurate information from the traffic sensors.


3. Discussion

   

When you have a fleet of vehicles in your town (or area) you must find information that is important for your Air Quality Management System like emission database and dispersion modelling software etc. To calculate emission on an annual basis you must have information about the distribution of the vehicles, traffic network and emission factors etc. When using dispersion calculation models you also must have dynamic data information concerning monthly and daily variation of the traffic (divided in the type of vehicles).

The vehicle exhaust emissions may be influenced in two principal ways: by changing the composition of the traffic or by changing the way in which the vehicles are operated. To have that kind of information you also must have traffic data in real time and historical.

To obtain real time traffic data you must have a well defined data protocol. The protocol will be used initially to exchange traffic measurement data. Traffic measurement data can be both static and dynamic. Static data, e.g. the names of locations which do not change frequently. Dynamic data, e.g. measurements from a location, which changes frequently, sometimes several times a minute. Because of this the data is made available in two ways. Static data is returned on request. Dynamic data is returned on request or subscribed to. If subscribed to, the data will be delivered to the application as soon as it is changed.

Location data consists of static information regarding measurement locations etc. This includes information on the identity of the location, the coordinates of the location, possible sampling intervals, what parameters are measured, number of lanes etc. A location is the name for a geographical point where traffic measurement is possible.

Traffic measurement data consists of information on measurement location, sampling interval, traffic flow, traffic speed etc.

On the other side, the emission results from EU tests are not always representative for emission behaviour of the modern vehicles in real world driving conditions: measurements have pointed out that new technologies can have a different emission behaviour in real traffic compared to European tests resulting in higher emissions.

In particular Heavy Duty vehicles are the major polluters (especially for NOx and PM) in cities and have a high emission reduction potential as demonstrated in the London Low Emission Zone feasibility study.

Buses of public transport companies have a special role since transport companies can perform a role model function regarding clean transport: besides new diesel fuelled vehicles (Euro 4 starting from 2005), vehicles on alternative fuels and retrofitted vehicles can contribute to a clean city.

The integration between on-board measurements and information on traffic condition should be both used for the evaluation of different situations: data provided by the measurement campaigns will be the scientific base for the evaluation of pollution volumes and will provide quantitative data input to the air quality modelling and impact monitoring.

Representative routes may be chosen in the city area and defined as a representative driving cycle.

The most representative vehicles may be evaluated based on measurements performed driving this cycle: this will make it also possible to compare different technologies in similar conditions and real traffic.

During operation emissions (CO2, CO, NOx, THC, PM), fuel consumption and engine parameters (speed, engine speed, lambda) have to be measured.


4. Recommendation / Conclusion

   
  • Develop data protocol standards for adoption to Air Quality Management Systems.
  • Making available traffic air quality monitoring data via the internet.
  • Working to have a better “understanding” between the disciplines Air Quality Specialists and Traffic Management Specialists.
  • Develop and evaluate traffic control systems which reduce vehicle emissions and effects on air pollutions levels.

5. Examples / Further Reading

   

Traffic parameters monitored in Utrecht

Which traffic parameters do we measure and use as input in our models?


6. Additional Documents / Web Links

   

Other examples in EU Projects:

· CENTAUR: Napels (I) and Barcelona (Spain).

· ENTIRE: Cologne (Germany).

· NGVeurope: Gent, Ixelles and Mechelen (Belgium), Poitiers (France), Augsburg (Germany), Dublin (Ireland), Amstelveen and Haarlem (The Netherlands), Eslov and Gothenburg (Sweden).

· SAGITTAIRE: Besancon (France), Trento (Italy) and Alicante (Spain).

Last Updated


 

25th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Traffic parameters monitored in Utrecht

Example

   

Monitoring of the traffic parameters in the city area

Up to 2001, there was no periodic traffic monitoring in Utrecht. In 2001, the Traffic research group of the Town Development Division (Dienst Stadsontwikkeling/ DSO) put forward a plan aimed at facilitating periodic traffic monitoring. This plan was accepted in March 2002 and now a monitor report is published yearly: the Traffic Policy Monitor.

The purpose of the Traffic Policy Monitor is to collect traffic data that is needed for establishing, assessing and re-adjusting the traffic policy of the Municipality of Utrecht. The section responsible for this is the DSO - Traffic Research Group. This is the section that is responsible for developing and assessing Utrecht’s traffic policy, since this section has substantive traffic knowledge. From 2002, the same data is collected annually in the city of Utrecht so that ultimately developments and trends become visible. Apart from the PRIS (Parking Route Information System), which keeps track of the number of occupied parking places in car parks and supplies this information, Utrecht has not (yet) got a system that keeps track of the actual traffic situation.

When the Traffic Policy Monitor was drafted, the ‘Measuring = Knowing’ system was assumed. This system distinguishes between the various stages of the policy process: how many means are used (input), what has been done to reach this (measures/output), and what has been reached (effects). For the time being, the Traffic Policy Monitor will focus on the measures (for example, number of parking places and volume of bicycle facilities) and the effects of the traffic policy (for example, the number of parking places and the degree to which they are utilised).

As far as possible, this data is obtained from existing sources, but new measurements are also taken. In both cases, the reliability of the data is considered in advance, so that sufficient measurements can be taken to ensure reliability.

From the following existing sources the following data is collected:

§ From the annual Mobility Behaviour Research (nationwide inquiries). We receive data for the entire city and per district, with respect to at least the selection of means of transport (modal split); travel times, the motives for the movements, automobile possession, car availability, the possession of bicycles and the possession of mopeds.

§ From the biennial NUP inquiry among the inhabitants of Utrecht. This inquiry, made by the Administrative Information Section, collects information on how satisfied the inhabitants are with various aspects including traffic.

§ From the road control system of the Urban Management Department. Each district is remapped each year, which provides the following data:

- Quantity of surface per sub-district and for the entire city: 1) bicycle paths and bicycle lanes, 2) automobile infrastructure, 3) parking infrastructure, 4) bus lanes, and 5) footpaths.

- Per sub-district and for the entire city: length of bicycle paths and bicycle lanes, length of automobile infrastructure, length of the street parking places, length of bus lanes and length of foot paths.

§ From the various timetables of urban and regional bus carriers (GVU and Connexion): figures about frequencies, schedules, exploitation period, and number of seat kilometres.

§ Accident rates, with up-to-date figures each year.

§ Per district and for the entire city: the number of complaints about traffic and transport, subdivided into different subjects.

§ Parking figures (such as number of parking places, capacity utilization of the car parks, number of storage places for bicycles, accessibility hours, loading and unloading locations).

In addition to the above, the following new measurements are performed:

§ Automobile intensity measurements: data indicating how much traffic enters and leaves the city of Utrecht, how much traffic enters and leaves the individual areas of 'centre’, ‘Jaarbeurs’ and ‘Station’, and how much traffic uses the urban ring road, divided into heavy and light cargo trade, passenger cars, motorcycles (annual counts (observations) from 7:00 am to 7:00 pm).

§ Intensity measurements of cyclists at a number of locations along the main bicycling routes (annual counts from 7:00 am to 7:00 pm).

§ Distance rates/travelling times for automobiles: on 25 routes the travelling times of automobiles will be measured; inwards from the edge of the existing city (from the ‘ring’ around Utrecht to the ‘ring’ around the centre), outwards towards Leidsche Rijn (from the edge of a number of traffic sources up to the motorway approach roads) (annual counts (observations) from 7:00 am to 7:00 pm).

§ Measurement of waiting times for cyclists (for trajectory rates/travelling times): on a number of routes, the waiting times for cyclists will be measured towards the city at the delay points. Measurements will also be performed as to the duration of travel times between the delay points and the number of red light negations per point (each year new counts (observations) from 7:00 am to 7:00 pm).

§ Travel times for buses: measurements will be performed as to how long buses are on their way from particular points on the outskirts of Utrecht, or from the points of departure of cross-town bus routes, to the Central Station. The deviations from the timetable at these locations and the occupancy rates of the buses will also be considered (each year new counts (observations) from 7:00 am to 7:00 pm).

Between the autumn of 2002 and the spring of 2003, all this data was collected for the first time. In the spring of 2003 and 2004, the data was published in a simple public booklet. The data was also presented to the local council and the press. The measurements will be repeated in the following years so that in a few years the general developments will become visible.

Travelling habit surveys

The Policy Monitor does not formally include travel behaviour studies, but it does refer to the results of two external survey results:

§ The Study of Mobility Behaviour (Onderzoek VerplaatsingsGedrag, OVG).
The OVG, an annual nationwide study, is large enough (about 140,000 respondents per year, i.e. about 1 in every 100 people completing a questionnaire) to be considered indicative of the mobility in Utrecht on a district level. The study provides information about the movements per district: travel times, preferred modes of transport, distances travelled and travel motives. It also provides information about automobile possession, automobile availability, possession of bicycles, and the possession of mopeds.

§ The New Utrecht Level (NUP) inquiry.
This inquiry among people living in Utrecht is held every two years and is large enough to be considered indicative on a district or subdistrict level (about 5,000 respondents). The inquiry produces the opinions of inhabitants with respect to various traffic aspects: satisfaction with public transport, parking facilities, traffic safety, automobile accessibility, the frequency of bike and car theft, the frequency of cars being damaged, the frequency of noise nuisance by traffic, the frequency of aggressive traffic behaviour, and the frequency of odour nuisance by traffic.

The results of these two surveys are incorporated in the annual publication of the Traffic Policy Monitor.

Studies of real world driving cycles

In 2002 Utrecht performed a pilot with floating car data. To this end, a number of cars were driven around with a GPS system. The purpose was to track the travelling times at different trajectories, but also to pinpoint the bottlenecks in the various trajectories, and the locations where automobiles have to wait.


Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back

 

 


 

Title of Example

  Which traffic parameters do we measure and use as input in our models?

Example

   

The standard equipment for measuring traffic parameters in Sweden and Malmo is the “2 tube classifier” which is used for temporary surveys. For permanent surveys the most common method is magnetic loops in the road surface often used in a combined system for control of traffic lights in crossings. Data from these permanent surveys are transmitted via the optical fibre net that connects all the traffic lights in Malmö.

The equipment classifies the vehicles in 13 different types from light passenger cars to heavy vehicles of different types with or without trailers. Both the direction and speed of the vehicles are also registered. The speed is divided into intervals, normally of 5 km/h.

The model Malmö now uses for modelling and dispersion calculations is the ENVIMAN. Normally only the number of vehicles in 3-4 vehicle categories are used: passenger cars, heavy trucks, diesel buses and CNG buses. Sometimes also heavy trucks with trailers are used in the calculation when it comes to peripheral roads.

The roads are divided into 13 different types ranging from motorway to local residential streets to specify the emission factors. If the actual speed deviates from the one in the chosen road type this can be taken into account. The timely distribution of the traffic is taken into account in two ways, by specifying the drive pattern throughout the day and the drive pattern over the year. The model also has an input for critical traffic conditions/congestion.

Last Updated


 

13th January 2005

Back